Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS GLAUKOS CORPORATION

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2015.

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



GLAUKOS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  3841
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  33-0945406
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103
Laguna Hills, California 92653
(949) 367-9600

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Thomas W. Burns
President & Chief Executive Officer
26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103
Laguna Hills, California 92653
(949) 367-9600

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Yvan-Claude Pierre
Michael Sanders
Marianne Sarrazin
Reed Smith LLP
1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700
Los Angeles, California 90067-6078
Telephone: (310) 734-5200

 

Charles K. Ruck
B. Shayne Kennedy
Latham & Watkins LLP
650 Town Center Drive, 20 th  Floor
Costa Mesa, California 92626-1925
Telephone: (714) 540-1235

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

           If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, check the following box.     o

           If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)

  Amount of
registration fee

 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $86,250,000   $10,022

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

            The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated May 12, 2015

Prospectus

                        Shares

LOGO

Common Stock



        This is the initial public offering of common stock of Glaukos Corporation. We are offering                shares of our common stock. We anticipate the initial public offering price will be between $            and $            per share.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GKOS."

        We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and have elected to take advantage of certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.



 
  Per share   Total  
Initial public offering price   $                $               
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)   $                $               
Proceeds to Glaukos Corporation, before expenses   $                $               

(1)
See "Underwriting" for additional disclosure regarding underwriting discounts, commissions and estimated offering expenses.

        We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional            shares of common stock, at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                , 2015.



J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

              William Blair   Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.              

                , 2015


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  13

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data

  55

Use of Proceeds

  56

Dividend Policy

  58

Capitalization

  59

Dilution

  61

Selected Financial Data

  64

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  66

Business

  83

Management

  122

Executive Compensation

  132

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  141

Principal Stockholders

  146

Description of Capital Stock

  151

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  156

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock

  159

Underwriting

  163

Legal Matters

  171

Experts

  171

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  171

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-1

        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we have prepared in connection with this offering. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We and the underwriters are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

         Until                    , 2015 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


FOR INVESTORS OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES

        Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

i


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The items in the following summary are described in more detail later in this prospectus. This summary provides an overview of selected information and does not contain all of the information you should consider before buying our common stock. Therefore, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the sections titled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," beginning on page 66 and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our common stock. In this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us," "our," or "Glaukos" refer to Glaukos Corporation and its consolidated subsidiary.

Overview

        We are an ophthalmic medical technology company focused on the development and commercialization of breakthrough products and procedures designed to transform the treatment of glaucoma, one of the world's leading causes of blindness. We have pioneered Micro-Invasive Glaucoma Surgery, or MIGS, to revolutionize the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm. We launched the iStent , our first MIGS device, in the United States in July 2012 and we are leveraging our platform technology to build a comprehensive and proprietary portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression. We believe the iStent is the smallest medical device ever approved by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, measuring 1.0 mm long and 0.33 mm wide.

        Glaucoma is a group of eye diseases characterized by progressive, irreversible and largely asymptomatic vision loss caused by optic nerve damage, which is most commonly associated with elevated levels of pressure within the eye, or intraocular pressure. Elevated intraocular pressure often occurs when aqueous humor, the thin watery fluid that fills the front part of the eye, is not circulating normally and draining properly. Glaucoma is a chronic condition that progresses slowly over long periods of time and can have a devastating impact on a patient's vision and quality of life. Reducing intraocular pressure is the only proven treatment for glaucoma. Glaucoma has traditionally been treated through a range of approaches that often require patients to use multiple types of prescription eye drops for the rest of their lives, and sometimes undergo complex and invasive eye surgery.

        We developed MIGS to address the shortcomings of current glaucoma treatment options. MIGS procedures involve the insertion of a micro-scale device from within the eye's anterior chamber through a small corneal incision. The MIGS device reduces intraocular pressure by restoring the natural outflow pathways for aqueous humor. Based on clinical studies and published reports, we believe MIGS procedures are safer, preserve more eye tissue and result in faster recovery times and fewer complications than invasive glaucoma surgical options.

        The iStent is the first commercially available MIGS treatment solution. FDA-approved for insertion in combination with cataract surgery, the iStent has been shown to lower intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma, which represents the majority of glaucoma cases. The iStent procedure is currently reimbursed by Medicare and a majority of commercial payors and we have sold more than 70,000 iStent devices worldwide as of December 31, 2014.

        We are building a broad portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression, including three innovative pipeline products: the iStent Inject , the iStent Supra and iDose . The iStent Inject includes two stents pre-loaded in an auto-injection inserter. We are developing two versions of this product: the first is currently being studied for lowering intraocular pressure in conjunction with cataract surgery in a U.S. investigational device exemption, or IDE, pivotal trial; the second is currently being studied in an initial U.S. IDE study as a standalone treatment for lowering intraocular pressure. This second version is also capable of making its own self-sealing corneal penetration, potentially offering patient treatment in a minor

 

1


Table of Contents

surgical suite or an in-office setting. The iStent Supra is designed to access an alternative drainage space within the eye where we estimate 20% of aqueous humor outflow occurs, and is now in a U.S. pivotal IDE trial. iDose is an implant that is designed to provide a sustained release of a prostaglandin drug to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients. To validate the safety and efficacy of our iStent products, we are currently conducting 18 prospective clinical trials, including two Phase IV post-approval studies.

        We have built and are continuing to grow our commercial organization, which includes a direct sales force in the United States and Germany, and distribution partners in Europe, Asia Pacific, Canada and other targeted international geographies. In the United States, we sell our products through a direct sales organization that, as of December 31, 2014, consisted of 52 field sales professionals, including regional business managers, sales directors, clinical relations personnel and reimbursement specialists. Our net sales increased from $20.9 million in 2013 to $45.6 million in 2014, and our net losses were $14.2 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Our Market Opportunity

        The global market for the treatment of glaucoma is characterized by large patient populations, significant lifetime treatment expenditures, suboptimal therapies and serious negative impacts on patient quality of life. According to Market Scope, more than 78 million people worldwide have glaucoma, a number it expects to grow to more than 88 million by 2019. This estimate includes approximately 4.2 million people with glaucoma in the United States, growing to 4.7 million by 2019. Market Scope also estimates 2014 global sales of products used to treat glaucoma patients to be approximately $4.9 billion, growing to $6.6 billion by 2019. Despite therapeutic options that attempt to manage disease progression, researchers estimate that 8.4 million people were bilaterally blind from glaucoma in 2010, with this figure forecasted to rise to 11.1 million by 2020.

        Care for glaucoma patients in the United States is administered by many of the approximately 18,700 ophthalmologists who diagnose the disease and provide medical management according to Market Scope. There are approximately 8,400 ophthalmic surgeons in the United States focused on performing cataract or glaucoma procedures. These ophthalmic surgeons perform approximately 3.7 million cataract surgeries annually in the United States according to Market Scope. We believe that approximately 20% of cataract surgeries are performed on patients also diagnosed with open-angle glaucoma and/or ocular hypertension.

Glaucoma Treatment Overview and Limitations

        The traditional treatment of glaucoma encompasses a variety of medication regimens, laser treatments and surgical methods to lower intraocular pressure.

        Multiple clinical trials have shown that vision loss can be minimized with effective medication therapy. However, poor adherence to and lack of persistence with glaucoma medication regimens have been documented in numerous independent studies, which often place the incidence of patient noncompliance up to or above 50%, particularly in patients on two or more prescription eye drops. As a result, despite the availability of medication therapies to combat glaucoma, progressive visual loss and blindness still occur. According to a study published in 2014, 15% of glaucoma patients still progress to blindness within 20 years of diagnosis.

        Laser treatments have been developed to provide an alternative to lifelong medication treatments. Laser procedures are typically performed at an outpatient surgical center and involve the use of lasers to create changes in eye tissue and improve aqueous humor outflow. Ophthalmic surgeons may perform laser procedures as initial treatment, or for patients who are noncompliant with prescription eye drops or whose intraocular pressure is not well controlled by medications. According to Market Scope,

 

2


Table of Contents

selective laser trabeculoplasty, or SLT, is the most frequently performed glaucoma laser procedure in the United States, accounting for approximately 70% of all laser procedures. Although SLT can help to lower intraocular pressure, the procedure's effectiveness often wears off within one to five years, according to the Glaucoma Research Foundation. While a second procedure can be performed, the results of repeated laser surgeries are less predictable than those of the first surgery. Additionally, medication therapy may still be required post-treatment.

        Where medication therapy and laser treatment are unsuccessful in managing glaucoma, invasive surgical procedures such as trabeculectomies or implantation of tube shunts are performed, usually as outpatient procedures. In a trabeculectomy, the surgeon cuts open the conjunctiva and sclera to create flaps, and removes a plug of scleral tissue and sometimes a portion of the trabecular meshwork to create an opening into the anterior chamber. The conjunctiva and sclera flaps are sutured back down and a small blister, or bleb, is created between the conjunctiva and sclera. The surgery results in a new drainage channel that allows increased outflow of aqueous humor into the bleb. Implantations of tube shunts are generally reserved for eyes in which a trabeculectomy has failed or has a poor likelihood of success. A tube shunt surgery is similar to a trabeculectomy, except that the device's tube is inserted through the scleral channel to maintain the channel, and the device's reservoir end is placed deep under the conjunctiva to maintain the drainage space. While invasive glaucoma surgery often leads to significant reductions in intraocular pressure, it is associated with high long-term failure rates, long recovery times and significant complication risks. Additionally, as with laser treatment, the effects may dissipate over time, requiring additional procedures, and medication therapy may still be required post-treatment.

        We believe that because of the limitations of medications, laser and invasive surgical therapies, many glaucoma patients remain undertreated. Therefore, an opportunity exists to serve these undertreated patients by providing a more effective option to address and improve their prognosis and quality of life.

Our Solution

        We pioneered the development of MIGS in order to address the shortcomings of current pharmaceutical and surgical options, and in doing so have established an entirely new market segment within the global glaucoma marketplace. We believe that by using our core competencies to develop, manufacture and obtain regulatory approval for products incorporating our proprietary technologies, we have created a platform capable of disrupting and revolutionizing the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm.

        In contrast to invasive surgical approaches, MIGS procedures access the anterior chamber of the eye through small corneal incisions or penetrations. MIGS procedures reduce intraocular pressure by restoring the natural physiologic pathways for aqueous humor outflow. Based on clinical studies and published reports, we believe MIGS procedures are safer, preserve more eye tissue and result in faster recovery times and fewer complications than invasive glaucoma surgical options.

        We launched our first micro-scale MIGS treatment solution, the iStent , in the United States following FDA approval in June 2012. We believe the iStent represents the next generation in glaucoma surgical innovation and it is the first FDA-approved surgical device available for insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery for the reduction of intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma. The iStent is a micro-bypass stent inserted through the small corneal incision made during cataract surgery and placed into Schlemm's canal, a circular channel in the eye that collects aqueous humor and delivers it back into the bloodstream. Once inserted, the iStent improves aqueous humor outflow while fitting naturally within Schlemm's canal. The iStent has been clinically proven to decrease intraocular pressure when inserted in combination with cataract surgery.

 

3


Table of Contents

        We believe the iStent provides numerous advantages over medication therapies and invasive surgical options. The device addresses a significant unmet need for a durable and effective glaucoma treatment that can be utilized at the earliest stages of glaucoma diagnosis to reduce intraocular pressure. These iStent advantages include:

        Reduces intraocular pressure.     In the pivotal U.S. clinical trial, after one year, 68% of mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients who received the iStent in combination with cataract surgery remained medication free while sustaining target intraocular pressures of £ 21 mm Hg, a level consistent with normal, non-glaucomatous eyes. In the same trial, 64% of patients who received the iStent remained medication free while sustaining a mean intraocular pressure reduction of 20% compared to baseline.

        Facilitates compliance, convenience.     The iStent is designed to establish continuous outflow of aqueous fluid for sustained reductions in intraocular pressure. This mechanism is intended to assure uninterrupted therapy, thus overcoming the primary limitation of patient noncompliance to prescribed eye drop regimens. By reducing intraocular pressure on a sustained basis, iStent efficacy does not depend on patients remembering to use their prescription eye drops.

        Safe procedure and rapid recovery.     Clinical studies have demonstrated that inserting the iStent in combination with cataract surgery yields an overall safety profile and recovery rate similar to cataract surgery alone, a surgery that has minimal complications and is the most commonly performed ophthalmic procedure today. The iStent procedure is not associated with the complication risks of invasive glaucoma surgery, and it also spares conjunctival tissue, or the clear skin that covers the sclera, enabling rapid recovery and preserving the potential for future glaucoma treatment options.

        Broad segment of ophthalmic practitioners can perform procedure.     Because the iStent procedure is straightforward, a broad segment of ophthalmic surgeons can effectively perform the MIGS procedure to insert an iStent . We believe this characteristic increases the procedure's appeal and utilization as an early and effective treatment option for ophthalmic surgeons.

Our Pipeline

        Our research and development goal is to leverage our core capabilities in MIGS-based design and development to create a full portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies for glaucoma management. We have developed a series of innovative products, in varying stages of development, that are designed to expand market penetration and adoption, further enhance ease of use for surgeons, reach a wider glaucoma patient population and broaden our offering for glaucoma management in order to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression:

        iStent Inject Trabecular Micro-Bypass Stent.     The iStent Inject is approximately one-third the size of the iStent and relies on a similar method of action to improve aqueous humor outflow and reduce intraocular pressure. Packaged in a two-stent, preloaded, auto-inject mechanism, the iStent Inject allows the surgeon to inject these stents into multiple trabecular meshwork locations through a single corneal entry with the goal of achieving greater intraocular pressure reduction.

        iStent Supra Suprachoroidal Micro-Bypass Stent.     The iStent Supra is designed to reduce intraocular pressure by accessing the eye's suprachoroidal space, an area in the eye where we estimate 20% of its total aqueous outflow occurs. We believe that the iStent Supra device could be used alone to lower intraocular pressure or in combination with the iStent or iStent Inject to achieve even lower intraocular pressure in patients with progressive or more advanced open-angle glaucoma.

        iDose.     The iDose is a targeted injectable drug delivery implant that uses our micro-scale platform. The iDose implant is designed to be pre-loaded into a small-gauge needle and injected into the eye via a self-sealing corneal needle penetration, where it is securely attached within the eye. The iDose

 

4


Table of Contents

delivers a prostaglandin directly into the anterior chamber of the eye to provide reduction of intraocular pressure over sustained periods of time.

Success Factors

        We attribute our success to the following:

    Established large and growing market for glaucoma management.   According to Market Scope, more than 78 million people worldwide have glaucoma and this number is estimated to grow to more than 88 million by 2019 due to aging populations. The glaucoma patient population is served by an established channel of ophthalmologists and ophthalmic surgeons.

    Disruptive technology platform.   The iStent is the first and only FDA-approved MIGS treatment solution available in the U.S. market, which we believe provides us a significant first mover advantage over future competitors.

    Broad coverage and reimbursement.   We secured temporary Category III Current Procedural Terminology codes to describe the insertion of MIGS devices. We believe that Medicare coverage and existing coverage by third-party payors combined represents approximately 90% of our current target patient population. All Medicare Administrative Contractors currently provide coverage for the iStent procedure, and we have secured coverage and reimbursement for the iStent procedure for more than 76% of individuals covered by private U.S. commercial payors.

    Key early commercial and operational investments.   We invested substantial resources on a focused and controlled initial U.S. launch of the iStent , invested in activities to optimize reimbursement before our product was launched, and invested early in efficient manufacturing processes that to date have resulted in an uninterrupted product supply and an efficient cost structure.

    Innovative intellectual property protected by a comprehensive patent portfolio.   We have approximately 180 issued patents, pending patent applications and exclusively licensed patents and patent applications in certain fields of use, with a variety of claims related to devices and methods for treating glaucoma through procedures initiated from within the anterior chamber of the eye.

    Proven management team.   Our senior management team has over 100 combined years of ophthalmology experience to implement our strategy and growth plans.

Our Growth Strategy

        Our goal is to maintain our MIGS leadership position in the development and commercialization of breakthrough micro-scale injectable therapies that transform the management of glaucoma. We plan to leverage our first mover advantage with the following growth strategies:

    Establish MIGS as the standard of care for open-angle glaucoma patients;

    Increase domestic adoption of iStent by expanding our sales force and reimbursement;

    Secure FDA approvals with expanded indications for our pipeline iStent products;

    Develop and commercialize our drug delivery product pipeline; and

    Expand the global reach of our MIGS-based technology platform.

Summary Risks Associated With Our Business

        An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Our ability to implement our business strategy is subject to numerous risks that you should be aware of before making an investment

 

5


Table of Contents

decision. You should consider carefully the risks below and described more fully in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

    We have incurred significant losses since inception, including an accumulated deficit of $159.4 million as of December 31, 2014, and we expect to incur significant losses for the foreseeable future. There can be no guarantee as to when, if ever, we may be able to achieve or sustain profitability. As a result of our recurring losses from operations and ongoing negative cash flows, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2014, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern;

    Substantially all of our net sales are generated from sales of the iStent , which has a limited commercial history, and we are completely dependent on its success. We rely heavily upon sales in the United States, which comprised 94.2% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014. If the iStent or our other products under development fail to gain widespread market acceptance, our business will suffer;

    We have limited experience marketing and selling the iStent . If our current investment in the expansion of our sales and marketing infrastructure does not lead to an increase in market penetration or acceptance of our products, we may not achieve sufficient net sales growth to become profitable;

    We face manufacturing risks that may adversely affect our ability to manufacture products and could reduce our gross margins and negatively affect our operating results;

    We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components, and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, could harm our business;

    The safety and efficacy of the iStent and our other products are not yet supported by long-term clinical data in large numbers of patients. Ophthalmic surgeons may not use our products if they do not believe they are safe, efficient, effective and preferable alternatives to other treatment solutions in the market;

    We operate primarily at a facility in a single location and any crippling accident, a force majeure event or disruption at this facility could materially affect our ability to operate and produce saleable products and could shut down our manufacturing capacity for an extended period;

    Failure to secure and maintain adequate coverage or reimbursement by third-party payors in the United States for procedures using the iStent or our other products in development, or changes in current coverage or reimbursement, could materially impact our net sales and future growth;

    The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. If our competitors are better able to develop and market products that are safer, more effective, less costly or otherwise more attractive than the iStent or any new products that we may develop, our commercial opportunity may be reduced or eliminated; and

    Our iDose implant will be regulated as a drug and be subject to a different regulatory approval process than our other products in development. iDose is in early stages of development and may never be commercialized.

        For further discussion of these and other risks you should consider before making an investment in our common stock, see "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary.

 

6


Table of Contents

Emerging Growth Company Status

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies," including, but not limited to: presenting only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements with correspondingly reduced "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" disclosure in this prospectus; not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; having reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy or information statements; being exempt from the requirements to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation or seek stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved; and not being required to adopt certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies.

        Although we are still evaluating our options under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of some or all of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us so long as we qualify as an "emerging growth company" and thus the level of information we provide may be different than that of other public companies. If we do take advantage of any of these exemptions, some investors may find our securities less attractive, which could result in a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile. As an "emerging growth company" under the JOBS Act, we are permitted to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. However, we are electing not to take advantage of such extended transition period, and as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that our decision to not take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards is irrevocable.

        We could remain an "emerging growth company" until the earliest to occur of:

    the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering;

    the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion;

    the day we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such fiscal year; and

    the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the preceding three-year period.

Corporate History and Information

        We were incorporated in Delaware in July 1998 and commenced operations in 2001. Our principal executive offices are located at 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653. Our telephone number is (949) 367-9600. Our website address is www.glaukos.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus.

 

7


Table of Contents

Trademarks

        We use Glaukos, our logo, iStent , iStent Inject , iStent Supra , iDose , MIGS and other marks as trademarks. This prospectus contains references to our trademarks and service marks and to those belonging to other entities. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus, including logos, artwork and other visual displays, may appear without the ® or ™ symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate in any way that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other entities' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entity.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

                          shares                         

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                            shares (or                  shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

Underwriters' option to purchase additional shares

 

                            shares

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to hire additional sales, marketing and customer service personnel and expand marketing programs both in the United States and outside the United States; to fund clinical studies evaluating our pipeline of products under development and regulatory approvals for such products; for the purchase of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and other assets from our affiliate DOSE Medical Corporation; and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in using the net proceeds from this offering. See "Use of Proceeds" beginning on page 56 for a more complete description of the intended use of proceeds from this offering.

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

"GKOS"

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 60,210,113 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, and excludes:

    14,142,780 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of December 31, 2014 at a weighted average exercise price of $1.57 per share, 10,414,030 of which were exercisable and 8,819,696 of which were fully vested and no longer subject to a repurchase right;

    797,250 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of options granted after December 31, 2014, at a weighted average exercise price of $2.97 per share, none of which are currently exercisable;

    28,248 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase common stock issued after December 31, 2014, at an exercise price of $3.54 per share;

                shares of common stock reserved for future grants under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the date of this prospectus, as well as any automatic increases in the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan; and

                shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering, as well as any automatic increases in the shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

9


Table of Contents

        Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus gives effect to a            for            reverse stock split of our outstanding common stock to be effected prior to this offering and assumes the following:

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2014 into an aggregate of 54,105,175 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering;

    the issuance of            shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2014, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering;

    the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation immediately upon the closing of this offering; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase              additional shares of common stock.

 

10


Table of Contents

 


Summary Financial Data

        The following table sets forth our summary financial data for the periods indicated. We derived the following statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The following summary financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the information included under the headings "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of operating results for any future period.

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
  2013   2014  

Statements of Operations Data :

             

Net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587  

Cost of sales

    2,535     11,418  
           

Gross profit

    18,411     34,169  

Operating expenses:

             

Selling, general and administrative

    17,098     28,135  

Research and development

    15,511     19,205  
           

Total operating expenses

    32,609     47,340  
           

Loss from operations

    (14,198 )   (13,171 )

Total other expense, net

    (23 )   (868 )

Provision for income taxes

    6     18  
           

Net loss

  $ (14,227 ) $ (14,057 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

  $ (1,588 ) $ (1,931 )
           

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,639 ) $ (12,126 )
           
           

Net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2.48 ) $ (2.11 )
           
           

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    5,090     5,736  
             
             

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to common stockholders (1) :

        $ (0.20 )
             
             

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to common stockholders (1) :

          59,800  
             
             

(1)
See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

 

11


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31, 2014  
(amounts in thousands)
  Actual   Pro forma (1)   Pro forma as
adjusted (2)(3)
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
   
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 2,304                         

Working capital (deficit)

    (9,633 )                       

Total assets

    26,021                         

Preferred stock warrant liability

    379                         

Total liabilities

    29,546                         

Convertible preferred stock

    157,379                         

Additional paid in capital

    8,155                         

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (151,299 )                       

Noncontrolling interest

    (9,605 )                       

Total (deficit) equity

    (160,904 )                       

(1)
Gives effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 54,105,175 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, (ii) the issuance of            shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire our Series D convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital upon the closing of this offering.

(2)
Reflects, in addition to the pro forma adjustments set forth above, (i) the sale by us of                shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the purchase of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and other assets from DOSE Medical Corporation.

(3)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total equity by approximately $           million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A 1.0 million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total equity by approximately $           million after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and any estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have incurred significant losses since inception and there can be no guarantee as to when, if ever, we may be able to achieve or sustain profitability.

        Since inception in July 1998, we have incurred significant operating losses. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we had net losses of $14.2 million and $14.1 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $159.4 million. Losses have resulted principally from costs incurred in our clinical trial, research and development programs and from our general and administrative expenses. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the private placement of our preferred equity securities, debt financing through a credit line and, more recently, sales of the iStent . We have devoted substantially all of our resources to the research and development of our products, the commercial launch of the iStent , the development of our proprietary sales network, and the assembly of a management team to build our business.

        To implement our business strategies we need to, among other things, grow our sales and marketing infrastructure to increase market acceptance of the iStent and any other products that receive Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, approval, fund ongoing research and development activities, expand our manufacturing capabilities, and obtain regulatory clearance or approval to commercialize our existing products in international markets or to commercialize those currently under development in the United States and internationally. As a result, we expect our expenses to increase significantly as we pursue these objectives. The extent of our future operating losses and the timing of profitability are highly uncertain, especially given that we only recently began commercializing the iStent , which makes forecasting our sales more difficult. We will need to generate significant additional net sales to achieve and maintain profitability, and even if we achieve profitability, we cannot be sure that we will remain profitable for any substantial period of time. Our failure to achieve or sustain profitability could have an adverse effect on the value of our common stock.

        As a result of our recurring losses from operations and ongoing negative cash flows, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2014, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to obtain sufficient funding, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected and we may be unable to continue as a going concern. If we are unable to continue as a going concern, we may have to liquidate our assets and may receive less than the value at which those assets are carried on our financial statements, and it is likely that investors will lose all or a part of their investment. We may also be forced to make reductions in spending, including delaying or curtailing our planned clinical programs, or to extend payment terms with our suppliers or licensors. Future reports from our independent registered public accounting firm may also contain statements expressing doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. If we seek additional financing to fund our business activities in the future and there remains doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, investors or other financing sources may be unwilling to provide additional funding on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Such substantial doubt does not give effect to the receipt of any proceeds from this offering.

13


Table of Contents

Substantially all of our net sales are generated from sales of the iStent, which has a limited commercial history, and we are completely dependent on its success. If the iStent or our other products under development fail to gain widespread market acceptance, our business will suffer.

        Our primary sales-generating commercial product is the iStent , which we began selling in the United States in the third quarter of 2012. We rely heavily upon sales in the United States, which comprised 94.2% of our net sales for the year ended December 31, 2014. We expect to continue to derive a significant portion of our net sales from sales of the iStent in the United States, even if we are successful in commercializing our iStent products outside the United States, or receive necessary approvals to commercialize the iStent Inject and iStent Supra . Accordingly, our ability to generate net sales is highly dependent on our ability to market and sell the iStent .

        We have pioneered Micro-Invasive Glaucoma Surgery, or MIGS, to revolutionize the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm. The iStent is our first MIGS device and we are leveraging our platform technology to build a comprehensive and proprietary portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression. MIGS and our MIGS devices may not gain sufficient market acceptance among eye care professionals, patients, healthcare payors and the medical community. There are a number of other available therapies marketed for the treatment of glaucoma, including medication therapies that are well established and are widely accepted by the medical community. Eye care professionals, patients, healthcare payors and the medical community may be slow or fail to adopt our products for a variety of reasons, including, among others:

        If we are not successful in increasing market acceptance of our products, overall utilization of our products may fall below targeted levels and our future net sales will be adversely impacted. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with our commercialization efforts, we are unable to predict the extent to which we will continue to generate net sales from our products or the timing for when or the extent to which we will become profitable. Even if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on an ongoing basis.

We have limited experience marketing and selling the iStent. If our current investment in the expansion of our sales and marketing infrastructure does not lead to an increase in market penetration or acceptance of our products, we may not achieve sufficient net sales growth to become profitable.

        We began marketing the iStent in the United States after receiving FDA approval in 2012. Since that time, we have expanded our U.S. field sales organization from the initial 13 sales representatives to 55 as of March 31, 2015, including regional business managers, sales directors, clinical relations

14


Table of Contents

personnel and reimbursement specialists. As a result, we have limited experience marketing and selling the iStent . Our operating results are directly dependent upon the sales and marketing efforts of our employees. If our direct sales representatives fail to adequately promote, market and sell our products, our sales may suffer.

        In order to generate increased sales, we will need to expand the size and geographic scope of our direct sales organization. As a result, our future success will depend largely on our ability to continue to hire, train, retain and motivate skilled regional sales managers and direct sales representatives with significant technical knowledge of MIGS and the iStent . Because of the competition for their services, we cannot assure you we will be able to hire and retain additional direct sales representatives on favorable or commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Failure to hire or retain qualified sales representatives would prevent us from expanding our business and generating sales. Additionally, new hires require training and take time before they achieve full productivity. If we fail to train new hires adequately, new hires may not become as productive as may be necessary to maintain or increase our sales.

        As a result, the further expansion of our sales force will require significant additional investment and time. If we are unable to expand our sales and marketing capabilities, we may not be able to effectively commercialize our products, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, if we overestimate the size and growth of our user base, or their expected utilization of our product post-training, we could both overspend on sales and marketing programs and infrastructure and/or suffer material diminishing returns on these investments. Because the iStent is a first-in-class treatment for mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma and has a unique indication of use in combination with cataract surgery, there are no specific commercial models of other companies that we can utilize to project our resource and investment needs. If we fail to forecast our commercial infrastructure needs correctly, over- or under-investing in market reach, acceptance and penetration, it could negatively impact our financial operating results as we may not see sufficient net sales growth to become profitable.

We face manufacturing risks that may adversely affect our ability to manufacture products and could reduce our gross margins and negatively affect our operating results.

        Our business strategy depends on our ability to manufacture our current and proposed products in sufficient quantities and on a timely basis so as to meet customer demand, while adhering to product quality standards, complying with regulatory requirements and managing manufacturing costs. We have a single manufacturing facility located at our corporate headquarters in Laguna Hills, California, where we manufacture, inspect, package, release and ship all final products. If this facility suffers a crippling event, or a force majeure event, this could materially impact our ability to operate.

        We are also subject to numerous other risks relating to our manufacturing capabilities, including:

15


Table of Contents

        These risks are likely to be exacerbated by our limited experience with our current products and manufacturing processes. As demand for our products increases, we will have to invest additional resources to purchase components, hire and train employees and enhance our manufacturing processes. If we fail to increase our production capacity efficiently, our sales may not increase in line with our expectations and our operating margins could fluctuate or decline. In addition, although we expect some of our products in development to share product features and components with the iStent , the manufacture of these products may require the modification of our current production processes or unique production processes, the hiring of specialized employees, the identification of new suppliers for specific components or the development of new manufacturing technologies. It may not be possible for us to manufacture these products at a cost or in quantities sufficient to make these products commercially viable or to maintain current operating margins.

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for certain components, and the loss of any of these suppliers, or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials, could harm our business.

        We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers to supply components for the iStent , the iStent Inject and its unique injector system and our other pipeline products. Other than agreements with key suppliers, we generally do not enter into long-term supply agreements with our suppliers, and we order most components on a purchase order basis. In some cases, we have a sole supplier or a limited number of suppliers. For example, we rely on one machining company to manufacture the titanium iStent implant and one pharmaceutical supplier for the heparin used in the iStent 's heparin coating. While we believe that there are at least several other vendors that could supply the titanium implant, and other pharmaceutical vendors that could supply heparin, we have not yet qualified any of these vendors, which could cause delay, thereby impairing our ability to meet the demand of our customers. Although we maintain inventory to mitigate supply interruptions, we are nevertheless exposed to risks, including limited control over costs, availability, quality and delivery schedules.

        Moreover, due to the recent commercialization of the iStent and the limited amount of sales to date, we do not have long-standing relationships with our suppliers and may not be able to convince suppliers to continue to make components available to us unless the volume of our orders continues to increase. As a result, there is a risk that certain components could be discontinued and no longer available to us.

        We have in the past been, and we may in the future be, required to make significant "last time" purchases of components that are being discontinued by the supplier to ensure supply continuity. In addition, given our limited experience with these suppliers, it may be difficult for us to assess their ability to timely meet our demand in the future based on past performance. If any one or more of our suppliers cease to provide us with sufficient quantities of components in a timely manner or on terms acceptable to us, we would have to seek alternative sources of supply. Because of factors such as the proprietary nature of our products, our quality control standards and regulatory requirements, we cannot quickly engage additional or replacement suppliers for some of our critical components. Even if we are able to identify and qualify a suitable second source to replace one of our key suppliers, if necessary, that replacement supplier would not have access to our previous supplier's proprietary processes and would therefore be required to develop its own, which could result in further delay.

        Failure of any of our suppliers to deliver products at the level our business requires would limit our ability to meet our sales commitments, which could harm our reputation and could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also have difficulty obtaining similar components from other suppliers that are acceptable to the FDA or other regulatory agencies, and the failure of our suppliers to comply with strictly enforced regulatory requirements could expose us to regulatory action including warning letters, product recalls, termination of distribution, product seizures or civil penalties. It could

16


Table of Contents

also require us to cease using the components, seek alternative components or technologies and modify our products to incorporate alternative components or technologies, which could result in a requirement to seek additional regulatory approvals. Our suppliers may also encounter financial or other hardships unrelated to our demand for components, which could inhibit their ability to fulfill our orders and meet our requirements. Any disruption of this nature or increased expense could harm our commercialization efforts and adversely affect our operating results.

        In addition, we rely on our suppliers to supply us with components that comply with regulatory requirements and quality control standards, and meet agreed upon specifications, all at acceptable costs and on a timely basis. Although we expect our third-party suppliers to act consistent with such standards, we do not control our suppliers, as they operate and oversee their own businesses. There is a risk that our suppliers will not always act consistent with our best interests, and may not always supply components that meet our needs. Accordingly, if we fail to obtain sufficient quantities of high-quality components to meet demand for our products on a timely basis, we could lose customer orders, our reputation may be harmed and our business could suffer.

We operate primarily at a facility in a single location and any crippling accident, force majeure event or disruption at this facility could materially affect our ability to operate and produce saleable products and could shut down our manufacturing capacity for an extended period.

        Our principal office is located in one building in Laguna Hills, California. Substantially all of our operations are conducted at this location, including our manufacturing processes, research and development activities, customer and technical support, and management and administrative functions. In addition, substantially all of our inventory of component supplies and finished goods is held at this location. Despite our efforts to safeguard our facility, including acquiring insurance, adopting environmental health and safety protocols and utilizing off-site storage of computer data, vandalism, terrorism or a natural or other disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or flood, could damage or destroy our manufacturing equipment or our inventory of component supplies or finished goods, cause substantial delays in our operations, result in the loss of key information, and cause us to incur additional expenses, including relocation expenses. Our insurance may not cover our losses in any particular case. In addition, regardless of the level of insurance coverage, damage to our facilities may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Failure to secure and maintain adequate coverage or reimbursement by third-party payors in the United States for procedures using the iStent or our other products in development, or changes in current coverage or reimbursement, could materially impact our net sales and future growth.

        We currently derive nearly all our net sales from sales of the iStent in the United States and expect this to continue for the next several years. Hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers that purchase the iStent typically bill various third-party payors, including Medicare, Medicaid, private commercial insurance companies, health maintenance organizations and other healthcare-related organizations, to cover all or a portion of the costs and fees associated with the MIGS procedures in which the iStent is used and bill patients for any applicable deductibles or co-payments. Access to adequate coverage and reimbursement for the procedures using the iStent (and our other products in development) by third-party payors is essential to the acceptance of our products by our customers.

        Because there is generally no separate reimbursement for medical devices and other supplies used in such procedures, including the iStent , the additional cost associated with the use of our iStent device could impact the profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the cataract surgery is performed if the incremental facility fee payment is not sufficient. Some of our target customers may be unwilling to adopt our iStent in light of the additional associated cost. Further, any decline in the amount payors are willing to reimburse our customers for MIGS procedures could make it difficult for existing customers to continue using, or new customers to adopt, our iStent devices and could create

17


Table of Contents

additional pricing pressure for us. If we were forced to lower the price we charge for our products, our gross margins would decrease, which would adversely affect our ability to invest in and grow our business.

        Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for medical device products and services can differ significantly from payor to payor. In addition, payors continually review new technologies for possible coverage and can, without notice, deny coverage for these new products and procedures. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our products to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained, or maintained if obtained.

        Many third-party payors in the United States model their coverage policies and payment amounts after those determined by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, the federal agency responsible for administering the Medicare program. CMS relies on a network of Medicare Administrative Contractors, or MACs, which process nearly 4.9 million Medicare claims each day and disburse more than $365 billion annually, to develop coverage policies when no national coverage determination exists for a procedure. Because there currently is no Medicare national coverage determination for procedures using our iStent devices, we are required to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of the iStent (including the iStent Inject device and iStent Supra device, if approved) to each MAC separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. Although all MACs currently provide coverage and reimbursement for the MIGS procedure using the iStent , difficulties in processing reimbursement or regional differences in the reimbursement amount for the physician professional services could negatively impact further iStent penetration or usage by customers. These differences in MAC reimbursement could also negatively impact the amount paid by private commercial insurance companies, further negatively affecting customer penetration or usage.

        Some third-party payors in the United States, including Medicaid and TRICARE and certain commercial payors, have developed policies that deny coverage for the MIGS procedure using the iStent . To support changes in these policies, we may need to conduct prospective, randomized controlled clinical trials and present data from such trials to payors to demonstrate the medical necessity or cost-effectiveness of the iStent . There can be no assurance that coverage for our products will be expanded. In addition, those private payors that do not follow the Medicare guidelines may adopt different coverage and reimbursement policies for MIGS procedures performed with the iStent , though we cannot predict whether coverage will be sufficient or if there will be coverage at all. Failure to obtain favorable payor policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.

        We believe that Medicare coverage and existing coverage by third-party payors represents approximately 90% of our target patient population. U.S. third-party payors representing more than 76% of individuals covered by commercial insurance currently reimburse the iStent procedure. While we anticipate gaining coverage and reimbursement from additional third-party payors, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful or that coverage and reimbursement will be at levels that support continued penetration and usage by our customers. Moreover, compliance with the administrative procedures and requirements of third-party payors may result in delays in processing approvals by those third-party payors for customers to obtain coverage and reimbursement for procedures using the iStent . Failure to secure or maintain adequate coverage or reimbursement for procedures using the iStent by third-party payors, or delays in processing approvals by those payors, could result in the cancellations of procedures to insert the iSten t in combination with cataract surgery, resulting in the loss of net sales

18


Table of Contents

from these procedures. If these issues remain unresolved, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

        In addition, although we have obtained temporary Category III Current Procedural Terminology codes for the MIGS procedures associated with the insertion of our iStent products, there is no guarantee that these billing codes or the payment amounts associated with such codes will not change in the future. Category III codes expire five years after the date they become effective. Prior to expiration, there are two options: submit an application to convert to a permanent Category I code; or submit an application for a five year extension of Category III status. If we are unable to maintain our existing codes or obtain new permanent Category I codes for procedures using our iStent products, or obtain new reimbursement codes for our other products in development, we will be subject to significant pricing pressure, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

        Further, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement will likely be subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Coverage decisions may depend upon clinical and economic standards that disfavor new products when more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives are already available or subsequently become available. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental and commercial payors are critical to new product acceptance. Third-party coverage and reimbursement for our products or any of our product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval may not be available or adequate in either the United States or international markets.

The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid technological change. If our competitors are better able to develop and market products that are safer, more effective, less costly or otherwise more attractive than the iStent or any new products that we may develop, our commercial opportunity may be reduced or eliminated.

        The medical device industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and profound technological change. Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to maintain a competitive position in the development of MIGS products.

        We compete primarily with the use of medication therapy for treating glaucoma and with manufacturers of medical devices used in surgical therapy procedures for treating glaucoma, including Alcon, Inc., Abbott Medical Optics Inc., STAAR Surgical Company, Lumenis Ltd., NeoMedix,Inc. and Ellex Medical Lasers Limited. Alcon, Inc. and Abbott Medical Optics Inc. are the leading manufacturers of aqueous shunts, and Alcon, Inc. also markets the EX-PRESS Glaucoma Filtration Device. Lumenis Ltd. is a leading manufacturer of selective laser trabeculoplasty equipment. Neomedix, Inc. markets an electrosurgical device, and Ellex Medical Lasers Limited markets a canaloplasty device that some physicians employ to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma.

        Many of our current competitors are large public companies or divisions of publicly-traded companies and have several competitive advantages, including:

19


Table of Contents

        Our competitors, medical companies, academic and research institutions or others could develop new drugs, therapies, medical devices or surgical procedures to treat glaucoma that could render our products obsolete. For example, we are aware of several companies, including Transcend Medical, Inc., AqueSys, Inc. and Ivantis Inc. that are conducting investigational device exemption, or IDE, approved clinical trials of MIGS devices. These products or other products that may be developed could demonstrate better safety or effectiveness, clinical results, ease of use or lower costs than our iStent or other products under development. If approved for marketing, these devices may compete directly with the iStent and our products under development. If any of these alternative technologies gain market acceptance, this may reduce demand for our primary product, the iStent , as well as for our products in development.

        Demand for the iStent or our future products would decline if such a product or technology were introduced, and our business would be harmed.

The training required for surgeons to use the iStent could reduce the market acceptance of our products.

        As with any new method or technique, ophthalmic surgeons must undergo a thorough training program before they are qualified to perform the iStent procedure. Surgeons could experience difficulty with the technique necessary to successfully insert the iStent , intraoperative gonioscopy, and not achieve the technical competency necessary to be qualified to insert our stents. Also, even after successfully completing the training program, the physicians could experience difficulty inserting our products and cease utilizing them or limit their use significantly in practice.

        We could also experience difficulty meeting expected levels of ophthalmic surgeons who complete our training program. This could happen due to less demand than expected, the length of time necessary to train each surgeon being longer than expected, the capacity of our sales representatives to train surgeons being less than anticipated, or if we are unable to sufficiently increase our sales organization. All of these events would lead to fewer trained ophthalmic surgeons qualified to insert the iStent , which could negatively impact our operating and financial results.

Ophthalmic surgeons not completing the iStent training program may nevertheless elect to perform iStent procedures and experience inferior clinical outcomes.

        Although our sales representatives manage the training program for ophthalmic surgeons to become qualified to insert the iStent in combination with cataract surgery, once training is completed the surgeon and/or surgical facility that the surgeon utilizes are cleared to order and maintain an iStent supply. There is a risk that untrained or unqualified ophthalmic surgeons could gain access to iStent devices from a facility's inventory and conduct iStent procedures without having received qualified status from us. If performing iStent procedures by unqualified ophthalmic surgeons were to become pervasive, this could raise the risk of complications and inferior clinical outcomes, which could result in negative patient experiences or experiences being published and damaging our reputation and that of the iStent . This could result in lower penetration and utilization by ophthalmic surgeons and could have a material adverse effect on our net sales growth, expected operating results and financial condition.

20


Table of Contents

The safety and efficacy of the iStent and our other products are not yet supported by long-term clinical data in large numbers of patients. Ophthalmic surgeons may not use our products if they do not believe they are safe, efficient, effective and preferable alternatives to other treatment solutions in the market.

        We believe that ophthalmic surgeons will not use our products unless they conclude that our products provide a safe, efficient, effective and preferable alternative to currently available treatment options. If longer-term patient studies or clinical experience indicate that treatment with our products is less effective, less efficient or less safe than our current data suggest, our sales would be harmed, and we could be subject to significant liability. Further, unsatisfactory patient outcomes or patient injury could cause negative publicity for our products, particularly in the early phases of product introduction. In addition, physicians may be slow to adopt our products if they perceive liability risks arising from their use. It is also possible that as our products become more widely used, latent defects could be identified, creating negative publicity and liability problems for us and adversely affecting demand for our products. If an increasing number of ophthalmic surgeons do not continue to adopt the use of our products, our operating and financial results will be negatively impacted.

Product liability suits brought against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities, limit sales of our existing products and limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

        If our product offerings, including the iStent , are defectively designed or manufactured, contain defective components, or are used or deployed improperly, or if someone claims any of the foregoing, whether or not such claims are meritorious, we may become subject to substantial and costly litigation. Any product liability claims brought against us, with or without merit, could divert management's attention from our business, be expensive to defend, result in sizable damage awards against us, damage our reputation, increase our product liability insurance rates, prevent us from securing continuing coverage, or prevent or interfere with commercialization of our products. In addition, we may not have sufficient insurance coverage for all future claims. Product liability claims brought against us in excess of our insurance coverage would likely be paid out of cash reserves, harming our financial condition and results of operations.

Operating results could be unpredictable and may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and the trading price of our common stock.

        We have only recently begun generating net sales from the sale of the iStent and we may experience volatility due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

21


Table of Contents

        As a result, you should not rely on our results in any past period as an indication of future results and you should anticipate that fluctuations in our quarterly and annual operating results may continue and could generate volatility in the price of our common stock. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

Our long-term growth depends on our ability to develop and commercialize additional products using our iStent technologies. If we are not able to commercialize products in development in a timely manner, our products may become obsolete over time, customers may not buy our products and our net sales and profitability may decline.

        Demand for our products may change in ways we may not anticipate due to:

        As a result, it is important that we continue to build a more complete product offering using our iStent technologies. Developing additional products is expensive and time-consuming, and could divert management's attention away from expanding acceptance of the iStent and harm our business. Even if we are successful in developing additional products, including those currently in development, the success of our new product offerings, if any, will depend on several factors, including our ability to:

22


Table of Contents

        Moreover, we will need to make a substantial investment in research and development before we can determine the commercial viability of any innovations, and we may not have the financial resources required to fund such research and development. In addition, even if we are able to successfully develop product enhancements or new products, these enhancements or new products may not produce net sales in excess of the costs of development, or they may be quickly rendered obsolete by changing customer preferences or the introduction by our competitors of products embodying superior technologies or features.

        Research programs to identify new products will require substantial technical, financial and human resources, whether or not any such products are ultimately identified. We may determine that one or more of our pre-clinical programs does not have sufficient potential to warrant the allocation of such resources. Our research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential products, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for many reasons, including the following:

If we fail to manage our anticipated growth effectively, our business could suffer.

        Since commercial launch of the iStent in July 2012, we have seen significant period-to-period growth in our business. We anticipate that this rapid growth will continue in the near term as the iStent continues to gain market acceptance. Not only do we expect this growth to continue, but we must continue to grow in order to meet our business and financial objectives. However, continued growth may create numerous challenges, including:

23


Table of Contents

        If we fail to manage any of the above challenges effectively, our business may be harmed.

Our future growth depends on our ability to retain members of our senior management and other key employees. If we are unable to retain or recruit qualified personnel for growth, our business results could suffer.

        We have benefited substantially from the leadership and performance of our senior management as well as certain key employees. For example, our chief executive officer, as well as other key members of our senior management, have experience successfully developing novel technologies and scaling early-stage medical device companies to achieve profitability. Our success will depend on our ability to retain our current management and key employees, and to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future. Competition for senior management and key employees in our industry is intense and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to retain our personnel or attract new, qualified personnel. The loss of services of certain members of our senior management or key employees could prevent or delay the implementation and completion of our strategic objectives, or divert management's attention to seeking qualified replacements. Each member of senior management as well as our key employees may terminate employment without notice and without cause or good reason. The members of our senior management are not subject to non-competition agreements. Accordingly, the adverse effect resulting from the loss of certain members of senior management could be compounded by our inability to prevent them from competing with us.

        In addition to competing for market share for our products, we also compete against these companies for personnel, including qualified sales representatives that are necessary to grow our business. Also, we compete with universities and research institutions for scientific and clinical personnel that are important to our research and development efforts.

        In addition, recruiting and retaining qualified operations, finance and accounting, scientific, clinical and sales and marketing personnel will be critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain these personnel on acceptable terms, given the competition among numerous medical device and pharmaceutical companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions.

        We also rely on consultants and advisors in our research, operations, clinical and commercial efforts to implement our business strategies. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us.

        Our strategic plan requires us to continue growing our sales, marketing, clinical and operational infrastructure in order to generate, and meet, the demand for our products. If we fail to retain or attract these key personnel, we could fail to take advantage of the market for our iStent technologies and our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our iDose implant will be regulated as a drug and be subject to a different regulatory approval process than our other products in development. iDose is in early stages of development and may never be commercialized.

        As a drug delivery implant, the iDose will be subject to a regulatory approval process similar to that for pharmaceuticals. This process is often a more lengthy and complex process than obtaining regulatory approval as a medical device. The future success of our iDose product candidate depends on our ability to complete pre-clinical development and clinical trials, and will require significant development activities, pre-clinical studies, clinical trials, regulatory approvals, and substantial additional investment.

        This development program may not lead to a commercially viable product for several reasons. For example, we may fail to demonstrate safety and efficacy in pre-clinical tests or clinical trials, or we may

24


Table of Contents

have inadequate financial or other resources to pursue drug development efforts. From time to time, we may establish and announce certain development goals for our iDose product candidate; however, it is difficult to predict accurately if and when we will achieve these goals. We may be unsuccessful in advancing this drug delivery implant into clinical testing or in obtaining FDA approval, and our long-term business prospects could be harmed.

Our business requires substantial capital and operating expenditures to operate and grow.

        Although we generate net sales from sales of our first FDA-approved product, the iStent , and are conducting this offering, we may nevertheless need to raise substantial additional capital in the future to:

        We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, cash equivalents, short-term investment balances and interest we earn on these balances will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for the next 24 months. However, our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

        If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or issuances of convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our common stock,

25


Table of Contents

including shares of common stock sold in this offering. Any debt financing obtained by us in the future would likely be senior to our common stock, would likely cause us to incur interest expense, and could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may increase our expenses and make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may also be required to secure any such debt obligations with some or all of our assets.

        We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, or if we expend capital on projects that are not successful, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited, or we may even have to scale back our operations.

We may enter into acquisitions, collaborations, in-licensing agreements, joint ventures, alliances or partnerships with third parties that fail to result in a commercial product or net sales.

        Aside from our agreement to purchase the glaucoma assets of DOSE Medical Corporation, or DOSE, we do not have any other current commitments to enter into any acquisitions, collaborations, in-licensing agreements, joint ventures, alliances or partnerships. We may in the future choose to undertake one or more of these transactions in order to retain our competitive position within the marketplace or to expand into new markets. However, we cannot assure you that we would be able to successfully complete any acquisition we choose to pursue, or that we would be able to successfully integrate any acquired business, product or technology in a cost-effective and non-disruptive manner. If we were unable to integrate any acquired businesses, products or technologies effectively, our business would likely suffer.

Significant disruptions to our information technology infrastructure could materially impact operations and financial results.

        The efficient operation of our business depends on our information technology systems. We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage sales and marketing data, accounting and financial functions, inventory management, product development tasks, clinical data, customer service and technical support functions. Our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, fires, floods and other natural disasters, terrorist attacks, attacks by computer viruses or hackers, power losses, and computer system or data network failures. In addition, a variety of our software systems are cloud-based data management applications, hosted by third-party service providers whose security and information technology systems are subject to similar risks.

        The failure of either our or our service providers' information technology could disrupt our entire operation or result in decreased sales, increased overhead costs and product shortages, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and operating results.

Our existing revolving credit and term loan agreement contains restrictive covenants that may limit our operating flexibility.

        Our existing revolving credit and term loan agreement contains certain restrictive covenants that limit our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, merge with other companies or consummate certain changes of control, acquire other companies, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens, experience changes in management and enter into new businesses. We therefore may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of the lender or terminate the agreement. In addition, we are required to maintain certain financial covenants to be considered in compliance with the terms of the agreement. Currently, and until such time as the below described debt

26


Table of Contents

service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective, we must comply with a revenue performance covenant and a cash availability covenant. The revenue performance covenant requires that we achieve 85% of operating plan revenues measured on a monthly basis for the three-month period then ended. The cash availability covenant requires that we maintain a combined balance of cash plus unused revolving credit availability of not less than $5.0 million, with such cash balance to be not less than $2.0 million, measured on a monthly basis. In the event that we fail the cash availability covenant, we are required to obtain within 30 days a term sheet for new equity or subordinated debt proceeds in an amount of not less than $10.0 million, which financing must subsequently be funded within 60 days. The debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective on the date that we achieve for three consecutive months a ratio of no less than 1.2 to 1.0 measured for the six-month period then ended, for which the numerator is adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the agreement to be earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash expenses, less the sum of unfinanced capital expenditures, taxes, and any capital returned to stockholders) and the denominator is the sum of all principal and interest payments that become due and payable in cash during such period. Once the debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective, the revenue performance and cash availability covenants are no longer in effect. If we fail to meet the required covenants and such non-compliance is not waived, or we are unable to negotiate amended terms, we could be in default under our revolving credit and term loan agreement, which could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

Planned expansion into new markets outside of the United States will subject us to additional business and regulatory risks, and there can be no assurance that our products will be accepted in those markets.

        Engaging in international business inherently involves a number of other difficulties and risks, including:

27


Table of Contents

        If we or our suppliers are unable to address these international risks, we may fail to establish and maintain an international presence, and our business, financial condition and results of operations would suffer.

We cannot be certain that our net operating loss tax carryforwards will be available to offset future taxable income.

        As of December 31, 2014, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $121.0 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes and approximately $104.7 million of net operating loss carryforwards for state income tax purposes, which begin to expire in various amounts, if not used, between 2015 and 2018. At December 31, 2014, we had federal and state research and development carryforwards of $3.9 million and $4.2 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2020 for federal purposes and carry over indefinitely for state purposes. We have recorded a full valuation allowance against these tax attributes because we believe that uncertainty exists with respect to the future realization of the tax attributes as well as with respect to the amount of the tax attributes that will be available in future periods. To the extent available, we intend to use these net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income associated with our operations. There can be no assurance that we will generate sufficient taxable income in the carryforward period to utilize any remaining net operating loss carryforwards before they expire.

        In addition, Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, contains rules that limit for U.S. federal income tax purposes the ability of a corporation that undergoes an "ownership change" to utilize its net operating losses (and certain other tax attributes) existing as of the date of such ownership change. Under these rules, a corporation is treated as having had an "ownership change" if there is more than a 50% increase in stock ownership by one or more "five percent shareholders," within the meaning of Section 382 of the Code, during a rolling three-year period. We believe a portion of our existing net operating losses are subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize our net operating losses to offset future taxable income could be further limited, which could have a negative effect on our liquidity. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our net operating losses, even if we attain profitability.

Risks Related to the Regulatory Environment

We and our suppliers are subject to extensive federal and state regulation, and if we fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could suffer severe criminal or civil sanctions or be required to make significant changes to our operations that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

        The iStent is classified as a medical device. As a result, we are subject to extensive government regulation in the United States by the FDA and state regulatory authorities and by foreign regulatory authorities in the countries in which we conduct business. These regulations relate to, among other things, research and development, design, testing, clinical trials, manufacturing, clearance or approval, environmental controls, safety and efficacy, labeling, advertising, promotion, pricing, recordkeeping, reporting, import and export, post-approval studies and the sale and distribution of the iStent and our other products in development.

        In the United States, before we can market a new medical device, or a new use of, new claim for, or significant modification to, an existing product, we must first receive either clearance under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act or approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application from the FDA, unless an exemption applies. The process of obtaining PMA approval, which was required for the iStent , is much more costly and uncertain than the 510(k) clearance process. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is "substantially equivalent" to a device legally on the market, known as a "predicate" device, in order to clear the

28


Table of Contents

proposed device for marketing. To be "substantially equivalent," the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. In the PMA approval process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is safe and effective for its intended use based, in part, on extensive data, including, but not limited to, technical, pre-clinical, clinical trial, manufacturing and labeling data. The PMA process is typically required for devices for which the 510(k) process cannot be used and that are deemed to pose the greatest risk.

        Modifications to products that are approved through a PMA application generally need FDA approval. Similarly, some modifications made to products cleared through a 510(k) may require a new 510(k). The FDA's 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but may last longer. The process of obtaining a PMA generally takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the PMA is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and prospects.

        The FDA can delay, limit or deny clearance or approval of a device for many reasons, including:

        The research, testing, manufacturing, labeling, approval, selling, import, export, marketing and distribution of drug products is also subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and other countries, which regulations differ from country to country. We are not permitted to market any drug product candidate in the United States until we receive approval of a new drug application, or NDA, from the FDA. To gain approval to market a drug product, we must provide the FDA and any applicable foreign regulatory authorities with data from well-controlled clinical trials that adequately demonstrate the safety, efficacy and compliant manufacturing of the product for the intended indication applied for in the NDA or other respective regulatory filing. Obtaining regulatory approval of an NDA can be a lengthy, expensive and uncertain process.

        The FDA or other applicable foreign regulatory bodies can delay, limit or deny approval of a drug candidate for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

29


Table of Contents

        Further, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and abuse, which subject our marketing, training and other practices to government scrutiny. To ensure compliance with Medicare, Medicaid and other regulations, government agencies or their contractors often conduct routine audits and request customer records and other documents to support claims submitted for payment of services rendered. Government agencies or their contractors also periodically open investigations and obtain information from healthcare providers. Violations of federal and state regulations can result in severe criminal, civil and administrative penalties and sanctions, including debarment, suspension or exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid and other government reimbursement programs, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Legislative or regulatory reform of the healthcare system may affect our ability to sell our products profitably .

        In the United States and in certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the regulatory and healthcare systems in ways that could impact our ability to sell our products profitably, if at all. In the United States in recent years, new legislation has been proposed and adopted at the federal and state levels that is effecting major changes in the healthcare system. In addition, new regulations and interpretations of existing healthcare statutes and regulations are frequently adopted.

        For example, in 2011, the FDA announced a Plan of Action to modernize and improve the FDA's premarket review of medical devices, and has implemented, and continues to implement, reforms intended to improve the timeliness and predictability of the premarket review process. In addition, as part of the Food and Drug Administration Safety and Innovation Act of 2012, Congress enacted several reforms entitled the Medical Device Regulatory Improvements and additional miscellaneous provisions that will further affect medical device regulation both pre- and post-approval.

        If, as a result of legislative or regulatory healthcare reform, we cannot sell the iStent (or our other products in development if approved) profitably, our business would be harmed. In addition, any change in the laws or regulations that govern the clearance and approval processes relating to our current and future products could make it more difficult and costly to obtain clearance or approval for new products, or to produce, market and distribute existing products.

30


Table of Contents

        In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or PPACA, was signed into law. While the goal of health care reform is to expand coverage to more individuals, it also involves increased government price controls, additional regulatory mandates and other measures designed to constrain medical costs. The PPACA substantially changes the way healthcare is financed by both governmental and private insurers, encourages improvements in the quality of healthcare items and services and significantly impacts the medical device industry. Among other things, the PPACA:

        In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011 was signed into law, which, among other things, created the Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction to recommend to Congress proposals in spending reductions. The Joint Select Committee did not achieve a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013 and will remain in effect through 2024 unless additional Congressional action is taken. On January 2, 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or the ATRA, was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

        We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products or product candidates or additional pricing pressures.

        In September 2012, the European Commission published proposals for the revision of the EU regulatory framework for medical devices. The proposal would replace the Medical Devices Directive and two related directives concerning active implantable medical devices and in vitro diagnostic medical devices respectively with a new regulation concerning medical devices and another concerning in vitro diagnostic medical devices. Unlike Directives that must be implemented into national laws, the Regulations would be directly applicable in all European Economic Area, or EEA, Member States and so are intended to eliminate current national differences in regulation of medical devices.

        In October 2013, the European Parliament approved a package of reforms to the European Commission's proposals. Under the revised proposals, only designated "special notified bodies" would be entitled to conduct conformity assessments of high-risk devices. These special notified bodies will need to notify the European Commission when they receive an application for a conformity assessment for a new high-risk device. The Commission will then forward the notification and the accompanying documents on the device to the Medical Devices Coordination Group for an opinion. These new procedures may result in the re-assessment of our existing medical devices, or a longer or more

31


Table of Contents

burdensome assessment of our new products. We anticipate that further amendments to this proposal may be agreed as a compromise among the various EU legislative bodies before the final regulation on medical devices is adopted, most likely in 2015 or 2016.

The clinical trial process required to obtain regulatory approvals is lengthy and expensive with uncertain outcomes, and could result in delays in new product introductions.

        Because of the indication we chose to pursue for the iStent , the FDA required that we seek PMA approval rather than clearance under the 510(k) process. In order to obtain PMA approval for a product, the sponsor must conduct well-controlled clinical trials designed to assess the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. Similarly, a sponsor generally must conduct well-controlled clinical trials designed to assess the safety and efficacy of a drug product candidate in order to obtain FDA approval of a drug product. We therefore will be required to conduct clinical trials to obtain approval of iDose , our drug delivery implant, new indications for the iStent or new product candidates. Conducting clinical trials is a complex and expensive process, can take many years, and outcomes are inherently uncertain. We incur substantial expense for, and devote significant time to, clinical trials but cannot be certain that the trials will ever result in commercial sales. We may suffer significant setbacks in clinical trials, even after earlier clinical trials showed promising results, and failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Any of our products may malfunction or may produce undesirable adverse effects that could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials. We, the FDA, or another regulatory authority may suspend or terminate clinical trials at any time to avoid exposing trial participants to unacceptable health risks.

        Successful results of pre-clinical studies are not necessarily indicative of future clinical trial results, and predecessor clinical trial results may not be replicated in subsequent clinical trials. Additionally, the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of the data from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials, or may find the clinical trial design, conduct or results inadequate to prove safety or efficacy, and may require us to pursue additional pre-clinical studies or clinical trials, which could further delay the clearance or approval of our products. The data we collect from our pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may not be sufficient to support FDA clearance or approval, and if we are unable to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our future products in our clinical trials, we will be unable to obtain regulatory clearance or approval to market our products.

        In addition, we may estimate and publicly announce the anticipated timing of the accomplishment of various clinical, regulatory and other product development goals, which are often referred to as milestones. These milestones could include the obtainment of the right to affix the CE Mark in the European Union; the submission to the FDA of an IDE application, or an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, to commence a pivotal clinical trial for a new product candidate; the enrollment of patients in clinical trials; the release of data from clinical trials; and other clinical and regulatory events. The actual timing of these milestones could vary dramatically compared to our estimates, in some cases for reasons beyond our control. We cannot assure you that we will meet our projected milestones and if we do not meet these milestones as publicly announced, the commercialization of our products may be delayed and, as a result, our stock price may decline.

        Clinical trials are necessary to support PMA applications for our device product candidates and may be necessary to support PMA supplements for modified versions of our marketed device products. This would require the enrollment of large numbers of suitable subjects, which may be difficult to identify, recruit and maintain as participants in the clinical trial. The clinical trials supporting the PMA application for the iStent involved 289 randomized patients. We expect that we will provide the FDA with data on the results of approximately 968 patients in three post-approval studies. If the FDA were to require us to submit data on a greater number of patients or a longer follow-up period, we would incur additional expenses that could be significant. Adverse outcomes in the post-approval studies could also result in restrictions or withdrawal of approval of the PMA.

32


Table of Contents

        Before we can obtain regulatory approval for any drug product candidate, such as our iDose drug delivery implant, we must undertake extensive clinical testing in humans to demonstrate safety and efficacy to the satisfaction of the FDA and other regulatory agencies. Clinical trials of drug product candidates are expensive and take years to complete, and the outcome of such trials is uncertain. We are currently conducting a Phase I clinical trial of iDose in Armenia. We initiated discussions with FDA regarding that study and regarding the data and information necessary to support an IND application to conduct clinical trials of iDose in the United States. Our ability to conduct additional clinical trials depends on many factors, including the data obtained in the Phase I clinical trial.

        Delays in the commencement or completion of clinical testing could significantly affect our product development costs. We do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin on time, need to be redesigned, enroll an adequate number of patients in a timely manner or be completed on schedule, if at all. The commencement and completion of clinical trials can be delayed or terminated for a number of reasons, including delays or failures related to:

        Patient enrollment in clinical trials and completion of patient follow-up depend on many factors, including the size of the patient population, the nature of the trial protocol, the proximity of patients to clinical sites, the eligibility criteria for the clinical trial, patient compliance, competing clinical trials and clinicians' and patients' perceptions as to the potential advantages of the product being studied in relation to other available therapies, including any new treatments that may be approved for the indications we are investigating. For example, patients may be discouraged from enrolling in our clinical trials if the trial protocol requires them to undergo extensive post-treatment procedures or follow-up to assess the safety and efficacy of a product candidate, or they may be persuaded to participate in contemporaneous clinical trials of a competitor's product candidate. In addition, patients participating in our clinical trials may drop out before completion of the trial or suffer adverse medical events unrelated to our products. Delays in patient enrollment or failure of patients to continue to participate in a clinical trial may delay commencement or completion of the clinical trial, cause an increase in the costs of the clinical trial and delays, or result in the failure of the clinical trial.

        We could also encounter delays if the FDA concluded that our financial relationships with our principal investigators resulted in a perceived or actual conflict of interest that may have affected the interpretation of a study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site or the utility of the clinical trial itself. Principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific

33


Table of Contents

advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive cash compensation and/or stock options in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation to or ownership interest by the clinical investigator carrying out the study result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, or the FDA concludes that the financial relationship may have affected interpretation of the study, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized, which could result in the delay or rejection of our application by the FDA. Any such delay or rejection could prevent us from commercializing any of our products currently in development.

        Further, clinical trials may also be delayed as a result of ambiguous or negative interim results. In addition, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, the FDA, the IRB overseeing the clinical trial at issue, the Data Safety Monitoring Board for such trial, any of our clinical trial sites with respect to that site, or other regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including:

        Additionally, changes in regulatory requirements and guidance may occur and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to reflect these changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to IRBs for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of a clinical trial. If we experience delays in completion of, or if we terminate, any of our clinical trials, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate product revenues from these product candidates will be delayed or not realized at all. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenues. Any of these occurrences may significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of a clinical trial may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of the subject product candidate.

If the FDA does not conclude that the iDose drug delivery implant satisfies the requirements for the 505(b)(2) regulatory approval pathway, or if the requirements for approval of the iDose drug delivery implant under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and encounter significantly more complications and risks than anticipated, and in any case may not be successful.

        We intend to seek FDA approval through the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for our drug delivery implant, iDose . The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Act, added Section 505(b)(2) to the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for the applicant.

        If the FDA does not allow us to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for iDose as anticipated, we may need to conduct additional clinical trials, provide additional data and information and meet

34


Table of Contents

additional standards for regulatory approval. If this were to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval would likely substantially increase. Moreover, the inability to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway could result in new competitive products reaching the market faster than our product candidate, which could materially adversely impact our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway for iDose , we cannot assure you that we will receive the requisite or timely approvals for commercialization of this product candidate.

Failure to comply with post-marketing regulatory requirements could subject us to enforcement actions, including substantial penalties, and might require us to recall or withdraw a product from the market.

        Once a medical device is approved, a manufacturer must notify the FDA of any modifications to the device. Any modification to a device that has received FDA clearance or approval that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in its intended use, design or manufacture, requires premarket clearance or approval from the FDA pursuant to a new 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA supplement. The FDA requires every manufacturer to make the determination in the first instance regarding whether a modification to a cleared or approved device necessitates the filing of a new 510(k) notification or PMA supplement. The FDA may review any manufacturer's decision and can disagree. If the FDA disagrees with any future determination by us that a new clearance or approval is not required, we may need to cease marketing or to recall the modified product until and unless we obtain clearance or approval. In addition, we could also be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties. Any of these outcomes would harm our business.

        A manufacturer must also submit periodic reports to the FDA as a condition of PMA approval. These reports include safety and effectiveness information about the device after its approval. Failure to submit such reports, or failure to submit the reports in a timely manner, could result in enforcement action by the FDA. Following its review of the periodic reports, the FDA might ask for additional information or initiate further investigation.

        The PMA approval for the iStent is subject to several conditions of approval, including postmarket study and registry study requirements. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval could result in the withdrawal of PMA approval, and the inability to continue to market the device. Failure to conduct the required studies in accordance with IRB and informed consent requirements could also be grounds for withdrawal of approval of the PMA.

        The regulations to which we are subject are complex and have become more stringent over time. Regulatory changes could result in restrictions on our ability to continue or expand our operations, higher than anticipated costs, or lower than anticipated sales. Even after we have obtained the proper regulatory clearance or approval to market a product, we have ongoing responsibilities under FDA regulations and applicable foreign laws and regulations. The FDA, state and foreign regulatory authorities have broad enforcement powers. Our failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements could result in enforcement action by the FDA, state or foreign regulatory authorities, which may include any of the following sanctions:

35


Table of Contents

        Any of these sanctions could result in higher than anticipated costs or lower than anticipated sales and have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

We must continually monitor the performance of our products once approved and marketed for signs that their use may elicit serious and unexpected adverse effects. Any recall of our products, either voluntarily or at the direction of the FDA or another governmental authority, or the discovery of serious safety issues with our products that leads to corrective actions, could have a significant adverse impact on us.

        Our ability to achieve our strategic objectives will depend, among other things, on the long-term clinical performance of the iStent for lowering intraocular pressure in mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients undergoing cataract surgery. Our original PMA approval for the iStent included several post-marketing study requirements and future approvals may be subject to similar requirements. Failure to conduct required post-marketing studies in a timely manner could result in the revocation of the clearance or approval for the product that is subject to such a requirement and could also result in the recall or withdrawal of the product, which would prevent us from generating sales from that product in the United States.

        Although we believe follow-up at two years continues to support efficacy and safety of the iStent for lowering intraocular pressure in mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients undergoing cataract surgery, in the future, longer term study outcomes could demonstrate conflicting clinical effectiveness, a reduction of effectiveness, no clinical effectiveness or longer term safety issues with the iStent . This type of differing data could have a detrimental effect on the market penetration and usage of the iStent by customers treating mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma and/or the risk/benefit profile of using the iStent to treat mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma in combination with cataract surgery. As a result, our sales may decline or expected growth would be negatively impacted. This could put pressure on our ability to execute key components of our business strategy and/or negatively impact our operating condition and financial results.

        More generally, all medical devices, such as the iStent , can experience performance problems that require review and possible corrective action by us or a component supplier. We cannot provide assurance that component failures, manufacturing errors, noncompliance with quality system requirements or good manufacturing practices, design defects and/or labeling inadequacies in any device or drug products that could result in an unsafe condition or injury to the patient will not occur. The FDA and similar foreign governmental authorities have the authority to require the recall of commercialized products in the event of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture of a product or in the event that a product poses an unacceptable risk to health. Manufacturers may also, under their own initiative, stop shipment or recall a product if any material deficiency is found or withdraw a product to improve device performance or for other reasons. A government-mandated or voluntary recall by us or one of our distributors could occur as a result of an unacceptable risk to health, component failures, manufacturing errors, noncompliance with good manufacturing practices or quality system requirements, design or labeling defects or other deficiencies and issues. Similar regulatory agencies in other countries have similar authority to recall products because of material deficiencies or defects in design or manufacture that could endanger health. Any recall would divert management attention and financial resources, could cause the price of our stock to decline and expose

36


Table of Contents

us to product liability or other claims and harm our reputation with customers. A recall involving our products could be particularly harmful to our business, financial and operating results.

        The FDA requires that certain classifications of recalls be reported to the FDA within 10 working days after the recall is initiated. Notice to the FDA of a correction or removal is required when undertaken to reduce a risk to health, including when there is a reasonable probability that the product will cause serious adverse health consequences or death, or when use of the device may cause temporary or medically reversible adverse health consequences or an outcome where the probability of serious adverse health consequences is remote. In addition, companies are required to maintain certain records of corrections and removal, even if they are not reportable to the FDA or similar foreign governmental authorities. We may initiate voluntary recalls involving our products in the future that we determine do not require notification of the FDA or foreign governmental authorities. If the FDA or foreign governmental authorities disagree with our determinations, they could require us to report those actions as recalls. A future recall announcement could harm our reputation with customers and negatively affect our sales. In addition, the FDA or a foreign governmental authority could take enforcement action for failing to report the recalls when they were conducted.

        In addition, under the FDA's medical device reporting regulations, we are required to report to the FDA any incident in which our product may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or in which our product malfunctioned and, if the malfunction were to recur, would likely cause or contribute to death or serious injury. Repeated product malfunctions may result in a voluntary or involuntary product recall. We are subject to similar obligations in the EEA and other countries in which we market our products.

        Depending on the corrective action we take to redress a product's deficiencies or defects, the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority may require, or we may decide, that we will need to obtain new approvals or clearances for the device before we may market or distribute the corrected device. Seeking such approvals or clearances may delay our ability to replace the recalled devices in a timely manner. Moreover, we may face additional regulatory enforcement action, including FDA warning letters, product seizure, injunctions, administrative penalties, civil penalties or criminal fines. We may also be required to bear other costs or take other actions that may have a negative impact on our sales as well as face significant adverse publicity or regulatory consequences, which could harm our business, including our ability to market our products in the future.

        Any adverse event involving our products, whether in the United States or abroad, could result in future voluntary corrective actions, such as recalls or customer notifications, or agency action, such as inspection, mandatory recall, orders of repair, replacement or refund or other enforcement action. Any corrective action, whether voluntary or involuntary, as well as defending ourselves in a lawsuit, will require the dedication of our time and capital, distract management from operating our business and may harm our reputation and financial results.

If we or our component manufacturers fail to comply with the FDA's Quality System Regulation or Good Manufacturing Practice regulations, our manufacturing operations could be interrupted, and our product sales and operating results could suffer.

        We and some of our component manufacturers are required to comply with regulatory requirements known as the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which covers the procedures and documentation of the design, testing, production, control, quality assurance, inspection, complaint handling, recordkeeping, management review, labeling, packaging, sterilization, storage and shipping of our device products. The FDA's current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs apply to the manufacture of drug substance and finished drug products. The FDA audits compliance with these regulatory requirements through periodic announced and unannounced inspections of manufacturing and other facilities. The FDA may conduct inspections or audits at any time, and we and some of our

37


Table of Contents

component suppliers are subject to such inspections. Although we believe our manufacturing facilities and those of our critical component suppliers are in compliance with the QSR requirements, and with applicable cGMPs for our iDose drug delivery implant, we cannot provide assurance that any future inspection will not result in adverse findings. If our manufacturing facilities or those of any of our component suppliers are found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations, or we or our suppliers have significant noncompliance issues or fail to timely and adequately respond to any adverse inspectional observations or product safety issues, or if any corrective action plan that we or our suppliers propose in response to observed deficiencies is not sufficient, the FDA could take enforcement action, including any of the following sanctions:

        Any of these sanctions could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and operating results.

        Outside the United States, our products and operations are also often required to comply with standards set by industrial standards bodies, such as the International Organization for Standardization. Foreign regulatory bodies may evaluate our products or the testing that our products undergo against these standards. The specific standards, types of evaluation and scope of review differ among foreign regulatory bodies. If we fail to adequately comply with any of these standards, a foreign regulatory body may take adverse actions similar to those within the power of the FDA. Any such action may harm our reputation and could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to obtain and maintain regulatory approval in foreign jurisdictions, our market opportunities will be limited.

        The iStent is currently approved for sale in 20 countries outside of the United States, where it is sold through a direct sales network in Germany as well as distributors in other countries. In order to market our products in the European Union, Asia or other foreign jurisdictions, we must obtain and maintain separate regulatory approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies from country to country and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval abroad may be longer than the time required to obtain FDA clearance or approval. Foreign regulatory approval processes include many of the risks associated with obtaining FDA clearance or approval and we may not obtain foreign regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. FDA clearance or approval does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries, and approval by one foreign regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other foreign countries. However, the failure to obtain clearance or approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative impact on our ability to obtain clearance or approval elsewhere. If we do not obtain or

38


Table of Contents

maintain necessary approvals to commercialize our products in markets outside the United States, it would negatively affect our overall market penetration.

We may be subject to fines, penalties, injunctions or other enforcement actions if we are determined to be promoting the use of our products for unapproved or "off-label" uses, resulting in damage to our reputation and business.

        Our promotional materials and training methods must comply with FDA and other applicable laws and regulations, including the prohibition of the promotion of a drug or medical device for a use that has not been cleared or approved by the FDA. Use of a drug or device outside of its cleared or approved indications is known as "off-label" use. Physicians may use our products off-label, as the FDA does not restrict or regulate a physician's choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. However, if the FDA determines that our promotional materials or training constitutes promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our training or promotional materials or subject us to regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of warning letters, untitled letters, fines, penalties, consent decrees, injunctions, or seizures, which could have an adverse impact on our reputation and financial results. We could also be subject to enforcement action under other federal or state laws, including the federal False Claims Act, or FCA.

Failure to comply with the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, and implementing regulations affecting the transmission, security and privacy of health information could result in significant penalties.

        Numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the Federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH Act, govern the collection, dissemination, security, use and confidentiality of patient-identifiable health information. HIPAA and the HITECH Act may require us to comply with standards for the use and disclosure of health information within our company and with third parties. The Privacy Standards and Security Standards under HIPAA establish a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of individually identifiable health information by health plans, healthcare clearinghouses and certain healthcare providers, referred to as covered entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services. Notably, whereas HIPAA previously directly regulated only these covered entities, the HITECH Act, which was signed into law as part of the stimulus package in February 2009, makes certain of HIPAA's privacy and security standards also directly applicable to covered entities' business associates. As a result, both covered entities and business associates are now subject to significant civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply with the Privacy Standards and Security Standards.

        HIPAA and the HITECH Act also include standards for common healthcare electronic transactions and code sets, such as claims information, plan eligibility and payment information. Covered entities, such as healthcare providers, are required to conform to such transaction set standards pursuant to HIPAA.

        HIPAA requires healthcare providers to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to protected health information that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. The HITECH Act expands the notification requirement for breaches of patient-identifiable health information, restricts certain disclosures and sales of patient-identifiable health information and provides a tiered system for civil monetary penalties for HIPAA violations. The HITECH Act also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Additionally, certain states have adopted comparable privacy and security laws and regulations, some of which may be more stringent than HIPAA.

39


Table of Contents

        If we do not comply with applicable existing or new laws and regulations related to patient health information, we could be subject to criminal or civil sanctions. New health information standards, whether implemented pursuant to HIPAA, the HITECH Act, congressional action or otherwise, could have a significant effect on the manner in which we handle healthcare related data and the cost of complying with these standards could be significant.

        The 2013 final HITECH Act omnibus rule modifies the breach reporting standard in a manner that will likely make more data security incidents qualify as reportable breaches. Any liability from a failure to comply with the applicable requirements of HIPAA or the HITECH Act could adversely affect our financial condition. The costs of complying with privacy and security-related legal and regulatory requirements are burdensome and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. These new provisions, as modified, will be subject to interpretation by various courts and other governmental authorities, thus creating potentially complex compliance issues for us, as well as our clients and strategic partners. In addition, we are unable to predict what changes to the HIPAA Privacy Standards and Security Standards might be made in the future or how those changes could affect our business. Any new legislation or regulation in the area of privacy and security of personal information, including personal health information, could also adversely affect our business operations.

If we fail to comply with state and federal healthcare regulatory laws, we could face substantial penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in governmental healthcare programs, and the curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our business, operations, and financial condition.

        Although we do not provide healthcare services, submit claims for third-party reimbursement, or receive payments directly from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors for our products, we are subject to healthcare fraud and abuse regulation and enforcement by federal and state governments, which could significantly impact our business. The laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

40


Table of Contents

        Further, the PPACA, among other things, amended the intent requirements of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal statutes governing healthcare fraud. A person or entity can now be found guilty of violating the statute without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, PPACA provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the FCA. Moreover, while we do not submit claims and our customers make the ultimate decision on how to submit claims, from time to time, we may provide reimbursement guidance to our customers. If a government authority were to conclude that we provided improper advice to our customers or encouraged the submission of false claims for reimbursement, we could face action against us by government authorities. Any violations of these laws, or any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.

        We have entered into consulting and scientific advisory board arrangements with physicians and other healthcare providers, including some who influence the ordering of and use of our products in procedures they perform. Compensation for some of these arrangements includes the provision of stock options. While we have worked to structure our arrangements to comply with applicable laws, because of the complex and far-reaching nature of these laws, regulatory agencies may view these transactions as prohibited arrangements that must be restructured, or discontinued, or for which we could be subject to other significant penalties. We could be adversely affected if regulatory agencies interpret our financial relationships with providers who influence the ordering of and use our products to be in violation of applicable laws.

        The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Responding to investigations can be time-and resource-consuming and can divert management's attention from the business. Additionally, as a result of these investigations, healthcare providers and entities may have to agree to

41


Table of Contents

additional onerous compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree or corporate integrity agreement. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business.

        If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other government regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and the curtailment or restricting of our operations, any of which could harm our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

Foreign governments tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our future profitability.

        We currently sell the iStent and iStent Inject outside the United States and we plan to further expand our international operations. In some foreign countries, particularly in the European Union, the pricing of medical devices is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to supply data that compares the cost-effectiveness of our products to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, it may not be profitable to sell our products in certain foreign countries, which could negatively affect the long-term growth of our business.

Our financial performance may be affected by medical device tax provisions in the healthcare reform laws.

        The PPACA imposes among other things, an excise tax of 2.3% on any entity that manufactures or imports medical devices offered for sale in the United States beginning in 2013. Under these provisions, the Congressional Research Services predicts that the total cost to the medical device industry may be up to $29 billion over the next decade. The iStent is subject to this tax and the other products in our pipeline will be subject to this tax. There are no assurances that our business will not be materially adversely affected by the current, or possible future additional tax, provisions implemented under healthcare reform.

Our operations involve hazardous materials, and we must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive.

        We are subject to a variety of federal, state and local regulations relating to the use, handling, storage, disposal, and human exposure to hazardous and toxic materials. We could incur costs, fines, and civil and criminal sanctions, third-party property damage or personal injury claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental laws. Compliance with current or future environmental and safety laws and regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities, impair our research, development or production efforts, or require us to incur other significant expenses. There can be no assurance that violations of environmental laws or regulations will not occur in the future as a result of the inability to obtain permits, human error, accident, equipment failure or other causes.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property, our competitors and other third parties could develop and commercialize products similar or identical to ours, which would substantially impair our ability to compete.

        Our success and ability to compete depends significantly upon our ability to maintain and protect our proprietary rights to the technologies and inventions used in or embodied by our products. We rely on a combination of patents and trademark rights, and to a lesser extent on trade secrets and

42


Table of Contents

copyrights, together with licenses and nondisclosure agreements to protect our intellectual property. These legal means, however, afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our intellectual property rights. We also have not pursued or maintained, and may not pursue or maintain in the future, patent protection for our products in every country or territory in which we sell or will in the future sell our products. In addition, we cannot be sure that any of our pending patent applications or pending trademark applications will issue or that, if issued, they will issue in a form that will be advantageous to us. The United States Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, or other foreign patent offices may deny or significantly narrow claims made under our patent applications and our issued patents may be successfully challenged, may be designed around, or may otherwise be of insufficient scope to provide us with any meaningful protection for our present or future commercial products. Further, the USPTO or other foreign trademark offices may deny our trademark applications and, even if published or registered, these trademarks may be ineffective in protecting our brand and goodwill and may be successfully opposed or challenged.

        The patent prosecution process itself is expensive and time consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. The patent prosecution process requires compliance with complex laws, rules and regulations imposed by patent authorities. Failure to comply with these laws, rules and regulations may derive, among other bases, from various defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications, which may include defects that relate to our making proper priority claims and inventorship determinations. If any such defects are identified, we may need to take corrective action. For example, we recently filed petitions with the USPTO to request in part that Dr. Richard Hill, one of our consultants, be added as an inventor on patents related to our iStent and iStent Inject products and iStent Supra product candidate that were developed during Dr. Hill's consultancy. Dr. Hill has assigned his rights in these patents and certain other patent applications to us pursuant to the terms of his consulting agreement. We cannot assure you, however, that our petitions to the USPTO will be successful. Dr. Hill was employed as an Associate Professor at the University of California, Irvine, or the University, during the period when these patents and patent applications were developed. We engaged in discussions with the University to address whether it has any ownership claim to these patents and patent applications as a result of Dr. Hill's employment, and in December 2014, we entered into an agreement with the University pursuant to which the University agreed not to challenge our ownership of these patents and patent applications. In addition, if any material defects are found in the form or preparation of any of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which could harm our business. Moreover, the USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. In addition, periodic maintenance fees on issued patents often must be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies over the lifetime of the patent. While an unintentional lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment or delay in payment of fees or annuities (whether intentional or unintentional), failure to specify proper entity status, and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our products or procedures, we may not be able to stop a competitor from marketing products that are the same as or similar to our products, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

        The patent position of medical device companies is generally highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. In the United

43


Table of Contents

States and in many foreign jurisdictions, policies regarding the breadth of claims allowed in patents can be inconsistent. The U.S. Supreme Court and the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, foreign courts have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective jurisdictions are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by U.S. and foreign legislative bodies. Those changes may materially affect our patents or patent applications and our ability to obtain patents. Future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain because legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art, may affect patent litigation, and switch the U.S. patent system from a "first-to-invent" system to a "first-to-file" system. Under a "first-to-file" system, assuming the other requirements for patentability are met, the first inventor to file a patent application generally will be entitled to the patent on an invention regardless of whether another inventor had made the invention earlier. The USPTO developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first-to-file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. In addition, patent reform legislation may pass in the future that could lead to additional uncertainties and increased costs surrounding the prosecution, enforcement, and defense of our patents and applications.

        We may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the USPTO or to another foreign patent office, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review, or other patent office proceedings or litigation, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights.

        We have a number of foreign patents and patent applications, and expect to pursue patent protection in the most significant markets in which we do business. The laws of other countries in which our product offerings are or may be sold may not protect our product offerings and intellectual property to the same extent as U.S. laws, if at all. Many companies have encountered significant difficulties in obtaining, protecting and defending such rights in such markets. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against other parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, and certain countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to other parties. We also may be unable to protect our rights in trade secrets and unpatented proprietary technology in these countries. If we encounter such difficulties or we are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting our intellectual property rights in these jurisdictions, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be substantially harmed.

44


Table of Contents

        Despite our efforts to safeguard our unpatented and unregistered intellectual property rights, we may not be successful in doing so, or the steps taken by us in this regard may not be adequate to detect or deter misappropriation of our technology or to prevent an unauthorized third party from copying or otherwise obtaining and using our products, technology or other information that we regard as proprietary. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Competitors could purchase our products and attempt to replicate some or all of the competitive advantages we derive from our development efforts, infringe our intellectual property rights, design around our protected technology or develop their own competitive technologies that fall outside of our intellectual property rights. Our inability to adequately protect our intellectual property could allow our competitors and other third parties to produce products based on our patented or proprietary technology and other intellectual property rights, which could substantially impair our ability to compete.

        We may not be able to accurately estimate or control our future operating expenses in relation to obtaining, enforcing and/or defending intellectual property, which could lead to cash shortfalls. Our operating expenses may fluctuate significantly in the future as a result of the costs of preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other patent related costs, including litigation costs and the results of such litigation.

We are currently and may in the future become involved in patent and other intellectual property litigation or administrative proceedings to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, which could be costly, time consuming and unsuccessful and could interfere with our ability to successfully commercialize our products.

        We are currently asserting and may in the future need to assert claims of infringement against third parties to protect our intellectual property. Since March 2013, we have been engaged in a dispute with Transcend Medical, Inc., or Transcend, in which Transcend is challenging our patents as invalid and seeking a declaratory judgment that they do not infringe our patents. We answered this challenge with a counterclaim alleging Transcend's infringement of our patents. Transcend has also asserted an inequitable conduct defense in connection with three patents in the lawsuit, and has alleged a pattern of inequitable conduct in connection with the inventorship of such patents and certain additional patents not directly at issue in the lawsuit. While we deny and dispute Transcend's claims, there is no guarantee that we will prevail in this litigation, or that we will receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail. In the event of an adverse judgment in this matter, the court could hold that some or all of our asserted patents are not infringed, or that they are invalid or unenforceable, which would diminish the extent of patent protection we have on our iStent Supra product. Furthermore, if Transcend were to prevail on its general theories of alleged inequitable conduct, some of these other patents that Transcend is not challenging in its suit, but which Transcend has identified in its pleadings in this suit to support its allegations of inequitable conduct, could later be subject to similar claims from other third parties, which could potentially weaken the general scope of protection these patents afford our products. See "Business—Legal Proceedings" for more information regarding our dispute with Transcend.

        Regardless of the final outcome, any litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights in patents, copyrights, trade secrets or trademarks is highly unpredictable and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any claims we assert against alleged infringers could provoke these third parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their own intellectual property rights, or that our rights are invalid or unenforceable. A court could hold that some or all of our asserted intellectual property rights are not infringed, or could invalidate our rights, hold our rights unenforceable, or substantially narrow the scope of protection. Any such adverse result would undermine our competitive position.

45


Table of Contents

We may become subject to claims of infringement or misappropriation of the intellectual property rights of others, which could prohibit us from selling our products, require us to obtain licenses from third parties, require us to develop non-infringing alternatives and/or subject us to substantial monetary damages and injunctive relief.

        The medical device industry is characterized by the existence of a large number of patents and frequent litigation based on allegations of patent infringement. Moreover, because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that materially and adversely affect our business. Additionally, our competitors could later pursue additional patent protection related to their earlier patent disclosures, where such patent filings are prepared with intent to cover our products. Third parties could also assert infringement or misappropriation claims against us with respect to our products. Whether or not such claims are valid, we cannot be certain that we have not infringed the intellectual property rights of such third parties or others. Any infringement or misappropriation claim could result in significant costs, substantial damages and our inability to manufacture, market or sell our existing or future products that are found to infringe. Even if we were to prevail in any such action, the litigation could result in substantial cost and diversion of resources that could materially and adversely affect our business. If a court determined, or if we independently discovered, that our product offerings violated third-party proprietary rights, there can be no assurance that we would be able to re-engineer our products to avoid those rights or to obtain a license under those rights on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. As a result, we could be prohibited from selling products that are found to infringe, or we could elect not to sell or to stop selling products that we believe have a substantial probability of infringing a third-party's intellectual property rights. Even if obtaining a license were feasible, it may be costly and time-consuming. A court could also enter orders that temporarily, preliminarily or permanently enjoin us or our customers from making, using, selling, offering to sell, distributing, exporting or importing the iStent or future products, such as the iStent Inject, iStent Supra or iDose, or could enter orders mandating that we undertake certain remedial activities. A court could also order us to pay compensatory damages for such infringement, plus prejudgment interest, and if we are found to have willfully infringed third-party rights, could in addition treble the compensatory damages and award attorneys' fees. These damages could be substantial and could harm our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

        Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could hurt the price of our common stock. Such litigation proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace.

If any of our employees, consultants or others breach their proprietary information agreements, our competitive position could be harmed.

        We protect our proprietary technology, in part, through proprietary information and inventions agreements with employees, consultants and other parties. These agreements with employees and consultants generally contain standard provisions requiring those individuals to assign to us, without additional consideration, inventions conceived or reduced to practice by them while employed or

46


Table of Contents

retained by us, subject to customary exceptions. Although it is our policy to require each of our employees, consultants and any other parties who may be involved in the development of intellectual property on our behalf to execute such agreements, we may be unsuccessful in doing so with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The relevant assignment provisions may not be self-executing or may be breached. As a result, our competitors may learn our trade secrets or we may be required to pursue litigation in order to determine the ownership of the intellectual property rights at issue.

        Even if we file suit to prevent or stop such disclosure, there is a risk that a court could find we have not adequately protected the information as a trade secret and allow use of the disclosed information by our competitors. Additionally, we may need to file suit to force the employee, consultant or other party in breach to assign his, her or its rights to us, or we may need to pay additional compensation to such employee, consultant or other party in order to quiet or obtain legal title to the intellectual property rights at issue.

We may be subject to claims that we or our employees have misappropriated the intellectual property of a third party, including trade secrets or know-how, or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors and third parties may claim an ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own.

        Many of our employees and consultants were previously employed at or engaged by other medical device, biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Some of these employees, consultants and contractors, may have executed proprietary rights, non-disclosure and non-competition agreements in connection with such previous employment. Although we try to ensure that our employees and consultants do not use the intellectual property, proprietary information, know-how or trade secrets of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have, inadvertently or otherwise, misappropriated the intellectual property or disclosed the alleged trade secrets or other proprietary information, of these former employers or competitors. Additionally, we may be subject to claims from third parties challenging our ownership interest in intellectual property we regard as our own, based on claims that our employees or consultants have breached an obligation to assign inventions to another employer, to a former employer, or to another person or entity. For example, Dr. Hill, one of our consultants, was also employed as an Associate Professor at the University during the period when certain patents and patent applications to which Dr. Hill contributed were developed. We have been in discussions with the University to address whether it has any ownership claim to these patents as a result of Dr. Hill's employment. In December 2014, we entered into an agreement with the University pursuant to which the University agreed not to challenge our ownership of the patents and patent applications to which Dr. Hill contributed while he was both a consultant for us and a faculty member at the University. Litigation may be necessary to defend against any other claims, and it may be necessary or we may desire to enter into a license to settle any such claim; however, there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, a court could prohibit us from using technologies or features that are essential to our products, if such technologies or features are found to incorporate or be derived from the trade secrets or other proprietary information of the former employers. An inability to incorporate technologies or features that are important or essential to our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, and may prevent us from selling our products. In addition, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction to management. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with independent sales representatives. A loss of key personnel or their work product could hamper or prevent our ability to commercialize our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

47


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

        As a public company, and increasingly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company," we will incur significant legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not previously incurred as a private company. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which will require, among other things, that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange impose numerous requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Further, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, the SEC has adopted additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as mandatory "say on pay" voting requirements that will apply to us when we cease to be an emerging growth company. Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and may impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance with these laws and regulations. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees or as executive officers.

        The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss, and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

If we experience material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls in the future, we may not be able to accurately report our financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

        The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(a), will require us to perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404(b), also requires our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. As an "emerging growth company" we expect to avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement that our independent registered public accounting firm attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b). However, we may no longer avail ourselves of this exemption when we are no longer an "emerging growth company." When our

48


Table of Contents

independent registered public accounting firm is required to undertake an assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, the cost of our compliance with Section 404(b) will correspondingly increase. Our compliance with applicable provisions of Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues as we implement additional corporate governance practices and comply with reporting requirements.

        Furthermore, investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, and this could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Regardless of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.

We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to such companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups, or JOBS Act, enacted in April 2012, and may remain an "emerging growth company" until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering. However, if certain events occur prior to the end of such five-year period, including if we become a "large accelerated filer," our annual gross revenues equals or exceeds $1.0 billion or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in any three-year period, we will cease to be an emerging growth company prior to the end of such five-year period. For as long as we remain an "emerging growth company," we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies." These exemptions include:

        We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have provided only two years of audited financial statements and have not included all of the executive compensation related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be reduced or more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. We have elected not to avail ourselves of this exception and therefore will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

49


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our common stock has not been publicly-traded, and we expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially.

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, an active public trading market may not develop or be sustained following the completion of this offering. The price of the common stock sold in this offering will not necessarily reflect the market price of our common stock after this offering. The market price for our common stock after this offering will be affected by a number of factors, including:

        In addition, the New York Stock Exchange has experienced significant volatility with respect to medical device, medical technology, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other life science company stocks. The volatility of medical device, medical technology, pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other life science company stocks often does not relate to the operating performance of the companies represented by the stock. Further, there has been particular volatility in the market price of securities of early-stage and development-stage life science and medical device companies. These broad market and industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

50


Table of Contents

There can be no guarantee that an active trading market for our shares will develop and that you will have liquidity for your investments.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any or your shares of common stock, and the value of those shares might be materially impaired. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Consequently, you may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

        The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after the completion of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we obtain equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We could be subject to securities class action litigation.

        In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted. A securities class action suit against us could result in substantial costs, potential liabilities and the diversion of management's attention and resources.

Purchasers in this offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

        The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately following this offering. Therefore, if you purchase common stock in the offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of approximately $             in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2014 from the price you paid, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. In addition, new investors who purchase shares in this offering will contribute approximately        % of the total amount of equity capital raised by us through the date of this offering, but will only own approximately        % of the outstanding share capital and approximately        % of the voting rights. In addition, we have issued options and other securities to acquire common stock at prices below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding securities are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors who purchase shares in this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares or if we issue additional equity securities, investors purchasing shares in this offering will experience additional dilution. As a result of the dilution to investors purchasing shares in this offering, investors may receive significantly less than the purchase price paid in this offering, if anything, in the event of our liquidation. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see "Dilution."

51


Table of Contents

Future sales of shares of our common stock may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

        Based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014, upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of             shares of common stock. Of these shares, only the            shares of common stock sold in this offering by us, or            shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, will be freely tradable, without restriction, in the public market immediately after the offering. Each of our officers, directors and certain of our stockholders, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to sell or transfer their shares. The lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering will expire 180 days from the date of this prospectus. However, our underwriters may, in their sole discretion, permit our officers, directors and other current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. After the lock-up agreements expire, based on shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014, up to an additional            shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, approximately            of which are held by our officers, directors and their affiliated entities, and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and various vesting agreements. In addition, 14,142,780 shares of our common stock that are subject to outstanding options as of December 31, 2014 and 509,750 shares of our common stock that are subject to options granted after December 31, 2014 will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting agreements, the lock-up agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. However, future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or our other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Our officers, directors and principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

        Following the completion of this offering, our officers, directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock collectively will own or control approximately        % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, our officers, directors and stockholders holding more than 5% of our outstanding common stock, acting as a group, will have substantial influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transactions. These stockholders may also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. This significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors' perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

Two members of our board of directors intend to continue as directors of DOSE following closing of the sale of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and assets of DOSE to our company pursuant to the asset purchase agreement. In addition, there is significant overlap between our current stockholders and the stockholders of DOSE. Their interests may conflict with those of our other stockholders.

        Two of our current directors, Thomas W. Burns and William J. Link, Ph.D., currently serve as the sole members of the board of directors of DOSE, and Thomas W. Burns also serves as an officer of DOSE. While Mr. Burns intends to resign as an officer of DOSE upon completion of the proposed sale of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and assets of DOSE to our company pursuant to the asset purchase agreement, neither he nor Dr. Link have informed us that he intends to resign from the DOSE board of directors. This could result in conflicts of interest between their obligations to our

52


Table of Contents

company and DOSE. In addition, there is significant overlap between our current stockholders and the stockholders of DOSE. DOSE's interests and the interests of its stockholders may be different from ours or those of our other stockholders and this could result in conflicts. The resolution of any of these conflicts may not always be in our or your best interest.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management and limit the market price of our common stock.

        Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as amended and restated upon the closing of this offering, may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering include provisions that:

        These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us.

We will have broad discretion in the use of the proceeds of this offering and may not use them effectively.

        We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund clinical studies evaluating our pipeline of products under development, to hire additional sales, marketing and customer service personnel and expand marketing programs both in the United States and outside the United States, to purchase the glaucoma-related intellectual property and other assets from our affiliate DOSE, and intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes.

53


Table of Contents

We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, other than our agreement with DOSE, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction and we have not allocated these net proceeds for any specific purposes. We might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our management's decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering, and our failure to apply these funds effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We have never paid dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, you may have to sell some or all of your shares of our common stock in order to generate cash flow from your investment. You may not receive a gain on your investment when you sell shares and you may lose the entire amount of the investment.

54


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on management's beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to management. Some of the statements under "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" and elsewhere in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the following words: "may," "will," "could," "would," "should," "expect," "intend," "plan," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "predict," "project," "potential," "continue," "ongoing" or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words.

        These statements involve risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our projections of the future, about which we cannot be certain.

        In addition, you should refer to the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of other important factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if the forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified time frame, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, do not protect any forward-looking statements that we make in connection with this offering.

        This prospectus contains market data and industry forecasts that were obtained from industry publications. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any third-party information. While we believe the market position, market opportunity and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise.

55


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the shares of common stock in this offering will be approximately $             million, or $             million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the estimated net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, obtain additional capital, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, increase awareness of our company among potential customers and improve our competitive position.

        We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows:

        The purchase price we are paying for the DOSE assets was based in part on the results of a valuation conducted by an independent third-party and is equal to $15.0 million plus the cancellation of all indebtedness owed to us by DOSE ($9.7 million as of December 31, 2014) as of the date of the completion of the asset sale, the consummation of which is expected to occur upon completion of this offering. Each of our 5% or greater stockholders and certain of our officers and directors owns shares in DOSE generally equivalent to their percentage ownership of our company. Two of our current directors currently serve as the sole members of the board of directors of DOSE. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—DOSE Medical" for more information regarding the asset purchase agreement, beneficial ownership and management of DOSE.

        We may also use a portion of our net proceeds to acquire and invest in complementary products, technologies or businesses; however, other than the DOSE asset acquisition, we currently have no agreements or commitments to complete any such transaction. The amount and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including competitive and technological developments and the rate of growth, if any, of our business.

        The completion dates and costs for our clinical development programs, including seeking regulatory approvals, and our research programs can vary significantly for each current and future product candidate and are difficult to predict. We anticipate we will make determinations as to which

56


Table of Contents

programs and product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each program and product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the scientific success of early research programs, results of ongoing and future clinical trials, as well as ongoing assessments as to each current or future product candidate's commercial potential and our likelihood of obtaining any necessary regulatory approvals. In addition to the net proceeds from this offering, we also intend to use cash on hand, and cash generated from sales of our iStent products to meet our needs. Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds. Although we currently expect that our cash on hand and cash from operations, together with the proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund our 18 ongoing prospective clinical trials through completion, if we are not successful in generating sufficient cash from operations or our clinical trials are more costly than we anticipate, we may need to raise additional funds in order to complete these trials.

        Pending the use of proceeds from this offering as described above, we plan to invest our net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

57


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock or any other securities. We anticipate that we will retain all available funds and any future earnings, if any, for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our revolving line of credit materially restricts, and future debt instruments we issue may materially restrict, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Payment of future cash dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, the requirements of current or then-existing debt instruments and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant.

58


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table summarizes our capitalization as of December 31, 2014:

        You should read the information in this table together with the consolidated financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as the sections of this prospectus captioned "Selected Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

 
  As of December 31, 2014  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
  Actual   Pro forma   Pro forma as
adjusted (1)
 
 
  (unaudited)
 

Subordinated notes payable, less current portion

  $ 8,968   $          

Preferred stock warrant liability

    379            

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, 54,627 shares authorized, 54,105 shares issued and outstanding actual; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted (2)

    157,379            

Common stock, $0.001 par value per share, 77,000 shares authorized, 6,175 shares issued and 6,105 shares outstanding, actual; 77,000 shares authorized,         shares issued and        shares outstanding, pro forma and      shares issued and outstanding pro forma as adjusted

    6              

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, no shares authorized or outstanding actual;      shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

               

Additional paid-in capital

    8,155              

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    44              

Accumulated deficit

    (159,372 )            

Less treasury stock

    (132 )            
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (151,299 )            
               

Noncontrolling interest

    (9,605 )            
               

Total capitalization

  $ 5,822   $          
               
                 

(1)
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same,

59


Table of Contents

    and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(2)
We intend to amend our certificate of incorporation prior to completion of this offering to provide that the convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock upon the earlier of: (a) the day immediately preceding the closing of an underwritten public offering in which we receive $50.0 million or more in gross proceeds or (b) the date specified by consent of the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock. We expect to meet these conditions in connection with this offering.

        The outstanding share information in the table above excludes the following shares as of December 31, 2014:

60


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of your shares of common stock. Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value represents the difference between the assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the offering.

        Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share is determined based on our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities and less preferred stock divided by the number of shares of outstanding common stock. The historical net tangible book deficit of our common stock as of December 31, 2014 was $174.4 million, or $28.56 per share. Our pro forma net tangible book deficit as of December 31, 2014 was $            , or $        per share, based on the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014. Pro forma net tangible book value, before the issuance and sale of shares in this offering, gives effect to: (i) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 54,105,175 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, (ii) the issuance of          shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur upon the closing of this offering and (iii) the reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital upon the closing of this offering.

        After giving further effect to (i) the sale and issuance of          shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, and (ii) the purchase of the glaucoma-related intellectual property and other assets from DOSE Medical Corporation, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2014 would have been approximately $       million, or $      per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $      per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $      per share to investors participating in this offering.

        The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $               

Historical net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of December 31, 2014, before giving effect to this offering

  $ (28.56 )      

Increase per share attributable to conversion of convertible preferred stock

             

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2014, before giving effect to this offering

             

Increase per share attributable to this offering

             

Pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering

             

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors participating in this offering

        $               

        If the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares in this offering is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value would be $      per share, and the dilution to new investors participating in this offering would be $      per share.

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $       million, or approximately $      per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to investors participating

61


Table of Contents

in this offering by approximately $      per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $       million, or $      per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $      per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $       million, or $      per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $      per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        The following table presents, on the pro forma as adjusted basis as of December 31, 2014 described above, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration and the weighted-average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors participating in this offering.

 
  Shares purchased   Total consideration   Weighted
average
price
per share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders before this offering

            % $                    % $               

Investors participating in this offering

            %           % $               
                           

Total

          100 % $                  100 %      
                           

        Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $        per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The outstanding share information in the tables above excludes as of December 31, 2014:

62


Table of Contents

63


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following tables set forth selected financial data. The selected financial data included in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the selected financial data presented below in conjunction with the information included under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in any future period.

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
(amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)
  2013   2014  

Statements of Operations Data:

             

Net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587  

Cost of sales

    2,535     11,418  
           

Gross profit

    18,411     34,169  

Operating expenses:

             

Selling, general and administrative

    17,098     28,135  

Research and development

    15,511     19,205  
           

Total operating expenses

    32,609     47,340  
           

Loss from operations

    (14,198 )   (13,171 )

Total other expense, net

    (23 )   (868 )

Provision for income taxes

    6     18  
           

Net loss

  $ (14,227 )   (14,057 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

  $ (1,588 )   (1,931 )
           

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (12,639 )   (12,126 )
           
           

Net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to common stockholders

  $ (2.48 ) $ (2.11 )
           
           

Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    5,090     5,736  
           
           

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to common stockholders (1) :

        $ (0.20 )
             
             

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to common stockholders (1) :

          59,800  
             
             

(1)
See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate basic and diluted net loss and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders.

64


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31,  
(amounts in thousands)
  2013   2014  

Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,728   $ 2,304  

Working capital (deficit)

    6,487     (9,633 )

Total assets

    30,877     26,021  

Preferred stock warrant liability

    680     379  

Total liabilities

    23,709     29,546  

Convertible preferred stock

    156,210     157,379  

Additional paid in capital

    6,073     8,155  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (141,298 )   (151,299 )

Noncontrolling interest

    (7,744 )   (9,605 )

Total deficit

    (149,042 )   (160,904 )

65


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with "Selected Financial Data" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that reflect our current plans, expectations, estimates and beliefs that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as statements regarding our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and projections. Our actual results and the timing of selected events may differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. You should carefully read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Please also see the section entitled "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Industry Data."

Overview

        We are an ophthalmic medical technology company focused on the development and commercialization of breakthrough products and procedures designed to transform the treatment of glaucoma, one of the world's leading causes of blindness. We have pioneered Micro-Invasive Glaucoma Surgery, or MIGS, to revolutionize the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm. We launched the iStent , our first MIGS device, in the United States in July 2012 and we are leveraging our platform technology to build a comprehensive and proprietary portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression.

        The iStent is the first commercially available MIGS treatment solution. FDA-approved for insertion in combination with cataract surgery, the iStent has been shown to lower intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma, which represents the majority of glaucoma cases. The iStent procedure is currently reimbursed by Medicare and a majority of commercial payors and we have sold more than 70,000 iStent devices worldwide as of December 31, 2014.

        We are building a broad portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression, including three innovative pipeline products: the iStent Inject , the iStent Supra and iDose . The iStent Inject includes two stents pre-loaded in an auto-injection inserter. We are developing two versions of this product: the first is currently being studied for lowering intraocular pressure in conjunction with cataract surgery in a U.S. investigational device exemption, or IDE, pivotal trial; the second is currently being studied in an initial U.S. IDE study as a standalone treatment for lowering intraocular pressure. This second version is also capable of making its own self-sealing corneal penetration, potentially offering patient treatment in a minor surgical suite or an in-office setting. The iStent Supra is designed to access an alternative drainage space within the eye where we estimate 20% of aqueous humor outflow occurs, and is now in a U.S. pivotal IDE trial. iDose is an implant that is designed to provide a sustained release of a prostaglandin drug to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients. To validate the safety and efficacy of our iStent products, we are currently conducting 18 prospective clinical trials, including two Phase IV post-approval studies.

        We have never been profitable and have incurred operating losses in each year since our inception. Our net sales grew from $20.9 million in 2013 to $45.6 million in 2014, and our net losses were $14.2 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $159.4 million.

        We have made and expect to continue to make significant investments in our sales force and marketing programs. Costs for FDA-approved IDE studies in our industry are expensive as are the costs to develop new products, and we expect to incur a significant increase in administrative costs as we begin operating as a public company. While the gross profits from our growing net sales will help

66


Table of Contents

offset some of these costs, we expect to invest significantly more resources into our business using proceeds from this offering. Accordingly, we expect to continue to experience net losses for the foreseeable future.

        Although we have been generating cash from sales of our iStent products, we will continue to require additional capital, including the proceeds from this offering, to continue our development and commercialization activities. The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including the pace and results of our product development efforts. As of December 31, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $2.3 million. We may seek to obtain additional financing in the future through the issuance of our common stock, through other equity or debt financings, through collaborations or partnerships with other companies or through non-dilutive financing. We may not be able to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to us, or at all, and any failure to raise capital as and when needed could materially harm our business, results of operations and future business prospects, including our ability to continue as a going concern. We believe that the net proceeds from this offering, our existing cash and cash equivalents and any borrowing available under our draw-to term loan and revolving line of credit will be sufficient to fund our operations for at least the next two years.

Factors Affecting Future Results

        In January 2007 we entered into an agreement with GMP Vision Solutions, or GMP, to acquire certain in-process research and development and therein agreed to make periodic royalty payments. In December 2012, we paid GMP $1.0 million for a 90-day option to buy out all of the remaining royalties payable to GMP under the January 2007 agreement. We did not exercise the option, which expired in April 2013.

        In November 2013, we amended the agreement and entered into a royalty buyout agreement with GMP pursuant to which we bought out all of the remaining royalties payable to GMP in exchange for the issuance of an aggregate of $17.5 million in secured promissory notes payable to GMP and a party related to GMP, which notes we refer to as our subordinated debt. In connection with this buyout agreement, we recognized an intangible asset valued at $17.5 million, which is being amortized to cost of sales on a straight-line basis by year as follows: $0.5 million in 2013, $3.5 million in each of 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017 and $3.0 million in 2018. The subordinated debt required monthly interest only payments through December 31, 2014, followed by 24 equal monthly principal and interest payments of $0.8 million, which we began paying on January 31, 2015 and will pay through December 31, 2016. Accordingly, our cost of sales will be impacted through 2018 as a result of the amortization and our cash flows will be adversely affected by the debt service costs, primarily in 2015 and 2016 when principal payments are required in addition to interest. Our agreements with GMP are more fully described under "Business—Intellectual Property—Intellectual Property Agreements" and the terms of the subordinated notes are more fully described below under "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness."

        In December 2014, we entered into an agreement with the Regents of the University of California to correct inventorship in connection with a group of our U.S. patent rights and to obtain from the Regents a covenant that it did not and would not claim any right or title to such patent rights and will not challenge or assist any others in challenging such patent rights. In connection with the agreement, we agreed to pay to the Regents the sum of $2.7 million in five payments during 2015 as follows: $500,000 by January 30, 2015; $125,000 by March 31, 2015; $250,000 by June 30, 2015; $250,000 by September 30, 2015; and $1,575,000 by December 31, 2015. Under the terms of the agreement, the payments will be accelerated and due within 60 days of this offering. In addition, beginning with sales on or after January 1, 2015, we also agreed to pay the Regents a payment equal to a low-single digit percentage of worldwide net sales of certain current and future products, including our iStent products, which obligation terminates on the date that the last of the patent rights expires, which is currently

67


Table of Contents

expected to be in 2022. We accrued the $2.7 million obligation, net of imputed interest of $0.1 million, as of December 31, 2014 and charged it to cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2014.

        In February 2015, we and our primary bank executed an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement which provides for a $5.0 million senior secured term loan, a $5.0 million senior secured draw-to term loan and an $8.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. On the closing date, we received $5.0 million cash under the senior secured term loan. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest under the revolving line of credit is due and payable in full on February 23, 2017. As of March 31, 2015 we had drawn $2.0 million under the draw-to term loan. As of March 31, 2015, we had not received any advances under the revolving line of credit. As a result of executing these agreements, our cash flows will be adversely affected by the debt service costs, primarily in 2016 through 2019 when principal payments are required in addition to interest. The agreements with our primary bank are more fully described under "—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness."

Basis of Presentation

Net Sales

        We operate in one reportable segment and substantially all of our net sales are derived from sales of our iStent products, net of customer returns and allowances. We recognize net sales when goods are shipped, title and risk of loss transfer to our customers, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured.

        We commenced commercial sales of the iStent in the United States in the third quarter of 2012 following FDA approval. Prior to FDA approval, our net sales were derived from sales of the iStent in Europe and Canada. In 2014 we commenced a controlled commercial launch of the iStent Inject in Germany. We sell our products through a direct sales organization in the United States, and outside the United States we sell our products primarily through independent distributors, with the exception of a direct sales subsidiary in Germany. The primary end-user customers for our products are hospitals and surgery centers.

        We anticipate our net sales will increase as we expand our sales and marketing infrastructure and continue to increase awareness of our products by expanding our sales base and increasing our marketing efforts. We also expect that our net sales within a fiscal year may be impacted seasonally, as elective surgery is often lower during summer months because of vacations and in winter months in certain parts of the world because of weather conditions. Accordingly, we expect that sequential growth of sales from the third quarter to the fourth quarter may be somewhat higher than for other sequential quarters, and we also expect that net sales in a first quarter may sometimes be less than the immediately preceding quarter.

Cost of Sales

        Cost of sales reflects the aggregate costs to manufacture our products and includes raw material costs, labor costs, manufacturing overhead expenses and the effect of changes in the balance of reserves for excess and obsolete inventory. We manufacture our iStent products at our headquarters in Laguna Hills, California using components manufactured by third parties. Due to the relatively low production volumes of our iStent products, compared to our potential capacity for those products, a significant portion of our per unit costs is comprised of manufacturing overhead expenses. These expenses include quality assurance, material procurement, inventory control, facilities, equipment and operations supervision and management.

        Beginning in late 2013, cost of sales has included amortization of the $17.5 million intangible asset we recognized in connection with our royalty buyout agreement with GMP in November 2013. The

68


Table of Contents

amortization expense was $0.5 million and $3.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and is estimated to be $3.5 million in each of 2015, 2016 and 2017, and $3.0 million in 2018. Beginning in 2015, cost of sales will include a charge equal to a low single-digit percentage of worldwide net sales of certain current and future products, including our iStent products, with a required minimum annual payment of $500,000, which amount will be payable to the Regents in connection with our December 2014 agreement. This obligation will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of the patent rights that are the subject of the December 2014 agreement.

        Additionally, as a medical device manufacturer, we are required to pay the 2.3% federal medical device excise tax on U.S. sales of medical devices manufactured by us. The medical device excise tax is included in our cost of sales. Cost of sales also includes amortization of the intangible asset recognized in November 2013.

        Our future gross profit as a percentage of net sales, or gross margin, will be impacted by numerous factors including commencement of sales of products in our pipeline, or any other future products, which may have higher product costs. Our gross margin will also be affected by manufacturing inefficiencies that we may experience as we attempt to manufacture our products on a larger scale, manufacture new products and change our manufacturing capacity or output. Additionally, our gross margin will continue to be affected by the aforementioned intangible asset amortization, expense related to our agreement with the Regents, and medical device excise tax.

Selling, General and Administrative

        Our selling, general and administrative, or SG&A, expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, sales commissions, bonuses, fringe benefits and stock-based compensation for our executive, financial, marketing, sales, business development and administrative functions. Other significant SG&A expenses include marketing programs, advertising, conferences and congresses, and travel expenses, as well as the costs associated with obtaining and maintaining our patent portfolio, professional fees for accounting, auditing, consulting and legal services, travel and allocated overhead expenses.

        We expect SG&A expenses to continue to grow as we increase our sales, marketing, clinical education and general administration infrastructure in the United States. We also expect other non-employee-related costs, including sales and marketing program activities for new products, outside services and accounting and general legal costs to increase as our overall operations grow. The timing of these increased expenditures and their magnitude are primarily dependent on the commercial success and sales growth of our products, as well as on the timing of any new product launches. In addition, we expect to incur increased SG&A expenses in connection with being a public company, which may further increase when we are no longer able to rely on certain "emerging growth company" exemptions we are afforded under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act.

Research and Development

        Our research and development, or R&D, activities primarily consist of new product development projects, pre-clinical studies, IDE studies, and other clinical trials. Our R&D expenses primarily consist of personnel-related expenses, including salaries, fringe benefits and stock-based compensation for our R&D employees; research materials; supplies and services; and the costs of conducting clinical studies, which include payments to investigational sites and investigators, clinical research organizations, consultants, and other outside technical services and the costs of materials, supplies and travel. We expense R&D costs as incurred. We expect our R&D expenses to increase as we initiate and advance our development programs, the most costly of which are expected to be our iStent Inject , iStent Supra and iDose product candidates.

69


Table of Contents

        Completion dates and costs for our clinical development programs including seeking regulatory approvals, and our research programs can vary significantly for each current and future product candidate and are difficult to predict. As a result, while we expect our R&D costs to continue to increase for the foreseeable future, we cannot estimate with any degree of certainty the costs we will incur in connection with development of our product candidates. We anticipate we will make determinations as to which programs and product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each program and product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the scientific success of early research programs, results of ongoing and future clinical trials, as well as ongoing assessments as to each current or future product candidate's commercial potential and our likelihood of obtaining necessary regulatory approvals.

Other income (expense), net

        Other income and expense primarily consists of interest expense on our outstanding convertible notes and subordinated debt and changes in the fair value of our preferred stock warrant liabilities.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2014

 
  Year ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  % Increase
(decrease)
 
(dollars in thousands)
  2013   2014  

Statements of operations data:

                   

Net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587     118 %

Cost of sales

    2,535     11,418     350 %
                 

Gross profit

    18,411     34,169     86 %

Operating expenses:

                   

Selling, general and administrative

    17,098     28,135     65 %

Research and development

    15,511     19,205     24 %
                 

Total operating expenses

    32,609     47,340     45 %
                 

Loss from operations

    (14,198 )   (13,171 )   (7 )%

Total other expense, net

    (23 )   (868 )   NM  

Provision for income taxes

    6     18     200 %
                 

Net loss

  $ (14,227 ) $ (14,057 )   (1 )%
                 
                 

Net Sales

        Net sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $20.9 million and $45.6 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $24.7 million or 118%, with net sales in the United States representing $19.5 million and $42.9 million, respectively, and accounting for 95% of the increase. The increase in net sales was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of sales representatives and increased reimbursement coverage, which together led to an increase in unit sales growth. Our average number of sales representatives increased from 22 in 2013 to 35 in 2014. Increased unit volume accounted for approximately 98% of the increase in net sales, and approximately 2% of the increase in net sales resulted from an increase in average selling prices.

70


Table of Contents

Cost of Sales

        Cost of sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $2.5 million and $11.4 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $8.9 million or 350%. Our gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2013 was 88% compared to 75% in the same period of 2014. Cost of sales in 2014 includes a $2.6 million charge associated with our December 2014 agreement with the Regents and $3.5 million of intangible asset amortization, which together totaled $6.1 million or approximately 13% of 2014 net sales. Amortization of the intangible asset commenced late in 2013 and $0.5 million was recorded in cost of sales for the year ended December 31, 2013, representing less than 3% of 2013 net sales. The increase in intangible asset amortization and the charge associated with the Regents agreement together account for 11% of the 13% reduction in gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

        SG&A expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $17.1 million and $28.1 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $11.0 million or 65%. The increase in SG&A expenses was primarily the result of an increase of approximately $4.4 million in personnel, travel and other costs associated with our expanding domestic sales force; an increase of approximately $1.9 million in legal fees primarily associated with our patent litigation; an increase of approximately $1.2 million in SG&A expenses incurred by our subsidiary in Germany; and approximately $1.2 million in costs in 2014 related to our efforts to prepare for this initial public offering.

Research and Development Expenses

        R&D expenses for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were $15.5 million and $19.2 million, respectively, reflecting an increase of $3.7 million or 24%. The increase resulted primarily from higher clinical study costs, which included payments to investigational sites and investigators, consultants, and other outside technical service providers and the costs of related materials, supplies and travel. Our iStent inject clinical study enrolled significantly more subjects in 2014 as compared to 2013, and was the largest single contributor to the expense increase.

Other Income (Expense), net

        We recorded other expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 of approximately $23,000 and $0.9 million, respectively. The increase was primarily the result of interest expense on our subordinated debt issued in November 2013.

Quarterly Results of Operations Data

        The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly statements of operations for each quarter in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014. We have prepared the quarterly data on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements included in this prospectus. This information should be

71


Table of Contents

read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results we may expect for any future period.

 
  Three Months Ended  
(amounts in thousands)
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  September 30,
2013
  December 31,
2013
 

Net sales

  $ 2,915   $ 4,864   $ 6,078   $ 7,089  

Cost of sales (1)

    255     290     409     1,581  
                   

Gross profit

    2,660     4,574     5,669     5,508  

Operating expenses:

                         

Selling, general and administrative

    3,206     4,214     4,398     5,280  

Research and development

    3,548     3,619     4,071     4,273  
                   

Total operating expenses

    6,754     7,833     8,469     9,553  
                   

Loss from operations

    (4,094 )   (3,259 )   (2,800 )   (4,045 )

Total other (income) expense, net

    (223 )   112     165     (77 )

Provision for income taxes

    2         1     3  
                   

Net loss

  $ (4,319 ) $ (3,147 ) $ (2,636 ) $ (4,125 )
                   
                   

 

 
  Three Months Ended  
(amounts in thousands)
  March 31,
2014
  June 30,
2014
  September 30,
2014
  December 31,
2014
 

Net sales

  $ 8,249   $ 11,099   $ 12,126   $ 14,113  

Cost of sales (1)

    1,944     2,339     2,246     4,889  
                   

Gross profit

    6,305     8,760     9,880     9,224  

Operating expenses:

                         

Selling, general and administrative (2)

    5,948     6,582     6,669     8,936  

Research and development

    4,383     4,422     5,093     5,307  
                   

Total operating expenses

    10,331     11,004     11,762     14,243  
                   

Loss from operations

    (4,026 )   (2,244 )   (1,882 )   (5,019 )

Total other expense, net

    (311 )   (250 )   (84 )   (223 )

Provision for income taxes

    2         5     11  
                   

Net loss

  $ (4,339 ) $ (2,494 ) $ (1,971 ) $ (5,253 )
                   
                   

(1)
Includes intangible asset amortization of $0.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2013 and $0.9 million in each of the three-month periods in the year ended December 31, 2014. Also includes a $2.6 million charge in the three-month period ended December 31, 2014 associated with our December 2014 agreement with the Regents of the University of California.

(2)
Includes approximately $1.2 million in costs in the three-month period ended December 31, 2014 related to our efforts to prepare for this initial public offering.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Since our inception, we have incurred losses and negative cash flow from our operations and, as of December 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $159.4 million. We have funded our operations to date from the sale of equity securities, issuance of notes payable, cash exercises of stock options and warrants to purchase equity securities and cash generated from net sales. Through December 31, 2014, we had raised approximately $157.4 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock and as of that date, we had $19.4 million of indebtedness. We have made and expect to continue

72


Table of Contents

to make significant investments in our sales force and marketing programs. Costs for FDA-approved IDE studies in our industry are expensive as are the costs to develop new products, and we expect to incur a significant increase in administrative costs as we begin operating as a public company. We expect to invest significantly more resources into our business using proceeds from this offering. Accordingly, we expect to continue to experience net losses for the foreseeable future and expect that our sales performance will significantly impact our cash management decisions.

        At December 31, 2014, we had $2.3 million in cash and cash equivalents. In February 2015 we and our primary bank executed an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, and as of March 31, 2015, we had $7.0 million in borrowings outstanding under the facility. We believe that our available cash, proceeds from this offering and cash generated from sales of our iStent products will be sufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements for at least the next two years.

        Our recurring losses from operations and ongoing negative cash flows raise significant doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014, describing the existence of substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern. Such substantial doubt does not give effect to the receipt of any proceeds from this offering.

        Until we can generate a sufficient amount of cash from operations, if ever, we expect to finance future cash needs through public or private equity or debt offerings. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, we may have to significantly scale back our operations or delay, scale back or discontinue the development of one or more of our products. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional debt or equity securities, it could result in dilution to our existing stockholders and increased fixed payment obligations, and these securities may have rights senior to those of our common stock. If we incur indebtedness, we could become subject to covenants that would restrict our operations and potentially impair our competitiveness, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. Any of these events could significantly harm our business, financial condition and prospects.

        Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risk and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

Cash Flows

        Historically, our sources of cash have included private placements of equity securities, debt arrangements, proceeds from the exercises of common stock options and preferred stock warrants, and, beginning with our commercial launch of the iStent , cash generated from the collection of accounts receivable. Our historical cash outflows have primarily been associated with cash used for operating activities such as the purchase and growth of inventory, expansion of our sales and marketing and R&D activities and other working capital needs; the acquisition of intellectual property; and expenditures related to equipment and improvements used to increase our manufacturing capacity, and improve our manufacturing efficiency and for overall facility expansion.

73


Table of Contents

        The following table is a condensed summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
(amounts in millions)
  2013   2014  

Net cash provided by (used in):

             

Operating activities

  $ (13.3 ) $ (7.1 )

Investing activities

    (1.0 )   (0.9 )

Financing activities

    19.3     3.5  

Exchange rate changes

        0.1  
           

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5.0   $ (4.4 )
           
           

        At December 31, 2014, our cash and cash equivalents were held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity.

Operating Activities

        In the year ended December 31, 2014, we used $7.1 million of net cash in operating activities as compared to $13.3 million in 2013. The decrease in net cash used in operating activities primarily reflects an increase in cash generated from higher net sales of our iStent partially offset by a $14.7 million increase in our total operating expenses. For 2014, the total net change in operating assets and liabilities provided cash of $1.2 million, as growth in accounts payable and accrued liabilities exceeded the combined growth in accounts receivable and inventory. Additionally, net non-cash operating costs totaled $5.7 million. For 2013, the total net change in operating assets and liabilities used cash of $1.4 million due to increases in accounts receivable and inventory, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable. More than offsetting this amount were net non-cash operating costs totaling $2.4 million, primarily consisting of depreciation and amortization and stock-based compensation expense.

Investing Activities

        Our investing activities have consisted primarily of purchases, maturities and sales of investments and capital expenditures.

        In the year ended December 31, 2014, we used $0.9 million of net cash in investing activities as compared to $1.0 million in 2013. The primary uses of cash in 2014 and 2013 were purchases of property and equipment of approximately $0.9 million in each year.

        We expect to increase our investment in property and equipment in the future as we expand our manufacturing capacity for current and new products, improve our manufacturing efficiency and for overall facility expansion. We also expect to invest the proceeds from this offering in appropriate short-term investments, which will generate additional cash flows from investing activities.

Financing Activities

        Historically, we have funded our operations primarily through the issuance of convertible preferred stock and the incurrence of indebtedness, and cash has also been provided from the exercises of common stock options and preferred stock warrants.

        In the year ended December 31, 2014, cash of $3.5 million was provided by financing activities as compared with $19.3 million in 2013. In 2014, we borrowed $1.9 million under our revolving line of credit and we received proceeds of $0.9 million and $0.8 million from the exercises of stock options

74


Table of Contents

and preferred stock warrants, respectively. In 2013, we raised $19.2 million from the issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock.

Indebtedness

Subordinated Notes Payable to GMP Vision Solutions

        In November 2013, we amended the agreement originally entered into with GMP in January 2007 and executed a royalty buyout agreement with GMP pursuant to which we issued an aggregate of $17.5 million in secured promissory notes to GMP and a party related to GMP. This subordinated debt is secured by all of our assets, excluding intellectual property, but is subordinated to the rights of our bank lender in connection with the revolving line of credit. The subordinated debt carries an interest rate of 5% per annum and required monthly interest only payments from November 30, 2013 through December 31, 2014 of $72,900, followed by 24 equal monthly principal and interest payments of $0.8 million, which we began paying on January 31, 2015 and will pay through December 31, 2016. We concluded that the transaction resulted in the recognition of a $17.5 million intangible asset. After determining that the pattern of future cash flows associated with this intangible asset could not be reliably estimated with a high level of precision, we concluded that the intangible asset will be amortized to cost of sales in our statements of operations on a straight line basis over the estimated useful life of five years. See "Business—Intellectual Property—Intellectual Property Agreements" for more information regarding this agreement.

        In the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, we recorded related amortization expense of $0.5 million, and $3.5 million, respectively, in cost of sales. Estimated amortization expense will be $3.5 million in each of 2015, 2016 and 2017, and $3.0 million in 2018.

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement

        In June 2013, we entered into a loan and security agreement with our primary bank for a revolving line of credit in the maximum principal amount of $6.0 million. Advances under the agreement were limited to the lesser of (i) $6 million or (ii) 77% of the sum of cash, cash equivalents and eligible domestic accounts receivable. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest was due and payable in full on June 5, 2015. Obligations under the revolving line of credit bore interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at the bank's prime rate plus 0.5% (3.75% at December 31, 2014). Amounts owed were secured by a first priority security interest in all of our assets, excluding intellectual property. Additionally, the terms of the revolving line of credit contained various affirmative and negative covenants, with which we were in compliance at December 31, 2014. There was $1.9 million outstanding under this line of credit as of December 31, 2014.

        In February 2015, we and our primary bank executed an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement providing for a $5.0 million senior secured term loan, a $5.0 million senior secured draw-to term loan and an $8.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. Amounts owed under the agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in all of our assets, excluding intellectual property.

        On the closing date, we received $5.0 million cash under the senior secured term loan. This loan requires quarterly principal payments of $0.4 million over a three-year period beginning May 1, 2016 and matures February 23, 2019. The senior secured draw-to term loan is available through February 23, 2016 for advances up to an aggregate of $5.0 million, and requires quarterly principal payments equal to 1 / 12 of the aggregate principal amount over a three-year period beginning May 1, 2016 and matures February 23, 2019. As of March 31, 2015 we had drawn $2.0 million under the draw-to term loan. Advances under the revolving line of credit may not exceed the lesser of (i) $8.0 million or (ii) a calculated borrowing base consisting of (a) 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus (b) the lesser of 30% of eligible inventory or $1.5 million. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but

75


Table of Contents

unpaid interest under the revolving line of credit are due and payable in full on February 23, 2017. As of March 31, 2015 we had not requested any advances under the revolving line of credit.

        Outstanding balances under the senior secured term loan and senior secured draw-to term loan bear interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at an annual percentage rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 2%. At our option, all or a portion of the amounts owed under any of the senior secured term loan and draw-to term loan may be converted into Eurodollar-based advances at an annual percentage rate equal to LIBOR plus 3%. Outstanding balances under the revolving credit facility bear interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at an annual percentage rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 1.75%. At our option, all or a portion of the amounts owed under the revolving credit facility may be converted into Eurodollar-based advances at an annual percentage rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.75%. In connection with the execution of the agreement, we issued warrants to purchase 28,248 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.54 per share.

        We are required to comply with certain non-financial and financial covenants as provided in the agreement that, if not met, could constitute events of default. Currently, and until such time as the below described debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective, we must comply with a revenue performance covenant and a cash availability covenant. The revenue performance covenant requires that we achieve 85% of operating plan revenues measured on a monthly basis for the three-month period then ended. The cash availability covenant requires that we maintain a combined balance of cash plus unused revolving credit availability of not less than $5.0 million, with such cash balance to be not less than $2.0 million, measured on a monthly basis. In the event that we fail the cash availability covenant, we are required to obtain within 30 days a term sheet for new equity or subordinated debt proceeds in an amount of not less than $10.0 million, which financing must subsequently be funded within 60 days. The debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective on the date that we achieve for three consecutive months a ratio of no less than 1.2 to 1.0 measured for the six-month period then ended, for which the numerator is adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the agreement to be earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-cash expenses, less the sum of unfinanced capital expenditures, taxes, and any capital returned to stockholders) and the denominator is the sum of all principal and interest payments that become due and payable in cash during such period. Once the debt service coverage ratio covenant becomes effective, the revenue performance and cash availability covenants are no longer in effect.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2014 and the effect those obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

 
  Payments due by period  
Contractual obligations
(in millions)
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3
years
  3 - 5
years
  More than
5 years
 

Operating lease obligations

  $ 0.4   $ 0.4   $   $   $  

Long-term debt obligations, excluding interest (1)

    17.5     8.5     9.0          

Firm purchase commitments

    0.8     0.8              

Regents of the University of California

    2.7     2.7              

Revolving line of credit

    1.9     1.9              
                       

Total contractual obligations

  $ 23.3   $ 14.3   $ 9.0   $   $  
                       
                       

(1)
Excludes the contractual long-term debt obligation, excluding interest, associated with the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement executed after December 31, 2014, to pay $0, $6.4 million, and $0.6 million in less than one year, one to three years, and three to five years, respectively, or a total of $7.0 million.

76


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. We do not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or for any other contractually narrow or limited purpose. However, from time to time we enter into certain types of contracts that contingently require us to indemnify parties against third-party claims including certain real estate leases, supply purchase agreements, and directors and officers. The terms of such obligations vary by contract and in most instances a maximum dollar amount is not explicitly stated therein. Generally, amounts under these contracts cannot by reasonably estimated until a specific claim is asserted thus no liabilities have been recorded for these obligations on our balance sheets for any of the periods presented.

Inflation

        We may experience pressure on our iStent selling prices resulting from potential future reductions in reimbursement payments to our customers, particularly from governmental payors such as Medicare or Medicaid but also private payors. We could also be impacted by rising costs for certain inflation-sensitive operating expenses such as labor and employee benefits. However, we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations presented herein. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through selling price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Our cash and cash equivalents include cash in readily available checking and money market accounts, as well as a certificate of deposit. These securities are not dependent on interest rate fluctuations that could cause the principal amount of these assets to fluctuate. As of December 31, 2014, we had $1.9 million outstanding under our revolving line of credit, and we had an aggregate of $17.5 million of secured subordinate promissory notes outstanding. The interest rate on the promissory notes is fixed. The interest rate on our revolving line of credit is tied to the lender's prime rate, and therefore is subject to interest rate risk. If overall interest rates had increased by 10% during the periods presented, our interest expense would not have been materially affected. We do not believe that our cash or cash equivalents have significant risk of default or illiquidity. While we believe our cash and cash equivalents do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the future our investments will not be subject to adverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or more financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits.

        Net sales to our distributors in Europe, and the financial statements of our German subsidiary and its sales to customers, are denominated in Euros, and therefore we have exposure to foreign currency exchange rates. The remainder of our business is primarily denominated in U.S. dollars. The effect of a 10% adverse change in exchange rates on foreign denominated cash, receivables and payables would not have been material for the periods presented. As our operations in countries outside of the United States grow, our results of operations and cash flows will be subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, which could harm our business in the future. To date, we have not entered into any material foreign currency hedging contracts although we may do so in the future.

77


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Estimates

        Management's discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses at the date of the financial statements. Generally, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions in accordance with GAAP that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and such differences could be material to the financial position and results of operations.

        While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in the Notes to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies to be most critical for fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

        We generate revenue primarily from sales of our iStent products. We recognize revenue from product sales when the following criteria are met: goods are shipped, title and risk of loss has transferred to our customers, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists when we have a contractual arrangement in place with the customer. Delivery has occurred when a product is shipped. If persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and delivery has occurred, we determine whether the invoiced amount is fixed or determinable and collectability of the invoiced amount is reasonably assured. We assess whether the invoiced amount is fixed or determinable based on the existing arrangement with the customer, including whether we have sufficient history with a customer to reliably estimate the customer's payment patterns. We assess collectability by evaluating historical cash receipts and individual customer outstanding balances. To the extent all criteria set forth above are not satisfied at the time of shipment, revenue is recognized when cash is received from the customer.

        We permit returns of product if such product is returned in good condition and from normal distribution channels. Estimated allowances for sales returns are based upon the historical patterns of our product returns matched against sales, and our evaluation of specific factors that may increase the risk of product returns. Product returns to date have been immaterial.

Clinical Trial Expense Accruals

        As part of our R&D expenses, we accrue at each balance sheet date the estimated costs of clinical study activities performed by third-party clinical sites with whom we have agreements providing for fees based upon the quantities of subjects enrolled and clinical evaluation visits that occur over the life of the study. The estimates are determined based upon a review of the agreements and data collected by internal and external clinical personnel as to the status of enrollment and subject visits, and are based upon the facts and circumstances known to us at each financial reporting date. If the actual timing of performance of activities varies from the assumptions used in the estimates, we adjust the accruals accordingly. There have been no material adjustments to our prior period accrued estimates for clinical trial activities through December 31, 2014. If we underestimate or overestimate the activity or fees associated with a study or service at a given point in time, adjustments to R&D expenses may be necessary in future periods. Subsequent changes in estimates may result in a material change in our accruals. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services, including fees for process development or manufacturing and distribution of clinical supplies that will be used in future research

78


Table of Contents

and development activities, are deferred and recognized as expense in the period that the related goods are consumed or services are performed.

Collectability Reserves

        We sell our products directly to hospitals, surgery centers and distributors in the United States and internationally. We periodically assess the payment performance of these customers and establish reserves for anticipated losses when deemed necessary, which losses historically have not been significant. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of our customers to make required payment based on historical collection experience and expectations of future collection based on current market conditions. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on our assessment of the collectability of specific customer accounts, the aging of accounts receivable, our history of bad debts and the general condition of the industry. Account balances are charged against the allowance when it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. To date, our collectability reserves have been immaterial, but may need to be increased as our net sales increase, which would adversely impact net operating results in the future.

Inventory Valuation

        We value inventory at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. This policy requires us to make estimates regarding the market value of our inventory, including an assessment of excess or obsolete inventory. We evaluate inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence based on an estimate of the future demand for our product within a specified time horizon, and record an allowance to reduce the carrying value of inventory as determined necessary. The estimates we use for demand are also used for near-term capacity planning and inventory purchasing and are consistent with our revenue forecasts. If our actual demand is less than our forecast demand, we may be required to take additional excess inventory charges, which would decrease gross margin and adversely impact net operating results in the future.

Estimated Fair Value of Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

        We have issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock. The warrants are recorded as a liability on our balance sheet at their fair value on the date of issuance and are revalued at each subsequent balance sheet date, with fair value changes recognized as other income or expense in the consolidated statements of operations. We will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants, or conversion of the preferred stock underlying the warrants into common stock upon the completion of a liquidity event, including an initial public offering, at which time the liabilities will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital. We estimate the fair value of the liability using option pricing models and assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants or instruments on the valuation date, including assumptions for expected volatility, expected life, yield, and risk-free interest rate.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

        Stock-based compensation expense is measured at the date of grant, based on the estimated fair value of the award using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For awards subject to time-based vesting conditions, we recognize stock-based compensation expense over the employee's requisite service period on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures. We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with non-employees using a fair value approach. Stock options granted to non-employees are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms.

79


Table of Contents

        The estimation of the fair value of each stock-based grant or issuance on the date of grant involves numerous assumptions by management. Although we calculate the fair value under the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which is a standard option pricing model, this model still requires the use of numerous assumptions, including, among others, the expected life (turnover), volatility of the underlying equity security, a risk free interest rate and expected dividends. We do not have publicly traded equity and have a limited operating history and a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, and therefore we have estimated stock price volatility based upon an index of the historical volatilities of a group of four publicly-traded medical device peer companies. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available. We have estimated the expected term of our employee stock options using the "simplified" method, whereby the expected life equals the average of the vesting term and the original contractual term of the option. The model and assumptions also attempt to account for changing employee behavior as the stock price changes and capture the observed pattern of increasing rates of exercise as the stock price increases. The use of different values by management in connection with these assumptions in the Black -Scholes option pricing model could produce substantially different results.

        The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.25 %   1.91 %

Expected dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %

Expected volatility

    63.1 %   60.7 %

Expected term (in years)

    6.07     6.14  

        In July 2014, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 3.1 million shares of common stock, which options contain a performance condition such that they only become exercisable in the event that our common stock is listed on a national securities exchange within one year from the date of grant. In accordance with authoritative guidance, we have not recorded compensation expense associated with the grants and will not record any associated compensation expense unless and until the performance condition is satisfied. The total unamortized share-based compensation expense for these grants is $4.9 million. If and when the performance condition is satisfied, we will record compensation expense over the remainder of the four-year vesting period using the required graded accelerated attribution method, and we will immediately recognize cumulative compensation cost for the grants as if the method had been applied since the date of grant.

Common Stock Valuations

        We are required to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was determined on each grant date by our board of directors, with input from management and independent third-party valuation analysis. All options to purchase shares of our common stock are intended to be granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant, based on the information known to us on the date of grant. In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, on each grant date we develop an estimate of the fair value of our common stock in order to determine an exercise price for the option grants. Our determinations of the fair value of our common stock were made using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the Practice Aid.

80


Table of Contents

        In addition, our board of directors also considered various objective and subjective factors, along with input from management, to determine the fair value of our common stock, including:

    contemporaneous valuations prepared by an independent third-party valuation specialist;

    the prices of our convertible preferred stock sold to investors in arm's length transactions and the rights, preferences and privileges of our convertible preferred stock as compared to those of our common stock, including the liquidation preferences of our convertible preferred stock;

    our results of operations, financial position and the status of research and development efforts and achievement of enterprise milestones;

    the composition of, and changes to, our management team and board of directors;

    the lack of liquidity of our common stock as a private company;

    our stage of development, business strategy and the material risks related to our business and industry;

    the valuation of publicly-traded companies in the life sciences and medical device sectors, as well as recently completed mergers and acquisitions of peer companies;

    external market conditions affecting the life sciences and medical device industry sectors;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the holders of our common stock, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions; and

    the state of the IPO market for similarly situated privately held medical device companies.

        There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in the determination of the fair value of our common stock. These judgments and estimates include the selection of the appropriate valuation model, assumptions regarding our future operating performance and financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and necessary capital requirements, the probability and timing of the various possible liquidity events, the estimated weighted average cost of capital and the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per common share could have been significantly different.

        The Practice Aid prescribes several valuation approaches for setting the value of an enterprise, such as the cost, income and market approaches, and various methodologies for allocating the value of an enterprise to its common stock. The cost approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the cost of reproducing or replacing the property less depreciation and functional or economic obsolescence, if present. The income approach establishes the value of an enterprise based on the present value of future cash flows that are reasonably reflective of our company's future operations, discounting to the present value with an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate or capitalization rate. The market approach is based on the assumption that the value of an asset is equal to the value of a substitute asset with the same characteristics.

        In valuing our common stock, our board of directors determined the equity value of our company by utilizing the income and market approaches. The per share common stock value was estimated by allocating the enterprise value using the probability-weighted expected return method at each valuation date during 2013 and 2014. We do not expect to continue to make these valuations and estimates once a trading market is established following completion of this offering as we expect to be able to rely on the market price to determine the market value of our common stock.

81


Table of Contents

DOSE—Variable Interest Entity Accounting

        In October 2009, we formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, DOSE Medical Corporation, or DOSE, and in April 2010, we distributed all of our shares of common stock of DOSE via a stock dividend to our stockholders of record as of the close of business on March 31, 2010.

        Since its formation, we have provided DOSE with a small number of leased employees, management services and space, all of which were charged to DOSE and pursuant to written agreements between the parties. Additionally, we have provided DOSE the cash required to fund its operations that, together with accrued interest and charges for the aforementioned services, we have recorded in an intercompany receivable account. The total amount owed to us by DOSE, including all accrued interest, intercompany charges and payables, was $8.0 million and $9.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

        We evaluated our relationship with DOSE and determined that we have both the power to direct operations and the right to receive benefits or absorb losses of DOSE that are potentially significant to us. Therefore, in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, we determined that DOSE is a variable interest entity in which we had a variable interest in all reporting periods since the formation of DOSE. Accordingly, our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DOSE, with all intercompany balances eliminated and with the deficit balance of DOSE's net assets reflected as noncontrolling interest.

        In July 2014, we entered into a transaction with DOSE pursuant to which we have agreed to acquire from DOSE certain assets, including the iDose product line, in exchange for $15 million and the elimination of all amounts owed by DOSE to us as of the closing date of the transaction, which is contingent upon the successful completion of this offering. In addition to an asset purchase agreement, we have agreed to an amended and restated patent license agreement and an amended and restated transition services agreement that provides for limited support from us for a period of up to three years. Either party can terminate the transition services agreement upon adequate written notice. Once the transaction closes, we will need to complete an evaluation of the modified relationship with DOSE to determine whether or not DOSE will continue to be a variable interest entity.

        See Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding the carrying amount and classification of DOSE's assets and liabilities that are included in our consolidated balance sheets. See also "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—DOSE Medical" for a description of our contractual arrangements with DOSE and the DOSE asset purchase agreement.

        The list above is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by GAAP. There are also areas in which our management's judgment in selecting any available alternative may produce a materially different result. Please see our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus, which contain accounting policies and other disclosures required by GAAP.

JOBS Act

        In April 2012, the JOBS Act was enacted. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period, and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.

82


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        We are an ophthalmic medical technology company focused on the development and commercialization of breakthrough products and procedures designed to transform the treatment of glaucoma, one of the world's leading causes of blindness. We have pioneered Micro-Invasive Glaucoma Surgery, or MIGS, to revolutionize the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm. We launched the iStent , our first MIGS device, in the United States in July 2012 and we are leveraging our platform technology to build a comprehensive and proprietary portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression. We believe the iStent is the smallest medical device ever approved by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, measuring 1.0 mm long and 0.33 mm wide.

        Glaucoma is a group of eye diseases characterized by progressive, irreversible and largely asymptomatic vision loss caused by optic nerve damage, which is most commonly associated with elevated levels of pressure within the eye, or intraocular pressure. Elevated intraocular pressure often occurs when aqueous humor, the thin watery fluid that fills the front part of the eye, is not circulating normally and draining properly. According to Market Scope, more than 78 million people worldwide have glaucoma, a number it expects to grow to more than 88 million by 2019. This estimate includes approximately 4.2 million people with glaucoma in the United States, growing to 4.7 million by 2019. Glaucoma is a chronic condition that progresses slowly over long periods of time and can have a devastating impact on a patient's vision and quality of life.

        Reducing intraocular pressure is the only proven treatment for glaucoma. Glaucoma has traditionally been treated through a range of approaches that often require patients to use multiple types of prescription eye drops for the rest of their lives, and sometimes undergo complex and invasive eye surgery. Prescription eye drops, which are estimated to account for approximately $4.6 billion in global sales in 2014, according to Market Scope, are often used to control intraocular pressure throughout glaucoma progression. Unfortunately, these medications can be ineffective over time due to patient noncompliance and other factors. Complex and invasive glaucoma surgical options are typically reserved for more advanced disease and have remained largely unchanged since the 1970's.

        We developed MIGS to address the shortcomings of current glaucoma treatment options. MIGS procedures involve the insertion of a micro-scale device from within the eye's anterior chamber through a small corneal incision. MIGS devices reduce intraocular pressure by restoring the natural outflow pathways for aqueous humor. Based on clinical studies and published reports, we believe MIGS procedures are safer, preserve more eye tissue and result in faster recovery times and fewer complications than invasive glaucoma surgical options.

        The iStent is the first commercially available MIGS treatment solution. FDA-approved for insertion in combination with cataract surgery, the iStent has been shown to lower intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma, which represents the majority of glaucoma cases. The iStent procedure is currently reimbursed by Medicare and a majority of commercial payors and we have sold more than 70,000 iStent devices worldwide as of December 31, 2014.

        We are building a broad portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies designed to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression, including three innovative pipeline products: the iStent Inject , the iStent Supra and iDose . The iStent Inject includes two stents pre-loaded in an auto-injection inserter. We are developing two versions of this product: the first is currently being studied for lowering intraocular pressure in conjunction with cataract surgery in a U.S. investigational device exemption, or IDE, pivotal trial; the second is currently being studied in an initial U.S. IDE study as a standalone treatment for lowering intraocular pressure. This second version is also capable of making its own self-sealing corneal penetration, potentially offering patient treatment in a minor

83


Table of Contents

surgical suite or an in-office setting. The iStent Supra is designed to access an alternative drainage space within the eye where we estimate 20% of aqueous humor outflow occurs, and is now in a U.S. pivotal IDE trial. iDose is an implant that is designed to provide a sustained release of a prostaglandin drug to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma patients. To validate the safety and efficacy of our iStent products, we are currently conducting 18 prospective clinical trials, including two Phase IV post-approval studies.

        Our corporate headquarters and production facilities are located in Laguna Hills, California, and as of March 31, 2015, we had 126 employees. We have built and are continuing to grow our commercial organization, which includes a direct sales force in the United States and Germany, and distribution partners in Europe, Asia Pacific, Canada and other targeted international geographies.

        Our net sales increased from $20.9 million in 2013 to $45.6 million in 2014, and our net losses were $14.2 million and $14.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 respectively.

Success Factors

        We attribute our success to the following:

84


Table of Contents

Our Market Opportunity

        According to Market Scope, more than 78 million people worldwide have glaucoma, a number it expects to grow to more than 88 million by 2019. This estimate includes approximately 4.2 million people with glaucoma in the United States, growing to 4.7 million by 2019. Market Scope estimates 2014 global sales of products used to treat glaucoma patients to be approximately $4.9 billion, growing to $6.6 billion in 2019. Open-angle glaucoma is the most common form of the disease. Approximately 3.4 million people in the United States have open-angle glaucoma, growing to 3.8 million by 2019 according to Market Scope. Despite therapeutic options that attempt to manage disease progression, researchers estimate that 8.4 million people were bilaterally blind from glaucoma in 2010, with this figure forecasted to rise to 11.1 million by 2020.

        Many factors are driving significant growth in the glaucoma market. Populations worldwide in both mature and emerging markets are growing and aging, while life expectancies continue to rise. Treatment of glaucoma is expected to increase due to better healthcare access globally and advances in glaucoma technology designed to provide earlier diagnosis and more cost-effective treatment to a larger portion of the glaucoma population.

        Care for glaucoma patients in the United States is administered by many of the approximately 18,700 ophthalmologists who diagnose the disease and provide medical management according to Market Scope. There are approximately 8,400 ophthalmic surgeons in the United States focused on performing cataract or glaucoma procedures. These ophthalmic surgeons perform approximately 3.7 million cataract surgeries annually in the United States according to Market Scope. We believe that approximately 20% of cataract surgeries are performed on patients also diagnosed with open-angle glaucoma and/or ocular hypertension. Appropriate treatment options are determined based on the progression and severity of the disease and include medical management with prescription pharmaceuticals, laser therapy, surgical therapy and now MIGS.

Glaucoma Treatment Overview and Limitations

Glaucoma and the Eye's Drainage System

        Glaucoma is a group of eye diseases characterized by progressive, irreversible and largely asymptomatic vision loss in which elevated levels of intraocular pressure are often associated with optic nerve damage. While some glaucoma patients do not experience an increase in intraocular pressure, it is widely considered a major risk factor in glaucoma's progression and reduction in intraocular pressure is the only clinically proven treatment. Elevated intraocular pressure occurs when aqueous humor is not circulating normally and properly drained from the front part of the eye. Normally, this fluid flows through the trabecular meshwork, an area of spongy mesh-like tissue in the eye located around the base of the cornea, and into Schlemm's canal, a circular channel in the eye that collects the aqueous humor and delivers it back into the bloodstream. This trabecular meshwork pathway is also known as the conventional outflow pathway.

        A second outflow pathway is located in the suprachoroidal space, which lies between the sclera and the choroid, where we estimate 20% of the eye's total aqueous humor outflow occurs. This pathway is also known as the unconventional or uveoscleral pathway. The suprachoroidal space is characterized as an area of less venous resistance to aqueous humor outflow than Schlemm's canal.

85


Table of Contents

        The following image depicts the blockage of aqueous humor outflow in an eye with open-angle glaucoma.

GRAPHIC

        Open-angle glaucoma is the most common type of glaucoma. In open-angle glaucoma, structures of the eye may appear normal, but aqueous humor outflow through the trabecular meshwork and into Schlemm's canal is reduced due to gradual degeneration and obstruction. Direct causes of this blockage are unknown, but the disease is linked to age, ethnicity and hereditary factors. Loss of aqueous humor absorption leads to increased resistance and thus a chronic, painless buildup of pressure in the eye.

        Glaucoma is a progressive disease that can be categorized based by severity levels ranging from ocular hypertension (or pre-glaucoma) to severe glaucoma, as shown in the chart below. According to industry experts, mild-to-moderate glaucoma patients account for a majority of the population. An eye doctor usually diagnoses glaucoma as part of a comprehensive exam that includes measuring intraocular pressure and corneal thickness, evaluating optic nerve damage and testing visual fields. Intraocular pressure is measured in millimeters of mercury (mm Hg), with normal eye pressures ranging from 10 to 21 mm Hg. Glaucoma is typically characterized by an intraocular pressure greater than 21 mm Hg.

        An eye doctor will monitor optic nerve damage by tracking the cup to disc, or C:D, ratio. This exam measures the diameter of the optic disc (the round area in back of the eye where retinal nerve fiber layers collect to form the optic nerve) relative to the diameter of the optic cup (the center of the optic disc). Expansion and deepening of this optic cup indicates damage. Visual field, or perimetry, tests are used to check for peripheral vision impairment in one or more quadrants. Once diagnosed,

86


Table of Contents

the treatment goal in all cases is to control intraocular pressure. Glaucoma progression stages are described in the following chart.

Stage   Intraocular Pressure   Optic Nerve Damage   Visual Field   Intraocular Pressure
Treatment Target
Ocular Hypertension   20 - 30 mm Hg   No measurable or observable change   Visual function intact   20% reduction in baseline: £ 18 mm Hg

Mild Glaucoma

 

20 - 35 mm Hg

 

Minor; C:D £  0.8 with documented expansion and deepening of cup

 

Some visual field loss

 

25% reduction in baseline; £ 18 mm Hg

Moderate Glaucoma

 

> 30 mm Hg

 

Significant; C:D £  0.8 with documented expansion and deepening of cup

 

Expanded visual field loss in up to two quadrants; peripheral progressing to central loss

 

30% reduction in baseline; £ 15 mm Hg

Severe Glaucoma

 

Intraocular pressure uncontrolled

 

Severe; C:D > 0.8 with severe expansion and deepening of cup

 

Significant visual field loss in up to three quadrants; central loss

 

< 15 mm Hg

Glaucoma Treatment Overview

        The traditional treatment of glaucoma encompasses a variety of medication regimens, laser and surgical methods to lower intraocular pressure.

Therapy   Medications   Laser   Surgery
Product or procedure   Prescription eye drops   Selective, or SLT, argon and micropulse lasers   Invasive trabeculectomy with or without aqueous shunt device

Treatment

 

First-line

 

First or second-line

 

Last resort

Description

 

Eye drops taken one or more times a day in single or multiple medication regimens

 

Laser trabeculoplasty performed at outpatient centers

 

Filtration surgery or aqueous shunt, a flexible plastic tube with an attached silicone drainage pouch

Mechanism of action

 

Increasing aqueous humor outflow and/or decreasing production of aqueous humor

 

SLT laser energy targets melanin-containing cells in the trabecular meshwork, creating changes in the tissue and improving the aqueous humor outflow

 

Creating a drainage channel from the anterior chamber and through the sclera to allow aqueous humor outflow to area beneath the conjunctiva

Considerations

 

Poor patient compliance; complex, frequent and lifelong dosing regimens; loss of effect over time; cost; side effects; contraindications and adverse interactions with other medications

 

Effects of surgery dissipate after several years necessitating additional procedures; medication therapy may be necessary post-treatment

 

Little innovation; high failure rates; complication risks; lack of long-term efficacy; medication therapy may be necessary post-treatment

87


Table of Contents

        Multiple clinical trials have shown that medications can reduce intraocular pressures to baseline targets that can minimize vision loss. However, poor adherence to and lack of persistence with glaucoma medication regimens have been documented in numerous independent studies, which often place the incidence of patient noncompliance up to or above 50%, particularly in patients on two or more prescription eye drops. Even daily glaucoma single medication use has been associated with noncompliance rates as high as 75%.

        According to Market Scope, more than 45% of patients use two or more prescription eye drops. Furthermore, because glaucoma progresses slowly and with few symptoms, patients often do not adhere to their medication regimens as prescribed until the disease has progressed to the point of significant vision loss. As a result, despite the availability of medication therapies to combat glaucoma, progressive visual loss and blindness still occur. According to a study published in 2014, 15% of glaucoma patients progress to blindness within 20 years of diagnosis.

        Laser treatments have been developed to provide an alternative to lifelong medication treatments. Laser procedures are typically performed at an outpatient surgical center and involve the use of lasers to create changes in eye tissue and improve aqueous humor outflow. Ophthalmic surgeons may perform laser procedures as initial treatment, or for patients who are noncompliant with prescription eye drops or whose intraocular pressure is not well controlled by medications. According to Market Scope, selective laser trabeculoplasty, or SLT, is the most frequently performed glaucoma laser procedure in the United States, accounting for approximately 70% of all laser procedures. Although SLT can help to lower intraocular pressure, the procedure's effectiveness often wears off within one to five years, according to the Glaucoma Research Foundation. While a second procedure can be performed, the results of repeated laser surgeries are less predictable and less effective than those of the first surgery. Additionally, medication therapy may still be required post-treatment.

        Where medication therapy and laser treatment are unsuccessful in managing glaucoma, invasive surgical procedures such as trabeculectomies or implantation of tube shunts are performed, usually as outpatient procedures. In a trabeculectomy, the surgeon cuts open the conjunctiva and sclera to create flaps, and removes a plug of scleral tissue and sometimes a portion of the trabecular meshwork to create an opening into the anterior chamber. The conjunctiva and sclera flaps are sutured back down and a small blister, or bleb, is created between the conjunctiva and sclera. The surgery results in a new drainage channel that allows increased outflow of aqueous humor into the bleb. While some patients experience significant reductions in intraocular pressure, trabeculectomy failure rates can approach 50% according to published research. A common complication is scarring, which can prevent fluid drainage from the eye and interfere with the proper function of the bleb. If the bleb doesn't work properly, more surgery may be needed. Among the other complications associated with trabeculectomies are blurred vision, bleeding in the eye, bleb leaks, low intraocular pressure, or hypotony, infection, persistent corneal edema, choroidal detachment and cataract development. Implantations of tube shunts, devices that divert the aqueous humor from the anterior chamber, are generally reserved for eyes in which a trabeculectomy has failed or has a poor likelihood of success. A tube shunt surgery is similar to a trabeculectomy, except that the device's tube is inserted through the scleral channel to maintain the channel, and the device's reservoir end is placed deep under the conjunctiva to maintain the drainage space. While invasive glaucoma surgery often leads to significant reductions in intraocular pressure, it is associated with high long-term failure rates, long recovery times and significant complication risks. Additionally, as with laser treatment, the effects may dissipate over time, requiring additional procedures, and medication therapy may still be required post-treatment.

        We believe that because of the limitations of medications and laser and the morbidity associated with invasive surgical therapies, a clear unmet medical need exists in the management of open-angle glaucoma patients.

88


Table of Contents

Our Solution

        We pioneered the development of MIGS in order to address the shortcomings of current pharmaceutical and surgical options, and in doing so have established an entirely new market segment within the global glaucoma marketplace. We believe that by using our core competencies to develop, manufacture and obtain regulatory approval for products incorporating our proprietary technologies, we have created a platform capable of disrupting and revolutionizing the traditional glaucoma treatment and management paradigm.

        In contrast to invasive surgical approaches, MIGS procedures access the anterior chamber of the eye through small corneal incisions or penetrations. MIGS procedures reduce intraocular pressure by restoring the natural physiologic pathways for aqueous humor outflow. Based on clinical studies and published reports, we believe MIGS procedures are safer, preserve more eye tissue and result in faster recovery times and fewer complications than invasive glaucoma surgical options.

        We launched our first micro-scale MIGS treatment solution, the iStent , in the United States following FDA approval in June 2012. We believe the iStent represents the next generation in glaucoma surgical innovation and it is the first FDA-approved surgical device available for insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery for the reduction of intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma. The iStent is a micro-bypass stent made of surgical-grade non-ferromagnetic titanium that is coated with heparin. An extensive history of development efforts preceded the current form of the iStent , with contribution by our Caltech-associated founder, during which more than 80 prototype iterations were produced. Packaged in a sterile, pre-loaded configuration, the iStent is inserted through the small corneal incision made during cataract surgery and placed into Schlemm's canal, a circular channel in the eye that collects aqueous humor and delivers it back into the bloodstream. Once inserted, the iStent improves aqueous humor outflow while fitting naturally within Schlemm's canal. The ergonomic rail design protects and accesses underlying collector channels while the iStent 's three retention arches ensure secure placement. The iStent is currently approved only for insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery because this was the product usage in the U.S. IDE clinical trial information that was included in the PMA.

        The iStent is rated MRI Conditional by the American Society for Testing and Materials. This means that a patient implanted with the iStent can be scanned safely via MRI, or magnetic resonance imaging under the following conditions specified on the product label: static magnetic field of 3-Tesla or less, and maximum spatial magnetic field gradient of 720-Gauss/cm or less. Therefore, it may not be safe for iStent recipients to undergo MRIs in environments that do not match these specified conditions; however, the vast majority of MRI systems in use in the United States today are rated 3-Tesla or less. Following implantation of an iStent , the surgeon is instructed to provide to the patient a wallet-sized patient identification card citing the model and serial number of the device, implant date, and surgeon's name along with the aforementioned MRI conditions. The surgeon is also instructed to advise the patient that the patient identification card contains important information related to the iStent and that the card should be shown to their current and future health care providers.

89


Table of Contents

        The image below left shows a gloved hand holding the pre-loaded iStent inserter; the image below center is a magnified view of the insertion tip and iStent device; the image below right shows an iStent on the tip of a finger (inside circle).


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

        The following series of graphics illustrates the insertion of an iStent into the eye: (left) the pre-loaded iStent inserter enters the anterior chamber through a small corneal incision made during cataract surgery; (center) a gonioscope is used to visualize Schlemm's canal; (right) the iStent is inserted into Schlemm's canal.

GRAPHIC

        The following series of graphics illustrates the effect of iStent in the eye: (left) after placement of the iStent , aqueous humor outflow is restored; (right) close-up illustration of iStent placement in Schlemm's canal.


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

90


Table of Contents

        In combination with cataract surgery, the iStent has been clinically proven to decrease intraocular pressure. We believe the iStent provides numerous benefits that address the significant unmet need for a durable and effective glaucoma treatment earlier in the treatment paradigm. These benefits include:

        Reduces intraocular pressure.     In the pivotal U.S. clinical trial, after one year, 68% of mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients who received the iStent in combination with cataract surgery remained medication free while sustaining target intraocular pressures of £ 21 mm Hg, a level consistent with normal, non-glaucomatous eyes. In the same trial, 64% of patients who received the iStent remained medication free while sustaining a mean intraocular pressure reduction of 20% compared to baseline.

        Facilitates compliance, convenience.     The iStent is designed to establish continuous outflow of aqueous fluid for sustained reduction in intraocular pressure. This mechanism is intended to assure uninterrupted therapy, thus overcoming the primary limitation of patient noncompliance to prescribed eye drop regimens. By reducing intraocular pressure on a sustained basis, iStent efficacy does not depend on patients remembering to use their prescription eye drops. Re-establishing normal, steady-state physiologic outflow of aqueous humor may reduce the large fluctuations in intraocular pressure that occur throughout the day in glaucoma patients. These large fluctuations in intraocular pressure have been shown in independent studies to be a significant risk factor in glaucoma progression.

        Safe procedure and rapid recovery.     Clinical studies have demonstrated that inserting the iStent in combination with cataract surgery yields an overall safety profile and recovery rate similar to cataract surgery alone, a surgery that has minimal complications and is the most commonly performed ophthalmic procedure today. The iStent procedure is not associated with the complication risks of invasive glaucoma surgery, and it also spares conjunctival tissue, or the clear skin that covers the sclera, enabling rapid recovery and preserving the potential for future glaucoma treatment options.

        Broad segment of ophthalmic practitioners can perform procedure.     Because the iStent procedure is straightforward, a broad segment of ophthalmic surgeons can effectively perform the MIGS procedure to insert an iStent . We believe this characteristic increases the procedure's appeal and utilization as an early and effective treatment option for ophthalmic surgeons.

Our Pipeline

        Our research and development goal is to leverage our core capabilities in MIGS-based design and development to create a full portfolio of micro-scale injectable therapies for glaucoma management. We have developed a series of innovative products, in varying stages of development, that are designed to expand market penetration and adoption, further enhance ease of use for surgeons, reach a wider glaucoma patient population and broaden our offering for glaucoma management in order to address the complete range of glaucoma disease states and progression:

        iStent Inject Trabecular Micro-Bypass Stent.     The iStent Inject is approximately one-third the size of the iStent and relies on a similar method of action to improve aqueous humor outflow into Schlemm's canal and reduce intraocular pressure. Packaged in a two-stent, preloaded, auto-inject mechanism, the iStent Inject allows the surgeon to inject these stents into multiple trabecular meshwork locations through a single corneal entry with the goal of achieving greater intraocular pressure reduction. We are developing two versions of this product. One version of the iStent Inject is currently being evaluated in a pivotal U.S. IDE clinical trial for the reduction of intraocular pressure in mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma in combination with cataract surgery. A second version of the iStent Inject is designed to make its own self-sealing corneal needle penetration to achieve insertion without an incision. We began an initial U.S. IDE study in 2014 to evaluate this second version of the device as a stand-alone procedure in glaucoma patients who are not undergoing concurrent cataract surgery. The

91


Table of Contents

iStent Inject has already been approved for marketing in the European Union and is currently in a commercial launch in Germany.

        The image below left is the iStent Inject injection system, pre-loaded with two iStent Inject devices; the image below center is a magnified view of two iStent Inject devices; the image below right shows two iStent Inject devices on a penny (inside circle).


GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

        iStent Supra Suprachoroidal Micro-Bypass Stent.     The iStent Supra is designed to reduce intraocular pressure by accessing the suprachoroidal space in the eye, an area that we estimate is responsible for 20% of its total aqueous outflow. We believe that the iStent Supra device could be used alone to lower intraocular pressure or in combination with the iStent or the iStent Inject to achieve even lower intraocular pressure in patients with progressive or more advanced open-angle glaucoma. An international study showed the iStent Supra achieved a 30% pressure reduction in comparison to the unmedicated baseline at 12 months. A U.S. pivotal IDE trial for the iStent Supra used in conjunction with cataract surgery to lower intraocular pressure is underway. The iStent Supra device has already been approved for marketing in the European Union.

        The image below left is a magnified view of the iStent Supra ; the image below center illustrates the iStent Supra device implanted into the suprachoroidal space of the eye; the image below right shows the iStent Supra device on the tip of a finger (inside circle).


GRAPHIC

 
GRAPHIC
 
GRAPHIC

        iDose.     The iDose is a targeted injectable drug delivery implant that uses our micro-scale platform. The iDose implant is designed to be pre-loaded into a small-gauge needle and injected into the eye via a self-sealing corneal needle penetration, where it is secured within the eye. The iDose delivers a prostaglandin directly into the anterior chamber of the eye to provide reduction of intraocular pressure over sustained periods of time. Prostaglandins are the most frequently used drug for reducing intraocular pressure. The iDose is designed to overcome the significant issue of patient noncompliance with prescription eye drop regimens, minimize the risk of corneal damage and other side effects associated with repeated applications of topical drugs and provide 24/7 therapy until drug depletion. Once depleted, the iDose can be easily removed and exchanged with a new iDose to provide extended, uninterrupted and continuous open-angle glaucoma therapy. We are currently planning to file a U.S. IND application with the FDA for iDose in 2016.

92


Table of Contents

        Our injectable therapies could further transform the glaucoma patient value proposition. We believe newly diagnosed glaucoma patients, and mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients who have failed on medication therapy, or those who are noncompliant with their prescribed eye drop regimens, could have iStent or iDose injectable therapy as a meaningful alternative to lifelong treatment with prescription eye drops. Our simple, straightforward injectable solutions may reduce the daily need, side effects and cost of prescription eye drops.

Our Growth Strategy

        Our goal is to maintain our MIGS leadership position in the development and commercialization of breakthrough micro-scale injectable therapies that transform the management of glaucoma. We plan to leverage our first mover advantage with the following growth strategies:

        Establish MIGS as the standard of care for open-angle glaucoma patients.     We have a large and growing body of clinical evidence that demonstrates the benefits and advantages of MIGS and our iStent technologies for effectively managing glaucoma. We plan to continue to increase awareness of MIGS and iStent technologies among ophthalmic surgeons by participating in ophthalmic congresses and meetings, advertising, editorial coverage in professional publications and various other marketing programs.

        Increase domestic adoption of iStent by expanding our sales force and reimbursement.     We plan to significantly grow our commercial organization in the United States, including expansion of our direct sales force of experienced ophthalmic sales professionals, to reach and train an increasing number of ophthalmic surgeons on the MIGS procedure and help these physicians integrate our iStent technology into their practices. We have been successful in establishing coverage for the iStent procedure by Medicare and a majority of U.S. private insurers and will continue to invest in expanding our U.S. payor coverage.

        Secure FDA approvals with expanded indications for our pipeline iStent products.     We are sponsoring 18 prospective clinical trials globally. These are designed to evaluate the long-term use of iStent devices as well as the use of multiple iStent devices to further reduce intraocular pressure. We expect some of these studies to help us in obtaining expanded indications or reimbursement coverage for our products. Our pipeline includes several clinical-stage products designed to achieve greater levels of intraocular pressure reduction, expand our addressable patient population, facilitate surgical implantation and sustain our MIGS leadership position. We do not have any plans to seek expansion of the FDA-approved indications of the currently approved iStent to include insertion on a standalone basis.

        Develop and commercialize our drug delivery product pipeline.     We are leveraging our proprietary micro-scale platform to develop iDose , a breakthrough targeted injectable drug delivery implant that is designed to provide reduction in intraocular pressure through continuous delivery of small molecule glaucoma medications directly into the anterior chamber of the eye on a sustained basis. We are currently planning to file an IND application with the FDA for iDose in 2016.

        Expand the global reach of our MIGS-based technology platform.     We plan to penetrate key international markets by increasing the number of distribution partners. We will also selectively utilize a direct sales approach in certain markets based on our assessment of market size and opportunity, the potential for net sales and profitability, local competition and prospects for compelling reimbursement coding and coverage. The iStent , iStent Inject and iStent Supra are CE Marked. The iStent is available in Europe and we have recently initiated a controlled launch of the iStent Inject in Germany.

Research & Development

        We are leveraging our micro-scale technology platform to address the full range of glaucoma disease states and progression and to fundamentally change the way glaucoma patients are treated. Our

93


Table of Contents

research and development efforts are focused primarily on continuous improvement of our iStent designs and injector systems and improvements to our proprietary MIGS platform. Our research and development objectives are:

        As of March 31, 2015, our research and development team consisted of 22 employees. Our research and development process is supported by multiple clinical research programs and regulatory affairs activities. We have 16 prospective clinical trials and two Phase IV post-approval studies currently underway. In addition, our technologies have been discussed in 33 articles published in peer-reviewed journals to date. Our research and development expenses were approximately $15.5 million and $19.2 million in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We expect our research and development expenditures to increase as we continue to devote significant resources to clinical trials and regulatory approvals of our new products.

iStent Clinical Validation

        The iStent pivotal U.S. clinical trial that served as the basis for the FDA approval of our premarket approval, or PMA, application by the FDA was the first prospective, randomized, open-label, multi-center, controlled U.S. IDE clinical trial ever to be conducted in support of a glaucoma device. A total of 29 U.S. investigational sites participated in the trial, which demonstrated that insertion of the iStent in patients undergoing cataract surgery provided clinically and statistically significant improvements in intraocular pressure and an overall safety profile similar to cataract surgery alone.

        To be enrolled in the trial, subjects were required to have mild or moderate open-angle glaucoma with visual field or nerve pathology characteristic of glaucoma, a C:D ratio of 0.8 or less, and intraocular pressure £ 24 mm Hg while taking one to three prescription eye drops. After discontinuation of glaucoma medications, intraocular pressure was required to be between 22 mm Hg and 36 mm Hg. Excluded from the trial were individuals with severe glaucomatous field defects, severely uncontrolled intraocular pressure, angle closure glaucoma, neovascular, uveitic or angle recession glaucoma, prior glaucoma surgery other than iridectomy, prior refractive procedures, known corticosteroid responders, ocular disease that would affect safety, monocular subjects or those with fellow eye best corrected visual acuity, or BCVA, worse than 20/200. In this study, the "p" values were statistical calculations to determine whether the effects of receiving the iStent in conjunction with cataract surgery were significant in comparison to cataract surgery alone based on pre-specified statistical targets. We specified that any result where p £ .05 would be significant.

        A total of 240 eyes (239 subjects) were randomized, of which 117 were randomized to receive the iStent in conjunction with cataract surgery (treatment group) and 123 to cataract surgery only (control group). Of the 117 eyes randomized to the treatment group, 111 underwent insertion of the iStent in conjunction with cataract surgery. Of the 123 eyes randomized to receive cataract surgery only, 117 eyes underwent cataract surgery. At the 12-month visit, subject accountability was 97% in the treatment group and 99% in the control group. After the randomized phase of the trial, an additional 50 subjects were enrolled for the safety purposes in the non-randomized phase.

94


Table of Contents

Pivotal Trial Efficacy Data

        Of subjects in the treatment group, 68% achieved the primary efficacy endpoint of an intraocular pressure £ 21 mm Hg without prescription eye drops at 12 months, compared to 50% for the control group (p = 0.004). Of subjects in the treatment group, 64% achieved the secondary efficacy endpoint of intraocular pressure reduction ³ 20% without prescription eye drops at 12 months, compared to 47% in the control group (p = 0.010). Throughout the postoperative period, prescription eye drops were prescribed in a lower proportion of patients, and initiated later, in the treatment group than in the control group. At 12 months, 85% of treatment group subjects were medication free compared to 65% of control group subjects at 12 months.

Pivotal Trial Safety Data

        The following table provides information on the most common adverse events reported in the pivotal trial.

Adverse Events
  Cataract Surgery
with
iStent
N=116
n (%)
  Cataract Surgery
Only
N=117
n (%)

Early postop corneal edema

  9 (8%)   11 (9%)

Any BCVA loss of at least one line at or after the three-month visit

  8 (7%)   12 (10%)

Posterior capsular opacification

  7 (6%)   12 (10%)

Stent obstruction

  5 (4%)   0 (0%)

Blurry vision or visual disturbance

  4 (3%)   8 (7%)

Elevated intraocular pressure

  4 (3%)   5 (4%)

        The overall rate of adverse events was similar between the treatment and control groups and no unanticipated adverse device complications were reported. The trial showed that when inserted in conjunction with cataract surgery for subjects with mild-moderate open-angle glaucoma, the benefits of the iStent procedure exceeded its risks.

Additional iStent Studies

        Two-year results from the pivotal trial showed relatively similar outcomes, although it was not designed nor statistically powered for two-year efficacy endpoints. Numerous other studies performed in Western Europe and the United States evaluating the iStent in combination with cataract surgery have found statistically significant reductions in mean intraocular pressure and medication use. For example, in a prospective, double-masked, randomized controlled trial on 36 patients with cataract and primary open-angle glaucoma, patients who received a single iStent in conjunction with cataract surgery showed an intraocular pressure decline to 14.8 mm Hg from 17.9 mm Hg at 15 months. This compared to an intraocular pressure decline to 15.7 mm Hg from 17.3 mm Hg in patients who underwent cataract surgery only. This trial included a washout of medications at 15 months in order to remove the confounding effect of glaucoma medications and, at 16 months, intraocular pressure was 16.6 mm Hg in the combined group, compared to 19.2 mm Hg in the cataract surgery-only group. Two other Western European studies have demonstrated the sustained efficacy and safety of a single iStent inserted in combination with cataract surgery after three to four or more years of post-operative follow up.

Sales and Marketing

        In the United States, we sell our products through a direct sales organization that, as of March 31, 2015, consisted of 55 sales professionals, including regional business managers, sales directors, clinical relations personnel and reimbursement specialists. Our sales organization is primarily responsible for

95


Table of Contents

training ophthalmic surgeons on the iStent procedure, helping these physicians integrate the technology into their practices and providing resources to support reimbursement, while also identifying and supporting investigational sites for clinical trials of our pipeline technologies. Over the next few years, we plan to aggressively expand the size and reach of our direct U.S. sales organization as demand for our iStent technologies increases and pipeline technologies are commercialized. We continue to recruit experienced sales professionals with extensive sales and/or clinical experience in ophthalmic medical technologies. We invest significant time and expense to provide comprehensive training to our sales professionals so that they are proficient in all aspects of our iStent technologies, including features and benefits, procedure techniques and reimbursement. In addition, we provide technical education regarding the eye's anatomy, glaucoma diagnosis, disease states and treatment, and cataract surgery.

        Outside the United States, we sell our products primarily through a network of distribution partners located in markets where we see the greatest potential for iStent adoption. In late 2013, we formed a wholly-owned subsidiary in Germany that employs three direct sales representatives. In early 2015, we formed a wholly-owned subsidiary in Japan that currently employs a general manager. We intend for this subsidiary to hire direct sales representatives in the event that we receive regulatory approval to market the iStent in Japan. We continually monitor our international sales progress and will consider conversion to a direct sales approach on a country-by-country basis, depending on our assessment of market conditions, net sales and profitability trends, reimbursement coding and coverage potential, and other factors. As of December 31, 2014, we had agreements with approximately 14 distributor organizations. No single distributor accounted for more than 10% of our total net sales for the years ended December 31, 2013 or 2014.

        Our global sales efforts and promotional activities are currently aimed at ophthalmic surgeons and other eye care professionals. Our primary customers include ophthalmic surgeons, hospitals and ambulatory surgery centers, or ASCs. We require physicians to complete a mandatory training program before commencing iStent procedures. To facilitate this, we have developed a multi-faceted education program that includes interactive webinars, wet-lab training, in-office didactic sessions, observation of surgical cases and off-site information seminars. We also offer physician-to-physician training that involves pre-operative diagnostics, procedure assistance and post-operative consultations. We believe our education and training programs enable ophthalmic surgeons and other eye care professionals to improve patient outcomes and satisfaction with the iStent and procedure.

        We support our sales organization with marketing programs and initiatives designed to build awareness and appreciation for our iStent technologies. These include advertisements and editorial coverage in professional publications, exhibits at major ophthalmic congresses and meetings, MIGS and iStent user meetings, and targeted direct-to-consumer marketing efforts.

Reimbursement

United States Reimbursement

Reimbursement for iStent Procedure

        There are three key aspects of reimbursement in the United States:

96


Table of Contents

        In 2008, in consultation with and with the approval of the American Academy of Ophthalmology, we applied for and received a temporary Category III CPT code to describe insertion of devices such as the iStent using MIGS procedures.

        Category III codes expire five years after the date they become effective. Prior to expiration, there are two options: submit an application to convert to a Category I code; or submit an application for a five year extension of Category III status. CPT code 0191T, which describes the insertion of the iStent and iStent Inject devices, first became effective in 2008. Prior to expiration, an application for a five year extension was approved in 2012. We will need to submit an application to convert CPT code 0191T to a Category I code prior to the end of 2017 in order for the new code to be effective by the end of 2018. We also successfully applied for, and the American Medical Association created, a new CPT code 0253T, which describes the insertion of the iStent Supra device, in 2011. An application for a five year extension was approved at the same time as the application for the extension of CPT code 0191T. We will need to either submit an application for a Category I code or apply for another five-year extension prior to the end of 2017.

        The iStent is approved by the FDA for reduction of intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma undergoing cataract surgery who are currently treated with prescription eye drops. Based on data recently released by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services regarding total cataract surgery volume in the Medicare Fee for Service program and data published by Market Scope, we estimate that Medicare pays for 70% of all cataract surgeries performed in the United States. Due primarily to strong published clinical data, including the FDA pivotal trial, all MACs had begun covering the iStent procedure by February 2013, approximately seven months after FDA approval.

        We estimate that 20% of patients who meet the FDA indication for iStent insertion are covered by private health insurance companies, and we have secured positive coverage policies for iStent insertion with many of these private payors. As of March 31, 2015, we had secured reimbursement for the iStent insertion for approximately 76% of individuals covered by private insurance. These include United HealthCare, CIGNA, Aetna and all Blue Cross and Blue Shield, or BCBS, plans except Wellpoint (Anthem BCBS) and two small plans. The positive coverage by most of the BCBS plans is a result of medical policy issued by the BCBS Association (national) in October 2013 stating that iStent insertion is considered medically necessary for mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma patients undergoing cataract surgery. While BCBS plans, which are independent licensees, are not required to follow BCBS national guidelines, the majority of the plans do so. We continue to work with private insurance providers in an effort to broaden coverage for the iStent procedure.

         iStent insertion in the United States is almost always performed in an outpatient setting and virtually all U.S. iStent sales are to ASCs and hospital outpatient departments, or HOPDs. At the average facility, 70% of claims reporting iStent insertion with cataract surgery will be processed and paid for by Medicare. National payment rates by Medicare to ASCs and HOPDs are determined each year through a complex formula, which takes into account reported costs for each claim submitted.

        When two procedures are performed on the same patient on the same day ( e.g. , iStent insertion and cataract surgery), Medicare reduces the payment of the lower-paying procedure by 50%. The facility payment for cataract surgery is generally lower than the payment for iStent insertion. Therefore, when these two procedures are performed together, the payment for cataract surgery is reduced by 50%. We believe that the incremental payment the facility receives for performing iStent insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery over and above what the facility would receive for performing cataract surgery alone covers the cost of the iStent device and the profit for the facility. The incremental facility

97


Table of Contents

payment has remained relatively stable over the past few years, however there is no assurance that this payment will remain stable in the future. If the incremental facility payment were to decrease such that it did not cover the cost of the iStent device, it could reduce the profit margin of the hospital or surgery center where the cataract surgery is performed, make it difficult for existing customers to continue using, or new customers to adopt, our products and create additional pricing pressure for us.

        Physicians are paid separately from the facility for surgical procedures. Unlike the facility payment, for the CPT code that describes iStent insertion, there is no published Medicare payment schedule at the national level, and the physician payment rate is left to the discretion of the individual Medicare contractor. In order to adopt a new procedure, one of the factors that the surgeon evaluates is whether or not payment for the procedure adequately covers the surgeon's time. As with the facility payment, the incremental payment the physician receives for inserting the iStent device in conjunction with cataract surgery over and above what he or she would receive for performing cataract surgery alone plays a role in a surgeon's decision to adopt the technology. Based on surgeon feedback, we have determined the current incremental payment for iStent insertion when performed in conjunction with cataract surgery is acceptable in all local jurisdictions. We estimate that the national average incremental payment is approximately $500.

        Unlike Medicare, commercial payors do not publish fee schedules. In general, based on selected feedback from facilities and surgeons, payments for iStent insertion from the commercial payors who cover the procedure generally run somewhat higher than the comparable local Medicare payment.

Reimbursement for Future Products

        We have also filed and received approval of applications for CPT codes that describe our pipeline iStent devices. Our application for a CPT code to describe insertion of the iStent Supra was approved by the American Medical Association, or AMA, in 2011 resulting in the creation of Category III CPT code 0253T. Our application for a CPT code to describe the insertion of additional trabecular meshwork stents (as with the iStent Inject procedure) was approved by the AMA in early 2014 resulting in the creation of Category III CPT code 0376T. While this code was available beginning on January 1, 2015 for the reporting of procedures in which more than one iStent is inserted in the same eye, it currently does not result in any incremental facility or professional fee payment from Medicare. In addition, it is unclear whether any other third-party payor will cover the insertion of a second stent or that payment for a second stent will be adequate.

Reimbursement Outside the United States

Reimbursement in Europe

        In most of the developed European countries, healthcare is funded by the central government. In general, obtaining broad-based reimbursement and adequate payment for new technologies is more difficult in these markets than in the United States. As with the United States, high-quality published clinical data ( i.e. , randomized, controlled trials) is required to obtain coverage. However, most of the developed European countries require new medical technologies to not only be safe and effective, but also to be able to demonstrate clinical benefits that outweigh the costs when compared to the standard of care. Conversely, while some U.S. private insurers take cost into consideration, Medicare by law does not consider cost in its coverage decisions.

        Our primary focus has been on the U.S. market and we are in the early stages of commercialization in Europe. With regard to reimbursement in the larger developed countries, we have made the most progress in Germany. Prior to 2013, surgeons in Germany who implanted the iStent used a code for a general glaucoma operation. This code was only payable in the hospital inpatient setting and, although the payment was sufficient to cover the cost of the iStent and payment to the surgeon, the requirement of an overnight stay in the hospital was a significant barrier to adoption.

98


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2013, there is a specific code (5-133.9) describing implantation of a trabecular stent ( e.g. , the iStent and iStent Inject ). This code was added to the Einheitlicher Bewertungsmaßstab (EBM) or Unified Rating Scale of procedures that are payable in the outpatient setting. The 5-133.9 code can be reported in conjunction with cataract surgery or as a stand-alone procedure. In addition, the payment to the surgeon for 5-133.9 is considered adequate to cover the surgeon's costs ( i.e. , time) for inserting the iStent . Also, under the EBM, the cost of the implant can be passed through to the payor.

        Although under German law healthcare is a universal right, and approximately 90% of the population is covered under the Statutory Health Insurance, or SHI or public plan, coverage decisions and payment are decentralized. Physicians who treat SHI patients must belong to a Kassenärztliche Vereinigung, or KV or Physician's Association. There are 17 KVs in Germany, and the KVs are responsible for negotiating the budget with the State Sickness Fund for physician and facility payments for outpatient procedures in their region. Generally, procedures that are added to the EBM are covered and paid for by the KVs; however, this is not automatic and the process of achieving routine payment for a new procedure listed on the EBM can take several months. With several KVs, an application must be made to the KV by a surgeon in that area who wishes to perform the procedure. In some cases, the addition of a new outpatient procedure can create budget issues and there can be a delay while the KV negotiates additional funds with the State Sickness Fund to cover payment for the new procedure.

        Surgeons in each of the states continue to work to gain KV approval so that claims are processed smoothly. While the majority of claims submitted to KVs thus far in 2014 have been processed and paid, some have been denied. We are working with reimbursement consultants in Germany who have a successful track record of securing adequate payment for new medical technologies. In light of the strong favorable clinical data for iStent , we anticipate that reimbursement will continue to improve in Germany.

        Under German law, if a person has an income above a certain level, that person can opt out of the SHI and obtain private insurance. Approximately 10% of Germans have opted out and are covered by private insurance companies. Each of these private insurance companies makes its own decisions on individual claims. In general, the private insurance companies cover and pay for outpatient procedures listed on the EBM and that has been our experience to date with iStent insertion.

        We have also made significant progress in reimbursement in Switzerland where the procedure that describes iStent insertion is on the list of approved outpatient procedures. This also means that the costs of any implants or supplies used during these procedures can be passed through for payment. Like Germany, coverage and payment decisions are decentralized, with 26 cantons and numerous private insurers determining coverage. To date, the vast majority of claims for iStent procedures have been processed and paid with no issues.

        In France, our application for a code to describe iStent insertion and our application to add the iStent to the list of devices approved for pass through payment were denied in 2013. Following the publication of data on iStent Inject , we submitted new applications for both devices in 2014. Although we believe the possibility of obtaining approval is improved with these applications, there can be no assurance that they will be approved. Unless there is a code and listing on the pass through list, the only opportunity for payment for the iStent in France would result from successful negotiations at the individual hospital level.

        In the United Kingdom, Spain and Italy, there are no codes that specifically describe the insertion of a trabecular stent and we do not anticipate this changing in the near future. In addition, there is no mechanism to provide incremental payment for the iStent when insertion is in conjunction with cataract surgery. Our success to date relies on our distributors in these countries negotiating with individual hospitals to cover the cost of inserting the iStent .

99


Table of Contents

Reimbursement in Other Regions

        We currently market the iStent in Australia and New Zealand. In Australia, we have been successful at including the iStent on the pass through list so that the cost of the device is paid separately. We continue to work with private insurers in Australia but have yet to achieve coverage. In New Zealand, the vast majority of the population is covered under a publicly-funded, universal-coverage health system, with services provided by public, private and non-governmental sectors. Like Australia, we have yet to achieve significant success with any of the public and major private payors.

        Although we are not yet commercial in Japan, we believe that the current reimbursement structure that would apply to iStent insertion in conjunction with cataract surgery may support adequate reimbursement to both the facility and physician.

Competition

        We are positioning our products and MIGS procedures for use instead of, or in combination with, prescription eye drop therapies that currently dominate the glaucoma treatment marketplace. To a lesser extent, we also compete with manufacturers of medical devices used in other surgical therapy procedures for treating glaucoma, including laser as well as more complex and invasive surgeries.

        Many of our current competitors are large public companies or divisions of publicly-traded companies and have several competitive advantages, including:

    greater financial and human resources for product development, sales and marketing and patent litigation;

    significantly greater name recognition;

    longer operating histories;

    established relationships with healthcare professionals, customers and third-party payors;

    additional lines of products, and the ability to offer rebates or bundle products to offer higher discounts or incentives;

    more established sales and marketing programs and distribution networks; and

    greater experience in conducting research and development, manufacturing, clinical trials, preparing regulatory submissions and obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for products and marketing approved products.

        Companies with competing products include Alcon, Inc., Abbott Medical Optics Inc., STAAR Surgical Company, Lumenis Ltd., NeoMedix,Inc. and Ellex Medical Lasers Limited. Alcon, Inc. and Abbott Medical Optics Inc. are the leading manufacturers of aqueous shunts, and Alcon, Inc. also markets the EX-PRESS Glaucoma Filtration Device. Lumenis Ltd. is a leading manufacturer of SLT equipment. Neomedix, Inc. markets an electrosurgical device and Ellex Medical Lasers Limited markets a canaloplasty device that some physicians employ to lower intraocular pressure in glaucoma.

        In addition to these current competitors, we may also in the future compete with manufacturers of alternative technologies to treat glaucoma. We are aware of several companies, including Transcend Medical, Inc., AqueSys, Inc. and Ivantis Inc. that are conducting IDE-approved clinical trials of MIGS devices. These products or other products that may be developed could demonstrate better safety or effectiveness, clinical results, ease of use or lower costs than our iStent or other products under development. If approved for marketing, these devices may compete directly with the iStent and our products under development. If any of these alternative technologies gain market acceptance, this may reduce demand for our primary product, the iStent , as well as for our products in development.

100


Table of Contents

        In addition to competing for market share for our products, we also compete against these companies for personnel, including qualified sales representatives that are necessary to grow our business, as well as scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions that are important to our research and development efforts.

        We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include:

    improved outcomes for glaucoma;

    acceptance by ophthalmic surgeons;

    ease of use and reliability;

    product price and availability of reimbursement;

    technical leadership;

    effective marketing and distribution; and

    speed to market.

Facilities, Manufacturing and Distribution

        We occupy approximately 20,800 square feet at our corporate headquarters located in Laguna Hills, California under a lease that expires on March 31, 2016 and that contains an option to extend to March 31, 2018 at prevailing market rates. All of our headquarters-based employees, including our manufacturing and distribution employees, work at this facility. We believe this facility is sufficient for our current needs, although we anticipate that we would need to lease additional facilities as our business expands. Our international subsidiaries also lease facilities in Germany and Japan.

        We manufacture, inspect, package and ship finished products from our Laguna Hills facility. We source components used in our proprietary manufacturing process from outside vendors and we assemble them to produce iStent devices and disposable insertion instruments. These components include both off-the-shelf materials and custom made parts. The iStent device and some insertion instrument components are supplied by single vendors. While we believe that there are at least several other vendors that could make any one of these items, we maintain a minimum inventory of three to six months' supply to help mitigate any supply interruptions. We source the heparin used in our iStent heparin coating from one supplier. We maintain a stock of several years' worth of heparin material and have FDA approval to retest and extend the shelf life of the material indefinitely for U.S. product.

        We have received International Standards Organization, or ISO, 13485 certification, which includes design control requirements. Our manufacturing processes have been validated as required by the FDA and other regulatory bodies. As a medical device manufacturer, our manufacturing facility and the facilities of our critical suppliers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA and other regulatory agencies. To date, FDA and CE manufacturing audits conducted at our facilities have noted no significant deficiencies or findings requiring remediation.

        We have significantly increased manufacturing output since the commercial launch of the iStent in 2012. We believe we are well-positioned to continue advancing our manufacturing technology, capacity and efficiency going forward.

Intellectual Property

        We believe that the strength of our competitive position will depend substantially upon our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property rights protecting our technology. We file for patents for new patentable technologies relevant to our business and utilize other forms of intellectual property protection to strategically protect our intellectual property. We believe that our intellectual property

101


Table of Contents

portfolio can be leveraged into new products and potential additional indications for our technology. In addition, we may also review and attempt to acquire rights in third-party patents and applications that are strategically valuable to us.

Patents

        As of April 3, 2015, we owned or exclusively licensed in certain fields of use 114 issued patents, of which we owned 51 that were issued in the United States and 51 that were issued outside of the United States, and 66 pending patent applications, of which we owned 20 that were filed in the United States and 19 that were filed outside of the United States. We also granted to DOSE Medical certain exclusive rights and licenses outside our licensed fields of use under certain of our owned patents and patent applications. Our issued patents that protect our commercial products and current product pipeline will expire between 2020 and 2029. While we have pursued and continue to pursue patent protection for our technologies, we may, from time to time, abandon certain patents and patent applications for business reasons.

        Our U.S. patents include a variety of claims related to devices and methods for treating glaucoma with ab-interno surgical procedures, which are procedures initiated from within the anterior chamber of the eye and accessed through an opening in the clear corneal tissue. Our pending U.S. patent applications, if issued with their present claims, relate to the same field and potentially other fields of use.

        Since March 2013, we have been engaged in a dispute with Transcend Medical, Inc., or Transcend, as to whether or not Transcend's CyPass Micro-Stent infringes our patents. Transcend is seeking a declaration that four of our patents are invalid or are not infringed by the CyPass product, and we have denied Transcend's allegations and counterclaimed that Transcend's CyPass product infringes our patents. Transcend has raised inequitable conduct as a defense in connection with three of the patents that are the subject of the dispute. We have denied this allegation and are vigorously contesting Transcend's claim, are actively defending the validity of our patents and pursuing our claims of patent infringement. Presently, the court has scheduled a jury trial for November 2015. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in this litigation or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail. Additionally, in the event of an adverse judgment, the court could hold that some or all of our asserted patents are not infringed, or are invalid or unenforceable, and could award attorneys' fees to Transcend. If Transcend were to prevail on its general theories of alleged inequitable conduct, some of our patents on other iStent products, which Transcend is not challenging in its suit, but which Transcend has identified in its pleadings in this suit to support its allegations of inequitable conduct, could later be subject to similar claims from other third parties, which could potentially weaken the general scope of protection these patents afford our products. For additional information regarding the dispute with Transcend, see "—Legal Proceedings."

        The ophthalmology industry in which we operate has been subject to a large number of patent filings and patent infringement litigation. Whether we infringe any patent claim will not be known with certainty unless and until a court interprets the patent claim in the context of litigation. If an infringement allegation is made against us, we may seek to invalidate the asserted patent claim and may allege non-infringement of the asserted patent claim. In order for us to invalidate a U.S. patent claim, we would need to rebut the presumption of validity afforded to issued patents in the United States with clear and convincing evidence of invalidity, which is a high burden of proof.

Trademarks

        Glaukos, our logo, iStent , iStent Supra , iStent Inject and iPrism are registered trademarks of our company in the United States. Glaukos, iStent , iStent Inject and iStent Supra are registered trademarks of our company in the European Union. We have registered trademarks for Glaukos in Canada, Japan

102


Table of Contents

and Mexico. We have registered trademarks for iStent in Australia, Canada, Japan and Switzerland. We have pending trademark applications for iStent in Mexico, Argentina, Columbia, Chile and Brazil. We have a pending trademark application for iDose TR in the United States. We have a pending trademark application for iDose in the United States, Japan, the European Union, Canada and Australia. We also use MIGS as an unregistered trademarks.

Trade Secrets

        We may rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets to protect our technology. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and manufacturing process in part by confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with employees, under which they are bound to assign to us inventions made during the term of their employment unless excluded pursuant to California Labor Code Section 2870. These agreements further prohibit our employees from using, disclosing, or bringing onto the premises any proprietary information belonging to a third party. In addition, most of our consultants, scientific advisors and contractors are required to sign agreements under which they must assign to us any inventions that relate to our business. These agreements also prohibit these third parties from incorporating into any inventions the proprietary rights of third parties without informing us. It is our policy to require all employees to document potential inventions and other intellectual property in laboratory notebooks and to disclose inventions to patent counsel using invention disclosure forms.

        We also rely on confidentiality restrictions and trade secret protection to protect our technology. We generally require our consultants and other parties who may be exposed to our proprietary technology to sign non-disclosure agreements that prohibit such parties from disclosing or using our proprietary information except as may be authorized by us.

        We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In additions, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our consultants, contractors or collaborators use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

Intellectual Property Agreements

        In January 2007, we entered into an agreement with GMP Vision Solutions, Inc., or GMP, to acquire certain in-process research and development. In connection with the agreement, we agreed to make periodic royalty payments based on revenues received for royalty-bearing products and periodic royalty payments at a higher rate for all amounts received in connection with the grant of licenses or sublicenses of the related intellectual property. In December 2012, we entered into an agreement with GMP pursuant to which we paid GMP $1.0 million for a 90-day option to buy out all remaining royalties payable to GMP. In April 2013, the option expired unexercised and as provided in the agreement, the $1.0 million payment satisfied the obligation to pay the first $1.0 million in royalties earned beginning on January 1, 2013.

        In November 2013, we entered into an agreement with GMP pursuant to which we bought out all remaining royalties payable to GMP in exchange for the issuance of $17.5 million in promissory notes payable to GMP and a party related to GMP. For additional information relating to the terms of these notes, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Indebtedness."

103


Table of Contents

        In December 2014, we entered into an agreement with The Regents of The University of California, or the University, to quiet title to our entire ownership of certain patents and patent applications, or the Patent Rights, to which Dr. Hill contributed while he was both a consultant for us and a faculty member at the University. In connection with the agreement, we agreed to pay to the University $2.7 million in 2015 and to make periodic payments to the University equal to a low single-digit percentage of worldwide net sales, beginning in 2015, of certain current and future products, including our iStent products, with a required minimum annual payment of $500,000 during the term of the agreement. The University has a security interest in all tangible assets owned by us. Our agreement with the University will expire upon the expiration of the last to expire of the Patent Rights, which is currently expected to be in 2022.

Government Regulation

        Our products and operations are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and other federal, state and local authorities, as well as foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA regulates, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacturing, approval, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, advertising, promotion and marketing, distribution, post approval monitoring and reporting and import and export of medical devices (such as iStent ), as well as combination drug/device products (such as iDose ) in the United States to assure the safety and effectiveness of medical products for their intended use. The Federal Trade Commission also regulates the advertising of our products. Further, we are subject to laws directed at preventing fraud and abuse, which subject our sales and marketing, training and other practices to government scrutiny.

U.S. Government Regulation—Medical Devices

        Unless an exemption applies, each new or significantly modified medical device we seek to commercially distribute in the United States will require either a premarket notification to the FDA requesting permission for commercial distribution under Section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, also referred to as a 510(k) clearance, or approval from the FDA of a PMA application. Both the 510(k) clearance and PMA processes can be expensive, and lengthy, and require payment of significant user fees, unless an exemption is available.

Device Classification

        Under the FDCA, medical devices are classified into one of three classes—Class I, Class II or Class III—depending on the degree of risk associated with each medical device and the extent of control needed to provide reasonable assurances with respect to safety and effectiveness.

        Class I devices are those for which safety and effectiveness can be reasonably assured by adherence to a set of regulations, referred to as General Controls, which require compliance with the applicable portions of the FDA's Quality System Regulation, or QSR, facility registration and product listing, reporting of adverse events and malfunctions, and appropriate, truthful and non-misleading labeling and promotional materials. Some Class I devices, also called Class I reserved devices, also require premarket clearance by the FDA through the 510(k) premarket notification process described below. Most Class I products are exempt from the premarket notification requirements.

        Class II devices are those that are subject to the General Controls, as well as Special Controls, which can include performance standards, guidelines and postmarket surveillance. Most Class II devices are subject to premarket review and clearance by the FDA. Premarket review and clearance by the FDA for Class II devices is accomplished through the 510(k) premarket notification process. Under the 510(k) process, the manufacturer must submit to the FDA a premarket notification, demonstrating that the device is "substantially equivalent," as defined in the statute, to either:

    a device that was legally marketed prior to May 28, 1976, the date upon which the Medical Device Amendments of 1976 were enacted, or

    another commercially available, similar device that was cleared through the 510(k) process.

104


Table of Contents

        To be "substantially equivalent," the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence.

        After a 510(k) notice is submitted, the FDA determines whether to accept it for substantive review. If it lacks necessary information for substantive review, the FDA will refuse to accept the 510(k) notification. If it is accepted for filing, the FDA begins a substantive review. By statute, the FDA is required to complete its review of a 510(k) notification within 90 days of receiving the 510(k) notification. As a practical matter, clearance often takes longer, and clearance is never assured. Although many 510(k) premarket notifications are cleared without clinical data, the FDA may require further information, including clinical data, to make a determination regarding substantial equivalence, which may significantly prolong the review process. If the FDA agrees that the device is substantially equivalent, it will grant clearance to commercially market the device.

        After a device receives 510(k) clearance, any modification that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a new or major change in its intended use, will require a new 510(k) clearance or, depending on the modification, could require a PMA application. The FDA requires each manufacturer to make this determination initially, but the FDA can review any such decision and can disagree with a manufacturer's determination. If the FDA disagrees with a manufacturer's determination regarding whether a new premarket submission is required for the modification of an existing device, the FDA can require the manufacturer to cease marketing and/or recall the modified device until 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application is obtained. If the FDA requires us to seek 510(k) clearance or approval of a PMA application for any modifications to a previously cleared product, we may be required to cease marketing or recall the modified device until we obtain this clearance or approval. In addition, in these circumstances, we may be subject to significant regulatory fines or penalties for failure to submit the requisite PMA application(s). In addition, the FDA is currently evaluating the 510(k) process and may make substantial changes to industry requirements.

        If the FDA determines that the device is not "substantially equivalent" to a predicate device, or if the device is automatically classified into Class III, the device sponsor must then fulfill the much more rigorous premarketing requirements of the PMA approval process, or seek reclassification of the device through the de novo process. Pursuant to amendments to the statute in 2012, a manufacturer can also submit a petition for direct de novo review if the manufacturer is unable to identify an appropriate predicate device and the new device or new use of the device presents a moderate or low risk.

        Class III devices include devices deemed by the FDA to pose the greatest risk such as life-supporting or life-sustaining devices, or implantable devices, in addition to those deemed not substantially equivalent following the 510(k) process. The safety and effectiveness of Class III devices cannot be reasonably assured solely by the General Controls and Special Controls described above. Therefore, these devices are subject to the PMA application process, which is generally more costly and time consuming than the 510(k) process. Through the PMA application process, the applicant must submit data and information demonstrating reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use to the FDA's satisfaction. Accordingly, a PMA application typically includes, but is not limited to, extensive technical information regarding device design and development, pre-clinical and clinical trial data, manufacturing information, labeling and financial disclosure information for the clinical investigators in device studies. The PMA application must provide valid scientific evidence that demonstrates to the FDA's satisfaction reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of the device for its intended use.

105


Table of Contents

The Investigational Device Process

        In the United States, absent certain limited exceptions, human clinical trials intended to support medical device clearance or approval require an IDE application. Some types of studies deemed to present "non-significant risk" are deemed to have an approved IDE once certain requirements are addressed and IRB approval is obtained. If the device presents a "significant risk" to human health, as defined by the FDA, the sponsor must submit an IDE application to the FDA and obtain IDE approval prior to commencing the human clinical trials. The IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory testing results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must be approved in advance by the FDA for a specified number of subjects. Generally, clinical trials for a significant risk device may begin once the IDE application is approved by the FDA and the study protocol and informed consent are approved by appropriate institutional review boards at the clinical trial sites. There can be no assurance that submission of an IDE will result in the ability to commence clinical trials, and although the FDA's approval of an IDE allows clinical testing to go forward for a specified number of subjects, it does not bind the FDA to accept the results of the trial as sufficient to prove the product's safety and efficacy, even if the trial meets its intended success criteria.

        All clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with the FDA's IDE regulations that govern investigational device labeling, prohibit promotion and specify an array of recordkeeping, reporting and monitoring responsibilities of study sponsors and study investigators. Clinical trials must further comply with the FDA's regulations for institutional review board approval and for informed consent and other human subject protections. Required records and reports are subject to inspection by the FDA. The results of clinical testing may be unfavorable, or, even if the intended safety and efficacy success criteria are achieved, may not be considered sufficient for the FDA to grant marketing approval or clearance of a product. The commencement or completion of any clinical trial may be delayed or halted, or be inadequate to support approval of a PMA application, for numerous reasons, including, but not limited to, the following:

    the FDA or other regulatory authorities do not approve a clinical trial protocol or a clinical trial, or place a clinical trial on hold;

    patients do not enroll in clinical trials at the rate expected;

    patients do not comply with trial protocols;

    patient follow-up is not at the rate expected;

    patients experience adverse events;

    patients die during a clinical trial, even though their death may not be related to the products that are part of our trial;

    device malfunctions occur with unexpected frequency or potential adverse consequences;

    institutional review boards and third-party clinical investigators may delay or reject the trial protocol;

    third-party clinical investigators decline to participate in a trial or do not perform a trial on the anticipated schedule or consistent with the clinical trial protocol, good clinical practices or other FDA requirements;

    we or third-party organizations do not perform data collection, monitoring and analysis in a timely or accurate manner or consistent with the clinical trial protocol or investigational or statistical plans;

106


Table of Contents

    third-party clinical investigators have significant financial interests related to us or our study such that the FDA deems the study results unreliable, or the company or investigators fail to disclose such interests;

    regulatory inspections of our clinical trials or manufacturing facilities, which may, among other things, require us to undertake corrective action or suspend or terminate our clinical trials;

    changes in government regulations or administrative actions;

    the interim or final results of the clinical trial are inconclusive or unfavorable as to safety or efficacy; or

    the FDA concludes that our trial design is inadequate to demonstrate safety and efficacy.

The PMA Approval Process

        Following receipt of a PMA application, the FDA conducts an administrative review to determine whether the application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review. If it is not, the agency will refuse to file the PMA. If it is, the FDA will accept the application for filing and begin the review. The FDA, by statute and by regulation, has 180 days to review a filed PMA application, although the review of an application more often occurs over a significantly longer period of time. During this review period, the FDA may request additional information or clarification of information already provided, and the FDA may issue a major deficiency letter to the applicant, requesting the applicant's response to deficiencies communicated by the FDA. The FDA considers a PMA or PMA supplement to have been voluntarily withdrawn if an applicant fails to respond to an FDA request for information ( e.g. , major deficiency letter) within a total of 360 days. Before approving or denying a PMA, an FDA advisory committee may review the PMA at a public meeting and provide the FDA with the committee's recommendation on whether the FDA should approve the submission, approve it with specific conditions, or not approve it. Prior to approval of a PMA, the FDA may conduct a bioresearch monitoring inspection of the clinical trial data and clinical trial sites, and a QSR inspection of the manufacturing facility and processes. Overall, the FDA review of a PMA application generally takes between one and three years, but may take significantly longer. The FDA can delay, limit or deny approval of a PMA application for many reasons, including:

    the device may not be shown safe or effective to the FDA's satisfaction;

    the data from pre-clinical studies and clinical trials may be insufficient to support approval;

    the manufacturing process or facilities may not meet applicable requirements; and

    changes in FDA approval policies or adoption of new regulations may require additional data.

        If the FDA evaluation of a PMA is favorable, the FDA will issue either an approval letter, or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the PMA. When and if those conditions have been fulfilled to the satisfaction of the FDA, the agency will issue a PMA approval letter authorizing commercial marketing of the device, subject to the conditions of approval and the limitations established in the approval letter. If the FDA's evaluation of a PMA application or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. The FDA also may determine that additional tests or clinical trials are necessary, in which case the PMA approval may be delayed for several months or years while the trials are conducted and data is submitted in an amendment to the PMA, or the PMA is withdrawn and resubmitted when the data are available. The PMA process can be expensive, uncertain and lengthy and a number of devices for which FDA approval has been sought by other companies have never been approved by the FDA for marketing.

107


Table of Contents

        New PMA applications or PMA supplements may be required for modification to the manufacturing process, labeling, device specifications, materials or design of a device that has been approved through the PMA process. PMA supplements often require submission of the same type of information as an initial PMA application, except that the supplement is limited to information needed to support any changes from the device covered by the approved PMA application and may or may not require as extensive technical or clinical data or the convening of an advisory panel, depending on the nature of the proposed change.

        In approving a PMA application, the FDA may also require some form of postmarket studies or postmarket surveillance, whereby the applicant follows certain patient groups for a number of years and makes periodic reports to the FDA on the clinical status of those patients when necessary to protect the public health or to provide additional safety and effectiveness data for the device. FDA may also require postmarket surveillance for certain devices cleared under a 510(k) notification, such as implants or life-supporting or life-sustaining devices used outside a device user facility. The FDA may also approve a PMA application with other post-approval conditions intended to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, such as, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale, distribution and use.

        Because of the indication we chose to pursue for the iStent in the United States, the FDA required that we undergo the more rigorous PMA process. The majority of the devices currently marketed in the United States for the treatment of glaucoma have been cleared via the 510(k) process. The FDA considered the iStent to be a "first in class" device that was not substantially equivalent to any currently marketed device.

        The FDA approved the iStent PMA on June 25, 2012, for the indication for use in combination with cataract surgery for the reduction of intraocular pressure in adult patients with mild-to-moderate open-angle glaucoma currently treated with prescription eye drops. The FDA imposed conditions of approval, including three postmarket studies, and a requirement that we implement a three-part training program for physicians who will use the iStent device.

        We are required to file new PMA applications or PMA supplement applications for significant modifications to the manufacturing process, labeling and design of a device for which we have received approval through the PMA approval process.

Post-Approval Requirements

        After the FDA permits a device to enter commercial distribution, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include, but are not limited to:

    the registration and listing regulation, which requires manufacturers to register all manufacturing facilities and list all medical devices placed into commercial distribution;

    the QSR, which requires manufacturers, including third-party manufacturers, to follow elaborate design, testing, production, control, supplier/contractor selection, complaint handling, documentation and other quality assurance procedures during the manufacturing process;

    labeling regulations and unique device identification requirements;

    advertising and promotion requirements;

    restrictions on sale, distribution or use of a device;

    PMA annual reporting requirements;

    the FDA's general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or "off-label" uses;

108


Table of Contents

    the Medical Device Reporting, or MDR, regulation, which requires that manufacturers report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to reoccur;

    medical device correction and removal reporting regulations, which require that manufacturers report to the FDA field corrections and product recalls or removals if undertaken to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDCA that may present a risk to health;

    recall requirements, including a mandatory recall if there is a reasonable probability that the device would cause serious adverse health consequences or death;

    an order of repair, replacement or refund;

    device tracking requirements; and

    postapproval study and postmarket surveillance requirements.

        Our facilities, records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by the FDA. Failure to comply with the applicable United States medical device regulatory requirements could result in, among other things, warning letters, untitled letters, fines, injunctions, consent decrees, civil penalties, unanticipated expenditures, repairs, replacements, refunds, recalls or seizures of products, operating restrictions, total or partial suspension of production, the FDA's refusal to issue certificates to foreign governments needed to export products for sale in other countries, the FDA's refusal to grant future premarket clearances or approvals, withdrawals or suspensions of current product clearances or approvals and criminal prosecution.

U.S. Government Regulation—Drug Delivery Implant

        In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs and combination drug/device products under the FDCA and related regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations, which along with the FDCA govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, advertising, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. regulatory requirements at any time during the drug product development process, approval process or post-approval, may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions, including refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, imposition of a clinical hold, issuance of warning letters and other types of letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement of profits, or civil or criminal investigations and penalties brought by FDA and the Department of Justice, or other governmental entities. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

        The steps required before a drug may be approved for marketing in the United States generally include:

    completion of preclinical laboratory tests and animal tests conducted in compliance with the FDA's Good Laboratory Practices;

    the submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug application, or IND, which must become effective before human clinical trials commence in the United States;

    approval by an IRB at each clinical trial site before each trial may be initiated;

    obtaining informed consent from the participants in a clinical trial;

109


Table of Contents

    performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the product for each intended use and conducted in accordance with Good Clinical Practices, or GCP;

    satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the facility or facilities at which the product is manufactured to assess compliance with FDA's current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs, to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug's identity, strength, quality and purity;

    the submission to the FDA of an NDA;

    satisfactory completion of a potential review by an FDA advisory committee, if applicable; and

    FDA acceptance, review and approval of the NDA.

The Investigational New Drug Process

        An IND application is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational drug to humans. Such authorization must be obtained prior to administration to humans of any new drug or dosage form, including a new use of a previously approved drug, that is not the subject of an approved new drug application, or NDA, except under limited circumstances.

        To conduct a clinical study of an investigational new drug product, we are required to file an IND with the FDA. The IND submission must include the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for human studies, as well as results of animal studies or other human studies, as appropriate, analytical data and any available clinical data or literature to support the use of the investigational new drug. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. An IND will automatically become effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless before that time the FDA raises concerns or questions related to the proposed clinical trials as outlined in the IND. If FDA raises questions, the IND may be placed on clinical hold and the IND sponsor and the FDA must resolve any outstanding concerns or questions before clinical trials can begin. Accordingly, submission of an IND may or may not result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin. A separate submission to an existing IND application must also be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development.

        Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational drug to patients under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCPs. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the efficacy criteria to be evaluated. A protocol for each clinical trial and any subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Additionally, approval must also be obtained from the IRB at each clinical site before the trials may be initiated. The IRB will consider, among other things, ethical factors, the safety of human subjects and the possible liability of the institution. The IRB must also monitor the trial until completed. All participants in our clinical trials must provide their informed consent in writing. In addition, there are requirements and industry guidelines that require the posting of ongoing clinical trials on public registries, and the disclosure of designated clinical trial results.

        The clinical investigation of an investigational drug product is generally divided into three phases. Although the phases are usually conducted sequentially, they may overlap or be combined. The three phases of investigational new drug investigation are as follows:

    Phase I.   Phase I includes the initial introduction of an investigational new drug into humans. Phase I clinical trials are typically closely monitored and may be conducted in patients with the target disease or condition or healthy volunteers. These studies are designed to evaluate the safety, dosage tolerance, metabolism and pharmacologic actions of the investigational drug product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and if possible, to gain

110


Table of Contents

      early evidence on effectiveness. During Phase I clinical trials, sufficient information about the investigational drug's pharmacokinetics and pharmacological effects may be obtained to permit the design of well-controlled and scientifically valid Phase II clinical trials. The total number of participants included in Phase I clinical trials varies, but is generally in the range of 20 to 80.

    Phase II.   Phase II includes the controlled clinical trials conducted to preliminarily evaluate the effectiveness of the investigational drug for a particular indication in patients with the disease or condition under study, to determine dosage tolerance and optimal dosage, and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks associated with the drug product. Phase II clinical trials are typically well-controlled, closely monitored, and conducted in a limited patient population, usually involving no more than several hundred participants.

    Phase III.   Phase III clinical trials are generally controlled clinical trials conducted in an expanded patient population generally at multiple clinical trial sites. They are performed after preliminary evidence suggesting effectiveness of the drug product has been obtained, and are intended to further evaluate dosage, clinical effectiveness and safety, to establish the overall benefit-risk profile of the investigational drug product, and to provide an adequate basis for product approval and adequate information for product labeling. Phase III clinical trials usually involve several hundred to several thousand participants. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase III clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. The FDA has the legal discretion to approve a drug on the basis of a single well-controlled clinical trial. In practice, the agency often requires that such a trial meet higher standards in terms of size, robustness and statistical significance, and it may restrict approval on the basis of single trial to situations in which there is a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

        The FDA's primary objectives in reviewing an IND are to assure the safety and rights of patients and to help assure that the quality of the investigation will be adequate to permit an evaluation of the drug's effectiveness and safety. The decision to terminate development of an investigational drug product may be made by either the FDA, an IRB or ethics committee, or by the study sponsor for various reasons. Clinical trials may be overseen by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the trial sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board or committee. This group provides authorization for whether or not a trial may move forward at designated check points based on access that only the group maintains to available data from the study. Suspension or termination of development during any phase of clinical trials can occur if it is determined that the participants or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable risk to health. Other reasons for suspension or termination may include changes in business objectives or the economic environment.

The NDA Approval Process

        In order to obtain approval to market a drug product in the United States, a marketing application must be submitted to the FDA that includes data to establish the safety and effectiveness of the new drug product for the proposed indication. The NDA includes all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical trials, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product's chemistry, manufacturing, controls and proposed labeling, among other things. The NDA filing must also be accompanied by a substantial user fee, although there may be some instances in which the user fee is waived.

        The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency's threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. The FDA has substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or decide that the data is insufficient for approval and require additional

111


Table of Contents

preclinical, clinical or other studies. If the FDA requests additional information rather than accept an NDA for filing, the NDA must be resubmitted with the additional information and is subject to payment of additional user fees. The resubmitted application is also subject to review before the FDA accepts it for filing.

        Once the NDA has been accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review and sets a Prescription Drug User Fee Act date that informs the applicant of the specific date by which the FDA intends to complete its review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of NDAs through a two-tiered classification system, Standard Review and Priority Review. Priority Review designation is given to drugs that offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. The FDA endeavors to review applications subject to Standard Review within 10 to 12 months, whereas the FDA's goal is to review Priority Review applications within six to eight months, depending on whether the drug is a new molecular entity. The review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews NDAs to determine, among other things, whether the proposed product is safe and effective for its intended use, and whether the product is being manufactured in accordance with cGMP to assure and preserve the product's identity, strength, quality and purity. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will review the proposed product labeling and may request changes. FDA will also inspect the facilities at which the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. In addition, before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. If the FDA determines the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will communicate the deficiencies to the applicant and often will request additional testing or information. Even with the submission of additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory standards for approval.

        After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter to indicate that the review cycle for an application is complete and that the application is not ready for approval. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA may ultimately decide that an application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If, or when, the deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA's satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications.

        The clinical testing and drug approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and each may take several years to complete. Data obtained from clinical activities are not always conclusive and may be susceptible to varying interpretations, which could delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval. The FDA may not grant approval on a timely basis, or at all. Even if the FDA approves a product, the agency may limit the approved indications for use, impose prominent warnings, or place other conditions on approval that could restrict the commercial application of the products, such as special risk management measures through a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

        Section 505 of the FDCA describes three types of new drug applications: (1) an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness (section 505(b)(1)); (2) an application that contains full reports of investigations of safety and effectiveness but where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by or for the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference (section 505(b)(2)); and (3) an application

112


Table of Contents

that contains information to show that the proposed product is identical in active ingredient, dosage form, strength, route of administration, labeling, quality, performance characteristics, and intended use, among other things, to a previously approved product (section 505(j)).

        Our iDose implant may be eligible for the Section 505(b)(2) application pathway if and when we are prepared to submit an application for marketing to the FDA. Section 505(b)(2) expressly permits the FDA to rely, in approving a new drug application, on data not developed by the applicant. Thus, if a 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA's previous findings of safety and effectiveness is scientifically appropriate, it may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. We are pursuing a Section 505(b)(2) NDA regulatory strategy for our iDose implant, which we expect will allow us to rely in our NDA filing on certain nonclinical and clinical safety findings made by the FDA in previous approvals. For changes to a previously approved drug product, an application may rely on the FDA's finding of safety and effectiveness of the previously approved drug, coupled with the information needed to support the change from the approved drug product. The additional information could be new studies conducted by the applicant or published data. The FDA may approve the new product candidate for all, or some, of the label indications for which the reference drug has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the 505(b)(2) applicant.

        The filing or approval of a Section 505(b)(2) application may be delayed due to patent or exclusivity protections covering an approved product. Section 505(b)(2) applications must include patent certifications and must provide notice of certain patent certifications to the NDA holder and patent owner. A Section 505(b)(2) application may be granted three years of market exclusivity if one or more of the clinical investigations, other than bioavailability/bioequivalence studies, was essential to approval of the application and was conducted or sponsored by the applicant.

Post-Approval Regulation

        After regulatory approval of a drug or combination drug/device product is obtained under an NDA, we are required to comply with pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to drug listing and registration, recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, advertising, marketing and promotion and reporting of adverse experiences with the product. For example, as a condition of approval of an NDA, the FDA may require post-marketing testing, including Phase IV clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product's safety and effectiveness after commercialization. In addition, the holder of an approved NDA would be required to report, among other things, certain adverse events and production problems to the FDA, and to provide updated safety and efficacy information to the FDA. Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label, and even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use for the product or impose other conditions, including labeling or distribution restrictions or other risk-management mechanisms. For a combination drug/device product, such as our iDose implant, certain device reporting requirements might also apply, such as MDR requirements and reports of corrections and removal.

        Quality control and manufacturing procedures must continue to conform to cGMP after approval. In addition, medical device quality system regulations would apply to the device component of a combination drug/device product, either all the QSR regulations or particular QSR regulations supplementing the drug cGMP in accordance with FDA regulations in 21 C.F.R. Part 4. The FDA periodically inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMP and QSR. In addition, changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP or QSR and impose reporting and documentation requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use.

113


Table of Contents

Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP, QSR, and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

        After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, as well as some manufacturing and supplier changes, are subject to prior FDA review and approval of a new NDA or an NDA supplement. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the similar procedures in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs. The manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved NDA are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, as well as new application fees for certain supplemental applications.

        Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable requirements may result in restrictions on a product, manufacturer or holder of an approved NDA, including withdrawal or recall of the product from the market or other voluntary, FDA-initiated or judicial action that could delay or prohibit further marketing. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

    fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;

    refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product license approvals;

    product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; or

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

        Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product's approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. In addition, the FDA strictly regulates marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of products that are placed on the market. Drugs may be promoted only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability.

        New government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the FDA's policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development and/or could significantly impact the requirements imposed on us after approval.

Available Special Regulatory Procedures

Formal Meetings

        In the United States, there are different types of official meetings that may occur between us and the FDA. Each meeting type is subject to different procedures. Conclusions and agreements from each of these meetings are captured in the official final meeting minutes issued by the FDA.

        Advice from the FDA is typically provided based on questions concerning quality (chemistry, manufacturing and controls testing), pre-clinical testing and clinical studies, and pharmacovigilance plans and risk-management programs. Advice is not legally binding with regard to any future marketing application for the drug product.

        To obtain binding commitments from the FDA on the design and size of clinical trials intended to form the primary basis of an effectiveness claim for a new drug product, Special Protocol Assessment, or SPA, procedures are available. Where the FDA agrees to an SPA, the agreement may not be changed by either the sponsor or the FDA except if the sponsor and the FDA agree to a change, or a

114


Table of Contents

senior FDA official determines that a substantial scientific issue essential to determining the safety or effectiveness of the product was identified after the testing began. An SPA is not binding if new circumstances arise, and there is no guarantee that a study will ultimately be adequate to support an approval even if the study is conducted according to the terms of an SPA.

Pediatric Development

        In the United States, the FDCA provides for an additional six months of marketing exclusivity for a drug if reports are filed of investigations studying the use of the drug product in a pediatric population in response to a written request from the FDA.

        In addition, NDAs must contain data (or a proposal for post-marketing activity) to assess the safety and effectiveness of an investigational drug product for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric populations in order to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. The FDA may, on its own initiative or at the request of the applicant, grant deferrals for submission of some or all pediatric data until after approval of the product for use in adults or full or partial waivers if certain criteria are met. Discussions about pediatric development plans can be discussed with the FDA at any time, but usually occur any time between the end-of-Phase II meeting and submission of the NDA.

Priority Review or Standard Review

        Based on results of Phase III clinical trials, an NDA may receive priority or standard review from the FDA. Priority review is given where preliminary estimates indicate that a product, if approved, would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness of the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a serious condition. Effective October 1, 2012, where an application receives priority review, the target date for FDA action will be eight months from submission in the case of an application for a new chemical entity and six months from submission in the case of products that do not contain a new chemical entity. Where an application receives standard review, the target date for FDA action will be 12 months from submission in the case of an application for a new chemical entity and 10 months from submission in the case of products that do not contain a new chemical entity.

Other Healthcare Laws

        We are also subject to healthcare regulation and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we conduct our business. These laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, and physician sunshine laws and regulations.

        The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, the offer, receipt, or payment of remuneration in exchange for or to induce the referral of patients or the use of products or services that would be paid for in whole or part by Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. Remuneration has been broadly defined to include anything of value, including cash, improper discounts, and free or reduced price items and services. The government has enforced the Anti-Kickback Statute to reach large settlements with healthcare companies based on sham research or consulting and other financial arrangements with physicians. Further, a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act, or FCA. Many states have similar laws that apply to their state healthcare programs as well as private payors. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from federal healthcare programs and substantial civil and criminal penalties.

115


Table of Contents

        The FCA imposes liability on persons who, among other things, present or cause to be presented false or fraudulent claims for payment by a federal healthcare program. The FCA has been used to prosecute persons submitting claims for payment that are inaccurate or fraudulent, that are for services not provided as claimed, or for services that are not medically necessary. Manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to "cause" the submission of false or fraudulent claims by, for example, providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers or promoting a product off-label. Actions under the FCA may be brought by the Attorney General or as a qui tam action by a private individual in the name of the government. Violations of the FCA can result in significant monetary penalties and treble damages. The federal government is using the FCA, and the accompanying threat of significant liability, in its investigation and prosecution of device companies throughout the country, for example, in connection with the promotion of products for unapproved uses and other improper sales and marketing practices. The government has obtained multi-million and multi-billion dollar settlements under the FCA in addition to individual criminal convictions under applicable criminal statutes. In addition, companies have been forced to implement extensive corrective action plans, and have often become subject to consent decrees or corporate integrity agreements, severely restricting the manner in which they conduct their business. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating healthcare providers' and manufacturers' compliance with applicable fraud and abuse laws. If our marketing or other arrangements, including consulting arrangements with physicians, were determined to violate anti-kickback or related laws, including the FCA, then our revenues could be adversely affected, which would likely harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

        In addition, there has been a recent trend of increased federal and state regulation of payments made to physicians and other healthcare providers. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, among other things, imposed new reporting requirements on certain device manufacturers for payments made by them to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties of up to an aggregate of $150,000 per year (and up to an aggregate of $1 million per year for "knowing failures"), for all payments, transfers of value or ownership or investment interests that are not timely, accurately and completely reported in an annual submission. Device manufacturers were required to begin collecting data on August 1, 2013 and submit reports on aggregate payment data to the government for the first reporting period (August 1, 2013 - December 31, 2013) by March 31, 2014, and were required to report detailed payment data for the first reporting period and submit legal attestation to the accuracy of such data by June 30, 2014. Thereafter, device manufacturers must submit reports by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year. Certain states also mandate implementation of commercial compliance programs and/or require the tracking and reporting of gifts, compensation and other remuneration to physicians.

        The shifting commercial compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust systems to comply with different compliance and/or reporting requirements in multiple jurisdictions increase the possibility that a healthcare company may violate one or more of the requirements. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and imprisonment, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.

116


Table of Contents

Regulation Outside the United States

        In addition to regulations in the United States, we are subject to a variety of regulations in other jurisdictions governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our products. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain authorization before commencing clinical trials or obtain marketing authorization or approval of a product under the comparable regulatory authorities of countries outside the United States before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country.

        In the European Economic Area, or EEA, our iStent product is regulated as a medical device. Where a medical device is intended to administer a drug, the medical device will ordinarily be regulated as a medical device, while the medicinal product will be separately regulated as a medicinal product. However, when a drug-device combination product, such as iDose , is placed on the market as a single integral product that is intended exclusively for use in the given combination and that is not reusable, the entire product will be regulated as a medicinal product, although the device component will still need to comply with the so-called essential requirements applicable to medical devices.

Regulation of Medical Devices in the EEA

        There is currently no premarket government review of medical devices in the EEA unless the device also contains a medicine or a blood derivative. However, all medical devices placed on the market in the EEA must meet the relevant essential requirements laid down in Annex I to Directive 93/42/EEC concerning medical devices, or the Medical Devices Directive. The most fundamental essential requirement is that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and others. In addition, the device must achieve the performances intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured and packaged in a suitable manner. The European Commission has adopted various standards applicable to medical devices. These include standards governing common requirements, such as sterilization and safety of medical electrical equipment, and product standards for certain types of medical devices. There are also harmonized standards relating to design and manufacture. While not mandatory, compliance with these standards is viewed as the easiest way to satisfy the essential requirements as a practical matter. Compliance with a standard developed to implement an essential requirement also creates a rebuttable presumption that the device satisfies that essential requirement.

        To demonstrate compliance with the essential requirements laid down in Annex I to the Medical Devices Directive, medical device manufacturers must undergo a conformity assessment procedure, which varies according to the type of medical device and its classification. Manufacturers usually have some flexibility to select conformity assessment procedures for a particular class of device and to reflect their circumstances, such as the likelihood that the manufacturer will make frequent modifications to its products. Conformity assessment procedures require an assessment of available clinical evidence, literature data for the product and post-market experience in respect of similar products already marketed. Except for low-risk medical devices, where the manufacturer can self-declare the conformity of its products with the essential requirements, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of a notified body. Notified bodies are often private entities and are authorized or licensed to perform such assessments by government authorities. The notified body would typically audit and examine products' technical dossiers and the manufacturers' quality system. If satisfied that the relevant product conforms to the relevant essential requirements, the notified body issues a certificate of conformity, which the manufacturer uses as a basis for its own declaration of conformity. The manufacturer may then apply the CE mark to the device, which allows the device to be placed on the

117


Table of Contents

market throughout the EEA. Once the product has been placed on the market in the EEA, the manufacturer must comply with requirements for reporting incidents and field safety corrective actions associated with the medical device.

        In order to demonstrate safety and efficacy for their medical devices, manufacturers must conduct clinical investigations in accordance with the requirements of Annex X to the Medical Devices Directive and applicable European and ISO standards, as implemented or adopted in the EEA member states. Clinical trials for medical devices usually require the approval of an ethics review board and approval by or notification to the national regulatory authorities. Both regulators and ethics committees also require the submission of adverse event reports during a study and may request a copy of the final study report.

        In September 2012, the European Commission adopted a Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council on medical devices that will, if adopted by the European Parliament and by the Council, replace the existing Medical Devices Directive. If adopted, the Regulation is expected to enter into force in 2015 or 2016 and become applicable three years thereafter. In its current form it would, among other things, impose additional reporting requirements on manufacturers of high risk medical devices, impose an obligation on manufacturers to appoint a "qualified person" responsible for regulatory compliance, and provide for more strict clinical evidence requirements.

Regulation of Medicinal Products in the EEA

        Medicinal Products require a marketing authorization before they may be placed on the market in the EEA. There are various application procedures available, depending on the type of product involved. The centralized procedure gives rise to marketing authorizations that are valid throughout the EEA. Applicants file marketing authorization applications with the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, where they are reviewed by a relevant scientific committee, in most cases the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP. The EMA forwards CHMP opinions to the European Commission, which uses them as the basis for deciding whether to grant a marketing authorization. The centralized procedure is compulsory for medicinal products that (1) are derived from specified biotechnology processes, (2) contain a new active substance (not yet approved on November 20, 2005) indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, such as HIV/AIDS, cancer, diabetes, neurodegenerative disorders, viral diseases or autoimmune diseases and other immune dysfunctions, (3) are orphan medicinal products or (4) are advanced therapy medicinal products (such as gene therapy, somatic cell therapy and tissue engineered products). For medicines that do not fall within these categories, an applicant may voluntarily submit an application for a centralized marketing authorization to the EMA, as long as the CHMP agrees that (i) the medicine concerned contains a new active substance (not yet approved on November 20, 2005), (ii) the medicine is a significant therapeutic, scientific, or technical innovation, or (iii) if its authorization under the centralized procedure would be in the interest of public health. For those medicinal products for which the centralized procedure is not available, the applicant must submit marketing authorization applications to the national medicines regulators through one of three procedures: (1) a national procedure, which results in a marketing authorization in a single EEA member state; (2) the decentralized procedure, in which applications are submitted simultaneously in two or more EEA member states; and (3) the mutual recognition procedure, which must be used if the product has already been authorized in at least one other EEA member state, and in which the EEA member states are required to grant an authorization recognizing the existing authorization in the other EEA member state, unless they identify a serious risk to public health. A national procedure is only possible for one member state; as soon as an application is submitted in a second member state the mutual recognition or decentralized procedure will be triggered.

        Marketing authorization applications must usually include the results of clinical trials. Clinical trials of medicinal products in the EEA must be conducted in accordance with EEA and national regulations

118


Table of Contents

and the International Conference on Harmonization guidelines on GCP. Prior to commencing a clinical trial in a particular EEA member state, the sponsor must obtain a clinical trial authorization from the competent authority and a positive opinion from an independent ethics committee.

        There is scope for applicants to omit some or all of the pre-clinical and clinical trial data if the product falls within the definition of a generic of a reference product for which regulatory data exclusivity protection has expired. If a marketing authorization is granted for a medicinal product containing a new active substance, that product benefits from eight years of data exclusivity, during which generic marketing authorization applications referring to the data of that product may not be accepted by the regulatory authorities, and a further two years of market exclusivity, during which such generic products may not be placed on the market. The two-year period may be extended to three years if during the first eight years a new therapeutic indication with significant clinical benefit over existing therapies is approved.

        For generic applications, the marketing authorization underpinning the reference medicinal product must be based on a complete dossier; a generic application referring to a generic dossier is not possible. Generic applicants may need to submit additional pre-clinical or clinical data if their product does not fall within the definition of a generic ( i.e. , where there are differences in active substances, therapeutic indications, strength, pharmaceutical form or route of administration, in relation to the reference medicinal product, or where bioequivalence cannot be demonstrated through standard bioavailability studies). In these cases, bridging data is required to demonstrate that the differences do not affect the product's relative safety and effectiveness inappropriately.

        Pre-clinical and clinical data can be omitted and replaced with references to scientific literature if the product has been in well-established medicinal use in the European Union for at least 10 years. An existing marketing authorization holder may also give consent for a subsequent applicant to reference the pharmaceutical, pre-clinical and clinical data on file for the original product.

        In the EEA, companies developing a new medicinal product must agree a Paediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, with the EMA and must conduct pediatric clinical trials in accordance with that PIP, unless a waiver applies, e.g. , because the relevant disease or condition occurs only in adults. The marketing authorization application for the product must include the results of pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP, unless a waiver applies, or a deferral has been granted, in which case the pediatric clinical trials must be completed at a later date.

        Medicinal products may only be manufactured in the EEA, or imported into the EEA from another country, by the holder of a manufacturing authorization from the competent national authority. The product must have been manufactured in accordance with EU standards of GMP before it can be released onto the EEA market. Manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspections by the competent authorities for compliance with GMP.

        The holders of marketing authorizations in the EEA are subject to various post-approval controls and requirements. These include the establishment of a pharmacovigilance system and reporting of adverse reactions. The regulatory authorities may impose specific obligations as a condition of the marketing authorization, such as additional safety monitoring, or the conduct of additional clinical trials or post-authorization safety studies. There are also specific rules governing advertising and promotion of medicinal products, including a requirement that all advertising and promotional activities for the product be consistent with the approved summary of product characteristics, and a prohibition on direct-to-consumer advertising of prescription medicines.

Other

        Our operations and many of the products we manufacture or sell are subject to extensive regulation by numerous other governmental agencies, both within and outside the United States. In the

119


Table of Contents

United States, apart from the agencies discussed above, our facilities, operations, employees, products (their manufacture, sale, import and export) and services are regulated by Environmental Protection Agency, the Occupational Health & Safety Administration, the Department of Labor, Customs and Border Protection, the Department of Commerce, the Department of Treasury, the DOJ and others. Furthermore, because we supply products and services to healthcare providers that are reimbursed by federally funded programs such as Medicare, our activities are also subject to regulation by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services and enforcement by the Office of the Inspector General within the Department of Health and Human Services. We are also required to report payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, among others. State agencies also regulate our facilities, operations, employees, products and services within their respective states. Government agencies outside the United States also regulate public health, product registration, manufacturing, environmental conditions, labor, exports, imports and other aspects of our global operations.

Employees

        As of March 31, 2015, we had 126 employees, with 68 in sales and marketing, 44 in research and development, clinical, regulatory and quality assurance, eight in general and administrative, and six in manufacturing and distribution. We often supplement our research and development and clinical, regulatory and quality assurance departments with independent consultants on a project basis. We believe that our future success will depend in part on our continued ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business. We may from time to time be involved in various claims and legal proceedings of a nature we believe are normal and incidental to a medical device business. These matters may include product liability, intellectual property, such as the matter described below, employment and other general claims. We accrue for contingent liabilities when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

        In March 2013, we received a letter from Transcend Medical, Inc., or Transcend, requesting that we agree that Transcend's CyPass Micro-Stent does not infringe any of our patents. We refused and, on May 10, 2013, Transcend filed a declaratory judgment action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware seeking a declaration that three of our patents are invalid or are not infringed by the CyPass product. Transcend further asked the court to grant a permanent injunction prohibiting us from charging or initiating any legal action for infringement of the three patents against Transcend, and to award reasonable attorneys' fees. On May 31, 2013, we denied Transcend's allegations and counterclaimed that Transcend's CyPass product infringes the three patents. On June 24, 2013, Transcend answered our counterclaim by denying infringement and asserting, among other defenses, that our patents are invalid on several grounds. On December 16, 2013, Transcend filed its first amended complaint to add a fourth patent to the case, again seeking a declaration that its CyPass product does not infringe this fourth patent and that this fourth patent is invalid. It also seeks its attorneys' fees and the same injunctive relief for all four patents that it requested in its original complaint. On January 3, 2014, we answered the first amended complaint and affirmatively counterclaimed for infringement, claiming that the CyPass product infringes all four patents now in suit. On January 13, 2014, Transcend denied our infringement claims in its answer to our amended counterclaims. In addition to its prior defenses, in August 2014 Transcend raised inequitable conduct as a defense in connection with U.S. Patent Nos. 7,857,782, 8,075,511, and 8,579,846, or the Tu Patents-in-Suit, alleging that certain inventors of the Tu Patents-in-Suit, together with other officers, consultants, and

120


Table of Contents

counsel of our company, withheld material information from the USPTO about the correct inventorship of the Tu Patents-in-Suit, with intent to deceive. Transcend states that the withheld information involves omitting Dr. Hill and improperly naming others as an inventor on the Tu Patents-in-Suit, and possibly on other patents and patent applications in our portfolio, which Transcend alleges we did in order to intentionally deceive the University from claiming ownership of one or more of our patents and patent applications. As a consequence, Transcend claims that at least the Tu Patents-in-Suit are unenforceable. We have denied this allegation and are vigorously contesting Transcend's claim. On January 16, 2015, the court issued a claim construction order for various terms used in the patents. In view of the court's constructions for U.S. Patent No. 7,850,637, we have conceded non-infringement to Transcend, but we presently plan to maintain our right to appeal the court's claim constructions for this patent. As for the Tu Patents-in-Suit, we are actively pursuing our claims of patent infringement consistent with the court's order and are defending the validity of these patents. The court has scheduled a jury trial for November 2015. There is no guarantee that we will prevail in this litigation or receive any damages or other relief if we do prevail, including injunctive relief. Additionally, in the event of an adverse judgment, the court could hold that some or all of our asserted patents are not infringed, or are invalid or unenforceable, and could award attorneys' fees to Transcend. If Transcend were to prevail on its general theories of alleged inequitable conduct, some of our patents on other iStent products, which Transcend is not challenging in its suit, but which Transcend has identified in its pleadings in this suit to support its allegations of inequitable conduct, could later be subject to similar claims from other third parties, which could potentially weaken the general scope of protection these patents afford our products. We do not believe that an adverse judgment would affect our ability to commercialize our iStent Supra product if approved, but could potentially affect our market share and sales due to the addition of one or more competing products in the market.

121


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers and directors as of the date hereof:

Name
  Age   Position

Thomas W. Burns

    54   President, Chief Executive Officer & Director

Chris M. Calcaterra

    54   Chief Commercial Officer

Richard L. Harrison

    58   Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer & Secretary

William J. Link, Ph.D. (2)

    69   Director, Chairman of the Board

Olav B. Bergheim (1)

    65   Director

Mark J. Foley (2)

    49   Director

David F. Hoffmeister (1)

    60   Director

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. (1)

    56   Director

Paul S. Madera

    58   Director

Robert J. More

    47   Director

Jonathan T. Silverstein (2)

    48   Director

Marc A. Stapley (1)

    45   Director

Aimee S. Weisner (1)

    46   Director

(1)
Member of our audit committee

(2)
Member of our compensation, nominating and governance committee

        The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers and directors:

Executive Officers

         Thomas W. Burns has served as our president, chief executive officer and as a member of our board of directors since March 2002. Mr. Burns has also been a member of the board of directors of DOSE Medical Corporation since October 2009 and its chief executive officer and president since March 2010. Mr. Burns has a proven record of building successful medical device and pharmaceutical businesses and creating successful new markets in ophthalmology. Mr. Burns has more than 25 years of direct ophthalmic management experience, including over 20 years of general management experience across a broad range of ophthalmic medical devices, ophthalmic pharmaceuticals, drug delivery technologies, surgical products and over-the counter products. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Burns led Eyetech Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (acquired by OSI Pharmaceuticals, Inc.) as its president and chief operating officer, and a director. From 1990 to 1997, Mr. Burns served as senior vice president and general manager of Chiron Vision Corporation (acquired by Bausch & Lomb, Inc.), and then as vice president, global strategy and general manager, refractive surgery of Bausch & Lomb from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Burns has also served as an entrepreneur-in-residence at Versant Ventures Management, LLC, an entity affiliated with one of our principal stockholders. Mr. Burns received a B.A. from Yale University.

        We believe Mr. Burns' extensive understanding of our business, operations and strategy, as well as significant industry experience and corporate management skills and experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Chris M. Calcaterra has served as our chief commercial officer since April 2008 and has more than 25 years of experience in the ophthalmic medical technology industry. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Calcaterra was senior vice president at Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. (acquired by Abbott Laboratories), and was responsible for its cataract refractive business. Prior to that position, Mr. Calcaterra held increasingly responsible vice president positions in a variety of sales and marketing

122


Table of Contents

roles at Advanced Medical Optics, Inc., as well as its predecessor surgical division business at Allergan, Inc. Mr. Calcaterra has a B.S. from Miami University and an M.B.A. from Xavier University, and he was previously a board member of WaveTec Vision Systems, Inc., (acquired by Novartis).

         Richard L. Harrison has served as our chief financial officer since January 2008, and as our treasurer and secretary since July 2014. Mr. Harrison has also been the chief financial officer of DOSE Medical Corporation since March 2010. From December 2005 to January 2008, Mr. Harrison served as the chief financial officer and executive vice president of Biolase Technology Inc. (now Biolase, Inc.), and from November 1994 to 2004, Mr. Harrison served as the chief financial officer and senior vice president, finance of Interpore Cross International (acquired by Biomet, Inc.), a public medical device company. Mr. Harrison worked for Kirschner Medical Corporation, a public manufacturer of orthopedic devices, in a variety of financial positions, including corporate controller from 1992 through 1994. Mr. Harrison is a Certified Public Accountant (Maryland) and holds a B.A. from Towson University and an M.B.A. from Loyola College in Maryland.

Board of Directors

         William J. Link, Ph.D. has served as a member and as chairman of our board of directors since June 2001. Dr. Link has also been a member of the board of directors of DOSE Medical Corporation since October 2009. Dr. Link has a proven record of building and operating large, successful medical product companies. He has extensive knowledge of medical devices and drug delivery, particularly in ophthalmology, and his operating experience spans more than 23 years in general management in the healthcare industry. Dr. Link is a managing director and co-founder of Versant Ventures Management LLC, a venture capital firm investing in early-stage healthcare companies and one of our principal stockholders. He has been a member of the board of directors of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation (NYSE: EW) since May 2009. Prior to co-founding Versant Ventures in 1999, Dr. Link was a general partner at Brentwood Venture Capital. From 1986 to 1997, Dr. Link was founder, chairman, and chief executive officer of Chiron Vision Corporation (acquired by Bausch & Lomb, Inc.). He also founded and served as President of American Medical Optics, Inc. (acquired by Allergan, Inc.). Dr. Link served as a director of Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. (acquired by Abbott Laboratories) from 2002 to 2009. Before entering the healthcare industry, Dr. Link was an assistant professor in the Department of Surgery at the Indiana University School of Medicine. Dr. Link holds a B.S. and an M.S., as well as a Ph.D. in mechanical engineering from Purdue University.

        We believe Dr. Link's experience in identifying new business opportunities and successfully commercializing products in the medical device industry and as well as his prior experience on the board of a U.S. public company qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Olav B. Bergheim has served as a member of our board of directors since he co-founded our company in July 1998. Mr. Bergheim has over 30 years of experience in creating and managing life science companies. In addition to co-founding our company, he is a founder of Sonendo, Inc., Volcano Corporation, 3F Therapeutics (acquired by Medtronic, Inc.), Lonestar Heart Inc., Prelude Corporation and Metronom Health, Inc. Mr. Bergheim is the founder and principal partner of Fjord Ventures LLC, a life science accelerator located in Laguna Hills, California. Prior to starting Fjord Ventures in 2005, Mr. Bergheim spent 10 years at Domain Associates LLC as a company creator and general partner. Prior to Domain, Mr. Bergheim spent 18 years with Baxter Healthcare at U.S. and international locations, where he held various leadership and operating roles. Mr. Bergheim holds a B.S. and an M.S. in pharmacy from the University of Oslo and completed the Executive M.B.A. program at the University of Virginia's Darden School of Business.

        We believe Mr. Bergheim's role as a co-founder of our company, combined with his more than 30 year experience in founding and managing life science companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

123


Table of Contents

         Mark J. Foley has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Foley is currently the president and chief executive officer of ZELTIQ Aesthetics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ZLTQ), a medical technology company focused on developing and commercializing products utilizing its proprietary controlled cooling technology platform. Prior to becoming ZELTIQ's chief executive officer in 2012, Mr. Foley served on its board of directors and held the position of executive chairman from July 2009 to May 2010. Mr. Foley also served as executive chairman at Onpharma Inc. from August 2009 until its acquisition by Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. in March 2014. Mr. Foley also serves as a managing director at RWI Ventures, Inc., where he focuses on healthcare investments, and has held this position since joining the firm in 2004. Prior to this, Mr. Foley held a variety of operating roles in large, public companies and venture-backed startups including United States Surgical Corporation, Guidant Corporation, Devices for Vascular Intervention, Inc. (acquired by Eli Lilly and Company), Perclose, Inc. (acquired by Abbott Laboratories) and Ventrica, Inc. (acquired by Medtronic, Inc.) where he was the founder and chief executive officer. Mr. Foley has over 25 years of medical device operating, investment and chief executive officer experience. Mr. Foley holds a B.A. from the University of Notre Dame.

        We believe Mr. Foley's previous medical device experience as a senior executive and his service on the boards of several medical device companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         David F. Hoffmeister has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Hoffmeister served as the senior vice president and chief financial officer of Life Technologies Corporation, a global life sciences company, prior to its acquisition by Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. in February 2014. From October 2004 to November 2008, he served as chief financial officer of Invitrogen Corporation, which merged with Applied Biosystems Inc. in November 2008 to form Life Technologies Corporation. Before joining Invitrogen, Mr. Hoffmeister spent 20 years with McKinsey & Company as a senior partner serving clients in the healthcare, private equity and chemical industries on issues of strategy and organization. From 1998 to 2003, Mr. Hoffmeister was the leader of McKinsey's North American chemical practice. Mr. Hoffmeister currently serves on the boards of directors of Celanese Corporation (NYSE: CE) and Kaiser Permanente. Mr. Hoffmeister holds a B.S. from the University of Minnesota and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago.

        We believe Mr. Hoffmeister's strong finance background, experience as a chief financial officer of a global biotechnology company, and public company board experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2007. Dr. Kliman has been a partner at InterWest Partners, a venture capital firm and one of our principal stockholders, since 1996 and has been a managing director there since 1999. Dr. Kliman served on the board of directors of two public companies: Epocrates, Inc. (acquired by athenahealth, Inc.) between September 1999 and April 2011, and IntraLase Corp. (acquired by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc.) between October 2000 and April 2007. Dr. Kliman also serves as a director of a number of private life science and healthcare IT companies. From 1995 to 1996, Dr. Kliman was an investment manager at Norwest Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. From 1989 to 1992, Dr. Kliman served as an associate at TA Associates, a private equity investment firm. Dr. Kliman holds a B.A. from Harvard University, an M.D. from the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

        We believe Dr. Kliman's prior experience as a practicing ophthalmologist, as well as his significant experience in financial markets and prior experience on the board of two U.S. public companies and various private healthcare companies, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Paul S. Madera has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2013. Mr. Madera is currently the managing director of Meritech Capital Partners, one of our principal stockholders, a firm he co-founded in 1999. He focuses on information technology and medical technology and

124


Table of Contents

specifically on the social networking, medical device, storage, SaaS, and digital consumer sectors. He has been directly involved with Meritech's investments into 2Wire, Inc. (acquired by Pace plc), Facebook, Inc., Homestead Technologies Inc. (acquired by Intuit Inc.), IntraLase Corp. (acquired by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc.), Riverbed Technology, Inc., and Salesforce, Inc. Prior to Meritech, Mr. Madera was the head of private equity at Montgomery Securities/Banc of America and he began his career in finance as an investment banker with Morgan Stanley & Co. in New York. Before joining Morgan Stanley, he served in the United States Air Force as an F-16 instructor pilot. Mr. Madera holds a B.S. from the United States Air Force Academy and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, and currently serves as chairman of the board of directors of the USAFA Endowment.

        We believe Mr. Madera's extensive prior financial experience in the medical technology field, as well as his experience on various private company boards qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Robert J. More has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2001. Mr. More is currently a venture investing senior advisor at the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, a position he has held since 2013. From 2008-2013, Mr. More was a general partner and a member the biopharmaceutical and medical device investment teams of Frazier Healthcare Ventures, one of our principal stockholders. Prior to joining Frazier Healthcare, Mr. More was a partner with Domain Associates, LLC, one of our principal stockholders, having joined the firm in 1996 as a Kauffman Fellow and becoming a partner in 2000. From 1997 to 1998, Mr. More served as the COO of Small Molecule Therapeutics, Inc., a Domain portfolio company subsequently purchased by Morphochem AG. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. More was a sales professional at Pharmacia Biotech Inc. Prior to joining Pharmacia, Mr. More held a research position at Somatogen, Inc. Mr. More has managed successful investments in and served on the boards of ESP Pharma Inc. (acquired by Protein Design Labs, Inc.), Proxima Therapeutics, Inc. (acquired by Cytyc Corporation), Onux Medical, Inc. (acquired by C.R. Bard, Inc.), NovaCardia, Inc. (acquired by Merck & Co., Inc.), Esprit Pharma, Inc. (acquired by Allergan, Inc.) and IntraLase Corp. (acquired by Advanced Medical Optics, Inc.). He serves as an advisory board member for Greenspring Associates and the Medical Industry Group of the National Venture Capital Association. He is also a past founding board member of the Kauffman Fellows Program. Mr. More holds a B.A. from Middlebury College and an M.B.A. from the Darden School of Business Administration at the University of Virginia.

        We believe Mr. More's prior experience with biopharmaceutical and medical device company investment and management qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Jonathan T. Silverstein has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2008. Since 1998, Mr. Silverstein has been a member of OrbiMed Advisors LLC, an asset management firm solely focused in healthcare with several billion dollars in assets under management and one of our principal stockholders. Prior to OrbiMed, Mr. Silverstein was a director of life sciences in the investment banking department at Sumitomo Bank. Mr. Silverstein has served as a member of the board of directors and chairman of Intercept Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: ICPT) since August 2012, and as a member of the board of directors of Roka Biosciences Inc. (NASDAQ: ROKA) since September 2009 and of Ascendis Pharma A/S (NASDAQ: ASND) since December 2014. Mr. Silverstein also currently serves on the board of directors of a number of private companies and has served on the board of directors of a number of both private and public companies. Mr. Silverstein has a B.A. from Denison University and a J.D. and an M.B.A. from the University of San Diego.

        We believe Mr. Silverstein's strategic company build-up and capital markets experience, particularly within the life sciences sector, as well as prior experience on both public and private company boards qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

125


Table of Contents

         Marc A. Stapley has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Mr. Stapley is currently the senior vice president and chief financial officer for Illumina, Inc. Before joining Illumina, from 2009 to 2012, Mr. Stapley was senior vice president, finance at Pfizer Inc. and was responsible for global financial processes and systems, leading integration efforts in both the Wyeth Ltd. and King Pharmaceutical, Inc. acquisitions and providing oversight to the company's largest technology investment program. Prior to Pfizer, he served in a variety of senior finance roles at Alcatel-Lucent, including Americas chief financial officer. He also worked as finance director and controller for several groups at Cadence Design Systems, Inc. Mr. Stapley began his career as an Auditor at Coopers & Lybrand. He holds a B.Sc. (Honors) from The University of Reading (England) and is a member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

        We believe Mr. Stapley's extensive experience in senior finance positions with public companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

         Aimee S. Weisner has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2014. Ms. Weisner has been corporate vice president, general counsel of Edwards Lifesciences Corporation since January 2011. From 2009 to 2010, she was engaged in private practice and served as legal advisor to public pharmaceutical and medical device companies located in Southern California. Prior to this, from 2002 to 2009, Ms. Weisner served in a number of positions at Advanced Medical Optics, Inc. (acquired by Abbott Laboratories), including corporate vice president, general counsel and secretary; executive vice president, administration, general counsel and secretary; and executive vice president, administration and secretary. From 1998 to 2002, Ms. Weisner served as corporate counsel and assistant secretary; and then vice president, assistant general counsel and assistant secretary at Allergan, Inc. Ms. Weisner holds a B.A. from California State University, Fullerton, a J.D. from Loyola Law School, Los Angeles, and began her legal career as an associate at the law firm of O'Melveny & Myers LLP.

        We believe Ms. Weisner's extensive in-house legal and compliance experience with different medical device companies, including an in-depth understanding of regulatory and reimbursement issues, intellectual property, corporate governance, risk management, corporate transactions, human resources, and internal audit, qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Key Employees

         Jeffrey M. Wells, Pharm.D. has served as our senior vice president, regulatory, quality and clinical affairs since September 2008. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Wells was senior vice president of product development at BioForm Medical, Inc., a medical aesthetics firm. Prior to this, Mr. Wells was vice president, U.S. research and development at Santen Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Prior to this role, he held various positions with Santen, including vice president, clinical and regulatory affairs and project management for the United States and Europe, vice president, U.S. clinical affairs, and director of marketing. Prior to Santen, Mr. Wells held various marketing positions with Bausch & Lomb, Inc., where he launched Lotemax and several other ophthalmic products. Mr. Wells holds a B.S. and a B.A. from Ohio Northern University, a Masters in Management (M.B.A.) from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University, and a Pharm.D. from the University of Florida. Mr. Wells also possesses a Regulatory Affairs Certification.

         David S. Haffner has served as our vice president, product development since February 2001. Immediately prior to joining our company, Mr. Haffner consulted to the medical industry in the areas of medical device and pharmaceutical product development, with emphasis on mechanical systems for pharmaceutical drug delivery. Prior to this, he spent over 10 years at Allergan, Inc. leading teams and departments in several divisions, including surgical products, pharmaceuticals, and worldwide operations. Mr. Haffner has directed several multi-million dollar programs in both research and development and operations involving development and commercialization of ophthalmic products and technologies targeted at cataract, glaucoma, dry eye and nasal disease groups. The scope of his work

126


Table of Contents

has spanned a broad diversity of technical disciplines including operations management, process development, site construction, validation, injection molding, automated assembly, packaging, product design, engineering analysis, and industrial design. Mr. Haffner holds a B.S. from California State University, Long Beach.

         Harold A. Heitzmann, Ph.D. has served as our vice president applied research since January 2007. He has over 30 years' experience in development of medical devices at five startup companies and at Edwards Lifesciences Corporation, including three previous positions as vice president. Dr. Heitzmann has led development of commercial products for blood gas monitoring, angioplasty, intracranial pressure monitoring, electrophysiology, coronary stenting, thrombectomy, venous oxygen saturation monitoring, and antimicrobial catheterization. He holds 18 issued U.S. patents and has taught at University of California, Irvine Extension in the Clinical Trials and Medical Product Development certificate programs. Dr. Heitzmann holds a B.A. from Cornell University and a Ph.D. in Molecular Biophysics and Biochemistry from Yale University, where he coinvented avidin-biotin staining for microscopy.

Family Relationships

        There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

Board Composition

        Our board of directors is currently comprised of 11 members. Upon the completion of this offering, Messrs. Madera and More will voluntarily resign from our board of directors and our board of directors will be comprised of nine directors. Eight of the nine directors that will comprise our board of directors upon the completion of this offering are independent within the meaning of the independent director guidelines of the New York Stock Exchange. All of the directors were either elected to our board of directors pursuant to a voting agreement that will terminate automatically by its terms upon the completion of this offering, or appointed by the then members of the board. The certificate of incorporation and bylaws to be in effect following the completion of this offering provide that the number of directors shall be at least one and will be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors.

        During 2014, our board of directors met four times.

        Under the certificate of incorporation to be in effect following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose term is then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2016 for the Class I directors, 2017 for the Class II directors and 2018 for the Class III directors.

        The Class I directors will be Messrs. Bergheim, Foley, Hoffmeister and Stapley.

        The Class II directors will be Dr. Link, Mr. Silverstein and Ms. Weisner.

        The Class III directors will be Mr. Burns and Dr. Kliman.

        The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control. See the section of this prospectus captioned "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws" for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in the certificate of incorporation.

127


Table of Contents

Director Independence

        Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors within a specified period of time after the completion of the offering. In addition, the rules of the New York Stock Exchange require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating committees be independent. Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. Under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of that company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

        To be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of our audit committee, our board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

        Our board of directors reviewed its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his or her background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of our directors, other than Mr. Burns, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of our directors, other than Mr. Burns, is "independent" as that term is defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Stapley, Bergheim and Hoffmeister, Dr. Kliman and Ms. Weisner, who comprise our audit committee, and Messrs. Foley and Silverstein and Dr. Link, who comprise our compensation, nominating and governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by applicable Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, rules and the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange.

        In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining independence.

Board Committees

        Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation, nominating and governance committee.

Audit Committee

        The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Bergheim, Hoffmeister and Stapley, Dr. Kliman and Ms. Weisner.                     is chairman of the audit committee. Upon the closing of this offering, our audit committee's responsibilities will include:

    appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of our registered public accounting firm;

    overseeing the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from that firm;

128


Table of Contents

    reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

    overseeing our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of conduct;

    reviewing and approving or ratifying any related person transactions; and

    preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules.

        All audit and non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.

        Our Board of Directors has determined that                  is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules. We believe that the composition of our Audit Committee will meet the requirements for independence under current New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations.

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee

        The members of our compensation, nominating and governance committee are Messrs. Foley and Silverstein and Dr. Link.                 is chairman of the compensation, nominating and governance committee. Upon the closing of this offering, our compensation, nominating and governance committee's responsibilities will include:

    determining our chief executive officer's compensation;

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, the compensation of our other executive officers;

    overseeing and administering our cash and equity incentive plans;

    reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation;

    reviewing and discussing annually with management our "Compensation Discussion and Analysis" disclosure if and to the extent then required by SEC rules;

    preparing the compensation committee report if and to the extent then required by SEC rules;

    identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors;

    recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board's committees; and

    overseeing an annual evaluation of our board of directors.

        We believe that the composition of our compensation, nominating and governance committee will meet the requirements for independence under current New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations.

129


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

        The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our non-employee directors in the year ended December 31, 2014.

Name (1)
  Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash
($)
  Option
Awards (2)
($)
  Total
($)
 

William J. Link, Ph.D. 

  $ 20,000   $ 41,643   $ 61,643  

Olav B. Bergheim

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Mark J. Foley

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

David F. Hoffmeister

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. (3)

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Paul S. Madera (4)

    0     0     0  

Robert J. More

    20,000     0     20,000  

Jonathan T. Silverstein

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Marc A. Stapley

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

Aimee S. Weisner

    20,000     41,643     61,643  

(1)
The compensation information for Thomas W. Burns, our chief executive officer and a director, is set forth in the Summary Compensation Table with respect to our named executive officers.

(2)
Amounts represent the grant date fair value of option awards based on the Black-Scholes model of option valuation and computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the assumptions used for such option awards.

(3)
Dr. Kliman's annual retainer is paid to InterWest Partners, one of our significant stockholders with whom he is affiliated.

(4)
Mr. Madera declined payment of his annual retainer.

        Historically, we did not pay cash or equity compensation to our non-employee directors who are associated with our principal stockholders for their service on our board of directors. We only reimbursed our non-employee directors for their travel, lodging and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. We intend to continue this expense reimbursement policy. We have not historically paid cash or equity compensation to our employee directors other than in their capacity as employees.

        In July 2014, our board of directors approved the following non-employee director compensation program.

Cash Compensation

        All non-employee directors are entitled to receive an annual $40,000 retainer for service as a board member and an annual $10,000 retainer for each committee on which they serve as a member. In addition, non-employee directors are entitled to receive the following additional cash compensation for their services as chairman of our board or board committees:

    $40,000 per year for service as chairman of the board;

    $10,000 per year for service as chairman of the audit committee; and

    $10,000 per year for service as chairman of the compensation, nominating and governance committee.

130


Table of Contents

        All cash payments to non-employee directors will be paid quarterly in arrears and will be pro-rated for directors who join the board mid-year. We began paying the annual retainer to board members in 2014, but not the chairman or committee fees.

Equity Compensation

        All non-employee directors will be entitled to receive the following equity compensation for their services:

    initial grant of options to acquire 25,000 shares of common stock, which options will vest annually over a three-year period such that they are vested in full on the three-year anniversary of the grant date; and

    annual grant of options to acquire 15,000 shares of common stock, which options will vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the grant date.

        Annual grant amounts will be pro-rated for directors who join the board mid-year.

        On July 10, 2014, the board of directors made the initial grant of options to acquire 25,000 shares of our common stock under our 2011 Stock Plan to each of our non-employee directors who will remain on our board of directors following the completion of this offering. All of these options have an exercise price of $2.91 per share, expire 10 years from the grant date, and are subject to annual vesting such that they are vested in full on the 3-year anniversary of the grant date. The successful completion of this offering is not a condition to exercise for these options, which may not be exercised prior to vesting like our other outstanding option awards under the 2011 Stock Plan.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        We have adopted, effective upon the closing of this offering, a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions that will become effective upon the completion of this offering. Following the closing of this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on the investor section of our website, www.glaukos.com .

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        During the past fiscal year, none of the members of our compensation, nominating and governance committee were an officer or employee of our company. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee (or other board committee performing equivalent functions) of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation, nominating and governance committee.

131


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers during 2014, which consist of our principal executive officer and our two other executive officers.

Name and principal
position
  Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Option
awards (1)
($)
  Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($)
  All other
compensation (2)
($)
  Total
($)
 

Thomas W. Burns

    2014   $ 510,548   $ 210,000   $ 2,259,360   $   $ 1,242   $ 2,981,150  

President and Chief

    2013   $ 478,067   $ 125,000   $ 651,342   $   $ 1,242   $ 1,255,651  

Executive Officer

                                           

Chris M. Calcaterra

   
2014
 
$

301,324
 
$

93,120
 
$

460,240
 
$

 
$

1,242
 
$

855,926
 

Chief Commercial

    2013   $ 270,990   $ 100,000   $ 126,906   $   $ 1,242   $ 499,138  

Officer

                                           

Richard L. Harrison

   
2014
 
$

274,191
 
$

63,000
 
$

184,096
 
$

 
$

2,281
 
$

523,568
 

Chief Financial Officer

    2013   $ 246,073   $ 17,000   $ 43,929   $   $ 2,271   $ 309,273  

(1)
Amounts represent the grant date fair value of option awards based on the Black-Scholes model of option valuation and computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the assumptions used for such option awards. These options may not be exercised until the completion of this offering, and these options may not be exercised prior to vesting, unlike most of our other outstanding option awards under the 2011 Stock Plan.

(2)
Represents excess life insurance benefits.

Executive Employment Offer Letters

        On July 10, 2014, we entered into new employment offer letters with Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison. The offer letters provide Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison with an annual base salary of $525,000, $320,000 and $300,000, respectively, and a target bonus opportunity of 60%, 40% and 40% of base salary, respectively. The annual bonus will be based upon the achievement of specific performance measures determined by our Board. Base salary and bonus opportunity percentages will be reviewed by our Board at least annually for adjustments. For 2015, each of Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison has an annual base salary of $546,000, $332,800 and $309,000, respectively.

        Messrs. Burns, Harrison and Calcaterra are also entitled to receive all employee benefits that we customarily make available to employees in comparable positions, including the grant of equity awards under our equity plans. Additionally, Messrs. Burns, Harrison and Calcaterra continue to be subject to the patent, copyright and non-disclosure restrictive covenants agreement each executed prior to the offer letters.

        In connection with the entry into the new employment letters, on July 10, 2014, our board of directors granted options in the following amounts to Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison under our 2011 Stock Plan: 1,350,000, 275,000, and 110,000, respectively. All of these options have an exercise price of $2.91 per share, expire 10 years from the grant date, and are subject to 1-year cliff vesting with respect to 25% of the award, with the remainder then vesting equally over the next 36 months such that they are vested in full on the 4-year anniversary of the grant date. These options may not be exercised until the completion of this offering, and these options may not be exercised prior to vesting, unlike most our other outstanding option awards under the 2011 Stock Plan.

132


Table of Contents

Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreements

        Our board of directors has approved executive severance and change in control agreements with our senior management employees, including our three executive officers, Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison. Pursuant to the terms of the agreements, if any of Mr. Burns, Mr. Calcaterra or Mr. Harrison is terminated as a result of (i) an involuntary termination without "cause" or (ii) a resignation for "good reason" (each as defined in the executive severance and change in control agreements), then he will receive an amount equal to 12, nine or nine months, respectively, of the base salary amount in effect at the time of such termination, paid in a lump sum on the 60th day following the date of such termination. Each of Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison (and his spouse and dependents) will also receive medical and dental benefits provided by us at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to our similarly situated active employees until the earlier of (i) the 12-, nine- or nine-month anniversary of the date of such termination, respectively, or (ii) the date that he becomes covered under a subsequent employer's medical and dental benefits plans. Mr. Burns will also vest in all equity and equity-based awards outstanding on the date of termination, and each of Mr. Calcaterra and Mr. Harrison will vest in all equity and equity-based awards that would otherwise have vested during the 12 months following the date of such termination. All of the above benefits are subject to the executive's execution of a general release of claims in our favor.

        If any of Mr. Burns, Mr. Calcaterra or Mr. Harrison is terminated as a result of (i) an involuntary termination without cause or (ii) a resignation for good reason, in either case within three months prior or 12 months following a "change in control" (as defined in the executive severance and change in control agreements), then he will receive an amount equal to the sum of (i) 18, 12 or 12 months, respectively, of the base salary amount in effect at the time of such termination, and (ii) 18, 12 or 12 months, respectively, of his target annual bonus for the year in which the change in control occurs, paid in a lump sum on the 60th day following the date of such termination. Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison (and his spouse and dependents) will also receive medical and dental benefits provided by us at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to our similarly situated active employees until the earlier of (i) the 18-, 12- or 12-month anniversary of the date of such termination, respectively, or (ii) the date that he becomes covered under a subsequent employer's medical and dental benefits plans. Each of Messrs. Burns, Calcaterra and Harrison will also vest in all equity and equity-based awards outstanding on the date of termination. All of the above benefits are subject to the executive's execution of a general release of claims in our favor.

        For purposes of the agreements, "cause" means a finding that the executive has (i) been convicted of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) disclosed trade secrets or confidential information to persons not entitled to receive such information; (iii) engaged in conduct in connection with his employment that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material injury to the business or reputation of the company, including act(s) of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation and breach of fiduciary duty; (iv) violated our operating and ethics policies in any material way, including those relating to sexual harassment and the disclosure or misuse of confidential information; (v) engaged in willful and continued negligence in the performance of the duties assigned to him, after he has received notice of and failed to cure such negligence; or (v) breached any material provision of any agreement between the executive and our company, including any confidentiality agreement. "Good reason" means (i) a substantial and material diminution in the executive's duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in his base salary; or (iii) the relocation of his principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from the prior location. "Change in control" means (i) the acquisition by a person or group of more than 50% of the voting power of our stock (other than a change resulting from the death of a shareholder or a transaction in which we become a subsidiary of another corporation and, following the transaction, our shareholders prior to the transaction will beneficially own shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of the voting power of the parent corporation); (ii) the majority of members of our board of directors are replaced during any 12 month

133


Table of Contents

period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or (iii) the consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation with another corporation where our shareholders, immediately prior to the transaction, will not beneficially own, immediately following the transaction, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of the voting power of the surviving corporation; (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of our assets; or (C) our liquidation or dissolution.

        In the event that Mr. Burns, Mr. Calcaterra or Mr. Harrison would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and the net after-tax benefit that he would receive by reducing such payments to the threshold level as determined by Section 280G of the Code is greater than the net after-tax benefit the executive would receive if the full amount of the such payments were made, then such payments will be reduced so that such payments do not exceed the threshold level as determined by Section 280G of the Code.

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2014 Fiscal Year-End

        The following table presents information concerning equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2014.

 
  Option awards  
 
   
  Number of securities underlying
unexercised options (#)
   
   
 
 
  Vesting
commencement
date
  Option
exercise
price ($)
  Option
expiration
date
 
Name
  Exercisable (1)   Unexercisable (1)  

Thomas W. Burns

    4/26/2007     500,000       $ 0.50     4/26/2017  

    1/29/2008     500,000       $ 0.50     1/29/2018  

    10/21/2008     426,600       $ 0.66     10/21/2018  

    4/14/2009     48,700       $ 0.77     4/14/2019  

    1/26/2010     426,600       $ 0.77     1/26/2020  

    4/22/2010     47,600       $ 0.42     4/22/2020  

    1/27/2011     820,000       $ 1.59     1/27/2021  

    4/28/2011     172,619       $ 1.59     4/28/2021  

    7/13/2012     8,959       $ 1.48     7/13/2022  

    1/29/2013     640,000       $ 1.69     1/29/2023  

    4/25/2013     27,200       $ 1.69     4/25/2023  

    7/10/2014         1,350,000   $ 2.91     7/10/2024  

Chris M. Calcaterra

   
10/21/2008
   
185,000
   
 
$

0.66
   
10/21/2018
 

    4/14/2009     11,700       $ 0.77     4/14/2019  

    1/26/2010     103,300       $ 0.77     1/26/2020  

    1/27/2011     170,000       $ 1.59     1/27/2021  

    1/29/2013     130,000       $ 1.69     1/29/2023  

    7/10/2014         275,000   $ 2.91     7/10/2024  

Richard L. Harrison

   
1/29/2008
   
300,000
   
 
$

0.50
   
1/29/2018
 

    10/21/2008     185,000       $ 0.66     10/21/2018  

    1/26/2010     25,000       $ 0.77     1/26/2020  

    7/13/2010     5,000       $ 0.42     7/13/2020  

    1/27/2011     120,000       $ 1.59     1/27/2021  

    1/29/2013     45,000       $ 1.69     1/29/2023  

    7/10/2014         110,000   $ 2.91     7/10/2024  

(1)
Unvested options granted prior to July 1, 2014 may be exercised prior to the vesting date. However, we have the right to repurchase the shares acquired upon any such "early exercise" in the event the holder's employment is terminated prior to the vesting date. Options vest over four years from the vesting commencement date, with 25% vesting on the one-year anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and with the remaining amount vesting over the subsequent

134


Table of Contents

    36 months in equal amounts. Options granted on July 10, 2014 may not be exercised until the completion of this offering and may not be exercised prior to vesting.

    Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

            Our stockholders and board of directors previously adopted the 2001 Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 Plan, and the 2011 Stock Plan, or the 2011 Plan. Our board of directors has approved the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, or the 2015 Plan, and the 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP, and we expect that our stockholders will approve the 2015 Plan and the ESPP prior to completion of this offering. Both the 2015 Plan and the ESPP will become effective in connection with this offering.

            As of December 31, 2014, the number of shares reserved for issuance, number of shares issued, number of shares underlying outstanding stock options and number of shares remaining available for future issuance under the 2001 Plan and 2011 Plan are set forth in the table below. The table below also reflects the shares associated with the 2015 Plan and the ESPP that will become effective in connection with this offering. Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2001 Plan and 2011 Plan following the closing of this offering.

Name of Plan
  Number of
Shares
Reserved for
Issuance
  Number of
Shares Issued
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Outstanding
Options
  Number of
Shares
Remaining
Available for
Future Issuance
 

2001 Plan (1)

    11,904,634     2,987,069     7,541,731      

2011 Plan (2)

    8,123,313     216,849     6,601,049     1,305,415  

2015 Plan

                 

ESPP

                 

(1)
This plan expired June 22, 2011 with respect to the granting of additional stock options.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan

        Our board of directors has approved the 2015 Plan, and we expect that our stockholders will approve the 2015 Plan prior to completion of this offering. The 2015 Plan provides us flexibility with respect to our ability to attract and retain the services of qualified employees, directors, and consultants, and to align the interests of these individuals with the interests of our stockholders.

        We have reserved an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2015 Plan, plus any shares of our common stock subject to stock options or similar awards granted under the 2001 Plan and 2011 Plan that expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised in full, and shares of our common stock issued pursuant to awards granted under the 2001 Plan and 2011 Plan that are forfeited to or repurchased by us. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock dividend, spinoff, recapitalization, stock split, reclassification or exchange of shares, merger, reorganization, or consolidation or other change in our capital structure. To the extent that an award terminates, is repurchased by us, expires for any reason or becomes unexercisable without having been exercised in full, then any shares subject to the award may be used again for new grants. For stock appreciation rights, or SARs, only the shares that are issued or delivered pursuant to the SARs will cease to be available for grant under the 2015 Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of options or to satisfy tax withholding obligations with respect to an award will become available for use under the 2015 Plan.

        The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, from January 1, 2016 (assuming the 2015 Plan becomes effective before such date) by (i) 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock

135


Table of Contents

outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year, or (ii) a lesser number determined by our board of directors.

        The 2015 Plan permits us to make grants of incentive stock options pursuant to Section 422 of the Code, non-qualified stock options, and SARs. Incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. Non-qualified stock options and SARs may be issued to our employees, directors, or consultants. The option exercise price of each option and the base price of each SAR granted pursuant to the 2015 Plan may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The term of each option and SAR will be fixed by the board of directors or any committee or subcommittee of the board of directors chosen to administer the 2015 Plan.

        The 2015 Plan permits us to make grants of restricted stock to our employees, directors, or consultants. During the period of restriction, employees, directors, or consultants holding restricted stock may exercise full voting rights with respect to those shares of our common stock, unless the 2015 Plan administrator determines otherwise, and will be entitled to receive all dividends paid with respect to such shares, provided that dividends that relate to restricted stock that vests based on the achievement of certain performance goals will not be paid until the restrictions on the underlying shares lapse.

        The 2015 Plan also permits us to make grants of restricted stock units, or RSUs. RSUs may be granted to our employees, directors, or consultants. Payment of earned RSUs will generally be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the 2015 Plan administrator and set forth in the written RSU agreement, but in no event later than the 15th day of the 3rd calendar month of the year following the vesting date of the RSU. RSUs may be settled in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of both.

        The 2015 Plan permits us to make grants of performance units and performance shares, which may be granted to our employees, directors, or consultants. Each performance unit will have an initial value that is established by the 2015 Plan administrator on or before the date of grant and each performance share will have an initial value equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. To earn performance units or performance shares, the 2015 Plan administrator may set performance objectives based upon the achievement of our company-wide, divisional, business goals unit and/or individual goals (including, but not limited to, continued employment or service), applicable federal or state securities laws, or any other basis determined by the administrator in its discretion. Further, the 2015 Plan permits us to grant certain cash incentive awards, which may, in the 2015 Plan administrator's sole and plenary discretion, be subject to the attainment of performance goals.

        The 2015 Plan is administered by the board of directors or any committee or subcommittee of the board of directors chosen to administer the 2015 Plan, which has the authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the 2015 Plan. In particular, the 2015 Plan administrator has the authority to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, incentive options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, SARs, RSUs performance units, performance shares or cash incentive awards shall be granted. In addition, the 2015 Plan administrator has the authority to determine the number of shares to be subject to each award, and to determine the specific terms, conditions and restrictions of each award.

        Unless provided otherwise within each written applicable award agreement, in the event a successor corporation does not assume or substitute for the award, the vesting of all options, restricted stock, SARs and RSUs granted under the 2015 Plan will accelerate in the event of a "change in control" (as defined in the 2015 Plan) effective as of immediately prior to the consummation of the change in control. With respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions will be deemed met. Such acceleration will not occur if awards granted under the 2015 Plan

136


Table of Contents

are to be assumed or substituted by the acquiring or successor entity (or parent thereof). In the event of an "involuntary termination" (as defined in the 2015 Plan) of a participant upon or within 12 months following a change in control, the vesting of all options, restricted stock, SARs and RSUs granted under the 2015 Plan will accelerate automatically and, with respect to awards with performance-based vesting, all performance goals or other vesting criteria will be deemed achieved at 100% of target levels and all other terms and conditions will be deemed met.

        The 2015 Plan administrator may from time to time alter, amend, suspend or terminate the 2015 Plan in such respects as they deem advisable, provided that no such alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall be made which shall substantially affect or impair the rights of any participant under any awards previously granted without such participant's consent. We will obtain shareholder approval of any such amendment to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law.

        No awards may be granted under the 2015 Plan after                , 2025, which is the date that is 10 years from the date the 2015 Plan was adopted by our board of directors.

2011 Stock Plan

        The 2011 Plan was approved and adopted by our board of directors on April 28, 2011, and was subsequently approved by our stockholders in July 2011.

        We have reserved an aggregate of 8,123,313 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2011 Plan as of the date hereof. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a recapitalization, stock split, reclassification, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Shares of common stock underlying awards granted under the 2011 Plan that expire or can no longer be exercised or are surrendered pursuant to an option exchange program, as well as shares that are reacquired by us, are added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2011 Plan. In addition, any shares that are retained by us upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase are treated as not issued and continue to be available under the 2011 Plan.

        The 2011 Plan permits us to make grants of options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code, and options that do not so qualify, which are referred to as non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options may only be issued to our employees. Non-qualified stock options may be issued to our employees, consultants, and directors. The option exercise price of each option granted pursuant to the 2011 Plan is determined by the board of directors, and may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant for incentive stock options. Certain options granted under the 2011 Plan vest at a rate of no less than 20% per year over a period of five consecutive years. The term of each option is fixed by the 2011 Plan administrator and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant. Options granted under the 2011 Plan may be exercised prior to the vesting date. If exercised early, shares issued upon exercise are subject to repurchase by us if the option holder terminates his or her service prior to the vesting date.

        The 2011 Plan also permits us to make grants of stock purchase rights. Stock purchase rights awards may be granted to our employees, consultants, and directors. The purchase price for the stock purchase rights awards granted pursuant to the 2011 Plan will be determined by the 2011 Plan administrator, and may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the shares on the date of the offer, if required by applicable law.

        The 2011 Plan is administered by the board of directors or any committee or subcommittee of the board of directors chosen to administer the 2011 Plan, which has the authority to manage and control the administration of the 2011 Plan. The 2011 Plan administrator has the authority to determine the persons to whom awards are granted, the number of shares of common stock underlying each award, and the method and medium of payment and the term of each award. In addition, the 2011 Plan

137


Table of Contents

administrator has the authority to interpret the 2011 Plan and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award.

        In the event of a corporate transaction (including without limitation a "change of control," as defined in the 2011 Plan), each outstanding option or stock purchase right will be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation, unless the successor does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case such option or stock purchase right will terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

        The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2011 Plan at any time, subject to compliance with applicable law. The board of directors may also amend, modify or terminate any outstanding award, provided that no amendment to an award may substantially affect or impair the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted without his or her written consent.

        Our board of directors has determined not to make any further awards under the 2011 Plan following the closing of this offering.

2001 Stock Option Plan

        The 2001 Plan was adopted by our board of directors on June 22, 2001, and was subsequently approved by our stockholders in June 2001.

        We have reserved an aggregate of 11,904,634 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2001 Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a recapitalization, stock split, reclassification, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Shares of common stock underlying options previously granted that lapsed for any reason are added back to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2001 Plan.

        The 2001 Plan permits us to make grants of options to purchase common stock intended to qualify as incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code, and options that do not so qualify, which are referred to as non-qualified stock options. Incentive stock options may only be issued to our employees. Non-qualified stock options may be issued to our employees, consultants, advisers, or directors. The option exercise price of each option granted pursuant to the 2001 Plan will be determined by the board of directors, and may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant for incentive stock options or 85% for non-qualified stock options. The term of each option will be fixed by the 2001 Plan administrator and may not exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

        The 2001 Plan is administered by the compensation committee of the board of directors or, if there is no such committee, by the board of directors. The 2001 Plan administrator has the authority to determine the persons to whom awards are granted, the number of shares of common stock underlying each award, and the method and medium of payment and the term of each option. In addition, the 2001 Plan administrator has the authority to interpret the 2001 Plan and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award.

        The board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2001 Plan at any time, subject to compliance with applicable law. The board of directors may also amend, modify or terminate any outstanding award, provided that no amendment to an award may substantially affect or impair the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted without his or her written consent.

        No awards may be granted under the 2001 Plan after June 22, 2011, the date that is 10 years from the date the 2001 Plan was adopted by our board of directors. Upon the adoption of the 2011 Plan, our board of directors determined that no further awards would be granted under the 2001 Plan.

138


Table of Contents

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

        Our board of directors has approved the ESPP, and we expect that our stockholders will approve the ESPP prior to completion of this offering. The ESPP will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering. The purpose of the ESPP is to retain and secure the services of our employees and employees of our designated affiliates, while providing incentives for such individuals to exert maximum efforts toward our success.

        The ESPP authorizes the issuance of shares of our common stock pursuant to purchase rights granted to our employees or to employees of any of our designated affiliates. We have reserved an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock for issuance under the ESPP. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, repurchase, exchange of shares of our common stock, stock dividend or other change in our capital structure. The number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year, from January 1, 2016 (assuming the ESPP becomes effective before such date) by (i) 1% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on the last day of the preceding fiscal year, or (ii) a lesser number determined by the administrator of the ESPP. The ESPP is intended to qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code.

        The ESPP will be administered by our board of directors or any committee designated by the board to administer the ESPP. The ESPP is implemented through a series of offerings of purchase rights to our eligible employees or eligible employees of any of our designated affiliates. Under the ESPP, we may specify offerings with duration of not more than 27 months, and may specify shorter purchase periods within each offering. Each offering will have one purchase date on which shares of our common stock will be purchased for employees participating in the offering. An offering may be terminated under certain circumstances.

        Generally, all regular employees, including executive officers, employed by us or by any of our designated affiliates, may participate in the ESPP and may contribute, normally through payroll deductions, up to 15% of their earnings for the purchase of our common stock under the ESPP. Unless otherwise determined by our board of directors or the administrator of the ESPP, common stock will be purchased for accounts of employees participating in the ESPP at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first date of an offering or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of purchase.

        Employees may have to satisfy one or more service requirements before participating in the ESPP, as determined by the administrator of the ESPP. No employee may purchase shares under the ESPP at a rate in excess of $25,000 worth of our common stock, determined based on the fair market value per share of our common stock at the time such purchase right is granted, for each year such a purchase right is outstanding. Finally, no employee will be eligible for the grant of any purchase rights under the ESPP if immediately after such rights are granted, such employee has voting power over 5% or more of our outstanding capital stock measured by vote or value pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code.

        In the event of a merger or change in control, any then-outstanding rights to purchase our stock under the ESPP may be assumed, continued or substituted for by any surviving or acquiring entity (or its parent company). If the surviving or acquiring entity elects not to assume, continue or substitute for such purchase rights, then the participants' accumulated payroll contributions will be used to purchase shares of our common stock within a specified period prior to such corporate transaction, and such purchase rights will terminate immediately. A change in control has the same meaning as such term in the 2015 Plan.

        The administrator of the ESPP has the authority to amend or terminate our ESPP, provided that except in certain circumstances any such amendment or termination may not materially impair any

139


Table of Contents

outstanding purchase rights without the holder's consent. We will obtain stockholder approval of any amendment to our ESPP as required by applicable law or listing requirements.

401(k) Plan

        We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. All participants' interests in their deferrals are 100% vested when contributed. We are permitted to make profit sharing contributions to eligible participants, but we have not made any such contributions to date. We do not make matching contributions into the 401(k) plan. Pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. The 401(k) plan is intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan, and all contributions are deductible by us when made.

140


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2012 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors, promoters or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements that are described under the section of this prospectus captioned "Management—Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation."

Private Placements

        On August 8, 2012, we issued and sold at face value convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4.5 million to a total of 14 accredited investors. All but one of these investors (either individually or together with affiliated investors) were beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock basis as of such date. The investors included InterWest Partners IX, L.P. and funds affiliated with Versant Ventures, Domain Associates, OrbiMed, Montreux and Meritech Capital Partners. On October 2, 2012, we and the purchasers of such notes agreed to extend the maturity date of such convertible promissory notes.

        On October 2, 2012, we issued and sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $6.0 million to a total of 11 accredited investors. All but one of these investors (either individually or together with affiliated investors) were beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock as of such date. The investors included InterWest Partners IX, L.P. and funds affiliated with Versant Ventures, Domain Associates, OrbiMed, Montreux and Meritech Capital Partners.

        On January 22, 2013, we issued and sold an aggregate of 8,474,577 shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock at $3.54 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $30.0 million (including the cancellation of the convertible promissory notes issued in August and October 2012 described above), to a total of 20 accredited investors. Accordingly, we received cash of $19.2 million for approximately 5.4 million shares, and a total of $10.8 million in principal and accrued interest was converted into approximately 3.1 million shares of our Series F convertible preferred stock. Of the 20 investors, 14, either individually or together with affiliated investors, were beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock as of such date. The investors included InterWest Partners IX, L.P. and funds affiliated with Versant Ventures, Domain Associates, OrbiMed, Montreux and Meritech Capital Partners. Effective as of that date, Mr. Madera became a member of our board as the designee of Meritech Capital Partners.

        On January 9, 2014, we issued an aggregate of 261,160 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants to acquire an aggregate of 464,286 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock having an exercise price of $2.80 per share. Of such shares, four affiliates of Versant Ventures acquired an aggregate of 232,143 shares at $2.80 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $0.7 million and 29,017 shares were acquired by an affiliate of Domain Associates pursuant to the cashless exercise feature under its warrants. Each of such purchasers was an accredited investor, and all of such purchasers, either individually or together with affiliated funds, were beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock as of such date.

        On June 12, 2014, we issued 61,764 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock to InterWest Partners IX, L.P. upon the exercise of warrants having an exercise price of $3.06 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $0.2 million in cash.

Investors' Rights Agreement

        We have entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement, as amended, with certain of the holders of our outstanding common stock and the holders of our outstanding convertible preferred stock. These parties include all of the beneficial owners of 5% or more of our capital stock

141


Table of Contents

(certain of which entities have designees on our board as described below under "—Voting Agreement"), two of our executive officers, Messrs. Calcaterra and Harrison, a trust affiliated with our executive officer and director Mr. Burns, and an entity affiliated with our director Mr. Bergheim. Such agreement provides, among other things, that the holders of our convertible preferred stock and certain holders of our common stock are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares. For a description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus captioned "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Voting Agreement

        Our current restated certificate of incorporation provides that the holders of our Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, voting together, are entitled to elect two directors to our board; the holders of our Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect two directors to our board; the holders of our Series D convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director to our board; the holders of our Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to elect one director to our board; and the holders of our common stock are entitled to elect two directors to our board. Any additional directors are to be elected by the holders of convertible preferred stock and common stock voting together as a single class. However, such provisions will be removed in the restated certificate of incorporation that will be effective after the closing of this offering.

        In addition to the provisions under our restated certificate of incorporation, the election of certain of the members of our board of directors is governed by a voting agreement with certain of the holders of our outstanding common stock and the holders of our outstanding convertible preferred stock, including InterWest Partners IX, L.P. and entities affiliated with Domain Associates, Versant Ventures, Meritech Capital Partners, Montreux and OrbiMed, each of which individually or together with affiliated funds beneficially owns 5% or more of our capital stock, an entity affiliated with Mr. Bergheim, two of our executive officers, Messrs. Calcaterra and Harrison, and a trust affiliated with our executive officer and director, Mr. Burns. The parties to the voting agreement have agreed, subject to certain conditions, to vote their shares so as to elect as directors (a) one nominee designated collectively by Domain Partners IV, L.P. and DP IV Associates, L.P., currently Robert J. More; (b) one nominee designated collectively by Versant Venture Capital I, L.P. and its affiliates, currently William J. Link, Ph.D.; (c) one nominee designated collectively by Montreux Equity Partners IV, L.P. and Montreux IV Associates, LLC, currently vacant; (d) one nominee designated by InterWest Partners IX, L.P., currently Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D.; (e) one nominee designated collectively by Meritech Capital Partners III and any affiliated entities, currently Paul S. Madera; (f) one nominee designated collectively by OrbiMed Advisors, LLC and any affiliated entities, currently Jonathan T. Silverstein; (g) our current chief executive officer and president, currently Thomas W. Burns; and (h) one nominee designated by the holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock, currently Olav B. Bergheim. Upon the consummation of this offering, the obligations of the parties to the voting agreement to vote their shares so as to elect these nominees will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the nomination, election or designation of members of our board of directors.

        The remaining four board members were appointed to the board by a majority of the directors then in office to fill vacancies created by an increase in the authorized number of directors.

DOSE Medical

Formation

        We formed DOSE Medical Corporation, or DOSE, a Delaware corporation, on October 1, 2009. DOSE was initially our wholly-owned subsidiary, and we transferred certain assets to DOSE in exchange for the issuance of shares of DOSE stock to our company. On March 31, 2010, we issued a

142


Table of Contents

stock dividend of our equity interest in DOSE to each of our then stockholders. As part of the transaction, we entered into a patent license agreement with DOSE and three additional agreements providing for employee leasing, space sharing and transition services. As part of that transaction, certain of our then current employees, including our executive employees Thomas W. Burns, Chris M. Calcaterra and Richard L. Harrison, were granted rights convertible into our common stock, all of which were exercised. Our president and chief executive officer, Thomas W. Burns, serves as president and chief executive officer of DOSE, and Richard L. Harrison, our treasurer and chief financial officer, is the chief financial officer of DOSE. DOSE's board of directors consists solely of Thomas W. Burns and William J. Link, Ph.D., each of whom is a member of our board of directors.

DOSE Beneficial Ownership

        The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of DOSE as of December 31, 2014 by those entities and persons who are our executive officers, directors or beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock:

 
  Number of DOSE
Shares
Beneficially Owned
  Percentage of DOSE
Shares
Beneficially Owned
 

>5% Stockholders (1)

             

Entities affiliated with Domain Associates

    558,805     11.2 %

Entities affiliated with Versant Ventures

    663,720     13.3 %

Entities affiliated with Frazier Healthcare

    566,848     11.4 %

Entities affiliated with InterWest Partners

    566,848     11.4 %

Entities affiliated with Montreux

    565,037     11.4 %

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed

    633,550     12.7 %

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners

    591,662     10.6 %

Our Executive Officers and Directors

   
 
   
 
 

Thomas W. Burns

    450,357     9.1 %

Chris M. Calcaterra

    68,278     1.4 %

Richard L. Harrison

    57,403     1.2 %

William J. Link, Ph.D. (1)

    663,720     13.3 %

Olav B. Bergheim

    97,708     2.0 %

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. (1)

    566,848     11.4 %

Mark J. Foley

         

David F. Hoffmeister

         

Paul S. Madera (1)

    591,662     10.6 %

Robert J. More

           

Jonathan T. Silverstein

         

Marc A. Stapley

           

Aimee S. Weisner

         

(1)
For information regarding the ownership and control of shares held by the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, see "Principal Stockholders." For Dr. Link, represents shares held by entities affiliated with Versant Ventures; for Dr. Kliman, represents shared held by entities affiliated with InterWest; and for Mr. Madera, represents shares held by entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners.

DOSE Indebtedness

        On May 6, 2010, we loaned $1.0 million to DOSE pursuant to a promissory note that carried simple interest at the rate of 8% per annum, and was initially due for repayment on December 31,

143


Table of Contents

2012, which payment date has been extended indefinitely. In addition, we have provided DOSE the cash required to fund its operations that, together with accrued interest, has been recorded in an intercompany receivable account that is eliminated in consolidation. None of the principal or any accrued interest has been repaid. The total amount owed to us by DOSE at December 31, 2014 is $9.7 million, which is the largest amount outstanding since January 1, 2012 on indebtedness owed to us by DOSE.

DOSE Asset Purchase Agreement

        On July 10, 2014, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with DOSE. Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement, we agreed to purchase certain glaucoma-related assets owned by DOSE contingent upon, among other things, the approval of that transaction by our stockholders and the stockholders of DOSE and the completion of this initial public offering. We agreed to pay DOSE $15.0 million cash and cancel the aggregate amount of indebtedness owed to us by DOSE as of the date of the closing ($9.7 million as of December 31, 2014). We determined the valuation for DOSE based in part on the results of a valuation conducted by an independent third-party. Our stockholders and the stockholders of DOSE approved the terms of the asset purchase. We expect to use $15.0 million of the net proceeds from this offering to pay the cash portion of the consideration. Upon closing of the asset purchase, Messrs. Burns and Harrison will resign as officers of DOSE, however neither Mr. Burns nor Dr. Link has informed us that he intends to resign from the DOSE board of directors. We are not aware of any plan for DOSE to distribute any portion of the $15.0 million cash consideration to its stockholders.

        Concurrent with our purchase of the glaucoma-related assets, we will enter into an amended and restated patent license agreement and an amended and restated transition services agreement with DOSE, which will take effect upon the closing of the asset purchase.

        Under the terms of amended and restated patent license agreement, we will receive a worldwide exclusive license to practice certain of DOSE's existing patents and future related patents in connection with applications for the treatment of glaucoma or any disorder or disease primarily affecting the anterior segment of the eye. We will also receive the right to use certain regulatory data and submissions of DOSE for our products in our exclusive fields. In return, DOSE will receive a worldwide exclusive license to practice certain of our existing patents and future related patents in applications involving biosensors and/or in applications for the treatment of any disorder or disease (other than glaucoma) primarily affecting the posterior segment of the eye. DOSE will also receive the right to use certain of our regulatory data and submissions for its products in its exclusive fields. Each license will be fully paid-up, irrevocable, and perpetual, and will include the right to sublicense.

        Under the amended and restated transition services agreement, we will continue to provide DOSE with certain accounting and financial services, IT support and limited engineering support and such additional services to which the parties may agree for a period of three years for a fee of $4,500 per month. If additional services are provided to DOSE, the monthly fees will be increased appropriately. Additionally, DOSE will pay us rent of $1,500 per month for the use of a portion of space sublet from us by DOSE. If DOSE uses more of the premises subject to the sublease, the monthly rent will be increased appropriately. DOSE will be able to terminate the agreement on 60 days' notice and we will be able to terminate the agreement on 180 days' notice.

Other Transactions

        We have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and certain of our officers.

        We have entered into severance and change in control agreements with our senior management employees, including our executive officers that, among other things, provides for certain severance and

144


Table of Contents

change of control benefits. For a description of these agreements see the section of this prospectus captioned "Executive Compensation—Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreements."

        We have granted stock options to our employees, including our executive officers, and our directors. See the section of this prospectus captioned "Executive Compensation—Executive Compensation Arrangements" and "Management—Director Compensation."

Related Person Transaction Policy

        We have adopted a written related person transactions policy, effective upon the closing of this offering, which sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration, approval and oversight of "related person transactions." For purposes of our policy only, a "related person transaction" is a past, present or future transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any "related person" are participants, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person has a direct or indirect material interest. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, director, consultant or similar capacity by a related person are not covered by this policy. A "related person," as determined since the beginning of our last fiscal year, is any executive officer, director or nominee to become director, a holder of more than 5% of our common stock, including any immediate family members of such persons. Any related person transaction may only be consummated if approved or ratified by our audit committee in accordance with the policy guidelines set forth below.

        Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related person transaction to our audit committee for review and approval. In considering related person transactions, our audit committee takes into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to whether the terms of such transaction are no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction. In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself from the deliberations and approval process.

145


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at March 31, 2015, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us in this offering, for:

        The percentage of beneficial ownership prior to the offering shown in the table is based upon 60,725,113 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2015 assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 54,105,175 shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering. This amount of outstanding common stock does not assume the issuance of shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock. The percentage of beneficial ownership after this offering shown in the table is based on        shares of common stock outstanding after the closing of this offering, which assumes the sale of        shares in this offering, the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 54,105,175 shares of our common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, and the issuance of            shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus.

        Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock. We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules take into account shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2015. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

146


Table of Contents

        Except as otherwise noted below, the address for each person or entity listed in the table is c/o Glaukos Corporation, 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653.

 
   
  Percentage of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
 
  Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 
 
  Before Offering   After Offering  
 
  Before Offering  

>5% Stockholders

                   

Entities affiliated with Domain Associates (1)

    7,593,723     12.5 %     %

Entities affiliated with Versant Ventures (2)

    7,872,519     12.9 %     %

Entities affiliated with Frazier Healthcare (3)

    6,508,410     10.7 %     %

Entities affiliated with InterWest Partners (4)

    6,508,410     10.7 %     %

Entities affiliated with Montreux (5)

    8,199,536     13.5 %     %

Entities affiliated with OrbiMed (6)

    7,274,184     12.0 %     %

Entities affiliated with Meritech Capital Partners (7)

    7,566,699     12.5 %     %

Executive Officers and Directors

                   

Thomas W. Burns (8)

    5,781,677     9.1 %     %

Chris M. Calcaterra (9)

    916,340     1.5 %     %

Richard L. Harrison (10)

    688,170     1.1 %     %

William J. Link, Ph.D. (11)

    7,872,519     12.9 %     %

Olav B. Bergheim (12)

    882,000     1.5 %     %

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. (13)

    6,508,410     10.7 %     %

Mark J. Foley

             

David F. Hoffmeister

             

Paul S. Madera (14)

    7,566,699     12.5 %     %

Robert J. More

             

Jonathan T. Silverstein

             

Marc A. Stapley

             

Aimee S. Weisner

             

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons total)

    30,215,815     46.3 %     %

(1)
Consists of (i) 158,000 shares held of record by Domain Associates, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (ii) 5,142,979 shares and 51,176 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Domain Partners IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("DP IV") (iii) 35,103 shares held of record by DP IV Associates, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("DP IV-A"), (iv) 2,190,210 shares held of record by Domain Partners VIII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("DP VIII") and (v) 16,255 shares held of record by DP VIII Associates, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("DP VIII-A"). The managing members of Domain Associates, L.L.C. are James C. Blair, Brian H. Dovey, Jesse I. Treu, Kathleen K. Schoemaker, Nicole Vitullo, Brian K. Halak and Kim P. Kamdar and they share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by such entity; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entity except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("OPSA IV"), is the general partner of DP IV and DP IV-A and owns no shares directly. James C. Blair, Brian H. Dovey, Jesse I. Treu and Kathleen K. Schoemaker are the managing members of OPSA IV and they share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by DP IV and DP IV-A; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("OPSA VIII") is the general partner of DP VIII and DP VIII-A and owns no shares directly. James C. Blair, Brian H. Dovey, Brian K. Halak, Jesse I. Treu, Kathleen K Schoemaker and Nicole Vitullo are the managing members of OPSA VIII and share voting and dispositive power over the

147


Table of Contents

    shares held by DP VIII and DP VIII-A; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Domain Associates, One Palmer Square, Princeton, New Jersey 08542.

(2)
Consists of (i) 7,172,402 shares and 69,031 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held by Versant Venture Capital I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("VVC I"), (ii) 154,719 shares and 1,443 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held by Versant Affiliates Fund I-A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("VAF I-A"), (iii) 329,349 shares and 3,242 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held by Versant Affiliates Fund I-B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("VAF I-B") and (iv) 140,953 shares and 1,380 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held by Versant Side Fund I, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("VSF I"). Versant Ventures I, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("VV I") serves as the sole general partner of VVC I, VAF I-A, VAF 1-B and VSF I and VV I owns no shares directly. Brian G. Atwood, Samuel D. Colella, Ross A. Jaffe, William J. Link, Ph.D., Donald B. Milder, Rebecca B. Robertson and Barbara N. Lubash are directors and/or members of VV I and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by VVC I, VAF I-A, VAF 1-B and VSF I; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Versant Ventures, One Sansome Street, Suite 3630, San Francisco, California 94104. William J. Link, Ph.D., is a member of our board of directors.

(3)
Consists of 6,446,646 shares and 61,764 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held by Frazier Healthcare V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("FH-V"). FHM V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("FHM V L.P.") serves as the sole general partner of FH-V and owns no shares directly, FHM V LLC a Delaware limited liability company ("FHM V LLC") serves as the sole general partner of FHM V, L.P. and owns no shares directly. Nathan Every, Alan Frazier, Nader Naini, Patrick Heron and James Topper are members of FHM V, LLC and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by FH-V; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by FH-V except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Frazier Healthcare V, L.P., 601 Union Street Suite 3200 Seattle, Washington 98101.

(4)
Consists of 6,508,410 shares held by InterWest Partners IX, L.P., a California limited partnership ("IWP-9"). InterWest Management Partners IX, LLC, a California limited liability company ("IWMP-9") serves as the sole general partner of IWP-9 and owns no shares directly. Philip T. Gianos, W. Stephen Holmes, Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D. and Arnold L. Oronsky are the managing directors of IMP9. Bruce A. Cleveland, Nina Kjellson, Khaled A. Nasr and Douglas A. Pepper are the venture members of IMP9. These individuals share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by IWP-9; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o InterWest Partners, 2710 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025. Dr. Kliman is a member of our board of directors.

(5)
Consists of (i) 7,734,256 shares and 61,764 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held by Montreux Equity Partners IV, L.P., a California limited partnership ("MEP-IV") and (ii) 403,516 shares held by Montreux IV Associates, LLC, a California limited liability company ("MA IV"). Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, a California limited liability company ("MEM IV") serves as the sole general partner of MEP IV and manager of MA IV. John Savarese, M.D., Howard D. Palefsky and Daniel K. Turner, III are directors and/or members of MEM IV and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by MEP-IV, MA-IV and MEM IV; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Montreux, One Ferry Building, Suite 255, San Francisco, California 94111.

148


Table of Contents

(6)
Consists of (i) 7,137,178 shares and 68,366 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held by OrbiMed Private Investments III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("OPI III") and (ii) 67,987 shares and 653 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held by OrbiMed Associates III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("OMA III"). OrbiMed Capital GP III LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ("OC III") serves as the sole general partner of OPI III and owns no shares directly. OrbiMed Advisors L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("OA") serves as the sole general partner of OMA III and is the managing member of OC III and owns no shares directly. Samuel D. Isaly is the managing member of and owner of a controlling interest in OA, and OA and Mr. Isaly may be deemed to have voting and investment power over the shares held by OPI III and OMA III; however he disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by OPI III and OMA III except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for such entities and person is c/o OrbiMed Advisors LLC, 601 Lexington Avenue, 54th Floor, New York, New York 10022.

(7)
Consists of (i) 7,431,255 shares held by Meritech Capital Partners III L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("MCP III") and (ii) 135,444 shares held by Meritech Capital Affiliates III, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ("MCAFF III"). Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("MCA III"), serves as the sole general partner of MCP III and MCAFF III. Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company ("MMA III") is a managing member of MCA III. Paul S. Madera, Michael B. Gordon, Robert D. Ward and George H. Bischof are the managing members of MMA III and share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by MCP III, MCAFF III, MCA III and MMA III; however, they disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address for such entities and persons is c/o Meritech Capital Partners, 245 Lytton Ave, Suite 125, Palo Alto, California 94301. Mr. Madera is a member of our board of directors.

(8)
Consists of (i) 3,118,278 shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are held directly by Mr. Burns, (iii) 650,050 shares held by the Burns Annuity Trust, of which Mr. Burns is a beneficiary and co-Trustee, (iii) 300,000 shares held by the Burns Charitable Remainder Trust, of which Mr. Burns is a beneficiary and co-Trustee, (iv) 1,213,349 shares held by the Burns Family Trust of which Mr. Burns is a beneficiary and co-Trustee (v) 250,000 shares held by the Thomas W. Burns Irrevocable Trust, of which Mr. Burns is a beneficiary, and (vi) 250,000 shares held by the Janet M. Burns Irrevocable Trust, of which Mr. Burns' spouse is a beneficiary. The number of shares issuable upon the exercise of options includes 296,400 shares subject to options that are currently exercisable but that are not subject to vesting within 60 days of March 31, 2015 and accordingly, if exercised, are subject to a repurchase right until vested.

(9)
Consists of 316,340 shares and 600,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Mr. Calcaterra. The number of shares issuable upon the exercise of options includes 56,876 shares subject to options that are currently exercisable but that are not subject to vesting within 60 days of March 31, 2015 and accordingly, if exercised, are subject to a repurchase right until vested.

(10)
Consists of 8,170 shares and 680,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of options held directly by Mr. Harrison. The number of shares issuable upon the exercise of options includes 19,688 shares subject to options that are currently exercisable but that are not subject to vesting within 60 days of March 31, 2015 and accordingly, if exercised, are subject to a repurchase right until vested.

(11)
Consists of the shares described in Note (2) above. Dr. Link disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by VAF I-A, VAF 1-B, VSF I, and VVC I as described in Note (2) above, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Dr. Link is c/o Versant Ventures, 1700 Owens Street, Suite 541, San Francisco, California 94158.

149


Table of Contents

(12)
Consists of 882,000 shares held by Fjordinvest, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. Micro LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the managing member of Fjordinvest, LLC, and Mr. Bergheim is the president of Micro LLC. Mr. Bergheim shares voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Fjordinvest, LLC; however, he disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by such entity except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(13)
Consists of the shares described in Note (4) above. Dr. Kliman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by IWP-9 and IWMP-9 as described in Note (4) above, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Dr. Kliman is c/o InterWest Partners, 2710 Sand Hill Road, Suite 200, Menlo Park, California 94025.

(14)
Consists of the shares described in Note (7) above. Mr. Madera disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by MCP III and MCA III as described in Note (7) above, except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address for Mr. Madera is c/o Meritech Capital Partners, 245 Lytton Ave, Suite 125, Palo Alto, California 94301.

150


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        The following is a summary of the rights of our common stock and preferred stock and of certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

        Immediately upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of shares, all with a par value of $0.001 per share, of which:

                    shares are designated as common stock; and

                    shares are designated as preferred stock.

        In connection with the closing of this offering, all the outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 54,105,175 shares of our common stock. Additionally, if not exercised for cash prior to the closing of this offering, outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock will be net exercised immediately prior to the closing of this offering based on the initial public offering price for shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

        Based on 6,104,938 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, the automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2014, into 54,105,175 shares of common stock in connection with the completion of this offering, the net exercise of all outstanding warrants immediately prior to the closing of this offering resulting in the issuance of        shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering, the issuance of                shares of common stock in this offering, and no exercise of options, there will be                shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering.

        As of December 31, 2014, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock in connection with the closing of this offering and the exercise of all outstanding warrants, we had approximately 99 record holders of our common stock.

Voting

        The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by our stockholders. Our restated certificate of incorporation prohibits cumulative voting. Each election of directors by our stockholders will be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election. Our restated certificate of incorporation includes certain supermajority voting provisions relating to the removal of directors, certain amendments to our restated certificate of incorporation and certain amendments to our amended and restated bylaws.

Dividends

        Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. For more information, see the section of this prospectus captioned "Dividend Policy."

Liquidation

        In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of

151


Table of Contents

all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

        Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

        All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering, when paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Though we currently have no plans to issue any shares of preferred stock, upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to designate and issue up to            shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors may also designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each such series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to those of the common stock. Though the actual effect of any such issuance on the rights of the holders of common stock will not be known until our board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock, the potential effects of such an issuance include:

Warrants

        As of December 31, 2014, we had outstanding warrants to acquire an aggregate of 318,819 shares of our Series D convertible preferred stock. These warrants have an exercise price of $3.06 per share and provide that unless the warrants are previously exercised or the holder otherwise specifies, the warrants will be automatically exercised on net basis based on the initial public offering price effective as of immediately prior to completion of this offering for shares of our common stock. After December 31, 2014, we issued warrants to acquire an aggregate 28,248 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.54 per share, which warrants expire February 23, 2022.

Registration Rights

        Under our investors' rights agreement, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 57,205,994 shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock and exercise of our Series D warrants, or their transferees, will have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in certain registration statements we file, in each case as described below. The following is a summary of those registration rights and is not complete.

152


Table of Contents

Demand Registration Rights

        At any time after the earlier of June 30, 2015 and six months after the effective date of this offering, certain holders of at least a majority of the shares having registration rights held by those holders have the right to demand that we use our reasonable best efforts to file a registration statement for the registration of the offer and sale of shares having registration rights that are requested to be registered, provided the anticipated net offering proceeds are not less than $20.0 million. However, the holders of these demand rights have also agreed with the representatives of the underwriters not to exercise these rights for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the consent of the representatives of the underwriters. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements" and "Underwriting." We are only obligated to file up to three registration statements in connection with the exercise of demand registration rights. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under certain circumstances and our ability to defer the filing of a registration statement with respect to an exercise of such demand registration rights for up to 180 days under certain circumstances.

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        At any time after we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, a stockholder with registration rights will have the right to request that we effect a registration of their shares on Form S-3 so long as the anticipated offering price is at least $1.0 million. We are obligated to use our best efforts to effect that registration. There are no limits on the number of times that we may be obligated to effect Form S-3 registrations but we are only obligated to file up to two registration statements on Form S-3 within a 12-month period. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations.

Piggyback Registration Rights

        At any time after the closing of this offering, if we propose to register the offer and sale of any of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, a stockholder with registration rights will have the right, subject to certain exceptions, to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration statement under certain circumstances, but not below 25% of the total number of shares covered by the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration

        With certain exceptions, we are obligated to pay all expenses relating to any demand registrations, Form S-3 registrations and piggyback registrations, other than underwriting discounts and selling commissions.

Termination

        The registration rights terminate upon (1) the date that is five years after the closing of this offering or (2) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder of registration rights can sell all of such holder's registrable securities in a three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

153


Table of Contents

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Delaware Law

        Certain provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon completion of this offering contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

        Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective in connection with this offering include provisions that:

Exclusive Forum

        Under the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation to become effective upon the completion of this offering, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General

154


Table of Contents

Corporation Law, or DGCL, or our restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies' certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder unless:

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage business combinations or other attempts that might result in the payment of a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by our stockholders.

        The provisions of Delaware law and our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to become effective upon completion of this offering could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent and registrar's address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219. The transfer agent's telephone number is (718) 921-8200.

Listing

        We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GKOS."

155


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities at times and prices we believe appropriate.

        Upon completion of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 54,105,175 shares of common stock in connection with the closing of this offering, (ii) the issuance of        shares of our common stock upon the net exercise of outstanding warrants to acquire our Series D convertible preferred stock, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share, the mid-point of the price range as reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, which will occur in connection with the closing of this offering, and (iii) the issuance of            shares of common stock being offered hereby, approximately            shares of our common stock will be outstanding. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, unless held by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

        As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed "restricted securities" will be available for sale in the public market following the completion of this offering as follows:

        We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital-raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; in other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Lock-up Agreements

        We, our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all of our equity securities have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell or transfer any common stock or securities

156


Table of Contents

convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without first obtaining the written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters. These agreements are described in the section of this prospectus captioned "Underwriting."

        J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. have has advised us that they have no present intent or arrangement to release any shares subject to a lock-up, and will consider the release of any lock-up on a case-by-case basis. Upon a request to release any shares subject to a lock-up, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. would consider the particular circumstances surrounding the request, including, but not limited to, the length of time before the lock-up expires, the number of shares requested to be released, reasons for the request, the possible impact on the market of our common stock and whether the holder of our shares requesting the release is an officer, director or other affiliate of ours.

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

        In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the completion of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

        Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person's holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

        In general, under Rule 701, an employee, director, officer, consultant or advisor of a company who purchased shares of its common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is

157


Table of Contents

not deemed to have been one of its affiliates during the immediately preceding 90 days may sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the notice, manner of sale or public information requirements or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling such shares pursuant to Rule 701.

        As of December 31, 2014,            shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. However, all of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements as discussed above or market stand-off provisions, and, as a result, these shares will generally only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Stock Options

        As of December 31, 2014, options to purchase an aggregate 14,142,780 shares of our common stock were outstanding. After December 31, 2014, options to purchase an aggregate 797,250 shares of our common stock were granted. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and all shares issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such shares by persons who are non-affiliates of ours in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act, subject, with respect to certain of the shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements described above or market stand-off provisions.

Warrants

        We will not have any warrants outstanding upon completion of this offering. See "Description of Capital Stock—Warrants" for additional information. The shares issued upon the cash or net exercise of our outstanding warrants in connection with this offering may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject to the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

Registration Rights

        Upon completion of this offering, the holders of approximately 57,205,994 shares of our common stock, will be eligible to exercise certain rights to cause us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, subject to various conditions and limitations. These registration rights are described under the caption "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights." Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market. If that occurs, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

158


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

        The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder (as defined below) with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock issued pursuant to this offering for cash and who hold our common stock as a "capital asset" within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is based upon the applicable provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, or the Treasury Regulations, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, promulgated thereunder, all as in effect on the date hereof, and all of which may be subject to differing interpretations and are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. Any such changes could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described herein. We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position to that discussed below regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to a non-U.S. holder, including the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of such non-U.S. holder's particular circumstances or the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to non-U.S. holders that are subject to special rules, such as U.S. expatriates and former citizens or long-term U.S. residents, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors in such entities), tax-exempt organizations or governmental organizations, tax-qualified retirement plans, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, and non-U.S. holders that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, or other risk reduction strategy, or as part of a conversion transaction or other integrated investment. In addition, this discussion does not describe any state, local or non-U.S. income, estate or other tax consequences of holding and disposing of our common stock. As used in this discussion, the term "non-U.S. holder" means any beneficial owner of our common stock that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, neither a partnership nor any of the following:

        If any entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and their partners should consult their tax advisors as to the tax consequences to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

159


Table of Contents

         THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions on Common Stock

        As described in the section entitled "Dividend Policy," we do not anticipate declaring or paying dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions of cash or property on our common stock, such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock, and thereafter as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described under "—Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock," below.

        The gross amount of dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock that are not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by such non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or such lower rate specified by an income tax treaty if we have received proper certification as to the application of such treaty. A non-U.S. holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such non-U.S. holder's U.S. trade or business (and, if under an applicable income tax treaty, such dividends are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States), such non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at ordinary U.S. federal income tax rates (on a net income basis), and such dividends will not be subject to the U.S. federal withholding tax described above. In the case of a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation, such non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a 30% "branch profits tax" unless such corporate non-U.S. holder qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty.

        In general, to claim the benefit of any applicable income tax treaty or an exemption from U.S. federal withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States, a non-U.S. holder must provide to the applicable withholding agent a properly executed IRS, Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E for treaty benefits or IRS Form W-8ECI for effectively connected income (or such successor form as the IRS designates), before the distributions are made. These forms must be updated periodically. If you are a non-U.S. holder, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under an applicable income tax treaty and the specific manner of claiming the benefits of such treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock

        Subject to the discussions below regarding backup withholding and FATCA (as hereinafter defined), a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain

160


Table of Contents

realized upon the sale, exchange or other disposition (collectively, a "disposition") of our common stock, unless:

        If the gain is described in the first bullet point above, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis with respect to such gain in the same manner as if such non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such gain may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax on such effectively connected gain, as adjusted for certain items, unless such corporate non-U.S. holder qualifies for a lower rate under an applicable income tax treaty.

        A non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses of the non-U.S. holder during the taxable year of disposition (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses.

        With respect to the third bullet point above, we believe that we are not currently, and we do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets and our non-U.S. real property interests, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. In general, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its "United States real property interests" (as defined in the Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, a non-U.S. holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock by reason of our status as a USRPHC so long as (i) shares of our common stock continue to be regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Section 897(c)(3) of the Code) during the calendar year in which such disposition occurs and (ii) such non-U.S. holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of the shares of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition of our common stock or the non-U.S. holder's holding period for our common stock. If gain on the disposition of our common stock were subject to taxation under the third bullet point above, the non-U.S. holder generally would be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (as described above), except that the branch profits tax generally would not apply.

        Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

161


Table of Contents

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Payments of dividends on our common stock will not be subject to backup withholding, provided the applicable withholding agent does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a United States person and the holder either certifies its non-U.S. status, such as by furnishing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E or W-8ECI, or otherwise establishes an exemption. However, we are required to report annually to the IRS the amount of any dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder, regardless of whether we actually withheld any tax. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and the amount withheld may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty. In addition, proceeds of the sale or other taxable disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related brokers generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting, if the applicable withholding agent receives the certification described above and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person, or the holder otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds of a disposition of our common stock conducted through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting.

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Accounts Tax Compliance Act

        Under Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code, as modified by Treasury Regulations and subject to any official interpretations thereof, any applicable intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a non-U.S. government to implement these rules and improve international tax compliance, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation or rules adopted pursuant to any such agreement (collectively, FATCA), withholding at a rate of 30% will be required on dividends in respect of, and, after December 31, 2016, gross proceeds from the disposition of, our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such interests or accounts are held by certain United States persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by United States persons and to withhold on certain payments. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury Regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, our common stock held by an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity that does not qualify under certain exemptions will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless such entity either (i) certifies to us that such entity does not have any "substantial United States owners" or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entity's "substantial United States owners," which we will provide to Secretary of the Treasury. We will not pay any additional amounts to holders in respect of any amounts withheld. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

162


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

Underwriter
  Number of
shares
 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

                  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith
                      Incorporated

                  

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

                  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

                  

Cantor Fitzgerald & Co. 

                  
       

Total

                  
       
       

        The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

        The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of    % of the common shares offered in this offering. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

        The underwriters have an option to buy up to                additional shares of common stock to cover sales of shares by the underwriters that exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

        The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $            per share. The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

 
  Without option
exercise
  With full option
exercise
 

Per share

  $                $               

Total

  $                $               
           
           

163


Table of Contents

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses, including up to an aggregate of $            in connection with the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

        We, all of our directors and executive officers and holders of substantially all of our common stock and securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock outstanding immediately prior to this offering have agreed not to (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and security holders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities that may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any shares of our common stock or any such other securities (whether any such transactions described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise) or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock, in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co., for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

        In our case, such restrictions shall not apply to:

164


Table of Contents

        In the case of our directors, executive officers and holders of our common stock, and subject to certain conditions, such restrictions shall not apply to:

        We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

        We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "GKOS."

165


Table of Contents

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be "covered" shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be "naked" shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

        The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

        These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the                in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

        Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

166


Table of Contents

Relationships With Underwriters

        The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing, and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates have not, during the 180-day period preceding the date of the initial filing of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of which this prospectus forms a part, but may, in the future, provide from time to time certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. Except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with any of the underwriters for any further services. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

Selling Restrictions Outside the United States

        Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares of common stock offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

        This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, referred to as the Order, or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, all such persons together being referred to as relevant persons. The shares of common stock are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each referred to as a Relevant Member State, from and including the date, or Relevant Implementation Date, on which the European Union Prospectus Directive, or EU Prospectus Directive, was implemented in that Relevant Member State, an offer of shares of common stock described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

167


Table of Contents

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression "EU Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression "2010 PD Amending Directive" means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

        The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange, or the SIX, or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering or marketing material relating to us, the offering, or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes, or the CISA. The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

        The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances that do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32,

168


Table of Contents

Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances that do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares that are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

        This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

        Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person that is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

        The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

        This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares

169


Table of Contents

to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

        No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or the Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

        Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the "Exempt Investors") who are "sophisticated investors" (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), "professional investors" (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

        The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document that complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

        This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

170


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Reed Smith LLP, Los Angeles, California. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, Costa Mesa, California.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated financial statements of Glaukos Corporation at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, appearing in this prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

        We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits and schedules to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are summaries and do not necessarily contain all of the terms or information set forth in such contract or document. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

        You may read and copy the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports, proxy statements and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov . We also maintain a website at www.glaukos.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on our website is not a part of this prospectus and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

171


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GLAUKOS CORPORATION

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

  F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations

  F-5

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

  F-6

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

  F-7

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

  F-8

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  F-9

F-1


Table of Contents


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Glaukos Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Glaukos Corporation as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Glaukos Corporation at December 31, 2013 and 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has recurring net losses from operations and a net capital deficiency that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP    

Irvine, California
April 16, 2015

 

 

F-2


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  Pro Forma
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 6,728   $ 2,304        

Accounts receivable, net

    2,892     5,398        

Inventory

    1,853     2,258        

Prepaid expenses and other current assets          

    426     534        

Restricted cash

    60     60        
                 

Total current assets

    11,959     10,554        

Property and equipment, net

    1,866     1,950        

Intangible asset, net

    16,975     13,475        

Deposits and other assets

    77     42        
                 

Total assets

  $ 30,877   $ 26,021        
                 
                 

Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and deficit

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 3,335   $ 3,298        

Accrued liabilities

    2,104     6,462        

Line of credit

        1,850        

Subordinated notes payable, current portion

        8,532        

Deferred rent

    33     45        
                 

Total current liabilities

    5,472     20,187        

Subordinated notes payable, less current portion

    17,500     8,968        

Preferred stock warrant liability

    680     379   $  

Other liabilities

    57     12        
                 

Total liabilities

    23,709     29,546        

Commitments and contingencies

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Convertible preferred stock:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Series A convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 3,000 shares authorized; 3,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014; liquidation preference of $3,000 at December 31, 2014; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
3,000
   
3,000
   
 

Series B convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,805 shares authorized; 5,805 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014; liquidation preference of $12,538 at December 31, 2014; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
12,547
   
12,547
   
 

F-3


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Continued)

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  Pro Forma
December 31,
2014
 
 
  2013   2014  
 
   
   
  (Unaudited)
 

Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 14,750 shares authorized; 14,286 and 14,547 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively; liquidation preference of $40,731 at December 31, 2014; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

    40,000     40,836      

Series D convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 13,844 shares authorized; 13,452 and 13,525 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively; liquidation preference of $41,387 at December 31, 2014; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
41,163
   
41,496
   
 

Series E convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 8,754 shares authorized; 8,754 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014; liquidation preference of $29,500 at December 31, 2014; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
29,500
   
29,500
   
 

Series F convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 8,474 shares authorized; 8,474 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014; liquidation preference of $30,000 at December 31, 2014; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
30,000
   
30,000
   
 

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 72,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and 77,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2014; 5,305 and 6,175 shares issued and 5,235 and 6,105 shares outstanding at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively; 60,599 shares issued and 60,529 shares outstanding, pro forma (unaudited)

   
5
   
6
   
60
 

Additional paid-in capital

   
6,073
   
8,155
   
165,859
 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    2     44     44  

Accumulated deficit

    (147,246 )   (159,372 )   (159,372 )
               

    (141,166 )   (151,167 )   6,591  

Less treasury stock

    (132 )   (132 )   (132 )
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (141,298 )   (151,299 )   6,459  

Noncontrolling interest

    (7,744 )   (9,605 )   (9,605 )
               

Total deficit

    (149,042 )   (160,904 ) $ (3,146 )
               

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and deficit

  $ 30,877   $ 26,021        
                 
                 

F-4


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587  

Cost of sales

    2,535     11,418  
           

Gross profit

    18,411     34,169  

Operating expenses:

             

Selling, general and administrative

    17,098     28,135  

Research and development

    15,511     19,205  
           

Total operating expenses

    32,609     47,340  
           

Loss from operations

    (14,198 )   (13,171 )

Other income (expense), net

             

Interest income

    13     3  

Interest and other expense, net

    (307 )   (876 )

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrants

    271     5  
           

Total other income (expense), net

    (23 )   (868 )
           

Loss before taxes

    (14,221 )   (14,039 )

Provision for income taxes

    6     18  
           

Net loss

    (14,227 )   (14,057 )

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (1,588 )   (1,931 )
           

Net loss attributable to Glaukos Corporation

  $ (12,639 ) $ (12,126 )
           
           

Net loss per share, basic and diluted, attributable to Glaukos Corporation stockholders

  $ (2.48 ) $ (2.11 )
           
           

Weighted-average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to Glaukos Corporation stockholders

    5,090     5,736  
           
           

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to Glaukos Corporation stockholders

        $ (0.20 )
             
             

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited), attributable to Glaukos Corporation stockholders

          59,800  
             
             

F-5


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Net loss

  $ (14,227 ) $ (14,057 )

Other comprehensive income:

   
 
   
 
 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

    2     42  
           

Other comprehensive income

    2     42  
           

Total comprehensive loss

    (14,225 )   (14,015 )

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (1,588 )   (1,931 )
           

Comprehensive loss attributable to Glaukos Corporation

  $ (12,637 ) $ (12,084 )
           
           

F-6


Table of Contents

GLAUKOS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
  Convertible
Preferred Stock
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
 
 
 

  Common Stock    
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
   
  Treasury Stock    
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Non-
controlling
Interest
  Total
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount    
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2012

    45,296   $ 126,210         5,011   $ 5   $ 4,555   $   $ (134,607 )     $   $ (6,157 ) $ (136,204 )

Issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock at $3.54 per share

    5,432     19,227                                          

Conversion of convertible notes payable and accrued interest into Series F convertible preferred stock at $3.54 per share

    3,043     10,773                                          

Exercise of stock options

                294         172                     1     173  

Share-based compensation

                        1,346                         1,346  

Other comprehensive income

                            2                     2  

Net loss

                                (12,639 )           (1,588 )   (14,227 )

Purchase of treasury stock

                                    (70 )   (132 )       (132 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2013

    53,771   $ 156,210         5,305   $ 5   $ 6,073   $ 2   $ (147,246 )   (70 ) $ (132 ) $ (7,744 ) $ (149,042 )

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock at $3.20 per share in connection with exercises of preferred stock warrants            

    261     836                                          

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock at $4.55 per share in connection with exercises of preferred stock warrants

    73     333                                          

Exercise of stock options

                870     1     552                     70     623  

Share-based compensation

                        1,530                         1,530  

Other comprehensive income

                            42                     42  

Net loss

                                (12,126 )           (1,931 )   (14,057 )
                                                   

Balance at December 31, 2014

    54,105   $ 157,379         6,175   $ 6   $ 8,155   $ 44   $ (159,371 )   (70 ) $ (132 ) $ (9,605 ) $ (160,904 )
                                                   
                                                   

F-7


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Operating Activities

             

Net loss

  $ (14,227 ) $ (14,057 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    1,157     4,231  

Stock-based compensation

    1,346     1,530  

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liability           

    (271 )   (5 )

Accrued interest expense

    44      

Amortization of premium on short-term investments           

    106      

Deferred rent

    (20 )   (33 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

             

Accounts receivable, net

    (2,340 )   (2,514 )

Inventory

    (938 )   (413 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (164 )   (108 )

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

    2,037     4,226  

Other assets

    (35 )   36  
           

Net cash used in operating activities

    (13,305 )   (7,107 )

Investing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Proceeds from sales and maturities of short-term investments

    10,711      

Purchases of property and equipment

    (852 )   (868 )

Purchases of short-term investments

    (10,817 )    
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (958 )   (868 )

Financing activities

   
 
   
 
 

Net proceeds from revolving line of credit

        1,850  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    162     775  

Proceeds from issuance of Series F preferred stock

    19,227      

Proceeds from exercise of preferred stock warrants

        875  

Payment to acquire treasury stock

    (132 )    
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    19,257     3,500  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    2     51  
           

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    4,996     (4,424 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    1,732     6,728  
           

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 6,728   $ 2,304  
           
           

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information

             

Interest paid

  $ 75   $ 876  
           
           

Taxes paid

  $ 4   $ 12  
           
           

Supplemental schedule of noncash investing and financing activities

             

Purchase of intangible asset in exchange for issuance of subordinated note

  $ 17,500   $  

Conversion of convertible notes and accrued interest into Series F convertible preferred stock

  $ 10,773   $  

Reduction of liability upon vesting of stock options previously exercised for unvested stock

  $ 11   $ 80  

F-8


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Organization and Basis of Presentation

Organization and Basis of Presentation

        Glaukos Corporation (Glaukos or the Company), incorporated in Delaware on July 14, 1998, is a developer, manufacturer and marketer of medical devices for the treatment of glaucoma. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Glaukos, its wholly-owned subsidiary Glaukos Europe GmbH and affiliated entity DOSE Medical Corporation (see Note 11, Variable Interest Entity). All significant intercompany balances and transactions among the consolidated entities have been eliminated in consolidation.

    Liquidity

        Since inception, the Company has not been profitable and has incurred operating losses in each year. The Company has generated limited revenue from product sales to date and will incur significant costs and expenses related to its ongoing operations. Management expects operating losses and negative cash flows to continue for the foreseeable future. Successful transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of revenues adequate to support the Company's cost structure. The Company incurred net losses of $12.6 million and $12.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and has an accumulated deficit of $159.4 million as of December 31, 2014. The Company recorded negative cash flows from operating activities of $13.3 million and $7.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $2.3 million and a net working capital deficit of $9.6 million. The Company may never become profitable, or if it does, it may not be able to sustain profitability on a recurring basis. Additionally, the Company must begin repaying the subordinated notes in 2015. The Company anticipates that it will continue to incur losses into the foreseeable future and plans to fund its losses from operations and capital funding needs through future debt and equity financings. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional financing on terms acceptable to it, or at all. If the Company is not able to secure adequate additional funding, the Company may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, and/or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm the Company's business, results of operations, and future prospects, including its ability to continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 13, in February 2015 the Company increased its bank loan facility from a $6.0 million revolving line of credit to an $18 million combined term loan and revolving line of credit facility. The ability of the Company to continue as a going concern is dependent upon its ability to generate sufficient cash from increasing sales of its United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA)-approved iStent Trabecular Micro-Bypass Stent system or obtain additional capital when needed.  

        The Company's recurring net losses, working capital deficiency, deficit and negative cash flows from operations raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. The accompanying consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the settlement of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business.

F-9


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Management considers many factors in selecting appropriate financial accounting policies and controls and in developing the estimates and assumptions that are used in the preparation of these financial statements. Management must apply significant judgment in this process. In addition, other factors may affect estimates, including expected business and operational changes, sensitivity and volatility associated with the assumptions used in developing estimates, and whether historical trends are expected to be representative of future trends. The estimation process often may yield a range of potentially reasonable estimates of the ultimate future outcomes, and management must select an amount that falls within that range of reasonable estimates. The most significant estimates in the accompanying consolidated financial statements relate to revenue recognition, clinical trial expense accruals, collectability reserves, inventory reserves, fair value of the preferred stock warrant liability and stock-based compensation expense. Although these estimates are based on the Company's knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, this process may result in actual results differing materially from those estimated amounts used in the preparation of the financial statements.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The Company considers the local currency, or the Euro, to be the functional currency for its international subsidiary, Glaukos Europe GmbH. Accordingly, its assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect on the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates prevailing throughout the periods presented. Currency translation adjustments arising from period to period are charged or credited to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders (deficit) equity. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company reported currency translation adjustments of approximately $2,000 and $42,000, respectively. Realized gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the consolidated statements of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company reported foreign currency transaction losses of approximately $10,000 and $38,000, respectively.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company invests its excess cash in investment-grade marketable securities, including money market funds, money market securities, corporate bonds, and corporate commercial paper and U.S. government agency bonds. For financial reporting purposes, liquid investment instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are recorded at face value or cost, which approximates fair market value. From time to time, the Company maintains cash balances in excess of amounts insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Commission (FDIC). Investments are stated at fair value as determined by quoted market

F-10


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

prices. Investments are considered available-for-sale and, accordingly, unrealized gains and losses are included in accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders' equity (deficit).

        The Company's entire investment portfolio, except for restricted cash, is considered to be available for use in current operations and, accordingly, all such investments are stated at fair value using quoted market prices and classified as current assets, although the stated maturity of individual investments may be one year or more beyond the balance sheet date. The Company did not have any trading securities or restricted investments at December 31, 2013 and 2014.

        Realized gains and losses and declines in value, if any, judged to be other-than-temporary or available-for-sale securities, are reported in interest income or expense, net. When securities are sold, any associated unrealized gain or loss previously reported as a separate component of stockholders' equity is reclassified out of stockholders' equity and recorded in the statements of operations in the period sold. Accrued interest and dividends are included in interest income. The Company periodically reviews its available-for-sale securities for other-than-temporary declines in fair value below the cost basis, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

        Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash, cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company maintains deposits in federally insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits and management believes that the Company is not exposed to significant credit risk due to the financial position of the  depository institutions in which those deposits are held. The Company believes that the concentration of credit risk in its accounts receivable is moderated by its credit evaluation process, relatively short collection terms and the level of credit worthiness of its customers. During 2013 and 2014, none of the Company's customers accounted for more than 10% of revenues.

Restricted Cash

        The Company has a credit card facility with its primary operating bank which is collateralized by a certificate of deposit maintained at the bank.

Accounts Receivable

        The Company sells its products directly to hospitals, surgery centers and distributors in the U.S. and internationally. The Company periodically assesses the payment performance of these customers and establishes reserves for anticipated losses when necessary, which losses historically have not been significant and have not exceeded management's estimates. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical collection experience and expectations of future collection based on current market conditions. The allowance for doubtful accounts is management's best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses. Account balances are charged against the allowance when it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The Company's allowance for bad debts was $25,000 and $50,000 as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, and no customers accounted for more than 10% of net accounts receivable.

F-11


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The Company generally permits returns of product from customers if such product is returned in a timely manner and in good condition. Estimated allowances for sales returns are based upon the Company's historical patterns of product returns matched against sales, and management's evaluation of specific factors that may increase the risk of product returns.

Inventory

        Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. Management evaluates inventory for excess quantities and obsolescence and records an allowance to reduce the carrying value of inventory as determined necessary.

Long Lived Assets

        Property and equipment is recorded at cost. Depreciation of property and equipment is generally provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their estimated useful life or the related lease term, whichever is shorter. Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

        All long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment in value when changes in circumstances dictate, based upon undiscounted future operating cash flows, and appropriate losses are recognized and reflected in current earnings to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated fair value, determined by the use of appraisals, discounted cash flow analyses or comparable fair values of similar assets.

Intangible Assets

        Intangible assets are recorded at cost and are amortized over the estimated useful life. The intangible asset in the accompanying balance sheet is currently comprised of the cost of the Company's buyout of a royalty payment obligation. See Note 5.

Fair Value Measurements

        Assets and liabilities are measured using quoted prices in active markets and total fair value is the published market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held without consideration of transaction costs. Assets and liabilities that are measured using significant other observable inputs are valued by reference to similar assets or liabilities, adjusted for contract restrictions and other terms specific to that asset or liability. For these items, a significant portion of fair value is derived by reference to quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets. For all remaining assets and liabilities, fair value is derived using a fair value model, such as a discounted cash flow model or Black-Scholes model.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities are considered to be representative of their respective fair values because of the short-term nature of those instruments. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms, the Company believes that the fair value of long-term debt approximates its carrying value. The carrying amount of the warrant liability and non-controlling interest represent their fair values.

F-12


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        The valuation of assets and liabilities are subject to fair value measurements using a three-tiered approach and fair value measurement is classified and disclosed by the Company in one of the following three categories:

      Level 1:    Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

      Level 2:    Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and

      Level 3:    Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).

Revenue Recognition

        The Company recognizes revenue from product sales when the following criteria are met: goods are shipped, title and risk of loss has transferred to its customers, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and collectability is reasonably assured. Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists when there is a contractual arrangement in place with the customer. Delivery has occurred when a product is shipped. If persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and delivery has occurred, the Company determines whether the invoiced amount is fixed or determinable and collectability of the invoiced amount is reasonably assured. The Company assesses whether the invoiced amount is fixed or determinable based on the existing arrangement with the customer, including whether the Company has sufficient history with a customer to reliably estimate the customer's payment patterns. The Company assesses collectability by evaluating historical cash receipts and individual customer outstanding balances. To the extent all criteria set forth above are not satisfied at the time of shipment, revenue is recognized when cash is received from the customer.

        Customers are not granted specific rights of return; however, the Company may permit returns of product from customers if such product is returned in a timely manner and in good condition. The Company provides a warranty on its products for one year from the date of shipment, and any product found to be defective or out of specification will be replaced at no charge during the warranty period. Estimated allowances for sales returns and warranty replacements are recorded at the time of sale of the product and are estimated based upon the historical patterns of product returns matched against sales, and an evaluation of specific factors that may increase the risk of product returns. Product returns and warranty replacements to date have been consistent with amounts reserved or accrued and have not been significant.

Shipping and Handling Costs

        All shipping and handling costs are expensed as incurred and are charged to general and administrative expense. Charges to customers for shipping and handling are credited to general and administrative expense.

Advertising Costs

        All advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs incurred during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 were approximately $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively.

F-13


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Preferred Stock Warrants

        The Company has issued freestanding warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock which are accounted for as a liability due to the nature of the underlying redemption provisions of the preferred stock into which the warrants are exercisable. The warrants are recorded on the Company's balance sheet at their fair value on the date of issuance and are revalued at each subsequent balance sheet date, with fair value changes recognized as other income or expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants. The Company estimates the fair value of the liability using option pricing models and assumptions that are based on the individual characteristics of the warrants or instruments on the valuation date, including assumptions for expected volatility, expected life, yield, and risk-free interest rate.

Income Taxes

        The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities, along with net operating loss and tax credit carryovers. The Company records a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets to reduce the net carrying value to an amount that it believes is more likely than not to be realized. Management has considered estimated taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the amount of the valuation allowance. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company's historical operating performance and limited potential to utilize tax credit carryforwards, the Company has determined that total deferred tax assets should be fully offset by a valuation allowance. When the Company establishes or reduces the valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, its provision for income taxes will increase or decrease, respectively, in the period such determination is made.

        Additionally, the Company follows an accounting standard addressing the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes that prescribes rules for recognition, measurement, and classification in the financial statements of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return.

Research and Development Expenses

        Major components of research and development expense include personnel costs, preclinical studies, clinical trials and related clinical product manufacturing, materials and supplies, and fees paid to consultants. Research and development costs are expensed as goods are received or services rendered. Costs to acquire technologies to be used in research and development that have not reached technological feasibility and have no alternative future use are also expensed as incurred.

        At each financial reporting date, the Company accrues the estimated costs of clinical study activities performed by third party clinical sites with whom the Company has agreements that provide for fees based upon the quantities of subjects enrolled and clinical evaluation visits that occur over the life of the study. The estimates are determined based upon a review of the agreements and data collected by internal and external clinical personnel as to the status of enrollment and subject visits, and are based upon the facts and circumstances known to the Company at each financial reporting date. If the actual performance of activities varies from the assumptions used in the estimates, the accruals are adjusted accordingly. There have been no material adjustments to the Company's prior period accrued estimates for clinical trial activities through December 31, 2014.

F-14


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards granted to employees and nonemployees, including members of its Board of Directors. The fair value of stock-based awards made to employees is estimated at the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, and the portion that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as compensation cost over the requisite service period using the straight-line method. The determination of the fair value-based measurement of stock options on the date of grant using an option pricing model is affected by the determination of the fair value of the underlying stock as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the Company's stock price volatility over the expected term of the grants, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. In the future, as additional empirical evidence regarding these estimates becomes available, the Company may change or refine its approach of deriving them, and these changes could impact the fair value-based measurement of stock options granted in the future. Changes in the fair value-based measurement of stock awards could materially impact the Company's operating results. The fair values of share-based awards made to nonemployees are remeasured at each reporting period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Compensation expense for these stock-based awards is determined by applying the remeasured fair values to the shares that have vested during a period.

Comprehensive Loss

        All components of comprehensive loss, including net loss, are reported in the financial statements in the period in which they are recognized. Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources, including unrealized gains and losses on marketable securities and foreign currency translation adjustments.

Net Loss Per Share

        Basic net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares that were outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the sum of the weighted-average number of dilutive common share equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. Common stock equivalents are comprised of convertible preferred stock, preferred stock warrants, and stock options outstanding under the Company's stock option plans. The calculation of diluted income (loss) per share requires that, to the extent the average fair value of the underlying shares for the reporting period exceeds the exercise price of the warrants and the presumed exercise of such securities are dilutive to income (loss) per share for the period, adjustments to net income or net loss used in the calculation are required to remove the change in fair value of the warrants for the period. Likewise, adjustments to the denominator are required to reflect the related dilutive shares. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding due to the Company's net loss position and preferred stock warrants being anti-dilutive.

F-15


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders because to do so would be anti-dilutive were as follows (in common stock equivalent shares, in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Convertible preferred stock outstanding

    53,771     54,105  

Preferred stock warrants outstanding

    856     319  

Stock options outstanding

    11,180     14,143  
           

    65,807     68,567  
           
           

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

        The following table summarizes the Company's unaudited pro forma net loss per share (in thousands, except per share amounts):

 
  Year ended
December 31, 2014
 

Numerator:

       

Net loss attributable to Glaukos Corporation

  $ (12,126 )

Add: Net loss attributable to Glaucoma Business in DOSE transaction (see Note 11) (1)

       
       

Pro forma net loss

  $ (12,126 )

Denominator:

       

Weighted average shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted

    5,736  

Add: Pro forma adjustment to reflect weighted-average effect of conversion of convertible preferred stock

    54,064  

Add: Pro forma adjustment to give effect to number of IPO shares necessary to fund cash consideration in DOSE transaction (see Note 11) (1)

       
       

Weighted-average shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted

    59,800  

Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.20 )
       
       

(1)
Will be calculated concurrent with pricing of the initial public offering contemplated by this prospectus.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In April 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued an accounting standards update that raises the threshold for disposals to qualify as discontinued operations and allows companies to have significant continuing involvement with and continuing cash flows from or to the discontinued operation. It also requires additional disclosures for discontinued operations and new disclosures for individually material disposal transactions that do not meet the definition of a

F-16


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

discontinued operation. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014, which will be the Company's fiscal year 2015, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the guidance to have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In May 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) jointly issued a new revenue recognition standard that will supersede nearly all existing revenue recognition guidance under US GAAP. The new standard allows for either "full retrospective" adoption, meaning the standard is applied to all of the periods presented, or "modified retrospective" adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to the most current period presented in the financial statements. The standard is effective for public entities for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2017 with early adoption not permitted under US GAAP. The Company is currently evaluating which method of adoption to apply based on the new accounting standard. Therefore, the effect of the adoption of the new accounting standard on the Company's financial statements is not currently known.

        In June 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standards update that requires a performance target that affects vesting of a share-based payment award and that could be achieved after the requisite service period to be treated as a performance condition. As such, the performance target should not be reflected in estimating the grant date fair value of the award. Compensation cost should be recognized over the required service period if it is probable that the performance target will be achieved. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, which will be the Company's fiscal year 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of the guidance to have material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Disclosure of Uncertainties about an Entity's Ability to Continue as a Going Concern . This ASU introduces an explicit requirement for management to assess if there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern, and to provide related footnote disclosures in certain circumstances. In connection with each annual and interim period, management must assess if there is substantial doubt about an entity's ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the issuance date. Disclosures are required if conditions give rise to substantial doubt. ASU 2014-15 is effective for all entities in the first annual period ending after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently assessing the potential effects of this ASU on the consolidated financial statements.

3. Balance Sheet Details

Accounts Receivable, Net

        Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Accounts receivable

  $ 2,917   $ 5,448  

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

    (25 )   (50 )
           

Total

  $ 2,892   $ 5,398  
           
           

F-17


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

3. Balance Sheet Details (Continued)

Inventory

        Inventory consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Finished goods

  $ 569   $ 962  

Work in process

    45     194  

Raw material

    1,239     1,102  
           

  $ 1,853   $ 2,258  
           
           

Property and Equipment

        Property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Equipment

  $ 3,446   $ 4,038  

Furniture and fixtures

    371     376  

Leasehold improvements

    986     985  

Computer equipment and software

    544     762  
           

    5,347     6,161  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

    (3,481 )   (4,211 )
           

  $ 1,866   $ 1,950  
           
           

        Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment was $0.6 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

Accrued Liabilities

        Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Accrued contract payments (see Note 10)

  $   $ 2,604  

Accrued bonuses

    953     1,695  

Accrued vacation benefits

    522     746  

Accrued clinical study expenses

        490  

Other accrued liabilities

    629     927  
           

  $ 2,104   $ 6,462  
           
           

F-18


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements

        Fair value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

        The following tables present information about the Company's financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 2014, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value (in thousands):

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2013 Using
 
 
  December 31,
2013
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                         

Cash equivalents

  $ 6,010   $ 6,010   $   $  
                   

Total assets

  $ 6,010   $ 6,010   $   $  
                   
                   

Liabilities

                         

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

  $ 680   $   $   $ 680  
                   

Total liabilities

  $ 680   $   $   $ 680  
                   
                   

 

 
   
  Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2014 Using
 
 
  December 31,
2014
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets

                         

Cash equivalents

  $   $   $   $  
                   

Total assets

  $   $   $   $  
                   
                   

Liabilities

                         

Preferred stock warrant liabilities

  $ 379   $   $   $ 379  
                   

Total liabilities

  $ 379   $   $   $ 379  
                   
                   

        The preferred stock warrant liabilities are recorded at fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires inputs such as the expected term of the warrants, volatility and risk-free interest rate. Some of these inputs are subjective and generally require significant analysis and judgment to develop. There were no transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy during the periods presented.

        In conjunction with loans in 2010 from certain holders of the Company's preferred stock, which were converted into preferred stock in 2011, the Company issued warrants to purchase 392,151 shares

F-19


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

4. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)

of Series D convertible preferred stock at $3.06 per share. Warrants to purchase 73,332 shares were exercised in 2014, and the remaining warrants expire in September 2017 if unexercised. However, in the event of the closing of an initial public offering prior to the expiration date, the warrants will automatically convert into shares of Series D convertible preferred stock on a net exercise basis. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded other income of approximately $0.3 million and $5,000, respectively, related to changes in the fair value of the warrants. The fair value of the warrants as of December 31, 2014, was estimated to be $0.4 million using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions deemed by the Company to be significant unobservable inputs: risk-free interest rate of 1.0%; dividend yield of 0.0%; expected volatility of 48.5%; and an expected life of 2.7 years. The Company considers the most significant unobservable input impacting the valuation of the warrants to be the value of the underlying Series D shares, which was $3.37 per share as of December 31, 2014. If the value of the underlying shares were to increase by 10%, the fair value of the warrants would increase by $0.1 million at December 31, 2014. If the value of the underlying shares were to decrease by 10%, the fair value of the warrants would decrease by the same amount.

        In conjunction with loans in 2006 from certain holders of the Company's preferred stock, which were repaid in 2007, the Company issued warrants to purchase 464,286 shares of Series C preferred  stock at $2.80 per share. All of these warrants were exercised in January 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded other income of $0.1 million and $0, respectively. The warrants were exercised in January 2014 and, accordingly, there is no liability recorded for these warrants as of December 31, 2014.

        The following table provides a reconciliation of liabilities measured at fair value using level 3 significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 
  Preferred Stock
Warrant
Liability
 

Balance at December 31, 2013

  $ 680  

Issuance of Series C convertible preferred stock in connection with exercises of preferred stock warrants

    (186 )

Issuance of Series D convertible preferred stock in connection with exercises of preferred stock warrants

    (110 )

Change in the fair value of preferred stock warrants

    (5 )
       

Balance at December 31, 2014

  $ 379  
       
       

5. Notes Payable

Convertible Notes

        In August and October 2012, the Company entered into convertible note agreements with certain holders of its preferred stock to borrow an aggregate of $10.5 million. The convertible notes included the following terms and conditions: (1) interest rate of 7.0%; (2) principal and interest due upon the earlier of a change in control event or demand at any time after January 31, 2013; and (3) automatic conversion of principal and accrued interest into shares of preferred stock at a conversion price equal to the purchase price per share of the equity security issued and sold in the next preferred stock

F-20


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Notes Payable (Continued)

financing. Amounts borrowed under the convertible notes were unsecured. In January 2013, the principal amount of the convertible notes and all accrued interest were converted into shares of Series F convertible preferred stock pursuant to the terms of the convertible note agreements.

Subordinated Notes Payable in Connection with GMP Vision Solutions

        In January 2007, the Company entered into an agreement (the Original Agreement) with GMP Vision Solutions, Inc. (GMP) to acquire certain in-process research and development. In connection with the agreement, the Company was obligated to make periodic royalty payments equal to a single-digit percentage of revenues received for royalty-bearing products and periodic royalty payments at a higher royalty rate applied to all amounts received in connection with the grant of licenses or sublicenses of the related intellectual property. There was no related royalty expense recorded in cost of sales in the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.

        In December 2012, the Company entered into an agreement with GMP in which it paid GMP $1.0 million for a 90-day option to buy out all remaining royalties payable to GMP. In April 2013, the option expired unexercised, and as provided in the agreement, the $1.0 million payment satisfied the obligation to pay the first $1.0 million in royalties earned beginning on January 1, 2013. The $1.0 million payment was recorded in cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2012.

        In November 2013, the Company entered into an amended agreement with GMP in which remaining royalties payable to GMP (the Buyout Agreement) were canceled in exchange for the issuance of $17.5 million in promissory notes payable to GMP and a party related to GMP (together, the GMP Note Parties). The GMP notes are collateralized by all of the Company's assets, excluding intellectual property. However, in connection with the Buyout Agreement, the GMP Note Parties entered into agreements with the Company's primary bank pursuant to which any collateralized interests, liens, rights of payment or ability to initiate any enforcement actions in the event of an event of default are subordinate to the rights of the Company's primary bank under the Revolving Line of Credit.

        The Buyout Agreement also calls for a payment of up to $2.0 million in the event of a sale of the Company meeting certain criteria. The promissory notes carry an interest rate of 5% per annum and required monthly interest only payments from November 30, 2013 through December 31, 2014 of $72,900, followed by 24 equal monthly principal and interest payments of $767,700, which began on January 31, 2015, and end on December 31, 2016.

        The Company concluded that the $17.5 million transaction represented the purchase of an intangible asset. The Company estimated a useful life of five years over which the intangible asset will be amortized to cost of sales in the statements of operations, which amortization period was determined after consideration of the projected outgoing royalty payment stream had the agreement not occurred, and the remaining life of the patents obtained in the Original Agreement. After determining that the pattern of future cash flows associated with this intangible asset could not be reliably estimated with a high level of precision, the Company concluded that the intangible asset will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life.

F-21


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5. Notes Payable (Continued)

        The following reflects the composition of intangible assets, net (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2014
 

Gross amount

  $ 17,500  

Accumulated amortization

    (4,025 )
       

Total

  $ 13,475  
       
       

Weighted average amortization period (in months)

    60  

        In the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded related amortization expense of $0.5 million and $3.5 million, respectively, in cost of sales. Estimated amortization expense will be $3.5 million in each of 2015, 2016 and 2017 and $3.0 million in 2018.

6. Revolving Line of Credit

        In June 2013, the Company entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the Agreement) with the Company's primary bank, under which the bank agreed to extend to the Company a revolving loan in the maximum principal amount of $6.0 million. Advances under the loan may not exceed the lesser of (i) $6.0 million or (ii) 77% of the sum of cash, cash equivalents and eligible domestic accounts receivable. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest are due and payable in full on June 5, 2015. Obligations under the Agreement bear interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at the bank's prime rate plus 0.5% (3.75% at December 31, 2014). Amounts owed are secured by a first priority security interest in all of the Company's assets, excluding intellectual property. The Agreement is subject to certain reporting and financial covenants which, if not met, could constitute an event of default. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the balance of the line of credit was $0 and $1.9 million, respectively. In February 2015, the Agreement was amended and restated. See Note 13.

7. Stockholders' Equity

    Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company's convertible preferred stock has been classified as temporary equity in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets in accordance with authoritative guidance. The preferred stock is not redeemable; however, upon certain change in control events that are outside of the Company's control, including liquidation, sale or transfer of control of the Company, holders of the convertible preferred stock may have the right to receive their liquidation preference under the terms of the Company's certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, the Company is not recognizing any accretion of the value of the convertible preferred stock.

        In July 2001, the Company issued 3 million shares of Series A convertible preferred stock (Series A) for cash proceeds of $3.0 million or $1.00 per share.

        Between September 2002 and December 2004, the Company issued 5.8 million shares of Series B convertible preferred stock (Series B) for aggregate cash consideration of $12.5 million or $2.16 per share. In March 2011, the Company issued 25,184 shares of Series B stock valued at $63,000, or $2.50 per share, in connection with the exercise of preferred stock warrants.

F-22


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        In January 2007, the Company issued 14.3 million shares of Series C convertible preferred stock (Series C) for cash proceeds of $40.0 million or $2.80 per share. In January 2014, the Company issued 0.3 million shares of Series C stock valued at $0.8 million, or $3.20 per share, in connection with the exercise of preferred stock warrants.

        In August 2008, the Company issued 11.4 million shares of Series D convertible preferred stock (Series D) for cash proceeds of $35.0 million or $3.06 per share. In January 2011, the Company issued 2.0 million shares of Series D stock valued at $6.2 million, or $3.06 per share, in connection with the exercise of preferred stock warrants. In June and August 2014, the Company issued 73,332 shares of Series D stock valued at $0.3 million, or $4.55 per share, in connection with the exercise of preferred stock warrants.

        In January 2011, the Company issued 8.8 million shares of Series E convertible preferred stock (Series E) for cash proceeds of $29.5 million or $3.37 per share.

        In January 2013, the Company issued 8.5 million shares of Series F convertible preferred stock (Series F) for $30.0 million, or $3.54 per share. Cash of $19.2 million was paid for 5.4 million Series F shares and a total of $10.8 million in principal and accrued interest due under convertible notes was converted into 3.1 million Series F shares.

        The relative rights, terms, privileges, and restrictions granted to or imposed upon preferred stockholders are described below:

    Dividends

        The holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive annual noncumulative dividends of $0.08, $0.1728, $0.224, $0.2448, $0.2696 and $0.2832 per share, respectively, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior and in preference to shareholders of common stock. As of December 31, 2014, no dividends have been declared.

    Liquidation Preference

        In the event of a liquidation of the Company, holders of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock are entitled to a liquidation preference of $1.00, $2.16, $2.80, $3.06, $3.37 and $3.54 per share, as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, or splits with respect to such shares, respectively, and any declared but unpaid dividends prior and in preference to any distribution of the assets of the corporation. The remaining assets of the Company are to be distributed on a pro rata basis to the holders of the common stock.

    Conversion Rights

        Each share of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the date of issuance, into common stock at the initial conversion rate of one-to-one. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment for antidilution provisions as defined. The Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock will automatically convert into common shares upon the earlier of: (a) the day immediately preceding the closing of an underwritten public offering in which the Company receives $50.0 million or more in gross proceeds and at least $7.08 per share, as adjusted for any stock dividends, combinations, stock splits or similar, or (b) the receipt of consent of the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock, voting together as a single class.

F-23


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

    Voting Rights

        Each share of Series A, B, C, D, E and F preferred stock has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible. The preferred stockholders are entitled to vote as a separate class under specific circumstances.

        As long as at least 3.5 million shares of preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company must obtain approval from at least 67% of the holders of preferred stock in order to, among other things, alter the certificate of incorporation as related to preferred stock, change the authorized number of shares of preferred stock, acquire a business, or effect a merger, consolidation or sale of assets where the existing stockholders retain less than 51% of the voting stock of the surviving entity.

        In addition to any other vote required by law or the Company's certificate of incorporation, (a) as long as 1.0 million shares of Series E preferred stock are outstanding, the Company must obtain the approval of the holders of a majority of the Series E preferred stock in order to, among other things, alter the certificate of incorporation as it relates to the Series E preferred stock, change the authorized number of shares of Series E preferred stock, sell or license the Company's assets or effect a merger or consolidation where the existing stockholders retain less than 51% of the voting power of the surviving corporation and the stock price is less than $6.12 per share, or take any action that would alter or waive certain liquidation rights of the Series E preferred stock and (b) as long as 0.5 million shares of Series F preferred stock are outstanding, the Company must obtain the approval of the holders of at least 60% of the Series F preferred stock in order to, among other things, alter the certificate of incorporation as it relates to the Series F preferred stock, change the authorized number of shares of Series E preferred stock, sell or license the Company's assets or effect a merger or consolidation where the existing stockholders retain less than 51% of the voting power of the surviving corporation and the stock price is less than $6.12 per share, or take any action that would alter or waive certain liquidation rights of the Series F preferred stock.

    Common Stock

        All common stock issued to-date has primarily been for payment of cash in connection with the founding of the Company or the exercise of stock options.

        In 2013, the Company repurchased at fair market value and placed into treasury 70,000 shares of its common stock that had been acquired in connection with the exercise of a stock option.

    Stock Based Compensation

        The Company has two stock-based compensation plans (the Stock Plans)—the 2001 Stock Plan and the 2011 Stock Plan—that provide for the grant of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options to employees and nonemployee consultants. Under the 2001 Stock Plan, an aggregate of 11.9 million shares of common stock were reserved for the issuance of stock options; however, the 2001 Stock Plan has expired with respect to granting additional stock options. Under the 2011 Stock Plan, an aggregate of 8.1 million shares of common stock are reserved for the issuance of stock options. The maximum term of stock options granted under the 2011 Stock Plan is 10 years. The options generally vest 25% on the first anniversary of the original vesting date, with the balance vesting monthly over the remaining three years. Stock options are granted at exercise prices at least equal to the fair value of

F-24


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

the underlying stock at the date of the grant, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors, taking into consideration periodic appraisals by an independent valuation advisory firm.

        Stock options granted pursuant to the Stock Plans generally permit optionees to elect to exercise unvested options in exchange for restricted common stock. All unvested shares issued upon the early exercise of stock options, so long as they remain unvested, are subject to the Company's right of repurchase at the optionee's original exercise price for a 90-day period beginning on the date that an optionee's service with the Company voluntarily or involuntarily terminates. Consistent with authoritative guidance, early exercises are not considered exercises for accounting purposes. Cash received for the exercise of unvested options is recorded as a liability, which liability is released to equity at each reporting date as the shares vest. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, employees exercised options for 0 and 139,770 unvested shares, respectively. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, 10,002 shares and 96,696 shares, respectively, remained subject to a repurchase right. As of December 31, 2013 and 2014, the related liability, which is included in other accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, was approximately $15,000 and $0.15 million, respectively.

        The following table summarizes stock option activity:

 
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options (in
thousands)
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in
thousands)
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

    9,558   $ 0.91     6.4        

Granted

    2,176     1.72              

Exercised

    (294 )   0.55         $ 359  

Canceled/forfeited/expired

    (260 )   1.52              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    11,180   $ 1.06     6.2   $ 9,299  

Granted

    3,928     2.85              

Exercised

    (870 )   0.79         $ 1,249  

Canceled/forfeited/expired

    (95 )   1.94              
                         

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

    14,143   $ 1.57     6.3   $ 16,131  
                         
                         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2014

    11,034   $ 1.19     5.4   $ 16,147  

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

    8,820   $ 0.98     4.7   $ 14,624  

        Intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying options and the fair value of the common stock for the options that had exercise prices that were lower than the fair value per share of the common stock on the date of exercise.

Valuation and Expense Recognition of Stock-Based Awards

        The Company accounts for the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based awards made to the Company's employees and nonemployees based on the estimated fair value of the awards.

F-25


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        The following table summarizes the allocation of share-based compensation in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Cost of Sales

  $ 15   $ 38  

Selling, general & administrative

    959     1,118  

Research and development

    372     374  
           

Total

  $ 1,346   $ 1,530  
           
           

        The weighted average estimated grant date fair value per share of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $1.01 and $1.63, respectively. At December 31, 2014, the total unamortized share-based compensation expense of approximately $2.5 million, which excludes any expense associated with the performance grants described below, is to be recognized over the stock options' remaining vesting terms of approximately 4.0 years (2.5 years on a weighted average basis).

        In July 2014, the Company granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 3.1 million shares of common stock, which options contain a performance condition such that they only become exercisable in the event that the Company's common stock is listed on a national securities exchange within one year from the date of grant. In accordance with authoritative guidance, the Company has not recorded compensation expense associated with the grants and will not record any associated compensation expense unless and until the performance condition is satisfied. The total unamortized share-based compensation expense for these grants is $4.9 million. If and when the performance condition is satisfied, the Company will record compensation expense over the remainder of the four-year vesting period using the required graded accelerated attribution method, and the Company will immediately recognize cumulative compensation cost for the grants as if the method had been applied since the date of grant.

        The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant. The determination of fair value using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by the estimated fair market value per share of the Company's common stock as well as assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables, including expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected dividends and expected option life and generally requires significant management judgment to determine.

        Risk-free Interest Rate.     The risk-free interest rate is equal to the U.S. Treasury Note interest rate for the comparable term for the expected option life as of the valuation date. If the expected option life is between the U.S. Treasury Note rates of two published terms, then the risk-free interest rate is based on the straight-line interpolation between the U.S. Treasury Note rates of the two published terms as of the valuation date.

        Expected Dividend Yield.     The expected dividend yield is based on the Company's history and expectation of dividend payouts. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends and does not presently plan to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

F-26


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

        Expected Volatility.     The Company does not have publicly traded equity and has a limited operating history and a lack of Company-specific historical and implied volatility data, and therefore has estimated its stock price volatility based upon an index of the historical volatilities of a group of comparable publicly-traded medical device peer companies. The historical volatility data was computed using the historical daily closing prices for the selected peer companies' shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of the Company's share-based awards. The Company will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own stock price becomes available.

        Expected Term.     The Company has concluded that its stock option exercise history does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term, and therefore it uses the simplified method for estimating the expected term of stock option grants. Under this approach, the weighted-average expected term is presumed to be the average of the vesting term and the contractual term of the option.

        Fair Value of Common Stock.     Historically, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options has been the responsibility of and determined by the Company's Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, the Board of Directors determined the fair value of common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including independent third-party valuations of the Company's common stock, sales prices of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of capital stock and general and industry specific economic outlook, among other factors.

    Stock-Based Awards to Employees

        The weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of options granted to employees were as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Risk-free interest rate

    1.25 %   1.91 %

Expected dividend yield

    0.0 %   0.0 %

Expected volatility

    63.1 %   60.7 %

Expected term (in years)

    6.07     6.07  

        Forfeiture Rate.     The Company reduces employee share-based compensation expense for estimated forfeitures. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant based on historical experience, and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

        The weighted-average per share exercise price of options granted to employees during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 was $1.72 and $2.85, respectively.

F-27


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

7. Stockholders' Equity (Continued)

    Stock-Based Awards to Nonemployees

        The fair values of stock-based awards made to nonemployees are remeasured at the end of the reporting period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The expected life for each option is determined based on the time remaining until the expiration of the option as of the date of remeasurement. Compensation expense for these share-based awards is determined by applying the recalculated fair values to the shares that have vested during a period.

        Through December 31, 2014, in conjunction with various consulting agreements, the Company issued options to nonemployees to purchase 2,083,500 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $2.91 per share. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, the Company recorded nonemployee stock-based compensation expense of $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

        Common stock reserved for issuance is as follows (in thousands):

 
  As of
December 31,
2014
 

Conversion of preferred stock

    54,105  

Conversion of preferred stock warrants outstanding

    319  

Stock options issued and outstanding—2001 Plan

    7,542  

Stock options issued and outstanding—2011 Plan

    6,601  

Authorized for future stock awards or option grants

    1,305  
       

    69,872  
       
       

8. Income Taxes

        United States and foreign loss before income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

United States

  $ (14,207 ) $ (13,124 )

Foreign

    (14 )   (915 )
           

Total

  $ (14,221 ) $ (14,039 )
           
           

F-28


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The provision for income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Current:

             

Federal

  $   $  

State

    6     18  

Foreign

         
           

    6     18  

Deferred:

   
 
   
 
 

Federal

         

State

         

Foreign

         
           

         

Provision for income taxes

  $ 6   $ 18  
           
           

        The reconciliations of the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to the combined effective tax rate are as follows:

 
  Year ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Statutory rate of tax expense

    34.0 %   34.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    4.3 %   3.3 %

Permanent and other items

    (0.3 )%   (1.9 )%

Nondeductible offering costs

    %   (2.8 )%

Research credits

    9.9 %   9.6 %

Uncertain tax positions

    (12.0 )%   (4.7 )%

Change in tax rate

    (4.8 )%   (0.5 )%

Valuation allowance

    (31.1 )%   (35.7 )%
           

Effective tax rate

    0.0 %   1.3 %
           
           

F-29


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

        Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 and 2014 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Net operating loss carryforwards

  $ 40,985   $ 47,045  

Tax credits

    2,652     3,306  

Depreciation and amortization

    15,880     13,714  

Other net

    1,509     1,967  
           

Total deferred tax assets

    61,026     66,032  

Valuation allowance

    (61,026 )   (66,032 )
           

Net deferred tax assets

  $   $  
           
           

        Based on the weight of available evidence, management has established a valuation allowance for all of the deferred tax assets due to the uncertainty that the deferred tax assets will be realized. The net increase in the valuation allowance was $4.4 million and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014, the Company had approximately $121.0 million, $104.7 million and $0.9 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal, state and foreign purposes, respectively, available to offset future taxable income. The federal and state net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2018 and 2015, respectively.

        At December 31, 2014, the Company had federal and state research and development credit carryforwards of $3.9 million and $4.2 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2020 for federal purposes and carry over indefinitely for state purposes.

        Utilization of the net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will be subject to annual limitations under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions due to several ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes will limit the amount of net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and other deferred tax assets that can be utilized to offset future taxable income and tax. In general, all ownership changes as defined by Section 382 result from transactions increasing ownership of certain stockholders in the stock of the Company by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. An analysis was performed by the Company which indicated that several ownership changes have occurred in previous years which created annual limitations on the Company's ability to utilize net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Such limitations will result in approximately $0.2 million of tax benefits related to net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards that will expire unused. Accordingly, the related net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards have been removed from deferred tax assets accompanied by a corresponding reduction in the valuation allowance. Due to the existence of the valuation allowance, limitations created by future ownership changes, if any, will not impact the Company's effective tax rate.

F-30


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

8. Income Taxes (Continued)

        The Company considers all earnings and profits of its foreign subsidiary to be indefinitely reinvested. Due to losses incurred, there are no unrecorded income taxes associated with unrepatriated foreign earnings as of December 31, 2014.

        A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits for 2013 and 2014, excluding interest and penalties, is as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Balance at beginning of the year

  $ 1,211   $ 3,272  

Additions (reductions) for tax positions—prior years

    1,430     (27 )

Additions for tax positions—current year

    631     821  
           

Balance at end of the year

  $ 3,272   $ 4,066  
           
           

        If the Company did not have a full valuation allowance, the amount that would impact the effective tax rate if the uncertain tax benefits were recognized is $3.3 million.

        The Company's policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties related to income tax matters as a component of income tax expense. There was no accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2013 and 2014. It is not anticipated that there will be a significant change in the unrecognized tax benefits over the next 12 months.

        Due to the Company's net operating loss carryforwards, its federal and state income tax returns are open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and state jurisdictions for all years since inception.

        On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury Department released final income tax regulations on the deduction and capitalization of expenditures related to tangible property. These final regulations apply to tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014, and may be adopted in earlier years. The Company did not early adopt the tax treatment of expenditures to improve tangible property and the capitalization of inherently facilitative costs to acquire tangible property as of January 1, 2013, but adopted this tax treatment as of January 1, 2014. Management determined that the impact of these changes were not material to the Company's consolidated financial position, its results of operations and its footnote disclosures.

9. Employee Benefits

        The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan pursuant to section 401(k) of the United States Internal Revenue Code that allows participating employees to contribute up to 100% of their salary, to an annual maximum of $17,500 in 2014 and $18,000 in 2015 ($23,000 and $24,000 in 2014 and 2015, respectively, for employees over the age of 50). The Company may contribute at its discretion. To date, the Company has only made "qualified nonelective contributions" to maintain compliance with IRS regulations. No plan contributions were made by the Company in 2013 and 2014.

F-31


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Commitments and Contingencies

        The Company, from time to time, is involved in legal proceedings or regulatory encounters or other matters in the ordinary course of business that could result in unasserted or asserted claims or litigation. At December 31, 2013 and 2014, there were no matters for which the negative outcome was considered probable or estimable, and, as a result, no amounts have been accrued at either date.

Operating leases

        The Company leases office, research and production facilities, and certain office equipment under operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2017.

        The facilities lease for 20,800 square feet expires on March 31, 2016, and contains an option for the Company to extend the lease for an additional two years at market rates. The Company recorded deferred rent of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2014 in conjunction with its facilities lease agreement. On January 1, 2014, the Company commenced a year-to-year lease of 750 square feet of office space in Karlsruhe, Germany. Effective October 1, 2012, the Company subleased 4,992 square feet to DOSE Medical Corporation. See Note 11.

        Rent expense was $0.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014.

        Future minimum payments under the aforementioned noncancelable operating leases for each of the five succeeding years are as follows (in thousands):

2015

  $ 366  

2016

    96  

2017

     

2018

     

2019

     
       

  $ 462  
       
       

Purchase Commitment

        The Company is a party to various purchase arrangements related to components used in production and research and development activities. As of December 31, 2014, the Company had noncancelable, firm purchase commitments with certain vendors totaling approximately $0.8 million, due within one year. There are no material purchase commitments due beyond one year.

Structured Microsystems, LLC

        Effective March 2012, DOSE Medical Corporation (DOSE) (see Note 11) entered into an agreement with Structured Microsystems (SM) pursuant to which SM agreed to provide development services toward the design of an ophthalmic implant that would provide continuous intraocular pressure monitoring. Additionally, the agreement provides for specified success-based regulatory and commercial milestone payments of up to $0.5 million, and royalties ranging from 2% to 4% of revenues received for sales of devices developed in connection with the agreement. Through December 31, 2014, DOSE has paid SM an aggregate of $0.3 million in development fees.

F-32


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

10. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Regents of the University of California

        On December 30, 2014, the Company executed an agreement (the Agreement) with the Regents of the University of California (the Regents) to correct inventorship in connection with a group of the Company's U.S. patents (the Patent Rights) and to obtain from the Regents a covenant that it did not and would not claim any right or title to the Patent Rights and will not challenge or assist any others in challenging the Patent Rights. In connection with the Agreement, Glaukos agreed to pay to the Regents the sum of $2.7 million via five payments during the course of 2015, and, beginning with sales on or after January 1, 2015, to pay a low single-digit percentage of worldwide net sales of certain current and future products, including the Company's iStent products, with a required minimum annual payment of $500,000, which obligation shall end on the date that the last of the Patent Rights expires, which is currently expected to be in 2022. The $2.7 million obligation, net of imputed interest of $0.1 million, was accrued as of December 31, 2014 and charged to cost of sales in the year ended December 31, 2014.

11. Variable Interest Entity

        On October 1, 2009, the Company formed a wholly-owned subsidiary, DOSE Medical Corporation. On March 30, 2010, the Company contributed certain assets with a total net book value of $0.2 million to DOSE in exchange for 4.4 million shares of the common stock of DOSE. The assets consisted of property and equipment, intellectual property and technical know-how. Subsequently, all of the shares of common stock of DOSE held by the Company were distributed via a stock dividend to the stockholders of record of the Company as of the close of business on March 31, 2010. On May 6, 2010, Glaukos loaned $1.0 million to DOSE pursuant to a promissory note that carried simple interest at the rate of 8% per annum, and was initially due for repayment on December 31, 2012, which payment date has been extended indefinitely. In addition, through December 31, 2014, Glaukos has provided DOSE the cash required to fund its operations which, together with accrued interest, has been recorded in an intercompany receivable account that is eliminated in consolidation. The total amount owed to Glaukos by DOSE, including the note, all accrued interest, intercompany charges and payables, was $8.0 million and $9.7 million at December 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively.

        The Company evaluated its relationship with DOSE and determined that it has both the power to direct operations and the right to receive benefits/absorb losses of DOSE that are potentially significant to the Company. Therefore, in accordance with authoritative accounting guidance, the Company has determined that DOSE is a variable interest entity in which Glaukos had a variable interest as of December 31, 2013 and 2014. Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DOSE, with all intercompany balances eliminated in consolidation and with the deficit balance of DOSE's net assets reflected as noncontrolling interest.

        In July 2014, the Company entered into a transaction with DOSE pursuant to which it agreed to acquire from DOSE certain assets, including the iDose product line, in exchange for a cash payment of $15.0 million and the elimination of all amounts owed by DOSE to the Company as of the closing date of the transaction, which is contingent upon the successful completion of an initial public offering. In addition to an asset purchase agreement, the parties agreed to an amended and restated patent license agreement and an amended and restated transition services agreement that provides for limited support from the Company for a period of up to three years. Either party can terminate the amended and restated transition services agreement upon adequate written notice.

F-33


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

11. Variable Interest Entity (Continued)

        The carrying amount and classification of DOSE's assets and liabilities that are included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 5   $ 9  

Prepaid expenses

    31     16  

Property and equipment, net

    356     255  
           

Total assets of DOSE

  $ 392   $ 280  
           
           

 

 
  December 31,  
 
  2013   2014  

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

  $ 89   $ 160  

Liability to Glaukos Corporation

    8,019     9,720  
           

Total liabilities of DOSE

  $ 8,108   $ 9,880  
           
           

        Consolidation of DOSE's results of operations included the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Selling, general & administrative

  $ 208   $ 243  

Research and development

    1,262     1,557  

Interest expense

    141     156  

Income tax provision

         
           

Net loss of DOSE

  $ 1,611   $ 1,956  
           
           

        Consolidation of DOSE's cash flows included the following (in thousands):

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2013   2014  

Cash used in operating activities

  $ (1,471 ) $ (1,271 )

Cash used in investing activities

    (108 )   (39 )

Cash provided by financing activities

    1,569     1,315  
           

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents of DOSE

  $ (10 ) $ 5  
           
           

12. Business Segment Information

        Operating segments are identified as components of an enterprise about which segment discrete financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision-maker in making

F-34


Table of Contents


GLAUKOS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

12. Business Segment Information (Continued)

decisions regarding resource allocation and assessing performance. The Company operates its business on the basis of one reportable segment—ophthalmic medical devices.

Geographic Net Sales Information (in thousands)
  2013   2014  

United States

  $ 19,507   $ 42,932  

International

    1,439     2,655  
           

Total net sales

  $ 20,946   $ 45,587  
           
           

 

 
  Property and
Equipment, net
  Depreciation and
Amortization
  Capital
Expenditures
 
 
  2013   2014   2013   2014   2013   2014  

United States

  $ 1,684   $ 1,784   $ 1,089   $ 4,149   $ 888   $ 749  

International

    182     166     68     82     8     68  
                           

Total

  $ 1,866   $ 1,950   $ 1,157   $ 4,231   $ 896   $ 817  
                           
                           

13. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

        Management has reviewed and evaluated material subsequent events from the balance sheet date of December 31, 2014 through the issuance date of the financial statements. Except as noted below, no subsequent events have been identified for disclosure.

        In February 2015, the Company and its primary bank executed an Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (the Agreement) which provides for a $5 million senior secured term loan, a $5 million senior secured draw-to term loan and an $8 million senior secured revolving credit facility. Amounts owed under the Agreement are secured by a first priority security interest in all of the Company's assets, excluding intellectual property. The Agreement is subject to certain reporting and financial covenants which, if not met, could constitute an event of default.

        On the closing date, the Company received $5 million cash under the senior secured term loan. This loan requires quarterly principal payments of $0.4 million over a three-year period beginning May 1, 2016. The senior secured draw-to term loan is available through February 23, 2016 for advances up to an aggregate of $5 million, and requires quarterly principal payments equal to 1 / 12 of the aggregate principal amount over a three-year period beginning May 1, 2016. As of the date of these financial statements the Company had drawn $2 million under the draw-to term loan. Advances under the revolving line of credit may not exceed the lesser of (i) $8.0 million or (ii) a calculated borrowing base consisting of (a) 80% of eligible accounts receivable plus (b) the lesser of 30% of eligible inventory or $1.5 million. The entire unpaid principal amount plus any accrued but unpaid interest under the revolving line of credit are due and payable in full on February 23, 2017. As of the date of these financial statements, the Company had not drawn any advances under the revolving line of credit.

        Outstanding balances under the senior secured term loan and senior secured draw-to term loan bear interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at an annual percentage rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 2%. At the Company's option all or a portion of the amounts owed under any of the senior secured term loan and draw-to term loan may be converted into Eurodollar-based advances at an annual percentage rate equal to LIBOR plus 3%. Outstanding balances under the revolving credit facility bear interest on the outstanding daily balance thereof at an annual percentage rate equal to the bank's prime rate plus 1.75%. At the Company's option all or a portion of the amounts owed under the revolving credit facility may be converted into Eurodollar-based advances at an annual percentage rate equal to LIBOR plus 2.75%. In connection with the execution of the Agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 28,248 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $3.54 per share.

F-35


Table of Contents

GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


            Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock



PROSPECTUS



J.P. Morgan   BofA Merrill Lynch   Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

              William Blair   Cantor Fitzgerald & Co.              

                , 2015


Table of Contents


PART II
Information Not Required In The Prospectus

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth an itemization of the various costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commission, payable by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereunder. All of the amounts shown are estimated except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the Exchange initial listing fee.

 
  Amount to be paid  

SEC registration fee

  $ 10,022  

FINRA filing fee

    13,438  

Exchange initial listing fee

               *

Printing and engraving expenses

               *

Legal fees and expenses

               *

Accounting fees and expenses

               *

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

               *

Miscellaneous

               *

Total

  $            *

*
To be filed by amendment

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, empowers a corporation to indemnify its directors and officers and to purchase insurance with respect to liability arising out of their capacity or status as directors and officers, provided that the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in its best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's actions were unlawful. The DGCL further provides that the indemnification permitted thereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the directors and officers may be entitled under the corporation's bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or otherwise. The certificate of incorporation of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides for the indemnification of the registrant's directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. In addition, the bylaws of the registrant to be in effect upon the completion of this offering require the registrant to fully indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, or officer of the registrant, or is or was a director or officer of the registrant serving at the registrant's request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

        Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except (1) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) for payments of unlawful dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant's certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides that the registrant's directors shall not be

II-1


Table of Contents

personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director and that if the DGCL is amended to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the registrant's directors shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

        Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully or negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved, or dissented at the time, may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing minutes of the meetings of our board of directors at the time such action occurred or immediately after such absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts

        As permitted by the DGCL, the registrant has entered into separate indemnification agreements with each of the registrant's directors and certain of the registrant's officers that require the registrant, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status as directors, officers or certain other employees.

        The registrant expects to obtain and maintain insurance policies under which its directors and officers are insured, within the limits and subject to the limitations of those policies, against certain expenses in connection with the defense of, and certain liabilities that might be imposed as a result of, actions, suits or proceedings to which they are parties by reason of being or having been directors or officers. The coverage provided by these policies may apply whether or not the registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

        These indemnification provisions and the indemnification agreements entered into between the registrant and the registrant's officers and directors may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the registrant's officers and directors for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

        The underwriting agreement among the registrant and the underwriters filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for the indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant's directors and officers and certain controlling persons against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act with respect to information provided by the underwriters specifically for inclusion in the registration statement.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by the registrant since April 1, 2012. No underwriters were involved in the sales and the certificates representing the securities sold and issued contain legends restricting transfer of the securities without registration under the Securities Act or an applicable exemption from registration.

            (a)   On August 8, 2012, the registrant issued and sold at face value convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $4.5 million to a total of 14 accredited investors.

            (b)   On October 2, 2012, the registrant issued and sold convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $6.0 million to a total of 11 accredited investors.

            (c)   On January 22, 2013, the registrant issued and sold an aggregate of 8,474,577 shares of its Series F convertible preferred stock at $3.54 per share, for aggregate proceeds of approximately $30.0 million (including the cancellation of indebtedness described under (a) and (b) immediately above), to a total of 20 accredited investors.

            (d)   On June 12, 2014, the registrant issued 61,764 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants having an exercise price of $3.06 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $0.2 million.

II-2


Table of Contents

            (e)   On August 19, 2014, the registrant issued 11,568 shares of its Series D convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants having an exercise price of $3.06 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $0.04 million dollars.

            (f)    On January 9, 2014, the registrant issued an aggregate of 232,143 shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock upon the exercise of warrants for an exercise price of $2.80 per share and 29,017 shares of its Series C convertible preferred stock upon the cashless exercise of warrants having an exercise price of $2.80 per share.

            (g)   On February 23, 2015, the registrant issued warrants to acquire an aggregate 28,248 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $3.54 per share to its bank lenders, which warrants expire February 23, 2022.

            (h)   From April 1, 2012 to May 12, 2015, the registrant granted to its employees, consultants, directors and other service providers under the registrant's 2011 Stock Plan options to purchase an aggregate of 7,792,909 shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.48 to $3.03 per share.

            (i)    From April 1, 2012 through May 12, 2015, the registrant issued an aggregate of 2,448,913 shares of its common stock upon the exercise of options issued to employees, consultants and other service providers under the registrant's 2001 Stock Option Plan and 2011 Stock Plan at exercise prices ranging from $0.10 to $1.89, for aggregate consideration of approximately $1.3 million.

            (j)    On November 29, 2013, the registrant issued 70,000 shares of its common stock upon exercise of an option, which shares were repurchased at fair market value by the registrant on December 10, 2013.

        Unless otherwise indicated, the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(a) through (g) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506(b) promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The recipients of securities in each of these transactions acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions was an accredited investor and had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about the registrant. No underwriters were involved in the offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(a) through (g).

        The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in Items 15(h) through 15(j) were exempt from registration under the Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. The stock options granted and the common stock issued upon the exercise of such options as described in Items 15(h) through 15(j) were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, consultants, service providers and directors. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information. All consultants and service providers were natural persons who provided bona fide services to the registrant or its subsidiaries, which services were not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital raising transaction or directly or indirectly promoting or maintaining a market for the registrant's securities. No underwriters were involved in the offers, sales or issuances of the securities described in Items 15(h) through 15(j).

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)   Exhibits.

Exhibit
number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

3.3

*

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

3.4

*

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon completion of the offering

 

3.5

 

Bylaws of the Registrant

 

3.6

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon completion of the offering

 

4.1

*

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Reed Smith LLP

 

10.1

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2011, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.3

 

Amendment No. 2 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.4

 

Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.5

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.6

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Series D Preferred Stock

 

10.7

 

Amendment to Series D Warrants, dated as of July 10, 2014

 

10.8

 

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

 

10.9

 

2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.10

 

Incentive Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.11

 

Non-Statutory Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.12

 

2011 Stock Plan

 

10.13

 

Form of Notice of Incentive Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Stock Plan

 

10.14

 

Form of Notice of Non-Statutory Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Stock Plan

 

10.15

*

2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description
  10.16 * 2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

10.17

 

Thomas W. Burns Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.18

 

Thomas W. Burns Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.19

 

Chris M. Calcaterra Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.20

 

Chris M. Calcaterra Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.21

 

Richard L. Harrison Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.22

 

Richard L. Harrison Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.23

 

Standard Business Park Lease—Multi-Tenant, dated as of November 9, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

10.24

 

Second Amendment and Lease Consolidation, dated as of September 30, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

10.25

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and DOSE Medical Corporation

 

10.26

 

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit And Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

 

10.27

 

Form of Swing Line Note

 

10.28

 

Form of Revolving Credit Note

 

10.29

 

Form of Term Loan Note

 

10.30

 

Form of Draw-to Term Loan Note

 

10.31

 

Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 23, 2015 by and among the Registrant, and such other entities that become parties thereto, and Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent for an on behalf of the Lenders

 

10.32

 

Warrant issued to Comerica Bank dated February 23, 2015

 

10.33

 

Warrant issued to Square 1 Bank dated February 23, 2015

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

23.2

*

Consent of Reed Smith LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this registration statement)

*
To be filed by amendment.

(b)   Financial statement schedules.

        Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

II-5


Table of Contents


Item 17.    Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

    (1)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

    (2)
    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Laguna Hills, State of California, on May 12, 2015.

    GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

By:

 

/s/ THOMAS W. BURNS

Thomas W. Burns
Chief Executive Officer and President


Power of Attorney

        We, the undersigned officers and directors of Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation, hereby severally constitute and appoint each of Thomas W. Burns and Richard L. Harrison, acting singly, our true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ THOMAS W. BURNS

Thomas W. Burns
  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   May 12, 2015

/s/ RICHARD L. HARRISON

Richard L. Harrison

 

Treasurer, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary (Principal Accounting and Financial Officer)

 

May 12, 2015

/s/ WILLIAM J. LINK

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

Chairman of the Board

 

May 12, 2015

/s/ OLAV B. BERGHEIM

Olav B. Bergheim

 

Director

 

May 12, 2015

II-7


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MARK J. FOLEY

Mark J. Foley
  Director   May 12, 2015

/s/ DAVID F. HOFFMEISTER

David F. Hoffmeister

 

Director

 

May 12, 2015

/s/ GILBERT H. KLIMAN

Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D.

 

Director

 

May 12, 2015

/s/ PAUL S. MADERA

Paul S. Madera

 

Director

 

May 12, 2015

/s/ ROBERT J. MORE

Robert J. More

 

Director

 

May 12, 2015

/s/ JONATHAN T. SILVERSTEIN

Jonathan T. Silverstein

 

Director

 

May 12, 2015

/s/ MARC A. STAPLEY

Marc A. Stapley

 

Director

 

May 12, 2015

/s/ AIMEE S. WEISNER

Aimee S. Weisner

 

Director

 

May 12, 2015

II-8


Table of Contents


Exhibit Index

Exhibit
number
  Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

3.3

*

Certificate of Amendment of Restated Certificate of Incorporation

 

3.4

*

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be effective upon completion of the offering

 

3.5

 

Bylaws of the Registrant

 

3.6

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon completion of the offering

 

4.1

*

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Reed Smith LLP

 

10.1

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2011, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.2

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.3

 

Amendment No. 2 to the Fourth Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.4

 

Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.5

 

Amendment No. 1 to the Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and among the Registrant and the stockholders named therein

 

10.6

 

Form of Warrant to Purchase Series D Preferred Stock

 

10.7

 

Amendment to Series D Warrants, dated as of July 10, 2014

 

10.8

 

Form of Director and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement

 

10.9

 

2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.10

 

Notice of Incentive Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.11

 

Notice of Non-Statutory Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

10.12

 

2011 Stock Plan

 

10.13

 

Form of Notice of Incentive Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Stock Plan

 

10.14

 

Form of Notice of Non-Statutory Stock Option Grant and Stock Option Agreement under the 2011 Stock Plan

 

10.15

*

2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan

 

10.16

*

2015 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

10.17

 

Thomas W. Burns Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

Table of Contents

Exhibit
number
  Description
  10.18   Thomas W. Burns Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.19

 

Chris M. Calcaterra Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.20

 

Chris M. Calcaterra Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.21

 

Richard L. Harrison Offer Letter dated July 10, 2014

 

10.22

 

Richard L. Harrison Executive Severance and Change in Control Agreement dated July 10, 2014

 

10.23

 

Standard Business Park Lease—Multi-Tenant, dated as of November 9, 2009, by and between the Registrant and Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

10.24

 

Second Amendment and Lease Consolidation, dated as of September 30, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

10.25

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, by and between the Registrant and DOSE Medical Corporation

 

10.26

 

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit And Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2015, by and between the Registrant and Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

 

10.27

 

Form of Swing Line Note

 

10.28

 

Form of Revolving Credit Note

 

10.29

 

Form of Term Loan Note

 

10.30

 

Form of Draw-to Term Loan Note

 

10.31

 

Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 23, 2015 by and among the Registrant, and such other entities that become parties thereto, and Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent for an on behalf of the Lenders

 

10.32

 

Warrant issued to Comerica Bank dated February 23, 2015

 

10.33

 

Warrant issued to Square 1 Bank dated February 23, 2015

 

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

23.2

*

Consent of Reed Smith LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this registration statement)

*
To be filed by amendment.



Exhibit 3.1

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

(originally incorporated July 14, 1998
under the name Transdx, Inc.)

 

ARTICLE I

 

NAME OF THE CORPORATION

 

The name of the Corporation is Glaukos Corporation.

 

ARTICLE II

 

REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 1201 North Market Street, Post Office Box 1347 in the City of Wilmington, 19801, County of New Castle.  The name of the Registered Agent of the Corporation at such address is Delaware Corporation Organizers Inc.

 

ARTICLE III

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK

 

The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock designated “Common Stock” and “Preferred Stock.”  The Preferred Stock shall consist of six series designated “Series A Preferred Stock,” “Series B Preferred Stock,” “Series C Preferred Stock,” “Series D Preferred Stock,” “Series E Preferred Stock” and “Series F Preferred Stock.”

 



 

The number of shares of Common Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Seventy Two Million (72,000,000).  The number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Three Million (3,000,000).  The number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Five Million Eight Hundred Four Thousand Eight Hundred Fourteen (5,804,814).  The number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Fourteen Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand (14,750,000).  The number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Thirteen Million Eight Hundred Forty-Four Thousand Nineteen (13,844,019).  The number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Eight Million Seven Hundred Fifty-Three Thousand Seven Hundred Ten (8,753,710).  The number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Eight Million Four Hundred Seventy-Four Thousand Five Hundred Seventy-Seven (8,474,577).

 

All shares of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall have a par value of $0.001 per share.  Except as specifically set forth herein, references hereinafter to “Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock.

 

The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the respective classes and series of shares of capital or the holders thereof are set forth below in this Article IV.

 

1.               Dividends.

 

(a)          Rights to Receive Dividends .  The holder of each then outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock, the holder of each then outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock, the holder of each then outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock, the holder of each then outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock, the holder of each then outstanding share of Series E Preferred Stock and the holder of each then outstanding share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at an annual rate of eight percent (8%) of the Original Purchase Price (as defined below) of each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock, respectively (as adjusted for all stock splits, stock dividends, consolidations, recapitalizations and reorganizations), payable out of funds legally available therefor.  Such dividends shall be payable in preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on any shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.  The right to such dividends on the Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative, and no right shall accrue to holders of Preferred Stock by reason of the fact that dividends on such shares are not declared or paid in any prior year, whether or not the earnings of the Corporation were sufficient to pay such dividends in whole or in part.  The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than thirty (30) days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof (the “Preferred Stock Date of Accrual”).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends, if paid, or if declared and set apart for payment, must be paid, or declared and set

 

2



 

apart for payment, on all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock contemporaneously.  For purposes hereof, “Series A Original Purchase Price” shall mean $1.00 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events); “Series B Original Purchase Price” shall mean $2.16 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events); “Series C Original Purchase Price” shall mean $2.80 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events); “Series D Original Purchase Price” shall mean $3.06 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events); “Series E Original Purchase Price” shall mean $3.37 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events); and “Series F Original Purchase Price” shall mean $3.54 (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events).

 

(b)          Payment of Dividends .  The Corporation shall pay to each holder of Preferred Stock on the Preferred Stock Date of Accrual with respect to shares held by each of such holders any and all dividends which have been declared through such date.

 

(c)           Other Dividends .  Subject to the provisions of Sections 1(a) and (b) hereof, no dividend or other distribution shall be paid, or declared and set apart for payment (other than dividends of Common Stock on the Common Stock of the Corporation) on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, unless and until there shall first be declared and paid on each share of the Preferred Stock a cash dividend in an amount equal to the amount set forth above in Section 1(a) plus an amount equal to such dividend or other distribution on the Common Stock with each share of each series of Preferred Stock entitled to receive the product of (i) the amount of the dividend declared on each share of Common Stock and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock into which the share of such series of Preferred Stock is then convertible under Section 5 hereof determined by reference to the applicable Conversion Price for such series in effect at the record date for such dividend.

 

Neither the Corporation nor any of its Subsidiaries shall purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any shares of any class or series of the Corporation’s capital stock (other than the shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation to its employees, directors or outside consultants or contractors pursuant to plans or arrangements duly approved by the Board of Directors) and no money shall be paid into or set aside or made available for a sinking fund for the purchase, redemption or acquisition thereof.

 

2.               Liquidation .

 

(a)          Preference .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (a “Liquidation Event”), after payment or provision for payment of the debts and other liabilities of the Corporation, the holders of each share of Series A Preferred Stock, each share of Series B Preferred Stock, each share of Series C Preferred Stock, each share of Series D Preferred Stock, each share of Series E Preferred Stock and each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis out of the assets of the Corporation, whether such assets are capital, surplus or earnings, an amount equal to the applicable Liquidation Value, as set forth in Section 2(e), of such share before any payment shall be made or assets distributed on the Common Stock or any other class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

3



 

(b)          Partial Payment .  If upon any Liquidation Event the assets of the Corporation distributable as aforesaid among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock shall be insufficient to permit the payment to them of the full preferential amounts to which they are entitled, then the entire assets of the Corporation so to be distributed shall be distributed ratably among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock in proportion to the sum of their respective per share Liquidation Values (based upon the number of shares of each such series then outstanding), until payment in full of such amount per share.

 

(c)           Remaining Assets .  After payment or distribution to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock of the full amounts set forth in Section 2(a) above, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders shall be distributed ratably among the holders of Common Stock then outstanding.

 

(d)          Deemed Liquidation Event .  For purposes of this Section 2, a Liquidation Event shall be deemed to be occasioned by, and to include, the Corporation’s (i) sale of all or substantially all of its assets, including through a lease or out-license of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, (ii) a consolidation or merger with or into another Person if, as a result of such consolidation or merger, the holders of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock prior to such consolidation or merger do not hold at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the surviving Person, or (iii) the sale of shares of the capital stock of the Corporation, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, representing at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the voting power of the voting securities of the Corporation then outstanding, but excluding a Qualified Public Offering (as defined below) and any transaction(s) principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which the Corporation issues new shares of capital stock of the Corporation primarily for cash or the cancellation of indebtedness of the Corporation or a combination of thereof for the purpose of financing the operations and the business of the Corporation.

 

(e)           Liquidation Value .

 

(i)                                      The Liquidation Value per share of Series A Preferred Stock as of any particular date shall be the sum of (A) the Series A Original Purchase Price plus (B) all declared but unpaid dividends as of the date the Liquidation Value of such share is determined.

 

(ii)                                   The Liquidation Value per share of Series B Preferred Stock as of any particular date shall be the sum of (A) the Series B Original Purchase Price plus (B) all declared but unpaid dividends as of the date the Liquidation Value of such share is determined.

 

(iii)                                The Liquidation Value per share of Series C Preferred Stock as of any particular date shall be the sum of (A) the Series C Original Purchase Price plus (B) all declared but unpaid dividends as of the date the Liquidation Value of such share is determined.

 

4



 

(iv)                               The Liquidation Value per share of Series D Preferred Stock as of any particular date shall be the sum of (A) the Series D Original Purchase Price plus (B) all declared but unpaid dividends as of the date the Liquidation Value of such share is determined.

 

(v)                                  The Liquidation Value per share of Series E Preferred Stock as of any particular date shall be the sum of (A) the Series E Original Purchase Price plus (B) all declared but unpaid dividends as of the date the Liquidation Value of such share is determined.

 

(vi)                               The Liquidation Value per share of Series F Preferred Stock as of any particular date shall be the sum of (A) the Series F Original Purchase Price plus (B) all declared but unpaid dividends as of the date the Liquidation Value of such share is determined.

 

3.               Redemption .  The Corporation shall not have the right to call or redeem any shares of the Preferred Stock.

 

4.               Voting Rights; Directors .

 

(a)          Generally .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the largest number of shares of Common Stock into which such share of Preferred Stock could be converted at the record date for determination of the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters, or, if no such record date is established, at the date such vote is taken or any written consent of stockholders is solicited.  Each holder of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share thereof held.  Except as otherwise provided by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, and not as a separate class or series, and the votes among the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock as a single class shall be calculated and determined on an as-converted to Common Stock basis.

 

(b)          Directors .

 

(i)                                      The holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a class and to the exclusion of all other classes of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors (the “Series A and B Directors”).  The holders of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and to the exclusion of all other classes of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors (the “Series C Directors”).  The holders of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and to the exclusion of all other classes of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the “Series D Director”).  The holders of Series F Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class and to the exclusion of all other classes of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be entitled to elect one (1) member of the Board of Directors (the “Series F Director;” the Series F Director together with the Series A and B Directors, the Series C Directors and the Series D Director, the “Preferred Directors”).  The holders of Common Stock, voting together as a single class and to the exclusion of all other classes of capital stock of the Corporation, shall be entitled to elect two (2) members of the Board of Directors (the “Common Directors”).  Any remaining members of the Board of Directors shall be elected by the holders of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a single class (the “General Director”).

 

5



 

(ii)                                   In the case of any vacancy in the office of a director occurring among the Series A and B Directors, the Series C Directors, the Series D Director, the Series F Director, the Common Directors, or the General Director, the remaining Common Director, General Director, the Series A and B Directors, the Series C Directors, the Series D Director or the Series F Director, as the case may be, may, by affirmative vote of a majority thereof (or the remaining director so elected if there is but one, or if there is no such director remaining, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of that class), elect a successor or successors to hold the office for the unexpired term of the director or directors whose place or places shall be vacant.  Any director may be removed during the aforesaid term of office, whether with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares eligible to vote in an election for the seat occupied by that director (e.g., in order to remove a Common Director, the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, voting together as a single class and to the exclusion of all other classes of capital stock of the Corporation, must so vote).

 

(c)           Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  In addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, so long as at least Three Million Five Hundred Thousand (3,500,000) shares of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the consent of the holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by vote at a meeting called for that purpose at which the holders of the Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class:

 

(i)                                      amend, waive or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) or the Corporation’s Bylaws if such action would alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Preferred Stock, or increase or decrease the number of shares of the Preferred Stock authorized hereby;

 

(ii)                                   (A) authorize or issue shares of any class or series of stock not authorized herein having any preference or priority as to dividends or assets superior to or on a parity with any such preference or priority of the Preferred Stock; or (B) authorize or issue shares of stock of any class or series or any bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations convertible into or exchangeable for, or having option rights to purchase, any shares of stock of the Corporation having any preference or priority as to dividends or assets superior to any such preference or priority of the Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                reclassify any class or series of any Common Stock into shares having any preference or priority as to dividends or assets superior to any such preference or priority of the Preferred Stock;

 

(iv)                               pay and dividend or other distribution on any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Corporation;

 

6



 

(v)                                  voluntarily liquidate or dissolve;

 

(vi)                               acquire any other Person, whether by merger, consolidation or asset purchase or all or substantially all of the assets of any other business entity, including through a lease or out-license of the Corporation’s assets;

 

(vii)                            (A) sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, including through a lease or out-license of the Company’s assets or (B) consolidate or merge with or into another Person if, as a result of such consolidation or merger, the holders of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock prior to such consolidation or merger do not hold at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation; provided, however, that (2) with respect to the transaction contemplated in clause (B) of this subsection (c)(vii), the vote or written consent of at least a majority of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class, shall be required in addition to the vote otherwise required by this subsection (c) if the price in such consolidation or merger is less than $6.12 per share (adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events);

 

(viii)                         do any act or thing which would result in taxation of the holders of shares of the Preferred Stock under Section 305 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (or any comparable provision of the Internal Revenue Code as hereafter from time to time amended); or

 

(ix)                               take (A) any action which materially or adversely alters or changes the rights, preferences, or privileges of a series of Preferred Stock by way of charter amendment, merger or consolidation or otherwise in a manner differently from any other series, or (B) any action which would increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of such series, without the approval of a majority of the then outstanding shares of such series, voting as a separate class.

 

(d)          Series E Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  In addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, so long as at least One Million (1,000,000) shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by vote at a meeting called for that purpose at which the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class:

 

(i)                                      amend, waive or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) or the Corporation’s Bylaws if such action would alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series E Preferred Stock, or increase or decrease the number of shares of the Series E Preferred Stock authorized hereby;

 

(ii)                                   (A) sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, including through a lease or out-license of the Company’s assets or (B) consolidate or merge with or into another Person if, as a result of such consolidation or merger, the holders of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock prior to such consolidation or merger do not hold at least

 

7



 

fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation if the price in such sale, consolidation or merger is less than $6.12 per share (adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events); or

 

(iii)                                Take any action that would have the affect of waiving, altering, amending or repealing this Section 4(d), the provision regarding the Series E Special Liquidation Right set forth in Section 5(a)(iii)(B)(1), or Sections 5(c)(v) and 5(f)(iv)(A).

 

(e)           Series F Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  In addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, so long as at least Five Hundred Thousand (500,000) shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the consent of the holders of at least sixty percent (60%) of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by vote at a meeting called for that purpose at which the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class:

 

(i)                                      Amend, waive or repeal any provision of, or add any provision to, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (by reclassification, merger or otherwise) or the Corporation’s Bylaws if such action would alter or change the preferences, rights, privileges or powers of, or the restrictions provided for the benefit of, the Series F Preferred Stock, or increase or decrease the number of shares of the Series F Preferred Stock authorized hereby;

 

(ii)                                   (A) sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, including through a lease or out-license of the Company’s assets or (B) consolidate or merge with or into another Person if, as a result of such consolidation or merger, the holders of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock prior to such consolidation or merger do not hold at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation if the price in such sale, consolidation or merger is less than $6.12 per share (adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar events); or

 

(iii)                                Take any action that would have the affect of waiving, altering, amending or repealing this Section 4(e), the provision regarding the Series F Special Liquidation Right set forth in Section 5(a)(iii)(B)(2), or Sections 5(c)(vi) and 5(f)(iv)(B).

 

5.               Conversion .  The rights of the holders of shares of Preferred Stock to convert such shares into shares of Common Stock (as defined in Section 5(i) below) of the Corporation (the “Conversion Rights”), and the terms and conditions of such conversion, shall be as follows:

 

(a)          Right to Convert; Automatic Conversion .

 

(i)                                      Each share of the Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of the issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock, into that number of the fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined in accordance with the provisions of Sections 5(a)(ii), 5(a)(iii) and 5(b) below.  In order to convert shares of the Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the holder thereof shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or to the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock, together with written notice to the Corporation stating

 

8



 

that it elects to convert the same and setting forth the name or names in which it wishes the certificate or certificates for Common Stock to be issued, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock being converted.

 

(ii)                                   The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the surrender of the certificate or certificates evidencing shares of Preferred Stock for conversion at the office of the Corporation or the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock, issue to each holder of such shares, or its nominee or nominees, a certificate or certificates evidencing the number of shares of Common Stock (and any other securities and property) to which it shall be entitled and, in the event that only a part of the shares evidenced by such certificate or certificates are converted, a certificate evidencing the number of shares of Preferred Stock which are not converted.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the Person or Persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock at such date and shall, with respect to such shares, have only those rights of a holder of Common Stock of the Corporation.

 

(iii)                                Each share of Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be automatically converted into that number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 5(b) below upon the earlier of (A) the date that is immediately prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering or (B) the receipt of consent of the holders of at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting or consenting together as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing or by vote at a meeting called for that purpose at which the holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class; provided, however, that if (1) an automatic conversion pursuant to this clause (B) is in conjunction with a Liquidation Event and if the proceeds of such Liquidation Event to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock as holders of Common Stock (i.e. after giving effect to such conversion pursuant to this clause (B)) would be less in aggregate than the proceeds of such Liquidation Event to holders of Series E Preferred Stock as holders of Series E Preferred Stock (i.e. assuming no such conversion pursuant to this clause (B)), then the Series E Conversion Price applicable to such conversion pursuant to this clause (B) shall automatically be adjusted to the conversion price that causes holders of Series E Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock pursuant to this clause (B) to receive in such conversion that number of shares of Common Stock that will cause such holders to receive, as holders of such Common Stock, in the applicable Liquidation Event an aggregate amount that is equal to the amount that would have been distributed to holders of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to such Liquidation Event had such conversion to Common Stock pursuant to this clause (B) not occurred (the “Series E Special Liquidation Right”) and/or (2) an automatic conversion pursuant to this clause (B) is in conjunction with a Liquidation Event and if the proceeds of such Liquidation Event to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock as holders of Common Stock (i.e. after giving effect to such conversion pursuant to this clause (B)) would be less in aggregate than the proceeds of such Liquidation Event to holders of Series F Preferred Stock as holders of Series F Preferred Stock (i.e. assuming no such conversion pursuant to this clause (B)), then the Series F Conversion Price applicable to such conversion pursuant to this clause (B) shall automatically be adjusted to the conversion price that causes holders of Series F Preferred Stock being converted into Common Stock pursuant to this clause (B) to receive in

 

9



 

such conversion that number of shares of Common Stock that will cause such holders to receive, as holders of such Common Stock, in the applicable Liquidation Event an aggregate amount that is equal to the amount that would have been distributed to holders of Series F Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) with respect to such Liquidation Event had such conversion to Common Stock pursuant to this clause (B) not occurred (the “Series F Special Liquidation Right”).

 

(b)          Conversion of Preferred Stock .

 

(i)                                      The Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Series A Conversion Price (as defined herein) per share in effect at the time into $1.00 per share of Series A Preferred Stock being converted.

 

(ii)                                   The Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Series B Conversion Price (as defined herein) per share in effect at the time into $2.16 per share of Series B Preferred Stock being converted.

 

(iii)                                The Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Series C Conversion Price (as defined herein) per share in effect at the time into $2.80 per share of Series C Preferred Stock being converted.

 

(iv)                               The Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Series D Conversion Price (as defined herein) per share in effect at the time into $3.06 per share of Series D Preferred Stock being converted.

 

(v)                                  The Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Series E Conversion Price (as defined herein) per share in effect at the time into $3.37 per share of Series E Preferred Stock being converted.

 

(vi)                               The Series F Preferred Stock shall be convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which results from dividing the Series F Conversion Price (as defined herein) per share in effect at the time into $3.54 per share of Series F Preferred Stock being converted.

 

(c)           Conversion Price .

 

(i)                                      The conversion price per share for the Series A Preferred Stock shall initially be $1.00 (the “Series A Conversion Price”) and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided herein.

 

(ii)                                   The conversion price per share for the Series B Preferred Stock shall initially be $2.16 (the “Series B Conversion Price”) and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided herein.

 

10


 

(iii)                                The conversion price per share for the Series C Preferred Stock shall initially be $2.80 (the “Series C Conversion Price”) and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided herein.

 

(iv)                               The conversion price per share for the Series D Preferred Stock shall initially be $3.06 (the “Series D Conversion Price”) and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided herein.

 

(v)                                  Subject to Section 5(a)(iii)(B)(1), the conversion price per share for the Series E Preferred Stock shall initially be $3.37 (the “Series E Conversion Price”) and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided herein.

 

(vi)                               Subject to Section 5(a)(iii)(B)(2), the conversion price per share for the Series F Preferred Stock shall initially be $3.54 (the “Series F Conversion Price”) and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided herein.

 

The conversion price as it applies to each series of Preferred Stock is sometimes referred to as the “Conversion Price.”

 

(d)          Adjustment for Stock Splits, Certain Dividends and Combinations .  If outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares, or a dividend in Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (in which latter event the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion or exchange of such securities shall be deemed to have been distributed), shall be paid in respect to the Common Stock of the Corporation, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Preferred Conversion Price, the Series C Preferred Conversion Price, the Series D Preferred Conversion Price, the Series E Conversion Price and the Series F Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or at the record date of such dividend shall be proportionately reduced, and conversely, if outstanding shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Preferred Conversion Price, the Series D Preferred Conversion Price, the Series E Preferred Conversion Price and the Series F Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately increased.

 

Any adjustment to the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Preferred Conversion Price, the Series D Preferred Conversion Price, the Series E Preferred Conversion Price or the Series F Preferred Conversion Price under this Section 5(d) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination referred to herein becomes effective.

 

(e)           Reorganizations, Mergers, Consolidations or Reclassifications .  In the event of any capital reorganization, any reclassification of the Common Stock (other than a change in par value or as a result of a stock dividend, subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into another Person (excluding a consolidation or merger described in Section 2(d)(ii) of this Article IV) (collectively referred to hereinafter as “Reorganizations”), the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B

 

11



 

Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive, and provision shall be made therefor in any agreement relating to a Reorganization, upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock the kind and number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property (including cash) of the Corporation, or other corporation resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger to which a holder of the number of shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation which the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock entitled the holder thereof to convert to immediately prior to such Reorganization would have been entitled to receive with respect to such Reorganization; and in any such case appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions herein set forth with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth herein (including the specified changes and other adjustments to the Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any shares, other securities or property thereafter receivable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock and the Series F Preferred Stock.  The provisions of this Section 5(e) shall similarly apply to successive Reorganizations.

 

(f)            Sale of Additional Shares .

 

(i)                                      If at any time or from time to time following the date of the initial issuance of shares of Series F Preferred Stock the Corporation shall issue or sell Additional Shares of Common Stock (as hereinafter defined) other than as a dividend or other distribution on any class of stock and other than as a subdivision or combination of shares of Common Stock as provided in Section 5(d) above, for a consideration per share less than the then existing Series A Conversion Price, the then existing Series B Conversion Price, the then existing Series C Conversion Price, the then existing Series D Conversion Price, the then existing Series E Conversion Price and/or the then existing Series F Conversion Price, then, and in each such case, the then existing Series A Conversion Price, the then existing Series B Conversion Price, the then existing Series C Conversion Price, the then existing Series D Conversion Price, the then existing Series E Conversion Price and/or the then existing Series F Conversion Price, as the case may be, shall be reduced, as of the opening of business on the date of such issuance or sale, to a price determined by multiplying the applicable Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (including shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) plus the number of shares of Additional Shares of Common Stock actually issued in such issuance.

 

12



 

(ii)                                   For the purpose of making any adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price, the Series E Conversion Price or the Series F Conversion Price, or number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock, as provided above, the consideration received by the Corporation for any issue or sale of securities shall:

 

(a)          To the extent it consists of cash, be computed at the net amount of cash received by the Corporation after deduction of any expenses payable directly or indirectly by the Corporation and any underwriting or similar commissions, compensations, discounts or concessions paid or allowed by the Corporation in connection with such issue or sale;

 

(b)          To the extent it consists of property other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be computed at the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, at or about, but as of, the date of the adoption of the resolution specifically authorizing such issuance or sale, irrespective of any accounting treatment thereof; provided, however, that such fair market value as determined by the Board of Directors, when added to any cash consideration received in connection with such issuance or sale, shall not exceed the aggregate market price of the Additional Shares of Common Stock being issued, as of the date of the adoption of such resolution; and

 

(c)           If Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities (as defined below) or Rights (as defined below) are issued or sold together with other stock or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, the consideration received for the Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights shall be computed as that portion of the consideration so received which is reasonably determined in good faith by the Board of Directors to be allocable to such Additional Shares of Common Stock, Convertible Securities or Rights.

 

(iii)                                For the purpose of making any adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price or Series F Conversion Price provided in Section 5(f) hereof, if at any time, or from time to time, the Corporation issues any stock or other securities convertible into Additional Shares of Common Stock (such stock or other securities being hereinafter referred to as “Convertible Securities”) or issues any rights or options to purchase Additional Shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities (such rights or options being hereinafter referred to as “Rights”), then, and in each such case, if the Effective Conversion Price (as hereinafter defined) of such Rights or Convertible Securities shall be less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, the Series E Conversion Price and/or the Series F Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Rights or Convertible Securities, the Corporation shall be deemed to have issued at the time of the issuance of such Rights or Convertible Securities the maximum number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise or conversion thereof and to have received in consideration for the issuance of such shares an amount equal to the aggregate Effective Conversion Price of such Rights or Convertible Securities.  For the purposes

 

13



 

of this Section 5(f)(iii), “Effective Conversion Price” shall mean an amount equal to the sum of the lowest amount of consideration, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation with respect to any one (1) Additional Share of Common Stock upon issuance of the Rights or Convertible Securities and upon their exercise or conversion, respectively.  No further adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price or Series F Conversion Price adjusted upon the issuance of such Rights or Convertible Securities shall be made as a result of the actual issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock on the exercise of any such Rights or the conversion of any such Convertible Securities.  If any such Rights or the conversion privilege represented by any such Convertible Securities shall expire without having been exercised, such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price or Series F Conversion Price, as applicable, as adjusted upon the issuance of such Rights or Convertible Securities shall be readjusted to the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price or Series F Conversion Price, as applicable, which would have been in effect had such adjustment been made on the basis that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock so issued were the Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, actually issued or sold on the exercise of such Rights or on the conversion of such Convertible Securities, and such Additional Shares of Common Stock, if any, were issued or sold for the consideration actually received by the Corporation upon such exercise, plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation for the granting of all such Rights, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration received for issuing or selling the Convertible Securities actually converted plus the consideration, if any, actually received by the Corporation (other than by cancellation of liabilities or obligations evidenced by such Convertible Securities) on the conversion of such Convertible Securities.

 

(iv)                               Waiver by Holders of Series E Preferred Stock or Holders of Series F Preferred Stock .  In addition to any other consent required by law or this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the rights set forth in this Section 5(f) may not be waived (A) with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock without the vote or written consent of at least a majority of the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class; and (B) with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock without the vote or written consent of at least sixty percent (60%) of the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock, voting separately as a single class.

 

(g)           Additional Shares of Common Stock .  “Additional Shares of Common Stock” as used in this Section 5 shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation, whether or not subsequently reacquired or retired by the Corporation, other than:

 

(i)                                      securities issued upon the conversion of any shares of the Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   securities issued or issuable to employees or officers or directors or outside consultants or contractors of the Corporation or any Subsidiary pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

14



 

(iii)                                securities issued in connection with the Corporation obtaining lease financing, whether issued to a lessor, guarantor or other Person providing such financing, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

(iv)                               securities issued to effect any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Corporation;

 

(v)                                  securities issued in connection with any borrowings, direct or indirect from financial institutions or other persons by the Corporation, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

(vi)                               securities issued in connection with the acquisition by the Corporation of another entity by consolidation, corporate reorganization or merger, or by the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of such other entity, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

(vii)                            securities issued in connection with any technology transfer or similar transaction, in which the Corporation acquires rights to such technology, between the Corporation and any other Person, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board of Directors;

 

(viii)                         securities issued in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

 

(ix)                               securities issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange of any other securities that are covered by subsections (i) through (viii) above of this subsection (g).

 

(h)          Common Stock .  “Common Stock” as used in this Section 5 shall mean any shares of any class of the Corporation’s capital stock other than the Preferred Stock.  The Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, however, shall be the Common Stock of the Corporation as constituted on the date hereof, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.

 

(i)                                      Certificate of Adjustment .  In each case of an adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price or Series F Conversion Price or the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock or the Series F Preferred Stock, the Corporation, at its expense, shall cause the Chief Financial Officer of the Corporation to compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and prepare a certificate showing such adjustment or readjustment, and shall mail such certificate, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each registered holder of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E

 

15



 

Preferred Stock or the Series F Preferred Stock at the holder’s address as shown on the Corporation’s stock transfer books.  The certificate shall set forth such adjustment or readjustment, showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based, including a statement of (i) the consideration received or to be received by the Corporation for any Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold or deemed to have been issued or sold, (ii) Conversion Price at the time in effect for the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock or the Series F Preferred Stock, respectively, and (iii) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock and the type and amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock or the Series F Preferred Stock.  Such notice may be given in advance of such adjustment or readjustment and may be included as part of a notice required to be given pursuant to Section 5(j) below.

 

(ii)                                   Notices of Record Date .  In the event the Corporation shall propose to take any action of the type or types requiring an adjustment to the Conversion Price of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock or the Series F Preferred Stock, or the number or character of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock or the Series F Preferred Stock as set forth herein, the Corporation shall give notice to the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock or the Series F Preferred Stock, as applicable, in the manner set forth in Section 5(h)(i) above, which notice shall specify the record date, if any, with respect to any such action and the date on which such action is to take place.  Such notice shall also set forth such facts with respect thereto as shall be reasonably necessary to indicate the effect of such action (to the extent such effect may be known at the date of such notice) on the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price or Series F Conversion Price and the number, kind or class of shares or other securities or property which shall be deliverable upon the occurrence of such action or deliverable upon the conversion of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock, the Series E Preferred Stock or the Series F Preferred Stock.  In the case of any action which would require the fixing of a record date, such notice shall be given at least twenty (20) days prior to the date so fixed, and in case of all other action, such notice shall be given at least thirty (30) days prior to the taking of such proposed action.

 

(i)              Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .  The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect a conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall promptly seek such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.  In the event of the consolidation or merger of the Corporation with another corporation where the

 

16



 

Corporation is not the surviving corporation, effective provisions shall be made in the certificate or articles of incorporation, merger or consolidation, or otherwise of the surviving corporation so that such corporation will at all times reserve and keep available a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property to provide for the conversion of the Preferred Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.

 

(j)             Payment of Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay all taxes and other governmental charges (other than any income or other taxes imposed upon the profits realized by the recipient) that may be imposed in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property upon conversion of shares of any series of Preferred Stock, including without limitation, any tax or other charge imposed in connection with any transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of Common Stock or other securities in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered.

 

(k)          Status of Converted Stock .  In the event any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be issuable by the Corporation, and this Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

 

(l)              Repurchase of Shares .  In connection with repurchases by the Corporation of its Common Stock pursuant to agreements with employees, directors, consultants or contractors approved by the Board of Directors, each holder of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have waived the application, in whole or in part, of any provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law or any applicable law of any other state which might limit or prevent or prohibit such repurchases.

 

(m)      No Impairment .  The Corporation shall not amend this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or participate in any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, for the purpose of avoiding or seeking to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but shall at all times in good faith use its best efforts, and assist in carrying out all such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Preferred Stock against dilution or other impairment.

 

6.               Common Stock .

 

(a)          Dividend Rights .  Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

17



 

(b)          Liquidation Rights .  Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of this Article IV.

 

(c)           Redemption .  The Common Stock is not redeemable.

 

(d)          Voting Rights .  The holder of each share of Common Stock shall have the right to one (1) vote, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation and law.

 

7.               Miscellaneous .

 

(a)          Definitions .

 

(i)                                      “Additional Shares of Common Stock” shall have that meaning set forth in Section 5(g) hereof.

 

(ii)                                   “Conversion Rights” shall have that meaning set forth in Section 5 hereof.

 

(iii)                                “Convertible Securities” shall have that meaning set forth in Section 5(f)(iii) hereof.

 

(iv)                               “Effective Conversion Price” shall have that meaning set forth in Section 5(f)(iii) hereof.

 

(v)                                  “Liquidation Value” shall have that meaning set forth in Section 2(e) hereof.

 

(vi)                               “Person” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a trust or unincorporated organization or any other entity or organization.

 

(vii)                            “Qualified Public Offering” means a firmly underwritten initial public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock on a Form S-1 Registration Statement, or any similar form of registration statement, adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) from and after the date hereof, filed with the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to which the Corporation receives gross proceeds of at least $50,000,000 (prior to underwriters’ discounts and expenses relating to such public offering, including without limitation, fees of the Corporation’s counsel) and the price to the public is at least $7.08 per share (equitably adjusted for all stock splits, sub-divisions, stock dividends, combinations and the like).

 

(viii)                         “Series A Preferred Stock” shall have that meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Article IV.

 

(ix)                               “Series B Preferred Stock” shall have that meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Article IV.

 

18



 

(x)                                  “Series C Preferred Stock” shall have that meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Article IV.

 

(xi)                               “Series D Preferred Stock” shall have that meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Article IV.

 

(xii)                            “Series E Preferred Stock” shall have that meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Article IV.

 

(xiii)                         “Series F Preferred Stock” shall have that meaning set forth in the first paragraph of this Article IV.

 

(xiv)                        “Subsidiary” means any corporation of which equity securities possessing a majority of the ordinary voting power in electing the board of directors are, at the time as of which such determination is being made, owned by the Corporation either directly or indirectly through one or more Subsidiaries.

 

(b)          Notices .  All notices referred to herein, except as otherwise expressly provided, shall be made by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid and shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed.

 

(c)           Conflicts .  So long as any of the Preferred Stock is outstanding, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Article IV and the remainder of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation (both as presently existing or hereafter amended and supplemented), the provisions of this Article IV shall be and remain controlling.

 

ARTICLE V

 

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

1.               Exculpation .  To the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.  If the Delaware General Corporation Law is hereafter amended to further reduce or to authorize, with the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders, further reductions in the liability of the Corporation’s directors for breach of fiduciary duty, then a director of the Corporation shall not be liable for any such breach to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.

 

2.               Indemnification .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is also authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) such agents (and any other Persons to which Delaware law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification) who are made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding whether criminal,

 

19



 

civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he/she, his/her testator or intestate is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director, officer, employee or agent at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation to the same extent as permitted by law, through bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other Persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable Delaware law (statutory or non-statutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to the Corporation, its stockholders and others.

 

3.               Effect of Repeal or Modification .  Any repeal or modification of any of the foregoing provisions of this Article V shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director, officer, agent or other Person existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

BOARD POWER REGARDING BYLAWS

 

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

CORPORATE POWER

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred on stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Corporation shall not be governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or by any successor or similar statute.

 

20



 

ARTICLE X

 

CORPORATE OPPORTUNITY

 

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, if such holder is not an employee of the Corporation or of any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “Covered Persons”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

COMPROMISE WITH CREDITORS

 

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in number representing three-fourths (3/4) in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

 

21



 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation restates and amends the provisions of the existing Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and has been executed by its President and Chief Executive Officer this 18th day of January, 2013.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

s/THOMAS W. BURNS

 

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

22




Exhibit 3.2

 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

 

TO

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION
a Delaware corporation

 

Glaukos Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

The amendment to this Corporation’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, set forth in the following resolution, was approved and duly adopted by this Corporation’s Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and was duly adopted by written consent of stockholders in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL:

 

“RESOLVED, that the first sentence of the second paragraph of Article IV of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The number of shares of Common Stock which this Corporation is authorized to issue is Seventy-Seven Million (77,000,000).””

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Glaukos Corporation has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed by its duly authorized officer this 18th day of July, 2014.

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

s/THOMAS W. BURNS

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2




Exhibit 3.5

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

BY-LAWS

 

ARTICLE I - STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1 :                                           Annual Meeting .

 

An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within thirteen (13) months of the last annual meeting of stockholders or, if no such meeting has been held, the date of incorporation.

 

Section 2 :                                           Special Meetings .

 

Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the metering, may be called by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.

 

Section 3 :                                           Notice of Meetings .

 

Written notice of the place, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given, not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

 



 

When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith.  At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

 

Section 4 :                                           Quorum .

 

At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law.  Where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes present in person or represented by proxy shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.

 

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.

 

Section 5 :                                           Organization .

 

Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the chief executive officer of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting.  In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman appoints.

 

2



 

Section 6 :                                           Conduct of Business .

 

The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.  The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting.

 

Section 7 :                                           Proxies and Voting .

 

At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting.  Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission created pursuant to this paragraph may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission.

 

All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefore by a stockholder entitled to vote or by his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken.  Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting.  The Corporation may, and to the extent required by law, shall,

 

3



 

in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting may, and to the extent required by law, shall, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.  Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability.  Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

 

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast affirmatively or negatively.

 

Section 8 :                                           Stock List .

 

A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.

 

The stock list shall also be kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder who is present.  This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

4



 

Section 9 :                                           Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting .

 

Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the date the earliest dated consent is delivered to the Corporation, a written consent or consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed in the first paragraph of this Section.

 

5



 

ARTICLE II - BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 1 :                                           Number and Term of Office .

 

The number of directors who shall constitute the whole Board shall be such number as the Board of Directors shall from time to time have designated, except that in the absence of any such designation, such number shall be one (1).  Each director shall be elected for a term of one year and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

 

Whenever the authorized number of directors is increased between annual meetings of the stockholders, a majority of the directors then in office shall have the power to elect such new directors for the balance of a term and until their successors are elected and qualified.  Any decrease in the authorized number of directors shall not become effective until the expiration of the term of the directors then in office unless, at the time of such decrease, there shall be vacancies on the board which are being eliminated by the decrease.

 

Section 2 :                                           Vacancies .

 

If the office of any director becomes vacant by reason of death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other cause, a majority of the directors remaining in office, although less than a quorum, may elect a successor for the unexpired term and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.

 

Section 3 :                                           Regular Meetings .

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors.  A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

 

6



 

Section 4 :                                           Special Meetings .

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number) or by the chief executive officer and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix.  Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting or by telegraphing or telexing or by facsimile transmission of the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

Section 5 :                                           Quorum .

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of the whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

 

Section 6 :                                           Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone .

 

Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 7 :                                           Conduct of Business .

 

At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.  Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

7



 

Section 8 :                                           Powers .

 

The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the unqualified power:

 

(1)                                  To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

 

(2)                                  To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

 

(3)                                  To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

 

(4)                                  To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

 

(5)                                  To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

 

(6)                                  To adopt from time to time such stock option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

 

(7)                                  To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and,

 

8



 

(8)                                  To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these By-laws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

 

Section 9 :                                           Compensation of Directors .

 

Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE III - COMMITTEES

 

Section 1 :                                           Committees of the Board of Directors .

 

The Board of Directors, by a vote of a majority of the whole Board, may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law if the resolution which designates the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.  In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his or her place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

 

9


 

Section 2 :                                           Conduct of Business .

 

Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.  Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third (1/3) of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one (1) or two (2) members, in which event one (1) member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present.  Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee.

 

ARTICLE IV - OFFICERS

 

Section 1 :                                           Generally .

 

The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary, a Treasurer and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors.  Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders.  Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

Section 2 :                                           President .

 

The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation.  Subject to the provisions of these By-laws and to the direction of the Board of Directors, he or she shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs

 

10



 

of the Corporation and shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of chief executive or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.  He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation which are authorized and shall have general supervision and direction of all of the other officers, employees and agents of the Corporation.

 

Section 3 :                                           Vice President .

 

Each Vice President shall have such powers and duties as may be delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.  One (1) Vice President shall be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President in the event of the President’s absence or disability.

 

Section 4 :                                           Treasurer .

 

The Treasurer shall have the responsibility for maintaining the financial records of the Corporation.  He or she shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions and of the financial condition of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 5 :                                           Secretary .

 

The Secretary shall issue all authorized notices for, and shall keep minutes of, all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors.  He or she shall have charge of the corporate books and shall perform such other duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

11



 

Section 6 :                                           Delegation of Authority .

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

Section 7 :                                           Removal .

 

Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8 :                                           Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations .

 

Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

 

ARTICLE V - STOCK

 

Section 1 :                                           Certificates of Stock .

 

Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be by facsimile.

 

Section 2 :                                           Transfers of Stock .

 

Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation.  Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these By-laws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

 

12



 

Section 3 :                                           Record Date .

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for such other action as hereinbefore described; provided, however, that if no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held, and, for determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of rights or to exercise any rights of change, conversion or exchange of stock or for any other purpose, the record date shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts a resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

13



 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall be not more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the record date shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation in the manner prescribed by Article I, Section 9 hereof.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law with respect to the proposed action by written consent of the stockholders, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 4 :                                           Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

 

In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

 

Section 5 :                                           Regulations .

 

The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

 

14



 

ARTICLE VI - NOTICES

 

Section 1 :                                           Notices .

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram or mailgram.  Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation.  The time when such notice is received, if hand delivered, or dispatched, if delivered through the mails or by telegram or mailgram, shall be the time of the giving of the notice.

 

Section 2 :                                           Waivers .

 

A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent.  Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.

 

ARTICLE VII - MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 1 :                                           Facsimile Signatures .

 

In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these By-laws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

 

15



 

Section 2 :                                           Corporate Seal .

 

The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary.  If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Treasurer or by an Assistant Secretary or Assistant Treasurer.

 

Section 3 :                                           Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records .

 

Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director or committee member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 4 :                                           Fiscal Year .

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.  Section 5: Time Periods.

 

In applying any provision of these By-laws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

 

16


 

ARTICLE VIII - INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 1 :                                           Right to Indemnification .

 

Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter an “indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 3 of this ARTICLE VIII with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

17



 

Section 2 :                                           Right to Advancement of Expenses .

 

The right to indemnification conferred in Section 1 of this ARTICLE VIII shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition (hereinafter an “advancement of expenses”); provided, however, that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 2 or otherwise.  The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections 1 and 2 of this ARTICLE VIII shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

Section 3 :                                           Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit .

 

If a claim under Section 1 or 2 of this ARTICLE VIII is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful

 

18



 

in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.  In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law.  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.  In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this ARTICLE VIII or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.

 

19



 

Section 4 :                                           Non-Exclusivity of Rights .

 

The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this ARTICLE VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, By-laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 5 :                                           Insurance .

 

The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

20



 

Section 6 :                                           Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the  Corporation

 

The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX - AMENDMENTS

 

These By-laws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors at any meeting or by the stockholders at any meeting.

 

21




Exhibit 3.6

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

(effective upon the closing of the Corporation’s initial public offering)

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

1

1.1

REGISTERED OFFICE

1

1.2

OTHER OFFICES

1

 

 

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

2.1

PLACE OF MEETINGS

1

2.2

ANNUAL MEETING

1

2.3

SPECIAL MEETING

1

2.4

ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

1

2.5

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

6

2.6

QUORUM

6

2.7

ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

6

2.8

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

7

2.9

VOTING

7

2.10

STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

7

2.11

RECORD DATES

8

2.12

PROXIES

8

2.13

LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

9

2.14

INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

9

 

 

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

10

3.1

POWERS

10

3.2

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

10

3.3

ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

10

3.4

RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

10

3.5

PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

11

3.6

REGULAR MEETINGS

11

3.7

SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

11

3.8

QUORUM; VOTING

12

3.9

BOARD OR COMMITTEE ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

12

3.10

FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

12

 

 

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

13

4.1

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

13

4.2

COMMITTEE MINUTES

13

4.3

MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

13

4.4

SUBCOMMITTEES

14

 

 

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

14

5.1

OFFICERS

14

5.2

APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

14

5.3

SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

14

5.4

REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

15

 

i



 

5.5

VACANCIES IN OFFICES

15

5.6

REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

15

5.7

AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

15

5.8

THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

15

5.9

THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

16

5.10

THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

16

5.11

THE PRESIDENT

16

5.12

THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

16

5.13

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

16

5.14

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

17

 

 

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

17

6.1

STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

17

6.2

SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

18

6.3

LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

18

6.4

DIVIDENDS

19

6.5

TRANSFER OF STOCK

19

6.6

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

19

6.7

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

19

 

 

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

19

7.1

NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

19

7.2

NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

20

7.3

NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

21

7.4

NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

21

7.5

WAIVER OF NOTICE

21

 

 

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

21

8.1

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

21

8.2

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

22

8.3

SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

22

8.4

INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

22

8.5

ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

23

8.6

LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

23

8.7

DETERMINATION; CLAIM

24

8.8

NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

24

8.9

INSURANCE

24

8.10

SURVIVAL

25

8.11

EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

25

8.12

CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

25

 

 

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

25

9.1

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

25

9.2

FISCAL YEAR

26

9.3

SEAL

26

9.4

CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

26

 

 

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

26

 

ii



 

ARTICLE I — CORPORATE OFFICES

 

1.1                                REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The registered office of Glaukos Corporation (the “ Corporation ”) shall be fixed in the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation.  References in these Bylaws to the “Certificate of Incorporation” shall mean the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, including the terms of any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock.

 

1.2                                OTHER OFFICES

 

The Corporation’s board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) may at any time establish other offices at any place or places where the Corporation is qualified to do business.

 

ARTICLE II — MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1                                PLACE OF MEETINGS

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”).  In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office.

 

2.2                                ANNUAL MEETING

 

The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these Bylaws as an “ Annual Meeting ”) shall be held on such date, at such time, and at such place (if any) within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.  At an Annual Meeting, directors shall be elected and any other proper business may be transacted.

 

2.3                                SPECIAL MEETING

 

A special meeting of the stockholders, other than those required by statute, may be called only as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

2.4                                ADVANCE NOTICE PROCEDURES

 

(i)                                      Advance Notice of Stockholder Business .  At an Annual Meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  To be properly brought before an Annual Meeting, business must be brought: (A) pursuant to the Corporation’s proxy materials with respect to such meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) by a stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(i) and on

 



 

the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such Annual Meeting and (2) has timely complied in proper written form with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(i).  In addition, for business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder, such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action pursuant to these Bylaws and applicable law.  Except for proposals properly made in accordance with Rule 14a-8, or any successor provision, under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “ 1934 Act ”) and included in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, for the avoidance of doubt, clause (C) above shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring business before an Annual Meeting.

 

(a)                                  To comply with clause (C) of Section 2.4(i) above, a stockholder’s notice must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(i) and must be timely received by the secretary of the Corporation.  To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the 45th day nor earlier than the 75th day before the one-year anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that no Annual Meeting was held in the previous year or if the date of an Annual Meeting is advanced by more than 30 days prior to or delayed by more than 60 days after the one-year anniversary of the date of the previous year’s annual meeting, then, for notice by the stockholder to be timely, it must be so received by the secretary not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such Annual Meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 90th day prior to such Annual Meeting, or (ii) the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such Annual Meeting is first made.  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an Annual Meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described in this Section 2.4(i)(a).  “ Public Announcement ” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

(b)                                  To be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth as to each matter of business the stockholder intends to bring before an Annual Meeting: (1) a brief description of the business intended to be brought before such Annual Meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at such Annual Meeting, (2) the name and address, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, of the stockholder proposing such business and any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), (3) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person, (4) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit from share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of, such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to any securities of the Corporation, (5) any material interest of the stockholder or a

 

2



 

Stockholder Associated Person in such business, and (6) a statement whether either such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (1) through (6), a “ Business Solicitation Statement ”).  In addition, to be in proper written form, a stockholder’s notice to the secretary must be supplemented not later than ten days following the record date for notice of the meeting to disclose the information contained in clauses (3) and (4) above as of the record date for notice of the meeting.  For purposes of this Section 2.4, a “ Stockholder Associated Person ” of any stockholder shall mean (i) any person controlling, directly or indirectly, or acting in concert with, such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and on whose behalf the proposal or nomination, as the case may be, is being made, or (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such person referred to in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii).

 

(c)                                   Without exception, no business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting except in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(i) and, if applicable, Section 2.4(ii).  In addition, business proposed to be brought by a stockholder may not be brought before an Annual Meeting if such stockholder or a Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business or if the Business Solicitation Statement applicable to such business contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  The chairperson of an Annual Meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at such Annual Meeting that business was not properly brought before such Annual Meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.4(i), and, if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at such Annual Meeting that any such business not properly brought before such Annual Meeting shall not be conducted.

 

(ii)                                   Advance Notice of Director Nominations at an Annual Meeting .  Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii) shall be eligible for election or re-election as directors at an Annual Meeting.  Nominations of persons for election or re-election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be made at an Annual Meeting only (A) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (B) by a stockholder of the Corporation who (1) was a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(ii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such Annual Meeting and (2) has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(ii).  In addition to any other applicable requirements, for a nomination to be made by a stockholder, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in proper written form to the secretary of the Corporation.

 

(a)                                  To comply with clause (B) of Section 2.4(ii) above, a nomination to be made by a stockholder must set forth all information required under this Section 2.4(ii) and must be received by the secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation at the time set forth in, and in accordance with, the final three sentences of Section 2.4(i)(a) above.

 

3



 

(b)                                  To be in proper written form, such stockholder’s notice to the secretary must set forth:

 

(1)                                  as to each person (a “ nominee ”) whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director: (A) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (B) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (C) the class and number of shares of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee and any derivative positions held or beneficially held by the nominee, (D) whether and the extent to which any hedging or other transaction or series of transactions has been entered into by or on behalf of the nominee with respect to any securities of the Corporation, and a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares), the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, or to manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or to increase or decrease the voting power of the nominee, (E) a description of all arrangements or understandings between the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder, (F) a written statement executed by the nominee acknowledging that as a director of the Corporation, the nominee will owe a fiduciary duty under Delaware law with respect to the Corporation and its stockholders, and (G) any other information relating to the nominee that would be required to be disclosed about such nominee if proxies were being solicited for the election or re- election of the nominee as a director, or that is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the 1934 Act (including without limitation the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement, if any, as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected or re-elected, as the case may be); and

 

(2)                                  As to such stockholder giving notice, (A) the information required to be provided pursuant to clauses (2) through (5) of Section 2.4(i)(b) above, and the supplement referenced in the second sentence of Section 2.4(i)(b) above (except that the references to “business” in such clauses shall instead refer to nominations of directors for purposes of this paragraph), and (B) a statement whether either such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a number of the Corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person to be necessary to elect or re-elect such nominee(s) (such information provided and statements made as required by clauses (A) and (B) above, a “ Nominee Solicitation Statement ”).

 

(c)                                   At the request of the Board of Directors, any person nominated by a stockholder for election or re-election as a director must furnish to the secretary of the Corporation (1) that information required to be set forth in the stockholder’s notice of nomination of such person as a director as of a date subsequent to the date on which the notice of such person’s nomination was given and (2) such other information (i) as may reasonably be required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director or audit committee financial expert of the Corporation under applicable law, securities exchange rule or regulation, or any publicly-disclosed corporate governance guideline or committee charter of the Corporation and (ii) that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee; in the absence of the furnishing of such information if requested, such stockholder’s nomination shall not be considered in proper form pursuant to this Section 2.4(ii).

 

4



 

(d)                                  Without exception, no person shall be eligible for election or re-election as a director of the Corporation at an Annual Meeting unless nominated in accordance with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.4(ii).  In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.  The chairperson of an Annual Meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at such Annual Meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at such Annual Meeting, and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.

 

(iii)                                Advance Notice of Director Nominations for Special Meetings .

 

(a)                                  For a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected or re-elected, nominations of persons for election or re-election to the Board of Directors shall be made only (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (A) is a stockholder of record at the time of the giving of the notice required by this Section 2.4(iii) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting and (B) delivers a timely written notice of the nomination to the secretary of the Corporation that includes the information set forth in Sections 2.4(ii)(b) and (ii)(c) above.  To be timely, such notice must be received by the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected or re-elected at such meeting.  A person shall not be eligible for election or re-election as a director at a special meeting unless the person is nominated (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by a stockholder in accordance with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.4(iii).  In addition, a nominee shall not be eligible for election or re-election if a stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person, as applicable, takes action contrary to the representations made in the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee or if the Nominee Solicitation Statement applicable to such nominee contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

 

(b)                                  The chairperson of the special meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare at the meeting that a nomination or business was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bylaws, and if the chairperson should so determine, he or she shall so declare at the meeting, and the defective nomination or business shall be disregarded.

 

(iv)                               Other Requirements and Rights .  In addition to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.4, a stockholder must also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 2.4.  Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect any rights of:

 

5



 

(a)                                  a stockholder to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act; or

 

(b)                                  the Corporation to omit a proposal from the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act.

 

2.5                                NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, if such date is different from the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Except as otherwise provided in the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the written notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting.

 

2.6                                QUORUM

 

The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders.  Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws

 

If a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the chairperson of the meeting, or (ii) the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present or represented.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

2.7                                ADJOURNED MEETING; NOTICE

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these Bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.  If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  If after the adjournment a new record date for stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record

 

6



 

date for notice of such adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 213(a) of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of these Bylaws, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

2.8                                CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

 

The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of business.  The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall be designated by the Board of Directors; in the absence of such designation, the chairperson of the board, if any, the chief executive officer (in the absence of the chairperson) or the president (in the absence of the chairperson of the board and the chief executive officer), or in their absence any other executive officer of the Corporation, shall serve as chairperson of the stockholder meeting.

 

2.9                                VOTING

 

The stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.11 of these Bylaws, subject to Section 217 (relating to voting rights of fiduciaries, pledgors and joint owners of stock) and Section 218 (relating to voting trusts and other voting agreements) of the DGCL.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders.  Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.  Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series, except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

2.10                         STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

Subject to the rights of the holders of the shares of any series of Preferred Stock or any other class of stock or series thereof that have been expressly granted the right to take action by written consent, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.

 

7


 

2.11                         RECORD DATES

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than 10 days before the date of such meeting.  If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination.

 

If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held.

 

A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance with the provisions of Section 213 of the DGCL and this Section 2.11 at the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action.  If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

2.12                         PROXIES

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.  The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL.  A written proxy may be in the form of a telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram, cablegram, or other means of electronic transmission was authorized by the person.

 

8



 

2.13                         LIST OF STOCKHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE

 

The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least 10 days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting; provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than 10 days before the meeting date, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date.  The stockholder list shall be arranged in alphabetical order and show the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal place of business.  In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be examined by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.  Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

 

2.14                         INSPECTORS OF ELECTION

 

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Board of Directors shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment.  The number of inspectors shall be either one (1) or three (3).  If any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the chairperson of the meeting may, and upon the request of any stockholder or a stockholder’s proxy shall, appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.  The inspector or inspectors so appointed and designated shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each share, (ii) determine the shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (v) certify their determination of the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation represented at the meeting and such inspector or inspectors’ count of all votes and ballots.

 

In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, the inspector or inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law to be so considered.  If there are three (3) inspectors of election, the decision, act or certificate of a majority is effective in all respects as the decision, act or certificate of all.

 

9



 

ARTICLE III — DIRECTORS

 

3.1                                POWERS

 

The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided in the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

3.2                                NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

 

The Board of Directors shall consist of one or more members, each of whom shall be a natural person.  Unless the Certificate of Incorporation fixes the number of directors, the number of directors shall be determined from time to time solely by resolution of the Board of Directors.  No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3                                ELECTION, QUALIFICATION AND TERM OF OFFICE OF DIRECTORS

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4 of these Bylaws, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy, shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.  The Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws may prescribe other qualifications for directors.

 

3.4                                RESIGNATION AND VACANCIES

 

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation; provided , however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the director.  A resignation is effective when the resignation is delivered unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events.  Acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  A resignation which is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, when one or more directors resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining

 

10



 

director.  If the directors are divided into classes, a person so elected by the directors then in office to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen and until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office constitute less than a majority of the whole Board of Directors (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting stock at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL as far as applicable.

 

3.5                                PLACE OF MEETINGS; MEETINGS BY TELEPHONE

 

The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6                                REGULAR MEETINGS

 

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

3.7                                SPECIAL MEETINGS; NOTICE

 

Special meetings of the Board of Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president, the secretary or a majority of the authorized number of directors, at such times and places as he or she or they shall designate.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(i)                                      delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(ii)                                   sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(iii)                                sent by facsimile; or

 

(iv)                               sent by electronic mail,

 

11



 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or (iii) sent by electronic mail, it shall be delivered or sent at least 24 hours before the time of the holding of the meeting.  If the notice is sent by United States mail, it shall be deposited in the United States mail at least four days before the time of the holding of the meeting.  Any oral notice may be communicated to the director.  The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

3.8                                QUORUM; VOTING

 

At all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total authorized number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.  A meeting at which a quorum is initially present may continue to transact business notwithstanding the withdrawal of directors, if any action taken is approved by at least a majority of the required quorum for that meeting.

 

The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

If the Certificate of Incorporation provides that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter, every reference in these Bylaws to a majority or other proportion of the directors shall refer to a majority or other proportion of the votes of the directors.

 

3.9                                BOARD OR COMMITTEE ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT WITHOUT A MEETING

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.10                         FEES AND COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors.

 

12



 

ARTICLE IV — COMMITTEES

 

4.1                                COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

 

The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors or in these Bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter (other than the election or removal of directors) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

4.2                                COMMITTEE MINUTES

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

 

4.3                                MEETINGS AND ACTION OF COMMITTEES

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i)                                      Section 3.5 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone);

 

(ii)                                   Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

(iii)                                Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

 

(iv)                               Section 3.8 (quorum; voting);

 

(v)                                  Section 3.9 (board or committee action by written consent without a meeting); and

 

(vi)                               Section 7.5 (waiver of notice)

 

with such changes in the context of those Bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board of Directors and its members.  However :

 

(i)                                      the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined by resolution of the committee;

 

13



 

(ii)                                   special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the committee; and

 

(iii)                                notice of special meetings of committees shall also be given to all alternate members, who shall have the right to attend all meetings of the committee.  The Board of Directors may adopt rules for the government of any committee not inconsistent with the provisions of these Bylaws.

 

Any provision in the Certificate of Incorporation providing that one or more directors shall have more or less than one vote per director on any matter shall apply to voting in any committee or subcommittee, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

4.4                                SUBCOMMITTEES

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws or the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating the committee, a committee may create one or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

ARTICLE V — OFFICERS

 

5.1                                OFFICERS

 

The officers of the Corporation shall be a president, a secretary and a treasurer.  The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a chairperson of the Board of Directors, a vice chairperson of the Board of Directors, a chief executive officer, a chief financial officer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant vice presidents, one or more assistant treasurers, one or more assistant secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

 

5.2                                APPOINTMENT OF OFFICERS

 

The Board of Directors shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3 of these Bylaws, subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment.  A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Section 5 for the regular election to such office.

 

5.3                                SUBORDINATE OFFICERS

 

The Board of Directors may appoint, or empower the chief executive officer or, in the absence of a chief executive officer, the president, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require.  Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

 

14



 

5.4                                REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF OFFICERS

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by an affirmative vote of the majority of the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board of Directors.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written or electronic notice to the Corporation; provided , however , that if such notice is given by electronic transmission, such electronic transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the officer.  Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice.  Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.  Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5                                VACANCIES IN OFFICES

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors or as provided in Section 5.3.

 

5.6                                REPRESENTATION OF SHARES OF OTHER CORPORATIONS

 

The chairperson of the Board of Directors, the president, any vice president, the treasurer, the secretary or assistant secretary of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the president or a vice president, is authorized to vote, represent, and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares of any other Corporation or corporations standing in the name of this Corporation.  The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

5.7                                AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF OFFICERS

 

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

5.8                                THE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

 

The chairperson of the board, if any, shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the chairperson of the board.  The chairperson of the board shall preside at meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors.

 

15



 

5.9                                THE VICE CHAIRPERSON OF THE BOARD

 

The vice chairperson of the board shall have the powers and duties customarily and usually associated with the office of the vice chairperson of the board.  In the case of absence or disability of the chairperson of the board, the vice chairperson of the board shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board.

 

5.10                         THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 

The chief executive officer shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, ultimate authority for decisions relating to the supervision, direction and management of the affairs and the business of the Corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of chief executive officer, including, without limitation, all powers necessary to direct and control the organizational and reporting relationships within the Corporation.  If at any time the office of the chairperson and vice chairperson of the board shall not be filled, or in the event of the temporary absence or disability of the chairperson of the board and the vice chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chairperson of the board unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors.

 

5.11                         THE PRESIDENT

 

The president shall have, subject to the supervision, direction and control of the Board of Directors, the general powers and duties of supervision, direction and management of the affairs and business of the Corporation customarily and usually associated with the position of president.  The president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the board or the chief executive officer.  In the event of the absence or disability of the chief executive officer, the president shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the chief executive officer unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors.

 

5.12                         THE VICE PRESIDENTS AND ASSISTANT VICE PRESIDENTS

 

Each vice president and assistant vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

5.13                         THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES

 

(i)                                      The secretary shall attend meetings of the Board of Directors and meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and minutes of all such proceedings in a book or books kept for such purpose.  The secretary shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of secretary or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the board, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

(ii)                                   Each assistant secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the

 

16



 

board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the secretary, the assistant secretary (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary.

 

5.14                         THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

 

(i)                                      The treasurer shall be the principal financial officer of the Corporation and, if a chief financial officer is not appointed, shall also be the chief financial officer of the Corporation.  The treasurer shall have custody of the Corporation’s funds and securities, shall be responsible for maintaining the Corporation’s accounting records and statements, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation, and shall deposit or cause to be deposited moneys or other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.  The treasurer shall also maintain adequate records of all assets, liabilities and transactions of the Corporation and shall assure that adequate audits thereof are currently and regularly made.  The treasurer shall have all such further powers and duties as are customarily and usually associated with the position of treasurer or chief financial officer, or as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the chairperson, the chief executive officer or the president.

 

(ii)                                   Each assistant treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the president or the treasurer.  In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the treasurer, the assistant treasurer (or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer.

 

ARTICLE VI — STOCK

 

6.1                                STOCK CERTIFICATES; PARTLY PAID SHARES

 

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation.  Every holder of stock represented by certificates shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the chairperson of the Board of Directors or vice-chairperson of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.  The Corporation shall not have power to issue a certificate in bearer form.

 

17


 

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor.  Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly-paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly-paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated.  Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully-paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly-paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

6.2                                SPECIAL DESIGNATION ON CERTIFICATES

 

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences, and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock; provided, however, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.  Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section 6.2 or Sections 156, 202(a) or 218(a) of the DGCL or with respect to this section 6.2 a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.  Except as otherwise expressly provided by law, the rights and obligations of the holders of uncertificated stock and the rights and obligations of the holders of certificates representing stock of the same class and series shall be identical.

 

6.3                                LOST, STOLEN OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES

 

Except as provided in this Section 6.3, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time.  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

18



 

6.4                                DIVIDENDS

 

The Board of Directors, subject to any restrictions contained in the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

The Board of Directors may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve.  Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

6.5                                TRANSFER OF STOCK

 

Transfers of record of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by an attorney duly authorized, and, if such stock is certificated, upon the surrender of a certificate or certificates for a like number of shares, properly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer; provided, however, that such succession, assignment or authority to transfer is not prohibited by the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, applicable law or contract.

 

6.6                                STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENTS

 

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

6.7                                REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

 

The Corporation:

 

(i)                                      shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner;

 

(ii)                                   shall be entitled to hold liable for calls and assessments the person registered on its books as the owner of shares; and

 

(iii)                                shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VII — MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE AND WAIVER

 

7.1                                NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Notice of any meeting of stockholders, if mailed, is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it

 

19



 

appears on the Corporation’s records.  An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

7.2                                NOTICE BY ELECTRONIC TRANSMISSION

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders pursuant to the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if:

 

(i)                                      the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent; and

 

(ii)                                   such inability becomes known to the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice.

 

However, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

(i)                                      if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii)                                   if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(iii)                                if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iv)                               if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

An affidavit of the secretary or an assistant secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

An “ electronic transmission ” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

20



 

7.3                                NOTICE TO STOCKHOLDERS SHARING AN ADDRESS

 

Except as otherwise prohibited under the DGCL, without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under the provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any stockholder who fails to object in writing to the Corporation, within 60 days of having been given written notice by the Corporation of its intention to send the single notice, shall be deemed to have consented to receiving such single written notice.

 

7.4                                NOTICE TO PERSON WITH WHOM COMMUNICATION IS UNLAWFUL

 

Whenever notice is required to be given, under the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person.  Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given.  In the event that the action taken by the Corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

7.5                                WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever notice is required to be given to stockholders, directors or other persons under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors, as the case may be, need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VIII — INDEMNIFICATION

 

8.1                                INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN THIRD PARTY PROCEEDINGS

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”) (other

 

21



 

than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director of the Corporation or an officer of the Corporation, or while a director of the Corporation or officer of the Corporation is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such Proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

8.2                                INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS IN ACTIONS BY OR IN THE RIGHT OF THE CORPORATION

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as now or hereinafter in effect, any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or while a director or officer of the Corporation is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

8.3                                SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE

 

To the extent that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described in Section 8.1 or Section 8.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

8.4                                INDEMNIFICATION OF OTHERS

 

Subject to the other provisions of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall have power to indemnify its employees and its agents to the extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other

 

22



 

applicable law.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether employees or agents shall be indemnified to such person or persons as the board of determines.

 

8.5                                ADVANCED PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

 

Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the Corporation in defending any Proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding upon receipt of a written request therefor (together with documentation reasonably evidencing such expenses) and an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay such amounts if it shall ultimately be determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VIII or the DGCL.  Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems reasonably appropriate and shall be subject to the Corporation’s expense guidelines.  The right to advancement of expenses shall not apply to any claim for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to these Bylaws, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 8.6(ii) or 8.6(iii) prior to a determination that the person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

 

8.6                                LIMITATION ON INDEMNIFICATION

 

Subject to the requirements in Section 8.3 and the DGCL, the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any person pursuant to this Article VIII in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

(i)                                      for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

(ii)                                   for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iii)                                for any reimbursement of the Corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the Corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(iv)                               initiated by such person against the Corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board of Directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the Corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under applicable law, (c) otherwise required to be made under Section 8.7 or (d) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

23



 

(v)                                  if prohibited by applicable law; provided , however , that if any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (1) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (2) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph or clause containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforcebable.

 

8.7                                DETERMINATION; CLAIM

 

If a claim for indemnification or advancement of expenses under this Article VIII is not paid in full within 90 days after receipt by the Corporation of the written request therefor, the claimant shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of expenses.  The Corporation shall indemnify such person against any and all expenses that are incurred by such person in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of expenses from the Corporation under this Article VIII, to the extent such person is successful in such action, and to the extent not prohibited by law.  In any such suit, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving that the claimant is not entitled to the requested indemnification or advancement of expenses.

 

8.8                                NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS

 

The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation or any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.  The Corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advancement of expenses, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or other applicable law.

 

8.9                                INSURANCE

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

24



 

8.10                         SURVIVAL

 

The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article VIII shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

8.11                         EFFECT OF REPEAL OR MODIFICATION

 

Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

8.12                         CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Article VIII, references to the “ Corporation ” shall include, in addition to the resulting Corporation, any constituent Corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving Corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent Corporation if its separate existence had continued.  For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan (excluding any “parachute payments” within the meanings of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); and references to “ serving at the request of the Corporation ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation ” as referred to in this Article VIII.

 

ARTICLE IX — GENERAL MATTERS

 

9.1                                EXECUTION OF CORPORATE CONTRACTS AND INSTRUMENTS

 

Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any document or instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Unless so authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the Corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

25



 

9.2                                FISCAL YEAR

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors and may be changed by the Board of Directors.

 

9.3                                SEAL

 

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board of Directors.  The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

9.4                                CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction, and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these Bylaws.  Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural, the plural number includes the singular, and the term “ person ” includes both an entity and a natural person.

 

ARTICLE X — AMENDMENTS

 

These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed only as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

26




Exhibit 10.1

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of January 25, 2011, by and among GLAUKOS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each of the persons listed on the attached Schedule A who become signatories to this Agreement (collectively, the “Investors”), Fjordinvest, LLC, FG Group LLC, Orasis, LLC, Hosheng Tu (collectively, the “Founders”), Lighthouse Capital Partners IV, L.P. and Lighthouse Capital Partners V, L.P.

 

R E C I T A L S

 

A.             The Company, certain of its stockholders who own shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and/or Series D Preferred Stock and the Founders are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of August 7, 2008 (the “Restated Rights Agreement”).

 

B.             In connection with the purchase and sale of shares of Series E Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of a Series E Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (as may be amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), the Company and the parties to the Restated Rights Agreement desire to amend and restate the Restated Rights Agreement in its entirety to reflect, among other things, the sale of the Series E Preferred Stock and to add as parties thereto purchasers of shares of Series E Preferred Stock who are not presently parties to the Restated Rights Agreement.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

SECTION 1.  CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

(a)            Affiliate ” shall mean with respect to any Person, any Person which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person.

 

(b)            Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(c)            Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 



 

(d)            Convertible Securities ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and Series E Preferred Stock.

 

(e)            Form S-3 ” shall mean Form S-3 issued by the Commission or any substantially similar form then in effect.

 

(f)             Holder ” shall mean (i) any holder of outstanding Registrable Securities, but only if such holder is an Investor or an assignee or transferee of Registration rights as permitted by Section 3.8, (ii) the Founders and (iii) Lighthouse Capital Partners V, L.P. and Lighthouse Capital Partners IV, L.P. (collectively, “Lighthouse”).

 

(g)            Initiating Holders ” shall mean Holders, other than the Founders, who in the aggregate hold at least a majority of the Registrable Securities, excluding for purposes of such calculation Registrable Securities owned by the Founders.

 

(h)            Material Adverse Event ” shall mean an occurrence having a consequence that either (a) is materially adverse as to the business, properties, prospects or financial condition of the Company or (b) is reasonably foreseeable, and if it were to occur might materially adversely affect the business, properties, prospects or financial condition of the Company.

 

(i)             Person ” shall mean an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a trust or unincorporated organization or any other entity or organization.

 

(j)             Preferred Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Restated Certificate.

 

(k)            Qualified Public Offering ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Restated Certificate.

 

(l)             The terms “ Register ”, “ Registered ” and “ Registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act (“Registration Statement”), and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such Registration Statement.

 

(m)           Registrable Securities ” shall mean (i) all Common Stock not previously sold to the public issued or issuable upon conversion of any of the Convertible Securities purchased by or issued to the Investors, including Common Stock issued pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends and similar distributions, (ii) all shares of Common Stock owned by the Founders, (iii) all shares of Common Stock now or hereafter held by Lighthouse, including, without limitation, the shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock or any other Convertible Securities now or hereafter held by Lighthouse (including without limitation the Series B Preferred Stock or other securities issued or issuable upon exercise of warrants to purchase Series B Preferred Stock or such other securities of the Company now or hereafter held by Lighthouse) or any shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under warrants held by Lighthouse and (iv) any securities of the Company granted Registration rights pursuant to Section 3.7 of this Agreement.

 

2



 

(n)            Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 3.1 or 3.2 of this Agreement, including, without limitation, all federal and state registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one (1) special counsel for Holders (if different from the Company), blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such Registration, but excludes underwriting discounts and commissions, stock transfer taxes and fees of counsel to the selling stockholders, except as otherwise provided herein.

 

(o)            Restated Certificate ” shall mean the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as may be amended from time to time).

 

(p)            Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

 

(q)            Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(r)             Voting Agreement ” shall mean that certain Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, the Stockholders (as such term is used therein) and the Investors (as such term is used therein).

 

SECTION 2.  COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

2.1           Financial Statements and Reports to Stockholders; Budget .

 

The Company shall deliver to each Investor:

 

(a)            As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within one hundred eighty (180) days thereafter, an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year and audited consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such year, which year-end financial reports shall be in reasonable detail and shall be accompanied by the opinion of independent public accountants of recognized standing selected by the Company.

 

(b)            As soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, and in any event within forty-five (45) days thereafter, unaudited financial statements of the Company on a quarterly basis prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and fairly reflecting the fiscal affairs of the Company to the date thereof, together with a comparison of such quarterly financial statements against the operating plan and budget for the then applicable fiscal year.

 

(c)            For so long as an Investor or subsequent holder of Convertible Securities holds or is deemed to hold at least three hundred thousand (300,000) shares of Registrable Securities (equitably adjusted for all stock splits, subdivisions, stock dividends, combinations and the like), as soon as practicable after the end of each month, and in any event within thirty (30) days thereafter, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such month and consolidated statements of income and cash flow for such month and for the current fiscal year to date.

 

3



 

(d)            As soon as practicable following submission to and approval by the Board, but in no event later than thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, an operating budget and plan respecting the next fiscal year and a summary of such plan together with any updates thereto.

 

(e)            Contemporaneously with delivery to holders of Common Stock, a copy of each report of the Company delivers to holders of Common Stock.

 

2.2           Inspection .

 

For so long as an Investor or subsequent holder of Convertible Securities holds or is deemed to hold at least three hundred thousand (300,000) shares of Registrable Securities, the Company shall permit each Investor, at such Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by each such Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide any information which it reasonably considers to be a trade secret or confidential information.  The rights of an Investor under this Section 2.2 may not be assigned as part of such Investor’s sale of any of the Registrable Securities or Convertible Securities except with the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

2.3           Confidentiality .

 

Each Investor agrees and will cause any representative of the Investor to hold in confidence and trust and not use or disclose any information provided to or learned by it in connection with its rights under this Section 2, except that such Investor may disclose such information to any general partner, limited partner, member, subsidiary or parent (and their respective representatives) of such Investor for the purpose of evaluating its investment in the Company as long as (a) such general partner, limited partner, member, subsidiary or parent is advised of the confidentiality provisions of this Section 2.3 and (b) such Investor uses its commercially reasonable best efforts to ensure that such general partner, limited partner, member, subsidiary or parent holds such information in confidence and trust and will not use or disclose any information provided to or learned by it except as required by law.

 

2.4           Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreements .

 

The Company agrees to require each employee, director and officer of the Company to execute a proprietary information and inventions agreement and each consultant and advisor of the Company to execute an agreement that provides for confidential treatment of the Company’s proprietary information as a condition of employment or continued employment or engagement, as the case may be, unless otherwise approved by the Board.

 

4



 

2.5           Vesting .

 

Unless otherwise approved by the Board, the Company agrees that all Common Stock held by or issued to employees, consultants, advisors, directors and officers (i) shall be subject to a repurchase option which provides that upon termination of such individual’s employment or consulting relationship or directorship with the Company, with or without cause, the Company has the option to repurchase at cost any unvested shares held by the individual, which repurchase option shall lapse 25% per year over a four (4) year period and (ii) shall be issued subject to the condition that the holder thereof make timely elections under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Company also agrees that all stock options issued to employees, consultants, advisors, directors and officers in the future shall vest no more quickly than 25% per year over a four year period and shall provide that any unvested options shall be forfeited upon termination of the holder, with or without cause.

 

2.6           Restriction on Sales by Employees .

 

The Company and the Founders agree that, until the time of the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a Registration Statement, first, the Company, and second, the Investors will have a right of first refusal on all transfers of Common Stock by employees of the Company, subject to transfers to family members or trusts for the benefit of family members and other limited exceptions as determined by the Board.  The Company agrees that to the extent it does not exercise its right of first refusal in full on any transfer of Common Stock, the Company shall assign to the Investors such right of first refusal on all shares not purchased by the Company.  The Investors agree that such right of first refusal shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among the Investors.  The Company agrees to include appropriate language to this effect in all future employment agreements, stock option and/or restricted stock grants, or other similar agreements with employees. For purposes of this Section 2.6, an Investor’s “ pro rata basis ” shall be equal to that number or amount of Common Stock not purchased by the Company multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be owned by such Investor assuming the conversion of all convertible securities owned by such Investor (and without taking into account any unexercised options or warrants) and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock then-held by all Investors assuming the conversion of the outstanding convertible securities (and without taking into account any unexercised options or warrants) then-held by the all Investors.  In the event that an Investor does not purchase all of the shares of Common Stock allocated to such Investor, the other Investors that have purchased in full their pro rata basis of such shares of Common Stock shall be offered the right to purchase any or all of the securities that may be available as a result of the rejection, or partial rejection, of the offer by such non-participating Investors.

 

2.7           Lock-Up Agreement .

 

The Company agrees that, until the time of the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a Registration Statement, in the event that the Company enters into an agreement with any Person to issue shares of capital stock (or securities convertible or exercisable into shares of capital stock) to such Person the Company, the Company agrees to include, as a condition to entering into such agreement, a market standoff or “lockup” language substantially the same as Section 3.9.

 

5



 

2.8           Voting Agreement .

 

The Company agrees that, until the time of the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to a Registration Statement, in the event that the Company enters into an agreement with any Person to issue shares of capital stock to such Person, following which such Person shall hold Shares constituting one percent (1%) or more of the Company’s then outstanding capital stock (treating for this purpose all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of or conversion of outstanding options, warrants or convertible securities, as if exercised and/or converted or exchanged), then, the Company shall cause such Person, as a condition precedent to entering into such agreement, to become a party to the Voting Agreement.

 

2.9           Board Meeting; Compensation of Directors .

 

The Company hereby covenants that so long as the holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to appoint any members of the Board pursuant to the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Board shall not meet less frequently than quarterly.  All non-employee directors will be compensated by the Company identically, and out-of-pocket and travel expenses of the directors incurred in attending Board meetings (or meetings of committees thereof) or in connection with the performance of their duties as directors shall be paid or reimbursed promptly by the Company.

 

2.10         Insurance .

 

The Company shall cause to be maintained a keyman life insurance policy as designated by the Board.

 

2.11         Board Observer Rights .

 

For so long as Meritech Capital Partners III L.P., Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P. or its affiliated funds (together, “Meritech”) together hold or are deemed to hold at least three hundred thousand (300,000) shares of Registrable Securities, the Company shall invite an employee or agent of Meritech (a “Board Observer”) to attend all meetings of the Board (including executive sessions) and any committees thereof in a nonvoting capacity, and in connection therewith, the Company shall give such Board Observer copies of all notices, minutes, consents and other materials, financial or otherwise that the Company provides to its directors (including but not limited to full reports of independent third-party valuation firms for purposes of compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code); provided, however, that the Board Observer shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such Board Observer from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting if the Company believes in good faith, upon advice of outside counsel, that such exclusion is reasonably necessary to preserve attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.  The decision of the Board with respect to the privileged or confidential nature of such information shall be final and binding.  Meritech shall be reimbursed for the out-of-pocket and travel expenses incurred by the Board Observer in attending Board meetings (or meetings of committees thereof).

 

6



 

2.12         Option Pool .

 

The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to not, for a period of twelve (12) months following the date hereof, increase the number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to any of its stock option plans, as may be in existence during such period.

 

2.13         Termination of Covenants .

 

The covenants of the Company set forth in this Sections 2, other than with respect to Section 2.3, shall be terminated and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier of (a) immediately prior to the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering and (b) the date when no shares of Registrable Securities or Convertible Securities shall be outstanding.

 

SECTION 3.  REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

3.1           Demand Registration .

 

3.1.1        Request for Registration on Form other than Form S-3 .

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in the event that the Company shall receive from the Initiating Holders at any time after the earlier of (a) June 30, 2013 and (b) six (6) months after the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering of shares of Common Stock under a Registration Statement, a written request that the Company effect any Registration with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities on a form other than Form S-3 for an offering the reasonably anticipated aggregate net offering proceeds of which shall be no less than Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), the Company shall (i) promptly give written notice of the proposed Registration to all other Holders and shall (ii) as soon as practicable, use its reasonable best efforts to effect Registration of the Registrable Securities specified in such request, together with any Registrable Securities of any Holder joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within ninety (90) days after written notice from the Company.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such Registration pursuant to this Section 3.1.1 (i) within six (6) months of the effective date of a Registration initiated by the Company or (ii) after the Company has effected three (3) such Registrations pursuant to this Section 3.1.1 and such Registrations have been declared effective.

 

3.1.2        Right of Deferral of Registration on Form other Than Form S-3 .

 

If the Company shall furnish to all such Holders who joined in the request a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company for any Registration to be effected as requested under Section 3.1.1, the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of a Registration Statement with respect to such offering for a period of not more than one hundred eighty (180) days from delivery of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve (12)-month period.

 

7



 

3.1.3        Request for Registration on Form S-3 .

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in the event that the Company receives from one or more Holders of Registrable Securities, a written request that the Company effect any Registration on Form S-3 (or any successor form to Form S-3 regardless of its designation) at a time when the Company is eligible to Register securities on Form S-3 (or any successor form to Form S-3 regardless of its designation) for an offering of Registrable Securities which such Holders in their good faith discretion determine would have an anticipated offering price of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), the Company will promptly give written notice of the proposed Registration to all the Holders and will as soon as practicable use its best efforts to effect Registration of the Registrable Securities specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder joining in such request as are specified in a written request delivered to the Company within thirty (30) days after written notice from the Company of the proposed Registration.  There shall be no limit to the number of occasions on which the Company shall be obligated to effect Registration under this Section 3.1.3, but the Company shall not be required to effect more than two (2) such Registration in any twelve (12)-month period.

 

3.1.4        Registration of Other Securities in Demand Registration .

 

Any Registration Statement filed pursuant to the request of the Initiating Holders under Section 3.1.1 may, subject to the provisions of Section 3.1.5, include securities of the Company other than Registrable Securities.

 

3.1.5        Underwriting in Demand Registration .

 

a.              Notice of Underwriting .

 

If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company, as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 3.1.1, and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 3.1.1 or 3.1.3. The right of any Holder to Registration pursuant to Section 3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s agreement to participate in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting.

 

b.              Inclusion of other Holders in Demand Registration .

 

If the Company, officers or directors of the Company holding Common Stock other than Registrable Securities or holders of securities issued by the Company other than Registrable Securities, request inclusion in such Registration, the Initiating Holders, to the extent they deem advisable and consistent with the goals of such Registration, shall, on behalf of all Holders, offer to any or all of the Company, such officers or directors and such holders of securities other than Registrable Securities that such securities other than Registrable Securities be included in the underwriting and may condition such offer on the acceptance by such persons of the terms of this Section 3.1.

 

8



 

c.              Selection of Underwriter in Demand Registration .

 

The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement with the representative (“Underwriter’s Representative”) of the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting by the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being Registered by the Initiating Holders and agreed to by the Company.

 

d.              Marketing Limitation in Demand Registration .

 

In the event the Underwriter’s Representative advises the Initiating Holders in writing that market factors (including, without limitation, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock requested to be Registered, the general condition of the market, and the status of the persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the Registration) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then (i) first the securities other than Registrable Securities and (ii) next the securities requested to be registered by the Company, shall be excluded from such Registration to the extent required by such limitation.  If a limitation of the number of shares is still required, the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the Registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities entitled to inclusion in such Registration held by such Holders at the time of filing the Registration Statement.  No Registrable Securities or other securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of this Section 3.1.5(d) shall be included in such Registration Statement.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the Underwriter’s Representative may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

e.              Right of Withdrawal in Demand Registration .

 

If any Holder of Registrable Securities, or a holder of other securities entitled (upon request) to be included in such Registration, disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company, the underwriter and the Initiating Holders delivered at least seven (7) days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement.  If shares are so withdrawn from the registration and if the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such registration was previously reduced as a result of marketing factors pursuant to Section 3.1.5(d), the Company shall then offer to all persons who have retained the right to include securities in the registration the right to include additional securities in the registration in an aggregate amount equal to the number of shares so withdrawn, with such shares to be allocated among the persons requesting additional inclusion, in the manner set forth above in Section 3.1.5(d).  Any remaining securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from the Registration Statement.

 

3.1.6        Blue Sky in Demand Registration .

 

In the event of any Registration pursuant to Section 3.1, the Company will exercise its reasonable best efforts to Register and qualify the securities covered by the Registration Statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions (not exceeding twenty (20) at the expense of the Company) as shall be reasonably appropriate for the distribution of such securities; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be required to

 

9



 

qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, and (ii) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any jurisdiction in which the securities shall be qualified imposes a non-waivable requirement that expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of the securities be borne by selling stockholders, such expenses shall be payable pro rata by selling stockholders.

 

3.2           Piggyback Registration .

 

3.2.1        Notice of Piggyback Registration and Inclusion of Registrable Securities .

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, in the event the Company decides to Register any of its Common Stock (either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders exercising their respective demand Registration rights, but excluding any registration solely in connection with an employee benefit or stock ownership plan) on a form that would be suitable for a Registration involving solely Registrable Securities, the Company will: (i) promptly give each Holder written notice thereof (which shall include a list of the jurisdictions in which the Company intends to attempt to qualify such securities under the applicable Blue Sky or other state securities laws) and (ii) include in such Registration (and any related qualification under Blue Sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request delivered to the Company by any Holder within fifteen (15) days after delivery of such written notice from the Company.

 

3.2.2        Underwriting in Piggyback Registration .

 

a.              Notice of Underwriting in Piggyback Registration .

 

If the Registration of which the Company gives notice pursuant to Section 3.2.1 is for a Registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 3.2.1.  In such event the right of any Holder to Registration shall be conditioned upon such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such underwriting to the extent provided in this Section 3.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement with the Underwriter’s Representative for such offering.  The Holders shall have no right to participate in the selection of the underwriters for an offering pursuant to this Section 3.2.

 

b.              Marketing Limitation in Piggyback Registration .

 

In the event the Underwriter’s Representative advises the Holders seeking Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3.2 in writing that market factors (including, without limitation, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock requested to be Registered, the general condition of the market, and the status of the persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the Registration) require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the Underwriter’s Representative (subject to the allocation priority set forth in Section 3.2.2(b)) may:

 

10


 

i.                                           in the case of the Company’s initial Registered public offering, exclude some or all Registrable Securities from such Registration and underwriting; and

 

ii.                                        in the case of any subsequent registered public offering, limit the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration and underwriting to not less than twenty five percent (25%) of the securities included in such Registration (based on aggregate market values).

 

c.                                        Allocation of Shares in Piggyback Registration .

 

In the event that the Underwriter’s Representative limits the number of shares to be included in a Registration pursuant to Section 3.2.2(b), the number of shares to be included in such Registration shall be allocated (subject to Section 3.2.2(b)) in the following manner:  The number of shares, if any, that may be included in the Registration and underwriting by selling stockholders shall first be allocated among all the requesting Holders pro rata according to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities entitled to be included in such offering by such requesting Holders and then among all other holders of securities other than Registrable Securities requesting and legally entitled to include shares in such Registration, in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of securities (including Registrable Securities) which such Holders and such other holders would otherwise be entitled to include in such Registration.  No Registrable Securities or other securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of this Section 3.2.2(c) shall be included in the Registration Statement.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the Underwriter’s Representative may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

d.                                       Withdrawal in Piggyback Registration .

 

If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, he may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriter delivered at least seven (7) days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement.  Any Registrable Securities or other securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such Registration.

 

3.2.3                      Blue Sky in Piggyback Registration .

 

In the event of any Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 6, the Company will exercise its best efforts to Register and qualify the securities covered by the Registration Statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions (not exceeding twenty (20) unless otherwise agreed to by the Company) as shall be reasonably appropriate for the distribution of such securities; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, and (ii) notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event any jurisdiction in which the securities shall be qualified imposes a non-waivable requirement that expenses incurred in connection with the qualification of the securities be borne by selling stockholders, such expenses shall be payable pro rata by selling stockholders.

 

11



 

3.3                                Expenses of Registration .

 

All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with three (3) Registrations pursuant to Section 3.1.1, all Registrations pursuant to Section 3.1.3 (Form S-3) and all Registrations pursuant to Section 3.2 shall be borne by the Company, regardless of whether the Holders have sold any securities in such offering.  All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any other registration, qualification or compliance shall be apportioned among the Holders and other holders of the securities so registered on the basis of the number of shares so registered.  Notwithstanding the above, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any Registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 3.1 if the Registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be Registered (which Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to demand Registration pursuant to Section 3.1; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders have learned of a Material Adverse Event not known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such Material Adverse Event, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall retain their rights pursuant to Section 3.1.  All Selling Expenses shall be borne by the respective holders of the securities Registered pro rata on the basis of the number of shares registered.

 

3.4                                Registration Procedures .

 

The Company will keep each Holder whose Registrable Securities are included in any Registration pursuant to this Agreement advised as to the initiation and completion of such Registration.  At its expense the Company will:  (a) use its best efforts to keep such Registration effective for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days or until the Holder or Holders have completed the distribution described in the Registration Statement relating thereto, whichever first occurs; and (b) furnish such number of prospectuses (including preliminary prospectuses) and other documents as a Holder from time to time may reasonably request.

 

The Company will notify each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing.

 

12



 

3.5                                Information Furnished by Holder .

 

It shall be a condition precedent of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement that each Holder of Registrable Securities included in any Registration furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holder and the distribution proposed by such Holder or Holders as the Company may reasonably request.

 

3.6                                Indemnification .

 

3.6.1                      Company’s Indemnification of Holders .

 

To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors and constituent partners, legal counsel for the Holders, and each person controlling such Holder, with respect to which Registration, qualification or compliance of Registrable Securities has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, and each underwriter, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter, against all claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) to the extent such claims, losses, damages or liabilities arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any prospectus or other document (including any related Registration Statement) incident to any such Registration, qualification or compliance, or are based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by the Company of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such Registration, qualification or compliance; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each such underwriter and each person who controls any such Holder or underwriter, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the indemnity contained in this Section 3.6.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action if settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld); and provided, further, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by such Holder, underwriter, or controlling person and stated to be for use in connection with the offering of securities of the Company.

 

3.6.2                      Holder’s Indemnification of Company .

 

To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such Registration, qualification or compliance is being effected pursuant to this Agreement, indemnify the Company, each of its directors and officers, each legal counsel and independent accountant of the Company, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a Registration Statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act, and each other such Holder, each of its officers, directors and constituent partners and each person controlling such other Holder, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based upon any untrue statement (or alleged untrue

 

13



 

statement) of a material fact contained in any such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or any violation by such Holder of any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act applicable to such Holder and relating to action or inaction required of such Holder in connection with any such Registration, qualification or compliance; and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, such directors, officers, partners, persons, law and accounting firms, underwriters or control persons for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such Registration Statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use in connection with the offering of securities of the Company, provided, however, that each Holder’s liability under this Section 3.6.2 shall be several, and not joint with other Holders, and shall not exceed such Holder’s proceeds from the offering of securities made in connection with such Registration.

 

3.6.3                      Indemnification Procedure .

 

Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 3.6 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party under this Section 3.6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement thereof and generally summarize such action.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in and to assume the defense of such claim; provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall be entitled to select counsel for the defense of such claim with the approval of any parties entitled to indemnification, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided further, however, that if either party reasonably determines that there may be a conflict between the position of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in conducting the defense of such action, suit or proceeding by reason of recognized claims for indemnity under this Section 3.6, then counsel for such party shall be entitled to conduct the defense to the extent reasonably determined by such counsel to be necessary to protect the interest of such party.  The failure to notify an indemnifying party promptly of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to the ability of the indemnifying party to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party, to the extent so prejudiced, of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 3.6, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not relieve such party of any liability that such party may have to any indemnified party otherwise other than under this Section 3.6.

 

3.7                                Limitations on Registration Rights Granted to Other Securities .

 

From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company providing for the granting to such holder of any information or Registration rights, except that, with the consent of the Holders of sixty-seven (67%) of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, additional holders may be added as parties to this Agreement with regard to any or all securities of the Company held by them.  Any such additional parties shall execute a counterpart of this Agreement, and upon execution by such additional parties and by the Company, shall be considered an Investor for all purposes of this Agreement.  The additional parties and the additional Registrable Securities shall be identified in an amendment to Schedule A hereto.

 

14



 

3.8                                Transfer of Rights .

 

The rights to information under Section 2 and the right to cause the Company to Register securities granted by the Company to the Investors under Sections 3.1 and 3.2 may be assigned by any Holder to a transferee or assignee of any Convertible Securities or Registrable Securities not sold to the public acquiring at least three hundred thousand (300,000) shares or all (whichever is lesser) of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (equitably adjusted for all stock splits, subdivisions, stock dividends, combinations and the like); provided, however, that (i) the Company must receive prompt written notice prior to the time of said transfer, stating the name and address of said transferee or assignee and identifying the securities with respect to which such rights are being assigned, (ii) the transferee or assignee of such rights must not be a person deemed by the Board, in its best judgment, to be a competitor or potential competitor of the Company and (iii) the transferee agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the limitation set forth in the foregoing sentence respecting the minimum number of shares which must be transferred, (a) any Holder which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation may transfer such Holder’s rights (1) to entities affiliated directly or indirectly with such partnership, the manager of such limited liability company, such limited liability company or such corporation, (2) any partner (or retired or incoming partner) , member (or retired member) or stockholder of such partnership, limited liability company or corporation, respectively, (3) the spouse, siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder, (4) the estate of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder and (5) any custodian or trustee for the benefit of any such partner (or retired partner), member (or retired member) or stockholder, as the case may be, (b) any Holder which is a natural person may transfer such Holder’s rights to any immediate family member or to any trust created for the benefit of such Holder or his or her immediate family members, and (c) any Holder that holds shares in its capacity as trustee, manager or custodian of a trust may transfer such Holder’s Registration rights to a replacement trustee, manager or custodian of the relevant trust, subject in each case to such transferee’s agreeing to be bound by the rights and restrictions of this Agreement and without restriction as to the number or percentage of shares acquired by any such transferee.  The rights under Sections 2, 3.1 and 3.2 may be assigned by an Investor only as provided in this such Section 3.8.

 

3.9                                Market Stand-off .

 

If requested in writing by the underwriters for the initial Qualified Public Offering, each holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement shall agree not to sell publicly any shares of Registrable Securities or any other securities of the Company (other than shares of Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company being registered in such offering), without the consent of such underwriters, for a period of not more than one hundred eighty (180 days) following the effective date of the registration statement relating to the initial Qualified Public Offering (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided however , that the Company shall use

 

15



 

commercially reasonable efforts to convince such managing underwriters to allow for alternative means of liquidity for the holders if, in the opinion of such managing underwriters, such liquidity can be provided without an adverse impact on such initial Qualified Public Offering; and, provided further however , that all persons entitled to registration rights with respect to shares of Common Stock who are not parties to this Agreement, all other persons selling shares of Common Stock in such offering, and all executive officers and directors of the Company shall also have agreed not to sell publicly their Common Stock under the circumstances and pursuant to the terms set forth in this Section.

 

3.10                         No-Action Letter or Opinion of Counsel in Lieu of Registration; Conversion of Preferred Stock .

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, if the Company shall have obtained from the Commission a “no-action” letter in which the Commission has indicated that it will take no action if, without Registration under the Securities Act, any Holder disposes of Registrable Securities covered by any request for Registration made under this Agreement in the specific manner in which such Holder proposes to dispose of the Registrable Securities included in such request (such as including, without limitation, the inclusion of such Registrable Securities in an underwriting initiated by either the Company or the Holders), or if in the opinion of counsel for the Company concurred in by counsel for such Holder, which concurrence shall not be unreasonably withheld, no Registration under the Securities Act is required in connection with such disposition, the shares included in such request shall not be eligible for Registration under this Agreement; provided, however, that any Registrable Securities not so disposed of shall be eligible for Registration in accordance with the terms of this Agreement with respect to other proposed dispositions to which this Section 3.10 does not apply.  The Registration rights of the Holders of Convertible Securities set forth in this Agreement are conditioned upon the conversion of the Convertible Securities with respect to which Registration is sought into Common Stock prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement.

 

3.11                         Sale of Preferred Stock to Underwriter .

 

Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, in lieu of converting any Convertible Securities prior to the filing of any Registration Statement filed pursuant to this Agreement, the holder of such Convertible Securities may sell such Convertible Securities to the underwriters of the offering being Registered upon the undertaking of such underwriters to convert the Convertible Securities on or prior to the closing date of the offering.  The Company agrees to cause the Common Stock issuable on the conversion of the Convertible Securities to be issued within such time period as will permit the underwriters to make and complete the distribution contemplated by the underwriting.

 

3.12                         Rule 144 Requirements .

 

Immediately after the date on which a Registration Statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act becomes effective, the Company shall undertake to make publicly available, and available to the Holders of Registrable Securities, such information as is necessary to enable the holders of Registrable Securities to make sales of Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 of the Commission under the Securities Act.  The Company shall furnish to

 

16



 

any holder of Registrable Securities, upon request, a written statement executed by the Company as to the steps it has taken to comply with the current public information requirements of Rule 144.

 

3.13                         Termination of Company Agreements .

 

The Registration rights set forth in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall terminate five (5) years after consummation of the Qualified Public Offering or, as to any Holder, at any time following the consummation of the Qualified Public Offering, when such Holder is entitled to sell all of such Investor’s Registrable Securities within a three month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

 

SECTION 4.  RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

 

4.1                                Right of First Refusal .

 

The Company hereby grants to each Investor the right of first refusal to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in Section 4.2) which the Company may from time to time propose to sell and issue (the “Right of First Refusal”).  For purposes of the Right of First Refusal, an Investor’s pro rata share (the “Pro Rata Share”) shall be equal to that number or amount of New Securities to be sold multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be owned by such Investor assuming the conversion of all convertible securities owned by such Investor (and without taking into account any unexercised options or warrants) and the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock deemed to be outstanding assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities (and without taking into account any unexercised options or warrants).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Investor may, at the time it accepts the Company’s offer, subscribe to purchase any or all of the securities offered (“Oversubscription Securities”) which may be available as a result of the rejection, or partial rejection, of the offer by other Investors.  All such Oversubscription Securities shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among those Investors subscribing to purchase them.  The Right of First Refusal shall be subject to the following provisions:

 

4.2                                Definition of New Securities .

 

“New Securities” shall mean any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company, whether now authorized or not, and rights, options, or warrants to purchase such shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and all other securities having equity features, such as convertible notes or notes issued in conjunction with options or warrants; provided that “New Securities” shall not include:

 

(a)                                  securities issued upon the conversion of any shares of the Preferred Stock;

 

(b)                                  securities issued to the Company’s employees or officers or directors or outside consultants or contractors pursuant to a plan, agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

17



 

(c)                                   securities issued in connection with obtaining lease financing, whether issued to a lessor, guarantor or other person, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

(d)                                  securities issued to effect any stock split, stock dividend or recapitalization of the Company;

 

(e)                                   securities issued in connection with any borrowings, direct or indirect, from financial institutions or other persons by the Company, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board, including a majority of the Preferred Directors;

 

(f)                                    securities issued in connection with the acquisition by the Company of another entity by consolidation, corporate reorganization or merger, or by the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or the business of another entity by the Company, provided that such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board;

 

(g)                                   securities issued in connection with a corporate partnering, strategic alliance, technology acquisition or similar transaction, provided such issuance is pursuant to an agreement or arrangement duly approved by the Board;

 

(h)                                  securities issued in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act;

 

(i)                                      any securities that Holders of shares representing at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis) agree, on a case by case basis, may be excluded from the definition of “New Securities;” and

 

(j)                                     any right, option or warrant to acquire any security convertible into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (a) through (i) above.

 

4.3                                Waiver of Right of First Refusal .  In the event that the Right of First Refusal in Section 4.1 is waived pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof with respect to an issuance of New Securities by the Company, and any Investor that consented to such waiver pursuant to Section 6.7 (a “Waiving Investor”) is nevertheless permitted to purchase any such New Securities, each Investor that is not a Waiving Investor shall be entitled to purchase its Adjusted Pro Rata Share (as defined below) of such New Securities upon the terms and conditions set forth in Section 4.1.  For purposes of this Section 4.3, an Investor’s “Adjusted Pro Rata Share” of the New Securities subject to the waiver described herein shall be equal to (i) such Investor’s Pro Rata Share of such New Securities multiplied by (ii) the highest percentage (up to 100%) of any Waiving Investor’s Pro Rata Share that such Waiving Investor is permitted to purchase.  For example, if only one Waiving Investor is permitted to purchase any New Securities and it is permitted to purchase 50% of its Pro Rata Share of the New Securities, each Investor’s Adjusted Pro Rata Share shall be 50% of its Pro Rata Share.  For another example, if one Waiving Investor is permitted to purchase 60% of its Pro Rata Share and another Waiving Investor is permitted to purchase 110% of its Pro Rata Share, each Investor’s Adjusted Pro Rata Share shall be 100% of its Pro Rata Share.

 

18



 

4.4                                Notices .

 

In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Investor written notice (the “Notice”) of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, the price, and the principal terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same.  Each Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the delivery of the Notice to agree to purchase up to the Investor’s Pro Rata Share plus any Oversubscription Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities and Oversubscription Securities to be purchased.

 

4.5                                Failure to Exercise Right .

 

In the event an Investor does not elect to purchase all of such Investor’s Pro Rata Share of the New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1 and such New Securities are not purchased by other Investors, the Company shall have ninety (90) days after the last date on which any Investor’s right to purchase lapsed to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement) to sell the New Securities respecting which such Investor’s option was not exercised, at or above the price and upon terms not materially more favorable to the purchasers of such securities than the terms specified in the initial Notice given in connection with such sale.  In the event the Company has not sold the New Securities within said 90-day period (or sold and issued New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within ninety (90) days from the date of said agreement), the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such New Securities to the Investors in the manner provided in this Section 4.

 

4.6                                Rights of Affiliated Investors .

 

For the purposes of this Section 4, Investors who are Affiliates of one or more other Investors shall, at the election of an Investor and one or more such Affiliates, be treated as a group (an “Investor Group”).  Members of an Investor Group shall have the right to reallocate the rights granted by this Section 4 among themselves as they determine.

 

4.7                                Assignment .

 

The Right of First Refusal set forth in this Section 4 may not be assigned or transferred, except that each Investor shall have the right to assign its right to purchase securities under this Section 4 to any Affiliate of such Investor; provided such Affiliate agrees in writing with the Company and the Investors, prior to and as a condition precedent to such transfer, to be bound by all the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

 

4.8                                Termination .

 

The Right of First Refusal granted under this Section 4 shall terminate on and be of no further force or effect upon the effective date of the Company’s registration statement filed in connection with the Company’s initial Qualified Public Offering.

 

19



 

SECTION 5.  TRANSFERS OF SECURITIES BY INVESTORS.

 

5.1                                Notices .

 

If any Investor (the “Transferor”) proposes to sell, assign, hypothecate or otherwise transfer (a “Transfer”) any securities of the Company owned by such Investor from and after the date of this Agreement, other than pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.6 of this Agreement, the Transferor shall first give each of the other Investors the right to purchase such securities by delivering to them a written offer which shall state the price and other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer.  If the Transferor proposes to Transfer the securities for consideration other than solely cash and/or promissory notes, the offer to the Investors shall, to the extent of such consideration, permit each Investor to pay in lieu thereof, cash equal to the fair market value of such consideration, and the offer shall state the estimate of such fair market value as determined by the Board.  The Transferor shall fix the period of the offer which shall be a minimum of thirty (30) days or such longer period as is necessary to determine the fair market value of the consideration referred to in the preceding sentence.

 

5.2                                Acceptance of Offer .

 

An Investor may accept an offer (“Purchasing Investor”) only by giving written notice to the Transferor before the offer expires that such Purchasing Investor has accepted the offer to purchase some or all of the securities offered (the “Accepted Securities”); provided, however, that the maximum number or amount of securities a Purchasing Investor shall be entitled to purchase shall be equal to that number or amount of securities to be transferred multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Conversion Shares held or deemed to be held by such Purchasing Investor and the denominator of which shall be the aggregate number of Conversion Shares held by all Investors, excluding the Transferor’s Conversion Shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Purchasing Investor may, at the time it accepts the offer, subscribe to purchase any or all securities offered which may be available as a result of the rejection, or partial rejection, of the offer by other Investors, which securities shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among those Purchasing Investors subscribing to purchase them.

 

5.3                                Allocation of Securities and Payment .

 

Promptly following the expiration of an offer, the Transferor shall allocate the securities subscribed for among the Purchasing Investors accepting or partially accepting the offer, pro rata, based upon their respective holdings as aforesaid, and shall by written notice (the “Acceptance Notice”) advise all Purchasing Investors of the number or amount of securities allocated to each of the Purchasing Investors.  Within ten (10) days following receipt of the Acceptance Notice, each of the Purchasing Investors shall deliver to the Transferor payment in full for the Accepted Shares purchased by it against delivery by the Transferor to each Purchasing Investor of a certificate or certificates evidencing the Accepted Securities purchased by it.

 

20


 

5.4                                Failure to Exercise .

 

To the extent an offer pursuant to Section 5.1 is not accepted by the other Investors, the Transferor may, for a period of ninety (90) days thereafter, transfer the unaccepted securities, or any of them, at or above the price, and upon the other terms and conditions specified in such offer, to any Person or Persons; provided that such Person or Persons agrees in writing with the Company and the Investors, prior to and as a condition precedent to such Transfer, to be bound by all of the provisions of Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

 

5.5                                Assignment .

 

The right of first refusal set forth in this Section 5 may not be assigned or transferred, except that each Investor shall have the right to assign its rights to purchase such securities under this Section 5 to any Affiliate of such Investor; provided such Affiliate agrees in writing with the Company and the Investors, prior to and as a condition precedent to such assignment, to be bound by all of the provisions of Sections 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

 

5.6                                Permitted Transfers .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Investor which is a partnership may transfer, without first offering any securities of the Company to any other Investor, all or any of its securities to a partner of such partnership or to the estate of any such partner or transfer by will or intestate succession to his spouse or to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or his spouse; provided such transferee agrees in writing with the Company and the Investors, prior to and as a condition precedent to such Transfer, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation all of the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Investor which is a corporation may Transfer, without first offering any securities of the Company to any other Investor, all or any of its securities to any of its Affiliates, provided such Affiliate agrees in writing with the Company and the Investors, prior to and as a condition precedent to such Transfer, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation all of the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Investor who is an individual may Transfer, without first offering any securities of the Company to any other Investor, all or any of his securities to his spouse or his or his spouse’s siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors or any entity that is an Affiliate of such Investor; provided such transferee agrees in writing with the Company and the Investors, prior to and as a condition precedent to such Transfer, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation all of the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Investor which is a venture capital fund may Transfer, without first offering any securities of the Company to any other Investor, all or any of its securities to an entity that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing members; provided such transferee agrees in writing with the Company and the Investors, prior to and as a condition precedent to such Transfer, to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation all of the provisions of Sections 3, 4, 5 and 6 of this Agreement.

 

21



 

5.7                                Termination .

 

The right of first refusal granted under this Section 5 shall expire upon the effective date of the Company’s registration statement filed in connection with the Company’s initial Qualified Public Offering and shall not be applicable to any shares sold pursuant thereto.

 

SECTION 6.  MISCELLANEOUS.

 

6.1                                Entire Agreement; Successors and Assigns .

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the Company and the Investors relative to the subject matter hereof.  Any previous agreement between the Company, the Investors concerning Registration rights is amended, restated and superseded by this Agreement, including specifically the Restated Rights Agreement.  Subject to the exceptions specifically set forth in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the parties.

 

6.2                                Aggregation of Stock .

 

All Convertible Securities and Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregate together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

 

6.3                                Governing Law .

 

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE APPLICABLE TO CONTRACTS ENTERED INTO AND WHOLLY TO BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE STATE OF DELAWARE BY DELAWARE RESIDENTS.

 

6.4                                Counterparts .

 

This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

6.5                                Headings .

 

The headings of the Sections of this Agreement are for convenience and shall not by themselves determine the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

22



 

6.6                                Notices .

 

Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be conclusively deemed effectively given upon personal delivery, or five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, by registered or certified mail (or airmail, if notice shall be sent outside the United States), postage prepaid, or two (2) days after delivery to a nationally known air courier company, addressed (i) if to the Company, to the Company’s address as set forth below the Company’s name on the signature page of this Agreement, (ii) if to an Investor, to such Investor’s address as set forth on Schedule A and (iii) if to a Founder, to such Founder’s address as set forth on the signature page of this Agreement or at such other address as the Company or such Investor or such Founder may designate by ten (10) days, advance written notice to the other parties hereto.  Any notice sent outside the United States shall also be telexed or telecopied.

 

6.7                                Amendment of Agreement; Waivers .

 

Any provision of this Agreement may be amended or waived by a written instrument signed by the Company and by Persons holding at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Registrable Securities; provided, however, any amendment or waiver to Section 4 of this Agreement requires the written consent of the Company and Persons holding at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Common Stock not previously sold to the public issued or issuable upon conversion of any of the Convertible Securities purchased by or issued to the Investors.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.7 shall be binding upon the Company and all Holders and each of their respective successors and assigns.

 

6.8                                Waiver of Pre-Emptive Rights .

 

Each Investor who is a party to the Restated Rights Agreement hereby waives the Right of First Refusal (as defined in the Restated Rights Agreement), any pro rata allocation rights and any notice requirements set forth in Section 4 of the Restated Rights Agreement in connection with the offer, sale and issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

23



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMPANY :

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Address:  26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103

 

 

                Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

FJORDINVEST, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Olav Bergheim

 

Address:

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 104

 

Olav Bergheim, Manager

 

 

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

 

 

 

FG GROUP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Morteza A. Gharib

 

 

 

 

Morteza A. Gharib,

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ORASIS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard A. Hill

 

 

 

 

Richard A. Hill,

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hosheng Tu

 

 

 

 

Hosheng Ti

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

Address:

One Palmer Square

By:

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.,

 

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DP IV ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

Address:

One Palmer Square

By:

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS VIII, L.P.

 

Address:

One Palmer Square

By:

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.,

 

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DP VIII ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

Address:

One Palmer Square

By:

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

FRAZIER HEALTHCARE V, L.P.

 

Address:

601 Union Street

By: FHM V, LP, its General Partner

 

 

Two Union Square

By: FHM V, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

Suite 3200

 

 

 

Seattle, WA 98101

 

By:

/s/ Nathan Every

 

 

Attn: Nathan R. Every, M.D.

 

Nathan Every,

 

 

Fax: (206) 621-1848

 

Its Authorized Representative

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

GUND INVESTMENT LLC

 

Address:

14 Nassau Street, POB 449

 

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

By:

/s/ Warren S. Thaler

 

 

Attn: Warren Thaler

Name:

Warren S. Thaler

 

 

Fax: (609) 921-7697

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

INTERWEST PARTNERS IX, LP

 

Address:

2710 Sand Hill Road

By: InterWest Management Partners IX, LLC

 

 

2 nd  Floor

 

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

By:

/s/ Gilbert H. Kliman

 

 

Attn: Gilbert Kliman, M.D.

 

Gilbert H. Kliman,

 

 

Fax: 650.854.4706

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

MONTREUX EQUITY PARTNERS IV, LP

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

3000 Sand Hill Road

By:  Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its

 

 

Building 1, Suite 260

General Partner

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025-7073

 

 

 

Attn: Manish Chapekar

By:

/s/ Manish N. Chapekar

 

 

Fax: (650) 234-1250

 

Manish N. Chapekar, Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MONTREUX IV ASSOCIATES, LLC

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

3000 Sand Hill Road

By:  Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its

 

 

Building 1, Suite 260

General Partner

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025-7073

 

 

 

Attn: Manish Chapekar

By:

/s/ Manish N. Chapekar

 

 

Fax: (650) 234-1250

 

Manish N. Chapekar, Managing Member

 

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

ORBIMED ASSOCIATES III, LLC

 

Address:

 

 

 

767 Third Avenue

 

 

 

30 th  Floor

 

 

 

New York, New York 10017

 

 

 

Attn: Jonathan Silverstein

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Fax: (212) 739-6444

 

 

 

ORBIMED PRIVATE INVESTMENTS III, LP

 

Address:

 

 

 

767 Third Avenue

 

 

 

30 th  Floor

 

 

 

New York, New York 10017

 

 

 

Attn: Jonathan Silverstein

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Fax: (212) 739-6444

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL I, L.P.

 

Address:

450 Newport Center Drive,

By:

 

 

Suite 600

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-A, L.P.

 

Address:

450 Newport Center Drive,

By:

 

 

Suite 600

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-B, L.P.

 

Address:

450 Newport Center Drive,

By:

 

 

Suite 600

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT SIDE FUND I, L.P.

 

Address:

450 Newport Center Drive,

By:

 

 

Suite 600

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS III L.P.

 

Address:

 

 

 

245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.

 

 

Palo Alto, California 94301

 

its General Partner

 

 

Attn: Joel Backman

 

 

 

 

Fax: (650) 475-2222

By:

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C

 

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES III L.P.

 

Address:

 

 

 

245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.

 

 

Palo Alto, California 94301

 

its General Partner

 

 

Attn: Joel Backman

 

 

 

 

Fax: (650) 475-2222

By:

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C

 

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

c/o Maximed Klay Consulting

/s/ David Klay

 

 

Rue des Crets 9

David Klay

 

 

1037 Etagnieres VD Switzerland

 

 

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

Address:

/s/ Joseph Klein III

 

 

 

Joseph Klein III

 

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

Address:

/s/ Barbara Niksch

 

 

 

Barbara Niksch

 

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

THE SHIN-SHERMAN TRUST

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Craig Sherman

 

 

 

 

Craig Sherman,

 

 

 

 

Trustee

 

 

 

 

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

SIGNATURE PAGE

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) is made as of January 22, 2013, by and among GLAUKOS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each of the Investors (as defined in the Existing Agreement, as that term is defined below), Fjordinvest, LLC, FG Group LLC, Orasis, LLC, Hosheng Tu (collectively, the “Founders”), Lighthouse Capital Partners IV, L.P. and Lighthouse Capital Partners V, L.P. (collectively, “Lighthouse”).

 

R E C I T A L S

 

A.                                     The Company, certain of its stockholders who own shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock and/or Series E Preferred Stock, the Founders and Lighthouse are parties to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of January 25, 2011 (the “Existing Agreement”).

 

B.                                     In connection with the purchase and sale of shares of Series F Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (the “Series F Preferred Stock”), pursuant to the terms of a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (as may be amended from time to time, the “Purchase Agreement”), the Company and the parties to the Existing Agreement desire to amend the Existing Agreement to include thereunder the Series F Preferred Stock, to make certain conforming changes resulting therefrom and to correct Schedule A thereto.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       The Existing Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)                                  Section 1(d) of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

““ Convertible Securities ” shall mean the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (“Series A Preferred Stock”), Series B Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (“Series B Preferred Stock”), Series C Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (“Series C Preferred Stock”), Series D Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (“Series D Preferred Stock”), Series E Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share (“Series E Preferred Stock”), and the Series F Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company (“Series F Preferred Stock”).”

 

(b)                                  Section 1(r) of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

““ Voting Agreement ” shall mean that certain Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013, by and among the Company, the Stockholders (as such term is used therein) and the Investors (as such term is used therein).””

 



 

(c)                                   Section 2.12 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to not, for a period of eighteen (18) months following January 22, 2013, increase the number of shares reserved for issuance pursuant to any of its stock option plans, as may be in existence during such period.”

 

(d) Section 3.9 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“If requested in writing by the underwriters for the initial Qualified Public Offering, each holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement shall agree not to sell publicly any shares of Registrable Securities or any other securities of the Company (other than shares of Registrable Securities or other securities of the Company being registered in such offering), without the consent of such underwriters, for a period of not more than one hundred eighty (180 days) following the effective date of the registration statement relating to the initial Qualified Public Offering (or such longer period as the underwriters or the Company shall request in order to facilitate compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 or any successor or similar rule or regulation); provided, however, that the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to convince such managing underwriters to allow for alternative means of liquidity for the holders if, in the opinion of such managing underwriters, such liquidity can be provided without an adverse impact on such initial Qualified Public Offering; and, provided, further, however, that all persons entitled to registration rights with respect to shares of Common Stock who are not parties to this Agreement, all other persons selling shares of Common Stock in such offering, and all executive officers and directors of the Company shall also have agreed not to sell publicly their Common Stock under the circumstances and pursuant to the terms set forth in this Section; and, provided, further that the extension of the 180-day period referred to above shall not apply in the event that the Company qualifies as an “Emerging Growth Company” pursuant to Section 2(a)(19) of the Exchange Act, as amended by the Jumpstart Our Business Startup Act of 2012.”

 

(e)                                   Section 6.8 of the Existing Agreement is amended to add at the end thereof the following sentence:

 

“Each Investor who is a party to this Agreement hereby waives the Right of First Refusal (as defined in this Agreement), any pro rata allocation rights and any notice requirements set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement in connection with the offer, sale and issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock.”

 

(f)                                    Schedule A to the Existing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as Schedule A attached to this Amendment, which includes all purchasers of Series F Preferred Stock.

 

2



 

2.                                       Except as set forth under Section 1 above, the Existing Agreement is not being amended or modified hereby and is in full force and effect in accordance with its terms (as amended hereby).

 

3.                                       This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts entered into and wholly to be performed within the State of Delaware by Delaware residents.

 

4.                                       This Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

FJORDINVEST, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Olav Bergheim

 

 

Olav Bergheim, Manager

 

 

 

 

FG GROUP, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Morteza A. Gharib

 

 

Morteza A. Gharib,

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

ORASIS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard A. Hill

 

 

Richard A. Hill,

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hosheng Tu

 

Hosheng Tu

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

DP IV ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: :

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS VIII, L.P.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C.,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: :

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

DP VIII ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By: :

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

FRAZIER HEALTHCARE V, L.P.

 

By: FHM V, LP, its General Partner

 

By: FHM V, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas S. Hodge

 

 

 

Thomas S. Hodge,

 

 

 

Manager

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

GUND INVESTMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Warren S. Thaler

 

Name:

Warren S. Thaler

 

Title:

Manager

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

INTERWEST PARTNERS IX, LP

 

By: InterWest Management Partners IX, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gilbert H. Kliman

 

 

Gilbert H. Kliman,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

MONTREUX EQUITY PARTNERS IV, LP

 

 

 

By: Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its
General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel K. Turner III

 

 

Daniel K. Turner III, Managing Member

 

 

 

 

MONTREUX IV ASSOCIATES, LLC

 

 

 

By: Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its
General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel K. Turner III

 

 

Daniel K. Turner III, Managing Member

 

 

 

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR UNIVERSITY (SBST-LS)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

ORBIMED ASSOCIATES III, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

 

 

ORBIMED PRIVATE INVESTMENTS III, LP

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL I, L.P.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-A, L.P.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-B, L.P.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT SIDE FUND I, L.P.

 

By:

 

 

 

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS III L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES III L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C

 

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

/s/ David Klay

 

David Klay

 

 

 

/s/ David Haffner

 

David Haffner

 

 

 

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

Richard L. Harrison

 

 

 

/s/ Chris Calcaterra

 

Chris Calcaterra

 

 

 

/s/ Harold A. Heitzmann

 

Harold A. Heitzmann CGM IRA Rollover

 

 

 

 

 

George G. Montgomery

 

 

 

/s/ William J. Burns

 

William J. Burns

 

 

 

/s/ Steven Henderson

 

Steven Henderson

 

 

 

 

 

Laurie Haffner

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Burns

 

Michael Burns

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

/s/ Hugh Neuharth

 

Hugh Neuharth

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment No. 2 to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of July 10, 2014, is made by and among Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the signatories hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     The Company and certain of its stockholders are parties to that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2011 (the “IRA”), as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1 to Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013 (“ Amendment No. 1 ;” Amendment No. 1 and the IRA are collectively referred to herein as the “ Existing Agreement ”). Defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning therefor set forth in the Existing Agreement.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to Section 6.7 of the Existing Agreement, certain provisions of the Existing Agreement may be amended or waived by a written instrument signed by the Company and by Persons holding at least sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Registrable Securities.

 

C.                                     The Company and certain stockholders party to the Existing Agreement desire to amend the Existing Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

D.                                     The undersigned parties to this Amendment, other than the Company, have the requisite votes to amend or waive the provisions of Existing Agreement set forth below, which amendments and waiver shall be binding upon the Company, the undersigned parties and the other parties to the Existing Agreement and each of their respective successors and assigns.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Amendments to Existing Agreement.

 

(a)                                  Section 1(k) of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

““ Qualified Public Offering ” shall mean a firmly underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock on a Form S-1 Registration Statement, or any similar form of registration statement, adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) from and after the date hereof, filed with the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to which the Company receives gross proceeds of at least $50,000,000 (prior to underwriters’ discounts and expenses relating to such public offering, including without limitation, fees of the Corporation’s counsel).”

 

(b)                                  The first sentence of Section 3.1.1 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended to delete therefrom the date “June 30, 2013” and to insert in lieu thereof the date “June 30, 2015.”

 



 

2.                                       The undersigned parties hereby waive, for themselves and all parties to the Existing Agreement, any and all notices, if any, required to be given by Company under Section 3.2 of the Existing Agreement to the extent related to a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Section 1 above) and hereby confirm and agree that no registration rights under the Existing Agreement shall apply to, or be exercisable in connection with, the Qualified Public Offering (as defined in Section 1 above).  The waiver, confirmation and agreement set forth in the immediately preceding sentence shall be effective for a one year period commencing with the date hereof.

 

3.                                       Except as herein amended and waived under Sections 1 and 2 above, the Existing Agreement shall in all other respects remain unchanged and in full force and effect according to its terms.

 

4.                                       This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto in any number of separate counterparts, and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of this Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

DP IV ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS VIII, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

DP VIII ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL I, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-A, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-B, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT SIDE FUND I, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

FRAZIER HEALTHCARE V, L.P.

 

By: FHM V, LP, its General Partner

 

By: FHM V, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nathan Every

 

 

Nathan Every

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

GUND INVESTMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Warren Thaler

 

 

Warren Thaler

 

 

Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 


 

 

INTERWEST PARTNERS IX, LP

 

 

 

By:

Interwest Management Partners IX, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gilbert H. Kliman

 

 

Gilbert H. Kliman,

 

 

Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

MONTREUX EQUITY PARTNERS IV, LP

 

 

 

By:

Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Savarese

 

 

John Savarese

 

 

 

 

 

MONTREUX IV ASSOCIATES, LP

 

 

 

By:

Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Daniel K. Turner III

 

 

Daniel K. Turner III

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

OrbiMed Private Investments III, LP

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Capital GP III LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Name: Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

OrbiMed Associates III, LP

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Name: Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

FJORDINVEST, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Olav Bergheim

 

 

Olav Bergheim, Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

FG GROUP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Morteza A. Gharib

 

 

Morteza A. Gharib,

 

 

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

ORASIS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard A. Hill

 

 

Richard A. Hill,

 

 

Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

/s/ Honsheng Tu

 

Honsheng Tu

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 


 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS III L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Management Associates III, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES III L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Management Associates III, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Thomas W. Burns, Co-Trustee of the Burns Family Trust, established September 13, 2000

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Janet M. Burns, Co-Trustee of the Burns Family Trust, established September 13, 2000

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

Richard L. Harrison

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

/s/ Chris Calcaterra

 

Chris Calcaterra

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 



 

 

/s/ Harold A. Heitzman

 

Harold A. Heitzman CGM IRA Rollover

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT

 

THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made as of this 22nd day of January, 2013 by and among Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Fjordinvest, LLC, FG Group LLC, Orasis, LLC and Hosheng Tu (collectively, the “ Stockholders ”), and the holders of shares of Preferred Stock (as defined below) listed on Exhibit A (collectively, the “ Investors ” and individually, the “ Investor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of its stockholders who own shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $.001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), Series A Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share (“ Series A Preferred Stock ”), Series B Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share (“ Series B Preferred Stock ”), Series C Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share (“ Series C Preferred Stock ”), Series D Preferred Stock, $.001 par value (“ Series D Preferred Stock ”) and/or Series E Preferred Stock, $.001 par value per share (“ Series E Preferred Stock ”) are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2011 (the “ Existing Agreement ”).

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the purchase and sale of shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock (the “ Series F Preferred Stock ;” the Series F Preferred Stock is collectively referred to herein with the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series B Preferred Stock, the Series C Preferred Stock, the Series D Preferred Stock and the Series E Preferred Stock as the “ Preferred Stock ”) pursuant to the terms of a Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (as may be amended from time to time, the “ Purchase Agreement ”), the Company and the parties to the Existing Agreement desire to amend and restate the Existing Agreement in its entirety to reflect the sale of the Series F Preferred Stock and to add as parties thereto purchasers of shares of Series F Preferred Stock who are not presently parties to the Existing Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.               Voting of Shares . During the term of this Agreement, the voting parties each agree to vote all shares of the Company’s voting securities now or hereafter owned by them, whether beneficially or otherwise, or as to which they have voting power (the “ Shares ”) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

2.               Board Representation .

 

(a)                                  At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company, or at any meeting of the stockholders of the Company at which members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) are to be elected, or whenever members of the Board are to be elected by written consent, the Stockholders and the Investors agree to vote or act with respect to their Shares so as to elect:

 



 

(i)                                      For so long as Domain Partners IV, L.P. and DP IV Associates, L.P. (together, “ Domain ”), together with any affiliated entities, collectively own not less than Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends and the like) one (1) individual designated by Domain, who shall initially be Robert J. More, as a Series A and B Director (as defined in the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated Certificate ”)).

 

(ii)                                   For so long as Versant Venture Capital I, L.P., Versant Affiliates Fund I-A, L.P., Versant Affiliates Fund I-B, L.P. and Versant Side Fund I, L.P. (collectively, “ Versant ”), together with any affiliated entities, owns not less than Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, and the like) one (1) individual designated by Versant, who shall initially be William J. Link, Ph.D., as a Series A and B Director.

 

(iii)                                For so long as Montreux Equity Partners IV, LP and Montreux IV Associates, LLC (collectively, “ MEP ”), together with any affiliated entities, owns not less than Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, and the like) one (1) individual designated by MEP, who shall initially be Daniel K. Turner III, as a Series C Director (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

(iv)                               For so long as InterWest Partners IX, LP (“ InterWest ”), together with any affiliated entities, owns not less than Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, and the like) one (1) individual designated by InterWest, who shall initially be Gilbert H. Kliman, M.D., as a Series C Director.

 

(v)                                  The then-current Chief Executive Officer of the Company, who shall initially be Thomas W. Burns, as a Common Director (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

(vi)                               An individual designated by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, who shall initially be Olav B. Bergheim, as a Common Director.

 

(vii)                            For so long as OrbiMed Advisors, LLC (“ OrbiMed ”), together with any affiliated entities, owns not less than Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, and the like) one (1) individual designated by OrbiMed, who shall initially be Jonathan Silverstein, as the Series D Director (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

(viii)                         For so long as Meritech Capital Partners III (“ Meritech ”), together with any affiliated entities, owns not less than Three Hundred Thousand (300,000) shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, dividends, and the like) one (1) individual designated by Meritech, who shall initially be Paul Madera, as the Series F Director (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

2



 

3.               Change in Number of Directors . The Stockholders and the Investors agree not to vote or act with respect to their Shares to provide for the election of more or less than eight (8) authorized directors.

 

4.               Voting .

 

(a)                                  Appointment of Directors .   In the event of the resignation, death, removal or disqualification of a director selected under Section 2 , a new director shall promptly be nominated following the procedure originally used to elect the director being replaced and, after written notice of the nomination has been given by the Company to the Stockholders and Investors following the director’s nomination (and such nominee has been designated as provided in Section 2 above), each Stockholder and Investor shall vote its shares of capital stock of the Company to elect such nominee to the Board.

 

(b)                                  Removal .   A director elected under Section 2 may be removed at any time and from time to time, with or without cause (subject to the Bylaws of the Company as in effect from time to time and any requirements of law) in the following manner: in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(i) , by Domain; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(ii) , by Versant; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(iii) , by MEP; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(iv) , by InterWest; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(v)  who is the then-current Chief Executive Officer, by a majority of the Company’s Common Stock, it being understood that the Company’s Board of Directors has sole discretion to replace the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company; in the case of a director elected by Section 2(a)(vi) , by a majority of the Common Stock; in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(vii) , by OrbiMed; and in the case of a director elected under Section 2(a)(viii) , by Meritech.

 

(c)                                   Covenant to Vote .  Each Stockholder and Investor or its representative shall appear in person or by proxy at any ann ual or special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of obtaining a quorum and shall vote the shares of the Company’s capital stock owned by such Stockholder or Investor and entitled to vote upon any matter submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Company in a manner so as to be consistent and not in conflict with, and to implement, the terms of this Agreement.  Each Stockholder and Investor shall execute any and all written consents circulated with regard to any matter reasonably necessary to implement the terms of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Failure to Vote .  In the event that any Stockholder or Investor shall fail to vote the Shares it is entitled to vote in the manner set forth above, such Stockholder or Investor shall be deemed immediately upon the existence of such breach to have granted to any other Stockholder or Investor a proxy to its Shares to ensure that such shares will be voted as set forth above.  Each of the Stockholders and Investors acknowledges that each proxy granted hereby, including any successive proxy if need be, is given to secure the performance of a duty, is coupled with an interest, and shall be irrevocable until the duty is performed.

 

(e)                                   No Voting or Conflicting Agreements .  No Stockholder or Investor shall grant any proxy or enter into or agree to be bound by any voting trust with respect to the Shares held by such Stockholder or Investor nor shall any Stockholder or Investor enter into any

 

3



 

stockholder agreements or arrangements of any kind with any person with respect to their shares inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement (whether or not such agreements and arrangements are with other stockholders of the Company that are not parties to this Agreement).  The foregoing prohibition includes, but is not limited to, agreements or arrangements with respect to the acquisition, disposition or voting of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock held by such Stockholders or Investors, unless the acquiror or transferee of such shares agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement with respect to the voting of such shares.  No Stockholder or Investor shall act, for any reason, as a member of a group or in concert with any other persons in connection with the acquisition, disposition or voting of shares of the Company’s capital stock in any manner which is inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Injunctive Relief .  It is acknowledged that it will be impossible to measure in money the damages that would be suffered if the parties fail to comply with any of the obligations herein imposed on them and that in the event of any such failure, an aggrieved person will be irreparably damaged and will not have an adequate remedy at law.  Any such person shall, therefore, be entitled to injunctive relief, including specific performance, to enforce such obligations, and if any action shall be brought in equity to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement, none of the parties hereto shall raise the defense that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

5.               Legends .  Each certificate representing any Stockholders’ or Investors’ shares shall be endorsed by the Company with a legend reading as follows:

 

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A VOTING AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE COMPANY, THE STOCKHOLDERS AND THE INVESTORS (A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY), AND BY ACCEPTING ANY INTEREST IN SUCH SHARES THE PERSON ACCEPTING SUCH INTEREST SHALL BE DEEMED TO AGREE TO AND SHALL BECOME BOUND BY ALL THE PROVISIONS OF SAID VOTING AGREEMENT.”

 

The Company agrees that, during the term of this Agreement, it will not remove, and will not permit to be removed (upon registration of transfer, reissuance or otherwise), the legend from any such certificate and will place or cause to be placed the legend on any new certificate issued to represent Shares theretofore represented by a certificate carrying the legend.

 

6.               Covenants of the Company .  The Company agrees to use its best efforts to ensure that the rights given to the Stockholders and Investors hereunder are effective and that such parties enjoy the benefits thereof.  Such actions include, without limitation the use of the Company’s best efforts to cause the nomination and election of the designees as provided in Section 2 and the size of the Board of Directors as provided in Section 3 , to enforce the terms of this Agreement and to inform the Stockholders and the Investors of any breach hereof (to the extent the company has knowledge thereof).  The Company will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all provisions of this Agreement

 

4



 

and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary, appropriate or reasonably requested by the holders of a majority of the Shares (assuming exercise and conversion of all outstanding securities) in order to protect the rights of the parties hereunder against impairment and to assist the Stockholders and Investors in the exercise of their rights and the performance of their obligations hereunder.

 

7.               Termination .  This Agreement shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the consummation of the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock or (b) the consummation of a Liquidation Event (as defined in Sections 2(a) and 2(d) of Article IV of the Company’s Restated Certificate), provided that the terms of this Agreement shall be reinstated if there is no closing of an initial public offering or Liquidation Event.

 

8.               Amendment; Waivers .  Any term hereof may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company, holders of sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Preferred Stock held by the Investors, and the holders of at least a majority of the Common Stock held by the Stockholders as of the date of this Agreement (the “ Stockholders’ Shares ”); provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 2(a)(i)  shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of Domain; Section 2(a)(ii)  shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of Versant; Section 2(a)(iii)  shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of MEP; Section 2(a)(iv)  shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of InterWest; Section 2(a)(vii)  shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of OrbiMed; Section 2(a)(viii)  shall not be amended or waived without the written consent of Meritech; any amendment or waiver of Section 2 (other than Sections 2(a)(v) and (vi)  shall not require the approval of the Stockholders’ Shares; and any amendment or waiver of Section 2(a)(vi ) shall not require the approval of the Preferred Stock held by the Investors.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 8 shall be binding upon the Company, the holders of Preferred Stock and any holder of Stockholders’ Shares, and each of their respective successors and assigns.

 

9.               Notices .  Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient on the date of delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier or sent by telegram or fax, or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set on the signature pages hereto or,  in the case of any party other than the Company and such address is not set forth below, to the address for such party as the same appears in the Company’s records, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

10.        Severability .  If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded; and (c) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

11.        Governing Law .  This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

5



 

12.        Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

13.        Successors and Assigns; Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire contract between the Company, the Stockholders and the Investors relative to the subject matter hereof.  The Existing Agreement is hereby amended, restated and superseded in its entirety by this Agreement.  Subject to the exceptions specifically set forth in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103

 

 

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

FJORDINVEST, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Olav Bergheim

 

Address:

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 104

 

Olav Bergheim, Manager

 

 

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

 

 

 

FG GROUP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Address:

556 S. Berkley Avenue

 

 

 

San Marino, CA 91108

 

 

 

 

/s/ Morteza A. Gharib

 

 

 

Morteza A. Gharib,

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

ORASIS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard A. Hill

 

 

 

Richard A. Hill,

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hosheng Tu

 

 

 

 

Hosheng Tu

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

Address:

One Palmer Square

By:

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.,

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

DP IV ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

Address:

One Palmer Square

By:

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS VIII, L.P.

 

Address:

One Palmer Square

By:

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

 

 

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.,

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

DP VIII ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

Address:

One Palmer Square

By:

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

 

 

 

 

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker,

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FRAZIER HEALTHCARE V, L.P.

 

Address:

601 Union Street

By: FHM V, LP, its General Partner

 

 

Two Union Square

By: FHM V, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

Suite 3200

 

 

 

Seattle, WA 98101

By:

/s/Thomas S. Hodge

 

 

Attn: Nathan R. Every, M.D.

 

Thomas S. Hodge,

 

 

Fax: (206) 621-1848

 

Manager

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

GUND INVESTMENT LLC

 

Address:

14 Nassau Street, POB 449

 

 

 

Princeton, NJ 08542

By:

/s/ Warren Thaler

 

 

Attn: Warren Thaler

Name:

Warren Thaler

 

 

Fax: (609) 921-7697

Title:

Manager

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

INTERWEST PARTNERS IX, LP

 

Address:

2710 Sand Hill Road

By: InterWest Management Partners IX, LLC

 

 

2nd Floor

 

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

By:

/s/ Gilbert H. Kliman

 

 

Attn: Gilbert Kliman, M.D.

 

Gilbert H. Kliman,

 

 

Fax: 650.854.4706

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

MONTREUX EQUITY PARTNERS IV, LP

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

3000 Sand Hill Road

By: Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

Building 1, Suite 260

 

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025-7073

By:

/s/ Daniel K. Turner III

 

 

Attn: Daniel K. Turner III

 

Daniel K. Turner III, Managing Member

 

 

Fax: (650) 234-1250

 

MONTREUX IV ASSOCIATES, LLC

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

3000 Sand Hill Road

By: Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

Building 1, Suite 260

 

 

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025-7073

By:

/s/ Daniel K. Turner III

 

 

Attn: Daniel K. Turner III

 

Daniel K. Turner III, Managing Member

 

 

Fax: (650) 234-1250

 

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES OF THE

 

Address:

 

LELAND STANFORD JUNIOR

 

 

Stanford Management Company

UNIVERSITY (SBST-LS)

 

 

2770 Sand Hill Road

 

 

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

By:

 

 

 

Attention: Marcelino

 

 

 

 

Pantoja/Martina Poquet

 

 

 

 

Fax: (650)       -       

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS III L.P.

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.

 

 

245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350

 

its General Partner

 

 

Palo Alto, California 94301

 

 

 

 

Attn: Joel Backman

By:

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C

 

 

Fax: (650) 475-2222

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES III L.P.

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III L.L.C.

 

 

245 Lytton Avenue, Suite 350

 

its General Partner

 

 

Palo Alto, California 94301

 

 

 

 

Attn: Joel Backman

By:

Meritech Management Associates III L.L.C

 

 

Fax: (650) 475-2222

 

a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

ORBIMED ASSOCIATES III, LP

Address:

 

 

 

 

767 Third Avenue

 

 

 

30th Floor

 

 

 

New York, New York 10017

 

 

 

Attn: Jonathan Silverstein

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

Fax: (212) 739-6444

 

 

 

 

ORBIMED PRIVATE INVESTMENTS III, LP

Address:

 

 

 

 

767 Third Avenue

 

 

 

30th Floor

 

 

 

New York, New York 10017

 

 

 

Attn: Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

 

Fax: (212) 739-6444

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL I, L.P.

 

Address:

450 Newport Center Drive,

By:

 

 

 

Suite 600

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-A, L.P.

 

Address:

450 Newport Center Drive,

By:

 

 

 

Suite 600

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-B, L.P.

 

Address:

450 Newport Center Drive,

By:

 

 

 

Suite 600

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT SIDE FUND I, L.P.

 

Address:

450 Newport Center Drive,

By:

 

 

 

Suite 600

 

VERSANT VENTURES I, L.L.C.

 

 

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

 

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

c/o Maximed Klay Consulting

/s/ David Klay

 

 

Rue des Crets 9

David Klay

 

 

1037 Etagnieres VD Switzerland

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

/s/ David Haffner

 

 

 

David Haffner

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

 

 

Richard L. Harrison

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Chris Calcaterra

 

 

 

Chris Calcaterra

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 


 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Harold A. Heitzman

 

 

 

Harold A. Heitzman CGM IRA Rollover

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

/s/ William J. Burns

 

 

 

William J. Burns

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Burns

 

 

 

Michael Burns

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Steven Henderson

 

 

 

Steven Henderson

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

/s/ Hugh Neuharth

 

 

 

Hugh Neuharth

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED VOTING AGREEMENT OF

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 



 

EXHIBIT A

SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS

 

Domain Partners IV, L.P.

 

DP IV Associates, L.P.

 

Domain Partners VIII, L.P.

 

DP VIII Associates, L.P.

 

Frazier Healthcare V, L.P.

 

Gund Investment LLC

 

InterWest Partners IX, LP

 

Montreux Equity Partners IV, LP

 

Montreux IV Associates, LLC

 

The Board of Trustees of the Leland Stanford Junior University (SBST-LS)

 

Versant Venture Capital I, L.P.

 

Versant Affiliates Fund I-A, L.P.

 

Versant Affiliates Fund I-B, L.P.

 

Versant Side Fund I, L.P.

 

Orbimed Private Investments III, LP

 

OrbiMed Associates III, LLC

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

Visticon SPRL

 

David Haffner

 

Richard L. Harrison

 

Chris Calcaterra

 

Joseph Klein III

 

Harold A. Heitzmann

 

George G. Montgomery

 

William J. Burns

 

Steven Henderson

 

Meritech Capital Partners III L.P.

 

Meritech Capital Affiliates III L.P.

 

David Klay

 

Barbara Niksch

 

The Shin-Sherman Trust

 

Michael Burns

 

Hugh Neuharth

 

Laurie Haffner

 

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 

This Amendment No. 1 to Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of July 10, 2014, is made by and among Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the signatories hereto.

 

RECITALS

 

A.            The Company and certain of its stockholders are parties to that certain Third Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated as of January 22, 2013 (the “ Existing Agreement ”). Defined terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning therefor set forth in the Existing Agreement.

 

B.            Pursuant to Section 8 of the Existing Agreement, certain provisions of the Existing Agreement may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company, the holders of sixty-seven percent (67%) of the Preferred Stock held by the Investors and the holders of a majority of the Common Stock held by the Stockholders as of the date of the Existing Agreement.

 

C.            The Company and certain stockholders party to the Existing Agreement desire to amend the Existing Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

D.            The undersigned parties to this Amendment, other than the Company, have the requisite votes to amend the provision of Existing Agreement set forth below, which amendment shall be binding upon the Company, the undersigned parties and the other parties to the Existing Agreement and each of their respective successors and assigns.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Section 3 of the Existing Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The Stockholders and the Investors agree not to vote or act with respect to their Shares to provide for the election of more than thirteen (13) nor less than eight (8) authorized directors, such authorized number to be set from time to time by the Board of Directors (provided, however, that no reduction in the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires).”

 

2.             Except as herein amended, the Existing Agreement shall in all other respects remain unchanged and in full force and effect according to its terms.

 

3.             This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto in any number of separate counterparts, and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of this Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

DP IV ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS VIII, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

DP VIII ASSOCIATES, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates VIII, L.L.C.

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL I, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-A, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-B, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT SIDE FUND I, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

FRAZIER HEALTHCARE V, L.P.

 

By: FHM V, LP, its General Partner

 

By: FHM V, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nathan Every

 

 

Nathan Every

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

GUND INVESTMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Warren Thaler

 

 

Warren Thaler

 

 

Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

INTERWEST PARTNERS IX, LP

 

 

 

By:

Interwest Management Partners IX, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gilbert H. Kliman

 

 

Gilbert H. Kliman,

 

 

Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

MONTREUX EQUITY PARTNERS IV, LP

 

 

 

By:

Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Savarese

/s/ Daniel K. Turner III

 

 

John Savarese

Daniel K. Turner III

 

 

 

 

MONTREUX IV ASSOCIATES, LP

 

 

 

By:

Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Savarese

/s/ Daniel K. Turner III

 

 

John Savarese

Daniel K. Turner III

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 


 

 

OrbiMed Private Investments III, LP

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Capital GP III LLC,

 

 

 its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Name: Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

OrbiMed Associates III, LP

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

 

 its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Name: Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

FJORDINVEST, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Olav Bergheim

 

 

Olav Bergheim, Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

FG GROUP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Morteza A. Gharib

 

 

Morteza A. Gharib,

 

 

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

ORASIS, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard A. Hill

 

 

Richard A. Hill,

 

 

Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

/s/ Honsheng Tu

 

Honsheng Tu

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL PARTNERS III L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Management Associates III, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

 

 

 

 

MERITECH CAPITAL AFFILIATES III L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Capital Associates III, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

Meritech Management Associates III, L.L.C.

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul S. Madera

 

 

Paul S. Madera, a managing member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 


 

 

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Thomas W. Burns, Co-Trustee of the Burns Family Trust, established September 13, 2000

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Janet M. Burns

 

Janet M. Burns, Co-Trustee of the Burns Family Trust, established September 13, 2000

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

/s/ David Haffner

 

David Haffner

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

Richard L. Harrison

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

/s/ Chris Calcaterra

 

Chris Calcaterra

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 



 

 

/s/ Harold A. Heitzman

 

Harold A. Heitzman CGM IRA Rollover

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
VOTING AGREEMENT

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.  THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT.

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION
WARRANT TO PURCHASE            SHARES
OF SERIES D PREFERRED STOCK

 

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received,                              and its assignees (as applicable, the “Holder”) are entitled to subscribe for and purchase          shares of the fully paid and nonassessable Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted pursuant to Section 2 hereof, the “Shares”) of Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at the price of Three Dollars and Six Cents ($3.06) per share (such price and such other price as shall result, from time to time, from the adjustments specified in Section 2 hereof is herein referred to as the “Warrant Price”), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.  As used herein, the term “Date of Grant” shall mean the date set forth on the signature page hereof.  This Warrant is one of a duly authorized issue of Warrants of like tenor of the Company (the “Warrants”) being issued pursuant to that certain Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of                        , 2010, by and between the Company and the Purchasers (as therein defined) (the “Purchase Agreement”).  Any assignee of this Warrant, by acceptance hereof, assumes and agrees to the rights and restrictions set forth herein.

 

1.                                       Term .  The purchase right represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time from the Date of Grant through the date seven (7) years from and after the Date of Grant, subject to earlier termination as provided in Section 2 hereof.

 

2.                                       Adjustment of Termination Date, Warrant Price and Number of Shares .  The period during which this Warrant is exercisable and the number of Shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time, and the Company agrees to provide notice upon the happening of certain events as follows:

 

(a)                                  Termination of Warrant Upon Certain Transactions .  If at any time the Company proposes a transaction that would result in a Change of Control (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), then the Company shall give the Holder thirty (30) days notice of the proposed effective date of such transaction and, if this Warrant has not been exercised in full by the effective date of such transaction, any unexercised portion of this Warrant shall terminate.

 

(b)                                  Reclassification, etc .  If the Company at any time shall, by subdivision, combination or reclassification of securities or otherwise, change any of the securities to which purchase rights under this Warrant exist into the same or a different number of securities of any

 



 

class or classes, this Warrant shall thereafter be to acquire such number and kind of securities as would have been issuable as the result of such change with respect to the securities which were subject to the purchase rights under this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision, combination, reclassification or other change.  If shares of the class of the Company’s stock for which this Warrant is being exercised are subdivided or combined into a greater or smaller number of shares of stock, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately reduced in case of subdivision of shares or proportionately increased in the case of combination of shares, in both cases by the ratio which the total number of shares of such class of stock to be outstanding immediately after such event bears to the total number of shares of such class of stock outstanding immediately prior to such event.

 

(c)                                   Adjustment for Dividends in Stock .  In case at any time or from time to time on or after the date hereof the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock of the Company (or any shares of stock or other securities at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) shall have received, or, on or after the record date fixed for the determination of eligible stockholders, shall have become entitled to receive, without payment therefor, other or additional stock of the Company by way of dividend, then and in each case, the Holder shall, upon the exercise hereof, be entitled to receive, in addition to the number of Shares receivable thereupon, and without payment of any additional consideration therefor, the amount of such other or additional stock of the Company which such Holder would hold on the date of such exercise had it been the holder of record of such Shares on the date hereof and had thereafter, during the period from the date hereof to and including the date of such exercise, retained such shares and/or all other additional stock receivable by it as aforesaid during such period, giving effect to all adjustments called for during such period by this Section 2(c).

 

(d)                                  Certificate of Adjustment .  Whenever the Warrant Price or number or type of securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant is adjusted, as herein provided, the Company shall promptly deliver to the record holder of this Warrant a certificate of an officer of the Company setting forth the nature of such adjustment and a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

3.                                       No Stockholder Rights .  This Warrant, by itself as distinguished from the Shares purchasable hereunder, shall not entitle the Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

 

4.                                       Authorization and Reservation of Stock .  The Company will reserve from its authorized and unissued Series D Preferred Stock and its Common Stock a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and the conversion thereof into Common Stock.  Issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to the Company’s officers who are charged with the duty of executing stock certificates to execute and issue the necessary certificates for the Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

5.                                       Exercise of Warrant; Net Exercise .

 

(a)                                  Exercise of Warrant .  This Warrant may be exercised in whole or in part by the Holder at any time by the surrender of this Warrant, together with the Notice of Exercise and Investment Representation Statement attached hereto as Exhibits A and B, respectively, duly

 

2



 

completed and executed at the principal office of the Company, accompanied by payment in full of the Warrant Price in cash or by check with respect to the Shares being purchased.  This Warrant shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately prior to the close of business on the date of its surrender for exercise as provided above, and the person entitled to receive the Shares issuable upon such exercise shall be treated for all purposes as the holder of such Shares of record as of the close of business on such date.  As promptly as practicable after such date, the Company shall issue and deliver to the person or persons entitled to receive the same a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon such exercise.  Upon any partial exercise of this Warrant, the Company will issue to the Holder a new warrant for the number of the Shares as to which this Warrant was not exercised.

 

(b)                                  Net Exercise .  In lieu of exercising this Warrant or any portion thereof and paying the exercise price by cash or check, the Holder shall have the right to convert this Warrant or any portion thereof into the number of Shares to be computed using the following formula:

 

X =

(P)(Y)(A-B)

 

A

 

where X =                                           the number of Shares to be issued to the Holder for the portion of this Warrant being converted,

 

P =                                the percentage of this Warrant being converted,

 

Y =                              the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in full,

 

A =                              the fair market value of one Share (valued as of the date of exercise of this Warrant) as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, and

 

B =                              the exercise price of the Shares on the date of receipt by the Company of the notice of conversion.

 

To so convert this Warrant, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant, together with the Notice of Exercise and Investment Representation Statement attached hereto as Exhibits And B, respectively, duly completed and executed, at the principal office of the Company.  Upon such conversion, the portion of this Warrant represented by the variable “P” above shall be cancelled.

 

(c)                                   Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Series D Preferred Stock will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based on the fair market value of the Series D Preferred Stock on the date of exercise as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

6.                                       Transfer of Warrant .  This Warrant may be transferred or assigned by the Holder hereof in whole or in part provided that prior written notice is given to the Company and the transferor shall provide, at the Company’s reasonable request, an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company that such transfer does not require registration under the Act.

 

3



 

7.                                       Miscellaneous .  This Warrant shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of California.  The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of convenience and reference only, and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof.  Neither this Warrant nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally but only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the holders of Warrants to purchase a majority of  the aggregate number of shares of Preferred Stock initially issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Warrants.  All notices and other communications from the Company to the holder of this Warrant shall be delivered personally or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, to the address furnished to the Company in writing by the last holder of this Warrant who shall have furnished an address to the Company in writing, and if mailed shall be deemed given three days after deposit in the United States mail.

 

ISSUED as of the        day of               , 2010.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

4



 

Exhibit A

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO:  Glaukos Corporation

 

1.                                       The undersigned hereby (check one):

 

o                                     elects to purchase                            shares of Series D Preferred Stock of Glaukos Corporation, pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any, or

 

o                                     elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 5(b) of the attached Warrant with respect to shares of Series D Preferred Stock.

 

2.                                       Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares of Series D Preferred Stock in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

 

 

 

(Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Address)

 

 

 

 

[Name of Holder]

(Date)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

1



 

Exhibit B

 

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATION STATEMENT

 

 

        Shares of Series D Preferred Stock of Glaukos Corporation

 

In connection with the purchase of the above-listed securities the undersigned hereby represents to Glaukos Corporation (the “Company”) as follows:

 

Receipt of Information .  The undersigned has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to purchase the Series D Preferred Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrant dated                          , 2010 (the “Warrant”) issued by the Company to the undersigned, and it has examined the information furnished to it by the Company.

 

Investment Representation .

 

(a)                                  The shares of stock to be received upon the exercise of the Warrant (the “Securities”) will be acquired for investment for its own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the sale or distribution of any part thereof, and the undersigned has no present intention of selling, granting participation in or otherwise distributing the same, but subject, nevertheless, to any requirement of law that the disposition of its property shall at all times be within its control.  By executing this Statement, the undersigned further represents that it does not have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any person to sell, transfer, or grant participations to such person or to any third person, with respect to any Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant.

 

(b)                                  The undersigned understands that the Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant at the time of issuance may not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), and applicable state securities laws, on the ground that the issuance of such securities is exempt pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Act and state law exemptions relating to offers and sales not by means of a public offering, and that the Company’s reliance on such exemptions is predicated on the undersigned’s representations set forth herein.  The undersigned is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

 

(c)                                   The undersigned acknowledges that the transfer of the securities acquired upon exercise of the Warrant may be subject to restrictions and agrees that in no event will it make a disposition of any Securities acquired upon the exercise of the Warrant unless and until (i) it shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (ii) it shall have furnished the Company with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company and the Company’s counsel to the effect that (A) appropriate action necessary for compliance with the Act and any applicable state securities laws has been taken or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Act and such laws is available, and (B) that the proposed transfer will not violate any of said laws.

 

 

Exhibit B



 

(d)                                  The undersigned represents that it is able to fend for itself in the transactions contemplated by this Statement, has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investments, and has the ability to bear the economic risks (including the risk of a total loss) of its investment.  The undersigned represents that it has had the opportunity to ask questions of the Company concerning the Company’s business and assets and to obtain any additional information which it considered necessary to verify the accuracy of or to amplify the Company’s disclosures, and has had all questions which have been asked by it satisfactorily answered by the Company.

 

(e)                                   The undersigned acknowledges that the Securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrant must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The undersigned is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Act which permit limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including, among other things, the existence of a public market for the shares, the availability of certain current public information about the Company, the resale occurring not less than two years after a party has purchased and paid for the security to be sold, the sale being through a “broker’s transaction” or in transactions directly with a “market maker” (as provided by Rule 144(f)) and the number of shares being sold during any three-month period not exceeding specified limitations.  The undersigned is aware that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Typed or Printed Name)

 

 

 

 

 

(Title)

 

Exhibit B




Exhibit 10.7

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

AMENDMENT TO SERIES D WARRANTS

 

This Amendment to Series D Warrants (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of July 10, 2014, is made by and among Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holders of Series D Warrants (as defined below).

 

RECITALS

 

A.            Pursuant to a Note and Warrant Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2010 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), the Company issued to the purchasers of notes thereunder warrants to purchase shares of the Series D Preferred Stock of the Company (each, a “ Series D Warrant ,” and collectively, the “ Series D Warrants ”).

 

B.            Pursuant to Section 7 of the Series D Warrants, the Series D Warrants may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the holders of Series D Warrants to purchase a majority of the aggregate number of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock of the Company initially issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Series D Warrants.

 

C.            The Company and the holders of Series D Warrants to purchase a majority of the aggregate number of shares of the Series D Preferred Stock of the Company initially issuable upon exercise of all outstanding Series D Warrants desire to amend the Series D warrants on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

D.            The undersigned (the “ Holders ”) parties to this Amendment, other than the Company, have the requisite votes to amend each of the Series D Warrants.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Each of the Series D Warrants is hereby amended to add at the end of Section 2(a) thereof the following:

 

“This Warrant shall expire and shall no longer be exercisable effective immediately upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Act covering the offering and sale of shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “IPO Closing”).  If the Holder of this Warrant has not elected to exercise this Warrant prior to the IPO Closing, then, effective immediately prior to the expiration hereof pursuant to the preceding sentence, this Warrant shall automatically be exercised (without any act on the part of the Holder) and be deemed to have been exercised pursuant to Section 5 of this Warrant immediately prior to such expiration hereof to the extent such net exercise would result in the issuance of Shares, unless the Holder shall earlier have provided written notice to the Company that the Holder desires for the Warrant to expire unexercised. For purposes of determining fair market value of a Share for purposes of the letter “A” in the formula set forth in Section 5(b) of this Warrant, solely in the context of an automatic net exercise hereof pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Holder and the Company hereby agree that the fair market value of a Share shall be, and is hereby determined to be, the price per share at which shares of the Common Stock

 



 

of the Company are sold in the IPO Closing. If this Warrant is automatically exercised as herein provided, the Company shall notify the Holder of the automatic exercise hereof and the Holder shall surrender the Warrant to the Company.”

 

2.             Except as herein amended, the Warrants shall in all other respects remain unchanged and in full force and effect according to their respective terms.

 

3.             This Amendment may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto in any number of separate counterparts, and all of such counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of this Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic mail shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and each of the Holders have executed this Amendment as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO SERIES D WARRANTS

 



 

 

HOLDERS:

 

 

 

DOMAIN PARTNERS IV, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

One Palmer Square Associates IV, L.L.C.

 

 

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Kathleen K. Schoemaker

 

 

Managing Member

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO SERIES D WARRANTS

 



 

 

HOLDERS:

 

 

 

VERSANT VENTURE CAPITAL I, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-A, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT AFFILIATES FUND I-B, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

VERSANT SIDE FUND I, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

Versant Ventures I, L.L.C.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William J. Link

 

 

William J. Link, Ph.D.,

 

 

Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO SERIES D WARRANTS

 



 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

FRAZIER HEALTHCARE V, L.P.

 

By: FHM V, LP, its General Partner

 

By: FHM V, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nathan Every

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO SERIES D WARRANTS

 



 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

GUND INVESTMENT LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Warren Thaler

 

 

Warren Thaler

 

 

Manager

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO SERIES D WARRANTS

 



 

 

HOLDERS:

 

 

 

INTERWEST PARTNERS IX, LP

 

 

 

By:

Interwest Management Partners IX, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Gilbert H. Kliman

 

 

Gilbert H. Kliman,

 

 

Managing Director

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO SERIES D WARRANTS

 



 

 

HOLDERS:

 

 

 

MONTREUX EQUITY PARTNERS IV, LP

 

 

 

By:

Montreux Equity Management IV, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Savarese

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO SERIES D WARRANTS

 



 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

OrbiMed Private Investments III, LP

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Capital GP III LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OrbiMed Associates III, LP

 

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Advisors LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan Silverstein

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT TO SERIES D WARRANTS

 




Exhibit 10.8

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is dated as of [ insert date ] and is between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [ insert name of indemnitee ] (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Indemnitee’s service to the Company substantially benefits the Company.

 

B.                                     Individuals are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations or in certain other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or indemnification against the risks of claims and actions against them arising out of such service.

 

C.                                     Indemnitee does not regard the protection currently provided by applicable law, the Company’s governing documents and any insurance as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a director or officer without additional protection.

 

D.                                     In order to induce Indemnitee to continue to provide services to the Company, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to contractually obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, Indemnitee as permitted by applicable law.

 

E.                                      This Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the indemnification provided in the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and this Agreement shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor shall this Agreement be deemed to limit, diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

The parties therefore agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions .

 

(a)                                  A “ Change in Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      Acquisition of Stock by Third Party .  Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

 

(ii)                                   Change in Board Composition .  During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Company’s board of directors, and any new directors (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a)(i), 1(a)(iii) or 1(a)(iv) of this Section 1(a)) whose election by the board of directors or nomination for election

 



 

by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors;

 

(iii)                                Corporate Transactions .  The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

 

(iv)                               Liquidation .  The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

(v)                                  Other Events .  Any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

For purposes of this Section 1(a), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(1)                                  Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, as amended; provided, however , that “ Person ” shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

(2)                                  Beneficial Owner ” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however , that “ Beneficial Owner ” shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of (i) the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity or (ii) the Company’s board of directors approving a sale of securities by the Company to such Person.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise.

 

(c)                                   DGCL ” means the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

(d)                                  Disinterested Director ” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

2



 

(e)                                   Enterprise ” means the Company and any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary.

 

(f)                                    Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Expenses ” include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding.  Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or their equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 12(c) of this Agreement, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company.  Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(h)                                  Independent Counsel ” means a law firm, or a partner or member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than as Independent Counsel with respect to matters concerning Indemnitee under this Agreement, or other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “ Independent Counsel ” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature, including any appeal therefrom and including without limitation any such Proceeding pending as of the date of this Agreement, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, a potential party, a non-party witness or otherwise by reason of (i) the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee or any action or inaction on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director or officer of the Company, or (iii) the fact that he or she is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

3



 

(j)                                     Reference to “ other enterprises ” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan (excluding any “parachute payments” within the meanings of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended); references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

2.                                       Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 2, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

3.                                       Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company .  The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor.  Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.  No indemnification for Expenses shall be made under this Section 3 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses as the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

 

4.                                       Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful .  To the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful (on the merits or otherwise) in defense of any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, if Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, then, subject to and in accordance with the requirements and process described in Section 10 of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses

 

4



 

actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with (a) each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter and (b) any claim, issue or matter related to any such successfully resolved claim, issuer or matter.  For purposes of this Section 4, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

5.                                       Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness .  To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness, or is made (or asked) to respond to discovery requests, in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith.

 

6.                                       Additional Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 2, 3 or 4 of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor) against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his or her behalf in connection with the Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of Section 6(a) of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase “ to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law ” shall include, but not be limited to:

 

(i)                                      the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL; and

 

(ii)                                   the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

 

7.                                       Exclusions .  Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement (including Section 6 of this Agreement), the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnity in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding):

 

(a)                                  [except as provided in Section 15 of this Agreement,] for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid;

 

(b)                                  for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(c)                                   for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee

 

5



 

from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(d)                                  for any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation to the extent such reimbursement is required under Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or any rules adopted or promulgated thereunder or in connection therewith, but in any case only if Indemnitee is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements);

 

(e)                                   initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Company’s board of directors authorized the Proceeding (or the relevant part of the Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, (iii) otherwise authorized in Section 12 of this Agreement, or (iv) otherwise required by applicable law; or

 

(f)                                    if prohibited by applicable law.

 

8.                                       Advances of Expenses; Audit of Expenses .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, and such advancement shall be made as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than thirty (30) days, after the receipt by the Company of a written statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditure made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be included with the invoice), whether prior to or after the final disposition of such Proceeding.  Advances shall be unsecured and interest free and made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay such advances.  Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any advance pursuant to this Section 8 to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.  This Section 8 shall not apply to the extent advancement is prohibited by law and shall not apply to any Proceeding for which indemnity is not permitted under this Agreement, but shall apply to any Proceeding referenced in Section 7(b) or 7(c) of this Agreement prior to a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall have the right, from time to time and upon written request, to audit, review and inspect any and all Expenses for which advancement, reimbursement and/or indemnification is sought (“ Expense Audit ”).  Indemnitee will reasonably cooperate with the Company in the performance of any Expense Audit.  In addition to other requests it may make in connection with any Expense Audit, the Company may require that the

 

6



 

Indemnitee provide to the Company receipts or other documentation sufficient, in the reasonable determination of this Company, to document and confirm that such Expenses are actual, complete, correct and subject to the terms of this Agreement.  If the Indemnitee fails to provide such documentation in a timely manner, the Company may reject Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, reimbursement and/or advancement of such Expenses.

 

9.                                       Procedures for Notification and Defense of Claim .

 

(a)                                  Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof.  The written notification to the Company shall include, in reasonable detail, a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding.  The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights, except to the extent that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company.

 

(b)                                  If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of the Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the applicable policies.  The Company shall thereafter take all commercially-reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(c)                                   In the event the Company may be obligated to make any indemnity in connection with a Proceeding, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  After the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee for any fees or expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding.  Notwithstanding the Company’s assumption of the defense of any such Proceeding, the Company shall be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s separate counsel to the extent (i) the employment of separate counsel by Indemnitee is authorized by the Company, (ii) Independent Counsel shall have reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense such that Indemnitee needs to be separately represented, or (iii) the Company shall not have retained, or shall not continue to retain, such counsel to defend such Proceeding.  The Company shall have the right to conduct such defense as it sees fit in its sole discretion.  Regardless of any provision in this Agreement, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s personal expense.  The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation in connection with the Proceeding as may be reasonably appropriate.

 

7



 

(e)                                   The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee for any settlement of any Proceeding (or any part thereof) without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(f)                                    The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, settle any Proceeding (or any part thereof) which Indemnitee is or could have been a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on all claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding.  Indemnitee shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay his or her consent to any proposed settlement; provided that Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of Indemnitee.  In no event shall Indemnitee be required to waive, prejudice or limit attorney-client privilege or work-product protection or other applicable privilege or protection.

 

10.                                Procedures upon Application for Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  To obtain indemnification, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and as is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the Proceeding.  The Company shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the board of directors that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.  Any delay in providing the request will not relieve the Company from its obligations under this Agreement, except to the extent such failure is prejudicial.

 

(b)                                  Upon written request by Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made in the specific case (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Company’s board of directors, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Company’s board of directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, or (D) if so directed by the Company’s board of directors, by the stockholders of the Company.  If it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.  Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination.  Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company, to the extent permitted by applicable law.

 

8


 

(c)                                   In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 10(b) above, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 10(c).  If a Change in Control shall not have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Company’s board of directors, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  If a Change in Control shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Company’s board of directors, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected.  In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however , that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion.  Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel.  If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court of competent jurisdiction has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, the parties have not agreed upon an Independent Counsel, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition a court of competent jurisdiction for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 10(b) of this Agreement.  Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

(d)                                  The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of any Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

 

11.                                Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings .

 

(a)                                  The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. In connection with any determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, the reviewing

 

9



 

party, court, any finder of fact or other relevant person shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company or its representative to establish by clear and convincing evidence that Indemnitee is not so entitled.

 

(b)                                  For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith to the extent Indemnitee relied in good faith on (i) the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements (except that this shall not apply to the extent that the Indemnitee participated in the creation of such financial statements or otherwise certified their completeness and/or veracity), (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or its board of directors or counsel selected by any committee of the board of directors or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant, an appraiser, investment banker or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or its board of directors or any committee of the board of directors.  The provisions of this Section 11(b) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   Neither the knowledge, actions nor failure to act of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

12.                                Remedies of Indemnitee .

 

(a)                                  Subject to Section 12(d) of this Agreement, in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 8 or 12(c) of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after the later of the receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification or the final disposition of the Proceeding, (iv) payment of indemnification pursuant to this Agreement is not made (A) within ten days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or (B) with respect to indemnification pursuant to Sections 4, 5 and 12(c) of this Agreement, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, or (v) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of competent jurisdiction of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.  Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration with respect to his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses, to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association.  Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 12(a); provided, however , that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought

 

10



 

by Indemnitee to enforce his or her rights under Section 4 of this Agreement.  The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or an award in arbitration in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Neither (i) the failure of the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor (ii) an actual determination by the Company, its board of directors, any committee or subgroup of the board of directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.  In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits, and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 12, the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(c)                                   To the extent not prohibited by law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses that are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company to the extent Indemnitee is successful in such action, and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event no later than sixty (60) days, after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, subject to the provisions of Section 8 of this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

 

13.                                Contribution .  To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amounts incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the events and transactions giving rise to such Proceeding; and (ii) the relative fault of Indemnitee and the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) in connection with such events and transactions.

 

14.                                Non-exclusivity .  The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Company’s certificate of

 

11



 

incorporation or bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise.  To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change, subject to the restrictions expressly set forth herein or therein.  Except as expressly set forth herein, no right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  Except as expressly set forth herein, the assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

15.                                [ Primary Responsibility .  The Company acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by [ insert name of fund ] (the “ Secondary Indemnitor ”).  The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Secondary Indemnitor, the Company is primarily responsible for amounts required to be indemnified or advanced under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement and any obligation of the Secondary Indemnitor to provide indemnification or advancement for the same amounts is secondary to those Company obligations.  To the extent not in contravention of any insurance policy or policies providing liability or other insurance for the Company or any director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any other Enterprise, the Company waives any right of contribution or subrogation against the Secondary Indemnitor with respect to the liabilities for which the Company is primarily responsible under this Section 15.  In the event of any payment by the Secondary Indemnitor of amounts otherwise required to be indemnified or advanced by the Company under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement, the Secondary Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of expenses under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or this Agreement or, to the extent such subrogation is unavailable and contribution is found to be the applicable remedy, shall have a right of contribution with respect to the amounts paid.  The Secondary Indemnitor is an express third-party beneficiary of the terms of this Section 15.]

 

16.                                No Duplication of Payments .  [Except as provided in Section 15 of this Agreement, t][T]he Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment for such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

 

17.                                Insurance .  To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, trustees, general partners, managing members, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies to the same extent as the most favorably-insured persons under such policy or policies in a comparable position.

 

12



 

18.                                Subrogation .  [Except as provided in Section 15 of this Agreement, i] [I]n the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

19.                                No Adverse Settlement .  The Company shall not seek, nor shall it agree to, consent to, support, or agree not to contest any settlement or other resolution of any Claim(s), or settlement or other resolution of any other claim, action, proceeding, demand, investigation or other matter that has the actual or purported effect of extinguishing, limiting or impairing Indemnitee’s rights hereunder, including, without limitation, the entry of any bar order or other order, decree or stipulation, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. § 78u-4 (the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act), or any similar foreign, federal or state statute, regulation, rule or law.

 

20.                                Limitation of Indemnification .  Notwithstanding any other terms or provisions of this Agreement, nothing herein shall indemnify Indemnitee in contravention of (i) the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) or (ii) any rule, interpretation, listing standard or policy enacted in accordance with Dodd-Frank after the date hereof by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange on which securities of the Company are listed.

 

21.                                Services to the Company .  Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director or officer of the Company or, at the request of the Company, as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of another Enterprise, for so long as Indemnitee is duly elected or appointed or until Indemnitee tenders his or her resignation or is removed from such position.  Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position.  This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee.  Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that any employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) is at will, and Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, with or without notice, except as may be otherwise expressly provided in any executed, written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), any existing formal severance policies adopted by the Company’s board of directors or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or the DGCL.  No such document shall be subject to any oral modification thereof.

 

22.                                Duration; Period of Limitations .

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall continue during the period that the Indemnitee acts as a director or officer of the Company or as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of any other Enterprise, as applicable, and thereafter until the later of (i) the date upon which Indemnitee is no longer subject to any possible claim for which Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification hereunder or advancement of Expenses and (ii) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding,

 

13



 

including any appeal, then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement relating thereto, even if, in either case, Indemnitee may have ceased to serve in such capacity at the time of any claim or Proceeding.

 

(b)                                  No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against any Indemnitee, any Indemnitee’s estate, spouse, heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of three (3) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such three (3) year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

 

23.                                Successors .  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.  The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

24.                                Severability .  Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law.  The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or other applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.  If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever:  (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (ii) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (iii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

25.                                Enforcement .  The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or to continue to serve as a director or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

 

14



 

26.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof for any and all matters occurring on or after the date hereof; provided, however , that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law.

 

27.                                Modification and Waiver .  No supplement, modification or amendment to this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement shall adversely affect any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall constitute or be deemed a waiver of any other provision of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

28.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or electronic mail or otherwise delivered by hand, messenger or courier service addressed:

 

(a)                                  if to Indemnitee, to Indemnitee’s address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shown on the signature page of this Agreement or in the Company’s records, as may be updated in accordance with the provisions hereof; or

 

(b)                                  if to the Company, to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company at 26051 Merit Circle Drive, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653, or at such other current address as the Company shall have furnished to Indemnitee, with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to Michael Sanders, Esq., Reed Smith LLP, 1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700, Los Angeles, California 90067.

 

Each such notice or other communication shall for all purposes of this Agreement be treated as effective or having been given (i) if delivered by hand, messenger or courier service, when delivered (or if sent via a nationally-recognized overnight courier service, freight prepaid, specifying next-business-day delivery, one business day after deposit with the courier), or (ii) if sent via mail, at the earlier of its receipt or three (3) days after the same has been deposited in a regularly-maintained receptacle for the deposit of the United States mail, addressed and mailed as aforesaid, or (iii) if sent via facsimile, upon confirmation of facsimile transfer or, if sent via electronic mail, upon confirmation of delivery when directed to the applicable electronic mail address, if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, or if not sent during normal business hours of the recipient, then on the recipient’s next business day.

 

29.                                Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction .  This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules.  Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought

 

15



 

only in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court of Chancery for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court of Chancery, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court of Chancery has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

30.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.  Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

31.                                Captions .  The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

( signature page follows )

 

16



 

The parties are signing this Indemnification Agreement as of the date stated in the introductory sentence of this Indemnification Agreement.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Title )

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Signature )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Print name )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( Street address )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

( City, State and ZIP )

 

( Signature page to Indemnification Agreement )

 




Exhibit 10.9

 

2001 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

OF

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

1.                                       Purpose

 

The purpose of this 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) is to secure for Glaukos Corporation (the “Company”) the benefits arising from stock ownership by selected employees, consultants, advisers and directors of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations, if any, who are important to the success and the growth of the business of the Company, and to help the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations secure and retain the services of such persons.  The Plan will provide a means whereby such persons will be given an opportunity to purchase shares of the Common Stock of the Company under options, some of which are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (“Incentive Stock Options”) under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Internal Revenue Code”).

 

2.                                       Definitions

 

“Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Affiliate” means any parent corporation or subsidiary corporation of the Company, whether now or hereafter existing, as those terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f), respectively, of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Committee” means the stock option committee of the Board, if one is designated.

 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 



 

“Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.001 par value.

 

“Fair Market Value” means (i) if the Common Stock is then listed on a national securities exchange, the closing sales price of the Common Stock on the day such value is determined on the principal securities exchange on which such stock is then listed, or if there is no reported sale on that day, the average of the bid and asked quotations on such exchange on that day, (ii) if the Common Stock is then publicly traded in the NASDAQ National Market System, the closing sales price of the Common Stock as reported by the NASDAQ National Market System on the day such value is determined, or if there is no reported sale on that day, the average of the bid and asked quotations on that day, (iii) if the Common Stock is then publicly traded in the over-the-counter market (other than the NASDAQ National Market System), the mean between the closing bid and asked prices of the Common Stock in the over-the-counter market on the day such value is determined or, if no shares were traded that day, on the next preceding day on which there was such a trade, or (iv) if the Common Stock is not then separately quoted or publicly traded, the fair market value on the date such value is to be determined, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

“Grantee” means an employee, consultant, adviser or director of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations to whom an Option is granted.

 

“Incentive Stock Option” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 

“Internal Revenue Code” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 

2



 

“Option” means any right to purchase, at a price and for the Term fixed by the Board in accordance with the Plan and subject to such other limitations and restrictions as the Board may impose, the number of shares of Common Stock specified by the Board.

 

“Option Agreement” means a written agreement in a form approved by the Board to be entered into by the Company and the Grantee.

 

“Parent” and “subsidiary” shall have the definitions of a parent corporation and a subsidiary corporation, respectively, contained in Section 424 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

“Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.

 

“Successor” means the legal representative of the estate of a deceased Grantee or the person or persons who shall acquire the right to exercise an Option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the Grantee.

 

“Term” means the period during which a particular Option may be exercised.

 

3.                                       Effective Date of Plan

 

The Plan shall become effective on the date it is adopted by the Board, subject, however, to its approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company within twelve (12) months of such effective date.  In the event that the Plan is not so approved by the Company’s stockholders within twelve (12) months of the effective date, all Options issued hereunder shall be void.

 

4.                                       Administration of the Plan

 

(a)                                  The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board (“Committee”), which Committee shall consist of not less than two (2) directors, each of whom shall be an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal

 

3



 

Revenue Code and Section 1.162-27 of the Treasury Regulations or any successor provision(s) thereto.  If there are not two (2) persons on the Board who meet the foregoing qualification the Committee may be comprised of any two (2) or more directors.  The Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and if a Committee is constituted, all references in this Plan to the “Board” except those in Section 2, Section 3, Section 4(a) and Section 15 shall be deemed to refer to the Committee.  If no Committee is constituted, the Plan shall be administered by the Board.

 

(b)                                  The Committee, if one be constituted, shall adopt such rules of procedure as it may deem proper; provided, however, that it may only take action upon the agreement of a majority of the whole Committee.  Any action which the Board or the Committee shall take through a written instrument signed by a majority of its members shall be as effective as though taken at a meeting duly called and held.

 

(c)                                   The powers of the Board shall include plenary authority to interpret the Plan, and, subject to the provisions hereof, to determine when and to whom Options shall be granted, the number of shares subject to each Option, the method and medium of payment and the Term of each Option.

 

(d)                                  The Board’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, grants under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Board shall be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Option Agreements as to the persons to receive Options under the Plan.

 

4



 

5.                                       Grant of Options: Number and Source of Shares Subject to the Plan

 

(a)                                  The Board may from time to time grant Options under the Plan for not more than Six Million Four Hundred Sixty-Three Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Seven (6,463,167) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12 hereof) which will be provided from authorized and unissued Common Stock and which are not reserved for some other purpose or from treasury shares.

 

(b)                                  The date of grant of an Option shall be the date specified by the Board which date shall not be earlier than the date the Board action is final.

 

(c)                                   Shares of Common Stock, as to which Options previously granted shall for any reason lapse, shall be restored to the total number available for grant of Options.

 

6.                                       Persons Eligible to Receive Options

 

(a)                                  Options may be granted under the Plan to selected employees, consultants, advisers and directors of the Company or one or more of its parent or subsidiary corporations, if any.  Eligibility shall be determined by the Board (subject to Section 6(b) below), and such determination shall be final and conclusive upon all persons.

 

(b)                                  Employees are eligible to receive either or both Incentive Stock Options and Options other than Incentive Stock Options.  Directors, consultants and/or advisers who are not also employees or officers of the Company or one or more of its parent or subsidiary corporations, if any, shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   A Grantee who owns shares possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or one or more of its parent or subsidiary corporations, if any, may only be granted an Option under the Plan if at the time

 

5



 

such Option is granted the Option price is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the shares subject to the Option, and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such Incentive Stock Option by its terms is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date such Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(d)                                  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of the shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations, if any) exceeds such amount as the Internal Revenue Code shall then specify, if any, such Options shall be treated as Options which are not Incentive Stock Options.

 

7.                                       Option Price, Payment, and Withholding

 

(a)                                  The price per share to be paid by the Grantee to the Company upon exercise of an Option shall not be less than 100% (85% in the case of Options other than Incentive Stock Options) of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted.  The aggregate Option price shall be paid at the time of the exercise of the Option in full in cash or by check or, if permissible under applicable state law and in the discretion of the Board, in installments or in part by a promissory note or notes of the Grantee bearing interest at such rate or rates as may be determined by the Board and secured by a security interest in the shares issued upon exercise and such other security as the Board, in its discretion, may require.  In the sole discretion of the Board, payment of the aggregate Option price may be made in whole or in part by delivery of shares of previously acquired Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date such Option was exercised) equal to all or part of the aggregate Option price and, if and to the extent permissible and applicable, cash or a check or note payable to the Company for any remaining portion of the aggregate Option price.

 

6



 

(b)                                  In connection with the exercise of an Option, the Company shall be entitled to require as a condition of delivery of the shares issuable upon exercise thereof that the Grantee remit or, in appropriate cases agree to remit when due, an amount sufficient to satisfy all current or estimated future federal, state and local withholding tax requirements and any federal social security or other employment tax or other tax requirements relating thereto.  If permitted by the Board in its sole discretion, the Grantee may satisfy, in whole or in part, the foregoing withholding requirement by delivery of shares of previously acquired Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date such Option was exercised) equal to all or part of the aggregate withholding taxes and, if permissible and applicable, cash or a check payable to the Company for any remaining portion of the aggregate withholding taxes.

 

(c)                                   If requested by the Board, prior to the acceptance of shares of Common Stock as provided in subparagraph (a) or (b) of this Section 7, the Grantee shall supply the Board with written representations and warranties, including without limitation a representation and warranty that the Grantee has good and marketable title to such shares free and clear of liens and encumbrances.

 

8.                                       Term of Options; Exercise of Option During Life of Grantee

 

(a)                                  Each Option granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon the occurrence of such event or events, and in such amounts, as the Board shall specify in the Option Agreement except that (i) no Option granted hereunder shall be for a Term exceeding ten (10) years (or five (5) years as provided in Section 6(c) hereof) and (ii) all Options shall vest at a rate of no less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) consecutive years.

 

7



 

(b)                                  Options shall be exercised by delivering or mailing to the Company, Attention: Corporate Secretary:

 

(i)                                      a notice, in the form prescribed by the Board, specifying the number of shares to be purchased; and

 

(ii)                                   the total consideration therefor, as specified in the Option Agreement relating thereto.

 

(c)                                   Upon receipt of such notice and payment, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Grantee a certificate or certificates for the shares purchased, without charge to the Grantee for any issue or transfer tax.

 

(d)                                  The Board may postpone any exercise of an Option for such time as the Board in its discretion may deem necessary or condition the exercise thereof in such manner as the Board may determine in order to permit the Company with reasonable diligence (i) to effect or maintain the listing of such shares on any securities exchanges, or (ii) to effect or maintain registration or qualification under the Act, or any applicable state statute, of the Plan or the shares issuable upon the exercise of the Option, or (iii) to determine that the Plan and issuance of such shares are exempt from registration or qualification and in connection therewith to require (x) as a condition of the issuance of shares upon exercise of the Option that the Grantee represent and agree that the Grantee is acquiring shares of Common Stock upon exercise of such Option for investment and without a view to the distribution or resale thereof in violation of the Act and any applicable state securities law and (y) that the certificates evidencing such shares bear a

 

8



 

legend setting forth such representation.  The Company shall not be obligated by virtue of any Option Agreement or any provision of the Plan to recognize the exercise of an Option or to sell or issue shares in violation of the Act or of the law of any state having jurisdiction thereof.  Any such postponement shall not extend the Term of an Option; and neither the Company nor its directors or officers shall have any obligation or liability to the Grantee of an Option, or to the Grantee’s Successor, with respect to any shares as to which the Option shall lapse because of such postponement.

 

(e)                                   All Options granted under the Plan shall be nontransferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  An Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Grantee only by the Grantee.

 

(f)                                    Upon the exercise of an Option by the Grantee, the share certificate or certificates may, at the request of the Grantee, be issued in the Grantee’s name and the name of another person as joint tenants with right of survivorship.

 

(g)                                   An Option may contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Board and any Option intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall include such provisions and conditions as may be necessary to qualify the Option as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(h)                                  An Option may contain such restrictions and provisions regarding the sale, transfer or disposition of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise thereof as may be determined by the Board.

 

9


 

9.                                       Exercise of Option by Grantee on Cessation of Employment

 

The unexercised portion of any Option granted under the Plan shall automatically and without notice terminate and become null and void at the time of the earliest to occur of the following:

 

(a)                                  The expiration of not more than ten (10) years from the date on which such Option was granted;

 

(b)                                  The expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of termination (other than a termination described in Section 9(d) below or on account of death) of the Grantee’s employment with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations (or, in the case of a director, consultant or adviser who is not an employee, within ninety (90) days from the date of termination of the Grantee’s directorship or consulting or advising arrangement, as the case may be), provided that if the Grantee shall die during such ninety (90) day period, the provisions of Section 9(c) below shall apply;

 

(c)                                   The expiration of one (1) year following the date of the Grantee’s death, if such death occurs during his or her employment with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations (or, in the case of a director, consultant or adviser who is not an employee, during the term of his or her directorship or consulting or advising arrangement, as the case may be);

 

(d)                                  The expiration of one (1) year from the date of termination of the Grantee’s employment with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations (or, in the case of a director, consultant or adviser who is not an employee, one (1) year from the date of termination of the Grantee’s directorship or consulting or advising arrangement, as the case may be), if such termination is attributable to a disability of the Grantee within the meaning of

 

10



 

Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Board shall have the right to determine whether the Grantee’s termination is attributable to a disability of the Grantee within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, such determination of the Board to be final and conclusive.

 

10.                                Right to Terminate Employment

 

Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Option granted pursuant to the Plan shall obligate the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations to continue to employ or engage any employee, consultant, adviser or director in such or in any other capacity with the Company, nor confer upon any employee, consultant, adviser or director any right to continue in the employ or as a consultant, adviser or director of or in any other capacity with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations, if any, nor limit in any way the right of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations to amend, modify or terminate any person’s compensation, employment, directorship or consulting or advising agreement at any time.

 

11.                                Stockholders’ Rights

 

No person shall have any rights of a stockholder by virtue of a grant of an Option except with respect to shares actually issued to that person upon the exercise thereof.

 

12.                                Adjustments

 

In the event that the shares of stock subject to the Plan shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of the Company or of another corporation (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares, or otherwise) or if the number of such shares of stock shall be increased solely through the payment of a stock dividend, then there shall be

 

11



 

substituted for or added to each share of stock of the Company theretofore appropriated or thereafter subject or which may become subject to an Option under the Plan, the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of stock of the Company shall be so changed, or for which each such share shall be exchanged, or to which each such share shall be entitled, as the case may be.  Outstanding Options shall also be appropriately amended as to price and other terms as may be necessary to reflect the foregoing events.  In the event there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company subject to the Plan, or of any stock or other securities into which such stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, then if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that such change equitably requires an adjustment in any Option theretofore granted or which may be granted under the Plan or the terms, such adjustments shall be made in accordance with such determination.

 

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in Options pursuant to this Section 12 shall be eliminated.  Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Company to each holder of an Option which shall have been so adjusted and such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) shall be final and conclusive for all purposes of the Plan.

 

13.                                Corporate Mergers, Acquisitions, Etc.

 

The Board may also grant Options having terms and provisions which vary from those specified in the Plan provided that any Option granted pursuant to this Section 13 is granted in substitution for or in connection with the assumption of existing Options granted by another corporation and assumed or otherwise agreed to be provided for by the Company pursuant to or by reason of a transaction involving a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization, or liquidation to which the Company is a party.

 

12



 

14.                                Proceeds from Sale of Stock

 

Proceeds from the sale of stock pursuant to Options granted under the Plan shall be added to the general funds of the Company.

 

15.                                Termination, Suspension or Modification of Plan

 

The Plan shall terminate ten (10) years from the date on which it is adopted by the Board but such termination shall not affect the validity of any outstanding Options or any restrictions or agreements contained therein.  The Board may at any time terminate, suspend, or modify the Plan, except that the Board shall not, without the authorization of the holders of a majority of the shares voted thereon at a meeting of stockholders duly called and held, increase the aggregate number of shares for which Options may be granted under the Plan (other than through adjustment for changes in capitalization as hereinabove provided).  No termination, suspension, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect any right acquired by any Grantee or any Successor under the terms of an Option granted before the date of such termination, suspension, or modification, unless such Grantee or Successor shall consent; but it shall be conclusively presumed that any adjustment for changes in capitalization as provided in Section 12 shall not adversely affect any such right.  Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 15, the Board expressly reserves the right, in its sole determination, to amend or modify the terms and provisions of the Plan and of any outstanding Options thereunder to the extent necessary to qualify any or all Options for such favorable federal income tax treatment (including deferral of taxation upon exercise) as may be afforded employee stock options under the Internal Revenue Code or any amendment thereto or other statutes or regulations which become effective after the effective date of the Plan.

 

13



 

16.                                Financial Information

 

The Company shall provide to each Grantee such financial information, at such times, as may be required under the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

 

17.                                Optionee Restriction Agreements

 

The Board, in its discretion, may require, as a condition to the grant of an Option, a Grantee to enter into an Optionee Restriction Agreement which provides for, among other things, (a) a right of repurchase (which right shall lapse at a rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five years from the date the Option is granted) in favor of the Company to repurchase shares acquired upon the exercise of an Option, which right must be exercised for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, at a price equal to the purchase price per share paid by the original Grantee for the shares, within ninety (90) days of, in the case of an employee, the date of termination of his or her employment or, in the case of a director, consultant or adviser who is not an employee, the date of termination of his or her directorship or consulting or advising arrangement, as the case may be, and (b) market standoff provisions which require a Grantee, upon request of the Company, to not sell or transfer shares acquired upon exercise of an Option for a specified period of time following the effective date of a registration statement under the Act.

 

14



 

Amendment to 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

Of

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

Effective as of January 24, 2011, Section 5(a) of the 2001 Stock Option Plan of Glaukos Corporation was amended to read as follows:

 

“(a)                            The Board may from time to time grant Options under the Plan for not more than Eleven Million Nine Hundred Four Thousand Six Hundred Thirty-Four (11,904,634) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12 hereof) which will be provided from authorized and unissued Common Stock and which are not reserved for some other purpose.”

 



 

Amendment to 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

Of

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

Effective as of July 30, 2008, Section 5(a) of the 2001 Stock Option Plan of Glaukos Corporation was amended to read as follows:

 

“(a)                            The Board may from time to time grant Options under the Plan for not more than Nine Million Two Hundred Nineteen Thousand Nine Hundred Ninety (9,219,990) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12 hereof) which will be provided from authorized and unissued Common Stock and which are not reserved for some other purpose.”

 



 

Amendment to 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

Of

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

Effective as of January 10, 2007, Section 5(a) of the 2001 Stock Option Plan of Glaukos Corporation was amended to read as follows:

 

“(a)                            The Board may from time to time grant Options under the Plan for not more than Six Million Four Hundred Sixty-Three Thousand One Hundred Sixty-Seven (6,463,167) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12 hereof) which will be provided from authorized and unissued Common Stock and which are not reserved for some other purpose” [ sic ]

 



 

Amendment to 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

Of

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

Effective as of May 26, 2004, Section 5(a) of the 2001 Stock Option Plan of Glaukos Corporation was amended to read as follows:

 

“(a)                            The Board may from time to time grant Options under the Plan for not more than Two Million Two Hundred Thousand (2,200,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12 hereof) which will be provided from authorized and unissued Common Stock and which are not reserved for some other purpose.”

 

2



 

Amendment to 2001 Stock Option Plan

 

Of

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

Effective as of September 5, 2002, Section 5(a) of the 2001 Stock Option Plan of Glaukos Corporation was amended to read as follows:

 

“(a)                            The Board may from time to time grant Options under the Plan for not more than One Million Six Hundred Thousand (1,600,000) shares of Common Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 12 hereof) which will be provided from authorized and unissued Common Stock and which are not reserved for some other purpose.”

 




Exhibit 10.10

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made as of this «DAY_1B» day of «MONTH_1A», by and between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and «OPTIONEE_2» (the “Option Holder”), is made with reference to the following facts:

 

A.                                     The Company is desirous of providing additional incentives to the Option Holder in rendering services to and on behalf of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations and, in order to accomplish this result, has determined to grant the Option Holder the right and option to purchase shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

B.                                     The Option Holder is desirous of accepting said stock option on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant .  The Company hereby grants to the Option Holder the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (the “Option”), all or any part of an aggregate of «NO_SHARES_3» shares of the Common Stock at the purchase price of «EXERCISE_PRICE_4» per share (the “Exercise Price”), exercisable from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan pursuant to which this Agreement is being executed during a period expiring at the close of business ten (10) years from the date of this Agreement (the “Expiration Date”).  This Option is intended to be an “incentive stock option”.  This Option will be treated as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 



 

2.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  Option Holder may exercise this Option by (i) delivering or mailing to the Company, Attention:  Corporate Secretary, a notice of exercise, in the form specified by the Company, specifying therein the number of shares of Common Stock he has elected to purchase, accompanied by (A) payment in cash or by check payable to the order of the Company for the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares to be purchased and, (B) if required, the letter described in Paragraph 6 and (ii) executing and delivering to the Company the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) and a copy of the executed Election Pursuant to Section 83(b), if applicable, in accordance with Section 5 of the Optionee Restriction Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and being executed concurrently herewith.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate purchase price to be paid upon any exercise of this Option may, if permissible under applicable state law and in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), be paid (1) in installments or in whole or in part by a promissory note of the Option Holder (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and secured by a security interest in the shares issued upon such exercise (provided, however, that an amount equal to the par value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares being issued upon exercise shall be paid in cash) and/or (2) in whole or in part by delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock previously acquired by the Option Holder having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of exercise of this Option and in the manner set forth in the Plan) equal to the portion of the aggregate purchase price being paid by delivery of such shares and, in the case of (1) or (2), if and to the extent applicable, cash or a

 

2



 

check (or, in the case of (2) only, a note) made payable to the Company for any remaining portion of the aggregate purchase price.   If so requested by the Board, prior to the acceptance of shares of Common Stock in satisfaction (in whole or in part) of the purchase price upon such exercise of this Option, the Option Holder shall supply the Board with written representations and warranties, including without limitation a representation and warranty that the Option Holder has good and marketable title to such shares, free and clear of liens and encumbrances.  The exercise of this Option shall not be deemed effective unless and until the Option Holder has complied with all of the provisions of this Paragraph 2(a).  No partial exercise of this Option may be for less than «MIN_EXERCISE_AMOUNT_5» shares and, in no event, shall the Company be required to issue fractional shares.

 

(b)                                  This Option shall be immediately exercisable in full as to all of the shares covered hereby.

 

3.                                       Termination .  The unexercised portion of this Option shall automatically and without notice terminate and become null and void at the time of the earliest to occur of the following:

 

(a)                                  The Expiration Date;

 

(b)                                  The expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of termination of the Option Holder’s employment with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations (other than a termination described in subparagraph (d) below or on account of death); provided that if the Option Holder shall die during such ninety (90) day period, the provisions of subparagraph (c) below shall apply;

 

3



 

(c)                                   The expiration of one (1) year following the date of the Option Holder’s death, if such death occurs during the Option Holder’s employment with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations;

 

(d)                                  The expiration of one (1) year from the date of termination of the Option Holder’s employment with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations if such termination is attributable to a disability of the Option Holder within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.  The Board shall have the right to determine whether the Option Holder’s termination is attributable to a disability of the Option Holder within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, such determination of the Board to be final and conclusive.

 

(e)                                   Immediately upon the termination of the Option Holder’s employment with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations if such termination constitutes or is attributable to a breach by the Option Holder of his employment agreement, if any, with the Company or its parent or subsidiaries or if the Option Holder is discharged for cause.  The Board shall have the right to determine whether the Option Holder has been discharged for cause and the date of such discharge; such determination of the Board to be final and conclusive.

 

Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall obligate the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations to continue to employ the Option Holder as an employee or in any other capacity with the Company, nor confer upon the Option Holder any right to continue in the employ or in any other capacity with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations, nor limit in any way the right of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations to amend, modify or terminate his compensation or employment at any time.

 

4.                                       Non-Assignability .  This Option and the rights and privileges granted hereby shall not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Upon any

 

4



 

attempt to transfer this Option or any right or privilege granted hereby other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and contrary to the provisions hereof, this Option and said rights and privileges shall immediately become null and void.

 

5.                                       Anti-Dilution .  In the event that the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of the Company or of another corporation (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares, or otherwise) or if the number of such shares of Common Stock shall be increased solely through the payment of a stock dividend, then there shall be substituted for or added to each share of stock of the Company theretofore appropriated or thereafter subject to this Option the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of stock of the Company shall be so changed, or for which each such share shall be exchanged, or to which each such share shall be entitled, as the case may be.  This Option shall also be appropriately amended as to Exercise Price and other terms as may be necessary to reflect the foregoing events.  In the event there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company subject to this Option, or of any stock or other securities into which such stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, then if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that such change equitably requires an adjustment in this Option, such adjustments shall be made in accordance with such determination.  The Option Holder understands that if, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s securities, the percentage ownership of the Company represented by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to this Option will be proportionately reduced by each such issuance and that the number of shares covered hereby and the Exercise Price shall not be adjusted except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement.

 

5



 

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in this Option pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall be eliminated.  Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Company to the Option Holder, such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) to be final and conclusive for all purposes hereof.

 

6.                                       Securities Law .  The shares of Common Stock subject to this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) or registered or qualified under any applicable state securities laws.  Accordingly, the Option Holder agrees that he will take any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise hereof in good faith for purposes of investment and without a view to any distribution thereof in violation of the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (or such applicable state securities laws).  The Option Holder understands that the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of this representation in issuing the Common Stock without first registering the issuance thereof under the Act or under applicable state securities laws.  The Option Holder acknowledges that he is aware that the Common Stock issuable upon exercise hereof has not been registered (and there is no obligation on behalf of the Company to register such shares) under the Act (or such applicable state securities laws) and that such Common Stock will not be freely tradeable and must be held by him indefinitely or until such time, if any, as herein provided and until such Common Stock is either registered under the Act (and such applicable state securities laws) or transfers may be made pursuant to an exemption from such registration as is accorded by the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (and such applicable state securities laws).  In this regard, the Option Holder acknowledges that he is also aware that, if the exemption under

 

6



 

Rule 144 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Act becomes applicable to the Common Stock, shares of the Common Stock may be sold pursuant to said Rule only (i) following the filing of any required reports by the Company under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (ii) after the minimum holding period specified in said Rule has been satisfied, and (iii) thereafter, only in limited amounts in the manner prescribed in said Rule.

 

The Option Holder agrees that at the time of any exercise hereunder, he will provide the Company with a letter embodying the aforementioned expressions of understanding and intent and agrees that any shares issued to him following the exercise of any option arising hereunder may bear such restrictive legend as the Company may deem necessary to reflect the status of such shares under the Act (and such applicable state securities laws).  Before consenting to the removal of such legend and the transfer of any such shares, the Company may insist upon the delivery to it of an opinion from counsel, satisfactory to it, that the contemplated transfer does not constitute a violation of the Act (or such applicable state securities laws).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Paragraph 6 shall be suspended and be of no force or effect during any period during which the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option are registered under the Act.

 

7.                                       Rights as a Stockholder .  Neither the Option Holder nor any other person legally entitled to exercise this Option shall be entitled to any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder of the Company in respect to any shares issuable upon any exercise of this Option unless and until a certificate or certificates representing such shares shall have been actually issued and delivered to him.

 

8.                                       Notices .  Whenever under this Agreement notice is required to be given in writing, it shall be deemed to have been duly given upon personal delivery, upon deposit with an

 

7



 

air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery, or two (2) days after deposit in mail if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Company at the address set forth below or to Option Holder at the address set forth on the last page hereof (or to such other address as either party shall have indicated to the other party by notice in accordance with this Paragraph):

 

Company:                                                                                      Glaukos Corporation
26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

9.                                       Benefit .  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall operate for the benefit of the Company and the Option Holder and his Successors (as defined in the Plan).

 

10.                                GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

 

11.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the Plan and the Optionee Restriction Agreement (as defined below) together represent the entire agreement between the parties hereto regarding the options on the Company’s Common Stock granted hereunder and supersede any and all previous written or oral agreements or discussions between the parties and any other person or legal entity concerning the transactions contemplated herein or therein.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement cannot be amended or modified except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

12.                                Construction .  The headings of the Paragraphs are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  If any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be unlawful, void or for any reason unenforceable, they shall be deemed separable from, and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

8



 

13.                                Interpretation .  In interpreting any provision of this Agreement, the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

14.                                Further Acts .  The parties hereto agree to execute and deliver such further instruments as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

15.                                Optionee Restriction Agreement .  Concurrently herewith, Option Holder has executed and delivered to the Company an Optionee Restriction Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit “A” to this Agreement (the “Optionee Restriction Agreement”).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Incentive Stock Option Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

OPTION HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

«OPTIONEE_2»

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notice:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«ADDRESS_6»

 

9



 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

 

The undersigned, the spouse of the Option Holder under the foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”), does hereby consent to and approve of each of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and agrees that the undersigned’s interest in the Agreement and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the option granted thereunder are subject to such terms and conditions.

 

Dated as of:  «DATE_1»

 

 

 

 

 

 

10


 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

OPTIONEE RESTRICTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS OPTIONEE RESTRICTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of «DATE_1» between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and «OPTIONEE_2» (“Optionee”).

 

R E C I T A L S:

 

A.                                     Optionee owns as of the date hereof an option granted by the Company to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of «NO_SHARES_3» shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share, at a purchase price of «EXERCISE_PRICE_4» per Share.  The term “Shares” refers to all shares acquired or which could be acquired pursuant to such option and to all securities received in addition thereto or in replacement thereof, pursuant to or in consequence of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange of shares or other similar event.

 

B.                                     In order to provide assurance to certain present and future holders (collectively, the “Investors”) of the Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Preferred Shares”) and thereby to assist in future equity financings of the Company, Optionee is willing to enter into this Agreement for the benefit of the Company, the Investors and any other person or entity who holds stock of the Company from time to time.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal Respecting Shares .

 

1.1                                Right of First Refusal .  Subject to Section 1.5, in the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any Shares, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”) with respect to such Shares.  Optionee shall give a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully any proposed transfer of Shares, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the proposed transferee.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed transferee.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) the proposed per share transfer price, or (ii) the fair market value of a share of Common Stock of the Company, as most recently determined by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to delivery of the Transfer Notice, by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The Company’s rights under this Section 1.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.

 

1.2                                Transfer of Exercised Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days from the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, the Optionee may, not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company

 

Exhibit A

 

1



 

of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in Section 1.1 of this Agreement.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice; provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares by the discounted cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

1.3                                Binding Effect .  The Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of Shares other than a transferee acquiring Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “Free Transferee”) or a transferee of a Free Transferee.

 

1.4                                Termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 1.1 through 1.3 after the earlier of (i) the Company’s initial registered public offering of Common Stock to the public generally, or (ii) the date ten (10) years after the date of this Agreement.

 

1.5                                Limitations to Rights .  Without regard and not subject to the provisions of Sections 1.1 and 2.1;

 

(i)                                      The Optionee may sell or otherwise assign for consideration Shares to any or all of his ancestors, descendants, spouse, or members of his immediate family, or to a custodian, trustee (including a trustee of a voting trust), executor, or other fiduciary for the account of his ancestors, descendants, spouse, or members of his immediate family, provided that each such transferee or assignee, prior to the completion of the sale, transfer, or assignment, shall have executed documents assuming the obligations of the Optionee under this Agreement with respect to the transferred securities.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent permitted by the Company, the Optionee may sell or transfer Shares in the first firmly underwritten public offering of securities of the Company registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

 

2.                                       Rights of Co-Sale .

 

2.1                                The Rights of Investors .  If at any time Optionee proposes to sell any Shares to parties other than the Investors or their assignees or transferees (the “Eligible Holders”) in a transaction (the “Transaction”) not registered under the Act in reliance upon a claimed exemption thereunder, then to the extent the Company has not exercised its Right of First Refusal as to any Shares being sold, any Eligible Holder (a “Selling Holder”) which notifies the Company in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notification from the Optionee referred to in Section 2.2, shall have the opportunity to sell a pro rata portion of Shares which the Optionee proposes to sell to such third party in the Transaction; whereupon the Optionee shall

 

2



 

assign so much of his interest in the agreement of sale as the Selling Holder shall be entitled to and shall request hereunder, and the Selling Holder shall assume such part of the obligations of the Optionee under such agreement as shall relate to the sale of the Shares by the Selling Holder.  For the purposes of this Section 2, the “pro rata portion” which the Selling Holder shall be entitled to sell shall be an amount of shares equal to the total amount of Shares proposed to be sold multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares and shares of Common Stock owned by a Selling Holder, and the denominator of which is the total number of such shares owned by all participating Selling Holders and the Optionee.  Each Selling Holder shall notify the Optionee whether it elects to sell an amount equal to, more than or less than its pro rata portion of the Shares so offered.  Each Selling Holder shall be entitled to apportion Shares to be sold among its partners and affiliates, provided that such Selling Holder notifies the Company of such allocation.

 

2.2                                Notice .  Prior to any sale by the Optionee of any Shares, the Optionee shall notify each Eligible Holder and the Company, in writing, of his intention to sell such securities, setting forth the general terms under which he proposes to make such sale.  Such notice shall be signed by the third parties, or a representative of such third parties, or shall be accompanied by a letter of intent signed by the third parties or representatives of such third parties, to whom the sale, assignment or transfer is proposed and shall indicate the third parties’ concurrence with the description of the terms.

 

2.3                                Failure to Notify .  If within thirty (30) days after the Optionee gives his notice to the Eligible Holders, the Eligible Holders do not notify the Company that they desire to sell all of their pro rata portion of the Shares described in such notice at the price and on the terms and conditions set forth therein, then the Optionee may, not later than ninety (90) days following delivery of the notice under Section 2.2, as to the Shares to which the Eligible Holders do not indicate a desire to sell, conclude a transfer on the terms and conditions described in the notice.  In the event the Optionee has not sold the Shares or entered into an agreement to sell the Shares within such ninety (90) days, the Optionee shall not thereafter sell any Shares without first notifying the Eligible Holders and the Company in the manner provided above.  The exercise or non-exercise of the right to participate in one or more sales of Shares made by the Optionee shall not adversely affect an Eligible Holder’s right to participate in subsequent sales of Shares by the Optionee pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

 

2.4                                Termination .  The obligations of the Optionee under this Section 2 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the occurrence of the earlier of the two events described in subsection 1.4 of this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Market Standoff .  Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Registration Statement filed under the Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first two Registration Statements of the Company to become effective under the Act which include securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period.

 

3



 

4.                                       Company’s Right to Repurchase Upon Termination of Employment .

 

4.1                                Repurchase Right .  The Shares shall be subject to a right (but not obligation) of repurchase in favor of the Company (the “Right of Repurchase”).  If the Optionee’s employment with the Company or an affiliate terminates for any reason whatsoever (the “Employment Termination”) before the Right of Repurchase expires in accordance with Schedule 1 hereto, the Company may purchase Shares subject to the Right of Repurchase at a purchase price per share equal to the purchase price per share paid by the Optionee for the Shares (exclusive of any taxes paid upon acquisition of the stock).  The Optionee may not dispose of or transfer any Shares while such Shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase and any such attempted transfer shall be null and void.  The Company’s rights under this Section 4.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.

 

4.2                                Repurchase Procedure .  The Company’s Right of Repurchase shall terminate if not exercised by written notice from the Company to the Optionee within ninety (90) days from the date on which the Company learns of the Employment Termination.  If the Company exercises its Right of Repurchase, the Optionee shall promptly endorse and deliver to the Company the stock certificates representing the Shares being repurchased, and the Company shall then pay promptly (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the date of Employment Termination), pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3 of this Agreement, the total repurchase price to the Optionee.

 

4.3                                Repurchase Payment .  If, at the time of repurchase, any notes are outstanding which represent any portion of the total purchase price for Shares being so repurchased, the repurchase price shall be paid first by cancellation of any obligation for accrued but unpaid interest under such notes, next by cancellation of principal under such notes, and finally by payment of cash or check.

 

4.4                                Binding Effect .  The Company’s Right of Repurchase shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon the Optionee and any representative, executor, administrator, heir, or legatee of the Optionee.

 

5.                                       Taxes .  Concurrently with the exercise of the Option to which this Agreement is an exhibit, the Optionee shall execute and deliver to the Company a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Acknowledgement”) attached hereto as Exhibit 5A.  The Optionee shall execute and submit with the Acknowledgement a copy of the Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, attached hereto as Exhibit 5B, if the Optionee has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.  The Optionee should consult his or her own tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence and whether such filing is desirable under the circumstances.  The Company may withhold from the Optionee’s wages, or require the Optionee to pay to the Company, any applicable withholding or employment taxes resulting from the lapse of any restrictions imposed on the Shares.

 

4



 

6.                                       Stock Certificate Restrictive Legends .  Stock certificates evidencing Shares may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and the Company’s counsel deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the following legends:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL BY THE COMPANY AND A RIGHT OF CO-SALE ON THE PART OF CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES RELATING TO SUCH SECURITIES, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.”

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF REPURCHASE BY THE COMPANY, PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES RELATING TO SUCH SECURITIES SHOULD THE PERSON INITIALLY ISSUED THESE SECURITIES CEASE TO BE EMPLOYED WITH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF.”

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR AN OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AS MORE FULLY PROVIDED IN THE AGREEMENT RELATING TO THE OPTION TO PURCHASE SUCH SECURITIES BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES.”

 

7.                                       Binding Effect .  Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

8.                                       Damages .  Optionee shall be liable to the Company for all costs and damages, including incidental and consequential damages, resulting from a disposition of Shares which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.                                       Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts entered into and wholly to be performed within the State of California by California residents.  The parties agree that the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any action with respect to this Agreement shall be in the Superior Court of California for the County of Orange or the United States District Court for the Central District of California, and each of the parties hereby submits itself to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts for the purpose of such action.  The parties agree that service of process in any such action may be effected by delivery of the summons to the parties in the manner provided for delivery of notices set forth in Section 10.

 

5



 

10.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing.  Unless and until Optionee is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications and documents directed to the Company and related to the Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed, addressed as follows:

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION
26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103
Laguna Hills, CA 92653
Attention: President

 

Unless and until the Company is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications and documents intended for Optionee and related to this Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed to Optionee’s last known address as shown on the Company’s books.  Notices and communications shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All notices related to this Agreement shall be deemed received upon delivery or, if mailed, within five (5) days after mailing in accordance with this Section 10.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Optionee hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

 

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

 

«OPTIONEE_2»

 

Optionee’s spouse indicates by the execution of this Agreement «GENDER_7» consent to be bound by the terms herein as to «GENDER_7» interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Shares.

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse:

 

 

6



 

EXHIBIT 5A

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT

 

OF DECISION REGARDING ELECTION

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF

 

THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a holder of shares of common stock of GLAUKOS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby states as follows:

 

1.                                       The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s Optionee Restriction Agreement (the “Agreement”).  The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Agreement.

 

2.                                       The undersigned either [check as applicable]:

 

o                                     (a)                                  has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                                   , whose business address is                                                                                    , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of the Agreement, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state laws; or

 

o                                     (b)                                  has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.                                       The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

o                                     (a)                                  to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company an executed form which is attached as Exhibit 5B to the Agreement; or

 

o                                     (b)                                  not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

4.                                       Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company had made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the Agreement or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

5.                                       The undersigned is also submitting to the Company an executed original of an election, if any is made, of the undersigned pursuant to provisions of state law corresponding to

 

1



 

Section 83(b) of the Code, if any, which are applicable to the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Agreement.

 

 

Date:

                                  , 20

 

 

 

 

 

[Purchaser]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

                                  , 20

 

 

 

 

 

[Purchaser]

 

2



 

EXHIBIT 5B

 

ELECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF THE

 

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to include in the undersigned’s gross income the excess (if any) of (x) the fair market value of the property described below, over (y) the amount the undersigned paid for such property plus, if the shares to which this election relates were acquired by exercise of an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, the amount excluded from the undersigned’s income pursuant to Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.  This election is made to the same effect, and with the same limitations, with respect to the analogous provisions of Sections 83(b) (and, if applicable, Sections 421 and 422) of the Code under any applicable state statute.  Pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations the following information is provided:

 

1.                                       The undersigned’s name, address and taxpayer identification (social security) number are:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

Social Security #:

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made consists of                      shares of Common Stock of GLAUKOS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

3.                                       The date on which the above property was transferred to the undersigned was                         , 20    , and the taxable year to which this election relates is 20    .

 

4.                                       The above property is subject to the following restrictions:  (a) a right of repurchase by the Company at the initial purchase price, if the undersigned ceases to be an employee of, or a consultant to, the Company or an affiliate of the Company; and (b) a right of first refusal by the Company should the undersigned wish to transfer the shares to a person or entity other than the Company.

 

5.                                       The fair market value of the above property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than those which by their terms will never lapse) is $                     per share.

 

6.                                       The amount paid for the above property by the undersigned was $                     per share.

 

1



 

7.                                       A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company, and a copy will be filed with the income tax return of the undersigned to which this election relates.

 

8.                                       If the shares to which this election relates were acquired by exercise of an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, this election is protective only, is made solely to bar application of Section 83(a) of the Code, and is not an election of the undersigned actually to recognize income which apart from this election is protected from recognition by Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.  However, the undersigned does intend for this election to be an effective election under Section 83(b) of the Code for all purposes of the Alternative Minimum Tax, and in particular for purposes of computing the adjustment described in Section 56(b)(3) of the Code.

 

If the shares to which this election relates were acquired by exercise of an incentive stock option, the amount expressly excluded from income pursuant to Sections 421 and 422 of the Code is $                     per share.

 

Dated:                                                , 20    .

 

 

 

 

 

2



 

SCHEDULE 1 OF THE

OPTIONEE STOCK RESTRICTION

AGREEMENT

 

The Right of Repurchase shall expire on «VESTING_DATE_8» with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares and thereafter with respect to an additional 1/36 of the total remaining number of Shares at the end of each of the immediately following calendar months.

 

The Right of Repurchase shall expire with respect to all of the Shares acquired upon the consummation of a Company Sale.  For purposes hereof, a “Company Sale” shall mean (1) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger, stock purchase or consolidation) or (2) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to any such transaction will, immediately after such transaction (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s capital stock, assets or otherwise) hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

 

 

Initialed by:

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

 

«OPTIONEE_2»

 

1




Exhibit 10.11

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), made as of this «DAY_1B» day of «MONTH_1A», by and between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and «OPTIONEE_2» (the “Option Holder”), is made with reference to the following facts:

 

A.                                     The Company is desirous of providing additional incentives to the Option Holder in rendering services to and on behalf of the Company and its parent and subsidiary corporations and, in order to accomplish this result, has determined to grant the Option Holder the right and option to purchase shares of Common Stock, $.001 par value, of the Company (the “Common Stock”) pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

B.                                     The Option Holder is desirous of accepting said stock option on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is agreed as follows:

 

1.                                       Grant .  The Company hereby grants to the Option Holder the right and option to purchase, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth (the “Option”), all or any part of an aggregate of «NO_SHARES_3» shares of the Common Stock at the purchase price of «EXERCISE_PRICE_4» per share (the “Exercise Price”), exercisable from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Plan pursuant to which this Agreement is being executed during a period expiring at the close of business ten (10) years from the date of

 



 

this Agreement (the “Expiration Date”).  This Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option”.  This Option will not be treated as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

2.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  In order to exercise this Option, Option Holder shall take all of the following actions:  (i) delivering or mailing to the Company, Attention:  Corporate Secretary, a notice of exercise, in the form specified by the Company, specifying therein the number of shares of Common Stock he has elected to purchase, accompanied by (A) payment in cash or by check payable to the order of the Company for the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of shares to be purchased; (B) if required, the letter described in Paragraph 6; (ii) making appropriate arrangements with the Company for the satisfaction of the withholding requirements set forth in Paragraph 8 hereof; and (iii) executing and delivering to the Company the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) and a copy of the executed Election Pursuant to Section 83(b), if applicable, in accordance with Section 5 of the Optionee Restriction Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit “A” and being executed concurrently herewith.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the aggregate purchase price to be paid upon any exercise of this Option may, if permissible under applicable state law and in the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), be paid (1) in installments or in whole or in part by a promissory note of the Option Holder (in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Company) and secured by a security interest in the shares issued upon such exercise (provided, however, that an amount equal to the par value of the Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares being issued upon exercise shall be paid in cash) and/or (2) in whole or in

 

2



 

part by delivery to the Company of shares of Common Stock previously acquired by the Option Holder having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of exercise of this Option and in the manner set forth in the Plan) equal to the portion of the aggregate purchase price being paid by delivery of such shares and, in the case of (1) or (2), if and to the extent applicable, cash or a check (or, in the case of (2) only, a note) made payable to the Company for any remaining portion of the aggregate purchase price.   If so requested by the Board, prior to the acceptance of shares of Common Stock in satisfaction (in whole or in part) of the purchase price upon such exercise of this Option, the Option Holder shall supply the Board with written representations and warranties, including without limitation a representation and warranty that the Option Holder has good and marketable title to such shares, free and clear of liens and encumbrances.  The exercise of this Option shall not be deemed effective unless and until the Option Holder has complied with all of the provisions of this Paragraph 2(a).  No partial exercise of this Option may be for less than «MIN_EXERCISE_AMOUNT_5» shares and, in no event, shall the Company be required to issue fractional shares.

 

(b)                                  This Option shall be immediately exercisable in full as to all of the shares covered hereby.

 

3.                                       Termination .  The unexercised portion of this Option shall automatically and without notice terminate and become null and void at the time of the earliest to occur of the following:

 

(a)                                  the Expiration Date;

 

(b)                                  expiration of ninety (90) days from the date of termination of the Option Holder’s engagement as a consultant or advisor to the Company or its parent or subsidiary

 

3



 

corporations (other than a termination described in subparagraph (d) below or on account of death); provided that if the Option Holder shall die during such ninety (90) day period, the provisions of subparagraph (c) below shall apply;

 

(c)                                   expiration of one (1) year following the date of the Option Holder’s death, if such death occurs during the Option Holder’s engagement as a consultant or advisor to the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations;

 

(d)                                  expiration of one (1) year from the date of termination of the Option Holder’s engagement as a consultant or advisor to the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations if such termination is attributable to a disability of the Option Holder within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.  The Board shall have the right to determine whether the Option Holder’s termination is attributable to a disability of the Option Holder within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, such determination of the Board to be final and conclusive;

 

(e)                                   upon the termination of the Option Holder’s engagement as a consultant or advisor to the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations if such termination constitutes or is attributable to a breach by the Option Holder of his engagement agreement, if any, with the Company or its parent or subsidiaries or if the Option Holder is discharged for cause.  The Board shall have the right to determine whether the Option Holder has been discharged for cause and the date of such discharge; such determination of the Board to be final and conclusive.

 

Nothing contained herein or in the Plan shall obligate the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations to continue to engage the Option Holder as a consultant or advisor or in any other capacity with the Company, nor confer upon the Option Holder any right to continue in

 

4



 

such engagement or in any other capacity with the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations, nor limit in any way the right of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporations to amend, modify or terminate his compensation or engagement at any time.

 

4.                                       Non-Assignability .  This Option and the rights and privileges granted hereby shall not be transferred other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  Upon any attempt to transfer this Option or any right or privilege granted hereby other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and contrary to the provisions hereof, this Option and said rights and privileges shall immediately become null and void.

 

5.                                       Anti-Dilution .  In the event that the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option shall be changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of the Company or of another corporation (whether by reason of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, split-up, combination of shares, or otherwise) or if the number of such shares of Common Stock shall be increased solely through the payment of a stock dividend, then there shall be substituted for or added to each share of stock of the Company theretofore appropriated or thereafter subject to this Option the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of stock of the Company shall be so changed, or for which each such share shall be exchanged, or to which each such share shall be entitled, as the case may be.  This Option shall also be appropriately amended as to Exercise Price and other terms as may be necessary to reflect the foregoing events.  In the event there shall be any other change in the number or kind of the outstanding shares of stock of the Company subject to this Option, or of any stock or other securities into which such stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged, then if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that such change equitably requires an adjustment in this Option, such

 

5



 

adjustments shall be made in accordance with such determination.  The Option Holder understands that if, subsequent to the date of this Agreement, the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s securities, the percentage ownership of the Company represented by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to this Option will be proportionately reduced by each such issuance and that the number of shares covered hereby and the Exercise Price shall not be adjusted except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement.

 

Fractional shares resulting from any adjustment in this Option pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall be eliminated.  Notice of any adjustment shall be given by the Company to the Option Holder, such adjustment (whether or not such notice is given) to be final and conclusive for all purposes hereof.

 

6.                                       Securities Law .  The shares of Common Stock subject to this Option have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), or registered or qualified under any applicable state securities laws.  Accordingly, the Option Holder agrees that he will take any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise hereof in good faith for purposes of investment and without a view to any distribution thereof in violation of the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (or such applicable state securities laws).  The Option Holder understands that the Company will be relying upon the truth and accuracy of this representation in issuing the Common Stock without first registering the issuance thereof under the Act or under applicable state securities laws.  The Option Holder acknowledges that he is aware that the Common Stock issuable upon exercise hereof has not been registered (and there is no obligation on behalf of the Company to register such shares) under the Act (or such applicable state securities laws) and that such Common Stock will not be freely tradeable and must be held by him indefinitely or until such time, if any, as herein provided and until such

 

6



 

Common Stock is either registered under the Act or transfers may be made pursuant to an exemption from such registration as is accorded by the Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (and such applicable state securities laws).  In this regard, the Option Holder acknowledges that he is also aware that, if the exemption under Rule 144 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Act becomes applicable to the Common Stock, shares of the Common Stock may be sold pursuant to said Rule only (i) following the filing of any required reports by the Company under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (ii) after the minimum holding period specified in said Rule has been satisfied, and (iii) thereafter, only in limited amounts in the manner prescribed in said Rule.

 

The Option Holder agrees that at the time of any exercise hereunder, he will provide the Company with a letter embodying the aforementioned expressions of understanding and intent and agrees that any shares issued to him following the exercise of any option arising hereunder may bear such restrictive legend as the Company may deem necessary to reflect the status of such shares under the Act (and such applicable state securities laws).  Before consenting to the removal of such legend and the transfer of any such shares, the Company may insist upon the delivery to it of an opinion from counsel, satisfactory to it, that the contemplated transfer does not constitute a violation of the Act (or such applicable state securities laws).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Paragraph 6 shall be suspended and be of no force or effect during any period during which the shares of Common Stock subject to this Option are registered under the Act.

 

7.                                       Rights as a Stockholder .  Neither the Option Holder nor any other person legally entitled to exercise this Option shall be entitled to any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder

 

7



 

of the Company in respect to any shares issuable upon any exercise of this Option unless and until a certificate or certificates representing such shares shall have been actually issued and delivered to him.

 

8.                                       Withholding Obligations .

 

(a)                                  The Option Holder hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Option Holder at the time the Option Holder exercises this Option, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, and the Option Holder otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or an Affiliate (as defined in the Plan), if any, which arise in connection with the exercise of this Option.

 

(b)                                  Upon the Option Holder’s request and subject to approval by the Company, in its sole discretion, and compliance with any applicable conditions or restrictions of law, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Option Holder upon the exercise of this Option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of exercise of this Option and in the manner set forth in the Plan) not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law.  If the date of determination of any tax withholding obligation is deferred to a date later than the date of exercise of this Option, share withholding pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be permitted unless the Option Holder makes a proper and timely election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, covering the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise with respect to which such determination is otherwise deferred, to accelerate the determination of such tax withholding obligation to the date

 

8



 

of exercise of this Option.  Notwithstanding the filing of such election, shares of Common Stock shall be withheld solely from fully vested shares of Common Stock determined as of the date of exercise of this Option that are otherwise issuable to the Option Holder upon such exercise.  Any adverse consequences to the Option Holder arising in connection with such share withholding procedure shall be the Option Holder’s sole responsibility.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Option Holder may not exercise this Option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and/or any Affiliate are satisfied.  Accordingly, the Option Holder may not be able to exercise this Option when desired even though this Option is vested, and the Company shall have no obligation to issue a certificate for such shares of Common Stock.

 

9.                                       Notices .  Whenever under this Agreement notice is required to be given in writing, it shall be deemed to have been duly given upon personal delivery, upon deposit with an air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery, or two (2) days after deposit in mail if mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Company at the address set forth below or to Option Holder at the address set forth on the last page hereof (or to such other address as either party shall have indicated to the other party by notice in accordance with this Paragraph):

 

Company:                                                                                      Glaukos Corporation
26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

10.                                Benefit .  Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall operate for the benefit of the Company and the Option Holder and his Successors (as defined in the Plan).

 

9



 

11.                                GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS ARISING HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA.

 

12.                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the Plan and the Optionee Restriction Agreement (as defined below) together represent the entire agreement between the parties hereto regarding the options on the Company’s Common Stock granted hereunder and supersede any and all previous written or oral agreements or discussions between the parties and any other person or legal entity concerning the transactions contemplated herein or therein.  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement cannot be amended or modified except by a written instrument executed by the parties hereto.

 

13.                                Construction .  The headings of the Paragraphs are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  If any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be unlawful, void or for any reason unenforceable, they shall be deemed separable from, and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of, the remaining provisions of this Agreement.

 

14.                                Interpretation .  In interpreting any provision of this Agreement, the masculine shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

15.                                Further Acts .  The parties hereto agree to execute and deliver such further instruments as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

10



 

16.                                Optionee Restriction Agreement .  Concurrently herewith, Option Holder has executed and delivered to the Company an Optionee Restriction Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit “A” to this Agreement (the “Optionee Restriction Agreement”).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Stock Option Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

OPTION HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

«OPTIONEE_2»

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notice:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«ADDRESS_6»

 

11



 

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

 

The undersigned, the spouse of the Option Holder under the foregoing Stock Option Agreement (“Agreement”), does hereby consent to and approve of each of the terms and conditions of the Agreement and agrees that the undersigned’s interest in the Agreement and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the option granted thereunder are subject to such terms and conditions.

 

Dated as of «DATE_1»

 

 

 

 

 

12


 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

OPTIONEE RESTRICTION AGREEMENT

 

THIS OPTIONEE RESTRICTION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of «DATE_1» between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and «OPTIONEE_2» (“Optionee”).

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

A.                                     Optionee owns as of the date hereof an option granted by the Company to purchase all or any part of an aggregate of «NO_SHARES_3» shares (the “Shares”) of the Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share, at a purchase price of «EXERCISE_PRICE_4» per Share.  The term “Shares” refers to all shares acquired or which could be acquired pursuant to such option and to all securities received in addition thereto or in replacement thereof, pursuant to or in consequence of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange of shares or other similar event.

 

B.                                     In order to provide assurance to certain present and future holders (collectively, the “Investors”) of the Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Preferred Shares”) and thereby to assist in future equity financings of the Company, Optionee is willing to enter into this Agreement for the benefit of the Company, the Investors and any other person or entity who holds stock of the Company from time to time.

 

THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.                                       Company’s Right of First Refusal Respecting Shares .

 

1.1                                Right of First Refusal .  Subject to Section 1.5, in the event that the Optionee proposes to sell, pledge, or otherwise transfer any Shares, the Company shall have a right of first refusal (the “Right of First Refusal”) with respect to such Shares.  Optionee shall give a written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully any proposed transfer of Shares, including the number of Shares proposed to be transferred, the proposed transfer price, and the name and address of the proposed transferee.  The Transfer Notice shall be signed both by the Optionee and by the proposed transferee.  The Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice at a price per share equal to the lower of (i) the proposed per share transfer price, or (ii) the fair market value of a share of Common Stock of the Company, as most recently determined by the Board of Directors of the Company prior to delivery of the Transfer Notice, by delivery of a notice of exercise of the Company’s Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company.  The Company’s rights under this Section 1.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.

 

1.2                                Transfer of Exercised Shares .  If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days from the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company, the Optionee may, not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice, conclude a transfer of the Shares subject to the Transfer Notice on the

 

1



 

terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice.  Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in Section 1.1 of this Agreement.  If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the parties shall consummate the sale of Shares on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice; provided, however, in the event the Transfer Notice provides for payment for the Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Shares by the discounted cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice.

 

1.3                                Binding Effect .  The Right of First Refusal shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon any transferee of Shares other than a transferee acquiring Shares in a transaction where the Company failed to exercise the Right of First Refusal (a “Free Transferee”) or a transferee of a Free Transferee.

 

1.4                                Termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal .  Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1, the Company shall have no Right of First Refusal, and Optionee shall have no obligation to comply with the procedures in Sections 1.1 through 1.3 after the earlier of (i) the Company’s initial registered public offering of Common Stock to the public generally, or (ii) the date ten (10) years after the date of this Agreement.

 

1.5                                Limitations to Rights .  Without regard and not subject to the provisions of Sections 1.1 and 2.1;

 

(i)                                      The Optionee may sell or otherwise assign for consideration Shares to any or all of his ancestors, descendants, spouse, or members of his immediate family, or to a custodian, trustee (including a trustee of a voting trust), executor, or other fiduciary for the account of his ancestors, descendants, spouse, or members of his immediate family, provided that each such transferee or assignee, prior to the completion of the sale, transfer, or assignment, shall have executed documents assuming the obligations of the Optionee under this Agreement with respect to the transferred securities.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent permitted by the Company, the Optionee may sell or transfer Shares in the first firmly underwritten public offering of securities of the Company registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”).

 

2.                                       Rights of Co-Sale .

 

2.1                                The Rights of Investors .  If at any time Optionee proposes to sell any Shares to parties other than the Investors or their assignees or transferees (the “Eligible Holders”) in a transaction (the “Transaction”) not registered under the Act in reliance upon a claimed exemption thereunder, then to the extent the Company has not exercised its Right of First Refusal as to any Shares being sold, any Eligible Holder (a “Selling Holder”) which notifies the Company in writing, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notification from the Optionee referred to in Section 2.2, shall have the opportunity to sell a pro rata portion of Shares which the Optionee proposes to sell to such third party in the Transaction; whereupon the Optionee shall assign so much of his interest in the agreement of sale as the Selling Holder shall be entitled to

 

2



 

and shall request hereunder, and the Selling Holder shall assume such part of the obligations of the Optionee under such agreement as shall relate to the sale of the Shares by the Selling Holder.  For the purposes of this Section 2, the “pro rata portion” which the Selling Holder shall be entitled to sell shall be an amount of shares equal to the total amount of Shares proposed to be sold multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Shares and shares of Common Stock owned by a Selling Holder, and the denominator of which is the total number of such shares owned by all participating Selling Holders and the Optionee.  Each Selling Holder shall notify the Optionee whether it elects to sell an amount equal to, more than or less than its pro rata portion of the Shares so offered.  Each Selling Holder shall be entitled to apportion Shares to be sold among its partners and affiliates, provided that such Selling Holder notifies the Company of such allocation.

 

2.2                                Notice .  Prior to any sale by the Optionee of any Shares, the Optionee shall notify each Eligible Holder and the Company, in writing, of his intention to sell such securities, setting forth the general terms under which he proposes to make such sale.  Such notice shall be signed by the third parties, or a representative of such third parties, or shall be accompanied by a letter of intent signed by the third parties or representatives of such third parties, to whom the sale, assignment or transfer is proposed and shall indicate the third parties’ concurrence with the description of the terms.

 

2.3                                Failure to Notify .  If within thirty (30) days after the Optionee gives his notice to the Eligible Holders, the Eligible Holders do not notify the Company that they desire to sell all of their pro rata portion of the Shares described in such notice at the price and on the terms and conditions set forth therein, then the Optionee may, not later than ninety (90) days following delivery of the notice under Section 2.2, as to the Shares to which the Eligible Holders do not indicate a desire to sell, conclude a transfer on the terms and conditions described in the notice.  In the event the Optionee has not sold the Shares or entered into an agreement to sell the Shares within such ninety (90) days, the Optionee shall not thereafter sell any Shares without first notifying the Eligible Holders and the Company in the manner provided above.  The exercise or non-exercise of the right to participate in one or more sales of Shares made by the Optionee shall not adversely affect an Eligible Holder’s right to participate in subsequent sales of Shares by the Optionee pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof.

 

2.4                                Termination .  The obligations of the Optionee under this Section 2 shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the occurrence the earlier of the two events described in subsection 1.4 of this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Market Standoff .  Optionee hereby agrees that if so requested by the Company or any representative of the underwriters in connection with any registration of the offering of any securities of the Company under the Act, Optionee shall not sell or otherwise transfer any Shares for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Registration Statement filed under the Act; provided, however, that such restriction shall apply only to the first two Registration Statements of the Company to become effective under the Act which include securities to be sold on behalf of the Company to the public in an underwritten public offering under the Act.  The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to

 

3



 

securities subject to the foregoing restrictions until the end of such one hundred eighty (180) day period.

 

4.                                       Company’s Right to Repurchase Upon Termination of Engagement .

 

4.1                                Repurchase Right .  The Shares shall be subject to a right (but not obligation) of repurchase in favor of the Company (the “Right of Repurchase”).  If the Optionee’s engagement as a consultant or advisor to the Company or an affiliate terminates for any reason whatsoever (the “Engagement Termination”) before the Right of Repurchase expires in accordance with Schedule 1 hereto, the Company may purchase Shares subject to the Right of Repurchase at a purchase price per share equal to the purchase price per share paid by the Optionee for the Shares (exclusive of any taxes paid upon acquisition of the stock).  The Optionee may not dispose of or transfer any Shares while such Shares are subject to the Right of Repurchase and any such attempted transfer shall be null and void.  The Company’s rights under this Section 4.1 shall be freely assignable, in whole or in part.

 

4.2                                Repurchase Procedure .  The Company’s Right of Repurchase shall terminate if not exercised by written notice from the Company to the Optionee within ninety (90) days from the date on which the Company learns of the Engagement Termination.  If the Company exercises its Right of Repurchase, the Optionee shall promptly endorse and deliver to the Company the stock certificates representing the Shares being repurchased, and the Company shall then pay promptly (but in no event later than ninety (90) days after the date of Engagement Termination), pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.3 of this Agreement, the total repurchase price to the Optionee.

 

4.3                                Repurchase Payment .  If, at the time of repurchase, any notes are outstanding which represent any portion of the total purchase price for Shares being so repurchased, the repurchase price shall be paid first by cancellation of any obligation for accrued but unpaid interest under such notes, next by cancellation of principal under such notes, and finally by payment of cash or check.

 

4.4                                Binding Effect .  The Company’s Right of Repurchase shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company and shall be binding upon the Optionee and any representative, executor, administrator, heir, or legatee of the Optionee.

 

5.                                       Taxes .  Concurrently with the exercise of the option to which this Agreement is an exhibit, the Optionee shall execute and deliver to the Company a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Acknowledgement”) attached hereto as Exhibit 5A.  The Optionee shall execute and submit with the Acknowledgement a copy of the Election Pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, attached hereto as Exhibit 5B, if the Optionee has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.  The Optionee should consult his or her own tax advisor to determine if there is a comparable election to file in the state of his or her residence and whether such filing is desirable under the circumstances.  The Company may withhold from the Optionee’s wages, or require the Optionee to pay to the Company, any applicable withholding or employment taxes resulting from the lapse of any restrictions imposed on the Shares.

 

4



 

6.                                       Stock Certificate Restrictive Legends .  Stock certificates evidencing Shares may bear such restrictive legends as the Company and the Company’s counsel deem necessary or advisable under applicable law or pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, the following legends:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL BY THE COMPANY AND A RIGHT OF CO-SALE ON THE PART OF CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES RELATING TO SUCH SECURITIES, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF SUCH AGREEMENT.”

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF REPURCHASE BY THE COMPANY, PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES RELATING TO SUCH SECURITIES SHOULD THE PERSON INITIALLY ISSUED THESE SECURITIES CEASE TO BE ENGAGED AS A CONSULTANT OR ADVISOR TO THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF.”

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER FOR A PERIOD OF 180 DAYS FOLLOWING THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, FOR AN OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES AS MORE FULLY PROVIDED IN THE AGREEMENT RELATING TO THE OPTION TO PURCHASE SUCH SECURITIES BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE ORIGINAL PURCHASER OF SUCH SECURITIES.”

 

7.                                       Binding Effect .  Subject to the limitations set forth in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the executors, administrators, heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns of the parties hereto.

 

8.                                       Damages .  Optionee shall be liable to the Company for all costs and damages, including incidental and consequential damages, resulting from a disposition of Shares which is not in conformity with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.                                       Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to contracts entered into and wholly to be performed within the State of California by California residents.  The parties

 

5



 

agree that the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any action with respect to this Agreement shall be in the Superior Court of California for the County of Orange or the United States District Court for the Central District of California, and each of the parties hereby submits itself to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of such courts for the purpose of such action.  The parties agree that service of process in any such action may be effected by delivery of the summons to the parties in the manner provided for delivery of notices set forth in Section 10.

 

10.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing.  Unless and until Optionee is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications and documents directed to the Company and related to the Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed, addressed as follows:

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103
Laguna Hills, CA 92653
Attention: President

 

Unless and until the Company is notified in writing to the contrary, all notices, communications and documents intended for Optionee and related to this Agreement, if not delivered by hand, shall be mailed to Optionee’s last known address as shown on the Company’s books.  Notices and communications shall be mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid.  All notices related to this Agreement shall be deemed received upon delivery or, if mailed, within five (5) days after mailing in accordance with this Section 10.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Optionee hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

 

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

 

«OPTIONEE_2»

 

Optionee’s spouse indicates by the execution of this Agreement «GENDER_7» consent to be bound by the terms herein as to «GENDER_7» interests, whether as community property or otherwise, if any, in the Shares.

 

 

 

Optionee’s Spouse:

 

 

6


 

EXHIBIT 5A

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT

 

OF DECISION REGARDING ELECTION

 

PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF

 

THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a holder of shares of common stock of GLAUKOS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby states as follows:

 

1.             The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Company’s Optionee Restriction Agreement (the “Agreement”).  The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Agreement.

 

2.             The undersigned either [check as applicable]:

 

o             (a)           has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                                   , whose business address is                                                                                    , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of the Agreement, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state laws; or

 

o             (b)           has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.             The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

o             (a)           to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company an executed form which is attached as Exhibit 5B to the Agreement; or

 

o             (b)           not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

4.             Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company had made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the Agreement or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

5.             The undersigned is also submitting to the Company an executed original of an election, if any is made, of the undersigned pursuant to provisions of state law corresponding to

 

1



 

Section 83(b) of the Code, if any, which are applicable to the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Agreement.

 

 

Date:

                                    , 20

 

 

 

 

 

[Purchaser]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

                                    , 20

 

 

 

 

 

[Purchaser]

 

2



 

EXHIBIT 5B

 

ELECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 83(b) OF THE

 

INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned hereby elects pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), to include in the undersigned’s gross income the excess (if any) of (x) the fair market value of the property described below, over (y) the amount the undersigned paid for such property plus, if the shares to which this election relates were acquired by exercise of an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, the amount excluded from the undersigned’s income pursuant to Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.  This election is made to the same effect, and with the same limitations, with respect to the analogous provisions of Sections 83(b) (and, if applicable, Sections 421 and 422) of the Code under any applicable state statute.  Pursuant to applicable Treasury Regulations the following information is provided:

 

1.             The undersigned’s name, address and taxpayer identification (social security) number are:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

Social Security #:

 

2.             The property with respect to which the election is made consists of                      shares of Common Stock of GLAUKOS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”).

 

3.             The date on which the above property was transferred to the undersigned was                         , 20    , and the taxable year to which this election relates is 20    .

 

4.             The above property is subject to the following restrictions:  (a) a right of repurchase by the Company at the initial purchase price, if the undersigned ceases to be an employee of, or a consultant to, the Company or an affiliate of the Company; and (b) a right of first refusal by the Company should the undersigned wish to transfer the shares to a person or entity other than the Company.

 

5.             The fair market value of the above property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any restrictions other than those which by their terms will never lapse) is $                     per share.

 

6.             The amount paid for the above property by the undersigned was $                     per share.

 

1



 

7.             A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company, and a copy will be filed with the income tax return of the undersigned to which this election relates.

 

8.             If the shares to which this election relates were acquired by exercise of an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, this election is protective only, is made solely to bar application of Section 83(a) of the Code, and is not an election of the undersigned actually to recognize income which apart from this election is protected from recognition by Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.  However, the undersigned does intend for this election to be an effective election under Section 83(b) of the Code for all purposes of the Alternative Minimum Tax, and in particular for purposes of computing the adjustment described in Section 56(b)(3) of the Code.

 

If the shares to which this election relates were acquired by exercise of an incentive stock option, the amount expressly excluded from income pursuant to Sections 421 and 422 of the Code is $                     per share.

 

Dated:                                                     , 20    .

 

 

 

 

 

2



 

SCHEDULE 1 OF THE
OPTIONEE STOCK RESTRICTION
AGREEMENT

 

The Right of Repurchase shall expire on «VESTING_DATE_8» with respect to twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares and thereafter with respect to an additional 1/36 of the total remaining number of Shares at the end of each of the immediately following calendar months.

 

The Right of Repurchase shall expire with respect to all of the Shares acquired upon the consummation of a Company Sale.  For purposes hereof, a “Company Sale” shall mean (1) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger, stock purchase or consolidation) or (2) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to any such transaction will, immediately after such transaction (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s capital stock, assets or otherwise) hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

 

 

Initialed by:

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

 

«OPTIONEE_2»

 

1




Exhibit 10.12

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2011 STOCK PLAN

 

1.                                       Purposes of the Plan .   The purposes of this 2011 Stock Plan are to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of substantial responsibility, to provide additional incentive to Service Providers and to promote the success of the Company’s business.  Options granted under the Plan may be Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options, as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant of an option and subject to the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations and interpretations promulgated thereunder.  Stock purchase rights may also be granted under the Plan.

 

2.                                       Definitions .   As used herein, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Administrator means the Board or its Committee appointed pursuant to Section 4 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate means an entity other than a Subsidiary (as defined below) which, together with the Company, is under common control of a third person or entity.

 

(c)                                   Applicable Laws means the legal requirements relating to the administration of stock option and restricted stock purchase plans, including under applicable U.S. state corporate laws, U.S. federal and applicable state securities laws, other U.S. federal and state laws, the Code, any Stock Exchange rules or regulations and the applicable laws, rules and regulations of any other country or jurisdiction where Options or Stock Purchase Rights are granted under the Plan, as such laws, rules, regulations and requirements shall be in place from time to time.

 

(d)                                  Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Change of Control means (1) a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or (2) any merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, other than a transaction in which the holders of at least a majority of the shares of voting capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to hold (either by such shares remaining outstanding or by their being converted into shares of voting capital stock of the surviving entity) a majority of the total voting power represented by the shares of voting capital stock of the Company (or the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such transaction, or (3) the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, only a Change in Control event that also qualifies as a “change in the ownership” or a “change in the  effective control” of the Company or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion” of the assets of the Company within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be recognized as a Change of Control for purposes of triggering exercise, distribution or settlement rights under any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under this Plan that is subject to Code Section 409A.

 



 

(f)                                    Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(g)                                   Committee means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 4 below.

 

(h)                                  Common Stock means the Common Stock of the Company.

 

(i)                                      Company means Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation.

 

(j)                                     Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is engaged by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services and is compensated for such services.

 

(k)                                  Continuous Service Status means the absence of any interruption or termination of service as a Service Provider.  Continuous Service Status as a Service Provider shall not be considered interrupted in the case of:  (i) sick leave; (ii) military leave; (iii) any other leave of absence approved by the Administrator, provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days, unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or unless provided otherwise pursuant to Company policy adopted from time to time; or (iv) in the case of transfers between locations of the Company or between the Company, its Parents, Subsidiaries, Affiliates or their respective successors.

 

(l)                                      Corporate Transaction means a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or a merger, consolidation or other capital reorganization or business combination transaction of the Company with or into another corporation, entity or person, or the direct or indirect acquisition (including by way of a tender or exchange offer) by any person, or persons acting as a group, of beneficial ownership or a right to acquire beneficial ownership of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company .

 

(m)                              Disability means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; provided, however, that for purposes of exercising any Option or Stock Purchase Right which is subject to Section 409A of the Code, “Disability” means that the subject individual is considered “disabled” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.409A-3(a)(2) and (i)(4), as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

(n)                                  Director means a member of the Board.

 

(o)                                  Employee means any person employed by the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, with the status of employment determined based upon such factors as are deemed appropriate by the Administrator in its discretion, subject to any requirements of the Code or the Applicable Laws.  The payment by the Company of a director’s fee to a Director shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” of such Director by the Company.

 

(p)                                  Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

2



 

(q)                                  Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the fair market value of the Common Stock, as determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate and applied consistently with respect to Participants by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B).  Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value shall be based upon the closing price for the Shares as reported in The Wall Street Journal for the applicable date and otherwise made in accordance with such other method for determining Fair Market Value for publicly traded stock as is appropriate and permitted under Code Section 409A, in the discretion of the Administrator.

 

(r)                                     Incentive Stock Option means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

(s)                                    Listed Security ” means any security of the Company that is listed or approved for listing on a national securities exchange or designated or approved for designation as a national market system security on an interdealer quotation system by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

(t)                                     Named Executive means any individual who, on the last day of the Company’s fiscal year, is the chief executive officer of the Company (or is acting in such capacity) or among the four most highly compensated officers of the Company (other than the chief executive officer).  Such officer status shall be determined pursuant to the executive compensation disclosure rules under the Exchange Act.

 

(u)                                  Nonstatutory Stock Option means an Option not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, as designated in the applicable Option Agreement.

 

(v)                                  Option means a stock option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

(w)                                Option Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of an Option granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to or incorporated into such Option Agreement, including, but not limited to, a notice of stock option grant and a form of exercise notice.

 

(x)                                  Option Exchange Program means a program approved by the Administrator whereby outstanding Options are exchanged for Options with a lower exercise price or are amended to decrease the exercise price as a result of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock.

 

(y)                                  Optioned Stock means the Common Stock subject to an Option.

 

(z)                                   Optionee means a Service Provider who receives an Option.

 

(aa)                           Parent means a “parent corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code, or any successor provision.

 

3



 

(bb)                           Participant means any holder of one or more Options or Stock Purchase Rights, or the Shares issuable or issued upon exercise of such awards, under the Plan.

 

(cc)                             Plan means this 2011 Stock Plan.

 

(dd)                           Reporting Person means an officer, Director, or greater than ten percent stockholder of the Company within the meaning of Rule 16a-2 under the Exchange Act, who is required to file reports pursuant to Rule 16a-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

(ee)                             Restricted Stock means Shares acquired pursuant to a grant of a Stock Purchase Right under Section 10 below.

 

(ff)                               Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement means a written document, the form(s) of which shall be approved from time to time by the Administrator, reflecting the terms of a Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan and includes any documents attached to such agreement.

 

(gg)                             Rule 16b-3 means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor provision.

 

(hh)                           Service Provider means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

 

(ii)                                   Share means a share of the Common Stock, as adjusted in accordance with Section 13 of the Plan.

 

(jj)                                 Stock Exchange means any stock exchange or consolidated stock price reporting system on which prices for the Common Stock are quoted at any given time.

 

(kk)                           Stock Purchase Right means the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to Section 10 below.

 

(ll)                                   Subsidiary means a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code, or any successor provision.

 

(mm)                   Ten Percent Holder means a person who owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.

 

3.                                       Stock Subject to the Plan .   Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is One Million One Hundred Seventy-Two Thousand Fifty-Seven (1,172,057) shares.  The Shares may be authorized, but unissued, or reacquired Common Stock.  If an award should expire or become unexercisable for any reason without having been exercised in full, or is surrendered pursuant to an Option Exchange Program, the unpurchased Shares that were subject thereto shall, unless the Plan shall have been terminated, become available for future grant under the Plan.  In addition, any Shares which are retained by the Company upon exercise of an award in order to satisfy the exercise or purchase price for such award or any withholding taxes due with respect to such exercise or purchase shall be treated as not issued and shall continue to be available under the Plan.  Shares issued under the Plan and later repurchased by the Company pursuant to any repurchase right which the Company may have shall be available for future grant under the Plan.

 

4



 

4.                                       Administration of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  General .   The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a Committee, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board.  The Plan may be administered by different administrative bodies with respect to different classes of Participants and, if permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Board may authorize one or more officers to make awards under the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Committee Composition If a Committee has been appointed pursuant to this Section 4, such Committee shall continue to serve in its designated capacity until otherwise directed by the Board.  From time to time the Board may increase the size of any Committee and appoint additional members thereof, remove members (with or without cause) and appoint new members in substitution therefor, fill vacancies (however caused) and remove all members of a Committee and thereafter directly administer the Plan, all to the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws and, in the case of a Committee administering the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 or Section 162(m) of the Code, to the extent permitted or required by such provisions.  The Committee shall in all events conform to any requirements of the Applicable Laws.

 

(c)                                   Powers of the Administrator .   Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in the case of a Committee, the specific duties delegated by the Board to such Committee, the Administrator shall have the authority, in its discretion:

 

(i)                                      to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in accordance with Section 2(q) of the Plan, provided that such determination shall be applied consistently with respect to Participants under the Plan;

 

(ii)                                   to select the Service Providers to whom Plan awards may from time to time be granted;

 

(iii)                                to determine whether and to what extent Plan awards are granted;

 

(iv)                               to determine the number of Shares to be covered by each award granted;

 

(v)                                  to approve the form(s) of agreement(s) used under the Plan;

 

(vi)                               to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any award granted hereunder, which terms and conditions include but are not limited to the exercise or purchase price, the time or times when awards may be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria), any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, any pro rata adjustment to vesting as a result of a Participant’s transitioning from full- to part-time service (or vice versa), and any restriction or limitation regarding any Option, Optioned Stock, Stock Purchase Right or Restricted Stock, based in each case on such factors as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine;

 

5



 

(vii)                            to determine whether and under what circumstances an Option may be settled in cash under Section 9(c) instead of Common Stock;

 

(viii)                         to implement an Option Exchange Program on such terms and conditions as the Administrator in its discretion deems appropriate, provided that no amendment or adjustment to an Option that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee shall be made without the prior written consent of the Optionee;

 

(ix)                               to adjust the vesting of an Option held by a Service Provider as a result of a change in the terms or conditions under which such person is providing services to the Company;

 

(x)                                  to construe and interpret the terms of the Plan and awards granted under the Plan, which constructions, interpretations and decisions shall be final and binding on all Participants; and

 

(xi)                               in order to fulfill the purposes of the Plan and without amending the Plan, to modify grants of Options or Stock Purchase Rights to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States in order to recognize differences in local law, tax policies or customs.

 

5.                                       Eligibility .

 

(a)                                  Recipients of Grants .   Nonstatutory Stock Options and Stock Purchase Rights may be granted to Service Providers.  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees, provided that Employees of Affiliates shall not be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options.

 

(b)                                  Type of Option .   Each Option shall be designated in the Option Agreement as either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

(c)                                   ISO $100,000 Limitation .  Notwithstanding any designation under Section 5(b) above, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionee during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds $100,000, such excess Options shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 5(c), Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to an Incentive Stock Option shall be determined as of the date of the grant of such Option.

 

(d)                                  No Employment Rights The Plan shall not confer upon any Participant any right with respect to continuation of an employment or consulting relationship with the Company, nor shall it interfere in any way with such Participant’s right or the Company’s right to terminate the employment or consulting relationship at any time for any reason.

 

6.                                       Term of Plan .   The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors.  The Plan shall remain effective until terminated under Section 15 of the Plan, provided that no Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be granted hereunder more than ten (10) years after adoption of the Plan by the Board.

 

6



 

7.                                       Term of Option .   The term of each Option shall be the term stated in the Option Agreement; provided that the term shall be no more than one hundred twenty (120) months from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement and provided further that, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who at the time of such grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the term of the Option shall be five (5) years from the date of grant thereof or such shorter term as may be provided in the Option Agreement.

 

8.                                       Option Exercise Price and Consideration .

 

(a)                                  Exercise Price .   The per Share exercise price for the Shares to be issued pursuant to exercise of an Option shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator and set forth in the Option Agreement, but shall be subject to the following:

 

(i)                                      In the case of an Incentive Stock Option

 

(A)                                granted to an Employee who at the time of grant is a Ten Percent Holder, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant; or

 

(B)                                granted to any other Employee, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share on the date of grant.

 

(ii)                                   In the case of a Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

(A)                                granted on any date on which the Common Stock is not a Listed Security, the per Share exercise price shall be no less than the price per Share required by the Applicable Laws and, if there is no such requirement, shall be such price as is determined by the Administrator; or

 

(B)                                granted on any date on which the Common Stock is a Listed Security to any eligible person, the per share Exercise Price shall be such price as determined by the Administrator provided that if such eligible person is, at the time of the grant of such Option, a Named Executive of the Company, the per share Exercise Price shall be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant if such Option is intended to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(iii)                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, Options may be granted with a per Share exercise price other than as required above pursuant to a merger or other Corporate Transaction; provided, however, that for any Nonstatutory Stock Option which is subject to Code Section 409A because it is granted with a per Share exercise price that is less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share as of the date of grant, the Option Agreement shall contain such provisions as necessary to comply with Code Section 409A.

 

7



 

(b)                                  Permissible Consideration The consideration to be paid for the Shares to be issued upon exercise of an Option, including the method of payment, shall be determined by the Administrator (and, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, shall be determined at the time of grant) and may consist entirely of (1) cash; (2) check; (3) subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws (including without limitation Section 153 of the Delaware General Corporation Law), delivery of Optionee’s promissory note having such recourse, interest, security and redemption provisions as the Administrator determines to be appropriate after taking into account the potential accounting consequences of permitting an Optionee to deliver a promissory note; (4) cancellation of indebtedness; (5) other Shares that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which the Option is exercised, provided that in the case of Shares acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company, such Shares must have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period as may be required to avoid the Company’s incurring an adverse accounting charge); (6) if, as of the date of exercise of an Option the Company then is permitting employees to engage in a “same-day sale” cashless brokered exercise program involving one or more brokers, through such a program that complies with the Applicable Laws (including without limitation the requirements of Regulation T and other applicable regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board) and that ensures prompt delivery to the Company of the amount required to pay the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes; or (7) any combination of the foregoing methods of payment.  In making its determination as to the type of consideration to accept, the Administrator shall consider if acceptance of such consideration may be reasonably expected to benefit the Company and the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept a particular form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

 

9.                                       Exercise of Option .

 

(a)                                  General .

 

(i)                                      Exercisability . Any Option granted hereunder shall be exercisable at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Administrator, consistent with the term of the Plan and reflected in the Option Agreement, including vesting requirements and/or performance criteria with respect to the Company and/or the Optionee; provided however that, if required under the Applicable Laws, the Option (or Shares issued upon exercise of the Option) shall comply with the requirements of Section 260.140.41 of the Rules of the California Corporations Commissioner.

 

(ii)                                   Leave of Absence The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the vesting of Options shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, vesting of Options shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws).  In the event of military leave, vesting shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Options to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

 

8



 

(iii)                                Minimum Exercise Requirements An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.  The Administrator may require that an Option be exercised as to a minimum number of Shares, provided that such requirement shall not prevent an Optionee from exercising the full number of Shares as to which the Option is then exercisable.

 

(iv)                               Procedures for and Results of Exercise An Option shall be deemed exercised when written notice of such exercise has been given to the Company in accordance with the terms of the Option by the person entitled to exercise the Option and the Company has received full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised.  Full payment may, as authorized by the Administrator, consist of any consideration and method of payment allowable under Section 8(b) of the Plan, provided that the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, refuse to accept any form of consideration at the time of any Option exercise.

 

(v)                                  Rights as Stockholder Until the issuance of the Shares (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder shall exist with respect to the Optioned Stock, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Termination of Employment or Consulting Relationship .   Except as otherwise set forth in this Section 9(b), the Administrator shall establish and set forth in the applicable Option Agreement the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall remain exercisable, if at all, following termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Administrator at any time.  Unless the Administrator otherwise provides in the Option Agreement, to the extent that the Optionee is not vested in Optioned Stock at the date of termination of his or her Continuous Service Status, or if the Optionee (or other person entitled to exercise the Option) does not exercise the Option to the extent so entitled within the time specified in the Option Agreement or below (as applicable), the Option shall terminate and the Optioned Stock underlying the unexercised portion of the Option shall revert to the Plan.  In no event may any Option be exercised after the expiration of the Option term as set forth in the Option Agreement (and subject to Section 7).

 

The following provisions (1) shall apply to the extent an Option Agreement does not specify the terms and conditions upon which an Option shall terminate upon termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, and (2) establish the minimum post-termination exercise periods that may be set forth in an Option Agreement:

 

(i)                                      Termination other than Upon Disability or Death In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than under the circumstances set forth in subsections (ii) and (iii) below, such Optionee may exercise an Option for thirty (30) days following such termination, or such longer period of time as specified in the Option Agreement, and in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in no event later than the earlier of three (3) months after the date of termination and the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement, in each case to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination.  No termination shall be deemed to occur and this Section 9(b)(i) shall not apply if (A) the Optionee is a Consultant who becomes an Employee, or (B) the Optionee is an Employee who becomes a Consultant.

 

9



 

(ii)                                   Disability of Optionee In the event of termination of an Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of his or her Disability, such Optionee may exercise an Option at any time within one (1) year following such termination to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of such termination.

 

(iii)                                Death of Optionee .   In the event of the death of an Optionee during the period of Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or within three (3) months following termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status, the Option may be exercised by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death, but only to the extent the Optionee was vested in the Optioned Stock as of the date of death or, if earlier, the date the Optionee’s Continuous Service Status terminated.

 

(c)                                   Buyout Provisions .   The Administrator may at any time offer to buy out for a payment in cash or Shares an Option previously granted under the Plan based on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish and communicate to the Optionee at the time that such offer is made.

 

10.                                Stock Purchase Rights .

 

(a)                                  Rights to Purchase .   When the Administrator determines that it will offer Stock Purchase Rights under the Plan, it shall advise the offeree in writing of the terms, conditions and restrictions related to the offer, including the number of Shares that such person shall be entitled to purchase, the price to be paid, and the time within which such person must accept such offer.  In the case of a Stock Purchase Right granted prior to the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security and if required by the Applicable Laws at that time, the purchase price of Shares subject to such Stock Purchase Rights shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer, or, in the case of a Ten Percent Holder, the price shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the date of the offer.  If the Applicable Laws do not impose the requirements set forth in the preceding sentence and with respect to any Stock Purchase Rights granted after the date, if any, on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, the purchase price of Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be as determined by the Administrator.  The offer to purchase Shares subject to Stock Purchase Rights shall be accepted by execution of a Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement in the form determined by the Administrator.  If the price to be paid and any other terms cause the Stock Purchase Right to be subject to Code Section 409A, then the applicable Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall comply with all applicable requirement of Code Section 409A, including, without limitation, permissible distribution/settlement events or dates, proper time and method of settlement, proper timing of deferral and exercise/settlement elections, and other applicable provisions.

 

10



 

(b)                                  Repurchase Option .

 

(i)                                      General Unless the Administrator determines otherwise, the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall grant the Company a repurchase option exercisable upon the voluntary or involuntary termination of the purchaser’s Continuous Service Status with the Company for any reason (including death or Disability).  Subject to any requirements of the Applicable Laws, the terms of the Company’s repurchase option (including without limitation the price at which, and the consideration for which, it may be exercised, and the events upon which it shall lapse) shall be as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and reflected in the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   Leave of Absence The Administrator shall have the discretion to determine whether and to what extent the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall be tolled during any unpaid leave of absence; provided, however, that in the absence of such determination, such lapsing shall be tolled during any such unpaid leave (unless otherwise required by the Applicable Laws).  In the event of military leave, the lapsing of Company repurchase rights shall toll during any unpaid portion of such leave, provided that, upon a Participant’s returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given “vesting” credit with respect to Shares purchased pursuant to the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave.

 

(c)                                   Other Provisions .   The Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement shall contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.  In addition, the provisions of Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements need not be the same with respect to each purchaser.

 

(d)                                  Rights as a Stockholder .   Once the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, the purchaser shall have the rights equivalent to those of a stockholder, and shall be a stockholder when his or her purchase is entered upon the records of the duly authorized transfer agent of the Company.  No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Stock Purchase Right is exercised, except as provided in Section 13 of the Plan.

 

11.                                Taxes .

 

(a)                                  As a condition of the grant, vesting or exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan, the Participant (or in the case of the Participant’s death, the person exercising the Option or Stock Purchase Right) shall make such arrangements as the Administrator may require for the satisfaction of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with such grant, vesting or exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right or the issuance of Shares.  The Company shall not be required to issue any Shares under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.  If the Administrator allows the withholding or surrender of Shares to satisfy a Participant’s tax withholding obligations under this Section 11 (whether pursuant to Section 11(c), (d) or (e), or otherwise), the Administrator shall not allow Shares to be withheld in an amount that exceeds the minimum statutory withholding rates for federal and state tax purposes, including payroll taxes.

 

11


 

(b)                                  In the case of an Employee and in the absence of any other arrangement, the Employee shall be deemed to have directed the Company to withhold or collect from his or her compensation an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations from the next payroll payment otherwise payable after the date of an exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right.

 

(c)                                   This Section 11(c) shall apply only after the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security.  In the case of a Participant other than an Employee (or in the case of an Employee where the next payroll payment is not sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations, with respect to any remaining tax obligations), in the absence of any other arrangement and to the extent permitted under the Applicable Laws, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued upon exercise of the Option or Stock Purchase Right that number of Shares having a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date (as defined below) equal to the amount required to be withheld.  For purposes of this Section 11, the Fair Market Value of the Shares to be withheld shall be determined on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined under the Applicable Laws (the “ Tax Date ”).

 

(d)                                  If permitted by the Administrator, in its discretion, a Participant may satisfy his or her tax withholding obligations upon exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right by surrendering to the Company Shares that have a Fair Market Value determined as of the applicable Tax Date equal to the amount required to be withheld.  In the case of shares previously acquired from the Company that are surrendered under this Section 11(d), such Shares must have been owned by the Participant for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is required for the Company to avoid adverse accounting charges).

 

(e)                                   Any election or deemed election by a Participant to have Shares withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations under Section 11(c) or (d) above shall be irrevocable as to the particular Shares as to which the election is made and shall be subject to the consent or disapproval of the Administrator.  Any election by a Participant under Section 11(d) above must be made on or prior to the applicable Tax Date.

 

(f)                                    In the event an election to have Shares withheld is made by a Participant and the Tax Date is deferred under Section 83 of the Code because no election is filed under Section 83(b) of the Code, the Participant shall receive the full number of Shares with respect to which the Option or Stock Purchase Right is exercised but such Participant shall be unconditionally obligated to tender back to the Company the proper number of Shares on the Tax Date.

 

12.                                Non-Transferability of Options and Stock Purchase Rights .

 

(a)                                  General.   Except as set forth in this Section 12, Options and Stock Purchase Rights may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution.  The designation of a beneficiary by an Optionee will not constitute a transfer.  An Option or Stock Purchase Right may be exercised, during the lifetime of the holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, only by such holder or a transferee permitted by Section 9 or this Section 12.

 

12



 

(b)                                  Limited Transferability Rights Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 12, and subject to Applicable Laws, the Administrator may in its discretion grant Nonstatutory Stock Options that may be transferred by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or pursuant to domestic relations orders to “Immediate Family Members” (as defined below) of the Optionee. “ Immediate Family Member ” means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships), any person sharing the Optionee’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionee) own more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests.

 

13.                                Adjustments Upon Changes in Capitalization, Merger or Certain Other Transactions .

 

(a)                                  Changes in Capitalization .   Subject to any action required under Applicable Laws by the stockholders of the Company, the number of Shares covered by each outstanding award and the number of Shares that have been authorized for issuance under the Plan but as to which no awards have yet been granted or that have been returned to the Plan upon cancellation or expiration of an award, as well as the price per Share covered by each such outstanding award, shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares resulting from a stock split, reverse stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or reclassification of the Common Stock, or any other distribution of the Company’s equity securities or increase or decrease in the number of issued Shares effected without receipt of consideration by the Company; provided, however, that conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be deemed to have been “effected without receipt of consideration.”  Such adjustment shall be made by the Administrator, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  Except as expressly provided herein, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of Shares subject to an award.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .   In the event of the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, each Option and Stock Purchase Right will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such action, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator.

 

(c)                                   Corporate Transaction .   In the event of a Corporate Transaction (including without limitation a Change of Control), each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right shall be assumed or an equivalent option or right shall be substituted by such successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of such successor corporation (the “ Successor Corporation ”), unless the Successor Corporation does not agree to assume the award or to substitute an equivalent option or right, in which case such Option or Stock Purchase Right shall terminate upon the consummation of the transaction.

 

13



 

For purposes of this Section 13(c), an Option or a Stock Purchase Right shall be considered assumed, without limitation, if, at the time of issuance of the stock or other consideration upon a Corporate Transaction or a Change of Control, as the case may be, each holder of an Option or Stock Purchase Right would be entitled to receive upon exercise of the award the same number and kind of shares of stock or the same amount of property, cash or securities as such holder would have been entitled to receive upon the occurrence of the transaction if the holder had been, immediately prior to such transaction, the holder of the number of Shares covered by the award at such time (after giving effect to any adjustments in the number of Shares covered by the Option or Stock Purchase Right as provided for in this Section 13); provided that if such consideration received in the transaction is not solely common stock of the Successor Corporation, the Administrator may, with the consent of the Successor Corporation, provide for the consideration to be received upon exercise of the award to be solely common stock of the Successor Corporation equal to the Fair Market Value of the per Share consideration received by holders of Common Stock in the transaction.

 

(d)                                  Certain Distributions .   In the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (other than dividends payable in cash or stock of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Administrator may, in its discretion, appropriately adjust the price per Share covered by each outstanding Option or Stock Purchase Right to reflect the effect of such distribution.

 

14.                                Time of Granting Options and Stock Purchase Rights .   The date of grant of an Option or Stock Purchase Right shall, for all purposes, be the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Option or Stock Purchase Right, or such other date as is determined by the Administrator, provided that in the case of any Incentive Stock Option, the grant date shall be the later of the date on which the Administrator makes the determination granting such Incentive Stock Option or the date of commencement of the Optionee’s employment relationship with the Company.  Notice of the determination shall be given to each Service Provider to whom an Option or Stock Purchase Right is so granted within a reasonable time after the date of such grant.

 

15.                                Amendment and Termination of the Plan .

 

(a)                                  Authority to Amend or Terminate .   The Board may at any time amend, alter, suspend or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, suspension or discontinuation (other than an adjustment pursuant to Section 13 above) shall be made that would materially and adversely affect the rights of any Optionee or holder of Stock Purchase Rights under any outstanding grant, without his or her consent.  In addition, to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with the Applicable Laws, the Company shall obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required.

 

(b)                                  Effect of Amendment or Termination .   Except as to amendments which the Administrator has the authority under the Plan to make unilaterally, no amendment or termination of the Plan shall materially and adversely affect Options or Stock Purchase Rights already granted, unless mutually agreed otherwise between the Optionee or holder of the Stock Purchase Rights and the Administrator, which agreement must be in writing and signed by the Optionee or holder and the Company.

 

14



 

16.                                Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares .   Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any agreement entered into by the Company pursuant to the Plan, the Company shall not be obligated, and shall have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel.  As a condition to the exercise of an Option or Stock Purchase Right, the Company may require the person exercising the award to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation is required by law. Shares issued upon exercise of awards granted prior to the date on which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security shall be subject to a right of first refusal in favor of the Company pursuant to which the Participant will be required to offer Shares to the Company before selling or transferring them to any third party on such terms and subject to such conditions as is reflected in the applicable Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

17.                                Reservation of Shares .   The Company, during the term of this Plan, will at all times reserve and keep available such number of Shares as shall be sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the Plan.

 

18.                                Agreements .   Options and Stock Purchase Rights shall be evidenced by Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreements, respectively, in such form(s) as the Administrator shall from time to time approve.

 

19.                                Stockholder Approval .   If required by the Applicable Laws, continuance of the Plan shall be subject to approval by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted.  Such stockholder approval shall be obtained in the manner and to the degree required under the Applicable Laws.

 

20.                                409A Compliance .   The Company intends that this Plan shall comply with Code Section 409A to the extent that statute applies to any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted hereunder, but nothing in this Plan or in any Option Agreement or Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement governed by this Plan shall constitute a guarantee of such compliance nor of any particular tax treatment of any such award.  The Company, the Board (and its members individually), the Administrator (and its members individually), and all shareholders, officers, parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, assigns and representatives of the Company shall have no liability to any person claiming any interest in or rights under any Option or Stock Purchase Right granted under the Plan for any taxes, interest, penalties or damages resulting from any non-compliance with Codes Section 409A, nor for any cost or expense (including the fees of attorneys or other professional advisors) incurred by any such person in connection with any determination whether  a violation of Code Section 409A occurred or in connection with contesting, paying or settling any claim relating to such a determination or violation.

 

15



 

Amendment to 2011 Stock Plan

 

Of

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

Effective as of July 17, 2014, the first sentence of Section 3 of the 2011 Stock Plan of Glaukos Corporation was amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“Subject to the provisions of Section 13 of the Plan, the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be sold under the Plan is Eight Million One Hundred Twenty-Three Thousand Three Hundred Thirteen (8,123,313).”

 




Exhibit 10.13

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2011 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

«Optionee» :

 

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

Date of Grant:                                                                                                                                                      «GrantDate»

 

Exercise Price per Share:                                                                                                 «ExercisePrice»

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:                                                «NoofShares»

 

Total Exercise Price:                                                                                                                       «TotalExercisePrice»

 

Type of Option:                                                                                                                                              Incentive Stock Option

 

Expiration Date:                                                                                                                                           «ExpirDate»

 

Vesting Commencement Date:                                                              «VestingCommencementDate»

 

Vesting/Exercise Schedule:                                                                                    This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time after the Date of Grant.  So long as your Continuous Service Status with the Company continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the 1st anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/36 th  of the total remaining number of Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the last day of each month thereafter.

 



 

Termination Period:                                                                                                                         This Option may be exercised for three (3) months after termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date).  Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company.  The Company is not obligated to provide further notice of such periods.

 

Transferability:                                                                                                                                                 This Option may not be transferred.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Glaukos Corporation 2011 Stock Plan (of which you have been provided a copy) and the attached Stock Option Agreement, both of which are made a part of this document.

 

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

 

Dated: «GrantDate»

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

«Optionee»

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

2



 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2011 STOCK PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Grant of Option .   Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «Optionee» (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Glaukos Corporation 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference.  Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

 

2.                                       Designation of Option This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

 

3.                                       Exercise of Option .   This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .

 

(i)                                      This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

(ii)                                   In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Continuous Service Status, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

 

(iii)                                In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

 

1



 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .

 

(i)                                      This Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part by execution and delivery of the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B , or any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery.  The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

 

(ii)                                   As a condition to the exercise of this Option and to the issuance of the Shares as further set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

 

(iii)                                The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel.  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

4.                                       Method of Payment .   Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)                                  cash or check;

 

(b)                                  cancellation of indebtedness;

 

(c)                                   prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised.  In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

 

2



 

(d)                                  following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

 

5.                                       Termination of Relationship .   Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5.  To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety.  In no event may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

 

(a)                                  Termination In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death, Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

 

(b)                                  Other Terminations In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

 

(i)                                      Termination upon Disability of Optionee .  In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within one (1) year from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

 

(ii)                                   Death of Optionee .   In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within three (3) months after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

 

6.                                       Non-Transferability of Option .   Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her.  The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

7.                                       Tax Consequences .   Below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant.  THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

3



 

(a)                                  Incentive Stock Option .

 

(i)                                      Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment in computing alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.  If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for more than one (1) year after the date of exercise and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one (1)-year holding period or within two (2) years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.  The balance of the gain, if any, will be treated as either short-term or long-term capital gain, depending on whether Optionee held the Shares for more than one year.

 

(ii)                                   Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions .  With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date that is two (2) years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date that is one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may be required to withhold from Optionee’s regular compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of the amount treated as compensation and taxed as ordinary income due to the early disposition of the Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(b)                                  Nonstatutory Stock Option .   If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal (and state) income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.  If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option are held for more than one (1) year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

 

8.                                       Lock-Up Agreement .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of

 

4



 

the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

 

9.                                       Effect of Agreement .  Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option.  In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail.  The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5



 

This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

Dated: «GrantDate»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notice:

 

 

 

 

 

«Address»

 

 

 

6


 

EXHIBIT A

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2011 STOCK PLAN

 

EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                 , by and between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee» (“ Purchaser ”).  To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .   Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                                shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”).  Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase                                of those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Vested Shares ”) and                            Shares which have not yet vested under such Vesting/Exercise Schedule (the “ Unvested Shares ”).  The purchase price for the Shares shall be «ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $                            .  The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

 

2.                                       Time and Place of Exercise .   The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement.  On such date, provided that all of the conditions set forth in Section 11 of the Plan have been fulfilled, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement, and the satisfaction of Purchaser’s tax withholding obligations pursuant to Section 3(b)(ii) of the Option Agreement.

 

3.                                       Limitations on Transfer .   In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below).  After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

 

(a)                                  Repurchase Option .

 

(i)                                      In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status with the Company for any reason (including death or

 

1



 

disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of ninety (90) days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).

 

(ii)                                   Unless the Company notifies Purchaser within ninety (90) days from the date of termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status that it does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to some or all of the Shares, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the ninetieth (90 th ) day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Purchaser that it is exercising its Repurchase Option as of a date prior to such ninetieth (90 th ) day.  Unless Purchaser is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option as to some or all of the Shares to which it applies at the time of termination, execution of this Agreement by Purchaser constitutes written notice to Purchaser of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to all Shares to which such Repurchase Option applies.  The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Purchaser with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Option by either (A) delivering a check to Purchaser in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price.  In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Option pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) in which Purchaser is indebted to the Company, such indebtedness equal to the purchase price of the Shares being repurchased shall be deemed automatically canceled as of the ninetieth (90 th ) day following termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations.  As a result of any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 3(a), the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

 

(iii)                                One hundred percent (100%) of the Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option.  The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant until all Shares are released from the Repurchase Option.  Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

 

(iv)                               In the event of a Company Sale (as such term is defined below), the Repurchase Option shall expire with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the shares of Common Stock then subject to the Repurchase Option.  For purposes of this Section 3(a)(iv) only, a “Company Sale” shall mean (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger, stock purchase or consolidation) or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to any such transaction will, immediately after such transaction (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s capital stock, assets or otherwise) hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Right of First Refusal .   Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(i)                                      Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer.  The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(ii)                                   Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

 

(iii)                                Purchase Price .   The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(iv)                               Payment .   Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(v)                                  Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within sixty (60) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

3



 

(vi)                               Exception for Certain Family Transfers .   Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b).  “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships) or any person sharing Purchaser’s household (other than a tenant or employee).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

(c)                                   Involuntary Transfer .

 

(i)                                      Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer .   In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred.  Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer.  The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

 

(ii)                                   Price for Involuntary Transfer .   With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company.  The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares.  However, if the Purchaser or his or her executor does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser or the executor shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser or the executor and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s estate.

 

(d)                                  Assignment .   The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

 

(e)                                   Restrictions Binding on Transferees .   All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option.  In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder.  In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to

 

4



 

Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Purchaser for such Shares or interest.  Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Rights .   The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).  Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

4.                                       Escrow of Unvested Shares .   For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable.  Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party).  The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time.  Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.                                       Investment and Taxation Representations .   In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares.  Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law.  Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(c)                                   Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities.  Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

(d)                                  Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions.  Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

 

(e)                                   Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(f)                                    Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

(g)                                   Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse.  In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.  Purchaser

 

6



 

understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase.  Even if the fair market value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future.  Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser.   Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form (i) must be delivered to the Company and (ii) must be submitted with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the consideration is paid for the stock purchased pursuant to this Agreement.  Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to the purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete.  Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice with respect to the federal, state, local and/or foreign income, estate and gift tax consequences of the purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable regarding the tax consequences of purchasing the Shares (including without limitation the advisability of making an 83(b) Election) and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment B .  Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment C if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.  Purchaser understands that Purchaser is responsible for filing the original 83(b) Election with the Internal Revenue Service office with whom Purchaser files his or her federal income tax return within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase.

 

6.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends .   The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

(i)                                      THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

7



 

(ii)                                   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .   Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .   The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

7.                                       No Employment Rights .   Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

8.                                       Lock-Up Agreement .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

 

9.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .   This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights .   This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them.  No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement.  The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

8



 

(c)                                   Severability .   If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)                                  Construction .   This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 

(e)                                   Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(f)                                    Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(g)                                   Successors and Assigns .   The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.  The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(h)                                  California Corporate Securities Law .   THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

9



 

The parties have executed this Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

«OPTIONEE»

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

I,                                             , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement.  In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement.  I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

10


 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchase r”) and Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”) dated                               ,          (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company                                                                    (                ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.         , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                  to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.  THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee» (if applicable)

 

Instruction:  Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.  The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.

 

1



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION

REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                        shares of Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

 

1.                                       The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares.  The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

 

2.                                       The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:

 

(a)    o      has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                                                           , whose business address is                                                             , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or

 

(b)     o      has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.                                       The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

(a)    o      to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, a copy of the executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986” (the “Election”).  The undersigned understands that he or she is responsible for filing the original of the Election with the Internal Revenue Service office with whom he or she files his or her federal income tax return within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase of the property referred to in the Election; or

 

(b)    o       not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

1



 

4.                                       Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

2



 

ATTACHMENT C

 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any income that may be taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1.                                       The name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER:  «Optionee»

 

NAME OF SPOUSE:

 

ADDRESS:

 

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:

 

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:

 

                              shares of the Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

3.                                       The date on which the property was transferred is                               , and the taxable year to which this election relates is                               .

 

4.                                       The property is subject to the following restrictions:

 

Repurchase option at the initial purchase price in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.

 

5.                                       The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $

 

6.                                       The amount (if any) paid for such property: $

 

7.                                       A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company, and a copy will be filed with the income tax return of the undersigned for the year to which this election relates.

 

8.                                       If the shares to which this election relates were acquired by exercise of an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, this election is protective only, and is not an election of the undersigned actually to recognize income which apart from this election is protected from recognition by Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.  However, the undersigned does intend for this election to be an effective election under Section 83(b) of the Code for all purposes of the Alternative Minimum Tax, and in particular for purposes of computing the adjustment described in Section 56(b)(3) of the Code.

 

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

1



 

The undersigned further understands that he or she is responsible for filing the original of this Election Under Section 83(b) with the Internal Revenue Service office with whom he or she files his or her federal income tax return within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase of the property referred to herein.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

2



 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

 

1.                                       Review and complete all items on this form, and sign and date it.

 

2.                                       Send a copy of this form within 30 days of the date of transfer to:

 

Director, Internal Revenue Service Center where you file your Form 1040.

 

3.                                       Provide a copy of this form to the Company.

 

4.                                       Attach a copy of this form to your Form 1040 Individual Tax Return for the year for which the election is being made.

 

3



 

RECEIPT AND CONSENT

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a photocopy of Certificate No.              for                  shares of Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

The undersigned further acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, is acting as escrow holder pursuant to the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement Purchaser has previously entered into with the Company.  As escrow holder, the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, holds the original of the aforementioned certificate issued in the undersigned’s name.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2011 STOCK PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                 , by and between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee» (“ Purchaser ”).  To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .   Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                                shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”).  The purchase price for the Shares shall be «ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $                        .  The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

 

2.                                       Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement.  On such date, provided that all of the conditions set forth in Section 11 of the Plan have been fulfilled, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement, and the satisfaction of Purchaser’s tax withholding obligations pursuant to Section 3(b)(ii) of the Option Agreement.

 

3.                                       Limitations on Transfer .   In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(i)                                      Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser

 

1



 

or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer.  The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(ii)                                   Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

 

(iii)                                Purchase Price .   The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(iv)                               Payment .   Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(v)                                  Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within sixty (60) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(vi)                               Exception for Certain Family Transfers .   Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a).  “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Involuntary Transfer .

 

(i)                                      Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred.  Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer.  The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

 

(ii)                                   Price for Involuntary Transfer With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company.  The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares.  However, if the Purchaser or his or her executor does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser or the executor shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser or the executor and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s estate.

 

(c)                                   Assignment .   The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

 

(d)                                  Restrictions Binding on Transferees All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement.  Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

(e)                                   Termination of Rights .   The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).  Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(a) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

4.                                       Investment and Taxation Representations In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares.  Purchaser is purchasing these securities

 

3



 

for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law.  Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(c)                                   Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities.  Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

(d)                                  Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions.  Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

 

(e)                                   Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(f)                                    Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

4



 

5.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

(i)                                      THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

(ii)                                   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .   Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .   The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

6.                                       No Employment Rights .   Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

7.                                       Lock-Up Agreement .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be,

 

5



 

for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

 

8.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .   This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights .   This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them.  No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement.  The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

(c)                                   Severability .   If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)                                  Construction .   This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 

(e)                                   Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(f)                                    Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(g)                                   Successors and Assigns .   The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.  The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

6



 

(h)                                  California Corporate Securities Law THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7



 

The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

I,                                             , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement.  In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the Agreement.  I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

8



 

RECEIPT

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No.            for                      shares of Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 



 

RECEIPT

 

Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of a check in the amount of $                         given by «Optionee» as consideration for Certificate No.              for                        shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

(print)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 10.14

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2011 STOCK PLAN

 

NOTICE OF NON-STATUTORY STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

«Optionee»:

 

You have been granted an option to purchase Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”) as follows:

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

«GrantDate»

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price per Share:

 

«ExercisePrice»

 

 

 

 

 

Total Number of Shares Granted:

 

«NoofShares»

 

 

 

 

 

Total Exercise Price:

 

«TotalExercisePrice»

 

 

 

 

 

Type of Option:

 

Non-Statutory Stock Option

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

«ExpirDate»

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Commencement Date:

 

«VestingCommencementDate»

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting/Exercise Schedule:

 

This Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time after the Date of Grant. So long as your Continuous Service Status with the Company continues, the Shares underlying this Option shall vest in accordance with the following schedule: twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the 1st anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and 1/36 th  of the total remaining number of Shares subject to the Option shall vest on the last day of each month thereafter.

 



 

 

Termination Period:

 

This Option may be exercised for three (3) months after termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status except as set out in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement (but in no event later than the Expiration Date). Optionee is responsible for keeping track of these exercise periods following termination for any reason of his or her service relationship with the Company. The Company is not obligated to provide further notice of such periods.

 

 

 

 

 

Transferability:

 

This Option may not be transferred.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that this option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Glaukos Corporation 2011 Stock Plan (of which you have been provided a copy) and the attached Stock Option Agreement, both of which are made a part of this document.

 

In addition, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to any Shares underlying the Option will be earned only as you provide services to the Company over time, that the grant of the Option is not as consideration for services you rendered to the Company prior to your Vesting Commencement Date, and that nothing in this Notice or the attached documents confers upon you any right to continue your employment or consulting relationship with the Company for any period of time, nor does it interfere in any way with your right or the Company’s right to terminate that relationship at any time, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

 

Dated: «GrantDate»

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

«Optionee»

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

2



 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2011 STOCK PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

1.                                       Grant of Option .   Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Compan y”), hereby grants to «Optionee» (“ Optionee ”), an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase the total number of shares of Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Notice ”), at the exercise price per Share set forth in the Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”) subject to the terms, definitions and provisions of the Glaukos Corporation 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”) adopted by the Company, which is incorporated in this Agreement by reference.  Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, the terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings defined in the Plan.

 

2.                                       Designation of Option This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option as defined in Section 422 of the Code only to the extent so designated in the Notice, and to the extent it is not so designated or to the extent the Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

Notwithstanding the above, if designated as an Incentive Stock Option, in the event that the Shares subject to this Option (and all other Incentive Stock Options granted to Optionee by the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary, including under other plans of the Company) that first become exercisable in any calendar year have an aggregate fair market value (determined for each Share as of the date of grant of the option covering such Share) in excess of $100,000, the Shares in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as subject to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, in accordance with Section 5(c) of the Plan.

 

3.                                       Exercise of Option .   This Option shall be exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set out in the Notice and with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan as follows:

 

(a)                                  Right to Exercise .

 

(i)                                      This Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.

 

(ii)                                   In the event of Optionee’s death, disability or other termination of Continuous Service Status, the exercisability of the Option is governed by Section 5 below, subject to the limitations contained in this Section 3.

 

(iii)                                In no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

 

1



 

(b)                                  Method of Exercise .

 

(i)                                      This Option shall be exercisable in whole or in part by execution and delivery of the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A , the Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B , or any other form of written notice approved for such purpose by the Company which shall state Optionee’s election to exercise the Option, the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, and such other representations and agreements as to the holder’s investment intent with respect to such Shares as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan.  Such written notice shall be signed by Optionee and shall be delivered to the Company by such means as are determined by the Plan Administrator in its discretion to constitute adequate delivery.  The written notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price.  This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice accompanied by the Exercise Price.

 

(ii)                                   As a condition to the exercise of this Option and to the issuance of the Shares as further set forth in Section 11 of the Plan, Optionee agrees to make adequate provision for federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the vesting or exercise of the Option, or disposition of Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

 

(iii)                                The Company is not obligated, and will have no liability for failure, to issue or deliver any Shares upon exercise of the Option unless such issuance or delivery would comply with the Applicable Laws, with such compliance determined by the Company in consultation with its legal counsel.  This Option may not be exercised until such time as the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, or if the issuance of such Shares upon such exercise or the method of payment of consideration for such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal or state securities or other law or regulation, including any rule under Part 221 of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.  As a condition to the exercise of this Option, the Company may require Optionee to make any representation and warranty to the Company as may be required by the Applicable Laws.  Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the Shares shall be considered transferred to Optionee on the date on which the Option is exercised with respect to such Shares.

 

4.                                       Method of Payment .   Payment of the Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination of the following, at the election of Optionee:

 

(a)                                  cash or check;

 

(b)                                  cancellation of indebtedness;

 

(c)                                   prior to the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock becomes a Listed Security, by surrender of other shares of Common Stock of the Company that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the Exercise Price of the Shares as to which the Option is being exercised.  In the case of shares acquired directly or indirectly from the Company, such shares must have been owned by Optionee for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender (or such other period of time as is necessary to avoid the Company’s incurring adverse accounting charges); or

 

2



 

(d)                                  following the date, if any, upon which the Common Stock is a Listed Security, and if the Company is at such time permitting “same day sale” cashless brokered exercises, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker participating in such cashless brokered exercise program to deliver promptly to the Company the amount required to pay the exercise price (and applicable withholding taxes).

 

5.                                       Termination of Relationship .   Following the date of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status for any reason (the “ Termination Date ”), Optionee may exercise the Option only as set forth in the Notice and this Section 5.  To the extent that Optionee is not entitled to exercise this Option as of the Termination Date, or if Optionee does not exercise this Option within the Termination Period set forth in the Notice or the termination periods set forth below, the Option shall terminate in its entirety.  In no event may any Option be exercised after the Expiration Date of the Option as set forth in the Notice.

 

(a)                                  Termination In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status other than as a result of Optionee’s disability or death, Optionee may, to the extent Optionee is vested in the Option Shares at the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”), exercise this Option during the Termination Period set forth in the Notice.

 

(b)                                  Other Terminations In connection with any termination other than a termination covered by Section 5(a), Optionee may exercise the Option only as described below:

 

(i)                                      Termination upon Disability of Optionee .  In the event of termination of Optionee’s Continuous Service Status as a result of Optionee’s disability, Optionee may, but only within one (1) year from the Termination Date, exercise this Option to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option Shares as of such Termination Date.

 

(ii)                                   Death of Optionee .   In the event of the death of Optionee (a) during the term of this Option and while an Employee or Consultant of the Company and having been in Continuous Service Status since the date of grant of the Option, or (b) within three (3) months after Optionee’s Termination Date, the Option may be exercised at any time within twelve (12) months following the date of death by Optionee’s estate or by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance, but only to the extent Optionee was vested in the Option as of the Termination Date.

 

6.                                       Non-Transferability of Option .   Except as otherwise set forth in the Notice, this Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by him or her.  The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

7.                                       Tax Consequences .   Below is a brief summary as of the date of this Option of certain of the federal tax consequences of exercise of this Option and disposition of the Shares under the laws in effect as of the Date of Grant.  THIS SUMMARY IS INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THIS OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

3



 

(a)                                  Incentive Stock Option .

 

(i)                                      Tax Treatment upon Exercise and Sale of Shares If this Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as an adjustment in computing alternative minimum taxable income for federal tax purposes and may subject Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.  If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are held for more than one (1) year after the date of exercise and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  If Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within such one (1)-year holding period or within two (2) years after the Option grant date, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates) to the extent of the difference between the Exercise Price and the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise, or (ii) the sale price of the Shares.  The balance of the gain, if any, will be treated as either short-term or long-term capital gain, depending on whether Optionee held the Shares for more than one year.

 

(ii)                                   Notice of Disqualifying Dispositions .  With respect to any Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, if Optionee sells or otherwise disposes of such Shares on or before the later of (i) the date that is two (2) years after the Option grant date, or (ii) the date that is one (1) year after the date of exercise, Optionee shall immediately notify the Company in writing of such disposition.  Optionee acknowledges and agrees that the Company may be required to withhold from Optionee’s regular compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of the amount treated as compensation and taxed as ordinary income due to the early disposition of the Shares issued upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(b)                                  Nonstatutory Stock Option .   If this Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, there may be a regular federal (and state) income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option. Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If Optionee is an Employee, the Company will be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.  If Shares issued upon exercise of a Nonstatutory Stock Option are held for more than one (1) year, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long-term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.

 

8.                                       Lock-Up Agreement .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Optionee hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of

 

4



 

the Company however and whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

 

9.                                       Effect of Agreement .  Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof (and has had an opportunity to consult counsel regarding the Option terms), and hereby accepts this Option and agrees to be bound by its contractual terms as set forth herein and in the Plan.  Optionee hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions and interpretations of the Plan Administrator regarding any questions relating to the Option.  In the event of a conflict between the terms and provisions of the Plan and the terms and provisions of the Notice and this Agreement, the Plan terms and provisions shall prevail.  The Option, including the Plan, constitutes the entire agreement between Optionee and the Company on the subject matter hereof and supersedes all proposals, written or oral, and all other communications between the parties relating to such subject matter.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

5



 

This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one document.

 

Dated: «GrantDate»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notice:

 

 

 

 

 

«Address»

 

 

 

6


 

EXHIBIT A

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2011 STOCK PLAN

 

EARLY EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                 , by and between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee» (“ Purchaser ”).  To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .   Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                                shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate» (the “ Option Agreement ”).  Of these Shares, Purchaser has elected to purchase                                of those Shares which have become vested as of the date hereof under the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant (the “ Vested Shares ”) and                            Shares which have not yet vested under such Vesting/Exercise Schedule (the “ Unvested Shares ”).  The purchase price for the Shares shall be «ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $                            .  The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

 

2.                                       Time and Place of Exercise .   The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement.  On such date, provided that all of the conditions set forth in Section 11 of the Plan have been fulfilled, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement, and the satisfaction of Purchaser’s tax withholding obligations pursuant to Section 3(b)(ii) of the Option Agreement.

 

3.                                       Limitations on Transfer .   In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares while the Shares are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option (as defined below).  After any Shares have been released from such Repurchase Option, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in such Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

 

(a)                                  Repurchase Option .

 

(i)                                      In the event of the voluntary or involuntary termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status with the Company for any reason (including death or

 

1



 

disability), with or without cause, the Company shall upon the date of such termination (the “ Termination Date ”) have an irrevocable, exclusive option (the “ Repurchase Option ”) for a period of ninety (90) days from such date to repurchase all or any portion of the Shares held by Purchaser as of the Termination Date which have not yet been released from the Company’s Repurchase Option at the original purchase price per Share specified in Section 1 (adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends and the like).

 

(ii)                                   Unless the Company notifies Purchaser within ninety (90) days from the date of termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status that it does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to some or all of the Shares, the Repurchase Option shall be deemed automatically exercised by the Company as of the ninetieth (90 th ) day following such termination, provided that the Company may notify Purchaser that it is exercising its Repurchase Option as of a date prior to such ninetieth (90 th ) day.  Unless Purchaser is otherwise notified by the Company pursuant to the preceding sentence that the Company does not intend to exercise its Repurchase Option as to some or all of the Shares to which it applies at the time of termination, execution of this Agreement by Purchaser constitutes written notice to Purchaser of the Company’s intention to exercise its Repurchase Option with respect to all Shares to which such Repurchase Option applies.  The Company, at its choice, may satisfy its payment obligation to Purchaser with respect to exercise of the Repurchase Option by either (A) delivering a check to Purchaser in the amount of the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (B) in the event Purchaser is indebted to the Company, canceling an amount of such indebtedness equal to the purchase price for the Shares being repurchased, or (C) by a combination of (A) and (B) so that the combined payment and cancellation of indebtedness equals such purchase price.  In the event of any deemed automatic exercise of the Repurchase Option pursuant to this Section 3(a)(ii) in which Purchaser is indebted to the Company, such indebtedness equal to the purchase price of the Shares being repurchased shall be deemed automatically canceled as of the ninetieth (90 th ) day following termination of Purchaser’s Continuous Service Status unless the Company otherwise satisfies its payment obligations.  As a result of any repurchase of Shares pursuant to this Section 3(a), the Company shall become the legal and beneficial owner of the Shares being repurchased and shall have all rights and interest therein or related thereto, and the Company shall have the right to transfer to its own name the number of Shares being repurchased by the Company, without further action by Purchaser.

 

(iii)                                One hundred percent (100%) of the Shares shall initially be subject to the Repurchase Option.  The Unvested Shares shall be released from the Repurchase Option in accordance with the Vesting/Exercise Schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant until all Shares are released from the Repurchase Option.  Fractional shares shall be rounded to the nearest whole share.

 

(iv)                               In the event of a Company Sale (as such term is defined below), the Repurchase Option shall expire with respect to one hundred percent (100%) of the shares of Common Stock then subject to the Repurchase Option.  For purposes of this Section 3(a)(iv) only, a “Company Sale” shall mean (i) the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of any transaction or series of related transactions (including, without limitation, any reorganization, merger, stock purchase or consolidation) or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; unless the Company’s stockholders of record as constituted immediately prior to any such transaction will, immediately after such transaction (by virtue of securities issued as consideration for the Company’s capital stock, assets or otherwise) hold more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the surviving or acquiring entity.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Right of First Refusal .   Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(b) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(i)                                      Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer.  The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(ii)                                   Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

 

(iii)                                Purchase Price .   The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(b) shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(iv)                               Payment .   Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(v)                                  Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(b), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within sixty (60) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

3



 

(vi)                               Exception for Certain Family Transfers .   Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(b) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(b).  “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships) or any person sharing Purchaser’s household (other than a tenant or employee).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

(c)                                   Involuntary Transfer .

 

(i)                                      Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer .   In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(b)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred.  Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer.  The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

 

(ii)                                   Price for Involuntary Transfer .   With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(c)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company.  The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares.  However, if the Purchaser or his or her executor does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser or the executor shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser or the executor and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s estate.

 

(d)                                  Assignment .   The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

 

(e)                                   Restrictions Binding on Transferees .   All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including, insofar as applicable, the Repurchase Option.  In the event of any purchase by the Company hereunder where the Shares or interest are held by a transferee, the transferee shall be obligated, if requested by the Company, to transfer the Shares or interest to the Purchaser for consideration equal to the amount to be paid by the Company hereunder.  In the event the Repurchase Option is deemed exercised by the Company pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) hereof, the Company may deem any transferee to have transferred the Shares or interest to

 

4



 

Purchaser prior to their purchase by the Company, and payment of the purchase price by the Company to such transferee shall be deemed to satisfy Purchaser’s obligation to pay such transferee for such Shares or interest, and also to satisfy the Company’s obligation to pay Purchaser for such Shares or interest.  Any sale or transfer of the Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

(f)                                    Termination of Rights .   The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(b) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(c) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).  Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(b) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 6(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

4.                                       Escrow of Unvested Shares .   For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the provisions of Section 3 above, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the certificate(s) for the Shares subject to the Repurchase Option, to deliver such certificate(s), together with an Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached to this Agreement as Attachment A executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse (if required for transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, to hold such certificate(s) and Assignment Separate from Certificate in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Purchaser hereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to make this Agreement and that said appointment is coupled with an interest and is accordingly irrevocable.  Purchaser agrees that said escrow holder shall not be liable to any party hereof (or to any other party).  The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine and may resign at any time.  Purchaser agrees that if the Secretary of the Company, or the Secretary’s designee, resigns as escrow holder for any or no reason, the Board of Directors of the Company shall have the power to appoint a successor to serve as escrow holder pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

5.                                       Investment and Taxation Representations .   In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares.  Purchaser is purchasing these securities for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law.  Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

 

5



 

(b)                                  Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(c)                                   Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities.  Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

(d)                                  Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions.  Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

 

(e)                                   Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(f)                                    Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

(g)                                   Purchaser understands that Section 83(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), taxes as ordinary income for a Nonstatutory Stock Option and as alternative minimum taxable income for an Incentive Stock Option the difference between the amount paid for the Shares and the fair market value of the Shares as of the date any restrictions on the Shares lapse.  In this context, “ restriction ” means the right of the Company to buy back the Shares pursuant to the Repurchase Option set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.  Purchaser

 

6



 

understands that Purchaser may elect to be taxed at the time the Shares are purchased, rather than when and as the Repurchase Option expires, by filing an election under Section 83(b) (an “ 83(b) Election ”) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase.  Even if the fair market value of the Shares at the time of the execution of this Agreement equals the amount paid for the Shares, the election must be made to avoid income and alternative minimum tax treatment under Section 83(a) in the future.  Purchaser understands that failure to file such an election in a timely manner may result in adverse tax consequences for Purchaser.   Purchaser further understands that an additional copy of such election form (i) must be delivered to the Company and (ii) must be submitted with his or her federal income tax return for the calendar year in which the consideration is paid for the stock purchased pursuant to this Agreement.  Purchaser acknowledges that the foregoing is only a summary of the effect of United States federal income taxation with respect to the purchase of the Shares hereunder, and does not purport to be complete.  Purchaser further acknowledges that the Company has directed Purchaser to seek independent advice with respect to the federal, state, local and/or foreign income, estate and gift tax consequences of the purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable regarding the tax consequences of purchasing the Shares (including without limitation the advisability of making an 83(b) Election) and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

Purchaser agrees that he or she will execute and deliver to the Company with this executed Agreement a copy of the Acknowledgment and Statement of Decision Regarding Section 83(b) Election (the “ Acknowledgment ”) attached hereto as Attachment B .  Purchaser further agrees that he or she will execute and submit with the Acknowledgment a copy of the 83(b) Election attached hereto as Attachment C if Purchaser has indicated in the Acknowledgment his or her decision to make such an election.  Purchaser understands that Purchaser is responsible for filing the original 83(b) Election with the Internal Revenue Service office with whom Purchaser files his or her federal income tax return within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase.

 

6.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends .   The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

(i)                                      THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

7



 

(ii)                                   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .   Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .   The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

7.                                       No Employment Rights .   Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

8.                                       Lock-Up Agreement .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

 

9.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .   This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights .   This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them.  No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement.  The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

8



 

(c)                                   Severability .   If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)                                  Construction .   This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 

(e)                                   Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(f)                                    Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(g)                                   Successors and Assigns .   The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.  The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(h)                                  California Corporate Securities Law .   THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

9



 

The parties have executed this Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

«OPTIONEE»

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

I,                                             , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement.  In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be bound irrevocably by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest that I may have in the Shares shall hereby be similarly bound by the Agreement.  I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

10


 

ATTACHMENT A

 

ASSIGNMENT SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement between the undersigned (“ Purchase r”) and Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”) dated                               ,          (the “ Agreement ”), Purchaser hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto the Company                                                                    (                ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in Purchaser’s name on the books of the Company and represented by Certificate No.         , and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                                  to transfer said stock on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.  THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE ATTACHMENTS THERETO.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee» (if applicable)

 

Instruction:  Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.  The purpose of this assignment is to enable the Company to exercise its Repurchase Option set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of Purchaser.

 

1



 

ATTACHMENT B

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND STATEMENT OF DECISION

REGARDING SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 

The undersigned (which term includes the undersigned’s spouse), a purchaser of                        shares of Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) by exercise of an option (the “ Option ”) granted pursuant to the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby states as follows:

 

1.                                       The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan relating to the offering of such shares.  The undersigned has carefully reviewed the Plan and the option agreement pursuant to which the Option was granted.

 

2.                                       The undersigned either [check and complete as applicable]:

 

(a)  o                   has consulted, and has been fully advised by, the undersigned’s own tax advisor,                                                                           , whose business address is                                                             , regarding the federal, state and local tax consequences of purchasing shares under the Plan, and particularly regarding the advisability of making elections pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) and pursuant to the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law; or

 

(b)  o                   has knowingly chosen not to consult such a tax advisor.

 

3.                                       The undersigned hereby states that the undersigned has decided [check as applicable]:

 

(a)  o                   to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code, and is submitting to the Company, together with the undersigned’s executed Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, a copy of the executed form entitled “Election Under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986;” (the “Election”).  The undersigned understands that he or she is responsible for filing the original of the Election with the Internal Revenue Service office with whom he or she files his or her federal income tax return within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase of the property referred to in the Election; or

 

(b)  o                   not to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

1



 

4.                                       Neither the Company nor any subsidiary or representative of the Company has made any warranty or representation to the undersigned with respect to the tax consequences of the undersigned’s purchase of shares under the Plan or of the making or failure to make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code or the corresponding provisions, if any, of applicable state law.

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

2



 

ATTACHMENT C

 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986

 

The undersigned taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”), to include in taxpayer’s gross income or alternative minimum taxable income, as applicable, for the current taxable year, the amount of any income that may be taxable to taxpayer in connection with taxpayer’s receipt of the property described below:

 

1.                                       The name, address, and taxpayer identification number of the undersigned are as follows:

 

NAME OF TAXPAYER:  «Optionee»

 

NAME OF SPOUSE:

 

ADDRESS:

 

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF TAXPAYER:

 

IDENTIFICATION NO. OF SPOUSE:

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:

 

                  shares of the Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

3.                                       The date on which the property was transferred is                               , and the taxable year to which this election relates is                               .

 

4.                                       The property is subject to the following restrictions:

 

Repurchase option at the initial purchase price in favor of the Company upon termination of taxpayer’s employment or consulting relationship.

 

5.                                       The Fair Market Value at the time of transfer, determined without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which by its terms will never lapse, of such property is: $

 

6.                                       The amount (if any) paid for such property: $

 

7.                                       A copy of this election has been furnished to the Company, and a copy will be filed with the income tax return of the undersigned for the year to which this election relates.

 

8.                                       If the shares to which this election relates were acquired by exercise of an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, this election is protective only, and is not an election of the undersigned actually to recognize income which apart from this election is protected from recognition by Sections 421 and 422 of the Code.  However, the undersigned does intend for this election to be an effective election under Section 83(b) of the Code for all purposes of the Alternative Minimum Tax, and in particular for purposes of computing the adjustment described in Section 56(b)(3) of the Code.

 

The undersigned understands that the foregoing election may not be revoked except with the consent of the Commissioner .

 

1



 

The undersigned further understands that he or she is responsible for filing the original of this Election Under Section 83(b) with the Internal Revenue Service office with whom he or she files his or her federal income tax return within thirty (30) days from the date of purchase of the property referred to herein.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

2



 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b)

 

1.                                       Review and complete all items on this form, and sign and date it.

 

2.                                       Send a copy of this form within 30 days of the date of transfer to:

 

Director, Internal Revenue Service Center where you file your Form 1040.

 

3.                                       Provide a copy of this form to the Company.

 

4.                                       Attach a copy of this form to your Form 1040 Individual Tax Return for the year for which the election is being made.

 

3



 

RECEIPT AND CONSENT

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of a photocopy of Certificate No.              for                  shares of Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

The undersigned further acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, is acting as escrow holder pursuant to the Early Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement Purchaser has previously entered into with the Company.  As escrow holder, the Secretary of the Company, or his or her designee, holds the original of the aforementioned certificate issued in the undersigned’s name.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

1


 

EXHIBIT B

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

2011 STOCK PLAN

 

EXERCISE NOTICE AND RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made as of                 , by and between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and «Optionee» (“ Purchaser ”).  To the extent any capitalized terms used in this Agreement are not defined, they shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2011 Stock Plan (the “ Plan ”).

 

1.                                       Exercise of Option .   Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Purchaser hereby elects to exercise his or her option to purchase                                shares of the Common Stock (the “ Shares ”) of the Company under and pursuant to the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement granted «GrantDate», (the “ Option Agreement ”).  The purchase price for the Shares shall be «ExercisePrice» per Share for a total purchase price of $                        .  The term “ Shares ” refers to the purchased Shares and all securities received in replacement of the Shares or as stock dividends or splits, all securities received in replacement of the Shares in a recapitalization, merger, reorganization, exchange or the like, and all new, substituted or additional securities or other properties to which Purchaser is entitled by reason of Purchaser’s ownership of the Shares.

 

2.                                       Time and Place of Exercise . The purchase and sale of the Shares under this Agreement shall occur at the principal office of the Company simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) of the Option Agreement.  On such date, provided that all of the conditions set forth in Section 11 of the Plan have been fulfilled, the Company will deliver to Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares to be purchased by Purchaser (which shall be issued in Purchaser’s name) against payment of the exercise price therefor by Purchaser by any method listed in Section 4 of the Option Agreement, and the satisfaction of Purchaser’s tax withholding obligations pursuant to Section 3(b)(ii) of the Option Agreement.

 

3.                                       Limitations on Transfer .   In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws, Purchaser shall not assign, encumber or dispose of any interest in the Shares except in compliance with the provisions below and applicable securities laws.

 

(a)                                  Right of First Refusal Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of Purchaser (either being sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company or its assignee(s) shall have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 3(a) (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

(i)                                      Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Shares shall deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer such Shares; (ii) the name of each proposed purchaser

 

1



 

or other transferee (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (iii) the number of Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; and (iv) the terms and conditions of each proposed sale or transfer.  The Holder shall offer the Shares at the same price (the “ Offered Price ”) and upon the same terms (or terms as similar as reasonably possible) to the Company or its assignee(s).

 

(ii)                                   Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   At any time within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees, at the purchase price determined in accordance with subsection (iii) below.

 

(iii)                                Purchase Price .   The purchase price (“ Purchase Price ”) for the Shares purchased by the Company or its assignee(s) under this Section 3(a) shall be the Offered Price.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith.

 

(iv)                               Payment .   Payment of the Purchase Price shall be made, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the Notice.

 

(v)                                  Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section 3(a), then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Shares to that Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that such sale or other transfer is consummated within sixty (60) days after the date of the Notice and provided further that any such sale or other transfer is effected in accordance with any applicable securities laws and the Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section 3 shall continue to apply to the Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to the Proposed Transferee within such period, or if the Holder proposes to change the price or other terms to make them more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, a new Notice shall be given to the Company, and the Company and/or its assignees shall again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

(vi)                               Exception for Certain Family Transfers .   Anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3(a) notwithstanding, the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s Immediate Family or a trust for the benefit of Purchaser’s Immediate Family shall be exempt from the provisions of this Section 3(a).  “ Immediate Family ” as used herein shall mean any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships).  In such case, the transferee or other recipient shall receive and hold the Shares so transferred subject to the provisions of this Section, and there shall be no further transfer of such Shares except in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Involuntary Transfer .

 

(i)                                      Company’s Right to Purchase upon Involuntary Transfer In the event, at any time after the date of this Agreement, of any transfer by operation of law or other involuntary transfer (including death or divorce, but excluding a transfer to Immediate Family as set forth in Section 3(a)(vi) above) of all or a portion of the Shares by the record holder thereof, the Company shall have an option to purchase all of the Shares transferred.  Upon such a transfer, the person acquiring the Shares shall promptly notify the Secretary of the Company of such transfer.  The right to purchase such Shares shall be provided to the Company for a period of thirty (30) days following receipt by the Company of written notice by the person acquiring the Shares.

 

(ii)                                   Price for Involuntary Transfer With respect to any stock to be transferred pursuant to Section 3(b)(i), the price per Share shall be a price set by the Board of Directors of the Company that will reflect the current value of the stock in terms of present earnings and future prospects of the Company.  The Company shall notify Purchaser or his or her executor of the price so determined within thirty (30) days after receipt by it of written notice of the transfer or proposed transfer of Shares.  However, if the Purchaser or his or her executor does not agree with the valuation as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, the Purchaser or the executor shall be entitled to have the valuation determined by an independent appraiser to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Purchaser or the executor and whose fees shall be borne equally by the Company and the Purchaser or the Purchaser’s estate.

 

(c)                                   Assignment .   The right of the Company to purchase any part of the Shares may be assigned in whole or in part to any stockholder or stockholders of the Company or other persons or organizations.

 

(d)                                  Restrictions Binding on Transferees All transferees of Shares or any interest therein will receive and hold such Shares or interest subject to the provisions of this Agreement.  Any sale or transfer of the Company’s Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Agreement are satisfied.

 

(e)                                   Termination of Rights .   The right of first refusal granted the Company by Section 3(a) above and the option to repurchase the Shares in the event of an involuntary transfer granted the Company by Section 3(b) above shall terminate upon the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).  Upon termination of the right of first refusal described in Section 3(a) above, a new certificate or certificates representing the Shares not repurchased shall be issued, on request, without the legend referred to in Section 5(a)(ii) herein and delivered to Purchaser.

 

4.                                       Investment and Taxation Representations In connection with the purchase of the Shares, Purchaser represents to the Company the following:

 

(a)                                  Purchaser is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Shares.  Purchaser is purchasing these securities

 

3



 

for investment for his or her own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act or under any applicable provision of state law.  Purchaser does not have any present intention to transfer the Shares to any person or entity.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of Purchaser’s investment intent as expressed herein.

 

(c)                                   Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the securities must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  Purchaser further acknowledges and understands that the Company is under no obligation to register the securities.  Purchaser understands that the certificate(s) evidencing the securities will be imprinted with a legend which prohibits the transfer of the securities unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of counsel for the Company.

 

(d)                                  Purchaser is familiar with the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, each promulgated under the Securities Act, which, in substance, permit limited public resale of “restricted securities” acquired, directly or indirectly, from the issuer of the securities (or from an affiliate of such issuer), in a non-public offering subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  Purchaser understands that the Company provides no assurances as to whether he or she will be able to resell any or all of the Shares pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 701, which rules require, among other things, that the Company be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that resales of securities take place only after the holder of the Shares has held the Shares for certain specified time periods, and under certain circumstances, that resales of securities be limited in volume and take place only pursuant to brokered transactions.  Notwithstanding this paragraph (d), Purchaser acknowledges and agrees to the restrictions set forth in paragraph (e) below.

 

(e)                                   Purchaser further understands that in the event all of the applicable requirements of Rule 144 or 701 are not satisfied, registration under the Securities Act, compliance with Regulation A, or some other registration exemption will be required; and that, notwithstanding the fact that Rules 144 and 701 are not exclusive, the Staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission has expressed its opinion that persons proposing to sell private placement securities other than in a registered offering and otherwise than pursuant to Rule 144 or 701 will have a substantial burden of proof in establishing that an exemption from registration is available for such offers or sales, and that such persons and their respective brokers who participate in such transactions do so at their own risk.

 

(f)                                    Purchaser understands that Purchaser may suffer adverse tax consequences as a result of Purchaser’s purchase or disposition of the Shares.  Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax consultants Purchaser deems advisable in connection with the purchase or disposition of the Shares and that Purchaser is not relying on the Company for any tax advice.

 

4



 

5.                                       Restrictive Legends and Stop-Transfer Orders .

 

(a)                                  Legends The certificate or certificates representing the Shares shall bear the following legends (as well as any legends required by applicable state and federal corporate and securities laws):

 

(i)                                      THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NO SUCH SALE OR DISTRIBUTION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

 

(ii)                                   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

(b)                                  Stop-Transfer Notices .   Purchaser agrees that, in order to ensure compliance with the restrictions referred to herein, the Company may issue appropriate “stop transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and that, if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

(c)                                   Refusal to Transfer .   The Company shall not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares shall have been so transferred.

 

6.                                       No Employment Rights .   Nothing in this Agreement shall affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company, or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, to terminate Purchaser’s employment or consulting relationship, for any reason, with or without cause.

 

7.                                       Lock-Up Agreement .   In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing any underwritten offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be,

 

5



 

for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the public offering.

 

8.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Governing Law .   This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b)                                  Entire Agreement; Enforcement of Rights .   This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions between them.  No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement.  The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

(c)                                   Severability .   If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith.  In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (i) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (ii) the balance of the Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (iii) the balance of the Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)                                  Construction .   This Agreement is the result of negotiations between and has been reviewed by each of the parties hereto and their respective counsel, if any; accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of all of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against any one of the parties hereto.

 

(e)                                   Notices .   Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by telegram or fax or forty-eight (48) hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(f)                                    Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(g)                                   Successors and Assigns .   The rights and benefits of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.  The rights and obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement may only be assigned with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

6



 

(h)                                  California Corporate Securities Law THE SALE OF THE SECURITIES WHICH ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAS NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO THE QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102 OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE.  THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON THE QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

7



 

The parties have executed this Exercise Notice and Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

I,                                             , spouse of «Optionee», have read and hereby approve the foregoing Agreement.  In consideration of the Company’s granting my spouse the right to purchase the Shares as set forth in the Agreement, I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by the Agreement and further agree that any community property or other such interest shall hereby by similarly bound by the Agreement.  I hereby appoint my spouse as my attorney-in-fact with respect to any amendment or exercise of any rights under the Agreement.

 

 

 

 

Spouse of «Optionee»

 

8



 

RECEIPT

 

The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt of Certificate No. for shares of Common Stock of Glaukos Corporation

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

«Optionee»

 



 

RECEIPT

 

Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”) hereby acknowledges receipt of a check in the amount of $                         given by «Optionee» as consideration for Certificate No.              for                        shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

(print)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

July 10, 2014

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

Dear Mr. Burns:

 

This letter sets forth the terms of your continued employment with Glaukos Corporation (the “Company”) as of the date of this letter (the “Effective Date”).  Except as otherwise provided for specifically, this letter shall supersede and replace any previous letters that set forth the terms of your employment.  You shall continue to remain employed with the Company as the President & Chief Executive Officer with all of your current duties, authorities and responsibilities as of the Effective Date.

 

Compensation

 

Base Salary :  You will receive an annual base salary of $525,000, paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice.

 

Bonus Compensation :  You will have the opportunity to earn an annual bonus based upon a percentage of your base salary and the achievement of specific performance measures as determined by the Company.  Your initial target bonus opportunity percentage equals 60%.  The Company will review your base salary and bonus opportunities at least annually for adjustments.

 

Severance :   You will be eligible for severance benefits under the Company’s policy for employees in positions comparable to yours or pursuant to the terms, if any, of a separate agreement with the Company.

 

Benefits

 

You will be entitled to continue to receive all employee benefits that the Company customarily makes available to employees in positions comparable to yours. Additionally, you will be eligible to receive equity award grants pursuant to the terms of the Company’s equity compensation plans.

 

Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

The Company’s Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement previously executed by you will continue to remain in full force and effect.

 

Governing Law

 

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the provisions of this letter shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflicts of laws that would direct the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

 



 

Severability

 

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this letter will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this offer letter, which will remain in full force and effect.  Moreover, if any provision is found to be excessively broad in duration, scope or covered activity, the provision will be construed, and to the extent necessary will be deemed to be amended, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law.

 

Employment Relationship; Modification of Terms of Offer

 

Please be advised that neither this letter nor any statement made by the Company or its parent, subsidiaries or affiliates is intended to be a contract of employment for a definite period of time.  That means that the employment relationship established by this letter is “at will” and either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without cause or notice.   The Company may from time to time and in its own discretion, change the terms and conditions of your employment with or without notice.

 

To indicate your acceptance, please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to me by July 24, 2014.

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

 

Richard L. Harrison,

 

 

Treasurer & Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED :

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

 

 

 

 

July 17, 2014

 

Date

 

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE

 

&

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made by and between Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”), and Thomas W. Burns (“ Executive ”) as of July 10, 2014.

 

In consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and obligations contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.                                       At-Will Employment The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans and practices in accordance with other agreements between the Company and Executive.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Accrued Obligations ” means (i) Executive’s earned but unpaid Base Salary through the Termination Date; (ii) payment of any annual, long-term, or other incentive award which relates to a completed fiscal year or performance period, as applicable, and is payable (but not yet paid) on or before the Termination Date; (iii) a lump-sum payment in respect of accrued but unused vacation days at Executive’s per-business-day Base Salary rate in effect as of the Termination Date; and (iv) any unpaid expense or other reimbursements due pursuant to Company expense reimbursement policy.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate(s) ” means, with respect to any specified Person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.

 

(c)                                   Annual Bonus ” means Executive’s target annual bonus for the year in which the Change in Control occurs.

 

(d)                                  Base Salary ” means Executive’s base rate of pay as of a specified date.

 

(e)                                   Cause ” means a finding by the Company that Executive has (i) been convicted of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) disclosed trade secrets or confidential information of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to persons not entitled to receive such information; (iii) engaged in conduct in connection with Executive’s employment or service to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material injury to the business or reputation of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), including, without limitation, act(s) of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation and

 



 

breach of fiduciary duty; (iv) violated the operating and ethics policies of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in any material way, including, but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment and the disclosure or misuse of confidential information; (v) engaged in willful and continued negligence in the performance of the duties assigned to Executive by the Company, after Executive has received notice of and failed to cure such negligence; or (v) breached any material provision of any agreement between Executive and the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), including, without limitation, any confidentiality agreement.

 

(f)                                    Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      Any “person” (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company; provided that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of a shareholder, and a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a transaction in which the Company becomes a subsidiary of another corporation and in which the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the transaction, will beneficially own, immediately after the transaction, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the parent corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote)

 

(ii)                                   A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or

 

(iii)                                The consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote); (B) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (C) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or in the Company’s long-term disability plan. A termination of Executive’s employment due to a Disability shall be effective only if the party terminating Executive’s employment first gives at least 15 days’ written notice of such termination to the other party.

 

2



 

(h)                                  Good Reason ” means, without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) a substantial and material diminution in Executive’s duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary; or (iii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal work location to a location that is more than 50 miles from the prior location. A termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason shall be effectuated by giving the Company written notice (“ Notice of Termination for Good Reason ”), not later than 90 days following the occurrence of the circumstance that constitutes Good Reason, setting forth in reasonable detail the specific conduct of the Company that constitutes Good Reason and the specific provision(s) of this Agreement on which Executive relied.  The Company shall be entitled, during the 30-day period following receipt of a Notice of Termination for Good Reason, to cure the circumstances that gave rise to Good Reason, provided that the Company shall be entitled to waive its right to cure or reduce the cure period by delivery of written notice to that effect to Executive (such 30-day or shorter period, the “ Cure Period ”).  If, during the Cure Period, such circumstance is remedied, Executive will not be permitted to terminate employment for Good Reason as a result of such circumstance.  If, at the end of the Cure Period, the circumstance that constitutes Good Reason has not been remedied, Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason on the date of expiration of the Cure Period.

 

(i)                                      Termination Date ” means the date on which Executive’s employment hereunder terminates.

 

3.                                       Termination Without Cause or by Executive With Good Reason .  Subject to Section 6 below, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, or the Executive terminates for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to: (a) the Accrued Obligations; (b) an amount equal to twelve (12) months of the Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to the Termination Date, paid in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date; (c) medical, dental benefits provided by the Company to Executive and Executive’s spouse and dependents (in each case, as provided in any applicable plan) at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to other similarly situated active employees of the Company and its subsidiaries until the earlier of (i) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Termination Date or (ii) the date that Executive becomes covered under a subsequent employer’s medical and dental plans; and (d) acceleration of vesting of all equity and equity-based awards.

 

4.                                       Change in Control Termination . Subject to Section 6 below, in the event that within the three (3) months prior to or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, or the Executive terminates for Good Reason, then, in lieu of the payments and benefits otherwise due to Executive under Section 3 above, Executive shall be entitled to: (a) the Accrued Obligations; (b) an amount equal to the sum of (i)  eighteen (18) months of the Base Salary as in effect on the Termination Date or the date of the Change in Control, whichever is greater and (ii) 1.5 times the Annual Bonus, paid in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date; (c) medical, dental benefits provided by the Company to Executive and Executive’s spouse and dependents (in each

 

3



 

case, as provided in any applicable plan) at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to other similarly situated active employees of the Company and its subsidiaries until the earlier of (i) the eighteen (18) month anniversary of the Termination Date or (ii) the date that Executive becomes covered under a subsequent employer’s medical and dental plans; and (d) acceleration of vesting of all equity and equity-based awards.

 

5.                                       Other Terminations .  If Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated (a) by Executive without Good Reason; (b) by the Company for Cause; or (c) due to Executive’s death or Executive’s Disability, Executive and/or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations.

 

6.                                       Release .  Executive’s entitlement to the payments (other than the Accrued Obligations) and benefits described in Sections 3 and 4 above is expressly contingent upon Executive providing the Company with a signed release satisfactory to the Company (the “ Release ”).  To be effective, such Release must be delivered by Executive to the Company no later than 45 days following the Termination Date and must not be revoked during the seven (7) days following such delivery.  If such Release is not executed in a timely manner or is revoked, all such payments and benefits shall immediately cease and the Executive shall be required to repay to the Company any such payments that have already been paid to the Executive.

 

7.                                       Withholding .  The Company shall withhold all applicable federal, state and local taxes, social security and workers’ compensation contributions and other amounts as may be required by law with respect to compensation payable to Executive.

 

8.                                       Modification of Payments . In the event it shall be determined that any payment, right or distribution by the Company or any other person or entity to or for the benefit of Executive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, in connection with, or arising out of, his employment with the Company or a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a substantial portion of its assets (a “ Payment ”) is a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) on account of the aggregate value of the Payments due to Executive being equal to or greater than three times the “base amount,” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, (the “ Parachute Threshold ”) so that Executive would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”) and the net after-tax benefit that Executive would receive by reducing the Payments to the Parachute Threshold is greater than the net after-tax benefit Executive would receive if the full amount of the Payments were paid to Executive, then the Payments payable to Executive shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the Payments due to Executive do not exceed the amount of the Parachute Threshold, reducing first any Payments under Section 4(d) above.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .  (a)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement is intended to be interpreted and applied so that the payment of the benefits set forth herein either shall either be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”) or shall comply with the requirements of such provision.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, any payments or arrangements due upon a termination of Executive’s employment under any arrangement that constitutes a “nonqualified deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and which do not otherwise qualify under the exemptions under Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1 (including without limitation, the short-term deferral exemption or the permitted payments under Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)), shall be delayed and paid or provided, without interest, on the earlier of (i) the date which is six months after Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Section 409A and the regulations and other published guidance thereunder) for any reason other than death, and (ii) the date of Executive’s death.

 

(c)                                   After any Termination Date, Executive shall have no duties or responsibilities that are inconsistent with having a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and, notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, distributions upon termination of employment of nonqualified deferred compensation may only be made upon a “separation from service” as determined under Section 409A and such date shall be the Termination Date for purposes of this Agreement.  Each payment under this Agreement or otherwise shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.  In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement which constitutes a “nonqualified deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and to the extent an amount is payable within a time period, the time during which such amount is paid shall be in the discretion of the Company.

 

10.                                Merger Clause .  Effective as of the Effective Date, this Agreement contains the complete, full, and exclusive understanding of Executive and the Company as to its subject matter and shall, on such date, and supersede any prior agreement between Executive and the Company regarding severance benefits. Any amendments to this Agreement shall be effective and binding on Executive and the Company only if any such amendments are in writing and signed by both Parties.

 

11.                                Assignment .  (a)  This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assigned by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and any assignment in violation of this Agreement shall be void.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him or her hereunder if he or she had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, should there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company (a “ Successor ”) to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  As used in this Agreement, (i) the term “ Company ” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any Successor and any permitted assignee to which

 

5



 

this Agreement is assigned and (ii) the term “ Board ” shall mean the Board as hereinbefore defined and the board of directors or equivalent governing body of any Successor and any permitted assignee to which this Agreement is assigned.

 

12.                                Dispute Resolution .  The parties agree that any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the formation, breach, termination or validity thereof, will be settled by binding arbitration by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association.  The arbitration proceedings will be located in Orange County, California.  The arbitrators are not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages and each party irrevocably waives any damages in excess of compensatory damages.  Judgment upon any arbitration award may be entered into any court having jurisdiction thereof and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California.

 

13.                                GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE MADE IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT IN ALL RESPECT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

 

14.                                Amendment; No Waiver .  No provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified, waived or discharged except by a written document signed by Executive and duly authorized officer of the Company.  The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered as a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.  No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right or power hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any other right or power.  No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by any party, which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

 

15.                                Severability .  If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any applicable law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nonetheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic and legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon any such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

16.                                Survival .  The rights and obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Agreement that relate to post-termination obligations shall survive and remain binding and enforceable, notwithstanding the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason or any settlement of the financial rights and obligations arising from Executive’s employment hereunder, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions.

 

6



 

17.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement will be made in writing and all such notices and communications will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its headquarters, and addressed to Executive at his last address on file with the Company, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

18.                                Headings and References .  The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and neither constitute a part of this Agreement nor affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  When a reference in this Agreement is made to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

 

19.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including via facsimile), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

Name:

Richard L. Harrison

 

Title:

Treasurer & Secretary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Name:

Thomas W. Burns

 

Title:

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

8




Exhibit 10.19

 

July 10, 2014

 

Chris Calcaterra

 

Dear Mr. Calcaterra:

 

This letter sets forth the terms of your continued employment with Glaukos Corporation (the “Company”) as of the date of this letter (the “Effective Date”).  Except as otherwise provided for specifically, this letter shall supersede and replace any previous letters that set forth the terms of your employment.  You shall continue to remain employed with the Company as the Chief Commercial Officer with all of your current duties, authorities and responsibilities as of the Effective Date.

 

Compensation

 

Base Salary :  You will receive an annual base salary of $320,000, paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice.

 

Bonus Compensation :  You will have the opportunity to earn an annual bonus based upon a percentage of your base salary and the achievement of specific performance measures as determined by the Company.  Your initial target bonus opportunity percentage equals 40%.  The Company will review your base salary and bonus opportunities at least annually for adjustments.

 

Severance :   You will be eligible for severance benefits under the Company’s policy for employees in positions comparable to yours or pursuant to the terms, if any, of a separate agreement with the Company.

 

Benefits

 

You will be entitled to continue to receive all employee benefits that the Company customarily makes available to employees in positions comparable to yours. Additionally, you will be eligible to receive equity award grants pursuant to the terms of the Company’s equity compensation plans.

 

Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

The Company’s Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement previously executed by you will continue to remain in full force and effect.

 

Governing Law

 

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the provisions of this letter shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflicts of laws that would direct the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

 



 

Severability

 

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this letter will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this offer letter, which will remain in full force and effect.  Moreover, if any provision is found to be excessively broad in duration, scope or covered activity, the provision will be construed, and to the extent necessary will be deemed to be amended, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law.

 

Employment Relationship; Modification of Terms of Offer

 

Please be advised that neither this letter nor any statement made by the Company or its parent, subsidiaries or affiliates is intended to be a contract of employment for a definite period of time.  That means that the employment relationship established by this letter is “at will” and either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without cause or notice.  The Company may from time to time and in its own discretion, change the terms and conditions of your employment with or without notice.

 

To indicate your acceptance, please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to me by July 24, 2014.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED :

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Chris Calcaterra

 

Chris Calcaterra

 

 

 

 

 

July 17, 2014

 

Date

 

 




Exhibit 10.20

 

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE

 

&

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made by and between Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”), and Chris Calcaterra (“ Executive ”) as of July 10, 2014.

 

In consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and obligations contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.                                       At-Will Employment The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans and practices in accordance with other agreements between the Company and Executive.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Accrued Obligations ” means (i) Executive’s earned but unpaid Base Salary through the Termination Date; (ii) payment of any annual, long-term, or other incentive award which relates to a completed fiscal year or performance period, as applicable, and is payable (but not yet paid) on or before the Termination Date; (iii) a lump-sum payment in respect of accrued but unused vacation days at Executive’s per-business-day Base Salary rate in effect as of the Termination Date; and (iv) any unpaid expense or other reimbursements due pursuant to Company expense reimbursement policy.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate(s) ” means, with respect to any specified Person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.

 

(c)                                   Annual Bonus ” means Executive’s target annual bonus for the year in which the Change in Control occurs.

 

(d)                                  Base Salary ” means Executive’s base rate of pay as of a specified date.

 

(e)                                   Cause ” means a finding by the Company that Executive has (i) been convicted of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) disclosed trade secrets or confidential information of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to persons not entitled to receive such information; (iii) engaged in conduct in connection with Executive’s employment or service to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material injury to the business or reputation of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), including, without limitation, act(s) of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation and

 



 

breach of fiduciary duty; (iv) violated the operating and ethics policies of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in any material way, including, but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment and the disclosure or misuse of confidential information; (v) engaged in willful and continued negligence in the performance of the duties assigned to Executive by the Company, after Executive has received notice of and failed to cure such negligence; or (v) breached any material provision of any agreement between Executive and the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), including, without limitation, any confidentiality agreement.

 

(f)                                    Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      Any “person” (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company; provided that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of a shareholder, and a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a transaction in which the Company becomes a subsidiary of another corporation and in which the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the transaction, will beneficially own, immediately after the transaction, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the parent corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote)

 

(ii)                                   A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or

 

(iii)                                The consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote); (B) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (C) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or in the Company’s long-term disability plan. A termination of Executive’s employment due to a Disability shall be effective only if the party terminating Executive’s employment first gives at least 15 days’ written notice of such termination to the other party.

 

2



 

(h)                                  Good Reason ” means, without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) a substantial and material diminution in Executive’s duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary; or (iii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal work location to a location that is more than 50 miles from the prior location. A termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason shall be effectuated by giving the Company written notice (“ Notice of Termination for Good Reason ”), not later than 90 days following the occurrence of the circumstance that constitutes Good Reason, setting forth in reasonable detail the specific conduct of the Company that constitutes Good Reason and the specific provision(s) of this Agreement on which Executive relied.  The Company shall be entitled, during the 30-day period following receipt of a Notice of Termination for Good Reason, to cure the circumstances that gave rise to Good Reason, provided that the Company shall be entitled to waive its right to cure or reduce the cure period by delivery of written notice to that effect to Executive (such 30-day or shorter period, the “ Cure Period ”).  If, during the Cure Period, such circumstance is remedied, Executive will not be permitted to terminate employment for Good Reason as a result of such circumstance.  If, at the end of the Cure Period, the circumstance that constitutes Good Reason has not been remedied, Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason on the date of expiration of the Cure Period.

 

(i)                                      Termination Date ” means the date on which Executive’s employment hereunder terminates.

 

3.                                       Termination Without Cause or by Executive With Good Reason .  Subject to Section 6 below, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, or the Executive terminates for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to: (a) the Accrued Obligations; (b) an amount equal to nine (9) months of the Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to the Termination Date, paid in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date; (c) medical, dental benefits provided by the Company to Executive and Executive’s spouse and dependents (in each case, as provided in any applicable plan) at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to other similarly situated active employees of the Company and its subsidiaries until the earlier of (i) the nine (9) month anniversary of the Termination Date or (ii) the date that Executive becomes covered under a subsequent employer’s medical and dental plans; and (d) acceleration of vesting of all equity and equity-based awards that would otherwise have vested during the twelve (12) months following the Termination Date.

 

4.                                       Change in Control Termination . Subject to Section 6 below, in the event that within the three (3) months prior to or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, or the Executive terminates for Good Reason, then, in lieu of the payments and benefits otherwise due to Executive under Section 3 above, Executive shall be entitled to: (a) the Accrued Obligations; (b) an amount equal to the sum of (i)  twelve (12) months of the Base Salary as in effect on the Termination Date or the date of the Change in Control, whichever is greater and (ii) 1.0 times the Annual Bonus, paid in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date; (c) medical, dental benefits provided by the Company to Executive and Executive’s spouse and dependents (in each

 

3



 

case, as provided in any applicable plan) at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to other similarly situated active employees of the Company and its subsidiaries until the earlier of (i) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Termination Date or (ii) the date that Executive becomes covered under a subsequent employer’s medical and dental plans; and (d) acceleration of vesting of all equity and equity-based awards.

 

5.                                       Other Terminations .  If Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated (a) by Executive without Good Reason; (b) by the Company for Cause; or (c) due to Executive’s death or Executive’s Disability, Executive and/or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations.

 

6.                                       Release .  Executive’s entitlement to the payments (other than the Accrued Obligations) and benefits described in Sections 3 and 4 above is expressly contingent upon Executive providing the Company with a signed release satisfactory to the Company (the “ Release ”).  To be effective, such Release must be delivered by Executive to the Company no later than 45 days following the Termination Date and must not be revoked during the seven (7) days following such delivery.  If such Release is not executed in a timely manner or is revoked, all such payments and benefits shall immediately cease and the Executive shall be required to repay to the Company any such payments that have already been paid to the Executive.

 

7.                                       Withholding .  The Company shall withhold all applicable federal, state and local taxes, social security and workers’ compensation contributions and other amounts as may be required by law with respect to compensation payable to Executive.

 

8.                                       Modification of Payments . In the event it shall be determined that any payment, right or distribution by the Company or any other person or entity to or for the benefit of Executive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, in connection with, or arising out of, his employment with the Company or a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a substantial portion of its assets (a “ Payment ”) is a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) on account of the aggregate value of the Payments due to Executive being equal to or greater than three times the “base amount,” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, (the “ Parachute Threshold ”) so that Executive would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”) and the net after-tax benefit that Executive would receive by reducing the Payments to the Parachute Threshold is greater than the net after-tax benefit Executive would receive if the full amount of the Payments were paid to Executive, then the Payments payable to Executive shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the Payments due to Executive do not exceed the amount of the Parachute Threshold, reducing first any Payments under Section 4(d) above.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .  (a)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement is intended to be interpreted and applied so that the payment of the benefits set forth herein either shall either be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”) or shall comply with the requirements of such provision.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, any payments or arrangements due upon a termination of Executive’s employment under any arrangement that constitutes a “nonqualified deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and which do not otherwise qualify under the exemptions under Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1 (including without limitation, the short-term deferral exemption or the permitted payments under Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)), shall be delayed and paid or provided, without interest, on the earlier of (i) the date which is six months after Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Section 409A and the regulations and other published guidance thereunder) for any reason other than death, and (ii) the date of Executive’s death.

 

(c)                                   After any Termination Date, Executive shall have no duties or responsibilities that are inconsistent with having a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and, notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, distributions upon termination of employment of nonqualified deferred compensation may only be made upon a “separation from service” as determined under Section 409A and such date shall be the Termination Date for purposes of this Agreement.  Each payment under this Agreement or otherwise shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.  In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement which constitutes a “nonqualified deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and to the extent an amount is payable within a time period, the time during which such amount is paid shall be in the discretion of the Company.

 

10.                                Merger Clause .  Effective as of the Effective Date, this Agreement contains the complete, full, and exclusive understanding of Executive and the Company as to its subject matter and shall, on such date, and supersede any prior agreement between Executive and the Company regarding severance benefits. Any amendments to this Agreement shall be effective and binding on Executive and the Company only if any such amendments are in writing and signed by both Parties.

 

11.                                Assignment .  (a)  This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assigned by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and any assignment in violation of this Agreement shall be void.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him or her hereunder if he or she had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, should there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company (a “ Successor ”) to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  As used in this Agreement, (i) the term “ Company ” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any Successor and any permitted assignee to which

 

5



 

this Agreement is assigned and (ii) the term “ Board ” shall mean the Board as hereinbefore defined and the board of directors or equivalent governing body of any Successor and any permitted assignee to which this Agreement is assigned.

 

12.                                Dispute Resolution .  The parties agree that any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the formation, breach, termination or validity thereof, will be settled by binding arbitration by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association.  The arbitration proceedings will be located in Orange County, California.  The arbitrators are not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages and each party irrevocably waives any damages in excess of compensatory damages.  Judgment upon any arbitration award may be entered into any court having jurisdiction thereof and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California.

 

13.                                GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE MADE IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT IN ALL RESPECT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

 

14.                                Amendment; No Waiver .  No provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified, waived or discharged except by a written document signed by Executive and duly authorized officer of the Company.  The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered as a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.  No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right or power hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any other right or power.  No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by any party, which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

 

15.                                Severability .  If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any applicable law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nonetheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic and legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon any such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

16.                                Survival .  The rights and obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Agreement that relate to post-termination obligations shall survive and remain binding and enforceable, notwithstanding the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason or any settlement of the financial rights and obligations arising from Executive’s employment hereunder, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions.

 

6



 

17.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement will be made in writing and all such notices and communications will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its headquarters, and addressed to Executive at his last address on file with the Company, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

18.                                Headings and References .  The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and neither constitute a part of this Agreement nor affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  When a reference in this Agreement is made to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

 

19.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including via facsimile), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Name:

Thomas W. Burns

 

Title:

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

 

/s/ Chris Calcaterra

 

Name:

Chris Calcaterra

 

Title:

Chief Commercial Officer

 

8




Exhibit 10.21

 

July 10, 2014

 

Richard L. Harrison

 

Dear Mr. Harrison:

 

This letter sets forth the terms of your continued employment with Glaukos Corporation (the “Company”) as of the date of this letter (the “Effective Date”).  Except as otherwise provided for specifically, this letter shall supersede and replace any previous letters that set forth the terms of your employment.  You shall continue to remain employed with the Company as the Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer with all of your current duties, authorities and responsibilities as of the Effective Date.

 

Compensation

 

Base Salary :  You will receive an annual base salary of $300,000, paid semi-monthly in accordance with the Company’s payroll practice.

 

Bonus Compensation :  You will have the opportunity to earn an annual bonus based upon a percentage of your base salary and the achievement of specific performance measures as determined by the Company.  Your initial target bonus opportunity percentage equals 40%.  The Company will review your base salary and bonus opportunities at least annually for adjustments.

 

Severance :   You will be eligible for severance benefits under the Company’s policy for employees in positions comparable to yours or pursuant to the terms, if any, of a separate agreement with the Company.

 

Benefits

 

You will be entitled to continue to receive all employee benefits that the Company customarily makes available to employees in positions comparable to yours. Additionally, you will be eligible to receive equity award grants pursuant to the terms of the Company’s equity compensation plans.

 

Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement

 

The Company’s Patent, Copyright and Non-Disclosure Agreement previously executed by you will continue to remain in full force and effect.

 

Governing Law

 

The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of the provisions of this letter shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to principles of conflicts of laws that would direct the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

 



 

Severability

 

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this letter will not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this offer letter, which will remain in full force and effect.  Moreover, if any provision is found to be excessively broad in duration, scope or covered activity, the provision will be construed, and to the extent necessary will be deemed to be amended, so as to be enforceable to the maximum extent compatible with applicable law.

 

Employment Relationship; Modification of Terms of Offer

 

Please be advised that neither this letter nor any statement made by the Company or its parent, subsidiaries or affiliates is intended to be a contract of employment for a definite period of time.  That means that the employment relationship established by this letter is “at will” and either you or the Company may terminate the employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without cause or notice.   The Company may from time to time and in its own discretion, change the terms and conditions of your employment with or without notice.

 

To indicate your acceptance, please sign and return the enclosed copy of this letter to me by July 24, 2014.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

 

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

 

Thomas W. Burns,

 

 

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

ACCEPTED :

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

Richard L. Harrison

 

 

 

 

 

July 15, 2014

 

Date

 

 




Exhibit 10.22

 

EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE

 

&

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT

 

THIS EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made by and between Glaukos Corporation (the “ Company ”), and Richard L. Harrison (“ Executive ”) as of July 10, 2014.

 

In consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and obligations contained herein, the Company and Executive agree as follows:

 

1.                                       At-Will Employment The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and shall continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. If Executive’s employment terminates for any reason, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments, benefits, damages, awards or compensation other than as provided by this Agreement, or as may otherwise be available in accordance with the Company’s established employee plans and practices in accordance with other agreements between the Company and Executive.

 

2.                                       Definitions .  For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:

 

(a)                                  Accrued Obligations ” means (i) Executive’s earned but unpaid Base Salary through the Termination Date; (ii) payment of any annual, long-term, or other incentive award which relates to a completed fiscal year or performance period, as applicable, and is payable (but not yet paid) on or before the Termination Date; (iii) a lump-sum payment in respect of accrued but unused vacation days at Executive’s per-business-day Base Salary rate in effect as of the Termination Date; and (iv) any unpaid expense or other reimbursements due pursuant to Company expense reimbursement policy.

 

(b)                                  Affiliate(s) ” means, with respect to any specified Person (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person.

 

(c)                                   Annual Bonus ” means Executive’s target annual bonus for the year in which the Change in Control occurs.

 

(d)                                  Base Salary ” means Executive’s base rate of pay as of a specified date.

 

(e)                                   Cause ” means a finding by the Company that Executive has (i) been convicted of a felony or crime involving moral turpitude; (ii) disclosed trade secrets or confidential information of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) to persons not entitled to receive such information; (iii) engaged in conduct in connection with Executive’s employment or service to the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), that has, or could reasonably be expected to result in, material injury to the business or reputation of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), including, without limitation, act(s) of fraud, embezzlement, misappropriation and

 



 

breach of fiduciary duty; (iv) violated the operating and ethics policies of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in any material way, including, but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment and the disclosure or misuse of confidential information; (v) engaged in willful and continued negligence in the performance of the duties assigned to Executive by the Company, after Executive has received notice of and failed to cure such negligence; or (v) breached any material provision of any agreement between Executive and the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), including, without limitation, any confidentiality agreement.

 

(f)                                    Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                      Any “person” (as such term is used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company; provided that a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a change of ownership resulting from the death of a shareholder, and a Change of Control shall not be deemed to occur as a result of a transaction in which the Company becomes a subsidiary of another corporation and in which the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the transaction, will beneficially own, immediately after the transaction, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the parent corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote)

 

(ii)                                   A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election; or

 

(iii)                                The consummation of (A) a merger or consolidation of the Company with another corporation where the shareholders of the Company, immediately prior to the merger or consolidation, will not beneficially own, immediately after the merger or consolidation, shares entitling such shareholders to more than 50% of all votes to which all shareholders of the surviving corporation would be entitled in the election of directors (without consideration of the rights of any class of stock to elect directors by a separate class vote); (B) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (C) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

(g)                                   Disability ” means total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code or in the Company’s long-term disability plan. A termination of Executive’s employment due to a Disability shall be effective only if the party terminating Executive’s employment first gives at least 15 days’ written notice of such termination to the other party.

 

2



 

(h)                                  Good Reason ” means, without Executive’s express written consent, the occurrence of any one or more of the following: (i) a substantial and material diminution in Executive’s duties or responsibilities; (ii) a material reduction in Executive’s Base Salary; or (iii) the relocation of Executive’s principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from Executive’s principal work location to a location that is more than 50 miles from the prior location. A termination of employment by Executive for Good Reason shall be effectuated by giving the Company written notice (“ Notice of Termination for Good Reason ”), not later than 90 days following the occurrence of the circumstance that constitutes Good Reason, setting forth in reasonable detail the specific conduct of the Company that constitutes Good Reason and the specific provision(s) of this Agreement on which Executive relied.  The Company shall be entitled, during the 30-day period following receipt of a Notice of Termination for Good Reason, to cure the circumstances that gave rise to Good Reason, provided that the Company shall be entitled to waive its right to cure or reduce the cure period by delivery of written notice to that effect to Executive (such 30-day or shorter period, the “ Cure Period ”).  If, during the Cure Period, such circumstance is remedied, Executive will not be permitted to terminate employment for Good Reason as a result of such circumstance.  If, at the end of the Cure Period, the circumstance that constitutes Good Reason has not been remedied, Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason on the date of expiration of the Cure Period.

 

(i)                                      Termination Date ” means the date on which Executive’s employment hereunder terminates.

 

3.                                       Termination Without Cause or by Executive With Good Reason .  Subject to Section 6 below, if the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, or the Executive terminates for Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to: (a) the Accrued Obligations; (b) an amount equal to nine (9) months of the Base Salary as in effect immediately prior to the Termination Date, paid in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date; (c) medical, dental benefits provided by the Company to Executive and Executive’s spouse and dependents (in each case, as provided in any applicable plan) at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to other similarly situated active employees of the Company and its subsidiaries until the earlier of (i) the nine (9) month anniversary of the Termination Date or (ii) the date that Executive becomes covered under a subsequent employer’s medical and dental plans; and (d) acceleration of vesting of all equity and equity-based awards that would otherwise have vested during the twelve (12) months following the Termination Date.

 

4.                                       Change in Control Termination . Subject to Section 6 below, in the event that within the three (3) months prior to or the twelve (12) months following a Change in Control the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause, or the Executive terminates for Good Reason, then, in lieu of the payments and benefits otherwise due to Executive under Section 3 above, Executive shall be entitled to: (a) the Accrued Obligations; (b) an amount equal to the sum of (i)  twelve (12) months of the Base Salary as in effect on the Termination Date or the date of the Change in Control, whichever is greater and (ii) 1.0 times the Annual Bonus, paid in a lump sum on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Termination Date; (c) medical, dental benefits provided by the Company to Executive and Executive’s spouse and dependents (in each

 

3



 

case, as provided in any applicable plan) at least equal to the levels of benefits provided to other similarly situated active employees of the Company and its subsidiaries until the earlier of (i) the twelve (12) month anniversary of the Termination Date or (ii) the date that Executive becomes covered under a subsequent employer’s medical and dental plans; and (d) acceleration of vesting of all equity and equity-based awards.

 

5.                                       Other Terminations .  If Executive’s employment hereunder is terminated (a) by Executive without Good Reason; (b) by the Company for Cause; or (c) due to Executive’s death or Executive’s Disability, Executive and/or Executive’s estate or beneficiaries shall be entitled to the Accrued Obligations.

 

6.                                       Release .  Executive’s entitlement to the payments (other than the Accrued Obligations) and benefits described in Sections 3 and 4 above is expressly contingent upon Executive providing the Company with a signed release satisfactory to the Company (the “ Release ”).  To be effective, such Release must be delivered by Executive to the Company no later than 45 days following the Termination Date and must not be revoked during the seven (7) days following such delivery.  If such Release is not executed in a timely manner or is revoked, all such payments and benefits shall immediately cease and the Executive shall be required to repay to the Company any such payments that have already been paid to the Executive.

 

7.                                       Withholding .  The Company shall withhold all applicable federal, state and local taxes, social security and workers’ compensation contributions and other amounts as may be required by law with respect to compensation payable to Executive.

 

8.                                       Modification of Payments . In the event it shall be determined that any payment, right or distribution by the Company or any other person or entity to or for the benefit of Executive pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, in connection with, or arising out of, his employment with the Company or a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a substantial portion of its assets (a “ Payment ”) is a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”) on account of the aggregate value of the Payments due to Executive being equal to or greater than three times the “base amount,” as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code, (the “ Parachute Threshold ”) so that Executive would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “ Excise Tax ”) and the net after-tax benefit that Executive would receive by reducing the Payments to the Parachute Threshold is greater than the net after-tax benefit Executive would receive if the full amount of the Payments were paid to Executive, then the Payments payable to Executive shall be reduced (but not below zero) so that the Payments due to Executive do not exceed the amount of the Parachute Threshold, reducing first any Payments under Section 4(d) above.

 

9.                                       Section 409A .  (a)  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement is intended to be interpreted and applied so that the payment of the benefits set forth herein either shall either be exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”) or shall comply with the requirements of such provision.

 

4



 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A, any payments or arrangements due upon a termination of Executive’s employment under any arrangement that constitutes a “nonqualified deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and which do not otherwise qualify under the exemptions under Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1 (including without limitation, the short-term deferral exemption or the permitted payments under Treas. Regs. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)), shall be delayed and paid or provided, without interest, on the earlier of (i) the date which is six months after Executive’s “separation from service” (as such term is defined in Section 409A and the regulations and other published guidance thereunder) for any reason other than death, and (ii) the date of Executive’s death.

 

(c)                                   After any Termination Date, Executive shall have no duties or responsibilities that are inconsistent with having a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and, notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, distributions upon termination of employment of nonqualified deferred compensation may only be made upon a “separation from service” as determined under Section 409A and such date shall be the Termination Date for purposes of this Agreement.  Each payment under this Agreement or otherwise shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.  In no event may Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement which constitutes a “nonqualified deferral of compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and to the extent an amount is payable within a time period, the time during which such amount is paid shall be in the discretion of the Company.

 

10.                                Merger Clause .  Effective as of the Effective Date, this Agreement contains the complete, full, and exclusive understanding of Executive and the Company as to its subject matter and shall, on such date, and supersede any prior agreement between Executive and the Company regarding severance benefits. Any amendments to this Agreement shall be effective and binding on Executive and the Company only if any such amendments are in writing and signed by both Parties.

 

11.                                Assignment .  (a)  This Agreement is personal to Executive and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assigned by Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and any assignment in violation of this Agreement shall be void.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.  If Executive should die while any amounts would still be payable to him or her hereunder if he or she had continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to Executive’s devisee, legatee or other designee or, should there be no such designee, to Executive’s estate.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company (a “ Successor ”) to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would have been required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.  As used in this Agreement, (i) the term “ Company ” shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any Successor and any permitted assignee to which

 

5



 

this Agreement is assigned and (ii) the term “ Board ” shall mean the Board as hereinbefore defined and the board of directors or equivalent governing body of any Successor and any permitted assignee to which this Agreement is assigned.

 

12.                                Dispute Resolution .  The parties agree that any dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the formation, breach, termination or validity thereof, will be settled by binding arbitration by a panel of three arbitrators in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association.  The arbitration proceedings will be located in Orange County, California.  The arbitrators are not empowered to award damages in excess of compensatory damages and each party irrevocably waives any damages in excess of compensatory damages.  Judgment upon any arbitration award may be entered into any court having jurisdiction thereof and the parties consent to the jurisdiction of any court of competent jurisdiction located in the State of California.

 

13.                                GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE MADE IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AND THE VALIDITY, INTERPRETATION, CONSTRUCTION AND PERFORMANCE OF THIS AGREEMENT IN ALL RESPECT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

 

14.                                Amendment; No Waiver .  No provision of this Agreement may be amended, modified, waived or discharged except by a written document signed by Executive and duly authorized officer of the Company.  The failure of a party to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Agreement on any occasion shall not be considered as a waiver of such party’s rights or deprive such party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Agreement.  No failure or delay by any party in exercising any right or power hereunder will operate as a waiver thereof, nor will any single or partial exercise of any other right or power.  No agreements or representations, oral or otherwise, express or implied, with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by any party, which are not set forth expressly in this Agreement.

 

15.                                Severability .  If any term or provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any applicable law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nonetheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic and legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party.  Upon any such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

16.                                Survival .  The rights and obligations of the parties under the provisions of this Agreement that relate to post-termination obligations shall survive and remain binding and enforceable, notwithstanding the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason or any settlement of the financial rights and obligations arising from Executive’s employment hereunder, to the extent necessary to preserve the intended benefits of such provisions.

 

6



 

17.                                Notices .  All notices and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement will be made in writing and all such notices and communications will be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or (unless otherwise specified) mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the Company at its headquarters, and addressed to Executive at his last address on file with the Company, or to such other address as any party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

18.                                Headings and References .  The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and neither constitute a part of this Agreement nor affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.  When a reference in this Agreement is made to a Section, such reference shall be to a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated.

 

19.                                Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts (including via facsimile), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Agreement has been executed by the parties as of the date first written above.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Name:

Thomas W. Burns

 

Title:

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

 

 

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

Name:

Richard L. Harrison

 

Title:

Treasurer & Chief Financial Officer

 

8




Exhibit 10.23

 

SADDLEBACK BUSINESS PARK, LAGUNA HILLS, CALIF.

 

LESSOR:

 

Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

 

 

LESSEE:

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

 

 

Dated:

 

November 9, 2009

 



 

STANDARD BUSINESS PARK LEASE — MULTI-TENANT
Tenant Specific Terms

 

THIS LEASE is entered into by and between LANDLORD and TENANT, and is dated for reference purposes only as provided in the following Basic LEASE Information. The General Terms of this LEASE, and any exhibits or addenda thereto, are hereby incorporated by this reference and made a material part of this agreement. LANDLORD and TENANT agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1                            BASIC LEASE TERMS AND INFORMATION.

 

1.1                                Basic Lease Information . In addition to the terms that are defined elsewhere in the TENANT Specific Terms and/or the General Terms (together called the “LEASE”) of this LEASE, the following terms are used and defined in this LEASE as follows:

 

a.

PROJECT:

 

Saddleback Business Park

 

 

 

 

b.

LEASE DATE:

 

November 9, 2009

 

 

 

 

c.

LANDLORD:

 

Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

 

 

 

 

Address (For Notices):

 

26072 Merit Circle, Suite 116
LagunaHills, CA 92653

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No. (For Notice):

 

949/582-8022

 

 

 

 

d.

TENANT

 

Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

Address (For Notices):

 

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 105
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No. (For Notice):

 

949/348-1866

 

 

 

 

e.

PREMISES ADDRESS:

 

26051 Merit Circle, Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

 

 

 

f.

SUITE NUMBER(S):

 

105

 

g.                                        TENANT’S USE OF PREMISES: Office and warehouse for medical glaucoma research company consisting of assembly and inspection, research and development, and manufacture of medical components and for no other purposes whatsoever without obtaining the prior written consent from LANDLORD. In no event shall any bio-medical research or medical or diagnostic uses occur in the Leased Premises.

 

h.                                       PREMISES AREA: The rentable area of the Leased Premises is approximately 4,992 rentable square feet. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this LEASE, or that may have been used in calculating rental and/or common area maintenance or other expenses payable by TENANT, is only an approximation which LANDLORD and TENANT agree is reasonable, and the rental and any other charges, if

 

2



 

any, based thereon are not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

 

i.                                           PARKING: TENANT’s share of unreserved parking spaces (“Parking Spaces”) shall not exceed three (3) spaces per 1,000 square feet of Leased Premises area, as further provided in Article 25 of General Terms of this LEASE.

 

j.                                          TERM OF LEASE: This LEASE shall be for a term of months commencing on the Commencement Date and, unless sooner terminating in accordance with the terms of the LEASE, expiring on the Expiration Date.

 

k.                                       COMMENCEMENT DATE: December 1, 2009. LANDLORD and TENANT acknowledge that the Commencement Date has been agreed to by the parties and it is not subject to adjustment for force majeure or for delays attributable to LANDLORD or TENANT.

 

1.                                       EXPIRATION DATE: March 31, 2012

 

m.                                   SECURITY DEPOSIT: Tenant currently has a security deposit on hand for Suites 103/104 in the amount of 541,640.00. This deposit is sufficient for Suites 103, 104 and 105 and no additional security deposit shall be required.

 

n.                                       (Intentionally Omitted)

 

o.                                       MONTHLY BASE RENT PAYMENT SCHEDULE:

 

December 1, 2009 — December 31, 2009=$1,000.00

 

January 1, 2010 — June 30, 2010=$3,244.80

 

July 1, 2010 — March 31, 2011 = $6,489.60

 

April 1, 2011 — March 31, 2012 = $6,739.20

 

p.                                       OTHER CHARGES : TENANT shall pay, in addition to the Monthly Base Rent and all other sums due payable by TENANT pursuant to the LEASE, all as additional rent due under the LEASE, each of the following:

 

(1)                                  Late Fees — Six Percent (6%) of overdue amount, on the terms and conditions provided in Section 4.3 of General Terms.

 

(2)                                  Returned Checks — $25.00 on the terms and conditions provided in Section 4.2 of General Terms.

 

(3)                                  CAM Charge — $0.08 per rentable square feet, per month ($399.36), as provided in Section 4.4 of General Terms.

 

(4)                                  Other — Fee for serving 3 Day Notice $150.00.

 

3



 

1.2                                Additional Sections and Exhibits.

 

a.                                       ADDITIONAL SECTIONS: Additional sections of this LEASE numbered 1.3 through 1.15 are attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

b.                                       ADDITIONAL EXHIBITS: Additional exhibits designated by letters “A” through “C” are attached hereto and made a part hereof.

 

Exhibit A

 

-

 

Description of the Leased. Premises

Exhibit B

 

-

 

Rules and Regulations

Exhibit C

 

-

 

Sign Regulations

 

1.3                                Clean Room . TENANT will be responsible for all costs associated with the installation, maintenance and removal of TENANT’s portable clean room, and such costs shall not be deducted from the TENANT Improvement Allowance. TENANT is also responsible for any permit costs or regulations required by the City or any other applicable agency.

 

1.4                                HVAC . During the Term of the LEASE, LANDLORD shall, at its sole cost, be responsible for maintaining, repairing, and replacing the existing HVAC equipment (including but not limited to the compressors) which serves the Leased Premises unless caused by TENANT’s willful misuse or abuse.

 

1.5                                Option to Extend .

 

Landlord hereby grants to Tenant the option to extend the term of the Lease for one (1) consecutive two (2) year period (the “Extension Option”). If exercised, the term of the first Extension Option will commence on April 1, 2012. The Extension Option is granted subject to each and all of the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall give to Landlord on a date which is prior to the date that the applicable option period would commence (if exercised) by at least one hundred eighty (180) days and not more than two hundred seventy (270) days, a written notice of the exercise of the option to extend the Lease for said additional term, time being of the essence. If notification of the exercise of an option is not so given and received, all options granted hereunder shall automatically expire.

 

(b)                                  All of the terms and conditions of the Lease except where specifically modified by this Amendment shall apply to each option term.

 

(c)                                   The monthly Base Rent payable during the applicable option term shall be the Market Rate on the date the applicable option term commences.

 

(d)                                  The term “Market Rate” shall mean the annual amount per rentable square foot that a willing, comparable renewal tenant would pay and a willing, comparable landlord of a similar office building would accept at arm’s length for similar space, giving appropriate consideration to the following matters: (i) annual rental rates per rentable square foot; (ii) the type of escalation clauses (including, but without limitation, operating expense, real estate taxes, and CPI) and the

 

4



 

extent of liability under the escalation clauses (i.e., whether determined on a “net lease” basis or by increases over a particular base year or base dollar amount); (iii) rent abatement provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during the lease term; (iv) length of lease term; (v) size and location of premises being leased; and (vi) other generally applicable teens and conditions of tenancy for similar space; provided, however, Tenant shall not be entitled to any tenant improvement or refurbishment allowance. The Market Rate may also designate periodic rental increases, a new Base Year and similar economic adjustments. The Market Rate shall be the Market Rate in effect as of the beginning of the applicable option period, even though the determination may be made in advance of that date, and the parties may use recent trends in rental rates in determining the proper Market Rate as of the beginning of the option period.

 

(e)                                   If Tenant exercises the Extension Option, Landlord shall determine the Market Rate by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of such amount within fifteen (15) days after Tenant exercises an Extension Option. Tenant shall have thirty (30) days (“Tenant’s Review Period”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the new rental within which to accept such rental. In the event Tenant fails to accept in writing such rental proposal by Landlord, then such proposal shall be deemed rejected, and Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Market Rate, using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s Review Period (“Outside Agreement Date”), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to the Market Rate, and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 1.5.1 of this Lease. In the event that Landlord fails to timely generate the initial notice of Landlord’s opinion of the Market Rate, then Tenant may commence such negotiations by providing the initial notice, in which event Landlord shall have fifteen (15) days (“Landlord’s Review Period”) after receipt of Tenant’s notice of the new rental within which to accept such rental. In the event Landlord fails to accept in writing such rental proposed by Tenant, then such proposal shall be deemed rejected, and Landlord and Tenant shall attempt in good faith to agree upon such Market Rate, using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) days following Landlord’s Review Period (which shall be, in such event, the “Outside Agreement Date” in lieu of the above definition of such date), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to Market Rate, and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with Section 3.09 of this Amendment.

 

1.5.1                      Arbitration .

 

a.                                       Landlord and Tenant shall meet with each other within three (3) business days after the Outside Agreement Date and exchange their sealed envelopes and then open such envelopes in each other’s presence. If Landlord and Tenant do not mutually agree upon the Market Rate within one (1) business day of the exchange and opening of envelopes, then, within three (3) business days of the exchange and opening of envelopes, Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint a single arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or agent who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of commercial buildings similar to the Premises in the geographical area of the Premises. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall consult with such broker or agent as to his or her opinion as to the Market Rate prior to the appointment. The determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate for the

 

5



 

Additional Premises is the closest to the actual Market Rate for the Additional Premises as determined by the arbitrator, taking into account the requirements for determining Market Rate set forth herein. In addition, Landlord or Tenant may submit to the arbitrator with a copy to the other party within three (3) business days after the appointment of the arbitrator any market data and additional information such party deems relevant to the determination of the Market Rate (“RR Data”), and the other party may submit a reply in writing within two (2) business days after receipt of such RR Data.

 

b.                                       The arbitrator shall, within three (3) business days of his or her appointment, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of such determination.

 

c.                                        The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 

d.                                       If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon and appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made by the presiding judge of the Superior Court for the County in which the Premises is located, or, if he or she refuses to act, by any judge having jurisdiction over the parties.

 

e.                                        The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

 

1.6                                Broker Compensation :  Upon execution of this Lease by both parties, Landlord shall pay to CB Richard Ellis a commission equal to 52,266.36.

 

1.7                                Assignment . Not withstanding any other provision of the LEASE, LANDLORD further agrees that any transfer of stock of TENANT in connection with a public or private stock offering shall not require the consent of LANDLORD and shall not be deemed an assignment hereunder, provided, however, that such offering, (i) is not a subterfuge to avoid the restrictions or other provisions of this LEASE, (ii) in no event shall TENANT, without the prior consent of LANDLORD, transfer (in a single transaction or in a series of transactions) in excess of fifty percent (50%) of the authorized equity of TENANT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this LEASE, none of (i) an assignment to a transferee of all or substantially all of the assets of TENANT, (ii) an assignment of the Leased Premises to a transferee which is the resulting entity of a merger or consolidation of TENANT with another entity, or (iii) an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Leased Premises to an “Affiliate” of TENANT (which term is defined to mean an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, TENANT), shall be deemed a Transfer under Article 8 of this LEASE, provided that TENANT notifies LANDLORD of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies LANDLORD with any documents or information reasonably requested by LANDLORD regarding such transfer or transferee as set forth in items (i) through (iii) above, that such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by TENANT to avoid its obligations under this LEASE, and that such transferee or affiliate shall have a net worth (not including goodwill as an asset) computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (the “Net Worth”) at least equal to

 

6



 

the greater of (A) the Net Worth of TENANT immediately prior to such assignment or sublease, or (B) the Net Worth on the date of this LEASE of the original named TENANT. “Control,” as used in this Section, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person or entity, whether by the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

1.8                                Tenant Improvement Allowance :  Tenant is leasing the premises as-is and shall be granted a Tenant Improvement Allowance equal to $14,976.00 ($3.00 per square foot).

 

1.9                                Removal of Property . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, TENANT shall be permitted, at any time, to remove its personal property, trade fixtures, laboratory fixtures, clean room (or equivalent), if any, other modular rooms, or related facilities, provided that TENANT repairs any damage resulting to the Lease Premises from the removal of such items. LANDLORD shall allow TENANT to install a back-up power generator so long as it complies with all laws and applicable codes.

 

1.10                         Secured Areas . TENANT may designate the clean room, offices containing patient and testing records, and other confidential information and other portions of the Building as “Secured Areas” and LANDLORD shall take reasonable steps to avoid entering these areas without just cause.

 

1.11                         Special ERISA Covenants . TENANT covenants and agrees with LANDLORD that throughout the Term:

 

a.                                       TENANT and its officers shall from time to time execute all such documents and provide such information as LANDLORD may require in connection with the transaction contemplated by this LEASE or to otherwise assure LANDLORD that: (i) the transaction contemplated by this LEASE is not a prohibited transaction under ERISA, (ii) that the transaction contemplated by this LEASE is otherwise in full compliance with ERISA and (iii) that LANDLORD is not in violation of ERISA by compliance with this LEASE. At LANDLORD’s election, this LEASE shall be null and void ab initio if at any time the transaction contemplated by this LEASE does not comply with ERISA.

 

b.                                       TENANT shall not engage in any nonexempt prohibited transaction described in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, as such sections relate to TENANT, or in any transaction that would cause any obligation or action taken or to be taken hereunder (or the exercise by LANDLORD of any of its rights under this LEASE) to be a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA.

 

c.                                        TENANT will do, or cause to be done, all things necessary to ensure that it will not be deemed to hold Plan Assets at any time.

 

7


 

1.12                         ERISA Representations and Warranties. As an inducement to LANDLORD to enter into this LEASE, TENANT hereby represents and warrants as follows, which representations and warranties shall be true as of the date hereof and, except with respect to matters which have been disclosed in writing to and approved by LANDLORD, shall remain true throughout the Term:

 

a.                                       TENANT is not an Employee Benefit Plan subject to Title I of ERISA, and none of its assets constitutes or will constitute Plan Assets.

 

b.                                       TENANT is not a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA, and this LEASE is not subject to state statutes regulating investments of and fiduciary obligations with respect to governmental plans.

 

c.                                        Neither TENANT nor any of its “affiliates” (within the meaning of Part V(c) of Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-14, 49 Fed. Reg. 9494 (1984), as amended (“PTE 84-14”)) has, or during the immediately preceding year has exercised the authority to:

 

1.                                 appoint or terminate LANDLORD as investment manager over assets of any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) invested in, or sponsored by, LANDLORD; or

 

2.                                 negotiate the terms of a management agreement (including renewals or modifications thereof) with LANDLORD on behalf of any such plan;

 

d.                                       TENANT is not “related” to LANDLORD (as determined under in Part V(h) of PTE 84-14);

 

e.                                        TENANT has negotiated and determined the terms of this LEASE at arm’s length, as such terms would be negotiated and determined by the TENANT with unrelated parties; and

 

1.13                         ERISA Definitions. For purposes of this LEASE, the following terms as used herein shall have the following meanings:

 

a.                                       “Code” shall mean the Internal. Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and as it may be further amended from time to time, any successor statutes thereto, and applicable U.S. Department of Treasury regulations issued pursuant thereto in temporary or final form.

 

b.                                       “Employee Benefit Plan” shall mean any employee pension benefit plan subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding standards under Part 3 of Title I of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which

 

8



 

TENANT or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

c.                                        “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

d.                                       “ERISA Affiliate” shall mean each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that would, at any time, be treated together with TENANT as a single employer under Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.

 

e.                                        “Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is making or accruing an obligation to make contributions or has within any of the preceding five plan years made or accrued an obligation to make contributions.

 

f.                                         “Plan” shall mean an employee benefit plan other than a Multiemployer Plan, (a) which is maintained for employees of TENANT or any ERISA Affiliate and which is subject to Title IV of ERISA or (b) with respect to which TENANT or any ERISA Affiliate could be subjected to any liability under Title IV of ERISA (including Section 4069 of ERISA).

 

g.                                        Plan Assets” shall mean assets of any Employee Benefit Plan subject to Part 4, Subtitle A, Title I of ERISA.

 

1.14                         Hazardous Materials and Infectious Waste.

 

a.                                       APPROVED MATERIALS : Notwithstanding any other provisions of this LEASE, TENANT shall not permit, introduce, maintain or dispose of in, on or about any portion of the Leased Premises any asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls or Hazardous Materials, except TENANT may use those materials and chemicals generally used for medical device research which shall be subject to LANDLORD’S reasonable approval as provided below (collectively, the “Approved Materials”), provided that (i) the use of such Approved Materials shall be limited to such amounts, quantities, and types as are reasonably required in connection with the use of the Leased Premises specified in Article 1, (ii) the use, storage, disposal and handling of such Approved Materials shall be in compliance with (A) all applicable Hazardous Materials laws, and all other laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations relating thereto (collectively, “Hazardous Materials Laws”), and (B) the highest health and safety standards relating to the use, storage, disposal and handling of such materials, including emergency spill procedures and

 

9



 

precautions, and (iii) prior to the first use of any such Approved Materials in the Leased Premises and upon the Commencement Date and each anniversary of the Commencement Date, and from time to time within ten (10) days of LANDLORD’s written request therefore, TENANT delivers to LANDLORD and LANDLORD reasonably approves (A) a description of TENANT’s handling, storage, use and disposal procedures for such Approved Materials, and (B) all documents permits and certificates which TENANT is required to supply or obtain from governmental agencies pursuant to any Hazardous Materials Laws. TENANT hereby represents and warrants to LANDLORD, and shall be deemed to have reaffirmed such representation and warranty on the Commencement Date and each anniversary of the Commencement Date (unless LANDLORD receives written notice to the contrary), that TENANT has obtained and currently possesses all licenses and permits required by all governmental authorities with jurisdiction over TENANT or the Leased Premises relating to the Approved Materials TENANT proposes to use or introduce into the Leased Premises, and TENANT shall maintain such permits and licenses in effect during the Term of this LEASE. Furthermore, prior to the introducing any Hazardous Materials which replace the Approved Materials as described above, TENANT shall provide LANDLORD with prior written notice of its intent to commence the use of the same, which shall be subject to LANDLORD’s prior written consent, and TENANT’s payment to LANDLORD of any health, safety, security and/or notice procedures which LANDLORD may be required or elect to undertake in connection therewith. LANDLORD shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to the use of any such substitute Hazardous Materials provided: (y) TENANT demonstrates to LANDLORD’s reasonable satisfaction that such materials (1) are necessary or useful to TENANT’S business operations, (2) will be used, stored, handled and disposed of in compliance with all Hazardous Materials Laws, and (3) will not invalidate or limit the coverage or increase the premiums of any insurance policy affecting or covering the premises, building or Project; and (z) TENANT satisfies all requirements LANDLORD may reasonably impose with respect to TENANT’s use of such substitute Hazardous Materials.

 

b.                                       BIOLOGICAL WASTE : Without in any way limiting the more general requirements of this LEASE, any ‘infectious waste” (as such term is defined in Section 25117.5 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law)) or biological waste in the Leased Premises or resulting from TENANT’s use of the Leased Premises shall be handled, stored and disposed of by TENANT, at TENANT’s expense, in compliance with (i) all applicable laws, statues, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations and requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force including, but not limited to, Section 66835 through 6865 within Article 13 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code (the “State Infectious Waste Handling, Storage and Disposal Law”); and (ii) the highest standards relating to the handling,

 

10



 

storage and disposal of such quantities of infectious or biological wastes of comparable first-class commercial offices and laboratories. Without in any way limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section, in all events TENANT shall (i) handle all infectious or biological waste, medical and medical equipment (including needles and medical waste), the Approved Materials and any other Hazardous Materials approved by LANDLORD in a manner which is safe to the invitees and occupants of the Leased Premises and the invitees and occupants of other portions of the Building; (ii) store all infectious or biological waste, Approved Materials and Hazardous Materials separate from all other waste and only within the Leased Premises in secure containers within locations clearly marked with suitable signage indicating such area is a biohazard area, infectious waste storage area or Hazardous Materials Storage area, as the case may be; and (iii) cause all infectious or biological waste and Hazardous Materials to be removed from the Leased Premises by transferring custody of such waste only to a hazardous waste hauler registered by the California Department of Health Services for disposal in accordance with the State Infectious Waste Handling, Storage and Disposal Law, Hazardous Materials Laws and any other applicable ordinances and rules. TENANT may contract to have all infectious or biological waste and Hazardous Materials picked up and removed from the Leased Premises during normal business hours on business days, and any time on holidays or weekends. Such pickups shall be handled in such a manner so as not to draw undue attention to the process and shall be appropriate for a first-class multi-tenant office project. In addition, prior to the Commencement Date, TENANT shall, subject to the requirement set forth in the preceding sentence, contract with a State licensed, bonded and approved infectious waste removal company for the pickup and removal of infectious waste from the Leased Premises.

 

1.15                         Special Repair Right .  Notwithstanding any provision of this LEASE to the contrary, in the event of a casualty or sudden, unexpected maintenance problem involving that portion of the Premises in which the clean room is located which poses an immediate and significant threat to the integrity of a clean room TENANT shall have the right to take such temporary, emergency repair measures that are minimally necessary to protect the integrity of the clean room. TENANT shall only utilize licensed, bonded contractors for such work. TENANT shall give immediate notice (if possible under the circumstances — e.g. no notice will be required if phone service is unavailable) to the Building’s management office of TENANT’S intent to undertake such temporary, emergency repair (the “Emergency Action”) and, to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances, coordinate such Emergency Action with the Building’s management. TENANT’S rights to take Emergency Action under this paragraph shall not, however, include the right to make repairs to structural portions of the Building, to make any repairs to any Building fire/life safety, electrical, plumbing, mechanical or HVAC system, or to shut off the power or the water to the entire Building without LANDLORD’S or the Building management’s prior consent.

 

11



 

TENANT shall indemnify and hold LANDLORD harmless from any cost, expense (including reasonable attorney’s fees), liability or damage caused directly or indirectly from any such repair undertaken by or at the direction of TENANT. In no event shall TENANT be entitled to offset any costs or expenses in effectuating any such emergency repairs against Base Rent or otherwise be entitled to reimbursement from LANDLORD therefor.

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

12



 

LANDLORD and TENANT have executed this LEASE as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

 

 

 

By: Davis Realty Partners, LLC,

 

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

a Delaware limited liability

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

company, its authorized

 

 

 

signatory

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Buchanan

 

 

 

Mark Buchanan, Principal

 

 

 

 

This Lease continues on the following pages which includes the following:

 

Article I Basis Lease Provisions through Article 26.31 ERISA ,

 

Exhibit A, Exhibit B, and Exhibit C

 

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

13



 

STANDARD BUSINESS PARK LEASE - MULTI-TENANT
General Terms

 

ARTICLE 1 BASIC LEASE INFORMATION

 

1.1                                The Tenant Specific Terms set forth on pages preceding these General Terms are incorporated by this reference, as if herein set forth in their entirety.

 

1.2. Defined Terms.

 

Term

 

 

 

Section(s)

Additional Rent

 

General Terms

 

26.5

Applicable Requirements

 

General Terms

 

6

Assign

 

General Terms

 

8.1(a)

Base Rent

 

General Terms

 

4.1

Breach

 

General Terms

 

24.1

CAM Charge

 

General Terms

 

4.4

Commencement Date

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1(k)

Common Areas

 

General Terms

 

10

Default

 

General Terms

 

24.1

Early Entry Date

 

General Terms

 

3.2

Event of Default

 

General Terms

 

24.1

Expiration Date

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1(i)

Hazardous Substance

 

General Terms

 

7.2

Inducement Provisions

 

General Terms

 

24.6

Landlord

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1(c)

Landlord’s Notice

 

General Terms

 

8.1(d)

Lease

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1

Lease Date

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1(b)

Leased Premises

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1(e,f)

Lender(s)

 

General Terms

 

7.2(e)

 

14



 

Non-disturbance Agreement

 

General Terms

 

18.3

Notice Date

 

General Terms

 

17(a)

Nuisance

 

General Terms

 

6

Permitted Size Vehicles

 

General Terms

 

25

Leased Premises

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1(e,f)

Prevailing Party

 

General Terms

 

24.5

Project

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1(a)

Relocated Leased Premises

 

General Terms

 

26.24

Reportable Use

 

General Terms

 

7.2

Security Device

 

General Terms

 

18.1

Tenant

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1(d)

Term

 

Tenant Specific Terms

 

1.1(j)

Termination Date

 

General Terms

 

16

Worth at the Time of Award

 

General Terms

 

24.4

 

ARTICLE 2                            AGREEMENT

 

LANDLORD leases the premises (sometimes herein called the “Leased Premises” or the “Leased Premises”) to TENANT, and TENANT leases the Leased Premises from LANDLORD, according to this LEASE. The duration of this LEASE will be the term. Except as otherwise provided herein, the term will commence on the Commencement Date and will expire on the Expiration Date, as those terms are defined in Section 1.1 of the Tenant Specific Terms.

 

ARTICLE 3                            DELIVERY OF PREMISES

 

3.1                                Delivery of Possession. Acceptance of Leased Premises . LANDLORD will be deemed to have delivered possession of the Leased Premises to TENANT on the Commencement Date, as it may be adjusted by mutual agreement. LANDLORD will construct or install in the Leased Premises the improvements to be constructed or installed by LANDLORD according to the Tenant Improvement Diagram, if any. If no Tenant Improvement Diagram is attached to this LEASE, it will be deemed that LANDLORD delivered to TENANT possession of the Leased Premises as is,” in its then present condition on the Commencement Date. TENANT acknowledges that neither LANDLORD nor its agents or employees have made any representations or warranties as to the suitability or fitness of the Leased Premises for the

 

15



 

conduct of TENANT’s business or for any other purpose, nor has LANDLORD or its agents or employees agreed to undertake any alterations or construct any TENANT improvements to the Leased Premises except as expressly provided in this LEASE and the Tenant Improvement Diagram. TENANT hereby acknowledges: (i) that TENANT has been advised to satisfy itself with respect to all aspects of the nature, extent, appropriateness and condition of the Leased Premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire systems, security, environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake requirements, and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements (as that term is defined herein below) and the present and future suitability of the Leased Premises for TENANT’S intended or contemplated uses; (b) that TENANT has consulted with such professionals and made such investigation as TENANT and/or its independent advisors have deemed to be necessary or appropriate with respect to such matters, that TENANT is satisfied with respect thereto, and that TENANT assumes all responsibility therefore as the same relate to TENANT’s occupancy of the Leased Premises and/or the terms of the LEASE; and (c) that neither LANDLORD, nor any of LANDLORD’s employees, attorneys, agents or representatives, has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters or to the Leased Premises, except to the extent that is otherwise expressly set forth in this LEASE.

 

3.2                                Early Entry. If TENANT is permitted entry to the Leased Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of installing fixtures or any other purpose permitted by LANDLORD, the early entry will be at TENANT’s sole risk and subject to all the terms and provisions of this LEASE as though the Commencement Date had occurred, except for the payment of rent, which will commence on the Commencement Date. TENANT, its agents, or employees will not interfere with or delay LANDLORD’s completion of construction of the improvements. All rights of TENANT under this Section 3.2 will be subject to the requirements of all applicable building codes, zoning requirements, and federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations and other Applicable Requirements, and shall be exercised solely in a manner which does not interfere with or delay LANDLORD’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements, including the obtaining of a certificate of occupancy for the Leased Premises. LANDLORD retains the absolute right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to impose additional conditions on TENANT’s early entry which LANDLORD, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. TENANT agrees, as conditions of such early entry: (i) to indemnify and to hold LANDLORD free and harmless from any claims, damages or losses arising out of such early entry into possession, and (ii) to deliver to LANDLORD written proof of TENANT’s full compliance with the insurance provisions of this LEASE. LANDLORD may require that TENANT execute an early entry agreement confirming other conditions of early entry prior to the date of TENANT’s early entry (the “Early Entry Date”), or to refuse or terminate any right of early entry at any time. Notwithstanding any grant by LANDLORD to TENANT of permission to receive early entry to the Leased Premises: (a) such permission shall not be deemed permission to make any use of any other portions of the project or common areas without the prior written consent of LANDLORD to such use; and (b) LANDLORD shall not have any obligations to maintain, repair or alter the Leased Premises, nor have any liability respecting the condition of the Leased Premises during such early entry period, except and unless specifically provided by written agreement hereafter made with respect to any early entry period. If TENANT commences to use the Leased Premises for its proposed use prior to the Commencement Date, then rent shall be paid on a pro rata basis during such period of use. TENANT shall transfer the electrical utility into its responsibility prior to any early entry into the Leased Premises.

 

16


 

3.3                                Delay In Possession. If for any reason LANDLORD cannot deliver possession of the Leased Premises to TENANT by the Early Entry Date, if one is agreed upon as provided specified in Section 3.2, or if no Early Entry Date is agreed upon, by the Commencement Date, LANDLORD shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of TENANT hereunder, or extend the term hereof; but in such case, and provided that such delay is not caused by the acts, changes or omissions of TENANT, TENANT shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of TENANT under the terms of this Lease until LANDLORD delivers possession of the Leased Premises to TENANT.

 

ARTICLE 4                            MONTHLY RENT

 

4.1                                Payment. Throughout the term of this LEASE, TENANT will pay monthly rent (sometimes referred to herein as “Base Rent”) to LANDLORD as rent for the Leased Premises. Monthly rent will be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month of the term. If the term commences on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, then the prorated monthly rent for such month will be paid on or before the first day of the term. Rent for any such period during the term which is for less than one month shall be prorated based upon a thirty-day month. Monthly rent will be paid to LANDLORD, without written notice or demand, and without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States of America at LANDLORD’s address, or to such other address as LANDLORD may from time to time designate in writing.

 

4.2                                Checks Drawn on Insufficient Funds. The parties recognize and agree that, in the event that TENANT presents payment(s) to LANDLORD in the form of check(s) which are drawn against insufficient funds, additional administrative expenses, disruption of cash-flow, and other damage result to LANDLORD in amounts which are extremely difficult or impossible to measure accurately as of the time of execution of this LEASE. TENANT therefore agrees that if TENANT presents, tenders, or causes the presentation or tender to LANDLORD of check(s) or other forms of payment of any sums due under this LEASE which are dishonored for any reason when presented for payment by the financial institution upon which such instruments are drawn, then, in addition to any other rights or remedies which LANDLORD may have hereunder or under any Applicable Requirements, TENANT shall pay to LANDLORD, as liquidated damages, for each such check or other instrument, a returned check fee in the amount of Twenty-Five $25.00) Dollars, In addition, in the event that a check or other payment instrument is tendered as payment of rent or other sum due under this LEASE and such check or other instrument is drawn against insufficient funds or is otherwise not immediately honored when presented for payment by the financial institution upon which such instrument is drawn, than rental payments then and thereafter due under the LEASE shall automatically, without further demand by the LANDLORD, become payable only by way of certified or cashier’s check.

 

4.3                                Late Payments; Additional Remedies for Late Payments. TENANT acknowledges that the late payment of rent to LANDLORD will cause LANDLORD to incur costs not contemplated by this LEASE, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on LANDLORD by the terms of any mortgage or trust deed covering the project. Accordingly, if any installment of rent, or any other sum due from

 

17



 

TENANT shall not be received by LANDLORD or LANDLORD’s designee when due, then, without any requirement of notice to the TENANT, TENANT shall pay to LANDLORD a late charge equal to the percent specified in the Tenant Specific Terms of such overdue amount. The parties agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs LANDLORD will incur by reason of such late payment by TENANT. Acceptance of such late charge by LANDLORD shall in no event constitute a waiver of TENANTS default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent LANDLORD from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of monthly rent, then notwithstanding any provision of this LEASE to the contrary, monthly rent shall, at LANDLORD’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

 

4.4                                CAM Charge. In addition to paying the Base Rent set forth in Section 1.1.o. of the Tenant Specific Terms, as further described in Section 4.1. of the General Terms, and such other sums as TENANT is obligated to pay under the Lease, TENANT shall pay as additional rent, in the same manner as and not later than concurrently with each payment of the monthly Base Rent due under the Lease, a monthly fixed charge (the “CAM Charge”) related to (but not necessarily equal to) to TENANT’s approximate share of certain of the expenses of operation, repair, management, maintenance of the Project in which the Leased Premises are located. The Monthly CAM Charge shall be paid to LANDLORD without abatement, deduction, adjustment or offset, and without any requirement of any prior notice or demand, in an amount equal to eight cents ($0.08) per rentable square foot of area of the Leased Premises as that area is delineated in the Lease or any amendment thereto. The CAM Charge shall be due for each and every month of the Lease Term, and for such extensions or modifications thereof as may be agreed upon from time to time.

 

ARTICLE 5                            INSURANCE

 

5.1                                LANDLORD’s Insurance. At all times during the term, LANDLORD will carry and maintain in the name of LANDLORD, with loss payable to LANDLORD and to any Lender [as that term is defined in Section 7.2(e) hereinbelow] whose security instruments so require:

 

(a)                                  Fire and extended coverage insurance covering the project, its equipment, common area furnishings, and leasehold improvements in the Leased Premises to the extent of the TENANT finish allowance (as that term is defined in the TENANT improvement Diagram, if any);

 

(b)                                  Bodily injury and property damage insurance; and

 

(c)                                   Such other insurance as LANDLORD reasonably determines from time to time,

 

The insurance coverage and amounts in this Section 5.1 will be reasonably determined by LANDLORD, based on coverage carried by owners of comparable buildings in the vicinity of the project. LANDLORD shall not have any obligation to cause or permit TENANT to be named as an additional insured in any insurance policy procured or maintained by LANDLORD in connection with this LEASE, the Leased Premises, or the project. Any liability insurance maintained by LANDLORD with respect to the project or the Leased Premises shall be in addition to and not in lieu of the insurance required to be maintained by TENANT under this LEASE.

 

18



 

5.2                                TENANT’s Insurance . At all times during the term, TENANT will carry and maintain, at TENANT’s sole expense, the following insurance, in the amounts specified below or such other amounts as LANDLORD may from time to time reasonably request, with insurance companies and on forms satisfactory to LANDLORD:

 

(a)                                  A Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting TENANT, LANDLORD and any lender(s) whose names have been provided to TENANT in writing (as additional insureds) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Leased Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than Two Million ($2,000,000) Dollars per occurrence with an “Additional Insured-Managers or LANDLORD’s of Leased Premises” endorsement and contain the ‘Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” endorsement for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile fire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this LEASE as an “Insured contract” for the performance of TENANT’s indemnity obligations under this LEASE. The limits of said insurance required by this Lease or as carried by TENANT shall not, however, limit the liability of TENANT nor relieve TENANT of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by TENANT shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by LANDLORD, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only

 

(b)                                  Either by separate policy or, at LANDLORD’s option, by endorsement to a policy already carried, maintain insurance coverage on all of TENANT’s personal property, machinery, equipment, stock, inventory, trade fixtures and any alterations and utility installations constructed pursuant to this LEASE and/or owned by TENANT in, on, or about the Leased Premises similar in coverage to that carried by LANDLORD under Section 5.1. Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage, on a broad form basis insuring against “all risks of direct physical loss,” with a deductible not to exceed $5,000 per occurrence, and shall include coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the project required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety, or other Applicable Requirements as the result of a covered loss. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by TENANT for the replacement of personal property, machinery, equipment, stock, inventory and the restoration of trade fixtures and any alterations and utility installations required to be covered by such insurance.

 

(c)                                   A policy or policies in the name of LANDLORD, with loss payable to LANDLORD and any lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and other charges payable by TENANT under the LEASE for one year (including any scheduled rental increases). Said insurance may provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured toss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Leased Premises, to provide for one full year’s loss of rental

 

19



 

revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income and other sums, if any, otherwise payable by TENANT, for the next 12-month period.

 

5.3                                Forms of Policies . Certificates of insurance, together with copies of the endorsements, when applicable, naming LANDLORD, the property management company and any others specified by LANDLORD as additional insureds, will be delivered to LANDLORD prior to TENANT’s occupancy of the Leased Premises and from time to time at least 10 days prior to the expiration of the term of each such policy. All commercial general liability or comparable policies maintained by TENANT will name LANDLORD and such other persons or firms as LANDLORD specifies from time to time as additional insureds, entitling them to recover under such policies for any loss sustained by them, their agents, and employees as a result of the negligent acts or omissions of TENANT. All commercial general liability and property policies maintained by TENANT will be written as primary policies, not contributing with and not supplemental to the coverage that LANDLORD may carry. Insurance required under this LEASE shall be in companies duly licensed to transact business in the State of California and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least A-, VIII, or such other rating as may be required by any lender of LANDLORD holding a security interest in the project, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide.” TENANT shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate the insurance policies referred to in this LEASE. TENANT shall cause to be delivered to LANDLORD, within seven (7) days after the earlier of the Early Entry Date or the Commencement Date, certified copies of, or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of, the insurance required under Section 5.2. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to LANDLORD. TENANT shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish LANDLORD with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or LANDLORD may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to TENANT, which amount shall be payable by TENANT to LANDLORD upon demand.

 

5.4                                Waiver of Subrogation. LANDLORD and TENANT each waive any and all rights to recover against the other or against any other tenant or occupant of the project, or against the officers, directors, shareholders, partners, joint venturers, employees, agents, customers, invitees, or business visitors of such other party or of such other tenant or occupant of the project, for any loss or damage to such waiving party arising from any cause covered by any property insurance required to be carried by such party pursuant to this Article 5 or any other property insurance actually is carried by such party to the extent of the limits of such policy. LANDLORD and TENANT from time to time will cause their respective insurers to issue appropriate waiver of subrogation rights endorsements to all property insurance policies carried in connection with the project or the Leased Premises or the contents of the project or the Leased Premises.  TENANT agrees to cause all other occupants of the Leased Premises claiming by, under, or through TENANT to execute and deliver to LANDLORD such a waiver of claims and to obtain such waiver of subrogation rights endorsements

 

5.5                                Adequacy of Coverage. Premium Increase Caused by Tenant. LANDLORD, its agents, and employees make no representation that the limits of liability specified to be carried by TENANT pursuant to this Article 5 are adequate to protect TENANT. If TENANT believes

 

20



 

that any of such insurance coverage is inadequate, TENANT will obtain such additional insurance coverage as TENANT deems adequate, at TENANT’s sole expense. TENANT shall pay, as additional rent payable upon demand by LANDLORD, for any increase in the premiums for of property insurance provided by LANDLORD with respect to the Leased Premises and/or the building in which the Leased Premises are located if said increase is caused by TENANT’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Leased Premises.

 

ARTICLE 6                            USE

 

The Leased Premises will be used only for that use set forth in Tenant Specific Terms hereinabove, and purposes incidental to that use, and for no other purpose. TENANT will use the Leased Premises in a careful, safe, and proper manner. TENANT will, at TENANT’s sole expense, only use and cause or permit the Leased Premises to be used or occupied for purposes or in a manner which is in full compliance with any and all applicable municipal, county, state and federal laws, rules, directives, ordinances and regulations, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of LANDLORD’s engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Leased Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Leased Premises, including soil and groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance) and any covenants, conditions or restrictions of record, including without limitation all zoning, building and other codes, and the Americans with Disabilities Act, as revised from time to time, and California Title 24, now in force or which may hereafter be in force or effect (collectively, “Applicable Requirements”), which impose any duty upon LANDLORD or TENANT with respect to the use, occupation or alteration of the Leased Premises. TENANT will not commit waste or suffer or permit waste to be committed in, on, or about the Leased Premises_ TENANT will conduct its business and control its employees, agents, and invitees in such a manner as not to violate any Applicable Requirements or to create any nuisance or interfere with, annoy, or disturb any other TENANT or occupant of the project or LANDLORD in its operation of the project. The term “nuisance” shall include, without limitation, anything which is injurious to health, or is indecent or offensive to the senses, or an obstruction to the free use of property, so as to interfere with the comfortable enjoyment of life or property. Within ten (10) days after receipt, TENANT shall deliver to LANDLORD written notice of, and concurrently provide Landlord with copies of (if applicable): (i) any notices alleging violations respecting the project and/or the Leased Premises of any Applicable Requirements; (ii) any notices of claims made or threatened in writing regarding noncompliance violations respecting the project and/or the Leased Premises of any Applicable Requirements; and (iii) any notices of any governmental or regulatory actions or investigations instituted or threatened regarding noncompliance with violations of any Applicable Requirements as same relate to all or any portion of the Leased Premises and/or the project.

 

ARTICLE 7                            REQUIREMENTS OF LAW; HAZARDOUS MATERIALS; FIRE INSURANCE

 

7.1                                General. At its sole cost and expense, TENANT will promptly comply with all Applicable Requirements now in force or in force at any time after the Lease Date, with the

 

21



 

requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body constituted now or after the Lease Date, with any direction or occupancy certificate issued pursuant to any law by any public officer or officers, as well as with the provisions of all recorded documents affecting the Leased Premises, insofar as they relate to the condition, use, alteration or occupancy of the Leased Premises, excluding requirements of structural changes to the buildings, unless required by the unique nature of TENANT’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, or as a result of alterations or improvements to the Leased Premises made by or at the direction of TENANT.

 

7.2                                TENANT’s Environmental Responsibilities.

 

(a)                                  Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term “Hazardous Substance” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Leased Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment, or the Leased Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of LANDLORD to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof, any toxic or radioactive matter, and those materials identified in Sections 66680 through 66685 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code. TENANT shall not engage in any activity in or about the Leased Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of LANDLORD and compliance in a timely manner (at TENANT’s sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements (as hereinafter defined). “Reportable Use” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on or about the Leased Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Requirements require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Leased Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TENANT may, without LANDLORD’s prior consent, but upon notice to LANDLORD and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by TENANT in the normal course of the permitted use of the Leased Premises provided in this LEASE, so long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Leased Premises or neighboring properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose LANDLORD to any liability therefor In addition, LANDLORD may (but without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of any Hazardous Substance by TENANT upon TENANT’s giving LANDLORD such additional assurances as LANDLORD, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Leased Premises and the environment against damage, contamination or injury and/or liability therefor, including but not limited to the installation (and, at LANDLORD’s option, removal on or before Lease expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the Leased Premises (such as concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional Security Deposit under Article 21hereof. TENANT is not responsible for any Hazardous Substances existing in the Leased Premises prior to Tenant’s (or any agent of Tenant’s) taking possession of the Leased Premises (including, without limitation, any possession of the Leased Premises for purposes of the construction of any improvements to the Leased Premises).

 

22



 

(b)                                  Duty to Inform LANDLORD . If TENANT knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Leased Premises or the Building, other than as previously consented to by LANDLORD, TENANT shall immediately give LANDLORD written notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance including but not limited to, all such documents as may be involved in any Reportable Use involving the Leased Premises. TENANT shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Leased Premises (including, without limitation, through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system).

 

(c)                                   Indemnification . TENANT shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold LANDLORD, its agents, employees, lenders and ground LANDLORD, if any, and the Leased Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Leased Premises by or for TENANT or by anyone under TENANT’s control, TENANT’s obligations under this Section 7.2(c) shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by TENANT, and the cost of investigation (including consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and testing), removal, remediation and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by LANDLORD and TENANT shall release TENANT from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by LANDLORD in writing at the time of such agreement.

 

(d)                                  TENANT’s Compliance with Requirements. TENANT shall, at TENANT’s sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all Applicable Requirements. TENANT shall, within five (5) days after receipt of LANDLORD’s written request, provide LANDLORD with copies of all documents and information, including but not limited to permits, registrations, manifests, applications, reports and certificates, evidencing TENANT’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by LANDLORD and shall immediately upon receipt notify LANDLORD in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by TENANT or the Leased Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

 

(e)                                   Inspection; Compliance with Law. LANDLORD, LANDLORD’s agents, employees, contractors and designated representatives, and the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Leased Premises (“Lenders”) shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Leased Premises and for verifying compliance by TENANT with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements (as defined above), and

 

23



 

LANDLORD shall be entitled to employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise LANDLORD with respect to TENANT’s activities, including but not limited to TENANT’s installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Leased Premises. The costs and expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same, unless a default or breach of this Lease by TENANT or a violation of Applicable Requirements or a contamination, caused or materially contributed to by TENANT, is found to exist or to be imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation or contamination. In such case, TENANT shall upon request reimburse LANDLORD or LANDLORD’s Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections.

 

7.3 Certain Insurance Risks. TENANT will not do or permit to be done any act or thing upon the Leased Premises or the project which would (a) jeopardize or be in conflict with fire insurance policies covering the project and fixtures and property in the project; (b) increase the rate of fire insurance applicable to the project to an amount higher than it otherwise would be for general industrial use of the project; or (c) subject LANDLORD to any liability or responsibility for injury to any person or persons or to property by reason of any business or operation being carried on upon the Leased Premises.

 

ARTICLE 8                            ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

8.1 LANDLORD’s Consent Required.

 

(a)                                  TENANT shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively, “assign”) or sublet all or any part of TENANT’s interest in this Lease or in the Leased Premises without LANDLORD’s prior written consent given under and subject to the terms of Section 26.26 of this LEASE.

 

(b)                                  A change in the control of TENANT shall constitute an assignment requiring LANDLORD’s consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the voting control of TENANT shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

 

(c)                                   The involvement of TENANT or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, refinancing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or TENANT’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of TENANT, as hereinafter defined, by an amount equal to or greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such Net Worth of TENANT as it was represented to LANDLORD at the time of full execution and delivery of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which LANDLORD has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, at whichever time said Net Worth of TENANT was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease by TENANT to which LANDLORD may reasonably without its consent, “Net Worth of TENANT” for purposes of this Lease shall be the net worth of TENANT (excluding any Guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

24



 

(d)                                  Any attempt to assign or sublet all or part of TENANT’s interest in this LEASE without LANDLORD’s specific prior written consent shall, at LANDLORD’s option, be a default curable after notice per Section 26.12, or a non-curable breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If LANDLORD elects to treat such unconsented to assignment or subletting as a non-curable breach, LANDLORD shall have the right to either. (i) terminate this LEASE, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days’ written notice (“LANDLORD’s Notice”), increase the monthly Base Rent for the Leased Premises to the greater of the then fair market rental value of the Leased Premises, as reasonably determined by LANDLORD, or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the monthly Base Rent then in effect. Pending determination of the new fair market rental value, if disputed by TENANT, TENANT shall pay the amount set forth in LANDLORD’s Notice, with any overpayment credited against the next installment(s) of monthly Base Rent coming due, and any underpayment for the period retroactively to the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable immediately upon the determination thereof. Further, in the event of such breach and rental adjustment, any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the LEASE term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new rental bears to the monthly Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the adjustment specified in LANDLORD’s Notice.

 

(e)                                   If TENANT believes that LANDLORD has unreasonably withheld its consent pursuant any provision of this Article 8, TENANT’s sole remedy will be to seek a declaratory judgment that LANDLORD has unreasonably withheld its consent or an order of specific performance or mandatory injunction of the LANDLORD’s agreement to give its consent; however, TENANT may recover compensatory damages only if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that: (i) TENANT commenced an action respecting such claim(s) within six (6) months after the date on which any right of action thereon first arose under Applicable Requirements, and (ii) LANDLORD has acted willfully, arbitrarily and capriciously in evaluating the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s creditworthiness, identity, and/or business character, and/or the proposed use and/or lawfulness of the proposed use

 

8.2                                Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

 

(a)                                  Regardless of LANDLORD’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of TENANT under this LEASE, (ii) release TENANT of any obligations hereunder, nor (iii) alter the primary liability of TENANT for the payment of monthly Base Rent and other sums due LANDLORD hereunder or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by TENANT under this LEASE.

 

(b)                                  LANDLORD may accept any rent or performance of TENANT’s obligations from any person other than TENANT pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of any rent for performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of LANDLORD’s right to exercise its remedies for the default or breach by TENANT of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this LEASE

 

(c)                                   The consent of LANDLORD to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by TENANT or to any subsequent or

 

25



 

successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or sublessee However, LANDLORD may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying TENANT or anyone else liable under this LEASE or any sublease and without obtaining their consent, and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this LEASE or such sublease

 

(d)                                  In the event of any default or breach of TENANT’s obligation under this Lease, LANDLORD may proceed directly against TENANT, any guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of the TENANT’s obligations under this LEASE, including any sublessee, without first exhausting LANDLORD’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to LANDLORD, or any security held by LANDLORD.

 

(e)                                   Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to LANDLORD’S determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including, but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Leased Premises, if any, together with a non-refundable deposit of 51,000 or ten percent (10%) of the monthly Base Rent applicable to the portion of the Leased Premises which is the subject of the proposed assignment or sublease, whichever is greater, as a deposit towards the reasonable consideration for LANDLORD’s considering and processing the request for consent_ TENANT agrees to provide LANDLORD with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested by LANDLORD.

 

(f)                                    Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this LEASE shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of LANDLORD, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by TENANT during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which LANDLORD has specifically consented in writing.

 

(g)                                   The occurrence of a transaction described in Section 8_2(c) shall give LANDLORD the right (but not the obligation) to require that the Security Deposit be increased by an amount equal to three (3) times the then monthly Base Rent, and LANDLORD may make the actual receipt by LANDLORD of the Security Deposit increase a condition to LANDLORD’s consent to such transaction

 

(h)                                  LANDLORD, as a condition to giving its consent to any assignment or subletting, may require that the amount and adjustment schedule of the monthly Base Rent payable under this Lease be adjusted to what is then the market value and/or adjustment schedule for property similar to the Leased Premises as then constituted, as determined by LANDLORD.

 

8.3                                Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by TENANT of all or any part of the Leased Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this LEASE whether or not expressly incorporated therein.

 

26


 

(a)                                  Without affecting any of its other obligations under this LEASE, TENANT will pay LANDLORD as additional rent under this LEASE a sum equal to one half (50%) of any sums or other economic consideration (after deducting any reasonable brokerage fees, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and the actual cost of any improvements to the Leased Premises for the transferee) that (a) are received by TENANT as a result of an assignment or subletting, whether or not denominated “rent” or “additional rent” under the assignment or sublease, and (b) in the case of a sublease, exceed in total the sums which TENANT is obligated to pay LANDLORD under this Lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that portion of the Leased Premises subject to such assignment or sublease). The failure or inability of the assignee or subtenant to pay TENANT pursuant to the assignment or sublease will not relieve TENANT from its obligations to LANDLORD under this section. TENANT will not amend the assignment or sublease in such a way as to reduce or delay payment of amounts that are provided in the assignment or sublease approved by LANDLORD.

 

(b)                                  TENANT hereby assigns and transfers to LANDLORD all of TENANT’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion of the Leased Premises heretofore or hereafter made by TENANT, and LANDLORD may collect such rent and income and apply same toward TENANT’s obligations under this LEASE, provided, however, that until a breach (as defined in Article 24) shall occur in the performance of TENANT’s obligations under this LEASE, TENANT may, except as otherwise provided in this LEASE, receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. LANDLORD shall not, by reason of the foregoing provision or any other assignment of such sublease to LANDLORD, nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of TENANT to perform and comply with any of TENANT’s obligations to such sublessee under such sublease. TENANT hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any„ such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from LANDLORD stating that a breach exists in the performance of TENANT’s obligations under this LEASE, to pay to LANDLORD the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such statement and request from LANDLORD and shall pay such rents and other charges to LANDLORD without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such breach exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from TENANT to the contrary TENANT shall have no right or claim against such sublessee, or, until the breach has been cured, against LANDLORD, far any such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee to LANDLORD.

 

(c)                                   In the event of a breach by TENANT in the performance of its obligations under this LEASE, LANDLORD, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to LANDLORD, in which event LANDLORD shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, LANDLORD shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior defaults or breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

 

(d)                                  Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of LANDLORD herein.

 

(e)                                   No sublessee under a sublease approved by LANDLORD shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Leased Premises without LANDLORD’s prior written consent,

 

27



 

(f)                                    LANDLORD shall deliver a copy of any notice of default or breach by TENANT to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the default of TENANT within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against TENANT for any such defaults cured by the sublessee.

 

ARTICLE 9                            RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

TENANT and its employees, agents, licensees, and visitors will at all times observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the rules and regulations set forth in Exhibit C. LANDLORD may from time to time reasonably amend, delete, or modify existing rules and regulations, or adopt reasonable new rules and regulations for the use, safety, cleanliness, and care of the Leased Premises, the building, and the project, and the comfort, quiet, and convenience of occupants of the project. Modifications or additions to the rules and regulations will be effective upon 30 days’ prior written notice to TENANT from LANDLORD. In the event of any breach of any rules or regulations or any amendments or additions to such rules and regulations, LANDLORD will have all remedies that this LEASE provides for default by TENANT, and will in addition have any remedies available at law or in equity, including the right to enjoin any breach of such rules and regulations. LANDLORD will not be liable to TENANT for the breach of another tease by another TENANT or the violation of such rules and regulations by any other TENANT, its employees, agents, visitors, or licensees or any other person, nor will such breach or violation excuse TENANT’s performance hereunder In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this LEASE and the rules and regulations, the provisions of this LEASE will govern.

 

ARTICLE 10                     COMMON AREAS

 

As used in this LEASE, the term “common areas” means, without limitation, the hallways, entryways, driveways, walkways, terraces, docks, loading areas, restrooms, trash facilities, and all other areas and facilities in the Project that are provided and designated from time to time by LANDLORD for the general nonexclusive use and convenience of TENANT with LANDLORD and other tenants of the project and their respective employees, invitees, licensees, or other visitors. LANDLORD grants TENANT, its employees, invitees, suppliers, contractors and customers a nonexclusive license for the term of this LEASE to use the common areas, as they exist from time to time, in common with others entitled to use the common areas, subject to the terms and conditions of this LEASE and such rules and regulations as may be applicable thereto from time to time. Without advance notice to TENANT, except with respect to matters covered by subsection (a) below, and without any liability to TENANT in any respect, provided LANDLORD will take no action permitted under this Article 10 in such a manner as to prevent TENANT’s access to the Leased Premises, LANDLORD will have the right to:

 

(a)                                  Close off any of the common areas to whatever extent required in the opinion of LANDLORD and its counsel to prevent a dedication of any of the common areas or the accrual of any rights by any person or the public to the common areas;

 

(b)                                  Temporarily close any of the common areas for maintenance, alteration, or improvement purposes; and

 

28



 

(c)                                   Change the size, use, shape, or nature of any such common areas, including erecting additional buildings on the common areas, expanding the existing building or other buildings to cover a portion of the common areas, converting common areas to a portion of the building or other buildings, or converting any portion of the building (excluding the Leased Premises) or other buildings to common areas. Upon erection of any additional buildings or change in common areas, the portion of the Project upon which buildings or structures have been erected will no longer be deemed to be a part of the common areas.

 

(d)                                  Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the common areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the common areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of LANDLORD or LANDLORD’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then LANDLORD shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to TENANT, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by LANDLORD.

 

ARTICLE 11                     LANDLORD’S SERVICES

 

11.1                         LANDLORD’s Repair and Maintenance. Except for damages caused by any negligent or intentional act or omission of TENANT, TENANT’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, or invitees (in any of which events TENANT shall promptly repair and be solely liable for such damages and all consequences thereof), LANDLORD, at LANDLORD’s expense, shall keep in good condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, and roof of the Leased Premises (excluding any portions thereof which TENANT or any agent, employee, contractor or representative of TENANT has modified or punctured, with or without Landlord’s consent), as well as the parking lots, walkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs (other than TENANT’s signs) and utility installations of the common areas and all parts thereof. LANDLORD shall not, however, be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surface of exterior walls, nor shall LANDLORD be required to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors (including exterior roll-up doors), skylights or plate glass in on or around Leased Premises. LANDLORD shall have no obligation to make repairs under this Article 11 until a reasonable time after receipt of written notice from TENANT of the need for such repairs. TENANT expressly waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford TENANT the right to make repairs at LANDLORD’s expense or to terminate this LEASE because of LANDLORD’s failure to keep the Leased Premises in good order, condition or repair.

 

11.2                         Limitation on Liability.

 

LANDLORD, LANDLORD’s agent and its property manager shall not be in default under this LEASE or be liable to TENANT or any other person for direct or consequential damage, or otherwise, for any failure to supply any heat, air conditioning, cleaning, lighting, security; for surges or interruptions of electricity; or for other services LANDLORD has agreed to supply during any period when LANDLORD uses reasonable diligence to supply such services. LANDLORD will use reasonable efforts to diligently remedy any interruption in the furnishing of such services. LANDLORD reserves the right temporarily to discontinue such services at such times as may be necessary by reason of accident; repairs, alterations or improvements; strikes;

 

29



 

lockouts; riots; acts of God; governmental preemption in connection with a national or local emergency; any rule, order, or regulation of any governmental agency; conditions of supply and demand that make any product unavailable; LANDLORD’s compliance with any mandatory governmental energy conservation or environmental protection program, or any voluntary governmental energy conservation program at the request of or with consent or acquiescence of TENANT; or any other happening beyond the control of LANDLORD.  LANDLORD will not be liable to TENANT or any other person or entity for direct or consequential damages, whether for damage or injuries to any person or property, or otherwise, resulting from: (i) the admission to or exclusion from the building or project of any person(s); (ii) the failure to provide, or to maintain or repair, any alarm or security system or device, or any portion thereof; and/or (iii) the failure to provide or the discontinuance of the provision of any form of guard or security service respecting the Leased Premises, or respecting the building and/or project in which the Leased Premises are located. TENANT acknowledges and agrees that LANDLORD has no obligation to provide or, if provided, to continue to provide, maintain or repair, any form of alarm or security systems, devices or services in, on or around the Leased Premises, the building or the project. In the event of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement, strikes, lockouts, or other circumstances rendering such action advisable in LANDLORD’s sole opinion, LANDLORD will have the right to prevent access to the building or project during the continuance of the same by such means as LANDLORD, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate, including without limitation locking doors and closing parking areas and other common areas. LANDLORD will not be liable for damages to person or property or for injury to, or interruption of, business for any discontinuance permitted under this Article 11, nor will such discontinuance in any way be construed as an eviction of TENANT or cause an abatement of rent or operate to release TENANT from any obligations under this LEASE. LANDLORD shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other tenant of LANDLORD nor from the failure by LANDLORD to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the project in which the Leased Premises are located. Notwithstanding LANDLORD’s negligence or breach of this LEASE, LANDLORD shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to TENANT’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

 

ARTICLE 12                     TENANT’S CARE OF THE PREMISES; UTILITIES

 

(a)                                  TENANT, at TENANT’s expense, shall keep in good order, condition and repair, in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, the Leased Premises and every part thereof, including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all plumbing, electrical and lighting facilities and equipment within the Leased Premises, fixtures, interior walls and interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, windows, doors, plate glass, skylights, and exterior roll-up doors located within the Leased Premises.

 

(b)                                  If TENANT fails to perform TENANT’s obligations hereunder, LANDLORD may enter upon the Leased Premises after ten (10) days prior written notice (except in the case of emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on TENANT’s behalf and put the Leased Premises in good order, condition and repair, and the costs thereof together with interest thereon at the maximum rate then allowable by law shall be due and payable as additional rent to LANDLORD together with TENANT’s next monthly rent payment.

 

30



 

(c)                                   Except as specifically provided to the contrary in Section 4.4 of this LEASE, LANDLORD shall have no obligation to provide any utility service or connection to the Leased Premises, nor to maintain, upgrade or repair any utility conveyance or connection affecting or serving the Leased Premises. Except as provided hereinabove, Tenant shall pay before delinquency all charges for gas, heat, electricity, power, telephone service, and all other services of and any connection fees related to all other utilities used in, upon, or about the Leased Premises, whether by TENANT or any of TENANT’s subtenants, licensees, or assignees; and if, at any time during the term, any such utility for which TENANT is responsible hereunder is not separately metered, TENANT shall reimburse LANDLORD for TENANT’s pro rata share of the cost of the utility determined according to the floor area of the Leased Premises as it relates to the gross leasable floor area of the portion of the project which is separately metered and that contains the Leased Premises.

 

ARTICLE 13                     ALTERATIONS

 

13.1 General.

 

(a)                                  During the term, TENANT will not make or allow to be made any alterations (including changing locks), additions, or improvements to or of the Leased Premises or any part of the Leased Premises, or attach any fixtures or equipment to the Leased Premises, without first obtaining LANDLORD’s written consent and all applicable governmental approvals. All such alterations, additions, and improvements consented to by LANDLORD, and capital improvements that are required to be made to the project as a result of the nature of TENANT’s use of the Leased Premises:

 

(1)                                  Will be performed by contractors approved by LANDLORD and subject to conditions specified by LANDLORD (which may include requiring the posting of a mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien bond, and delivery to LANDLORD of proof of appropriate licensing and insurance coverage’s then in effect, including without limitation such liability and workers compensation policies as are required under Applicable Requirements or deemed by LANDLORD to be reasonably necessary); or

 

(2)                                  At LANDLORD’s option, will be made by LANDLORD for TENANT’s account (subject to TENANT’S pre-approval costs therefore), and TENANT will reimburse LANDLORD for their cost within 10 days after receipt of a statement of such cost.

 

(b)                                  Subject to TENANT’S rights in Article 15, all alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements, other than trade fixtures, whether temporary or permanent in character, made in or upon the Leased Premises either by TENANT or LANDLORD, will immediately become LANDLORD’s property and at the end of the term will remain on the Leased Premises without compensation to TENANT, unless when consenting to such alterations, additions, fixtures, or improvements, LANDLORD has advised TENANT in writing at the time of LANDLORD’S consent that such alterations, additions, fixtures, or improvements must be removed at the expiration or other termination of this LEASE.

 

(c)                                   To the extent that any alteration, improvement, or addition to the Leased Premises by TENANT, or any use of the Leased Premises by TENANT, results in any liability or

 

31



 

obligation for LANDLORD to improve, alter or remove any other portion of the project in which the Leased Premises are located, TENANT shall indemnify and hold LANDLORD free and harmless from any and all costs associated with LANDLORD’s compliance with such obligations. LANDLORD’s consent to alteration, improvement, or addition to the Leased Premises by TENANT, or any use of the Leased Premises by TENANT, shall not be deemed to constitute any form of warranty, representation or assumption of liability by LANDLORD for any lack of completeness, sufficiency, adequacy or compliance with Applicable Requirements.

 

13.2                         Removal. If LANDLORD has required TENANT to remove any or all alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements that are made in or upon the Leased Premises pursuant to this Article 13 prior to the expiration date, TENANT will remove such alterations, additions, fixtures, and improvements at TENANT’s sole cost and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, and TENANT will restore the Leased Premises to the condition in which they existed before such alterations, additions, fixtures, improvements, and additions were made, reasonable wear and tear excepted.

 

ARTICLE 14                     MECHANICS’ LIENS

 

14.1                         Absolutely No Liens . TENANT will pay or cause to be paid all costs and charges for work (a) done by TENANT or caused to be done by TENANT, in or to the Leased Premises, and (b) for all materials furnished for or in connection with such work. TENANT will indemnify LANDLORD against and hold LANDLORD, the Leased Premises, and the project free, clear, and harmless of and from all mechanics’ liens and claims of liens, and all other liabilities, liens, claims, and demands on account of such work by or on behalf of TENANT, other than work performed by LANDLORD pursuant to the TENANT Improvement Diagram, if any. If TENANT receives written notice that a lien has been or is about to be filed against the Leased Premises or the project, or that any action affecting title to the project has been commenced on account of work done by or for or materials furnished to or for TENANT, it will immediately give LANDLORD written notice of such notice.

 

14.2                         Notice to LANDLORD, Nonresponsibility . At least 15 days prior to the commencement of any work (including but not limited to any maintenance, repairs, alterations, additions, improvements, or installations) in or to the Leased Premises, by or for TENANT, TENANT will give LANDLORD written notice of the proposed work and the names and addresses of the persons supplying labor and materials for the proposed work. LANDLORD will have the right to post notices of nonresponsibility or similar written notices on the Leased Premises in order to protect the Leased Premises against any such liens.

 

ARTICLE 15                     END OF TERM

 

15.1                         Condition of Leased Premises . At the end of this LEASE, TENANT will promptly quit and surrender the Leased Premises broom-clean, in good order and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Any damage or deterioration of the Leased Premises shall not be deemed ordinary wear and tear if the same could have been prevented by good maintenance practices. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary otherwise stated in this LEASE, TENANT shall leave the air lines, power panels, electrical distribution systems, lighting fixtures, space heaters, air conditioning, plumbing and fencing on the Leased Premises in good operating condition.

 

32



 

15.2                         Alterations, Additions and Improvements. TENANT may remove from the Leased Premises any trade fixtures, equipment, and movable furniture placed in the Leased Premises by TENANT, whether or not such trade fixtures or equipment are fastened to the building; TENANT will not remove any trade fixtures or equipment without LANDLORD’s prior written consent if such fixtures or equipment are used in the operation of the building, or if the removal of such fixtures or equipment will result in impairing the structural strength of the building. Whether or not TENANT is in default, TENANT will remove such alterations, additions, improvements, trade fixtures, equipment, and furniture as LANDLORD has requested in accordance with Article 13. TENANT will fully repair any damage occasioned by the removal of any trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, alterations, additions, and improvements. All trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, inventory, effects, alterations, additions, and improvements on the Leased Premises after the end of the term will be deemed conclusively to have been abandoned and may be appropriated, sold, stored, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of by LANDLORD without written notice to TENANT or any other person and without obligation to account for them. TENANT will pay LANDLORD for all expenses incurred in connection with the removal of such property, including but not limited to the cost of repairing any damage to the building or Leased Premises caused by the removal of such property. TENANT’S obligation to observe and perform this covenant will survive the expiration or other termination of this LEASE.

 

ARTICLE 16                     EMINENT DOMAIN

 

If all of the Leased Premises are taken by exercise of the power of eminent domain (or conveyed by LANDLORD in lieu of such exercise) this LEASE will terminate on a date (the “termination date”) which is the earlier of the date upon which the condemning authority takes possession of the Leased Premises or the date on which title to the Leased Premises is vested in the condemning authority. If more than 25% of the rentable area of the Leased Premises is so taken, TENANT will have the right to cancel this LEASE by written notice to LANDLORD given within 20 days after the termination date. If less than 25% of the rentable area of the Leased Premises is so taken, or if the TENANT does not cancel this LEASE according to the preceding sentence, the monthly rent will be abated in the proportion of the rentable area of the Leased Premises so taken to the rentable area of the Leased Premises immediately before such taking, and TENANT’s share will be appropriately recalculated. If 25% or more of the building or the project is so taken, LANDLORD may cancel this LEASE by written notice to TENANT given within 30 days after the termination date. In the event of any such taking, the entire award is hereby assigned by TENANT to LANDLORD, and such award will therefore be paid to LANDLORD. TENANT will have no right or claim to any part of such award; however, TENANT will have the right to assert a claim against the condemning authority in a separate action, so long as LANDLORD’s award is not otherwise reduced, for TENANT’s moving expenses and leasehold improvements owned by TENANT. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, TENANT hereby waived any and all rights which TENANT might otherwise have had pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure and any successor or substantially similar statute(s).

 

ARTICLE 17                                 DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

 

(a)                                  If the Leased Premises or the building are damaged by fire or other insured casualty, LANDLORD will give TENANT written notice of the time which will be needed to

 

33



 

repair such damage, as determined by LANDLORD in its reasonable discretion, and the election (if any) which LANDLORD has made according to this Article 17. Such notice will be given before the 30th day (the “notice date’) after the fire or other insured casualty.

 

(b)                                  If the Leased Premises or the building are damaged by fire or other insured casualty to an extent which may be repaired within 120 days after the notice date, as reasonably determined by LANDLORD, LANDLORD will promptly begin to repair the damage after the notice date and will diligently pursue the completion of such repair. In that event this LEASE will continue in full force and effect except that monthly rent will be abated on a pro rata basis from the date of the damage until the date of the completion of such repairs (the “repair period”) based on the proportion of the rentable area of the Leased Premises TENANT is unable to use during the repair period.

 

(c)                                   If the Leased Premises or the building are damaged by fire or other insured casualty to an extent that may not be repaired within 120 days after the notice date, as reasonably determined by LANDLORD, then (1) LANDLORD may cancel this LEASE as of the date of such damage by written notice given to TENANT on or before the notice date or (2) TENANT may cancel this LEASE as of the date of such damage by written notice given to LANDLORD within 10 days after LANDLORD’s delivery of a written notice that the repairs cannot be made within such 120-day period. If neither LANDLORD nor TENANT so elects to cancel this LEASE, LANDLORD will diligently proceed to repair the building and Leased Premises and monthly rent will be abated on a pro rata basis during the repair period based on the proportion of the rentable area of the Leased Premises TENANT is unable to use during the repair period.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (a), (b), and (c) above, if the Leased Premises or the building are damaged by uninsured casualty, or if the proceeds of insurance are insufficient to pay for the repair of any damage to the Leased Premises or the building, LANDLORD will have the option to repair such damage or cancel this LEASE as of the date of such casualty by written notice to TENANT on or before the notice date.

 

(e)                                   If any such damage by fire or other casualty is the result of the willful conduct or negligence or failure to act of TENANT, its agents, contractors, employees, or invitees, there will be no abatement of monthly rent as otherwise provided for in this Article 17. TENANT will have no rights to terminate this LEASE on account of any damage to the Leased Premises, the building, or the project, except as set forth in this LEASE, and TENANT hereby waives the terms of any inconsistent statute or regulation of the State of California

 

ARTICLE 18                                             SUBORDINATION

 

18.1                         Subordination. This LEASE shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device”), now or hereafter placed by LANDLORD upon the real property of which the Leased Premises are a part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. TENANT agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty, liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of LANDLORD under this Lease, but that in the event of LANDLORD’s default with respect to any such obligation, TENANT will give any Lender whose name and

 

34



 

address have been furnished TENANT in writing for such purpose notice of LANDLORD’s default pursuant to Section 26.17. If any Lender shall elect to have this LEASE superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give written notice thereof to TENANT, this Lease shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

 

18.2                         Attornment . Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Section 18.3, TENANT agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Leased Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior landlord or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which TENANT might have against any prior landlord, or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent.

 

18.3                         Non-Disturbance . With respect to Security Devices entered into by LANDLORD after the execution of this LEASE, TENANT’s subordination of this LEASE shall be subject to receiving assurance (a “non-disturbance agreement”) from the Lender that TENANT’s possession and this Lease will not be disturbed so long as TENANT is not in breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Leased Premises.

 

18.4                         Self-Executing . The agreements contained in this Article 18 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from LANDLORD or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of the Leased Premises, TENANT and LANDLORD shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement as is provided for herein.

 

ARTICLE 19                                                   ENTRY BY LANDLORD

 

Subject to Section 1.8 of the Tenant Specific Terms, LANDLORD, its agents, employees, and contractors may enter the Leased Premises at any time in response to an emergency, and at reasonable hours to: (a) inspect the Leased Premises; (b) exhibit the Leased Premises to prospective purchasers, lenders, tenants, brokers., or agents, (c) determine whether TENANT is complying with all its obligations in this LEASE: (d) any service to be provided by LANDLORD to TENANT according to this LEASE; (e) post written notices of nonresponsibility or similar notices; or (f) make repairs required of LANDLORD under the terms of this LEASE or make repairs to any adjoining space or utility services or make repairs, alterations, or improvements to any other portion of the building, however, all such work will be done as promptly as is reasonably possible and with the intention to cause as little interference to TENANT as is reasonably possible. LANDLORD may at any time during the last ninety (90) days of the Lease Term place on or about the Leased Premises, the building, or the project any ‘‘for lease” or other signs or notices advertising LANDLORD’s expectation that the Leased Premises will become available for leasing or rental. TENANT, by this Section 19.1, waives any claim against LANDLORD, its agents, employees, or contractors for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with TENANT’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Leased Premises, or any other loss occasioned by any entry in accordance with this Section 19.1.  Landlord will at all time have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the

 

35



 

doors in on, or about the Leased Premises (excluding TENANT’s vaults, safes, and similar areas, if any, designated in writing by TENANT in advance)_ LANDLORD will have the right to use any and all means LANDLORD may deem proper to open doors in and to the Leased Premises in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Leased Premises provided that LANDLORD will promptly repair any damages caused by any forced entry. Any entry to the Leased Premises by LANDLORD in accordance with this Article 19 will not be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Leased Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of TENANT from the Leased Premises or any portion of the Leased Premises, nor will any such entry entitle TENANT to damages or an abatement of monthly Base Rent, additional rent, or any other charges that this LEASE requires TENANT to pay.

 

ARTICLE 20                     INDEMNIFICATION, WAIVER, AND RELEASE

 

20.1                         Indemnification . Except for LANDLORD’s gross negligence or willful or deliberate misconduct, and/or intentional breach of express warranties, TENANT shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Leased Premises and project in which the Leased Premises are located, LANDLORD and its agents, LANDLORD’s master or ground LANDLORD (if any), partners and lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, costs, liens, judgments, penalties, loss of permits, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the use or occupancy of the Leased Premises by TENANT, the conduct of TENANT’s business, any act, omission or neglect of TENANT, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, and out of any default or breach by TENANT in the performance in a timely manner of any obligation on TENANT’s part to be performed under this LEASE, including without limitation TENANT’s obligations regarding compliance with Applicable Requirements. The foregoing shall include, but not be limited to, the defense or pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding involved therein, and whether or not (in the case of claims made against LANDLORD) litigated and/or reduced to judgment. In case any action or proceeding be brought against LANDLORD by reason of any of the foregoing matters, TENANT upon notice from LANDLORD shall defend the same at TENANT’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to LANDLORD and LANDLORD shall cooperate with TENANT in such defense. LANDLORD need not have first paid any such claim in order to be so indemnified.

 

20.2                         Waiver and Release . TENANT, as a material part of the consideration to LANDLORD for this LEASE, by this Section 20.2 waives and releases all claims against LANDLORD, its employees, and agents with respect to all matters for which LANDLORD has disclaimed liability pursuant to the provisions of this LEASE. It is understood by each of the Parties that Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California provides as follows:

 

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.

 

With regard to this Section 20 2, Section 1542 of the Civil Code of California is hereby expressly waived by TENANT.

 

36


 

ARTICLE 21                     SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

21.1                         LANDLORD’s Use of Security Deposit. TENANT has deposited the security deposit with LANDLORD as security for the full, faithful, and timely performance of every provision of this LEASE to be performed by TENANT. If TENANT defaults with respect to any provision of this LEASE, including but not limited to the provisions relating to the payment of rent, including without limitation any additional rent, attorney’s fees or other sums due hereunder, LANDLORD may use, apply, or retain all or any part of the security deposit for the payment of any rent, additional rent, or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any other amount LANDLORD may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of TENANT’s default, or to compensate LANDLORD for any other loss, damage, costs or attorney’ fees LANDLORD may suffer by reason of TENANT’s breach or default under the LEASE. If any portion of the security deposit is so used, applied, or retained, TENANT will within five (5) days after written demand deposit cash with LANDLORD in an amount sufficient to restore the security deposit to its original amount. LANDLORD will not be required to keep the security deposit separate from its general funds, and TENANT will not be entitled to interest on the security deposit. The security deposit will not be deemed a limitation on LANDLORD’s damages or a payment of liquidated damages or a payment of the monthly rent due for the last month of the term. If TENANT fully, faithfully, and timely performs every provision of this LEASE to be performed by it, the security deposit or any balance of the security deposit will be returned to TENANT within 60 days after the expiration of the term. LANDLORD may deliver the funds deposited under this LEASE by TENANT to the purchaser of the building in the event the building is sold, and after such time LANDLORD will have no further liability to TENANT with respect to the security deposit. Subject to the foregoing, TENANT hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in force, which (a) establish a time frame within which a landlord must refund a security deposit under a lease, and/or (b) provide that LANDLORD may claim from a security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by TENANT or to clean the Leased Premises, it being agreed that LANDLORD may, in addition, claim those sums reasonably necessary to compensate LANDLORD for any other loss or damage caused by the default of Tenant under this Lease, including without limitation all damages or rent due upon termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code. The amount of the security deposit is determined with reference to the base rent, such that the security deposit shall be increased periodically, on a pro rata basis, to represent increases in the base rent.

 

21.2                         Nature of LANDLORD’s Retention of Security Deposit. TENANT agrees that during the term of the LEASE, the security deposit shall be deemed the property of the LANDLORD and not that of the TENANT, subject only to the LANDLORD’s legal duties to apply or refund the security deposit in accordance with California law. $50.00 of this security deposit is a non-refundable document preparation fee. The parties acknowledge that LANDLORD’s interest in the security deposit is perfected, as that term is defined in the California Commercial Code.

 

ARTICLE 22 QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

LANDLORD covenants and agrees with TENANT that, provided that TENANT timely pays all rent, and strictly observes and timely performs all the terms, covenants, and conditions

 

37



 

of this LEASE on TENANT’s part to be observed and performed, TENANT may peaceably and quietly enjoy the Leased Premises subject, nevertheless, to the terms, conditions and limitations of this LEASE, and TENANT’s possession will not be disturbed by anyone claiming by, through, or under LANDLORD

 

ARTICLE 23 EFFECT OF SALE

 

A sale, conveyance, or assignment of the building or the project will operate to release LANDLORD from liability from and after the effective date of such sale, conveyance, or assignment upon all of the covenants, terms, and conditions of this LEASE, express or implied, except those liabilities that arose prior to such effective date, and, after the effective date of such sale, conveyance, or assignment, TENANT will look solely to LANDLORD’s successor in interest in and to this LEASE.  This LEASE will not be affected by any such sale, conveyance, or assignment, and TENANT will attorn to LANDLORD’s successor in interest to this LEASE, so long as such successor in interest assumes LANDLORD’s obligations under the LEASE from and after such effective date.

 

ARTICLE 24 DEFAULT

 

24.1                         Events of Default. The following events are referred to, collectively, as “events of default” or, individually, as a “breach,” ‘default,” or an “event of default”:

 

(a)                                  TENANT defaults in the due and punctual payment of rent, and such default continues for 3 days after written notice from LANDLORD; however, TENANT will not be entitled to more than 1 written notice for monetary defaults during any 12-month period, and if after such written notice any rent is not paid when due, an event of default will be considered to have occurred without further notice,

 

(b)                                  TENANT vacates or abandons the Leased Premises as defined in Section 1951 of the California Civil Code (provided that a vacating of the Leased Premises shall not be deemed to be a breach of this LEASE to the extent that TENANT causes the Leased Premises to have the appearance (from the exterior thereof) of continued use and occupancy (i.e. TENANT shall maintain furniture, personal property and equipment within the Leased Premises visible from the exterior areas of the Leased Premises and the Building, and TENANT shall keep the Leased premises lit during business hours.

 

(c)                                   This LEASE or the Leased Premises or any part of the Leased Premises are taken upon execution or by other process of law directed against TENANT, or are taken upon or subject to any attachment by any creditor of TENANT or claimant against TENANT, and said attachment is not discharged or disposed of within 15 days after its levy;

 

(d)                                  TENANT files a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or under any insolvency act of any state, or admits the material allegations of any such petition by answer ar otherwise, or is dissolved or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

(e)                                   Involuntary proceedings under any such bankruptcy law or insolvency act or for the dissolution of TENANT are instituted against TENANT, or a receiver or trustee is appointed for all or substantially all of the property of TENANT, and such proceeding is not dismissed or such receivership or trusteeship vacated within 60 days after such institution or appointment;

 

38



 

(f)                                    TENANT fails to take possession of the Leased Premises on the Commencement Date of the term; or

 

(g)                                   TENANT breaches any of the other agreements, terms, covenants, or conditions that this LEASE requires TENANT to perform, and such breach continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from LANDLORD to TENANT or, if such breach cannot be cured reasonably within such 30-day period, if TENANT fails to diligently commence to cure such breach within 30 days after written notice from LANDLORD and to complete such cure within a reasonable time thereafter.

 

24.2                         LANDLORD’s Remedies. If TENANT fails to perform any affirmative duty or obligation of TENANT under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice to TENANT (or in case of an emergency, without notice), LANDLORD may at its option (but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on TENANT’s behalf including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by LANDLORD shall be due and payable by TENANT to LANDLORD upon invoice therefor. In the event of a default of this Lease by TENANT, as defined in Section 24 1, with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting LANDLORD in the exercise of any right or remedy which LANDLORD may have by reason of such breach, LANDLORD may:

 

(a)                                  Terminate TENANT’s right to possession of the Leased Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and TENANT shall immediately surrender possession of the Leased Premises to LANDLORD. In such event LANDLORD shall be entitled to recover from TENANT: (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the TENANT proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the TENANT proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate LANDLORD for all the detriment proximately caused by the TENANT’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Leased Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Leased Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of the leasing commission paid by LANDLORD applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provisions (i) and (ii) of the prior sentence shall be calculated based on an interest rate equal to the highest rate permitted by applicable law. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the prior sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent. Efforts by LANDLORD to mitigate damages caused by TENANT’S breach of this Lease shall not waive LANDLORD’s right to recover damages under this Paragraph. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of

 

39



 

unlawful detainer, LANDLORD shall have the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or LANDLORD may reserve therein the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages. If a notice and grace period required under Sections 24.1(a) or (g) was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to TENANT under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by Sections 24.1(a) or (g). In such case, the applicable grace period under Sections 24.1(a) or (g) and under the unlawful detainer statute shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of TENANT to cure the default within the greater of the two such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and breach of this Lease entitling LANDLORD to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute

 

(b)                                  Continue the Lease and TENANT’s right to possession in effect (in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after TENANT’s breach and abandonment and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided TENANT has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. See Article 8 for the limitations on assignment and subletting which limitations TENANT and LANDLORD agree are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Leased Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the LANDLORD’s interest under the Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the TENANT’s right to possession.

 

(c)                                   Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to LANDLORD under the laws or judicial decisions of the State of California. Unpaid installments of rent and other unpaid monetary obligations of TENANT under the terms of this Lease shall bear interest from the date due at the maximum rate allowed by law

 

(d)                                  The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of TENANT’s right to possession shall not relieve TENANT from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of TENANT’s occupancy of the Leased Premises

 

24.3                         Cumulative Remedies; Attorneys’ Fees. Any suit or suits for the recovery of the amounts and damages set forth in Section 24.2 may be brought by LANDLORD, from time to time, at LANDLORD’s election, and nothing in this LEASE will be deemed to require LANDLORD to await the date upon which this LEASE or the term would have expired had there occurred no event of default. Each right and remedy provided for in this LEASE is cumulative and is in addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this LEASE or now or after the Lease Date existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by LANDLORD of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this LEASE or now or after the Lease Date existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise will not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by LANDLORD of any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this LEASE or now or after the Lease Date existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise. All costs incurred by LANDLORD in collecting any amounts and damages owing by TENANT pursuant to the provisions of this LEASE or to enforce any provision of this LEASE, including reasonable attorneys’ fees from the date any such matter is turned over to an attorney, whether or not one or more actions are commenced by

 

40



 

LANDLORD, will also be recoverable by LANDLORD from TENANT. If any party brings an action or proceeding to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a party which substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other party of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. LANDLORD shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in preparation and service of notices of default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such default.

 

24.4                         Inducement Recapture In Event of Breach. Any agreement by LANDLORD for free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Leased Premises, or for the giving or paying by LANDLORD to or for TENANT of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for TENANT’s entering into this LEASE, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “Inducement Provisions” shall be deemed conditioned upon TENANT’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this LEASE to be performed or observed by TENANT during the term hereof as the same may be extended. Upon the occurrence of a breach, default or event of default, as defined in this LEASE, by TENANT, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this LEASE and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by LANDLORD under such an inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by TENANT to LANDLORD, and recoverable by LANDLORD, as additional rent due under this LEASE, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said breach, default or event of default by TENANT. The acceptance by LANDLORD of rent or the cure of the breach, default or event of default which initiated the operation of this Section 24.6 shall not be deemed a waiver by LANDLORD of the provisions of this Section 24.4 unless specifically so stated in writing by LANDLORD at the time of such acceptance.

 

24.5                         Waiver of Redemption. TENANT waives any right of redemption arising as a result of LANDLORD’s exercise of its remedies under this Article 24.

 

ARTICLE 25 VEHICLE PARKING

 

During the term of the LEASE and subject to the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit C, TENANT shall be entitled to use the number of unassigned, unreserved and nondesignated Parking Spaces specified in Section 1.1(i) on those portions of the common areas designated from time to time by LANDLORD for parking. TENANT shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles shall be parked and loaded or unloaded as directed by LANDLORD in such rules and regulations as may be issued by LANDLORD from time to time. TENANT shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by TENANT or TENANT’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be

 

41



 

loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by LANDLORD for such activities. If TENANT permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Article 25 or in the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit “C,’ then LANDLORD shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to TENANT, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by LANDLORD.

 

ARTICLE 26 MISCELLANEOUS

 

26.1                         No Offer. This LEASE is submitted to TENANT an the understanding that it will not be considered an offer and will not bind LANDLORD in any way until TENANT has duly executed and delivered duplicate originals to LANDLORD and LANDLORD has executed and delivered one of such originals to TENANT.

 

26.2                         Joint and Several Liability. If TENANT is composed of more than one signatory to this LEASE, each signatory will be jointly and severally liable with each other signatory for payment and performance according to this LEASE. The act of, written notice to, written notice from, refund to, or signature of any signatory to this LEASE (including without limitation modifications of this LEASE made by fewer than all such signatories) will bind every other signatory as though every other signatory had so acted, or received or given the written notice or refund, or signed.

 

26.3                         No Construction Against Drafting Party. LANDLORD and TENANT acknowledge that each of them and their counsel, if desired, have had ample opportunity to review this LEASE and have used that opportunity to so review this LEASE. Therefore, this LEASE shall not be construed against LANDLORD merely because LANDLORD has prepared it.

 

26.4                         Time of the Essence . Time is of the essence of each and every provision of this LEASE.

 

26.5                         Additional Rent. Any and all amounts that this LEASE requires TENANT to pay in addition to monthly Base Rent, regardless of the reason for such payment, including without limitation CAM Charges, late charges, interest, attorney’s fees, legal and other costs resulting from any default by TENANT, and bank charges for dishonored checks issued by TENANT, shall be deemed “additional rent.” References to rent throughout this LEASE shall be to monthly Base Rent and to any additional rent.

 

26.6                         No Waiver. The waiver by LANDLORD of any agreement, condition, or provision contained in this LEASE will not be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other agreement, condition, or provision contained in this LEASE, nor will any custom or practice that may grow up between the parties in the administration of the terms of this LEASE be construed to waive or to lessen the right of LANDLORD to insist upon the performance by TENANT in strict accordance with the terms of this LEASE. The subsequent acceptance of monthly Base Rent, or of any other sum, by LANDLORD will not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by TENANT of any agreement, condition, or provision of this LEASE, other than the failure of TENANT to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless

 

42



 

of LANDLORD’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. No receipt or acceptance by LANDLORD of any partial or lesser payment than the monthly Base Rent or other sum(s) then due and payable under the LEASE shall be considered to be other than a partial payment of the earliest amount then due to LANDLORD under the LEASE, and no limitation on endorsement, notation regarding conditional tender, or other statement on the check (or any letter tendered with or attachment to any such payment) representing any payment from TENANT to LANDLORD shall be operative as or deemed to be effective as an accord and satisfaction or other discharge of any TENANT obligation other than as provided herein. LANDLORD may accept partial payments from TENANT without prejudice to LANDLORD’s right to recover all other sums due from TENANT, and without prejudice to any right of LANDLORD to immediately pursue all rights and remedies against TENANT for any default, breach or event of default which has not been fully and cured by such payment. LANDLORD’s acceptance of partial payment of rent does not constitute a waiver of any rights, including without limitation any right LANDLORD may have to recover possession of the Leased Premises.

 

26.7                         Limitation on Recourse . TENANT specifically agrees to look solely to LANDLORD’s interest in the project for the recovery of any judgments from LANDLORD. It is agreed that LANDLORD (and its members, shareholders, venturers, and partners, and their members, shareholders, venturers, and partners and all of their officers, directors, and employees) will not be personally liable for any such judgments The provisions contained in the preceding sentences are not intended to and will not limit any right that TENANT might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against LANDLORD.

 

26.8                         Estoppel Certificates. At any time and from time to time but within 10 days after prior written request by LANDLORD, TENANT will execute, acknowledge, and deliver to LANDLORD, promptly upon request, a certificate certifying (a) that this LEASE is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if there have been modifications, that this LEASE is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of each modification; (b) the date, if any, to which rent and other sums payable under this LEASE have been paid; (c) that no written notice of any default has been delivered to LANDLORD which default has not been cured, except as to defaults specified in said certificate; (d) that there is no event of default under this LEASE or an event which, with notice or the passage of time, or both, would result in an event of default under this LEASE, except for defaults specified in said certificate, and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by LANDLORD. Any such certificate may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or existing or prospective mortgagee or beneficiary under any deed of trust of the building or any part of the project. TENANT’s failure to deliver such a certificate within such time will be conclusive evidence of the matters set forth in it.

 

26.9                         Waiver of Jury Trial; Limitation of Actions. To the extent permitted by Law, LANDLORD and TENANT by this Section 26.9 waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by either of the parties to this LEASE against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this LEASE, the relationship of LANDLORD and TENANT, TENANT’s use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, or any other claims (except claims for personal injury or properly damage), and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. Any claim, demand, right, or defense by TENANT that arises out of this LEASE or the negotiations that preceded this LEASE shall be barred unless TENANT

 

43



 

commences an action thereon, or interposes a defense by reason thereof, within twelve (12) months after the date of the inaction, omission, event, or action that gave rise to such claim, demand, right, or defense. TENANT acknowledges and understands, after having consulted with its legal counsel, that the purpose of the immediately foregoing provision is to shorten the period within which TENANT would otherwise have to raise such claims, demands, rights, or defenses under Applicable Requirements.

 

26.10                  No Merger. The voluntary or other surrender of this LEASE by TENANT or the cancellation of this LEASE by mutual agreement of TENANT and LANDLORD or the termination of this LEASE on account of TENANT’s default will not work a merger, and will, at LANDLORD’s option, (a) terminate all or any subleases and subtenancies or (b) operate as an assignment to LANDLORD of all or any subleases or subtenancies. LANDLORD’s option under this Section 26.10 will be exercised by written notice to TENANT and all known sublessees or subtenants in the Leased Premises or any part of the Leased Premises

 

26.11                  Holding Over . TENANT will have no right to remain in possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises after the expiration of the term. If TENANT remains in possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises after the expiration of the term, with the express or implied consent of LANDLORD: (a) such tenancy will be deemed to be a periodic tenancy from month-to-month only; (b) such tenancy will not constitute a renewal or extension of this LEASE for any further term; and (c) such tenancy may be terminated by LANDLORD upon the earlier of 30 days’ prior written notice or the earliest date permitted by law. The parties recognize and agree that the damage to LANDLORD resulting from any failure by TENANT to timely surrender possession of the Leased Premises will be substantial, will exceed the amount of the monthly installments of the rent payable hereunder, and will be impossible to measure accurately. TENANT therefore agrees that if possession of the Leased Premises is not surrendered to LANDLORD upon the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the LEASE, in addition to any other rights or remedies LANDLORD may have hereunder or at law, TENANT shall pay to LANDLORD, as liquidated damages, for each month and for each portion of any month during which TENANT holds over in the Leased Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this LEASE, a sum equal to one and one half (1-1/2) times the aggregate of that portion of the Monthly Base Rent and additional rent that was payable under this LEASE during the last month of the term. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit TENANT to retain possession of all or any part of the Leased Premises after the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the LEASE. The provisions of this Section 26.11 shall survive the Expiration Date or sooner termination of this LEASE.

 

26.12                  Notices.

 

(a)                                  Notice Requirements . All notices required or permitted by this LEASE shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission during normal business hours, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Section 25.12(a). The addresses noted in Section 1.1 of Tenant Specific Terms of this LEASE shall be that party’s address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. If a party’s fax number is specified at Section 1.1 of Tenant Specific Terms, until the party specifying the fax number has delivered to the other party a written notice

 

44



 

(delivered as provided herein) of such party’s new fax number, the use of such party’s last designated fax number shall be deemed sufficient for purposes of this provision. Either party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes, except that upon TENANT’s taking possession of the Leased Premises, the Leased Premises shall constitute TENANT’S address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to TENANT. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to LANDLORD hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as LANDLORD may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to TENANT.

 

(b)                                  Effective Date of Notice . Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail, the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or delivered upon telephone or facsimile confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof, provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

 

26.13                  Severability . If any prevision of this LEASE proves to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, the remainder of this LEASE will not be affected by such finding, and in lieu of each provision of this LEASE that is illegal, invalid, or unenforceable a provision will be added as a part of this LEASE as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, and enforceable.

 

26.14                  Written Amendment Required. No amendment, alteration, modification of, or addition to the LEASE will be valid or binding unless expressed in writing and signed by LANDLORD and TENANT. TENANT agrees to make any modifications of the terms and provisions of this LEASE required or requested by any lending institution providing financing for the building, or project, as the case may be, provided that no such modifications will materially adversely affect TENANT’S rights and obligations under this LEASE.

 

26.15                  Entire Agreement. This LEASE, the exhibits and addenda, if any, contain the entire agreement between LANDLORD and TENANT. No promises or representations, except as contained in this LEASE, have been made to TENANT respecting the condition or the manner of operating the Leased Premises, the building, or the project.

 

26.16                  Captions. The captions of the various articles and sections of this LEASE are for convenience only and do not necessarily define, limit, describe, or construe the contents of such articles or sections.

 

26.17                  Notice of Landlord’s Default. In the event of any alleged default in the obligation of LANDLORD under this LEASE, TENANT will deliver to LANDLORD written notice listing the reasons for LANDLORD’s default and LANDLORD will have 30 days following receipt of such notice to cure such alleged default or, in the event the alleged default

 

45



 

cannot reasonably be cured within a 30-day period, to commence action and proceed diligently to cure such alleged default. A copy of such notice to LANDLORD will be sent to any holder of a mortgage or other encumbrance on the building or project of which TENANT has been notified in writing, and any such holder will also have the same time periods to cure such alleged default.

 

26.18                  Authority . TENANT and the party executing this LEASE on behalf of TENANT represent to LANDLORD that such party is authorized to do so by requisite action of the board of directors or partners, as the case may be, and agree upon request to deliver to LANDLORD a resolution or similar document to that effect.

 

26.19                  Brokers. LANDLORD and TENANT respectively represent and warrant to each other that neither of them has consulted or negotiated with any broker or finder with regard to the Leased Premises except the brokers named in Tenant Specific Terms, if any. Each of them will indemnify the other against and hold the other harmless from any claims for fees or commissions from anyone with whom either of them has consulted or negotiated with regard to the Leased Premises except the brokers so specified. LANDLORD will pay any fees or commissions due such brokers.

 

26.20                  Governing Law . This LEASE will be governed by and construed pursuant to the laws of the state in which the project is located. .

 

26.21                  Interest on Past-Due Obligations . Any amount due to LANDLORD not paid when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate then allowable by law from the date due. Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by TENANT under this LEASE, provided, however that interest shall not be payable on late charges incurred by TENANT nor on any amounts upon which late charges are paid by TENANT.

 

26.22                  No Easements for Air or Light . Any diminution or shutting off of light, air, or view by any structure that may be erected on lands adjacent to the building will in no way affect this LEASE or impose any liability on LANDLORD.

 

26.23                  Tax Credits. LANDLORD is entitled to claim all tax credits and depreciation attributable to leasehold improvements in the Leased Premises. Promptly after LANDLORD’s demand, LANDLORD and TENANT will prepare a detailed list of the leasehold improvements and fixtures and their respective costs for which LANDLORD or TENANT has paid. LANDLORD will be entitled to all credits and depreciation for those items for which LANDLORD has paid by means of any TENANT finish allowance or otherwise. TENANT will be entitled to any tax credits and depreciation for all items for which TENANT has paid with funds not provided by LANDLORD.

 

26.24                  (Intentionally Omitted)

 

26.25                  Proration Computation. For purpose of prorating payments under this LEASE, all months shall be deemed to consist of 30 days.

 

26.26                  Consents. Except as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this LEASE the consent of a party is required to an act by or for the other party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. LANDLORD’s actual reasonable costs and expenses

 

46



 

(including, but not limited to, architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by TENANT for any LANDLORD consent pertaining to this LEASE or the Leased Premises, including, but not limited to, consents to an assignment a subletting, or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by TENANT to LANDLORD upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. In addition to the deposit described in Article 21, LANDLORD may, as a condition to considering any such request by TENANT, require that TENANT deposit with LANDLORD an amount of money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under Article 21) reasonably calculated by LANDLORD to represent the cost LANDLORD will incur in considering and responding to TENANT’s request. Any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to TENANT without interest. LANDLORD’s consent to any act, assignment of this LEASE or subletting of all or any portion of the Leased Premises by TENANT, or any permitted successor to TENANT, shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no default or breach by TENANT of this LEASE exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing default or breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by LANDLORD at the time of such consent. All conditions to LANDLORD’s consent authorized by this Lease are acknowledged by TENANT as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to LANDLORD’s consent shall not preclude the impositions by LANDLORD at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given.

 

26.27                  Force Majeure. If either party shall be delayed or prevented from the performance of any act required under this LEASE by reason of acts of God, acts of a public enemy, riots, insurrection, strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, governmental regulations of the sales of necessary materials or supplies or the transportation of them, or any other cause beyond the control of the party obligated, performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for performance of such act shalt be extended for a period equivalent to the period of the delay: provided, however, that nothing in this section shall excuse TENANT from the prompt payment of any rent or other charge or liability required of TENANT except as may be expressly provided elsewhere in this LEASE.

 

26.28                  Binding Effect. The covenants, conditions, and agreements contained in this LEASE will bind and inure to the benefit of LANDLORD and TENANT and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and, except as otherwise provided in this LEASE, their assigns.

 

26.29                  Anti-Terrorism Representations. Tenant is not, and shall not during the term of the LEASE become, a person or entity with whom Landlord is restricted from doing business with under the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, H.R. 3162, Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the “USA Patriot Act”) and Executive Order Number 13224 on Terrorism Financing, effective September 24, 2001 and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto (collectively, “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including without limitation persons and entities named on the Office of Foreign Asset Control Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List (collectively “Prohibited Persons”).

 

47



 

To the best of its knowledge, Tenant is not currently engaged in any transactions or dealings, or otherwise associated with, any Prohibited Persons in connection with the use or occupancy of the demised premises. Tenant will not in the future during the term of the Agreement engage in any transactions or dealings, or be otherwise associated with, any Prohibited Persons in connection with the use or occupancy of the demised premises.

 

Breach of these representations constitutes a material breach of the Lease and shall entitle Landlord to any and all remedies available thereunder, or at law or in equity.

 

(THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.)

 

48


 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

 

49



 

Saddleback Business Park
Phase 2

 

 

50



 

EXHIBIT B

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.                                       LANDLORD may from time to time adopt appropriate systems and procedures for the security or safety of the building, any persons occupying, using, or entering the building, or any equipment, furnishings, or contents of the building, and TENANT will comply with LANDLORD’s reasonable requirements relative to such systems and procedures.

 

2.                                       The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances and stairways of the building will not be obstructed by any TENANTs or used by any of them for any purpose other than for ingress to and egress from their respective premises. The halls, passages, exits, entrances and stairways are not for the general public, and LANDLORD will in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to such halls, passages, exits, entrances and stairways of all persons whose presence in the judgment of LANDLORD would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation, and interests of the building and its TENANTs, provided that nothing contained in these rules and regulations will be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any TENANT normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No TENANT and no employee or invitee of any TENANT will go upon the roof of the building except such roof or portion of such roof as may be contiguous to the premises of a particular TENANT and may be designated in writing by LANDLORD as a roof deck or roof garden area. No TENANT will be permitted to place or install any object (including without limitation radio and television antennas, loudspeakers, sound amplifiers, microwave dishes, solar devices, or similar devices) on the exterior of the building or on the roof of the building without the prior written consent of LANDLORD.

 

3.                                       No sign, placard, picture, name, advertisement, or written notice visible from the exterior of TENANT’s premises will be inscribed, painted, affixed, or otherwise displayed by TENANT on any part of the building or the premises without the prior written consent of LANDLORD. LANDLORD will adopt and furnish to TENANT general guidelines relating to signs inside the building. TENANT agrees to conform to such guidelines. All approved signs will be printed, painted, affixed, or inscribed at the expense of the TENANT by a person approved by LANDLORD. Other than building standard mini-blinds, material visible from outside the building will not be permitted. In the event of the violation of this rule by TENANT, LANDLORD may remove the violating items without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to the TENANT or TENANTs violating this rule.

 

4.                                       No cooking will be done or permitted by any TENANT on the premises, except in areas of the premises which are specially constructed for cooking and except that use by the TENANT of microwave ovens, toaster ovens and Underwriters’ Laboratory approved equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate, and similar beverages will be permitted, provided that such use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state, and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules, and regulations.

 

5.                                       The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other plumbing fixtures will not be used for any purposes other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, or other foreign substances will be thrown in such plumbing fixtures.

 

51



 

6.                                       No TENANT will in any way deface any part of the premises or the building of which they form a part. In those portions of the premises where carpet has been provided directly or indirectly by LANDLORD, TENANT will at its own expense install and maintain pads to protect the carpet under all furniture having casters other than carpet casters.

 

7.                                       No TENANT will alter, change, replace, or rekey any lock or install a new lock or a knocker on any door of the premises. LANDLORD, its agents, or employees will retain a pass (master) key to all door locks on the premises. Any new door locks required by TENANT or any change in keying of existing locks will be installed or changed by LANDLORD following TENANT’s written request to LANDLORD and will be at TENANT’s expense. All new locks and rekeyed locks will remain operable by LANDLORD’s pass (master) key. LANDLORD will furnish each TENANT, free of charge, with two (2) keys to each door lock on the premises and two (2) building/area access cards. LANDLORD will have the right to collect a reasonable charge for additional keys and cards requested by any TENANT. Each TENANT, upon termination of its tenancy, will deliver to LANDLORD all keys and access cards for the premises and building that have been furnished to such TENANT.

 

8.                                       No TENANT will use or keep in the premises or the building any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible or explosive fluid or material or chemical substance, except after receipt of LANDLORD’s prior written consent expressly authorizing the substance to be so used or kept. Without LANDLORD’s prior written approval, no TENANT will use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by LANDLORD. No TENANT will use or keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance in the premises.

 

9.                                       LANDLORD will have the right, exercisable upon written notice and without liability to any TENANT, to change the name and street address of the building.

 

10.                                LANDLORD will have the right to prohibit any advertising by TENANT mentioning the building that, in LANDLORD’s reasonable opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from LANDLORD, TENANT will refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

11.                                TENANT will not bring any animals (except “Seeing Eye” dogs) or birds into the building, and will not permit bicycles, skateboards, skates (in-line or otherwise) or other vehicles inside or on the sidewalks outside the building except in areas designated from time to time by LANDLORD for such purposes. TENANT shall use at TENANT’s expense such pest control contractor as LANDLORD may direct from time to time, and at such intervals as LANDLORD may reasonably require.

 

12.                                Canvassing, peddling, soliciting, and distributing handbills or any other written materials in the building are prohibited, and each TENANT will cooperate to prevent the same.

 

13.                                TENANT will not conduct itself in any manner that is inconsistent with the character of the project as a first quality building or that will impair the comfort and convenience of other TENANTs in the project.

 

52



 

14.                                Neither LANDLORD nor any operator of the parking areas within the project, as the same are designated and modified by LANDLORD, in its sole discretion, from time to time (the “parking areas”) will be liable for loss of or damage to any vehicle or any contents of such vehicle or accessories to any such vehicle, or any property left in any of the parking areas, resulting from fire, theft, vandalism, accident, conduct of other users of the parking areas and other persons, or any other casualty or cause. Further, TENANT understands and agrees that: (a) LANDLORD will not be obligated to provide any traffic control, security protection or operator for the parking areas; (b) TENANT uses the parking areas at its own risk; and (c) LANDLORD will not be liable for personal injury or death, or theft, loss of or damage to property in, or, or around the parking areas, common areas or other portions of the project. TENANT waives and reLEASEs, and agrees to indemnify and to hold LANDLORD free and harmless from any and all claims and liability arising out of the use of the parking areas and/or common areas of the project by TENANT, its employees, agents, invitees, contractors, and visitors, whether brought by any of such persons or any other person.

 

15.                                TENANT (including TENANT’s employees, agents, invitees, and visitors) will use the parking spaces solely for the purpose of parking passenger model cars, small vans, and small trucks and will comply in all respects with any rules and regulations that may be promulgated by LANDLORD from time to time with respect to the parking areas. NO OVERNIGHT PARKING IS PERMITTED. TENANT will not cause, permit or consent to any washing, detailing, repairs or maintenance of any vehicles or other personal property of any kind. (whether owned, Leased, rented, used, possessed or controlled by TENANT or any employee, agent, business invitee, permitted assignee or subtenant, contractor, or subcontractor of TENANT) in any part of the parking areas or other common areas of the project. TENANT will not cause, permit or consent to the parking of any vehicle parked in any of the parking spaces will be kept in proper repair and will not leak excessive amounts of oil or grease or any amount of gasoline. If any of the parking spaces are at any time used (a) for any purpose other than parking as provided above; (b) in any way or manner reasonably objectionable to LANDLORD; or (c) by TENANT after expiration or other termination of the LEASE, LANDLORD, in addition to any other rights otherwise available to LANDLORD, may consider such event an event of default under the LEASE.

 

16.                                TENANT’s right to use the parking areas will be in common with other TENANTs of the project and with other parties permitted by LANDLORD to use the parking areas. LANDLORD reserves the right to assign and reassign, from time to time, particular parking spaces for use by persons selected by LANDLORD, provided that TENANT’s rights under the LEASE are preserved. TENANT will not park in any numbered space or any space designated as: RESERVED, HANDICAPPED, VISITORS ONLY, or LIMITED TIME PARKING (or similar designation).

 

17.                                if the parking areas are damaged or destroyed, or if the use of the parking areas is limited or prohibited by any governmental authority, or the use or operation of the parking areas is limited or prevented by strikes or other labor difficulties or other causes beyond LANDLORD’s control, TENANT’s inability to use the parking spaces will not subject LANDLORD or any operator of the parking areas to any liability to TENANT and will not relieve TENANT of any of its obligations under the LEASE and the LEASE will remain in full force and effect.

 

53



 

18.                                TENANT shall not cause or permit the disruption, suspension or termination of any utility service to the premises, the building or the project without prior written approval by the LANDLORD, TENANT shall transfer all metered utilities associated with the premises into TENANT’s responsibility prior to TENANT occupying the premises, or any portion thereof.

 

19.                                No act or thing done or omitted to be done by LANDLORD or LANDLORD’s agent during the term of the LEASE in connection with the enforcement of these rules and regulations will constitute an eviction by LANDLORD of any TENANT nor will it be deemed an acceptance of surrender of the premises by any TENANT, and no agreement to accept such termination or surrender will be valid unless in a writing signed by LANDLORD. The delivery of keys to any employee or agent of LANDLORD will not operate as a termination of the LEASE or a surrender of the premises unless such delivery of keys is done in connection with a written instrument executed by LANDLORD approving the termination or surrender.

 

20.                                In these rules and regulations, TENANT includes the employees, agents, invitees, contractors, subcontractors and licensees of TENANT and others permitted by TENANT to use or occupy the premises, the parking or common areas, or any other part of the project in which the premises are located.

 

21.                                LANDLORD may waive any one or more of these rules and regulations for the benefit of any particular TENANT or TENANTs, but no such waiver by LANDLORD will be construed as a waiver of such rules and regulations in favor of any other TENANT or TENANTs, nor prevent LANDLORD from enforcing any such rules and regulations against any or all of the TENANTs of the building or project after such waiver.

 

22.                                These rules and regulations are in addition to, and will not be construed to modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements, and conditions of the LEASE.

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

TENANT:

Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

 

 

 

By: Davis Realty Partners, LLC,

 

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

a Delaware limited liability company, its authorized signatory

 

Thomas W. Burns

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Buchanan

 

 

 

Mark Buchanan, Principal

 

 

 

54



 

EXHIBIT C

 

SIGN CRITERIA

 

This criteria establishes the uniform policies for all Tenant sign identification within the Saddleback Business Park, Phase II . This criteria has been established for the purpose of maintaining the overall appearance of the Park. Conformance will be strictly enforced. Any sign installed that does not conform to the sign criteria will be brought into conformity at the expense of the Tenant. All tenants are required to have a sign on the building. Tenant is responsible for all costs associated with the sign.

 

A.                                     General Requirements

 

1.                                       A diagram of the size and shape of the approved lettering is attached, Lettering and installation shall be paid for by the Tenant.

 

2.                                       Landlord shall approve all copy prior to the installation of the sign.

 

3.                                       Landlord shall direct the placement of all Tenant signs and the method of attachment to the building

 

4.                                       Tenant shall be responsible for the fulfillment of all requirements for this criteria.

 

B.                                     General Specifications

 

1.                                       The size of letters not to exceed five (5) inches, words not to exceed three lines.

 

2.                                       The sign’s dimensions for the rear of building shall be This sign is not required and can be ordered at the option of the tenant.

 

3.                                       Tenant will be allowed one sign at the front and rear of building regardless of size of occupancy.

 

4.                                       All sign lettering will be white vinyl die cut letters.

 

5.                                       Upon the removal of any sign, any damage to the building will be repaired by Tenant.

 

6.                                       Signage area not to exceed 5 square feet.

 

7.                                       Placement of letters are to be installed as shown on diagram. Not to exceed 18” in height and 40’ in width.

 

8.                                       Except as approved herein, no advertising placards, banners, pennants, names insignia, trademarks, or other descriptive material shall be affixed or maintained upon any automated machine, glass panes or buildings, landscape areas, street or parking areas.

 

55



 

 

56




Exhibit 10.24

 

SECOND AMENDMENT AND LEASE CONSOLIDATION

 

This Second Amendment and Lease Consolidation (the “ Second Amendment ”) is entered into as of this 30th day of September, 2011, by and between Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP (“Landlord”), and Glaukos Corporation (“Tenant”), with reference to the following recitals.

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

A.                                     Landlord is the successor-in-interest to PRI SA Acquisitions, LLC, the “ Previous Owner .”

 

B.                                     Tenant occupies 26051 Merit Circle, Suites 103 and 104, Laguna Hills, CA (the “ Original Premises ”) and Suite 105 (the “ Expansion Premises ”) Together, the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises shall be referred to herein as the “ Premises .” The Premises are a part of 26051 Merit Circle, Laguna Hills, CA, a multi-tenant building (the “ Building ”).

 

C.                                     On or about October 1, 2005, the Previous Owner and Tenant entered into a Standard Business Park Lease — Multi-Tenant for the Original Premises, which was subsequently amended by the First Amendment to Lease dated October 8, 2008 (together the “ Original Lease ”). On or about November 9, 2009, Landlord and Tenant entered into a Standard Business Park Lease — Multi-Tenant for the Expansion Premises (the “ Expansion Lease ”).

 

D.                                     Landlord and Tenant wish to consolidate the Original Lease and the Expansion Lease into one document, hereinafter referred to as the “ Consolidated Lease ,” and to amend the terms and conditions as set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Effective Date . Effective October 1, 2011, the Original Lease and the Expansion Lease will be combined into the Consolidated Lease and this Second Amendment shall modify and amend the Consolidated Lease (together, the “ Lease ”). See the Conflict section below for clarification.

 

2.                                       Premises Address . 26051 Merit Circle, Suites 103, 104 and 105, Laguna Hills, CA. (Note-the Premises Address is the mailing address. The Premises are actually located in the City of Mission Viejo.)

 

3.                                       Premises Area . 20,800 square feet.

 

4.                                       Expiration Date . March 31, 2016.

 

5.                                       Base Rent . Monthly Base Rent under the Lease shall be as follows:

 

April 1, 2012 to March 31, 2013

 

$

24,960.00

 

April 1, 2013 to March 31, 2014

 

$

26,000.00

 

April 1, 2014 to March 31, 2015

 

$

27,040.00

 

April 1, 2015 to March 31, 2016

 

$

28,080.00

 

 



 

6.                                       CAM Charge . $2,080.00 per month as described in section 4.4 of the Lease.

 

7                                          Inducement Provisions . Tenant shall be entitled to the following Inducement Provisions:

 

A.                                     Free rent in the total amount of $31,572, to be applied in equal installments against the monthly Base Rent beginning October 2011 and ending March 2012 ($31,572 / 6 months = $5,262 per month).

 

B.                                     Allowance to be used for tenant improvements in the amount of $104,000.00, to be paid as a deduction against monthly Base Rent beginning April 2012 ($12,480 per month from April 2012 through November 2012 and $4,160 for December 2012).

 

8.                                       Clean Room . Tenant will be responsible for all costs associated with the installation, maintenance and removal of Tenant’s clean rooms upon the expiration of the Lease. Tenant may request Landlord’s permission to leave the clean rooms intact by sending Landlord a written request no earlier than six months before the Expiration Date and no later than two months before the Expiration Date. Landlord may agree to leave the clean rooms intact, in its sole and absolute discretion, by replying in writing within thirty days of receiving the request.

 

9.                                       HVAC Equipment . Landlord shall, at its sole cost, be responsible for maintaining, repairing, and replacing the HVAC equipment (including but not limited to the compressors) that serve the Premises unless the repairs, maintenance or replacement is caused by Tenant’s willful misuse or abuse. Maintenance, repairs or replacement of any HVAC equipment exclusively serving the clean rooms or computer server room shall be Tenant’s responsibility at its sole cost.

 

10.                                Option to Extend . Tenant shall have the option to extend the lease for one 2-year term in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Option to Extend in section 1.5 of the Expansion Lease. if exercised, the Extension Option will commence April 1, 2016. The arbitration provisions referred to in section 1.5 should refer to section 1.5.1 instead of section 3.09.

 

11.                                Right of Offer . Tenant shall have a Right of Offer as defined on the attached Exhibit E.

 

12.                                Deletions . Section 3.08 is hereby deleted from the Original Lease. Sections 1.6, 1.11, 1.12 and 1.13 are hereby deleted from the Expansion Lease.

 

13.                                Condition . Tenant acknowledges that it is currently in possession of the Leased Premises and therefore accepts the Leased Premises “as is” in accordance with section 3.1 of the Lease. Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Lease is in full force and effect, Landlord is not currently in default under the Lease, and, to the best of Tenant’s knowledge, no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would ripen into Landlord’s default under the Lease. Landlord acknowledges that Tenant has not yet received the Tenant Improvement Allowance payable in accordance with section 1.8 of the Expansion Lease.

 

2



 

14.                                Conflict . If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Original Lease and the Expansion Lease, the terms and conditions of the Expansion Lease shall control. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of the Consolidated Lease and the Second Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Second Amendment shall control. Except as modified by this Second Amendment, the terms and conditions of the Consolidated Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Any terms of the Original Lease that would survive the expiration of the Original Lease shall apply to the Original Premises after September 30, 2011, as if the Original Lease had been terminated. Capitalized terms included in this Second Amendment shall have the same meaning as capitalized terms in the Consolidated Lease unless otherwise defined herein.

 

15.                                Authority . The persons executing this Second Amendment on behalf of the parties hereto represent and warrant that they have the authority to execute this Second Amendment on behalf of said parties and that said parties have authority to enter into this Second Amendment.

 

16.                                Brokers . Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that neither has had any dealings or entered into any agreements with any person, entity, broker or finder other than Davis Broker, Inc. and CB Richard Ellis in connection with the negotiation of this Second Amendment, that no other broker, person, or entity is entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with the negotiation of this Second Amendment, and that Tenant and Landlord each agree to indemnify, defend and hold the other harmless from and against any claims, damages, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or liability for compensation or charges which may be claimed by any such unnamed broker, finder or other similar party by reason of any dealings, actions or agreements of the indemnifying party.

 

17.                                Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the terms of this Second Amendment are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord. Disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases with respect to the property and may impair Landlord’s relationship with other tenants of the property. Tenant agrees that it and its partners, officers, directors, employees, brokers, and attorneys, if any, shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Second Amendment to any other person or entity without the prior written consent of Landlord which may be given or withheld by Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. It is understood and agreed that damages alone would be an inadequate remedy for the breach of this provision by Tenant, and Landlord shall also have the right to seek specific performance of this provision and to seek injunctive relief to prevent its breach or continued breach.

 

18.                                Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in counterparts. Each counterpart shall be deemed an original, and all counterparts shall be deemed the same instrument with the same effect as if all parties hereto had signed the same signature page.

 

19.                                Delivery of Amendment . Preparation of this Second Amendment by Landlord or Landlord’s agent and submission of same to Tenant shall not be deemed an offer by Landlord to enter into this Second Amendment. This Second Amendment shall become binding upon Landlord only when fully executed by all parties and when Landlord has delivered a fully-executed original of this Second Amendment to Tenant.

 

3



 

20.                                Notices . All notices provided by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the Lease shall be sent to the following addresses:

 

Davis Partners
1420 Bristol Street North, Suite
100 Newport Beach, California 92660
Attention: Mark Buchanan

 

and

 

Davis Partners
26072 Merit Circle, Suite 118
Laguna Hills, CA 92653
Attention: Eileen Adams

 

21.                                Additional Exhibits . Exhibit D is a site plan showing the location of the Leased Premises and Exhibit E is the Right of Offer.

 

4



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereby execute this Second Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

 

LANDLORD :

 

 

 

Laguna Cabot Road Business Park, LP

 

By: Davis Realty Partners, Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark T. Buchanan

 

Name:

Mark T. Buchanan, Principal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TENANT* :

 

 

 

 

 

Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

Name:

Thomas W Burns, President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Sanders

 

Name:

Michael Sanders, Assistant Secretary

 


*Authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which they are signing. The amendment must be executed by the president or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this amendment.

 

5



 

EXHIBIT E

 

Right of Offer

 

(a)                                  Effective at commencement of this Second Amendment and during the term of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of offer to lease any premises located in the Building which becomes vacant or Landlord determines will become vacant (the “ Additional Premises ”). Prior to leasing any Additional Premises, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of its intent to lease the Additional Premises (a “ Landlord Notice ”). Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days after Landlord has given written notice in which to provide Landlord with written notice (an “ Election Notice ”) of its election to exercise its right to lease all of the Additional Premises (Tenant shall not have the right to elect to lease part of the Additional Premises). Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Additional Premises at the “Market Rate” (as defined below). All of the other terms and conditions pertaining to the lease of the Additional Premises shall be agreed to by Landlord and Tenant within five (5) days after Landlord receives Tenant’s written notice. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree on such terms and conditions within the five (5) day period, Tenant’s right to lease the Additional Premises shall automatically expire and Tenant shall have no further right to lease the Additional Premises. All of the terms and conditions for the lease of the Additional Premises shall be satisfactory to Landlord, in Landlord’s sole discretion. If Tenant does not give Landlord written notice of its election to lease such Additional Premises within fifteen (15) days after Landlord gives Tenant its written notice of the availability of the Additional Premises, Landlord shall thereafter be free to lease such Additional Premises to a third party on any terms and conditions that Landlord shall select, with no further obligation to Tenant. In the event that Landlord offers any space to Tenant pursuant to this right of offer and Tenant does not lease the space, the space so offered shall no longer be subject to this right of offer and thereafter Landlord shall not be obligated to offer said space to Tenant. If Landlord unintentionally fails to provide a Landlord Notice to Tenant, Tenant’s sole remedy for such failure shall be to notify Landlord of the failure and to request that it be provided a Landlord Notice, and, in this event, if the Additional Premises is still available for lease (i.e., it has not been leased by Landlord to a another tenant), Landlord shall provide the Landlord Notice to Tenant. Under no circumstances shall Landlord have any legal liability to Tenant (for damages or otherwise) due to Landlord’s unintentional failure to provide a Landlord Notice to Tenant. Landlord shall not be obligated to provide Tenant with notice pursuant to this section, and Tenant shall not have the right to exercise the right of offer granted in this section, at any time that Tenant has subleased all or any portion of the Premises or at any time Tenant is in default as defined in the Lease. This right of offer shall be subject to (i) the prior and existing rights of the other tenants in the Project to lease the Additional Premises and (ii) Landlord’s right, in Landlord’s sole discretion, to elect to renew or extend the lease of any tenant occupying the Additional Premises, whether or not such tenant has the legal right or option to renew or extend its lease.

 

(b)                                  The term “ Market Rate ” shall mean the annual amount per rentable square foot that a willing, comparable tenant would pay and a willing, comparable landlord of a similar industrial building would accept at arm’s length for similar space, giving appropriate consideration to the following matters: (i) annual rental rates per rentable square foot; (ii) the

 



 

type of escalation clauses (including, but without limitation, operating expense, real estate taxes, and CPI) and the extent of liability under the escalation clauses (i.e., whether determined on a “net lease” basis or by increases over a particular base year or base dollar amount); (iii) rent abatement provisions reflecting free rent and/or no rent during the lease term; (iv) length of lease term (to be determined by Landlord in accordance with (a) above, in Landlord’s sole discretion); (v) size and location of premises being leased; (vi) the amount of any tenant improvement allowance; and (vii) other generally applicable terms and conditions of tenancy for similar space.

 

(c)                                   If Tenant exercises the Right of Offer, Landlord shall determine the Market Rate by using its good faith judgment. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of such amount within five (5) days after Tenant delivers its Election Notice to Landlord. Tenant shall have fifteen (15) days (“ Tenant’s Review Period ”) after receipt of Landlord’s notice of the rental rate within which to accept such rental. In the event Tenant fails to accept in writing such rental proposal by Landlord, then such proposal shall be deemed rejected, and Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon such Market Rate, using their best good faith efforts. If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within seven (7) days following Tenant’s Review Period (“ Outside Agreement Date ”), then each party shall place in a separate sealed envelope their final proposal as to the Market Rate, and such determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with subsections (i) through (v) below.

 

(ii)                                   Landlord and Tenant shall meet with each other within three (3) business days after the Outside Agreement Date and exchange their sealed envelopes and then open such envelopes in each other’s presence. If Landlord and Tenant do not mutually agree upon the Market Rate within one (1) business day of the exchange and opening of envelopes, then, within three (3) business days of the exchange and opening of envelopes, Landlord and Tenant shall agree upon and jointly appoint a single arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker or agent who shall have been active over the five (5) year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of commercial buildings similar to the Premises in the geographical area of the Premises. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall consult with such broker or agent as to his or her opinion as to the Market Rate prior to the appointment. The determination of the arbitrator shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate for the Additional Premises is the closest to the actual Market Rate for the Additional Premises as determined by the arbitrator, taking into account the requirements for determining Market Rate set forth herein. In addition, Landlord or Tenant may submit to the arbitrator with a copy to the other party within three (3) business days after the appointment of the arbitrator any market data and additional information such party deems relevant to the determination of the Market Rate (“RR Data”), and the other party may submit a reply in writing within two (2) business days after receipt of such RR Data.

 

(ii)                                   The arbitrator shall, within three (3) business days of his or her appointment, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Market Rate and shall notify Landlord and Tenant of such determination.

 

(iii)                                The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding upon Landlord and Tenant.

 



 

(iv)                               If Landlord and Tenant fail to agree upon and appoint an arbitrator, then the appointment of the arbitrator shall be made by the presiding judge of the Superior Court for the County in which the Premises is located, or, if he or she refuses to act, by any judge having jurisdiction over the parties.

 

(v)                                  The cost of the arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

 

(d)                                  The Additional Premises shall be leased to Tenant pursuant to a new and separate lease agreement (the “ New Lease ”) to be agreed to by Landlord and Tenant. The Additional Premises shall not be added to the Premises leased pursuant to the Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to include in the New Lease any term or condition contained in this Lease. By way of example and not limitation, Landlord shall have no obligation to agree to a coterminous term for the New Lease and this Lease or to provide Tenant with any options to extend the term of the New Lease. Except for the Market Rate which shall be decided in accordance with (b) above, all of the terms and conditions of the New Lease shall be satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant in each of their sole and absolute discretion’s. The consequence of Landlord and Tenant not being able to agree on the terms and conditions of the New Lease shall be that Landlord shall have no further obligation to lease the Additional Premises to Tenant and Tenant shall have no further obligation to lease the Additional Premises from Landlord pursuant to this section.

 




Exhibit 10.25

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 10, 2014, is made by and between DOSE Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Seller”), and Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Purchaser”), with reference to the following facts:

 

A.                                     Seller holds certain assets and patents described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Assets”).

 

B.                                     Seller desires to sell to Purchaser, and Purchaser desires to acquire from Seller, the Assets on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Sale of Assets .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, at the Closing (as hereinafter defined), Seller shall sell, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall acquire and purchase from Seller, all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the assets described on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “Assets”).  Except for the Assets set forth on Exhibit  A attached hereto, Seller is not selling to Purchaser, nor is Purchaser acquiring or purchasing from Seller, any assets of Seller.

 

2.                                       Excluded Liabilities .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Purchaser is not assuming, and shall not assume, at the Closing or otherwise, and shall not be responsible to pay, perform or discharge, any liabilities, obligations or commitments of any nature whatsoever (asserted or unasserted, known or unknown, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, matured or unmatured or otherwise) of Seller.

 

3.                                       Consideration . The consideration for the Assets shall be $15,000,000 (“Cash Consideration”) plus the forgiveness of all Indebtedness (as defined below) of Seller to Purchaser outstanding as of the Closing.  At the Closing, Purchaser shall pay Seller the Cash Consideration by check or wire transfer of immediately available funds to such account as Seller may specify to Purchaser.  For purposes of the preceding sentence, “Indebtedness” shall mean the indebtedness represented by that certain promissory note, dated May 6, 2010, made by Seller in favor of Purchaser and the indebtedness of Seller to Purchaser reflected in the intercompany receivable account relating thereto on the financial books and records of Purchaser.

 

4.                                       Allocation of Consideration .  Seller and Purchaser agree that the consideration for the Assets shall be allocated among the Assets for all purposes (including tax and financial accounting purposes) as shown on the allocation schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

5.                                       Closing . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Reed Smith LLP, 1901 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 700, Los Angeles, California 90067 immediately following the satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the Closing set forth

 



 

in Section 8 below (other than conditions which, by their nature, are to be satisfied at the Closing or on the Closing Date) or on such other date or at such other time and place as may be agreed to by the parties to this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Closing Deliverables .  At the Closing:

 

(a)                                  Seller shall deliver to Purchaser:

 

(i)                                      a bill of sale in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser and duly executed by Seller;

 

(ii)                                   a Patent Assignment in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit C for each patent assigned hereby, duly executed on behalf of Seller (individually, a “Patent Assignment”);

 

(iii)                                an Amended and Restated Transition Services Agreement, amending and restating that certain Transition Services Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2010, as amended to date, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “TSA”), duly executed on behalf of Seller; and

 

(iv)                               an Amended and Restated Patent License Agreement in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “Amended and Restated Patent License Agreement”), duly executed on behalf of Seller.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser shall deliver to Seller:

 

(i)                                      the Cash Consideration;

 

(ii)                                   a Patent Assignment for each patent assigned hereby, duly executed on behalf of Purchaser;

 

(iii)                                the TSA, duly executed on behalf of Purchaser; and

 

(iv)                               the Amended and Restated Patent License Agreement, duly executed on behalf of Purchaser.

 

7.                                       Representations and Warranties .

 

(a)                                  Seller hereby represents and warrants to Purchaser as follows, which representations and warranties shall terminate at the Closing:

 

(i)                                      Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to transact business and in good standing in the State of California. Seller has the corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to stockholder approval and any required consents of the other parties to the Assumed Contracts, Seller has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter

 

2



 

into this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of Seller enforceable against it in accordance with its terms except (A) as the same may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and (B) for limitations imposed by general laws of equity.

 

(iii)                                Seller has good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, the Assets, free and clear of liens and encumbrances other than liens for taxes not yet due and payable and liens arising under equipment leases with third parties entered into in the ordinary course of business.

 

(b)                                  Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows, which representations and warranties shall terminate at the Closing:

 

(i)                                      Purchaser is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is qualified to transact business and in good standing in the State of California. Purchaser has the corporate power and authority to own and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now being conducted.

 

(ii)                                   Subject to stockholder approval, any required consents of lenders to Purhcaser and any required consents of the other parties to the Assumed Contracts, Purchaser has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of Purchaser enforceable against it in accordance with its terms except (A) as the same may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and (B) for limitations imposed by general laws of equity.

 

8.                                       Conditions to Closing .

 

(a)                                  The obligations of Seller and Purchaser to sell and acquire, respectively, the Assets on the terms and conditions set forth herein are subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in whole or in part by the parties hereto:

 

(i)                                      Purchaser shall have consummated, on or before June 30, 2015, a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of shares of the common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Purchaser; and

 

(ii)                                   No action or proceeding before any court, governmental body or agency shall have been threatened in writing, asserted or instituted to restrain or prohibit the sale of the Assets or the carrying out of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The obligation of Seller to sell the Assets to Purchaser on the terms and conditions set forth herein is subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

 

3



 

(i)                                      the approval by the stockholders of Seller of sale of the Assets as contemplated this Agreement by the requisite vote thereof as may be required under the DGCL; and

 

(ii)                                   the representations and warranties of Purchaser set forth herein shall be materially true and correct as of the Closing (which condition may be waived in whole or in part in the sole discretion of Seller).

 

(c)                                   The obligation of Purchaser to acquire and purchase the Assets on the terms and conditions set forth herein is subject to the fulfillment, at or prior to the Closing, of the following conditions:

 

(i)                                      the approval by the stockholders of Purchaser of this Agreement by the requisite vote thereof as may be required under the DGCL, Purchaser’s restated certificate of incorporation (as amended to date) and that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2011, among Purchaser and certain stockholders of Purchaser (as amended to date); and

 

(ii)                                   the representations and warranties of Seller set forth herein shall be materially true and correct as of the Closing (which condition may be waived in whole or in part in the sole discretion of the Purchaser).

 

9.                                       Termination of Agreement .  At any time prior to the Closing, this Agreement may be terminated or abandoned by the mutual written consent of Purchaser and Seller (or the board of directors of either or both such entities) without further action by the stockholders of either such entity (subject to the rights, if any, of third parties under contract relating hereto) notwithstanding that this Agreement and/or the transaction contemplated hereby have been authorized or consented to by the stockholders of both or either of Purchaser or Seller.

 

10.                                Further Assurances .  From time to time after the Closing, Seller shall execute and deliver to Purchaser any such further instruments of sale, conveyance, transfer and assignment and take all such other actions and execute all such other instruments and documents as Purchaser may reasonably request as may be necessary or appropriate in order to vest in Purchaser all right, title and interest of Seller in and to any of the Assets or to more effectively convey and transfer to Purchaser’s possession any of the Assets and all licenses and permits necessary for the operation of the Assets, including without limitation, all assignment documents to be filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.

 

11.                                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto (or their respective successors and assigns) any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be

 

4



 

performed entirely within California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of laws

 

(c)                                   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart.

 

(d)                                  This Agreement and the other documents delivered pursuant hereto constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

 

(e)                                   This Agreement may only be amended, supplemented or modified by an instrument in writing executed on behalf of each of the parties hereto.  No waiver by any party of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving.  No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege arising from under this Agreement shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof of the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

(f)                                    If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Asset Purchase Agreement has been executed on and as of the date first above written.

 

 

SELLER:

 

 

 

DOSE MEDICAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Thomas W. Burns

 

6



 

EXHIBIT A

 

LIST OF ASSETS

 

Patents (status as of July 10, 2014)

 

KMOB
Ref No.
DOSE.

 

Title of Invention

 

Status

 

Patent
No.

 

Issued

11CP3DV1

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT WITH ANCHOR AND METHODS THEREOF

 

Issued

 

8,118,768

 

21-Feb-2012

001VREP

 

IMPLANT FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

Issued

 

2078516

 

02-Jan-2013

11P3D1C1

 

OCULAR SYSTEM WITH ANCHORING IMPLANT AND THERAPEUTIC AGENT

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

029A

 

ANTERIOR CHAMBER DRUG-ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

029PR

 

ANTERIOR CHAMBER DRUG-ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

Expired

 

 

 

 

042PR

 

OCULAR IMPLANTS CONFIGURED TO STORE AND RELEASE STABLE DRUG FORMULATIONS

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

050PR1

 

IMPLANTS WITH CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY FEATURES AND METHODS OF USING SAME

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

050PR2

 

IMPLANTS WITH CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY FEATURES AND METHODS OF USING SAME

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

In regards to the patents and applications included above in the list of the Assets (the “Patents and Applications”), the sale and assignment of such Patents and Applications includes:

 

· the transfer of the right to sue and recover damages for past, present and/or future infringement, the right to injunctive relief and any and all causes of action relating to any of the inventions or discoveries included in such Patents and Applications to the extent of Purchaser’s interest therein; and

 

A-1



 

· all subsequent patents and applications claiming priority to the Patents and Applications, including all patents that may be granted on the Patents and Applications; all provisional applications that the Patents and Applications may claim priority to; all nonprovisional applications claiming priority to the Patents and Applications, including all divisions, continuations, and continuations-in-part, and all Letters Patent of the United States which may be granted thereon and all reissues, reexaminations, supplemental examinations, and extensions thereof; and all rights of priority under International Conventions and any applications for Letters Patent that may hereafter be filed or granted in any country or countries foreign to the United States and all extensions, renewals, and reissues thereof.

 

Trademarks

 

Trademark

 

Goods/Services

 

Status

iDose

 

All past uses of the trademark, including, but not limited to, Intraocular drug delivery system comprising of a micro-stent intended for implantation into the eye for use in the treatment of diseases of the eye; and

 

Surgical implants comprising intraocular ophthalmic implants, namely micro-stents, for use in the treatment of diseases of the eye.

 

Common Law

iDose TR

 

All past uses of the trademark, including, but not limited to, Intraocular drug delivery system comprising of a micro-stent intended for sustained release of a therapeutic into the eye for use in the treatment of diseases of the eye; and

 

Surgical implants comprising intraocular ophthalmic implants, namely micro-stents, for targeted ophthalmic drug delivery for use in the treatment of diseases of the eye.

 

Common Law

 

A-2



 

Tangible Assets

 

Front of the Eye Product Assets (G2TR, G3T)

 

Description

 

Vendor

Tablet press, G3T

 

SMI

Ultramicro balance

 

ITIN

Mold, G2TR-120 (ceramic)

 

SPT

Biodot filler + nozzles

 

Biodot

Biodot filler + nozzles, modification

 

Biodot

Lapping machine

 

SPT

O-ring mold

 

KEF

2 laminar flow hoods, at Sharp(1), Dose(1)

 

Airtech

2 laminar flow hoods, at Sharp(1), Dose(1)

 

Airtech

Differential micrometer

 

Pacific Inspection

Crimping tool, G2TR

 

SPT

Crimping tool, G3T

 

SPT

Membrane mold

 

Sertec

Forming tool, Cap, G2TR

 

Braxton

Forming tool, Cap, G2TR, modification

 

Braxton

Forming tool, Cap, G3T, modification

 

Braxton

 

Any changes to the foregoing tangible assets in the ordinary course of business (and all replacements, enhancements, improvements, additions, supplies, maintenance parts and the like to the foregoing) to which the parties may agree at the Closing, provided the same relates to the front of the eye products being acquired from DOSE.

 

A-3



 

EXHIBIT B

 

ALLOCATION OF CONSIDERATION

 

The consideration for the Assets shall be allocated among the Assets by mutual agreement of Seller and Purchaser by no later than 180 days after the Closing.

 


 

EXHIBIT C

 

ASSIGNMENT

 

WHEREAS, DOSE Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ASSIGNOR”) having a place of business at 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653 owns all right in the patents and patent applications listed on Schedule 1 to this Assignment (hereafter “the Patents and Patent Applications”);

 

WHEREAS, Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ASSIGNEE”) having a place of business at 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653 desires to acquire all right, title, and interest in and to the Patents and Patent Applications;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, ASSIGNOR does hereby acknowledge that it has sold, assigned, and transferred, and by these presents does hereby sell, assign, and transfer, unto ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns, ASSIGNOR’s entire right, title, and interest throughout the world in, to, and under the said Patents and Patent Applications, and including:

 

all patents that may be granted on the Patent Applications;

 

all provisional applications that the Patents and Patent Applications may claim priority to;

 

all nonprovisional applications claiming priority to the Patents and Patent Applications, including all divisions, continuations, and continuations-in-part, and all Letters Patent of the United States which may be granted thereon and all reissues, reexaminations, supplemental examinations, and extensions thereof; and

 

all rights of priority under International Conventions and any applications for Letters Patent that may hereafter be filed or granted in any country or countries foreign to the United States and all extensions, renewals, and reissues thereof;

 

ASSIGNOR hereby authorizes and requests the Commissioner of Patents of the United States, and any Official of any country foreign to the United States, whose duty it is to issue patents on applications as aforesaid, to issue all Letters Patents resulting from the Patents and Patent Applications to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns, in accordance with the terms of this Assignment;

 

AND ASSIGNOR DOES HEREBY sell, assign, transfer and convey to ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives, and assigns all claims for damages and all remedies arising out of any violation of the rights assigned hereby that may have accrued prior to the date of assignment to ASSIGNEE, or may accrue hereafter, including, but not limited to, the right to sue for, collect, and retain damages for past infringements of the said Patents and Patent Applications before or after issuance;

 

AND ASSIGNOR DOES HEREBY covenant and agree that ASSIGNOR will communicate to said ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, any facts known to ASSIGNOR respecting the Patents and Patent Applications, and testify in any legal

 

 

C - 1



 

proceeding, assist in the preparation of any other Patent Property relating to the Patents and Patent Applications, sign/execute all lawful papers, authorize the filing of and execute and make all rightful oaths and/or declarations in connection with the Patents and Patent Applications, including any patents or patent applications claiming priority thereto, and generally do everything possible to aid the ASSIGNEE, its successors, legal representatives and assigns, to obtain and enforce proper patent protection for the Patents and Patent Applications in all countries.

 

(signature pages follow)

 

C - 2



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this        day of                   , 2014.

 

 

DOSE MEDICAL CORPORATION

 

(“ASSIGNOR”)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name Printed:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

State of California }

 

County of                }

 

On                             , before me,                                                                           (here insert name and title of the officer), personally appeared                             , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public Signature

 

Notary Public Seal

 

C - 3



 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand this        day of                   , 2014.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

(“ASSIGNEE”)

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name Printed:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

State of California }

 

County of                }

 

On                             , before me,                                                                           (here insert name and title of the officer), personally appeared                             , who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.

 

WITNESS my hand and official seal.

 

 

 

 

Notary Public Signature

 

Notary Public Seal

 

C - 4



 

EXHIBIT D

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

 



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Transition Services Agreement (this “Agreement” ) is dated as of              , 2014 (the “Effective Date” ) by and between Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation ( “Glaukos” ), and DOSE Medical Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“DOSE” ), with reference to the following facts:

 

A.                                     Glaukos and DOSE are parties to that certain Transition Services Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2010, as amended by that certain letter agreement dated July 19, 2012 (the “ Original Agreement ”) pursuant to which Glaukos provides certain services to DOSE.

 

B.                                     Glaukos and DOSE now wish to amend the Original Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read, and the parties hereto agree, as follows:

 

1.                                       Provision of Services.

 

1.1                                Services Provided .   During the Term, Glaukos hereby agrees to provide to DOSE the services specified on Exhibit A attached hereto (the Services” ), at such times as the parties may mutually agree upon.

 

1.2                                Additional Services .   From time to time, DOSE may find it desirable to request, in addition to the Services set forth on Exhibit A , that certain other services be made available by Glaukos (hereinafter referred to as the Other Services” ).  Glaukos shall, in good faith, discuss such request and negotiate in good faith the terms of providing such Other Services including without limitation any increase in the amount of the monthly Fee payable by DOSE pursuant to Section 2.  The provision, if at all, of any Other Services shall be on the terms and conditions agreed upon in writing between Glaukos and DOSE.  Exhibit A shall be amended from time to time to include any Other Services (and the terms and conditions on which they will be provided) agreed to in writing by DOSE and Glaukos.  For the sake of clarity, any such Other Services agreed to and included on Exhibit A , as amended, shall constitute “Services” hereunder.

 

1.3                                Rent Payable Under Sublease .  Glaukos and DOSE are parties to that certain Sublease, dated October 15, 2012, pursuant to which Glaukos sublets to DOSE a portion of the property leased by Glaukos and commonly known as 26051 Merit Circle, Suites 103, 104 and 105, Laguna Hills, California (the “ Sublease ”).  Glaukos and DOSE anticipate that following the date hereof, DOSE will only be using a small portion of the space sublet to DOSE pursuant to the Sublease (the “ DOSE Space ”) and Glaukos and DOSE therefore agree that until such time as DOSE begins to use more of the DOSE Space, DOSE will pay to Glaukos rent in the amount of $1,500 per month, rather than the Rent (as defined in the Sublease) provided for in the Sublease.  At such time, if any, as DOSE elects to use more of the DOSE Space, Glaukos and DOSE shall discuss and negotiate in good faith the amount of rent that will be paid by DOSE based upon the amount of the DOSE Space to be used by DOSE.  The agreement of the parties set forth in this Section 1.3 with respect to the amount of rent to be paid by DOSE, shall not

 



 

affect or modify any of the other terms or provisions of the Sublease, all of which shall remain in full-force and effect.

 

1.4                                Cancellation .   DOSE may cancel any Service that it is receiving from Glaukos by providing at least ten (10) days prior Notice to Glaukos of its decision to cancel such Service.  Upon any such cancellation, the parties shall negotiate in good faith whether to reduce the amount of the monthly Fee payable by DOSE pursuant to Section 2 in light of such cancelled Services.

 

2.                                       Fee.  In consideration of the Services, DOSE shall pay to Glaukos a monthly fee of $4,500.00 no later than ten (10) days after the end of each month in which Glaukos provided any Services under this Agreement.

 

3.                                       Term and Termination.   The term of this Agreement shall be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through and including                          ,          (the “Term” ); provided, however, that this Agreement may be earlier terminated (a) by DOSE upon not less than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Glaukos, (b) by Glaukos upon not less than one hundred eighty (180) days’ prior written notice to DOSE or (c) by mutual agreement of Glaukos and DOSE.  Expiration or termination of this Agreement shall not relieve the parties of any obligation accruing prior to such expiration or termination.

 

4.                                       Direction of Employees; No Agency.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Glaukos’ employees providing Services hereunder shall at all times be and remain employees of Glaukos in their performance of Services.  Glaukos shall be responsible for directing and supervising the activities of such employees in their performance of the Services, subject to the directions of DOSE to Glaukos which such directions to be consistent with the terms of this Agreement.  Glaukos shall be solely responsible for the payment of all wages, bonuses, commissions, benefits and any other direct or indirect compensation for their personnel, including those personnel involved in the delivery of the Services, as well as be responsible for their insurance costs and expenses.  This Agreement shall not create a joint venture, partnership, employment, or agency relationship between Glaukos and DOSE, nor shall any party hereto (and its respective affiliates) have the authority to bind any other party hereto in any respect, except as otherwise provided herein.  In its provisions of the Services hereunder, Glaukos shall act under this Agreement solely as an independent contractor and not as an agent of DOSE.

 

5.                                       No Representations or Warranties.  All Services will be provided by Glaukos “as is” with no warranties or representations of any kind whatsoever, express or implied, whether arising under law, equity, custom, usage or otherwise, including without limitation any implied warranties of merchantability and any warranty that the Services are fit for any particular purpose.

 

6.                                       Indemnification.  DOSE hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Glaukos and its directors, officers, employees, Affiliates, stockholders, agents and assigns harmless from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, deficiencies, obligations or out-of-pocket expenses and costs and expenses of investigation, arising out of or resulting from Glaukos’ performance or nonperformance of the Services hereunder except for gross negligence or willful misconduct of Glaukos.

 

2



 

7.                                       Confidentiality.

 

7.1                                Use of Confidential Information .   From time to time prior to the commencement of and during the Term, each party hereto has disclosed or may disclose its confidential information (e.g., information regarding a disclosing party’s business and operations, research and development activities, pre-clinical and clinical data, regulatory strategies and submissions, products, customers, employees, financial results, contractual relationships, etc.) to the other party.  In addition each party may, from time to time during the Term, obtain or have access to the other party’s confidential information.  As used herein, the term “confidential information” does not include information that (i) is in or comes into the public domain through no fault of the receiving party or any of its affiliates or their representatives, or (ii) is lawfully acquired without confidentiality obligations to the disclosing party from sources having the right to make such disclosure or (iii) was developed independently by the receiving party without use of any confidential information of the disclosing party.  Each party shall maintain (and cause its affiliates and subcontractors to maintain) the confidentiality of the other party’s confidential information and not to use or disclose such confidential information except as required to perform its obligations in accordance with this Agreement or as permitted hereby or by the disclosing party in writing.  If compelled to disclose any confidential information by judicial or administrative process or by requirement of law, the receiving party shall promptly notify the disclosing party in writing and, if legal protection is not obtained, may disclose only that portion of such information that is legally required to be disclosed as advised by counsel; provided that the receiving party shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.  Because of the unique nature of the confidential information, the parties understand and agree that the disclosing party will suffer irreparable harm in the event that a party which receives such disclosing party’s confidential information fails to comply with any of its obligations hereunder and that monetary damages will be inadequate to compensate disclosing party for such breach.  Accordingly, each party agrees that the disclosing party shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, be entitled to seek injunctive relief to enforce the terms hereof.

 

7.2                                Return of Confidential Information .   Upon termination of this Agreement, unless a party has a continuing right to use such confidential information pursuant to a license granted hereunder, upon request of the other party, each of the parties hereto agrees to return to the other all such confidential information of the other, or, at its option destroy such confidential information and, thereafter, certify immediately to the disclosing party that all such confidential information has been returned or destroyed.

 

8.                                       Ownership of New Technology.

 

8.1  New Technology .

 

(a)                                  Except as provided in Section 8.2 below, any and all (i) inventions (whether or not reduced to practice and whether or not patentable), (ii) works of authorship, (iii) trade secrets, know-how, confidential information (including but not limited to confidential ideas, research and development, technology, discoveries, methods, formulas, compositions, manufacturing processes, designs, specifications, clinical trial protocols, statistical analyses and

 

3



 

other regulatory information, customer and supplier lists, pricing and cost information, and business and marketing plans and proposals) and all other proprietary information and data (including but not limited to technical and safety, efficacy and other clinical data) conceived, developed or reduced to practice by Glaukos or DOSE, either jointly or individually, in whole or in part, after the date hereof and during the Term (collectively, “New Technology” ) shall be owned by (i) DOSE to the extent such New Technology is within the Dose Field of Use as defined in the Amended and Restated Patent License Agreement dated                , 2014, between Glaukos and DOSE (the “ Glaukos/DOSE License Agreement ”) and (ii) Glaukos to the extent such New Technology is outside the Dose Field of Use.

 

(b)                                  Each party shall disclose to the other party any New Technology promptly after it has been conceived, developed or reduced to practice.  For purposes of this Section 8, all determinations of inventorship shall be made in accordance with United States patent law.  For no additional consideration, each party (the “Assignor” ) hereby assigns to the applicable other party (the “Assignee” ) all of the Assignor’s right, title and interest, worldwide, in and to any New Technology (including without limitation all intellectual property rights associated therewith and all copies and tangible embodiments thereof, in whatever form or medium) consistent with the ownership allocation described above so that sole and exclusive ownership therein resides in DOSE to the extent such New Technology is within the Dose Field of Use and in Glaukos to the extent such New Technology is outside the Dose Field of Use.  Each applicable Assignor shall, at the applicable Assignee’s request and expense, execute documents and perform such acts as such Assignee may deem necessary, to confirm in such Assignee, all right, title and interest throughout the world, in and to any New Technology consistent with the ownership allocation set forth herein (including all patents, trademarks copyrights and other applicable statutory protections thereon), and to enable and assist Assignee in procuring, maintaining, enforcing and defending patents, trademarks, copyrights and other statutory protections throughout the world in and to any such New Technology.  Each party shall cause each of its employees, contractors and consultants to execute and deliver an agreement assigning all of their respective right, title and interest in and to any New Technology consistent with the above ownership allocation so that sole and exclusive ownership therein resides in DOSE to the extent such New Technology is within the Dose Field of Use and in Glaukos to the extent such New Technology is outside the Dose Field of Use.

 

8.2                                Exceptions .  Notwithstanding Section 8.1:

 

(a)                                  By way of clarification and for the avoidance of doubt, the term “New Technology” shall not include any invention that is the subject of any patent or patent application included within the definitions of “Dose Licensed Patents”, “Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents” or “Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents” as such terms are defined in the Glaukos/Dose License Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Any New Technology to the extent it relates to (i) a delivery device for a Glaukos product (irrespective of whether such delivery device can also be used or modified to deliver a DOSE product); (ii) a visualization device or method (e.g., for targeted placement of an implant); (iii) an introducer or corneal penetration device (whether apart from or part of a delivery device); or (iv) a device or method for accessing in an ab interno manner the suprachoroidal space or the supraciliary space (for example, an integrated spatula or a method of

 

4



 

“teasing of ciliary”) shall be owned by the party conceiving, developing or reducing to practice such New Technology, provided that, the party owning such New Technology hereby grants to the other parties a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up, worldwide license, with the right to sublicense, to use such New Technology (including without limitation the right to copy and create derivative works) to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any and all products, and to practice any and all inventions, within the Glaukos Field of Use if such other party is Glaukos and within the Dose Field of Use if such other party is DOSE.

 

9.                                       Miscellaneous.

 

9.1                                Binding Effect .  This Agreement will be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

9.2                                Captions .  Section titles, captions and headings contained herein are inserted as a matter of convenience and are for reference only and they do not define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

 

9.3                                Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder ( “Notices” ) shall be in writing.  Any Notice hereunder shall be deemed duly given (i) upon receipt if delivered in person; (ii) on the date delivered by Federal Express, UPS, DHL or similar international courier service as established by the sender by evidence obtained from the courier; (iii) upon transmission by facsimile, provided an electronic acknowledgement of receipt is generated; or (iv) on the fifth day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; in each case addressed to the intended recipient as set forth below (or to such other address or facsimile number as the intended recipient may request by way of an appropriate Notice given in accordance with this Section):

 

If to DOSE:

 

DOSE Medical Corporation

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 105

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

Facsimile No.: 949-367-9984

If to Glaukos:

 

Glaukos Corporation

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

Facsimile No.: 949-367-9984

 

9.4                                Waiver .  The waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any of the representations, warranties, promises and/or covenants contained herein shall not prevent the subsequent enforcement of any such representation, warranty, promise and/or covenant as to any aspect which has not been waived, nor shall it be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach thereof.  No waiver of any breach or violation hereof shall be implied from forbearance or failure by a party to take action thereon.

 

9.5                                Assignment .  Neither party shall assign this Agreement or any right, interest or benefit under this Agreement, nor delegate any of its duties or obligations hereunder, without the prior written consent of the other party.  Except as permitted by the foregoing, any attempted assignment or delegation shall be null, void, and of no effect.  Subject to the

 

5


 

foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of each of the parties.

 

9.6                                Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, including the exhibits attached hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto regarding the subject matter hereof and no terms, conditions or provisions other than those expressly contained herein shall be deemed to be part of this Agreement.  This Agreement supersedes any prior agreements (oral or written) between the parties. The exhibits identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 

9.7                                Amendments .  Neither this Agreement nor any of the terms or conditions hereof may be waived, amended or modified except by means of a written instrument duly executed by both parties.

 

9.8                                Attorneys’ Fees .  In any action to enforce this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be awarded all court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred, including such costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in enforcing and collecting any judgment.

 

9.9                                Cumulative Remedies .  The remedies set forth in this Agreement are cumulative and shall be in addition to any and all other remedies available at law or in equity.

 

9.10                         Further Assurances .  The parties, without further consideration of any kind, shall each execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such other instruments, and take, or cause to be taken, such other action, as shall reasonably be requested by the other party hereto to more effectively carry out the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.11                         Severability .  Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.

 

9.12                         Survival .   The provisions of Sections 4, 6, 7, 8 and 9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

9.13                         Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page by facsimile shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart.

 

9.14                         Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California, without reference to principles of conflict of laws or choice of laws.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

6



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their authorized representatives as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

DOSE MEDICAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Its:

 

 

7



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Services

 

1.                                       Accounting and Financial Services

 

·                   General ledger accounting services, including but not limited to:

·                   bookkeeping

·                   month-end closing

·                   Cash management

·                   Accounts payable management and bill paying

·                   Payroll services

 

2.                                       IT Support

 

3.                                       Limited Engineering Support

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

 



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED PATENT LICENSE AGREEMENT (“ Amended and Restated Agreement ”) is entered into and effective as of this          day of         , 2014 (the “ Restatement Date ”), by and between GLAUKOS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653 (“ GLAUKOS ”), and DOSE MEDICAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, California 92653 (“ DOSE ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     GLAUKOS and DOSE have entered into that certain Patent License Agreement dated March 30, 2010, as amended by that certain letter agreement dated July 19, 2012 (the “Original Agreement”) under which, among other things, each party has licensed the other party certain rights to certain patent and patent applications; and

 

B.                                     GLAUKOS and DOSE now wish to amend and restate the Original Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Original Agreement is hereby amended and restated to read, and the parties hereto agree, as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

1.1.                             Agreement ” means the Original Agreement as amended and restated by this Amended and Restated Agreement, as hereafter amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

1.2.                             “Biosensor ” means any system and/or apparatus designed (i) to be implanted in or affixed to the human body (or any part thereof) and (ii) to monitor and/or measure at least one state or condition of the human body (or any part thereof) or any changes or other aspects affecting the human body (or any part thereof).

 

1.3.                             Confidential Information ” means any information that in any way relates to a party, including without limitation information regarding a party’s business and operations, research and development activities, pre-clinical and clinical data, regulatory strategies and submissions, products, customers, employees, financial results and contractual relationships; provided, however, that the term “Confidential Information” shall not include information: (i) that, at the time of disclosure, is generally available to the public; (ii) that, after disclosure hereunder, becomes generally available to the public, except as a result of a breach of this Agreement by the recipient of

 

1



 

such information; (iii) that becomes available to the recipient of such information from a third party that is not legally or contractually prohibited by the disclosing party from disclosing such information; or (iv) that the recipient can demonstrate was developed by or for such recipient without the use of any of the Confidential Information of the disclosing party hereunder.

 

1.4.                             Dose Field of Use ” means (i) any and all applications of a Biosensor and/or (ii) any and all applications for the treatment of any disorder or disease (other than Glaucoma) primarily affecting the posterior segment of the eye (i.e. the back two-thirds of the eye that includes the anterior hyaloid membrane and all of the optical structures behind it: the vitreous humor, retina, choroid, and optic nerve), provided that such applications described in this clause (ii) do not include an apparatus that includes a drainage lumen unless the drainage lumen’s primary purpose is to relieve intraocular pressure caused by the administration of steroids, delivered by an apparatus implanted in or on the eye, to treat a disorder or disease primarily affecting the posterior segment of the eye and not associated with Glaucoma.

 

1.5.                             Dose Licensed Patents ” means any and all patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit A to this Agreement and any and all U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications, as of the Restatement Date or thereafter, that claim priority to one or more of the patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit A , including, but not limited to, all reissues, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part and divisionals of such patents and patent applications; provided, however, that for such continuations-in-part (and foreign counterparts to such continuations-in-part), Dose Licensed Patents only include those claims in the continuations-in-part (and claims in any foreign counterparts to such continuations-in-part) that are entitled to priority to one or more of the patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit A .

 

1.6.                             Effective Date ” means March 30, 2010.

 

1.7.                             Glaukos Field of Use ” means any and all applications for the treatment of (i) Glaucoma, including but not limited to therapies directed toward reducing intraocular pressure and/or reducing the death of retinal ganglion cells (i.e., neuroprotection) associated with Glaucoma) and/or (ii) any disorder or disease primarily affecting the anterior segment of the eye (i.e., the front third of the eye that includes the structures in front of the vitreous humor: the cornea, iris, ciliary body, the lens, the anterior chamber between the posterior surface of the cornea and the iris and the posterior chamber between the iris and the front face of the vitreous); provided that, such applications described in clauses (i) or (ii) above do not include a Biosensor.

 

1.8.                             Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents ” means any and all patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit B to this Agreement and any and all U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications, as of the Restatement Date or thereafter, that claim priority to one or more of the patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit B , including, but not limited to, all reissues, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part and divisionals of such patents and patent applications; provided, however, that for such continuations-in-part (and foreign counterparts to such continuations-in-part), Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents only include those claims in the continuations-in-part (and claims in any foreign counterparts to such continuations-in-part) that are entitled to priority to one or more of the patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit B .

 

2



 

1.9.                             Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents ” means any and all patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit C to this Agreement and any and all U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications, as of the Restatement Date or thereafter, that claim priority to one or more of the patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit C , including, but not limited to all reissues, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part and divisionals of such patents and patent applications; provided, however, that for such continuations-in-part (and foreign counterparts to such continuations-in-part), Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents only include those claims in the continuations-in-part (and claims in any foreign counterparts to such continuations-in-part) that are entitled to priority to one or more of the patents and patent applications listed in Exhibit C .

 

1.10.                      Regulatory Information ” means pre-clinical, clinical, manufacturing and testing data, protocols, and chemical, pharmacological, toxicological, pharmaceutical, physical, analytical, safety, efficacy, bioequivalency, quality assurance, quality control and other information and data relating to any investigations, trials and/or the preparation, submission and prosecution of one or more applications filed in connection with obtaining regulatory approval for any product, including but not limited to, with respect to GLAUKOS, information relating to preliminary investigations and the preparation, submission and prosecution of one or more applications filed in connection with obtaining regulatory approval for the iStent® (a/k/a G1 device), iStent Inject™ (a/k/a G2 device), and iStent Supra™ (a/k/a G3 device) including but not limited to FDA application materials, safety and efficacy data, clinical trial protocols and reports, statistical analyses, communications with the FDA, etc.

 

1.11.                      Term of Access ” means the period commencing on the Effective Date and continuing through and including                          ,         ; provided, however, that the end date of the Term of Access may be earlier as determined (i) by DOSE upon not less than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to GLAUKOS, (ii) by GLAUKOS upon not less than one hundred eighty (180) days’ prior written notice to DOSE or (c) by mutual agreement of GLAUKOS and DOSE.

 

1.12.                      Valid Claim ” means a claim that (i) in the case of any issued and unexpired patent, has not been dedicated to the public, disclaimed, nor held invalid or unenforceable by a court or other government entity of competent jurisdiction in an unappealed or unappealable decision, or (ii) in the case of any patent application, (a) has not been cancelled, withdrawn or abandoned, without being refiled in another application, in the applicable jurisdiction, (b) shall not have been finally rejected by a governmental entity or other governmental action from which no appeal can be taken and (c) shall not have been pending for more than five (5) years in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or seven (7) years in a foreign patent office.  For purposes of this definition, the time period for which a claim is pending shall begin on the priority date for such claim, and shall continue until such claim is either issued or is no longer deemed to be a Valid Claim in accordance with the preceding sentence regardless of whether such claim is amended or refiled in another application in the applicable jurisdiction.  If a claim of a patent application which ceased to be a Valid Claim under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence due to the passage of time later issues as part of a patent described within clause (i) of the preceding sentence then it shall again be considered to be a Valid Claim effective as of the issuance of such patent

 

3



 

2.                                       EXCLUSIVE LICENSE FROM DOSE TO GLAUKOS

 

2.1.                             Subject to Section 2.2, DOSE hereby grants to GLAUKOS a limited, exclusive (even as to DOSE), irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up, worldwide license under the Dose Licensed Patents to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any and all products, and to practice any and all methods, solely in the Glaukos Field of Use.  The license granted to GLAUKOS under this Section 2.1, however, shall not limit DOSE’s right to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any all products and to practice any and all methods under the Dose Licensed Patents within the Dose Field of Use.  The license granted to GLAUKOS under this Section 2.1 includes the right to sublicense, provided that any such sublicense from GLAUKOS be restricted to the Glaukos Field of Use and subject to the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation Section 2.2.

 

2.2.                             Neither GLAUKOS nor its sublicensees shall seek or obtain a label indication in any country for the treatment of any disorder or disease affecting the posterior segment of the eye for any product whose manufacture, use, offer for sale, sale or importation in or to such country would (absent the license granted under Section 2.1 above) infringe a Valid Claim of a Dose Licensed Patent; provided that, the foregoing of this Section 2.2 shall not limit GLAUKOS from seeking or obtaining any label indication for the treatment of Glaucoma or reduction of intraocular pressure and/or reduction of the death of retinal ganglion cells (i.e., neuroprotection).

 

3.                                       EXCLUSIVE LICENSE FROM GLAUKOS TO DOSE

 

3.1.                             Subject to Section 3.2, GLAUKOS hereby grants to DOSE a limited, exclusive (even as to GLAUKOS), irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up, worldwide license under the Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any and all products and to practice any and all methods solely in the Dose Field of Use.  The license granted to DOSE under this Section 3.1, however, shall not limit GLAUKOS’ right to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any all products and to practice any and all methods under the Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents within the Glaukos Field of Use.  The license granted to DOSE under this Section 3.1 includes the right to sublicense, provided that any such sublicense from DOSE be restricted to the Dose Field of Use and subject to the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation Section 3.2.

 

3.2.                             Neither DOSE nor its sublicensees shall seek or obtain a label indication in any country for the treatment of any disorder or disease affecting the anterior segment of the eye for any product whose manufacture, use, offer for sale, sale or importation in or to such country would (absent the license granted under Section 3.1 above) infringe a Valid Claim of a Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patent; provided that, the foregoing of this Section 3.2 shall not limit DOSE from seeking or obtaining any label indication for application(s) of a Biosensor.

 

4



 

4.                                       EXCLUSIVE LICENSE TO DOSE / LICENSE BACK TO GLAUKOS

 

4.1.                             GLAUKOS hereby grants to DOSE an exclusive (even as to GLAUKOS), irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up, worldwide license, with the right to sublicense, under the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any and all products and to practice any and all methods that fall within the scope of one or more claims of the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents.

 

4.2.                             Subject to Section 4.3, DOSE hereby grants back to GLAUKOS a limited exclusive (even as to DOSE), irrevocable, fully paid-up, perpetual, worldwide sublicense, with the right to sublicense such sublicense rights, under the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any and all products and to practice any and all methods solely in the Glaukos Field of Use.  The sublicense to GLAUKOS, however, shall not limit DOSE’s right to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any all products and to practice any and all methods under the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents within the Dose Field of Use.  This sublicense includes the right for GLAUKOS to grant further sublicenses, provided that any such further sublicense be restricted to the Glaukos Field of Use and subject to the terms of this Agreement, including without limitation Section 4.3.

 

4.3.                             Neither GLAUKOS nor its sublicencees shall seek or obtain a label indication in any country for the treatment of any disorder or disease affecting the posterior segment of the eye for any product whose manufacture, use, offer for sale, sale or importation in or to such country would (absent the license granted under Section 4.2 above) infringe a Valid Claim of a Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patent; provided that, the foregoing of this Section 4.3 shall not limit GLAUKOS from seeking or obtaining any label indication for the treatment of Glaucoma or reduction of intraocular pressure and/or reduction of the death of retinal ganglion cells (i.e., neuroprotection).

 

5.                                       ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS

 

5.1.                             Each of GLAUKOS and DOSE shall have the right to assign in whole or in part its rights, obligations and licenses under this Agreement.

 

5.2.                             Each party shall have the right to assign any or all of its patents or other intellectual property licensed to the other party by this Agreement only if such assignment is expressly subject to the continuance of such license.

 

6.                                       REGULATORY APPROVAL; TECHNOLOGY LICENSE

 

6.1.                             Each party shall be solely responsible, at its sole cost and expenses, for identifying and obtaining, including testing or other procedures, any necessary regulatory or safety approvals or certifications (e.g., FDA and safety agencies) required for the marketing and sale by such party of its products in any country.  Nevertheless, each party will cooperate with the other party by providing, upon request, any Regulatory Information in its possession and control that could reasonably assist the other party to obtain approvals or certifications of its

 

5



 

products.  Each party will further permit the other party and its sublicensees to expressly reference each party’s Regulatory Information in the other party’s filings to obtain such approvals or certifications of its products.

 

6.2.                             Each party acknowledges and agrees that Regulatory Information provided by the other party may contain Confidential Information belonging to the other party. Each party shall disclose its Confidential Information to the other party only on a confidential basis subject to the provisions of Section 13.9.  Any use or disclosure of the Confidential Information of a party under this Agreement, including but not limited to any reference by the other party to the Confidential Information of a party in the other party’s filings to obtain approvals or certifications, shall be designated as confidential.

 

6.3.                             GLAUKOS hereby grants to DOSE a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up, worldwide license, with the right to sublicense, to use (including without limitation the right to copy and create derivative works) any and all works of authorship, know-how, trade secrets, and other proprietary data or information of GLAUKOS (including but not limited to Regulatory Information and Confidential Information of GLAUKOS), existing as of the Effective Date or during the Term of Access, to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any and all products, and to practice any and all inventions, within the Dose Field of Use.  From time to time (including without limitation after the Term of Access), upon DOSE’s written request and expense, GLAUKOS shall promptly deliver to DOSE copies of any and all records, documentation and other tangible embodiments (in whatever form or medium) in Glaukos’s possession or control embodying any works of authorship, know-how, trade secrets or other proprietary data or information within the scope of the license rights granted above.

 

6.4.                             DOSE hereby grants to GLAUKOS a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up, worldwide license, with the right to sublicense, to use (including without limitation the right to copy and create derivative works) any and all works of authorship, know-how, trade secrets, and other proprietary data or information of DOSE (including but not limited to Regulatory Information and Confidential Information of DOSE), existing as the Effective Date and/or during the Term of Access, to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any and all products, and to practice any and all inventions, within the Glaukos Field of Use.  From time to time (including without limitation after the Term of Access), upon GLAUKOS’s written request and expense, DOSE shall promptly deliver to GLAUKOS copies of any and all records, documentation and other tangible embodiments (in whatever form or medium) in DOSE’s possession or control embodying any works of authorship, know-how, trade secrets or other proprietary data or information within the scope of the license rights granted above.

 

6.5.                             Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the rights and obligations of each party set forth Sections 6.1, 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 shall not pertain to any data or other information arising from investigations or clinical trials conducted after the Term of Access but shall continue to pertain to all other Regulatory Information, including but not limited to any regulatory applications filed after the Term of Access to the extent based on data or information existing as of the Effective Date and/or during the Term of Access.

 

6


 

7.                                       OWNERSHIP

 

7.1.                             DOSE acknowledges that GLAUKOS is the sole owner of the Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents and Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents, and DOSE agrees that it does not obtain any interest in such patents except for the rights granted herein.  DOSE agrees not to take any action challenging or opposing, on any grounds whatsoever, the ownership by GLAUKOS of such patents, or GLAUKOS’ intellectual property rights therein.  Furthermore, DOSE agrees not to contest the validity or enforceability, or to assist or request any third party to contest the validity or enforceability of any of such patents, to the extent and in jurisdictions where permitted by law, in any judicial, governmental, or quasi-governmental suit or proceeding; and not to request reexamination, post grant review, or inter partes review, or assist or request any third party to request reexamination, post grant review, or inter partes review of any of such patents, to the extent and in jurisdictions where permitted by law.

 

7.2.                             GLAUKOS acknowledges that DOSE is the sole owner of the Dose Licensed Patents, and GLAUKOS agrees that it does not obtain any interest in such patents except for the rights granted herein.  GLAUKOS agrees not to take any action challenging or opposing, on any grounds whatsoever, the ownership by DOSE of the Dose Licensed Patents, or DOSE’s intellectual property rights therein.  Furthermore, GLAUKOS agrees not to contest the validity or enforceability, or to assist or request any third party to contest the validity or enforceability of any of the Dose Licensed Patents, to the extent and in jurisdictions where permitted by law, in any judicial, governmental, or quasi-governmental suit or proceeding; and not to request reexamination, post grant review, or inter partes review, or assist or request any third party to request reexamination, post grant review, or inter partes review of any of the Dose Licensed Patents, to the extent and in jurisdictions where permitted by law.

 

7.3.                             DOSE, in its sole discretion and at its own expense, shall control the entire patent process relating to the Dose Licensed Patents and the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents, including without limitation, prosecution of patent applications and maintenance, reexamination, reissue, and extension of patents; provided, however, that DOSE agrees to (i) promptly provide copies of all prosecution documents to GLAUKOS upon request; (ii) provide GLAUKOS an opportunity to contribute to the prosecution of claims relating to the Glaukos Field of Use, including without limitation making suggestions for (A) claims to pursue, (B) claim amendments and (C) responsive arguments, and consider in good faith whether to adopt any such suggestions and contributions in any responsive filing to a patent office; (iii) subject to clause (iv) below, maintain all issued patents and pending patent applications licensed to GLAUKOS, including paying any and all maintenance fees and annuities; and (iv) notify GLAUKOS in writing sixty (60) days prior to the abandonment of any patent or application for a patent licensed to GLAUKOS, and if requested by GLAUKOS, assign such patent or application to GLAUKOS to take action to prevent the abandonment thereof.  Any patent or patent application assigned pursuant to this Section 7.3 shall hereby be licensed back to the DOSE on a non-exclusive, worldwide, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up basis, without the right to sublicense, to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any and all products and to practice any and all methods that fall within the scope of such patent or patent application outside of the Glaukos Field of Use.  With respect to the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents, GLAUKOS will, among other things, assist DOSE in exercising its rights hereunder to

 

7



 

control the entire patent process related to the Glaukos Group 2 Patents, and GLAUKOS hereby irrevocably designates and appoints DOSE as its agent and attorneys-in-fact, coupled with an interest, to act for and on GLAUKOS’ behalf to execute and file any document and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.3 with the same legal force and effect as if executed by GLAUKOS.

 

7.4.                             GLAUKOS, in its sole discretion and at its own expense, shall control the entire patent process relating to the Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents, including without limitation, prosecution of patent applications and maintenance, reexamination, reissue, and extension of patents; provided, however, that GLAUKOS agrees to (i) promptly provide copies of all prosecution documents to DOSE upon request; (ii) provide DOSE an opportunity to contribute to the prosecution of claims relating to the Dose Field of Use, including without limitation making suggestions for (A) claims to pursue, (B) claim amendments and (C) responsive arguments, and consider in good faith whether to adopt any such suggestions and contributions in any responsive filing to a patent office; (iii) subject to clause (iv) below, maintain all issued patents and pending patent applications licensed to DOSE, including paying any and all maintenance fees and annuities; and (iv) notify DOSE in writing sixty (60) days prior to the abandonment of any patent or application for a patent licensed to DOSE, and if requested by DOSE, assign such patent or application to DOSE to take action to prevent the abandonment thereof.  Any patent or patent application assigned pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall hereby be licensed back to GLAUKOS on a non-exclusive, worldwide, irrevocable, perpetual, fully paid-up basis, without the right to sublicense, to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale, sell and otherwise develop and commercialize any and all products and to practice any and all methods that fall within the scope of such patent or patent application outside of the Dose Field of Use.

 

8.                                       TERM

 

8.1.                             This Agreement shall remain in effect until the expiration date of the last expiring of the Dose Licensed Patents, Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents and Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents.

 

8.2.                             Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sections 1, 5, 6, 8.2, 11, 12 and 13 shall survive any expiration of this Agreement.

 

9.                                       ENFORCEMENT OF PATENTS

 

9.1.                             Each party agrees that if it becomes aware of any infringement of any of the rights belonging to the other party that are subject of this Agreement, it will promptly disclose such information to the other party.

 

9.2.                             Subject to Sections 9.3 and 9.4, each party shall have the sole and exclusive right, but not the obligation, to bring, prosecute and control any action or proceeding, at its expense, to enforce or defend any patents owned by such party against any infringer.

 

9.3.                             GLAUKOS shall have the sole and exclusive right, but not the obligation, to bring, prosecute and control any action or proceeding, at its expense, to enforce or defend the

 

8



 

Dose Licensed Patents and the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents solely in the Glaukos Field of Use.

 

9.4.                             DOSE shall have the sole and exclusive right, but not the obligation, to bring, prosecute and control any action or proceeding, at its expense, to enforce or defend the Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents in the DOSE Field of USE and the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents in any and all applications other than the Glaukos Field of Use.

 

9.5.                             In the event of any action or proceeding under this Section 9, each party agrees to reasonably cooperate with the party taking such action and, at the request of the party taking such action, to give such party all needed information and assistance to file and prosecute such action or proceeding; provided that the acting party shall promptly reimburse the assisting party for all verified out-of-pocket expenses incurred in providing such assistance.  In connection with the foregoing, with respect to any legal action brought under Sections 9.3 or 9.4, each party agrees to join in such action (as necessary to provide standing for such action based on such party’s ownership of the patents at issue) as a party plaintiff if requested to do so by the other party taking such action at such other party’s expense.

 

9.6.                             In resolving any action or proceeding brought by DOSE or GLAUKOS under Sections 9.3 or 9.4, the acting party shall not settle any claim or enter into any other voluntary disposition of the action or proceeding that (i) admits that any third party product, which is outside the scope of such acting party’s exclusive license rights hereunder, does not infringe an asserted patent; (ii) admits that any asserted patent is invalid or unenforceable as to any claim contained therein (provided this clause (ii) shall not apply to DOSE’s enforcement or defense of the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents with respect to claims outside the Glaukos Field of Use); (iii) settles any claim as to any patent rights exclusively licensed to the other party hereunder or (iv) would require the other party to be subject to an injunction or to make a monetary payment or would otherwise adversely affect the other party’s rights hereunder, in each case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above without the other party’s prior written consent.  Any and all damages, settlement amounts or other consideration obtained by a party to the extent arising as a result of its enforcement or defense of its patent rights pursuant to Sections 9.3 or 9.4, respectively, shall go to such party after reimbursement of any expenses respectively incurred by the parties in accordance with this Section 9 in connection with such enforcement or defense.

 

9.7.                             If DOSE with respect to the Dose Licensed Patents or the Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents or GLAUKOS with respect to the Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents desires to participate in an action brought by the other party under Sections 9.3 or 9.4, respectively, it shall have the right to do so at its own expense; provided such participation is limited to protecting its patent rights licensed hereunder or owned by it (subject to the exclusive licenses granted herein).  The party taking legal action under Sections 9.3 or 9.4 shall consider in good faith any and all concerns or comments by DOSE or GLAUKOS (as the case may be) in exercising its rights under the foregoing sentence.

 

9.8.                             In resolving any action or proceeding brought by DOSE or GLAUKOS under Section 9.2, the acting party shall not settle any claim or enter into any other voluntary disposition of the action or proceeding that (i) admits that any third party product, which is

 

9



 

within the scope of the other party’s exclusive license rights hereunder, does not infringe an asserted patent; (ii) admits that any asserted patent is invalid or unenforceable as to claims within the other party’s exclusive license rights hereunder; (iii) settles any claim as to any patent rights exclusively licensed to the other party: or (iv) would require the other party to be subject to an injunction or to make a monetary payment or would otherwise adversely affect the other party’s rights hereunder, in each case of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above, without the other party’s prior written consent.  Any and all damages, settlement amounts or other consideration obtained by a party to the extent arising as a result of its enforcement or defense of its patent rights pursuant to Sections 9.2 shall go to such party after reimbursement of any expenses respectively incurred by the parties in accordance with this Section 9 in connection with such enforcement or defense.

 

10.                                PATENT MARKING

 

Each party agrees to mark, and to require its licensees or sublicensees to mark, each product that is made, used, sold or imported pursuant to the provisions herein with a patent notice in compliance with the applicable statutory requirements.

 

11.                                NO REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

11.1.                      EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER TO THE OTHER PARTY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ALL SUCH WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

11.2.                      Without limiting Section 11.1, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a warranty or representation by GLAUKOS to DOSE as to the scope or validity of the Glaukos Group 1 Licensed Patents or Glaukos Group 2 Licensed Patents, or that anything made, used, sold or otherwise disposed of under the rights granted in this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of patents of third parties.

 

11.3.                      Without limiting Section 11.1, nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a warranty or representation by DOSE to GLAUKOS as to the scope or validity of the Dose Licensed Patents, or that anything made, used, sold or otherwise disposed of under the rights granted in this Agreement is or will be free from infringement of patents of third parties.

 

12.                                NOTICES

 

12.1.                      In the event that either GLAUKOS or DOSE sublicenses or assigns any of the rights, obligations or licenses provided under this Agreement or assigns any of the patents licensed hereunder, the assigning or sublicensing party must promptly notify the other party and must identify the third party to whom such assignment or sublicense has been made, including providing a name and contact information of a representative of such third party and a reasonable description of the rights so sublicensed or assigned and/or a list of the patents so assigned.

 

10



 

12.2.                      Any notice, request, demand, or other communication required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and addressed to its addressee at the address set forth above, or such address as a party may specify from time to time.

 

12.3.                      Such notice, request, demand, or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) at the time of delivery when hand delivered to the other party; or (ii) at the time of confirmed transmission when sent by facsimile at the address and number set forth below, provided that a confirmation copy is sent by overnight or registered or certified mail within twenty-four (24) hours after the fax transmission (any notice given by facsimile shall be deemed received on the next business day if such notice is received after 5:00 p.m. (recipient’s time) or on a non-business day); or (iii) at the time of delivery, or of attempted delivery in the event that delivery cannot be completed due to no fault of the sender, when sent by registered or certified mail or by overnight courier service.

 

13.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

13.1.                      The parties hereby agree that no agency, joint venture or partnership is created by this Agreement, and that neither party shall incur obligations in the name of the other party, except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

 

13.2.                      This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, and the parties agree that it is executed and delivered in that state.  In the event that any legal action becomes necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the parties agree that such action shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, or in the State Court for the County of Orange, California, and the parties hereby submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of said Courts.  In the event that any legal action becomes necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled, in addition to its court costs or arbitration fees, to such reasonable attorneys’ fees, expert witness fees, and other litigation expenses as shall be fixed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

13.3.                      If any provision of this Agreement should be held to be void or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the court or tribunal so holding shall reform the provision to make it enforceable while maintaining the spirit and goal of the provision, and if the court or tribunal finds it cannot so reform that provision, such provision or part thereof shall be treated as severable, leaving valid the remainder of this Agreement.

 

13.4.                      This Agreement, including its exhibits and all documents referenced herein, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the subject matter herein, and there are no representations, warranties, promises, or undertakings other than those contained herein.  As to the subject matter hereof, this Agreement supersedes and cancels all previous agreements between the parties hereto.  No course of conduct or dealing between the parties shall act as a modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no waiver or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement, or failure or delay on the part of either party hereto in insisting upon or enforcing or resorting to any of its powers, rights, remedies, or options hereunder, and no partial or single exercise thereof, shall constitute a waiver

 

11



 

of any such powers, rights, remedies or options, unless such waiver be in writing and signed by the party to be charged.

 

13.5.                      This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

 

13.6.                      The terms of this Agreement have been negotiated by the parties hereto and the language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent.  This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction against the party causing such instrument or any portion thereof to be drafted, or in favor of the party receiving a particular benefit under the Agreement.  No rule of construction will be applied against any party.

 

13.7.                      The headings in this Agreement are intended for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret the meaning of this Agreement or to determine the rights of the parties.

 

13.8.                      The parties agree that they shall, at any time and from time to time, on the written request of either party, execute and deliver promptly, at the requesting parties’ expense, all such further documents and instruments and shall do or procure to be done, all such further acts and things as may, from time to time, reasonably be required for the purpose of giving full effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

13.9.                      From time to time prior to the Effective Date and thereafter, each party hereto has disclosed or may disclose its Confidential Information to the other party.  In addition each party may, from time to time, obtain or have access to the other party’s Confidential Information.  Each party shall maintain (and cause its employees and contractors to maintain) the confidentiality of the other party’s Confidential Information and not to use or disclose such Confidential Information except as required to perform its obligations in accordance with this Agreement or as permitted hereby or by the disclosing party in writing.  If compelled to disclose any Confidential Information by judicial or administrative process or by requirement of law, the receiving party shall promptly notify the disclosing party in writing and, if legal protection is not obtained, may disclose only that portion of such information that is legally required to be disclosed as advised by counsel; provided that the receiving party shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reasonable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded such information.  Because of the unique nature of the Confidential Information, the parties understand and agree that the disclosing party will suffer irreparable harm in the event that a party which receives such disclosing party’s Confidential Information fails to comply with any of its obligations hereunder and that monetary damages will be inadequate to compensate disclosing party for such breach.  Accordingly, each party agrees that the disclosing party shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it at law or in equity, be entitled to seek injunctive relief to enforce the terms hereof.  Upon request of the disclosing party, unless the receiving party has a continuing right to use such Confidential Information pursuant to a license granted hereunder, the receiving party agrees to return to the disclosing party all Confidential Information of the disclosing party, or, at the receiving party’s option destroy such Confidential Information and, thereafter, certify immediately to the disclosing party that all such Confidential Information has been returned or destroyed.

 

12



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amended and Restated Agreement to be executed, effective as of the Restatement Date.

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

Dated:

By:

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

DOSE MEDICAL CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

Dated:

By:

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

13



 

EXHIBIT A — DOSE LICENSED PATENTS

 

(Status as of July 10, 2014)

 

KMOB
Ref. No.
GLAUKO.

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent
No

 

Issued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1C3CP1

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH THERAPEUTIC AGENTS AND METHODS THEREOF

 

US

 

Issued

 

7708711

 

05/04/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1C3CP1C1

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH THERAPEUTIC AGENTS AND METHODS THEREOF

 

US

 

Issued

 

8348877

 

01/08/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VRAU

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

AU

 

Issued

 

2006200392

 

11/25/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VR2AU

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

AU

 

Issued

 

2009202842

 

04/26/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001AUD3

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

AU

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001JPD2

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH THERAPEUTIC DRUG

 

JP

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5C1CP1

 

IMPLANT WITH INTRAOCULAR PRESSURE SENSOR FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

US

 

Issued

 

7678065

 

03/16/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5CCP1DV1

 

METHOD OF MONITORING INTRAOCULAR PRESSURE AND TREATING AN OCULAR DISORDER

 

US

 

Issued

 

8142364

 

03/27/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5CCPDD

 

SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MONITORING INTRAOCULAR PRESSURE AND TREATING AN OCULAR DISORDER

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

044A

 

INTRAOCULAR PHYSIOLOGICAL SENSOR

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

045A

 

IMPLANTS WITH CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY FEATURES AND METHODS OF USING SAME

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

045P1WO

 

IMPLANTS WITH CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY FEATURES AND METHODS OF USING SAME

 

WO

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

049PR

 

INTRAOCULAR DRUG DELIVERY IMPLANT

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

049PR2

 

INTRAOCULAR DRUG DELIVERY IMPLANT

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001P1C2

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH THERAPEUTIC AGENTS AND METHODS THEREOF

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

019NP

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

019EP

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

EP

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

A-1



 

KMOB
Ref. No.
GLAUKO.

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent
No

 

Issued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

032A

 

INTRAOCULAR PHYSIOLOGICAL SENSOR

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

036NP

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

036AU

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

AU

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

036CA

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

CA

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

036CN

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

CN

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

036EP

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

EP

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

036IN

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

IN

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

036JP

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

JP

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

037NP

 

UVEOSCLERAL DRUG DELIVERY IMPLANT AND METHODS FOR IMPLANTING THE SAME

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

A-2


 

EXHIBIT B — GLAUKOS GROUP 1 LICENSED PATENTS

 

(Status as of July 10, 2014)

 

KMOB
Ref No.
GLAUKO

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No.

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001A

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

6638239

 

10/28/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001C1

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

6955656

 

10/18/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001C2

 

L-SHAPED IMPLANT WITH BI-DIRECTIONAL FLOW

 

US

 

Issued

 

6780164

 

8/24/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001C4

 

IMPLANT WITH ANCHOR

 

US

 

Issued

 

7297130

 

11/20/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001CP1

 

GLAUCOMA TREATMENT DEVICE

 

US

 

Issued

 

6736791

 

5/18/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VAU

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

AU

 

Issued

 

2001245522

 

2/10/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VCA

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

CA

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VCAD1

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING AN OCULAR DISORDER

 

CA

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VDE

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

DE

 

Issued

 

1278492

 

4/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VEP

 

APPARATUS FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

EP

 

Issued

 

1278492

 

4/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001EPD2

 

IMPLANT FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

EP

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VREP

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

EP

 

Issued

 

2078516

 

01/02/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VES

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

ES

 

Issued

 

1278492

 

4/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VFR

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

FR

 

Issued

 

1278492

 

4/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VGB

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

GB

 

Issued

 

1278492

 

4/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VIT

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

IT

 

Issued

 

1278492

 

4/29/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VJP

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

JP

 

Issued

 

3985019

 

7/20/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001VRJP

 

APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

JP

 

Issued

 

5255214

 

4/26/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011A

 

GLAUCOMA STENT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

US

 

Issued

 

7135009

 

11/14/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011C1

 

IMPLANT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Issued

 

7563241

 

7/21/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011C1C1

 

SYSTEM FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS AND METHODS THEREOF

 

US

 

Issued

 

8075511

 

12/13/11

 

B-1



 

KMOB
Ref No.
GLAUKO

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No.

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011C1D2C

 

OCULAR IMPLANT DELIVERY SYSTEM AND METHODS THEREOF

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011C1DV1

 

SELF-TREPHINING IMPLANT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Issued

 

8062244

 

11/22/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011C1DV2

 

OCULAR IMPLANT DELIVERY SYSTEM AND METHODS THEREOF

 

US

 

Issued

 

7857782

 

12/28/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011C4

 

OCULAR IMPLANT SYSTEMS

 

US

 

Issued

 

8579846

 

11/12/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011C5

 

OCULAR IMPLANT SYSTEMS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011C6

 

OCULAR IMPLANT SYSTEMS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011CP1

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Issued

 

7867186

 

01/11/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011CP3

 

OCULAR IMPLANTS WITH ANCHORS AND METHODS THEREOF

 

US

 

Issued

 

7431710

 

10/7/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011QAU

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

AU

 

Issued

 

2004264913

 

12/08/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011QAUD1

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

AU

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011QAUD2

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

AU

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011QCA

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

CA

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011QEP

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

EP

 

Issued

 

1651291

 

3/13/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011QEPD1

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

EP

 

Issued

 

2351589

 

11/6/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011QJP

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

JP

 

Issued

 

5249513

 

4/19/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011QJPD1

 

DEVICES FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

JP

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011QJPD2

 

DEVICES FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

JP

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VAU

 

GLAUCOMA STENT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

AU

 

Issued

 

2002258754

 

11/30/06

 

B-2



 

KMOB
Ref No.
GLAUKO

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No.

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VCA

 

GLAUCOMA STENT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

CA

 

Issued

 

2442652

 

01/04/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VCAD1

 

NON-LINEAR DELIVERY DEVICE AND OCULAR IMPLANT WITH CUTTING MEMBER

 

CA

 

Issued

 

2718294

 

6/17/2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VDE

 

GLAUCOMA STENT FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

DE

 

Issued

 

602 25 815.4-08

 

3/26/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VEP

 

GLAUCOMA STENT FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

EP

 

Issued

 

1418868

 

3/26/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VEPD2

 

SYSTEM FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

EP

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VES

 

GLAUCOMA STENT FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

ES

 

Issued

 

1418868

 

3/26/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VFR

 

GLAUCOMA STENT FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

FR

 

Issued

 

1418868

 

3/26/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VGB

 

GLAUCOMA STENT FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

GB

 

Issued

 

1418868

 

3/26/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VIE

 

GLAUCOMA STENT FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

IE

 

Issued

 

1418868

 

3/26/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VIT

 

GLAUCOMA STENT FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

IT

 

Issued

 

1418868

 

3/26/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VJP

 

GLAUCOMA STENT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

JP

 

Issued

 

4264704

 

2/27/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VNL

 

GLAUCOMA STENT FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

NL

 

Issued

 

1418868

 

3/26/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VR2AU

 

IMPLANT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

AU

 

Issued

 

2009251058

 

12/5/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VRAU

 

IMPLANT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

AU

 

Issued

 

2006236060

 

1/7/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VRCA

 

SYSTEM AND METHODS THEREOF FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

CA

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VREP

 

SYSTEM FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

EP

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011VRJP

 

SYSTEM FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

JP

 

Issued

 

5255402

 

4/26/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011JPD2

 

SYSTEM FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

JP

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

011XEU

 

GLAUCOMA STENT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

EU

 

Issued

 

000097431-0001/2/3

 

12/27/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

013A

 

MEDICAL DEVICE AND METHODS OF USE FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

US

 

Issued

 

7094225

 

8/22/06

 

B-3



 

KMOB
Ref No.
GLAUKO

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No.

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

013C1

 

MEDICAL DEVICE AND METHODS OF USE FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

US

 

Issued

 

7273475

 

9/25/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

013C1DV1

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH DOUBLE ANCHOR MECHANISM

 

US

 

Issued

 

8337445

 

12/25/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

017A

 

GLAUCOMA STENT FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA AND METHODS OF USE

 

US

 

Issued

 

7331984

 

2/19/08

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

017C1

 

IMPLANT DELIVERY SYSTEM AND METHODS THEREOF FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

017C2

 

IMPLANT DELIVERY SYSTEM AND METHODS THEREOF FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Issued

 

7879079

 

02/01/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

020A

 

FLUID INFUSION METHODS FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

US

 

Issued

 

7186232

 

3/6/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

022A

 

COMBINED TREATMENT FOR CATARACT AND GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

US

 

Issued

 

7163543

 

1/16/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

022C1

 

COMBINED TREATMENT FOR CATARACT AND GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

US

 

Issued

 

7951155

 

5/31/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

029A

 

ANTERIOR CHAMBER DRUG-ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

034A

 

TARGETED STENT PLACEMENT AND MULTI-STENT THERAPY

 

US

 

Issued

 

7192412

 

3/20/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

035A

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH ANCHOR AND MULTIPLE OPENINGS

 

US

 

Issued

 

7488303

 

2/10/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

035C2

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH ANCHOR AND MULTIPLE OPENINGS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

035DV1

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH ANCHORING MECHANISM AND MULTIPLE OUTLETS

 

US

 

Issued

 

8007459

 

8/30/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

042PR

 

OCULAR IMPLANTS CONFIGURED TO STORE AND RELEASE STABLE DRUG FORMULATIONS

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

044DA

 

SURGICAL HANDPIECE

 

US

 

Issued

 

DES490152

 

5/18/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

044XEU

 

SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS

 

EU

 

Issued

 

000071071-0001

 

12/9/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

044XEU2

 

SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS

 

EU

 

Issued

 

000071071-0002

 

12/9/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

044XEU3

 

SURGICAL INSTRUMENTS

 

EU

 

Issued

 

000071071-0003

 

12/9/03

 

B-4



 

KMOB
Ref No.
GLAUKO

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No.

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

050PR1

 

IMPLANTS WITH CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY FEATURES AND METHODS OF USING SAME

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

050PR2

 

IMPLANTS WITH CONTROLLED DRUG DELIVERY FEATURES AND METHODS OF USING SAME

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

099A

 

UVEOSCLERAL SHUNT AND METHODS FOR IMPLANTING SAME

 

US

 

Issued

 

8506515

 

08/13/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

099C1

 

UVEOSCLERAL SHUNT AND METHODS FOR IMPLANTING SAME

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

099AUD1

 

UVEOSCLERAL SHUNT AND METHODS FOR IMPLANTING SAME

 

AU

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

099VCA

 

UVEOSCLERAL SHUNT AND METHODS FOR IMPLANTING SAME

 

CA

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

099VEP

 

UVEOSCLERAL SHUNT AND METHODS FOR IMPLANTING SAME

 

EP

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

099VJP

 

UVEOSCLERAL SHUNT AND METHODS FOR IMPLANTING SAME

 

JP

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100A

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

6450984

 

9/17/02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100C1

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

6626858

 

9/30/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100C1C1

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

6827699

 

12/7/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100C1C2

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

6827700

 

12/7/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100CC1C

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

7850637

 

12/14/10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100CC1C2

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Issued

 

8388568

 

03/05/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100CC1CD

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Issued

 

8771217

 

7/8/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100CC2C

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

8152752

 

04/10/12

 

B-5



 

KMOB
Ref No.
GLAUKO

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No.

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100C7

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100CPC1

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

7220238

 

5/22/07

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VCA

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

CA

 

Issued

 

2368354

 

2/17/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VDE

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

DE

 

Issued

 

60019740.9

 

4/27/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VEP

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

EP

 

Issued

 

1173124

 

4/27/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VEPD4

 

TRABECULOTOMY DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

EP

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VES

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

ES

 

Issued

 

1173124

 

4/27/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VFR

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

FR

 

Issued

 

1173124

 

4/27/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VGB

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

GB

 

Issued

 

1173124

 

4/27/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VIN

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

IN

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VIT

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

IT

 

Issued

 

1173124

 

4/27/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VJP

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

JP

 

Issued

 

3703721

 

7/29/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VR1JP

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

JP

 

Issued

 

4688444

 

2/25/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VRCA

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

CA

 

Issued

 

2648346

 

12/4/2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VREP

 

SHUNT DEVICE FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

EP

 

Issued

 

1477146

 

8/26/09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VREP2

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

EP

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VREP3

 

SHUNT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

EP

 

Issued

 

2116215

 

02/01/12

 

B-6



 

KMOB
Ref No.
GLAUKO

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No.

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113VRJPD

 

SHUNT DEVICE FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

JP

 

Issued

 

5323011

 

7/26/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

119A

 

STENT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

6464724

 

10/15/02

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

119C1

 

STENT DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TREATING GLAUCOMA

 

US

 

Issued

 

6783544

 

8/31/04

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11CP1C1

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Issued

 

7879001

 

02/01/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11CP1C2

 

DEVICES AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11CP2CP1

 

OCULAR DISORDER TREATMENT IMPLANTS WITH MULTIPLE OPENINGS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11P1C3

 

OCULAR IMPLANT SYSTEMS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11P1C4

 

OCULAR IMPLANT SYSTEMS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11CP3DV1

 

DRUG ELUTING OCULAR IMPLANT WITH ANCHOR AND METHODS THEREOF

 

US

 

Issued

 

8118768

 

2/21/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11P3D1C1

 

OCULAR SYSTEM WITH ANCHORING IMPLANT AND THERAPEUTIC AGENT

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140A

 

SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DELIVERING MULTIPLE OCULAR IMPLANTS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

140WO

 

SYSTEM FOR DELIVERING MULTIPLE OCULAR IMPLANTS

 

WO

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

155A

 

GONIOSCOPE FOR IMPROVED VIEWING

 

US

 

Issued

 

8070290

 

12/06/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

157DA

 

GONIOSCOPIC SYSTEM INCLUDING AN OPTICAL ELEMENT ATTACHMENT

 

US

 

Issued

 

D645489

 

9/20/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

171DA

 

GONIOSCOPIC SYSTEM INCLUDING AN OPTICAL ELEMENT ATTACHMENT

 

US

 

Issued

 

D645490

 

9/20/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

179A

 

SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DELIVERING AN OCULAR IMPLANT TO THE SUPRACHOROIDAL SPACE WITHIN AN EYE

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

B-7



 

KMOB
Ref No.
GLAUKO

 

Title of Invention

 

Country

 

Status

 

Patent No.

 

Issued

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

179WO

 

SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DELIVERING AN OCULAR IMPLANT TO THE SUPRACHOROIDAL SPACE WITHIN AN EYE

 

WO

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

196A

 

GLAUCOMA STENT AND METHODS THEREOF FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

US

 

Pending

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1C4C11

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH ANCHOR AND METHODS THEREOF

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1C4C12

 

METHOD OF DELIVERING AN IMPLANT FOR TREATING AN OCULAR DISORDER

 

US

 

Issued

 

8333742

 

12/18/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1C4C13

 

SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TREATING AN OCULAR DISORDER

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1C4C2

 

METHOD OF DELIVERING AN IMPLANT FOR TREATING AN OCULAR DISORDER

 

US

 

Issued

 

7867205

 

01/11/11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1C2C3DV1

 

IMPLANT DELIVERY DEVICE AND METHODS THEREOF FOR TREATMENT OF OCULAR DISORDERS

 

US

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

B-8



 

EXHIBIT C — GLAUKOS GROUP 2 LICENSED PATENTS

 

(Status as of July 10, 2014)

 

KMOB Ref.
No.
GLAUKO.

 

Title of Invention

 

Status

 

Patent No

 

Issued:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

001D1

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH THERAPEUTIC AGENT AND METHODS THEREOF

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1C2C3

 

OCULAR IMPLANT WITH ANCHOR AND THERAPEUTIC AGENT

 

Issued

 

8273050

 

09/25/12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

005A

 

BIFURCATABLE TRABECULAR SHUNT FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

Issued

 

6666841

 

12/23/03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

005C1

 

IMPLANT WITH PRESSURE SENSOR FOR GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

Issued

 

6981958

 

1/3/06

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

020C1

 

FLUID INFUSION METHODS FOR OCULAR DISORDER TREATMENT

 

Published

 

8617094

 

12/31/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

022C2

 

COMBINED TREATMENT FOR CATARACT AND GLAUCOMA TREATMENT

 

Published

 

 

 

 

 

C-1




Exhibit 10.26

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

 

DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 23, 2015

 

COMERICA BANK
AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, SOLE LEAD ARRANGER AND SOLE BOOKRUNNER

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

1

 

1.1

Certain Defined Terms

1

 

 

2.

REVOLVING CREDIT

37

 

2.1

Commitment

37

 

2.2

Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness

37

 

2.3

Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances

38

 

2.4

Disbursement of Advances

40

 

2.5

Swing Line

42

 

2.6

Interest Payments; Default Interest

47

 

2.7

Optional Prepayments

48

 

2.8

Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default

49

 

2.9

Revolving Credit Facility Fee

49

 

2.10

Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances

50

 

2.11

Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment

51

 

2.12

Use of Proceeds of Advances

52

 

 

 

2.A.

DRAW-TO TERM LOAN

52

 

2.A.1

Draw-To Term Loan

52

 

2.A.2

Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness

52

 

2.A.3

Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Draw-To Term Loan Advances

53

 

2.A.4

Disbursement of Advances

55

 

2.A.5

Repayment of Principal

57

 

2.A.6.

Interest Payments; Default Interest

57

 

2.A.7

Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default

58

 

2.A.8

Optional Prepayments

58

 

2.A.9

 

58

 

2.A.10

Mandatory Repayment of Draw-To Term Loan Advances

58

 

2.A.11

Use of Proceeds of Advances

59

 

 

 

3.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

59

 

3.1

Letters of Credit

59

 

3.2

Conditions to Issuance

60

 

3.3

Notice

61

 

3.4

Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs

61

 

3.5

Other Fees

63

 

3.6

Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under Letters of Credit

63

 

3.7

Obligations Irrevocable

65

 

3.8

Risk Under Letters of Credit

66

 

3.9

Indemnification

67

 

3.10

Right of Reimbursement

68

 

i



 

4.

TERM LOAN

69

 

4.1

Term Loan

69

 

4.2

Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness

69

 

4.3

Repayment of Principal

70

 

4.4

Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of Advances of the Term Loan

70

 

4.5

Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default

71

 

4.6

Interest Payments; Default Interest

71

 

4.7

Optional Prepayment of Term Loans

72

 

4.8

Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loans

72

 

4.9

Use of Proceeds

74

 

 

 

5.

CONDITIONS

74

 

5.1

Conditions of Initial Advances

74

 

5.2

Continuing Conditions

77

 

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

78

 

6.1

Corporate Authority

78

 

6.2

Due Authorization

78

 

6.3

Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens

78

 

6.4

Taxes

79

 

6.5

No Defaults

79

 

6.6

Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents

79

 

6.7

Compliance with Laws

79

 

6.8

Non-contravention

80

 

6.9

Litigation

80

 

6.10

Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc.

80

 

6.11

Agreements Affecting Financial Condition

80

 

6.12

No Investment Company or Margin Stock

80

 

6.13

ERISA

81

 

6.14

Conditions Affecting Business or Properties

81

 

6.15

Environmental and Safety Matters

81

 

6.16

Subsidiaries

82

 

6.17

Intellectual Property

82

 

6.18

Material Contracts

82

 

6.19

Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Tradenames, etc.

82

 

6.20

Capital Structure

82

 

6.21

Accuracy of Information

82

 

6.22

Solvency

83

 

6.23

Employee Matters

83

 

6.24

No Misrepresentation

83

 

6.25

Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence

84

 

ii



 

7.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

84

 

7.1

Financial Statements

84

 

7.2

Certificates; Other Information

85

 

7.3

Payment of Obligations

86

 

7.4

Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws

86

 

7.5

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

87

 

7.6

Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions

87

 

7.7

Notices

88

 

7.8

Hazardous Material Laws

89

 

7.9

Financial and other Covenants

90

 

7.10

Governmental and Other Approvals

90

 

7.11

Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices

91

 

7.12

Defense of Collateral

91

 

7.13

Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral

91

 

7.14

Accounts

93

 

7.15

Use of Proceeds

93

 

7.16

Glaukos Japan and Glaukos Germany

94

 

7.17

Further Assurances and Information

94

 

7.18

Registration of Intellectual Property Rights

94

 

 

 

8.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

95

 

8.1

Limitation on Debt

95

 

8.2

Limitation on Liens

96

 

8.3

Acquisitions

97

 

8.4

Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets

97

 

8.5

Restricted Payments

98

 

8.6

[Reserved]

99

 

8.7

Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances

99

 

8.8

Transactions with Affiliates

100

 

8.9

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

100

 

8.10

Limitations on Other Restrictions

100

 

8.11

Prepayment of Debt

101

 

8.12

Amendment of Subordinated Debt Documents

101

 

8.13

Modification of Certain Agreements

101

 

8.14

Management Fees

101

 

8.15

Fiscal Year

101

 

8.16

UC Agreement

101

 

 

 

 

9.

DEFAULTS

101

 

9.1

Events of Default

101

 

9.2

Exercise of Remedies

104

 

9.3

Rights Cumulative

105

 

9.4

Waiver by the Borrower of Certain Laws

105

 

9.5

Waiver of Defaults

105

 

9.6

Set Off

105

 

iii



 

10.

PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS

106

 

10.1

Payment Procedure

106

 

10.2

Application of Proceeds of Collateral

107

 

10.3

Pro-rata Recovery

107

 

10.4

Treatment of a Defaulting Lender; Reallocation of Defaulting Lender’s Fronting Exposure

107

 

 

 

11.

YIELD PROTECTION; INCREASED COSTS; MARGIN ADJUSTMENTS; taxes

109

 

11.1

Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs

109

 

11.2

Eurodollar Lending Office

110

 

11.3

Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability

110

 

11.4

Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability

111

 

11.5

Increased Cost of Advances Carried at the LIBOR Rate

111

 

11.6

Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs

112

 

11.7

Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates

112

 

11.8

Obligation to Mitigate

113

 

11.9

Delay in Requests

113

 

11.10

Taxes

113

 

 

 

12.

AGENT

115

 

12.1

Appointment of the Agent

115

 

12.2

Deposit Account with the Agent or any Lender

115

 

12.3

Scope of the Agent’s Duties

116

 

12.4

Successor Agent

116

 

12.5

Credit Decisions

117

 

12.6

Authority of the Agent to Enforce This Agreement

117

 

12.7

Indemnification of the Agent

117

 

12.8

Knowledge of Default

118

 

12.9

The Agent’s Authorization; Action by Lenders

118

 

12.10

Enforcement Actions by the Agent

118

 

12.11

Collateral Matters

119

 

12.12

The Agents in their Individual Capacities

119

 

12.13

The Agent’s Fees

120

 

12.14

Documentation Agent or other Titles

120

 

12.15

Subordination Agreements

120

 

12.16

Indebtedness in respect of Lender Products and Hedging Agreements

120

 

12.17

No Reliance on the Agent’s Customer Identification Program

120

 

 

 

13.

MISCELLANEOUS

121

 

13.1

Accounting Principles

121

 

13.2

Consent to Jurisdiction

121

 

13.3

Governing Law

121

 

13.4

Interest

122

 

13.5

Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification

122

 

13.6

Notices

123

 

13.7

Further Action

124

 

13.8

Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments

124

 

13.9

Counterparts

128

 

13.10

Amendment and Waiver

128

 

iv



 

 

  13.11

Confidentiality

131

 

  13.12

Substitution or Removal of Lenders

131

 

  13.13

Withholding Taxes

133

 

  13.14

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

135

 

  13.15

USA Patriot Act Notice

138

 

  13.16

Complete Agreement; Conflicts

138

 

  13.17

Severability

138

 

  13.18

Table of Contents and Headings; Section References

138

 

  13.19

Construction of Certain Provisions

139

 

  13.20

Independence of Covenants

139

 

  13.21

Electronic Transmissions

139

 

  13.22

Advertisements

140

 

  13.23

Reliance on and Survival of Provisions

140

 

  13.24

Delivery of Information

140

 

v



 

EXHIBITS

 

A FORM OF REQUEST FOR REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE

B FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

C FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE

D FORM OF REQUEST FOR SWING LINE ADVANCE

E FORM OF NOTICE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT

F FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT

G FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

H FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

I FORM OF REQUEST FOR DRAW-TO TERM LOAN ADVANCE

J FORM OF COVENANT COMPLIANCE REPORT

K FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE

L FORM OF TERM LOAN RATE REQUEST

M FORM OF SWING LINE PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATE

N FORM OF DRAW-TO TERM LOAN NOTE

O-1 FORM OF TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (FOREIGN LENDERS THAT ARE NOT PARTNERSHIPS FOR US FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES)

O-2 FORM OF TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (FOREIGN PARTICIPANTS THAT ARE NOT PARTNERSHIPS FOR US FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES)

O-3 FORM OF TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (FOREIGN PARTICIPANTS THAT ARE PARTNERSHIPS FOR US FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES)

O-4 FORM OF TAX COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE (FOREIGN LENDERS THAT ARE PARTNERSHIPS FO R US FEDERAL INCOME TAX PURPOSES)

 

ANNEXES

 

I                                            Applicable Margin Grid

II                                       Percentages and Allocations

III                                  Notices

IV                                   2015 Performance Covenant Levels

 

SCHEDULES

 

1.1                                Compliance Information

5.1(c)                  UCC Jurisdictions

5.2                                Jurisdictions

6.3(b)                 Real Property Locations

6.4                                Taxes

6.7                                Compliance with Laws

6.9                                Litigation

6.10                         Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc.

6.13                         ERISA

6.15                         Environmental and Safety Matters

6.16                         Subsidiaries

6.18                         Material Contracts

 

1



 

6.19                         Trade Names

6.20                         Capital Structure/Equity Interests

6.23                         Employee Matters

8.1                                Debt

8.2                                Liens

8.7                                Investments

8.8                                Transactions With Affiliates

 

2



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the 23 rd day of February, 2015, by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory hereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as the Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Borrower and Comerica Bank entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated June 5, 2013 (as amended, the “Prior Credit Agreement”).

 

B.                                     Borrower now desires to amend and replace the Prior Credit Agreement with an amended and restated credit agreement evidenced by this Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Lenders are prepared to amend and replace the Prior Credit Agreement, but only on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants contained herein, the Borrower, the Lenders, and the Agent agree as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS.

 

1.1                                Certain Defined Terms .  For the purposes of this Agreement the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

“Account(s)” shall mean any account or account receivable as defined under the UCC, including without limitation, with respect to any Person, any right of such Person to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered.

 

“Account Control Agreement(s)” shall mean those certain account control agreements, or similar agreements that are delivered pursuant to Section 7.16 of this Agreement or otherwise, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Account Debtor” shall mean the party who is obligated on or under any Account.

 

“Advance(s)” shall mean, as the context may indicate, a borrowing requested by the Borrower, and made by the Revolving Credit Lenders under Section 2.1 hereof or, the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders under Section 2.A.1 hereof,  the Term Loan Lenders under Section 4.1 hereof, or the Swing Line Lender under Section 2.5 hereof, including without limitation any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3, 2.A.3, 2.5  or 4.4

 

1



 

hereof, and any advance deemed to have been made in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section 3.6(c) hereof, and shall include, as applicable, a Eurodollar-based Advance, a Base Rate Advance and a Quoted Rate Advance.

 

“Affected Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12 hereof.

 

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling (including but not limited to all directors and officers of such Person), controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person for the purposes of this definition if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managers of such other Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, and include any successor agents appointed in accordance with Section 12.4 hereof.

 

“Agent’s Correspondent” shall mean for Eurodollar-based Advances, the Agent’s Grand Cayman Branch (or for the account of said branch office, at the Agent’s main office in Detroit, Michigan, United States).

 

“Applicable Fee Percentage” shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the applicable percentage used to calculate certain of the fees due and payable hereunder, determined by reference to the appropriate columns in the Pricing Matrix attached to this Agreement as Annex I.

 

“Applicable Interest Rate” shall mean, (i) with respect to each Revolving Credit Advance, Draw-To Term Loan Advance and Term Loan Advance, the Eurodollar-based Rate or the Base Rate, and (ii) with respect to each Swing Line Advance, the Base Rate or, if made available to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender at its option, the Quoted Rate, in each case as selected by the Borrower from time to time subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

“Applicable Margin” shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the applicable interest rate margin, determined by reference to the appropriate columns in the Pricing Matrix attached to this Agreement as Annex I.

 

“Applicable Measuring Period” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the preceding six month period ended on such date.

 

“Asset Sale” shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) of any asset (other than the sale or transfer of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the stock or other ownership interests of any Subsidiary) to any Person (other than to the Borrower or a Guarantor) other than those Asset Sales permitted under Section 8.4 (a), (c), (d), (e), (f), (h) or (j).

 

2


 

“Assignment Agreement” shall mean an Assignment Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto.

 

“Authorized Signer” shall mean each person who has been authorized by the Borrower to execute and deliver any requests for Advances hereunder pursuant to a written authorization delivered to the Agent and whose signature card or incumbency certificate has been received by the Agent.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code and the rules promulgated thereunder, as amended.

 

“Base Rate” shall mean for any day, that rate of interest which is equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate for such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day, plus one percent (1.0%), and (c) the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate plus one percent (1.0%); provided, however, for purposes of determining the Base Rate during any period that LIBOR Rate is unavailable as determined under Sections 11.3 or 11.4 hereof, the Base Rate shall be determined using, for clause (c) hereof, the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate in effect immediately prior to the LIBOR Rate becoming unavailable pursuant to Sections 11.3 or 11.4.

 

“Base Rate Advance” shall mean an Advance which bears interest at the Base Rate.

 

“Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Borrowing Base” shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to the sum of (i) eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, plus (ii) the lesser of (a) thirty percent (30%) of Eligible Inventory and (b) $1,500,000 minus (iii) the Rent Reserve; provided that (x) the Borrowing Base shall be determined on the basis of the most current Borrowing Base Certificate required or permitted to be submitted hereunder, and (y) the amount determined as the Borrowing Base shall be subject to, without duplication, any reserves for contras/offsets, drop ship receivables, inventory-in-transit, potential offsets due to customer deposits, discount arrangements, chargebacks, disputed accounts (or potential chargebacks or disputed accounts), and such other reserves as reasonably established by the Agent, at the direction or with the concurrence of the Majority Revolving Lenders from time to time, to reflect events, conditions, contingencies or risks which, as reasonably determined by the Agent, adversely affect, or would reasonably be expected to adversely affect, any of:  (i) the Collateral or its value, (ii) the assets or business of the Borrower or (iii) the Liens and other rights of the Agent in the Collateral (including the enforceability, perfection and priority thereof) (which Lien and other rights in an item of Collateral shall be considered as a whole), or (b) to reflect the Agent’s good faith belief that any collateral report or financial information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower is or may have been incomplete, inaccurate or misleading in any material respect, so as to compensate for the effect of any such incompletion, inaccuracy or misleading statement.  The amount of any reserve established by the Agent shall have a reasonable relationship to the event, condition or other matter which is the basis for such reserve.  In the event that the Agent or the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders deem it necessary or appropriate to establish any such reserve, the Agent shall give notice of such event(s) to an Authorized Signer of a Borrower, which notice shall be in advance of the establishment of such reserve.

 

3



 

“Borrowing Base Certificate” shall mean a borrowing base certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit G attached hereto, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

 

“Borrowing Base Obligors” shall mean the Borrower and the Guarantors, and “Borrowing Base Obligor” shall mean any of them, as the context shall indicate.

 

“Brown/Lynch Subordination Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement dated as of the Effective Date by the Brown/Lynch Subordinated Creditors in favor of the Agent and the Lenders (and acknowledged by the Borrower) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Brown/Lynch Subordinated Creditors” shall mean, collectively Reay Brown, M.D. and Mary Lynch, M.D., and their respective successors and assigns.

 

“Brown/Lynch Subordinated Debt” shall mean the Funded Debt of the Borrower to the Brown/Lynch Subordinated Creditors under the Brown/Lynch Subordinated Debt Documents.

 

“Brown/Lynch Subordinated Debt Documents” shall mean that certain subordinated promissory note issued by the Borrower to the Brown/Lynch Subordinated Creditors on November 1, 2013, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, together with any and all other documents, instruments and certificates executed and delivered pursuant thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on which commercial banks are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in Detroit, Michigan and New York, New York, and in the case of a Business Day which relates to a Eurodollar-based Advance, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

“Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, with respect to any Person (without duplication), the aggregate of all expenditures incurred by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a Capitalized Lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment, plant and property that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries, but excluding (a) expenditures made in connection with the Reinvestment of Insurance Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds or the Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales, (b) leasehold improvement expenditures that are paid for or reimbursed by third party landlords, and (c) such expenditures to the extent made with proceeds of indemnity payments or third party reimbursements received by the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Capitalized Lease” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) with respect to which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee thereunder, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of that Person.

 

4



 

“Cash” means unrestricted cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, which is not subject to any Lien other than a Lien in favor of Agent for the benefit of the Lenders and customary Liens on deposits of cash in favor of deposit banks solely to the extent incurred in connection with the maintenance of such deposit accounts in the ordinary course of business.

 

“Change in Law” shall mean the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of any of the following: (i) the adoption or introduction of, or any change in any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not applicable to any Lender or Agent on such date, or (ii) any change in interpretation, administration or implementation of any such law, treaty, rule or regulation by any Governmental Authority, or (iii) the issuance, making or implementation by any Governmental Authority of any interpretation, administration, request, regulation, guideline, or directive (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines.  For purposes of this definition, (x) a change in law, treaty, rule, regulation, interpretation, administration or implementation shall include, without limitation, any change made or which becomes effective on the basis of a law, treaty, rule, regulation, interpretation administration or implementation then in force, the effective date of which change is delayed by the terms of such law, treaty, rule, regulation, interpretation, administration or implementation, (y) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203, H.R. 4173) and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith shall be deemed to be a “Change in “Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or promulgated, and (z) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall each be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

 

“Change of Control” shall mean a transaction in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or its predecessor or successor, as applicable.

 

“Collateral” shall mean all property or rights in which a security interest, mortgage, lien or other encumbrance for the benefit of the Lenders is or has been granted or arises or has arisen, under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise to secure the Indebtedness.

 

“Collateral Access Agreement” shall mean an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Lenders, pursuant to which a mortgagee or lessor of real property on which Collateral is stored or otherwise located, or a warehouseman, processor or other bailee of inventory or other property owned by any Credit Party (excluding

 

5



 

any Foreign Subsidiaries), that acknowledges the Liens under the Collateral Documents and subordinates or waives any Liens held by such Person on such property and, includes such other agreements with respect to the Collateral as the Agent may reasonably require, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Collateral Documents” shall mean the Security Agreement, the Pledge Agreements, the Mortgages, the Account Control Agreements, the Consent to Assignment, the Collateral Access Agreements, and all other security documents (and any joinders thereto) executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Agent on or after the Effective Date, in connection with any of the foregoing collateral documents, in each case, as such collateral documents may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Comerica Bank” shall mean Comerica Bank, its successors or assigns.

 

“Commitments” shall mean the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment.

 

“Condemnation Proceeds” shall mean the cash proceeds received by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) in respect of any condemnation proceeding net of (a) reasonable fees and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the collection thereof and (b) any amounts retained by or paid to parties having superior rights to such proceeds, awards or other payments to the extent such rights were permitted hereunder.

 

“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.

 

“Consolidated” (or “consolidated”) or “Consolidating” (or “consolidating”) shall mean, when used with reference to any financial term in this Agreement, the aggregate for two or more Persons of the amounts signified by such term for all such Persons determined on a consolidated (or consolidating) basis in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis. Unless otherwise specified herein, “Consolidated” and “Consolidating” shall refer to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated or Consolidating basis.

 

“Consolidated Funded Debt” shall mean at any date the aggregate amount of all Funded Debt of the Credit Parties at such date, determined on a Consolidated basis.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” shall mean the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, after deduction of all expenses, taxes and other proper charges, determined in accordance with GAAP, after eliminating therefrom all extraordinary nonrecurring items of income.

 

“Consolidated Total Interest Expense” shall mean with respect to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for any period, the aggregate amount of interest required to be paid or payable in cash by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period on all Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding during all or any part of such period, whether such interest was or is required to be reflected as an item of expense or capitalized lease or any synthetic lease, and including any Fees.

 

6



 

“Contractual Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

“Copyright Licenses” means, with respect to the each Credit Party, all license agreements with any other Person in connection with any of the Copyrights or such other Person’s copyrights, whether such Credit Party is a licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, subject, in each case, to the terms of such license agreements and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.

 

“Copyrights” means, with respect to the each Credit Party, all copyrights and mask works, whether or not registered, and all applications for registration of all copyrights and mask works, including, but not limited to all copyrights and mask works, and including without limitation (a) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and misappropriations thereof; (b) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all Copyright Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof); and (c) all rights corresponding thereto and all modifications, adaptations, translations, enhancements and derivative works, renewals thereof, and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Credit Party accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.

 

“Covenant Compliance Report” shall mean the report to be furnished by the Borrower to the Agent pursuant to Section 7.2(a) hereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which report the Borrower shall set forth the information specified therein.

 

“Credit Parties” shall mean the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and “Credit Party” shall mean any one of them, as the context indicates or otherwise requires.

 

“Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” shall mean for any day a per annum interest rate which is equal to the quotient of the following:

 

(a)                                  the LIBOR Rate;

 

divided by

 

(b)                                  a percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to 1.00 minus the maximum rate on such date at which Agent is required to maintain reserves on “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Agent is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category;

 

such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Agent, to the seventh decimal place.

 

7



 

“Debt” shall mean as to any Person, without duplication (a) all Funded Debt of a Person, (b) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d) all indebtedness of such Person arising in connection with any Hedging Transaction entered into by such Person, (e) all recourse Debt of any partnership of which such Person is the general partner, and (f) any Off Balance Sheet Liabilities.

 

“Debt Service Coverage Ratio” shall mean, as of any date of determination, a ratio, the numerator of which is EBITDA for the Applicable Measuring Period ending on such date less the sum of (a) unfinanced Capital Expenditures, (b) taxes, (c) Distributions and (d) those Investments described in Section 8.7(h) of this Agreement, in each case paid or made or payable in cash by Borrower or its Subsidiaries during such period and the denominator of which is the sum of all principal and interest payments that become due and payable in cash by Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period with respect to Funded Debt, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

 

“Default” shall mean any event that with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

“Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Advances within two (2) Business Days of the date such Advances were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Agent, any Issuing Lender, any Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Advances) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Agent or any Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) has not been satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state

 

8



 

or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority, so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.  Any determination by the Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Lender, each Swing Line Lender and each Lender.

 

“Distribution” is defined in Section 8.5 hereof.

 

“Draw-To Term Loan” shall mean the non-revolving loans to be advanced to the Borrower by the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders pursuant to Article 2.A hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment.

 

“Draw-To Term Loan Advance” shall mean a borrowing requested by the Borrower and made by the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders under Section 2.A.1 of this Agreement, including without limitation any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.A.3 hereof, and shall include, as applicable, a Eurodollar-based Advance and/or a Base Rate Advance.

 

“Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment” shall mean Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), subject to termination under Section 9.2 hereof.

 

“Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Amount” shall mean with respect to any Draw-To Term Loan Lender, (i) if the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated, the amount specified opposite such Draw-To Term Loan Lender’s name in the column entitled “Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Amount” on Annex II, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof; and (ii) if the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the amount equal to its Percentage of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Draw-To Term Loan.

 

“Draw-To Term Loan Lenders” shall mean the financial institutions from time to time parties hereto as lenders of the Draw-To Term Loan.

 

“Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fee” shall mean, the fee payable to Agent for distribution to the Term Loan Banks during the Draw-To Term Loan Funding Period, pursuant to Section 2.A.9 hereof.

 

“Draw-To Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean February 23, 2019.

 

9



 

“Draw-To Term Loan Notes” shall mean the notes described in Section 2.A.2 hereof, made by the Borrower to each of the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders in the form annexed to this Agreement as Exhibit N, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any other notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.

 

“Draw-To Term Loan Percentage” shall mean with respect to each Draw-To Term Loan Lender, its percentage share of the Draw-To Term Loan, as set forth in Annex II, as such Schedule may be revised from time to time by Agent in accordance with Section 13.8.

 

“Draw-To Term Loan Funding Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the earlier of (a) February 23, 2016, or (b) the date on which the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9.2 hereof.

 

“Dollars” and the sign “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any state or other political subdivision thereof or which is considered to be a “disregarded entity” for United States federal income tax purposes and which is not a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code, in each case provided such Subsidiary is owned by the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, and “Domestic Subsidiaries” shall mean any or all of them.

 

“EBITDA” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Consolidated Net Income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the Applicable Measuring Period ending on such date, plus in each case, to the extent deducted in computation of such Consolidated Net Income and without duplication, the sum of (a) Income Taxes for such period, (b) Consolidated Total Interest Expense paid or accrued for such period, and (c) depreciation and amortization expense for such period, (d) non-cash expenses, (e) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and any amendment, supplement or modification hereto, (f) all costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Subordinated Debt, and (g) costs and expenses incurred in connection with Permitted Acquisitions whether or not consummated, provided that the aggregate amount of the items in clauses (e), (f) and (g) shall not exceed $500,000, minus, to the extent added in computing Consolidated Net Income, and without duplication, all extraordinary and non-recurring revenue and gains (including income tax benefits) for such period, all as determined in accordance with GAAP).

 

“Effective Date” shall mean the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 have been satisfied.

 

“Electronic Transmission” shall mean each document, instruction, authorization, file, information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by e-mail or E-Fax, or otherwise to or from an E-System or other equivalent service.

 

10



 

“Eligible Accounts” shall mean an Account as to which the following is true and accurate as of the date that such Account is included in the applicable Borrowing Base Certificate:

 

(a)                                  such Account arose in the ordinary course of the business of a Borrowing Base Obligor out of either (i) a bona fide sale of Inventory by such Borrowing Base Obligor, and in such case such Inventory has in fact been shipped to the applicable Account Debtor or the Inventory has otherwise been accepted by the applicable Account Debtor, or (ii) services performed by such Borrowing Base Obligor under an enforceable contract (written or oral), and in such case such services have in fact been performed for the applicable Account Debtor and accepted by such Account Debtor;

 

(b)                                  such Account represents a legally valid and enforceable claim which is due and owing to a Borrowing Base Obligor by the applicable Account Debtor and for such amount as is represented by the Borrower to the Agent in the applicable Borrowing Base Certificate;

 

(c)                                   it is evidenced by an invoice dated not later than three (3) Business Days after the date of the delivery or shipment of the related Inventory giving rise to such Account and not more than ninety (90) days have passed since the invoice date corresponding to such Account;

 

(d)                                  the portion of the unpaid balance of such Account that is included in the applicable Borrowing Base Certificate is not subject to any defense or counterclaim that has been asserted by the applicable Account Debtor, or any setoff, contra account, credit, allowance or adjustment by the Account Debtor because of returned, inferior or damaged Inventory or services, or for any other reason, except for customary discounts allowed by the applicable Borrowing Base Obligor in the ordinary course of business for prompt payment, and, to the extent there is any agreement between the applicable Borrowing Base Obligor, the related Account Debtor and any other Person, for any rebate, discount, concession or release of liability in respect of such Account, in whole or in part, the amount of such rebate, discount, concession or release of liability shall be excluded from the Borrowing Base;

 

(e)                                   the applicable Borrowing Base Obligor has granted to the Agent pursuant to or in accordance with the Collateral Documents (except to the extent not required to do so thereunder) a first priority perfected security interest in such Account prior in right to all other Persons and such Account has not been sold, transferred or otherwise assigned or encumbered by such Borrowing Base Obligor, as applicable, to or in favor of any Person other than pursuant to or in accordance with the Collateral Documents or this Agreement;

 

11



 

(f)                                    it is not owing by any Account Debtor who, as of the date of determination, has failed to pay twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the aggregate amount of its Accounts owing to any Borrowing Base Obligor within ninety (90) days since the original invoice date corresponding to such Accounts;

 

(g)                                   it is not an Account owing by any Account Debtor which when aggregated with all other Accounts owing by such Account Debtor would cause the Borrowing Base Obligors’ Accounts owing from such Account Debtor to exceed an amount equal to twenty five percent (25%) of the Borrowing Base Obligors’ aggregate Eligible Accounts owing from all Account Debtors;

 

(h)                                  such Account is not represented by any note, trade acceptance, draft or other negotiable instrument or by any chattel paper, except to the extent any such note, trade acceptance, draft, other negotiable instrument or chattel paper has been endorsed and delivered by any Borrowing Base Obligor pursuant to or in accordance with the Collateral Documents or this Agreement and/or otherwise in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent on or prior to such Account’s inclusion in any applicable Borrowing Base Certificate;

 

(i)                                      the Borrowing Base Obligors have not received, with respect to such Account, any notice of the dissolution, liquidation, termination of existence, insolvency, business failure, appointment of a receiver for any part of the property of, assignment for the benefit of creditors by, or the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against, such Account Debtor;

 

(j)                                     it is not an account billed in advance, payable on delivery, for consigned goods, for guaranteed sales, for unbilled sales, payable at a future date, bonded or insured by a surety company or subject to a retainage or holdback by the Account Debtor;

 

(k)                                  the Account Debtor on such Account is not:

 

(i)                                      an Affiliate of any Credit Party;

 

(ii)                                   the United States of America, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof (unless the applicable Borrowing Base Obligor has assigned its right to payment of such Account to the Agent in a manner satisfactory to the Agent so as to comply with the provisions of the Federal Assignment of Claims Act);

 

(iii)                                a citizen or resident of any jurisdiction other than one of the United States or Canada, unless such Account is secured by a letter of credit issued by a bank acceptable to the Agent which letter of

 

12


 

credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to the Agent; provided however that any unsecured Accounts that do not exceed, in the aggregate, at any time an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount of the Borrowing Base at such time may be deemed Eligible Accounts; or

 

(iv)                               an Account Debtor whose Accounts the Agent, acting in its reasonable credit judgment, has deemed not to constitute Eligible Accounts because the collectibility of such Accounts is or is reasonably expected to be impaired; and

 

(l)                                      such Account satisfies any other eligibility criteria established from time to time by the Agent in its sole discretion or at the direction of the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

Any Account, which is at any time an Eligible Account but which subsequently fails to meet any of the foregoing requirements, shall forthwith cease to be an Eligible Account.

 

“Eligible Assignee” shall mean (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) any Person (other than a natural person) that is or will be engaged in the business of making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business, provided that such Person is administered or managed by a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an entity or Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender; or (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the (i) the Agent (and in the case of an assignment of a commitment under the Revolving Credit, the Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender), and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; provided further that (x) notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower, or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries; and (y) no assignment shall be made to a Defaulting Lender (or any Person who would be a Defaulting Lender if such Person was a Lender hereunder) without the consent of the Agent, and in the case of an assignment of a commitment under the Revolving Credit, the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender.

 

“Eligible Inventory” shall mean Inventory, valued at the lower of cost or market value, of any Borrowing Base Obligor which meets each of the following requirements on the date that such Inventory is included in the applicable Borrowing Base Certificate:

 

(a)                                  it (i) is subject to a first priority perfected Lien in favor of the Agent and (ii) is not subject to any Liens other than Permitted Liens of the type described in clause (a) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

 

(b)                                  it is in saleable condition;

 

(c)                                   it is stored and held in locations owned by a Borrowing Base Obligor or, if such locations are not so owned, the Agent is in possession of a Collateral Access Agreement or other similar waiver or acknowledgment

 

13



 

agreements, pursuant to which the applicable lessor, warehouseman, processor or bailee provides reasonably satisfactory lien waivers and access rights to the Inventory;

 

(d)                                  it is not Inventory produced in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act and subject to the “hot goods” provisions contained in Title 29 U.S.C. §215;

 

(e)                                   it is located in the United States or in any territory or possession of the United States that has adopted Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code;

 

(f)                                    (i) it is not “in transit” to any Borrowing Base Obligor and (ii) it is not held by any Borrowing Base Obligor on consignment;

 

(g)                                   it is not subject to any agreement which would restrict the Agent’s ability to sell or otherwise dispose of such Inventory;

 

(h)                                  it is not work-in-progress Inventory; and

 

(i)                                      the Agent shall not have determined in its reasonable discretion that it is unacceptable due to age, type, category, quality, quantity and/or any other reason whatsoever.

 

Inventory which is at any time Eligible Inventory but which subsequently fails to meet any of the foregoing requirements shall forthwith cease to be Eligible Inventory.

 

“Equity Interest” shall mean (i) in the case of any corporation, all capital stock and any securities exchangeable for or convertible into capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents of corporate stock (however designated) in or to such association or entity, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, and including, in all of the foregoing cases described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), any warrants, rights or other options to purchase or otherwise acquire any of the interests described in any of the foregoing cases.

 

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor act or code and the regulations in effect from time to time thereunder.

 

“E-System” shall mean any electronic system and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated, hosted or utilized by the Agent, any of its Affiliates or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.

 

“Eurodollar-based Advance” shall mean any Advance which bears interest at the Eurodollar-based Rate.

 

14



 

“Eurodollar-based Rate” shall mean a per annum interest rate which is equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin, plus the quotient of :

 

(a)                                  the LIBOR Rate, divided by

 

(b)                                  a percentage equal to 100% minus the maximum rate on such date at which the Agent is required to maintain reserves on ‘Eurocurrency Liabilities’ as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as the Agent is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurocurrency deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurocurrency loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category,

 

such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Agent, to the seventh decimal place.

 

“Eurodollar-Interest Period” shall mean, for any Eurodollar-based Advance, an Interest Period of one, two, three or six months (or any shorter or longer periods agreed to in advance by the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders) as selected by the Borrower, for such Eurodollar-based Advance pursuant to Section 2.3 or 4.4 hereof, as the case may be.

 

“Eurodollar Lending Office” shall mean, (a) with respect to the Agent, the Agent’s office located at its Grand Caymans Branch or such other branch of the Agent, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders and (b) as to each of the Lenders, its office, branch or affiliate located at its address set forth on the signature pages hereof (or identified thereon as its Eurodollar Lending Office), or at such other office, branch or affiliate of such Lender as it may hereafter designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office by written notice to the Borrower and the Agent.

 

“Event of Default” shall mean each of the Events of Default specified in Section 9.1 hereof.

 

“Excluded Swap Obligation” shall mean any obligation of any Credit Party to any Lender with respect to a “swap,” as defined in Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), if and to the extent that such Credit Party’s guaranteeing of, or granting of a security interest or lien to secure, such swap obligation, is or becomes illegal under the CEA, or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof), by virtue of such Credit Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in Section 1a(18) of the CEA and the regulations thereunder, at the time such guarantee or such security interest grant becomes effective with respect to such swap obligation.  If any such swap obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, the foregoing exclusion shall apply only to those swap obligations that are attributable to swaps in respect of which such Credit Party’s guaranteeing of, or granting of a security interest or lien to secure, such swaps is or becomes illegal.

 

15



 

“Excluded Taxes” shall mean any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in the loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Borrower under Section 13.12) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 13.13 and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

“Existing Investors” shall mean the investors of Borrower as of the Effective Date and any Affiliates or directly related funds to such investors that are subject to the same control as such investor.

 

“FATCA” shall mean sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), and any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to such intergovernmental agreement.

 

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent, all as conclusively determined by the Agent, such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Agent, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100th of 1%.

 

“Fee Letter” shall mean the fee letter by and between Borrower and Comerica Bank dated as of December 4, 2014 relating to the Indebtedness hereunder, as amended, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Fees” shall mean the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fee, the Letter of Credit Fees and the other fees and charges (including any agency fees) payable by the Borrower to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender or the Agent hereunder or under the Fee Letter.

 

16



 

“Final Maturity Date” shall mean the last to occur of (i) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, (ii) the Term Loan Maturity Date, or (iii) the Draw-To Term Loan Maturity Date.

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean the twelve-month period ending on each December 31.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary, other than a Domestic Subsidiary, and “Foreign Subsidiaries” shall mean any or all of them.

 

“Fronting Exposure” shall mean, at any time there is an Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of outstanding Swing Line Advances made by the Swing Line Lender.

 

“Funded Debt” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services as of such date (other than operating leases and trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices) or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (b) the principal component of all obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases, (c) all reimbursement obligations (actual, contingent or otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances or similar obligations issued or created for the account of such Person, (d) all liabilities of the type described in (a), (b) and (c) above that are secured by any Liens on any property owned by such Person as of such date even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof, the amount of which is determined in accordance with GAAP; provided however that so long as such Person is not personally liable for any such liability, the amount of such liability shall be deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value at such date of the property subject to the Lien securing such liability and the amount of the liability secured, and (e) all Guarantee Obligations in respect of any liability which constitutes Funded Debt; provided, however that Funded Debt shall not include any indebtedness under any Hedging Transaction prior to the occurrence of a termination event with respect thereto.

 

“GAAP” shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as applicable on such date, consistently applied, as in effect on the Effective Date.

 

“Glaukos Germany” means Glaukos Europe GmbH, an entity organized under the laws of Germany.

 

“Glaukos Japan” means Glaukos Japan GK, an entity to be organized under the laws of Japan.

 

“GMP Vision Solutions Subordination Agreement” shall mean the Amended and Restated Subordination Agreement dated as of the Effective Date by the GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Creditor in favor of the Agent (and acknowledged by the Borrower) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

17



 

“GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Creditor” shall mean GMP Vision Solutions, Inc. and its respective successors and assigns.

 

“GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Debt” shall mean the Funded Debt of the Borrower to the GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Creditor under the GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Debt Documents.

 

“GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Debt Documents” shall mean that certain subordinated promissory note issued by the Borrower to the GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Creditor on November 1, 2013, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, together with any and all other documents, instruments and certificates executed and delivered pursuant thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

“Governmental Authority” shall mean the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including without limitation any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including, without limitation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

 

“Governmental Obligations” shall mean noncallable direct general obligations of the United States of America or obligations the payment of principal of and interest on which is unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America.

 

“Guarantee Obligation” shall mean as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”) any obligation of the guaranteeing Person in respect of any obligation of another Person (the “primary obligor”) (including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit), the creation of which was induced by a reimbursement agreement, guaranty agreement, keepwell agreement, purchase agreement, counterindemnity or similar obligation issued by the guaranteeing person, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Debt, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of the primary obligor in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary

 

18



 

course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the applicable Person in good faith.

 

“Guarantor(s)” shall mean each Subsidiary of the Borrower which has executed and delivered to the Agent a Guaranty (or a joinder to a Guaranty), and a Security Agreement (or a joinder to the Security Agreement).

 

“Guaranty” shall mean, collectively, those guaranty agreements executed and delivered from time to time after the Effective Date (whether by execution of joinder agreements or otherwise) pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, in each case in a form reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the Majority Lenders, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Hazardous Material” shall mean any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or material defined or regulated as such in or for purposes of the Hazardous Material Laws.

 

“Hazardous Material Law(s)” shall mean all laws, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and other governmental restrictions and requirements issued by any federal, state, local or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or body (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof) pertaining to any substance or material which is regulated for reasons of health, safety or the environment and which is present or alleged to be present on or about or used in any facilities owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party, or any portion thereof including, without limitation, those relating to soil, surface, subsurface ground water conditions and the condition of the indoor and outdoor ambient air; any so-called “superfund” or “superlien” law; and any other United States federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any Hazardous Material, as now or at any time during the term of the Agreement in effect.

 

“Hedging Agreement” shall mean any agreement relating to a Hedging Transaction entered into between the Borrower and any Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.

 

“Hedging Transaction” means each interest rate swap transaction, basis swap transaction, forward rate transaction, equity transaction, equity index transaction, foreign exchange transaction, cap transaction, floor transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions and any combination of any of the foregoing).

 

“Hereof”, “hereto”, “hereunder” and similar terms shall refer to this Agreement and not to any particular paragraph or provision of this Agreement.

 

19



 

“Income Taxes” shall mean for any period the aggregate amount of taxes based on income or profits for such period with respect to the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, all corporate franchise, capital stock, net worth and value-added taxes assessed by state and local governments) determined in accordance with GAAP on a Consolidated basis (to the extent such income and profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income).

 

“Indebtedness” shall mean all indebtedness and liabilities (including without limitation principal, interest (including without limitation interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document after an applicable maturity date and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Credit Parties whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), fees, expenses and other charges) arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, of any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof or to the Agent, in any manner and at any time, whether arising under this Agreement, the Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents (including without limitation, payment obligations under Hedging Transactions evidenced by Hedging Agreements), due or hereafter to become due, now owing or that may hereafter be incurred by any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof or to the Agent, and which shall be deemed to include protective advances made by the Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document and any liabilities of any Credit Party to the Agent or any Lender arising in connection with any Lender Products, in each case whether or not reduced to judgment, with interest according to the rates and terms specified, and any and all consolidations, amendments, renewals, replacements, substitutions or extensions of any of the foregoing; provided, however that for purposes of calculating the Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the direct and indirect and absolute and contingent obligations of the Credit Parties (whether direct or contingent) shall be determined without duplication.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Indebtedness” shall not be deemed to include any Excluded Swap Obligation or any obligation under the Warrants.

 

“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

 

“Insurance Proceeds” shall mean the cash proceeds received by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) from any insurer in respect of any damage or destruction of any property or asset net of (a) fees and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the recovery thereof and (b) any amounts retained by or paid to parties having superior rights to such proceeds, awards or other payments to the extent such rights are permitted hereunder.

 

“Intellectual Property” means, with respect to each Credit Party, Patents, Patent Licenses, Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, trade secrets, registrations, goodwill, franchises, permits, proprietary information, customer lists, designs, inventions and all other intellectual property and proprietary rights.

 

20



 

“Intercompany Note” shall mean any promissory note issued or to be issued by any Credit Party to evidence an intercompany loan in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

“Interest Period” shall mean (a) with respect to a Eurodollar-based Advance, a Eurodollar-Interest Period, commencing on the day a Eurodollar-based Advance is made, or on the effective date of an election of the Eurodollar-based Rate made under Section 2.3 or 4.4 hereof, and (b) with respect to a Swing Line Advance carried at the Quoted Rate, an interest period of 30 days (or any lesser number of days agreed to in advance by the Borrower, the Agent and the Swing Line Lender); provided, however that (i) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, except that as to an Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance, if the next succeeding Business Day falls in another calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (ii) when an Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance begins on a day which has no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end, it shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month, and (iii) no Interest Period in respect of any Advance shall extend beyond the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Term Loan Maturity Date or the Draw-To Term Loan Maturity Date, as applicable.

 

“Internal Revenue Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States of America, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Inventory” shall mean any inventory as defined under the UCC.

 

“Investment” shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, (a) any loan, investment or advance made by such Person to any other Person (including, without limitation, any Guarantee Obligation) in respect of any Equity Interest, Debt, obligation or liability of such other Person and (b) any other investment made by such Person (however acquired) in Equity Interests in any other Person, including, without limitation, any investment made in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interest of such Person and any investment made as a capital contribution to such other Person.

 

“Issuing Lender” shall mean Comerica Bank in its capacity as issuer of one or more Letters of Credit hereunder, or another Lender designated as its successor designated by the Borrower and the Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

“Issuing Office” shall mean such office as Issuing Lender shall designate as its Issuing Office.

 

“Lender Products” shall mean any one or more of the following types of services or facilities extended to the Credit Parties (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) by any Lender: (i) credit cards, (ii) credit card processing services, (iii) debit cards, (iv) purchase cards, (v) Automated Clearing House (ACH) transactions, (vi) cash management, including controlled disbursement services, and (vii) establishing and maintaining deposit accounts.

 

“Lenders” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, and shall include the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Term Loan Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and any assignee which becomes a Lender pursuant to Section 13.8 hereof.

 

21



 

“Letter of Credit Agreement” shall mean, collectively, the letter of credit application and related documentation executed and/or delivered by the Borrower in respect of each Letter of Credit, in each case reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Letter of Credit Documents” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.7(a) hereof.

 

“Letter of Credit Fees” shall mean the fees payable in connection with Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4(a) and (b) hereof.

 

“Letter of Credit Maximum Amount” shall mean One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

 

“Letter of Credit Obligations” shall mean at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (b) the aggregate amount of Reimbursement Obligations which remain unpaid as of such date.

 

“Letter of Credit Payment” shall mean any amount paid or required to be paid by the Issuing Lender in its capacity hereunder as issuer of a Letter of Credit as a result of a draft or other demand for payment under any Letter of Credit.

 

“Letter(s) of Credit” shall mean any standby letters of credit issued by Issuing Lender at the request of or for the account of the Borrower pursuant to Article 3 hereof.

 

“LIBOR Rate” shall mean,

 

(a)                                                             with respect to the principal amount of any Eurodollar-based Advance outstanding hereunder, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to the relevant Eurodollar-Interest Period, commencing on the first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period, appearing on Page LIBOR01 of the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited as of 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical), two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period.  In the event that such rate does not appear on Page LIBOR01 of the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or otherwise on such Service), the “LIBOR Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying LIBOR rates as may be agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, the “LIBOR Rate” shall, instead, be the per annum rate equal to the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16%)) of the rate at which the Agent is offered dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical), two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period in the interbank LIBOR market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the relevant Eurodollar-based Advance which is to bear interest at such Eurodollar-based Rate and for a period equal to the relevant Eurodollar-Interest Period; and

 

22


 

(b)                                                             with respect to the principal amount of any Advance carried at the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate outstanding hereunder, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page LIBOR01 of the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or otherwise on such Service) as of 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day.  In the event that such rate does not appear on Page LIBOR01 of the ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or otherwise on such Service) (or otherwise on such Service), the “LIBOR Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, the “LIBOR Rate” shall, instead, be the per annum rate equal to the average of the rate at which the Agent is offered dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical) on such day in the interbank eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Indebtedness hereunder which is to bear interest at such “LIBOR Rate” and for a period equal to one (1) month.

 

“Lien” shall mean any security interest in or lien on or against any property arising from any pledge, assignment, hypothecation, mortgage, security interest, deposit arrangement, trust receipt, conditional sale or title retaining contract, sale and leaseback transaction, Capitalized Lease, consignment or bailment for security, or any other type of lien, charge, encumbrance, title exception, preferential or priority arrangement affecting property (including with respect to stock, any stockholder agreements, voting rights agreements, buy-back agreements and all similar arrangements), whether based on common law or statute.

 

“Loan Documents” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes (if issued), the Letter of Credit Agreements, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty, the Subordination Agreements, the Collateral Documents, each Hedging Agreement, and any other documents, certificates or agreements that are executed and required to be delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing documents, as such documents may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, but in all cases excluding the Warrants.

 

“Majority Draw-To Term Loan Lenders” shall mean at any time, the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the unused portion of the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment (until the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise)) plus the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Draw-To Term Loan; provided that, so long as there are fewer than three Draw-To Term Loan Lenders, considering any Draw-To Term Loan Lender and its Affiliates as a single Draw-To Term Loan Lender, “Majority Draw-To Term Loan Lenders” shall mean all Draw-To Term Loan Lenders. The Commitments of, and portion of the Indebtedness attributable to, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of “Majority Draw-To Term Loan Lenders”.

 

23



 

“Majority Lenders” shall mean at any time, Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the sum of (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (or, if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit), plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Term Loan, plus (iii) the unused portion of the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment (until the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise)) plus the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Draw-To Term Loan; provided that, for purposes of determining Majority Lenders hereunder, the Letter of Credit Obligations and principal amount outstanding under the Swing Line shall be allocated among the Revolving Credit Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit Percentages; provided further that so long as there are fewer than three Lenders, considering any Lender and its Affiliates as a single Lender, “Majority Lenders” shall mean all Lenders. The Commitments of, and portion of the Indebtedness attributable to, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of “Majority Lenders”; provided that the amount of any participation in any Swing Line Advance and any Letter of Credit Obligations that a Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded by another Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Swing Line Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, in making a determination under this definition.

 

“Majority Revolving Credit Lenders” shall mean at any time, the Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (or, if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Revolving Credit); provided that, for purposes of determining Majority Revolving Credit Lenders hereunder, the Letter of Credit Obligations and principal amount outstanding under the Swing Line shall be allocated among the Revolving Credit Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit Percentages; provided further that so long as there are fewer than three Revolving Credit Lenders, considering any Revolving Credit Lender and its Affiliates as a single Revolving Credit Lender, “Majority Revolving Credit Lenders” shall mean all Revolving Credit Lenders. The Commitments of, and portion of the Indebtedness attributable to, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of “Majority Revolving Credit Lenders”; provided that the amount of any participation in any Swing Line Advance and any Letter of Credit Obligations that a Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded by another Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the Swing Line Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, in making a determination under this definition.

 

“Majority Term Loan Lenders” shall mean at any time with respect to the Term Loan, Term Loan Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the aggregate principal amount then outstanding under the Term Loan; provided however that so long as there are fewer than three Term Loan Lenders, considering any Term Loan Lender and its Affiliates as a single Term Loan Lender, “Majority Term Loan Lenders” shall mean all Term Loan Lenders. The portion of the Indebtedness attributable to, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of “Majority Term Loan Lenders”.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean (i) a material adverse change in any Credit Party’s business or financial condition (including without limitation, evidence of a lack of investor

 

24



 

support and/or such Credit Party’s inability to attract sufficient additional equity financing from its investors), or (ii) a material impairment in the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness or in otherwise performing any Credit Party’s obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) a material impairment in the perfection, value or priority of Agent’s security interest in the Collateral.

 

“Material Contract” shall mean any agreement or contract the loss of which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that Material Contracts shall not be deemed to include any Pension Plans, collective bargaining agreements, or casualty or liability or other insurance policies maintained in the ordinary course of business.

 

“Mortgages” shall mean the mortgages, deeds of trust and any other similar documents related thereto or required thereby executed and delivered by a Credit Party on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, if any, and executed and delivered after the Effective Date by a Credit Party pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, and “Mortgage” shall mean any such document, as such documents may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a Pension Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

“Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean the aggregate cash payments received by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) from any Asset Sale, the issuance of Equity Interests or the issuance of Subordinated Debt, as the case may be, net of (a) the ordinary and customary direct costs incurred in connection with such sale or issuance, as the case may be, such as legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, and other third party charges, (b)  property taxes, transfer taxes and any other taxes paid or payable by such Credit Party in respect of any sale or issuance, and (c) amounts required to be applied to repay principal, interest and prepayment premiums and penalties on Debt secured by a Lien on the asset which is the subject of such Asset Sale to the extent such Lien is permitted under Section 8.2 hereof.

 

“New Equity or Subordinated Debt Proceeds” means cash proceeds to be received by the Borrower (a) from the sale or issuance of Borrower’s Equity Interests or (b) from the Existing Investors in connection with Borrower’s incurrence of Subordinated Debt in favor of such investors, on terms and conditions reasonably approved by Agent and the Majority Lenders.

 

“Non-Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender that is not, as of the date of relevance, a Defaulting Lender.

 

“Non-U.S. Lender” is defined in Section 13.13 hereof.

 

“Notes” shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes, Swing Line Note, Draw-To Term Loan Notes and the Term Loan Notes.

 

“Off Balance Sheet Liability(ies)” of a Person shall mean (i) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivables sold by such Person, (ii) any liability under any sale and leaseback transaction which is not a Capitalized Lease, (iii) any liability under any so-called “synthetic lease” transaction entered into by such Person, or (iv) any

 

25



 

obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of Debt or any of the liabilities set forth in subsections (i)-(iii) of this definition, but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheets of such Person.

 

“Other Connection Taxes” shall mean, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).

 

“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 13.12).

 

“Patent Licenses” means, with respect to each Credit Party, all license agreements with any other Person in connection with any of the Patents or such other Person’s patents, whether such Credit Party is a licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, subject, in each case, to the terms of such license agreements and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.

 

“Patents” means, with respect to each Credit Party, all letters patent, patent applications and patentable inventions, and including without limitation, (a) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, and patentable inventions, (b) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and misappropriations thereof, (c) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all Patent Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof), and (d) all rights corresponding thereto and all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof, all improvements thereon, and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Credit Party accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.

 

“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 13.8(f).

 

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

“Pension Plan” shall mean any plan established and maintained by a Credit Party, or contributed to by a Credit Party, which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

“Percentage” shall mean, as applicable, the Revolving Credit Percentage, the Term Loan Percentage, the Draw-To Term Loan Percentage or the Weighted Percentage.

 

26



 

“Permitted Acquisition” shall mean any acquisition by the Borrower or any Guarantor of all or substantially all of the assets of another Person, or of a division or line of business of another Person, or any Equity Interests of another Person which satisfies and/or is conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

 

(a)                                  Such acquisition is of a business or Person engaged in a line of business which is compatible with, or complementary to, the business of the Borrower or such Guarantor;

 

(b)                                  If such acquisition is structured as an acquisition of the Equity Interests of any Person, then the Person so acquired shall (X) become a wholly-owned direct Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower or of a Guarantor and the Borrower or the applicable Guarantor shall cause such acquired Person to comply with Section 7.13 hereof or (Y) provided that the Credit Parties continue to comply with Section 7.4(a) hereof, be merged with and into the Borrower or such a Guarantor (and, in the case of the Borrower, with the Borrower being the surviving entity);

 

(c)                                   If such acquisition is structured as the acquisition of assets, such assets shall be acquired directly by the Borrower or a Guarantor (subject to compliance with Section 7.4(a) hereof), provided that such Guarantor may be a newly formed Subsidiary which complies with the terms of Section 7.13 hereof;

 

(d)                                  Both immediately before and after the consummation of such acquisition and after giving effect to the Pro Forma Projected Financial Information, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(e)                                   The board of directors (or other Person(s) exercising similar functions) of the seller of the assets or issuer of the Equity Interests being acquired shall not have disapproved such transaction or recommended that such transaction be disapproved; and

 

(f)                                    The purchase price of such proposed new acquisition, computed on the basis of total acquisition consideration paid or incurred, or required to be paid or incurred, with respect thereto, including the amount of Debt (such Debt being otherwise permitted under this Agreement) assumed or to which such assets, businesses or business or Equity Interests, or any Person so acquired is subject and including any portion of the purchase price allocated to any non-compete agreements, when added to the purchase price for each other acquisition consummated hereunder as a Permitted Acquisition during the same Fiscal Year as the applicable acquisition (not including acquisitions specifically consented to which fall outside of the terms of this definition), does not exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

27



 

“Permitted Investments” shall mean with respect to any Person:

 

(a)                                  Governmental Obligations;

 

(b)                                  Obligations of a state or commonwealth of the United States or the obligations of the District of Columbia or any possession of the United States, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, which are described in Section 103(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and are graded in any of the highest three (3) major grades as determined by at least one Rating Agency; or secured, as to payments of principal and interest, by a letter of credit provided by a financial institution or insurance provided by a bond insurance company which in each case is itself or its debt is rated in one of the highest three (3) major grades as determined by at least one Rating Agency;

 

(c)                                   Banker’s acceptances, commercial accounts, demand deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, other time deposits or depository receipts issued by or maintained with any Lender or any Affiliate thereof, or any bank, trust company, savings and loan association, savings bank or other financial institution whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and whose reported capital and surplus equal at least $250,000,000, provided that such minimum capital and surplus requirement shall not apply to demand deposit accounts maintained by any Credit Party in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                  Commercial paper rated at the time of purchase within the two highest classifications established by not less than two Rating Agencies, and which matures within 270 days after the date of issue;

 

(e)                                   Secured repurchase agreements against obligations itemized in paragraph (a) above, and executed by a bank or trust company or by members of the association of primary dealers or other recognized dealers in United States government securities, the market value of which must be maintained at levels at least equal to the amounts advanced; and

 

(f)                                    Any fund or other pooling arrangement which exclusively purchases and holds the investments itemized in (a) through (e) above.

 

“Permitted Liens” shall mean with respect to any Person:

 

(a)                                  Liens for (i) taxes or governmental assessments or charges or (ii) customs duties in connection with the importation of goods to the extent such Liens attach to the imported goods that are the subject of the duties, in each case (x) to the extent not yet due, (y) as to which the period of grace, if any, related thereto has not expired or (z) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any such contest, any proceedings for the enforcement of such liens have been suspended and adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in conformity with GAAP;

 

28



 

(b)                                  carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, processor’s, landlord’s liens or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any such contest, (x) any proceedings commenced for the enforcement of such Liens have been suspended and (y) appropriate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in conformity with GAAP;

 

(c)                                   (i) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of statutory obligations arising in connection with progress payments or advance payments due under contracts with the United States government or any agency thereof entered into in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of statutory obligations (not otherwise permitted under subsection (g) of this definition), bids, leases, fee and expense arrangements with trustees and fiscal agents, trade contracts, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, any lease-purchase arrangements or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property), provided, that in each case full provision for the payment of all such obligations has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

 

(d)                                  any attachment or judgment lien that remains unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period ending on the earlier of (i) thirty (30) consecutive days from the date of its attachment or entry (as applicable) or (ii) the commencement of enforcement steps with respect thereto, other than the filing of notice thereof in the public record;

 

(e)                                   minor survey exceptions or minor encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties, or any interest of any lessor or sublessor under any lease permitted hereunder which, in each case, does not materially interfere with the business of such Person;

 

(f)                                    Liens arising in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions and social security benefits and similar statutory obligations (excluding Liens arising under ERISA), provided that no enforcement proceedings in respect of such Liens are pending and provisions have been made for the payment of such liens on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP; and

 

(g)                                   continuations of Liens that are permitted under subsections (a)-(g) hereof, provided such continuations do not violate the specific time periods set forth in subsections (b) and (d) and provided further that such Liens do not extend to any additional property or assets of any Credit Party or secure any additional obligations of any Credit Party.

 

29



 

Regardless of the language set forth in this definition, no Lien over the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Borrower granted to any Person other than to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders shall be deemed a “Permitted Lien” under the terms of this Agreement.

 

“Person” shall mean a natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited liability partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated organization, joint venture, joint stock company, firm or association or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

 

“Plan” shall mean the budget and projections (as approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors) for the applicable Fiscal Year, acceptable to the Agent and the Lenders in the exercise of their sole discretion.

 

“Pledge Agreement(s)” shall mean any pledge agreement executed and delivered by a Credit Party on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, if any, and executed and delivered from time to time after the Effective Date by any Credit Party pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, and any agreements, instruments or documents related thereto, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Prime Rate” shall mean the per annum rate of interest announced by the Agent, at its main office from time to time as its “prime rate” (it being acknowledged that such announced rate may not necessarily be the lowest rate charged by the Agent to any of its customers), which Prime Rate shall change simultaneously with any change in such announced rate.

 

“Pro Forma Balance Sheet” shall mean the pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower which has been certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower that it fairly presents in all material respects the pro forma adjustments reflecting the transactions (including payment of all fees and expenses in connection therewith) contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

“Pro Forma Projected Financial Information” shall mean, as to any proposed acquisition, a statement executed by the Borrower (supported by reasonable detail) setting forth the total consideration to be paid or incurred in connection with the proposed acquisition, and pro forma combined projected financial information for the Credit Parties and the acquisition target (if applicable), consisting of projected balance sheets as of the proposed effective date of the acquisition and as of the end of at least the next succeeding three (3) Fiscal Years following the acquisition and projected statements of income and cash flows for each of those years, including sufficient detail to permit calculation of the ratios described in Section 7.9 hereof, as projected as of the effective date of the acquisition and as of the ends of those Fiscal Years and accompanied by (i) a statement setting forth a calculation of the ratio so described, (ii) a statement in reasonable detail specifying all material assumptions underlying the projections and (iii) such other information as the Agent or the Lenders shall reasonably request.

 

30



 

“Purchasing Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12.

 

“Quoted Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum offered by the Swing Line Lender in its sole discretion with respect to a Swing Line Advance and accepted by the Borrower.

 

“Quoted Rate Advance” means any Swing Line Advance which bears interest at the Quoted Rate.

 

“Rating Agency” shall mean Moody’s Investor Services, Inc., Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, their respective successors or any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization which is acceptable to the Agent.

 

“Recipient” shall mean (a) the Agent, (b) any Lender, and (c) any Issuing Lender.

 

“Register” is defined in Section 13.8(h) hereof.

 

“Reimbursement Obligation(s)” shall mean the aggregate amount of all unreimbursed drawings under all Letters of Credit (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, reimbursement obligations that are deemed satisfied pursuant to a deemed disbursement under Section 3.6(c)).

 

“Reinvest” or “Reinvestment” shall mean, with respect to any Net Cash Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds received by any Person, the application of such monies to (i) repair, improve or replace any tangible personal (excluding Inventory) or real property of the Credit Parties or any intellectual property reasonably necessary in order to use or benefit from any property or (ii) acquire any such property (excluding Inventory) to be used in the business of such Person.

 

“Reinvestment Certificate” is defined in Section 4.8(a) hereof.

 

“Reinvestment Period” shall mean a 180-day period during which Reinvestment must be completed under Section 4.8(a) and (c) of this Agreement.

 

“Rent Reserve” shall mean a reserve equal to the amount of two (2) months’ rent for the leased real property located at 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, CA 92653, provided, however, that if Borrower no longer leases the property at such location, the amount of such reserve shall be $0.

 

“Request for Advance” shall mean a Request for Revolving Credit Advance, Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance or a Request for Swing Line Advance, as the context may indicate or otherwise require.

 

“Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance” shall mean a request for a Draw-To Term Loan Advance issued by the Borrower under Section 2.A.3 of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I.

 

31



 

“Request for Revolving Credit Advance” shall mean a request for a Revolving Credit Advance issued by the Borrower under Section 2.3 of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

“Request for Swing Line Advance” shall mean a request for a Swing Line Advance issued by the Borrower under Section 2.5(b) of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

“Requirement of Law” shall mean as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitration or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer, president or controller of such Person, or with respect to compliance with financial covenants, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of such Person, or any other officer of such Person having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

 

“Revolving Credit” shall mean the revolving credit loans to be advanced to the Borrower by the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Article 2 hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment.

 

“Revolving Credit Advance” shall mean a borrowing requested by the Borrower and made by the Revolving Credit Lenders under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, including without limitation any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and any deemed disbursement of an Advance in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section 3.6(c) hereof, and may include, subject to the terms hereof, Eurodollar-based Advances and Base Rate Advances.

 

“Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment” shall mean Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000), subject to reduction or termination under Section 2.10, 2.11 or 9.2 hereof.

 

“Revolving Credit Commitment Amount” shall mean with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, (i) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated, the amount specified opposite such Revolving Credit Lender’s name in the column entitled “Revolving Credit Commitment Amount” on Annex II, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof; and (ii) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the amount equal to its Percentage of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit (including the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations and any outstanding Swing Line Advances).

 

“Revolving Credit Facility Fee” shall mean the fee payable to the Agent for distribution to the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

 

“Revolving Credit Lenders” shall mean the financial institutions from time to time parties hereto as lenders of the Revolving Credit.

 

32


 

“Revolving Credit Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) February 23, 2017, and (ii) the date on which the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

“Revolving Credit Notes” shall mean the revolving credit notes described in Section 2.2 hereof, made by the Borrower to each of the Revolving Credit Lenders in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any other notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.

 

“Revolving Credit Percentage” means, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage specified opposite such Revolving Credit Lender’s name in the column entitled “Revolving Credit Percentage” on Annex II, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Security Agreement” shall mean, collectively, the security agreement(s) executed and delivered by the Borrower and the Guarantors on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, and any such agreements executed and delivered after the Effective Date (whether by execution of a joinder agreement to any existing security agreement or otherwise) pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, in the form of the Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit F, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Subordinated Debt” shall mean the GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Debt, Brown/Lynch Subordinated Debt, and any Funded Debt of any Credit Party and other obligations under the Subordinated Debt Documents and any other Funded Debt of any Credit Party which has been subordinated in right of payment and priority to the Indebtedness, all on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

“Subordinated Debt Documents” shall mean and include (a) the GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Debt Documents, (b) Brown/Lynch Subordinated Debt Documents and (c) and any other documents evidencing any Subordinated Debt, in each case, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

“Subordination Agreements” shall mean, collectively, the GMP Vision Solutions Subordination Agreement, the Brown/Lynch Subordination Agreement, UC Subordination Agreement and any other subordination agreements entered into by any Person from time to time in favor of the Agent in connection with any Subordinated Debt, the terms of which are acceptable to the Agent and the Majority Lenders, in each case as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and “Subordination Agreement” shall mean any one of them.

 

“Subsidiary(ies)” shall mean any other corporation, association, joint stock company, business trust, limited liability company, partnership or any other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock, share capital, membership, partnership or other interests, as the case may be, is owned either directly or indirectly by any Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by any Person and/or its Subsidiaries.

 

33



 

Unless otherwise specified to the contrary herein or the context otherwise requires, Subsidiary(ies) shall refer to the Subsidiary(ies) of the Borrower.

 

“Sweep Agreement” means any agreement relating to the “Sweep to Loan” automated system of the Agent or any other cash management arrangement which the Borrower and the Agent have executed for the purposes of effecting the borrowing and repayment of Swing Line Advances.

 

“Swing Line” shall mean the revolving credit loans to be advanced to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Swing Line Maximum Amount.

 

“Swing Line Advance” shall mean a borrowing requested by the Borrower and made by Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof and may include, subject to the terms hereof, Quoted Rate-Advances and Base Rate Advances.

 

“Swing Line Lender” shall mean Comerica Bank in its capacity as lender of the Swing Line under Section 2.5 of this Agreement, or its successor as subsequently designated hereunder.

 

“Swing Line Maximum Amount” shall mean Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

“Swing Line Note” shall mean the swing line note which may be issued by the Borrower to Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(ii) hereof in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, as such note may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any note or notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.

 

“Swing Line Participation Certificate” shall mean the Swing Line Participation Certificate delivered by the Agent to each Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(ii) hereof in the form attached hereto as Exhibit M.

 

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

“Term Loan” shall mean the term loan to be made to the Borrower by the Term Loan Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1(a) hereof, in the aggregate principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

 

“Term Loan Advance” shall mean a borrowing requested by the Borrower and made by the Term Loan Lenders pursuant to Section 4.1hereof, including without limitation any refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof, and may include, subject to the terms hereof, Eurodollar-based Advances and Base Rate Advances.

 

“Term Loan Amount” shall mean with respect to any Term Loan Lender, the amount equal to its Term Loan Percentage of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Term Loan.

 

34



 

“Term Loan Lenders” shall mean the financial institutions from time to time parties hereto as lenders of the Term Loan.

 

“Term Loan Maturity Date” shall mean February 23, 2019.

 

“Term Loan Notes” shall mean the term notes described in Section 4.2(e) hereof, made by the Borrower to each of the Term Loan Lenders in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any other notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.

 

“Term Loan Percentage” shall mean with respect to any Term Loan Lender, the percentage specified opposite such Term Loan Lender’s name in the column entitled “Term Loan Percentage” on Annex II, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Term Loan Rate Request” shall mean a request for the refunding or conversion of any Advance of the Term Loan submitted by Borrower under Section 4.4 of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit L.

 

“Trademark Licenses” means, with respect to each Credit Party, all license agreements with any other Person in connection with any of the Trademarks or such other Person’s names or trademarks, whether such Credit Party is a licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, subject, in each case, to the terms of such license agreements, and the right to prepare for sale, and to sell and advertise for sale, all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.

 

“Trademarks” means, with respect to each Credit Party, all trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress or other indicia of trade origin, trademark and service mark registrations, and applications for trademark or service mark registrations (except for “intent to use” applications for trademark or service mark registrations filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, unless and until an Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Sections 1(c) and 1(d) of said Act has been filed), and any renewals thereof, and including without limitation (a) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and misappropriations thereof, (b) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all Trademark Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof) and (c) all rights corresponding thereto and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of such Credit Party accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto, together in each case with the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each such trademark, service mark, trade name, trade dress or other indicia of trade origin.

 

“UC Subordination Agreement” shall mean the Subordination Agreement by the UC Subordinated Creditor in favor of the Agent (and acknowledged by the Borrower) in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Lenders, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

35



 

“UC Subordinated Creditor” shall mean, The Regents of the University of California, and its successors and assigns.

 

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable state; provided that, unless specified otherwise or the context otherwise requires, such terms shall refer to the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of California.

 

“Unused Revolving Credit Availability” shall mean, on any date of determination, the amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment or (ii) the then applicable Borrowing Base, minus (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances (including Swing Line Advances) and (y) the Letter of Credit Obligations.

 

“U.S. Borrower” is any Borrower that is a U.S. Person.

 

“U.S. Person” shall mean any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” is defined in Section 13.13.

 

“USA Patriot Act” is defined in Section 6.7.

 

“Warrant” shall mean the collective reference to the Warrants to Purchase Stock dated as of the Effective Date issued by the Borrower to the Lenders.

 

“Weighted Percentage” shall mean with respect to any Lender, its weighted percentage calculated by dividing (i) the sum of (x) its Revolving Credit Commitment Amount plus (y) its Term Loan Amount plus (z) its Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Amount, by (ii) the sum of (x) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (or, if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit, including any outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations and outstanding Swing Line Advances), plus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness outstanding under the Term Loan, plus (z) the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment (or, if the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Draw-To Term Loan).  Annex II reflects each Lender’s Weighted Percentage and may be revised by the Agent from time to time to reflect changes in the Weighted Percentages of the Lenders.

 

“Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

“Withholding Agent” shall mean any Credit Party and the Agent.

 

36



 

2.                                      REVOLVING CREDIT.

 

2.1                                Commitment .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including without limitation Section 2.3 hereof), each Revolving Credit Lender severally and for itself alone agrees to make Advances of the Revolving Credit in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date hereof until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an aggregate amount, not to exceed at any one time outstanding such Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, advances, repayments and readvances may be made under the Revolving Credit.

 

2.2                                Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness.

 

(a)                                  The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest) of such Revolving Credit Lender to the Borrower on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Credit Advance shall, from time to time from and after the date of such Advance (until paid), bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate.

 

(b)                                  Each Revolving Credit Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from each Revolving Credit Advance made by such lending office of such Revolving Credit Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Revolving Credit Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.8(h), and a subaccount therein for each Revolving Credit Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Revolving Credit Advance made hereunder, the type thereof and each Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Revolving Credit Lender hereunder in respect of the Revolving Credit Advances and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Agent hereunder from the Borrower in respect of the Revolving Credit Advances and each Revolving Credit Lender’s share thereof.

 

(d)                                  The entries made in the Register maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.2 and Section 13.8(h) shall, absent manifest error, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Revolving Credit Lender or the Agent to maintain the Register or any account, as applicable, or any error

 

37



 

therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Revolving Credit Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto) made to the Borrower by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower agrees that, upon written request to the Agent by any Revolving Credit Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver, to such Revolving Credit Lender, at the Borrower’s own expense, a Revolving Credit Note evidencing the outstanding Revolving Credit Advances owing to such Revolving Credit Lender.

 

2.3                                Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances .  The Borrower may request an Advance of the Revolving Credit, a refund of any Revolving Credit Advance in the same type of Advance or to convert any Revolving Credit Advance to any other type of Revolving Credit Advance only by delivery to the Agent of a Request for Revolving Credit Advance executed by an Authorized Signer for the Borrower, subject to the following:

 

(a)                                  each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall set forth the information required on the Request for Revolving Credit Advance, including without limitation:

 

(i)                                      the proposed date of such Revolving Credit Advance (or the refunding or conversion of an outstanding Revolving Credit Advance), which must be a Business Day;

 

(ii)                                   whether such Advance is a new Revolving Credit Advance or a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Revolving Credit Advance; and

 

(iii)                                whether such Revolving Credit Advance is to be a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar-based Advance, and, except in the case of a Base Rate Advance, the first Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto, provided, however, that the initial Revolving Credit Advance made under this Agreement shall be a Base Rate Advance, which may then be converted into a Eurodollar-based Advance in compliance with this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall be delivered to the Agent by 2:00 p.m. (Detroit time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of the Revolving Credit Advance, except in the case of a Base Rate Advance, for which the Request for Revolving Credit Advance must be delivered by 12:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the proposed date for such Revolving Credit Advance;

 

(c)                                   on the proposed date of such Revolving Credit Advance, the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances outstanding on such date (including, without duplication) the Advances that are deemed to be disbursed by the Agent

 

38



 

under Section 3.6(c) hereof in respect of the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations hereunder), plus (y) the Letter of Credit Obligations as of such date, in each case after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances and for the issuance of any Letters of Credit, shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (ii) the then applicable Borrowing Base;

 

(d)                                  in the case of a Base Rate Advance, the principal amount of the initial funding of such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or conversion thereof, shall be at least $500,000 or the remainder available under the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment if less than $500,000;

 

(e)                                   in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, the principal amount of such Advance, plus the amount of any other outstanding Revolving Credit Advance to be then combined therewith having the same Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, shall be at least $500,000 (or a larger integral multiple of $100,000) or the remainder available under the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment if less than $500,000 and at any one time there shall not be in effect more than three (3) different Eurodollar-Interest Periods with respect to Revolving Credit Advances;

 

(f)                                    a Request for Revolving Credit Advance, once delivered to the Agent, shall not be revocable by the Borrower and shall constitute a certification by the Borrower as of the date thereof that:

 

(i)                                      all conditions to the making of Revolving Credit Advances set forth in this Agreement have been satisfied (including, without limitation, the delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate as required in accordance with Section 7.2(b) hereof), and shall remain satisfied to the date of such Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Advance);

 

(ii)                                   there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the making of such Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Advance); and

 

(iii)                                the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the making of such Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Advance), other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date;

 

39



 

The Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, may also, at its option, lend under this Section 2.3 upon the telephone or email request of an Authorized Signer of the Borrower to make such requests and, in the event the Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, makes any such Advance upon a telephone or email request, an Authorized Signer shall fax or deliver by electronic file to the Agent, on the same day as such telephone or email request, an executed Request for Revolving Credit Advance. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent to disburse Advances under this Section 2.3 pursuant to the telephone or email instructions of any person purporting to be an Authorized Signer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower acknowledges that the Borrower shall bear all risk of loss resulting from disbursements made upon any telephone or email request. Each telephone or email request for an Advance from an Authorized Signer for the Borrower shall constitute a certification of the matters set forth in the Request for Revolving Credit Advance form as of the date of such requested Advance.

 

2.4                                Disbursement of Advances.

 

(a)                                  Upon receiving any Request for Revolving Credit Advance from the Borrower under Section 2.3 hereof, the Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender by telephone or email (confirmed by telephone or email) of the amount of such Advance being requested and the date such Revolving Credit Advance is to be made by each Revolving Credit Lender in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage of such Advance. Unless such Revolving Credit Lender’s commitment to make Revolving Credit Advances hereunder shall have been suspended or terminated in accordance with this Agreement, each such Revolving Credit Lender shall make available the amount of its Revolving Credit Percentage of each Revolving Credit Advance in immediately available funds to the Agent, as follows:

 

(i)                                      for Base Rate Advances, at the office of the Agent located at 411 West Lafayette, 7 th  Floor, MC 3289, Detroit, Michigan 48226, not later than 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Advance; and

 

(ii)                                   for Eurodollar-based Advances, at the Agent’s Correspondent for the account of the Eurodollar Lending Office of the Agent, not later than 4:00 p.m. (time of Agent’s Correspondent) on the date of such Advance.

 

(b)                                  Subject to submission of an executed Request for Revolving Credit Advance by the Borrower without exceptions noted in the compliance certification therein, the Agent shall make available to the Borrower the aggregate of the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders in like funds and currencies:

 

(i)                                      for Base Rate Advances, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Revolving Credit Advance, by credit to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Agent or to such other account or third party as the Borrower may reasonably direct in writing, provided such direction is timely given; and

 

40



 

(ii)                                   for Eurodollar-based Advances, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Revolving Credit Advance, by credit to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Agent’s Correspondent or to such other account or third party as the Borrower may direct, provided such direction is timely given.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall deliver the documents and papers received by it for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender to such Revolving Credit Lender. Unless the Agent shall have been notified by any Revolving Credit Lender prior to the date of any proposed Revolving Credit Advance that such Revolving Credit Lender does not intend to make available to the Agent such Revolving Credit Lender’s Percentage of such Advance, the Agent may assume that such Revolving Credit Lender has made such amount available to the Agent on such date, as aforesaid.  The Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Borrower the amount of such payment in reliance on such assumption. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Agent by such Revolving Credit Lender, as aforesaid, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Credit Lender. If such Revolving Credit Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Agent’s demand therefor and the Agent has in fact made a corresponding amount available to the Borrower, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Agent, if such notice is delivered to the Borrower prior to 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on a Business Day, on the day such notice is received, and otherwise on the next Business Day, and such amount paid by the Borrower shall be applied as a prepayment of the Revolving Credit (without any corresponding reduction in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment), reimbursing the Agent for having funded said amounts on behalf of such Revolving Credit Lender.  The Borrower shall retain its claim against such Revolving Credit Lender with respect to the amounts repaid by it to the Agent and, if such Revolving Credit Lender subsequently makes such amounts available to the Agent, the Agent shall promptly make such amounts available to the Borrower as a Revolving Credit Advance. The Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, but without duplication, interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was made available by the Agent to the Borrower, to the date such amount is recovered by the Agent, at a rate per annum equal to:

 

(i)                                      in the case of such Revolving Credit Lender, for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and thereafter, at the rate of interest then applicable to such Revolving Credit Advances (plus any administrative, processing or similar fees assessed by Agent in connection with the foregoing); and

 

(ii)                                   in the case of the Borrower, the rate of interest then applicable to such Advance of the Revolving Credit.

 

Until such Revolving Credit Lender has paid the Agent such amount, such Revolving Credit Lender shall have no interest in or rights with respect to such Advance for any purpose whatsoever.  The obligation of any Revolving Credit Lender to make any Revolving Credit Advance hereunder shall not be affected by the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make any Advance hereunder, and no Revolving Credit Lender shall have any liability to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Agent, any other Revolving Credit Lender, or any other party for another Revolving Credit Lender’s failure to make any loan or Advance hereunder.

 

41



 

2.5                                Swing Line.

 

(a)                                  Swing Line Advances. The Swing Line Lender may, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth (including without limitation Section 2.5(c) hereof), but shall not be required to, make one or more Advances (each such advance being a “Swing Line Advance”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date hereof until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the Swing Line Maximum Amount. Subject to the terms set forth herein, advances, repayments and readvances may be made under the Swing Line.

 

(b)                                  Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness .

 

(i)                                      Swing Line Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to Swing Line Lender resulting from each Swing Line Advance from time to time, including the amount and date of each Swing Line Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate, its Interest Period, if any, and the amount and date of any repayment made on any Swing Line Advance from time to time. The entries made in such account or accounts of Swing Line Lender shall be prima facie evidence, absent manifest error, of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of Swing Line Lender to maintain such account, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Swing Line Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii)                                   The Borrower agrees that, upon the written request of Swing Line Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to Swing Line Lender a Swing Line Note.

 

(iii)                                The Borrower unconditionally promises to pay to the Swing Line Lender the then unpaid principal amount of such Swing Line Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest) on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Swing Line Advance shall, from time to time after the date of such Advance (until paid), bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate.

 

42


 

(c)                                   Requests for Swing Line Advances .  The Borrower may request a Swing Line Advance by the delivery to Swing Line Lender of a Request for Swing Line Advance executed by an Authorized Signer for the Borrower, subject to the following:

 

(i)                                      each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall set forth the information required on the Request for Advance, including without limitation, (A) the proposed date of such Swing Line Advance, which must be a Business Day, (B) whether such Swing Line Advance is to be a Base Rate Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance, and (C) in the case of a Quoted Rate Advance, the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto;

 

(ii)                                   on the proposed date of such Swing Line Advance, after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Swing Line Advances made by the Borrower as of the date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances outstanding on such date shall not exceed the Swing Line Maximum Amount;

 

(iii)                                on the proposed date of such Swing Line Advance, after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances and Letters of Credit requested by the Borrower on such date of determination (including, without duplication, Advances that are deemed disbursed pursuant to Section 3.6(c) hereof in respect of the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations hereunder), the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and the Swing Line Advances outstanding on such date plus (y) the Letter of Credit Obligations on such date shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (B) the then applicable Borrowing Base;

 

(iv)                               (A) in the case of a Swing Line Advance that is a Base Rate Advance, the principal amount of the initial funding of such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or conversion thereof, shall be at least $200,000 or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Swing Line Lender, and (B) in the case of a Swing Line Advance that is a Quoted Rate Advance, the principal amount of such Advance, plus any other outstanding Swing Line Advances to be then combined therewith having the same Interest Period, if any, shall be at least $200,000 or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Swing Line Lender, and at any time there shall not be in effect more than three (3) Interest Rates and Interest Periods with respect to Swing Line Advances;

 

(v)                                  each such Request for a Swing Line Advance shall be delivered to the Swing Line Lender by 3:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the proposed date of the Swing Line Advance;

 

43



 

(vi)                               each Request for Swing Line Advance, once delivered to Swing Line Lender, shall not be revocable by the Borrower, and shall constitute and include a certification by the Borrower as of the date thereof that:

 

(A)                                all conditions to the making of Swing Line Advances set forth in this Agreement shall have been satisfied (including, without limitation, the delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate as required in accordance with Section 7.2(b) hereof) and shall remain satisfied to the date of such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Swing Line Advance);

 

(B)                                there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the making of such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Swing Line Advance); and

 

(C)                                the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respect as of the date of the making of such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Swing Line Advance), other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date;

 

(vii)                            At the option of the Agent, subject to revocation by the Agent at any time and from time to time and so long as the Agent is the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower may utilize the Agent’s “Sweep to Loan” automated system for obtaining Swing Line Advances and making periodic repayments. At any time during which the “Sweep to Loan” system is in effect, Swing Line Advances shall be advanced to fund borrowing needs pursuant to the terms of the Sweep Agreement. Each time a Swing Line Advance is made using the “Sweep to Loan” system, the Borrower shall be deemed to have certified to the Agent and the Lenders each of the matters set forth in clause (vi) of this Section 2.5(b).  Principal and interest on Swing Line Advances requested, or deemed requested, pursuant to this Section shall be paid pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Sweep Agreement without any deduction, setoff or counterclaim whatsoever.  Unless sooner paid pursuant to the provisions hereof or the provisions of the Sweep Agreement, the principal amount of the Swing Loans shall be paid in full, together with accrued interest thereon, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.  The Agent may suspend or revoke the Borrower’s privilege to use the “Sweep to Loan” system at any time and from time to

 

44



 

time for any reason and, immediately upon any such revocation, the “Sweep to Loan” system shall no longer be available to the Borrower for the funding of Swing Line Advances hereunder (or otherwise), and the regular procedures set forth in this Section 2.5 for the making of Swing Line Advances shall be deemed immediately to apply. The Agent may, at its option, also elect to make Swing Line Advances upon the Borrower’s telephone requests on the basis set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2.3, provided that the Borrower complies with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.5.

 

(d)                                  Disbursement of Swing Line Advances .  Upon receiving any executed Request for Swing Line Advance from the Borrower and the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.5(c) hereof, Swing Line Lender shall, at its option, make available to the Borrower the amount so requested in Dollars not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Advance, by credit to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Agent or to such other account or third party as the Borrower may reasonably direct in writing, subject to applicable law, provided such direction is timely given. Swing Line Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any Swing Line Advance by telephone or email.

 

(e)                                   Refunding of or Participation Interest in Swing Line Advances .

 

(i)                                      The Agent, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, may, in each case on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably directs the Agent to act on their behalf) request each of the Revolving Credit Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as a Revolving Credit Lender) to make an Advance of the Revolving Credit to the Borrower, in an amount equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Advances outstanding on the date such notice is given (the “Refunded Swing Line Advances”); provided however that the Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate which are refunded with Revolving Credit Advances at the request of the Swing Line Lender at a time when no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall not be subject to Section 11.1 and no losses, costs or expenses may be assessed by the Swing Line Lender against the Borrower or the Revolving Credit Lenders as a consequence of such refunding. The applicable Revolving Credit Advances used to refund any Swing Line Advances shall be Base Rate Advances. In connection with the making of any such Refunded Swing Line Advances or the purchase of a participation interest in Swing Line Advances under Section 2.5(e)(ii) hereof, the Swing Line Lender shall retain its claim against the Borrower for any unpaid interest or fees in respect thereof accrued to the date of such refunding. Unless any of the events described in Section 9.1(i) hereof shall have occurred (in which event the procedures of Section 2.5(e)(ii)

 

45



 

shall apply) and regardless of whether the conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement to the making of a Revolving Credit Advance are then satisfied (but subject to Section 2.5(e)(iii)), each Revolving Credit Lender shall make the proceeds of its Revolving Credit Advance available to the Agent for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender at the office of the Agent specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof prior to 11:00 a.m. Detroit time on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is given, in immediately available funds. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Advances shall be immediately applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Advances, subject to Section 11.1 hereof .

 

(ii)                                   If, prior to the making of an Advance of the Revolving Credit pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) hereof, one of the events described in Section 9.1(i) hereof shall have occurred, each Revolving Credit Lender will, on the date such Advance of the Revolving Credit was to have been made, purchase from the Swing Line Lender an undivided participating interest in each Swing Line Advance that was to have been refunded in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage of such Swing Line Advance. Each Revolving Credit Lender within the time periods specified in Section 2.5(e)(i) hereof, as applicable, shall immediately transfer to the Agent, for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances outstanding as of such date.  Upon receipt thereof, the Agent will deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a Swing Line Participation Certificate evidencing such participation.

 

(iii)                                Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Advances to refund Swing Line Advances, and to purchase participation interests, in accordance with Section 2.5(e)(i) and (ii), respectively, shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (C) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any other Person; (D) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower or any other Person; (E) any inability of the Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in this Agreement on the date upon which such Revolving Credit Advance is to be made or such participating interest is to be purchased; (F) the termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder; or (G) any other circumstance, happening

 

46



 

or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If any Revolving Credit Lender does not make available to the Agent the amount required pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof, as the case may be, the Agent on behalf of the Swing Line Lender, shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Credit Lender, together with interest thereon for each day from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full (x) for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid, at the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (y) thereafter, at the rate of interest then applicable to such Swing Line Advances. The obligation of any Revolving Credit Lender to make available its pro rata portion of the amounts required pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof shall not be affected by the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make such amounts available, and no Revolving Credit Lender shall have any liability to any Credit Party, the Agent, the Swing Line Lender, or any other Revolving Credit Lender or any other party for another Revolving Credit Lender’s failure to make available the amounts required under Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof.

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Revolving Credit Lender shall be required to make any Revolving Credit Advance to refund a Swing Line Advance or to purchase a participation in a Swing Line Advance if at least two (2) Business Days prior to the making of such Swing Line Advance by the Swing Line Lender, the officers of the Swing Line Lender immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received written notice from the Agent or any Lender that Swing Line Advances should be suspended based on the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”; provided, however that the obligation of the Revolving Credit Lenders to make or refund such Swing Line Advance or purchase a participation in such Swing Line Advance) shall be reinstated upon the date on which such Default or Event of Default has been waived by the requisite Lenders.

 

2.6                                Interest Payments; Default Interest .

 

(a)                                  Interest on the unpaid balance of all Base Rate Advances of the Revolving Credit and the Swing Line from time to time outstanding shall accrue from the date of such Advance to the date repaid, at a per annum interest rate equal to the Base Rate, and shall be payable in immediately available funds quarterly in arrears commencing May 1, 2015 and on the first day of each February, May, August and November thereafter. Whenever any payment under this Section 2.6(a) shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Interest accruing at the Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall be given to any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate on the date of such change in the Base Rate.

 

47



 

(b)                                  Interest on each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit shall accrue at its Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto (and, if any Eurodollar-Interest Period shall exceed three months, then on the last Business Day of the third month of such Eurodollar-Interest Period, and at three month intervals thereafter). Interest accruing at the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto to but not including the last day thereof.

 

(c)                                   Interest on each Quoted Rate Advance of the Swing Line shall accrue at its Quoted Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest accruing at the Quoted Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not including, the last day thereof.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sections, all accrued and unpaid interest on any Revolving Credit Advance refunded or converted pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and any Swing Line Advance refunded pursuant to Section 2.5(e) hereof, shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is refunded or converted.

 

(e)                                   In the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately upon the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, immediately upon receipt by the Agent and the Borrower of notice from the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, interest shall be payable on demand on all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances from time to time outstanding at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate in respect of each such Advance plus, in the case of Eurodollar-based Advances and Quoted Rate Advances, two percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing Interest Period, if any, and at all other such times, and for all Base Rate Advances from time to time outstanding, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus two percent (2%).

 

2.7                                Optional Prepayments.

 

(a)                                  (i) The Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Base Rate Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit at any time, provided that, unless the “Sweep to Loan” system shall be in effect in respect of the Revolving Credit, after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of Base Rate Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit remaining outstanding shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000), and (ii) subject to Section 2.10(c) hereof, the Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit at any time (subject to not less than five (5) Business Day’s notice to the Agent) provided that, after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the unpaid portion of such Advance which is to be refunded or converted under Section 2.3 hereof shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

 

48



 

(b)                                  (i) The Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Swing Line Advance carried at the Base Rate at any time, provided that after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of such Base Rate Advances remaining outstanding shall be at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) and (ii) subject to Section 2.10(c) hereof, the Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Swing Line Advance carried at the Quoted Rate at any time (subject to not less than one (1) day’s notice to the Swing Line Lender) provided that after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of such Quoted Rate Swing Line Advances remaining outstanding shall be at least One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

 

(c)                                   Any prepayment of a Base Rate Advance made in accordance with this Section shall be without premium or penalty and any prepayment of any other type of Advance shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.1 hereof, but otherwise without premium or penalty.

 

2.8                                Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default .  If, (a) as to any outstanding Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit or any outstanding Quoted Rate Advance of the Swing Line, the Agent has not received payment of all outstanding principal and accrued interest on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or does not receive a timely Request for Advance meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 or 2.5 hereof with respect to the refunding or conversion of such Advance, or (b) if on the last day of the applicable Interest Period a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then, on the last day of the applicable Interest Period the principal amount of any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case may be, which has not been prepaid shall, absent a contrary election of the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, be converted automatically to a Base Rate Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify the Borrower of said action.  All accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance converted to a Base Rate Advance under this Section 2.8 shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is converted.

 

2.9                                Revolving Credit Facility Fee .  From the Effective Date to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Revolving Credit Lenders pro-rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Percentages, a Revolving Credit Facility Fee quarterly in arrears commencing May 1, 2015, and on the first day of each February, May, August and November thereafter (in respect of the prior three months or any portion thereof). The Revolving Credit Facility Fee payable to each Revolving Credit Lender shall be determined by multiplying the Applicable Fee Percentage times the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment then in effect (whether used or unused). The Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Upon receipt of such payment, the Agent shall make prompt payment to each Revolving Credit Lender of its share of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee based upon its respective Revolving Credit Percentage. It is expressly understood that the Revolving Credit Facility Fees described in this Section are not refundable.

 

49



 

2.10                         Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances.

 

(a)                                  If at any time and for any reason the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances plus Swing Line Advances, plus the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, shall exceed the lesser of (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (ii) the Borrowing Base reported in the most recently delivered Borrowing Base Certificate, the Borrower shall immediately reduce any pending request for a Revolving Credit Advance on such day by the amount of such excess and, to the extent any excess remains thereafter, repay any Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances in an amount equal to the lesser of the outstanding amount of such Advances and the amount of such remaining excess, with such amounts to be applied between the Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances as determined by the Agent and then, to the extent that any excess remains after payment in full of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances, to provide cash collateral in support of any Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) 105% of the amount of such Letter of Credit Obligations and (y) the amount of such remaining excess, with such cash collateral to be provided on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Borrower acknowledges that, in connection with any repayment required hereunder, it shall also be responsible for the reimbursement of any prepayment or other costs required under Section 11.1 hereof.  Any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate, next to Eurodollar-based Advances of the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.

 

(b)                                  Unless waived by Agent in its sole discretion, in the event of the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default and upon the payment in full of the Term Loan, with respect to any prepayments required to be made on the Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.8(a), (b) and (c) of this Agreement and upon the payment in full of the Draw-To Term Loan, with respect to any prepayments required to be made on the Draw-To Term Loan pursuant to Section 2.A.10 of this Agreement, in each case such amounts shall instead be applied to prepay any amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit, resulting in a permanent reduction in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Subject to Section 10.2 hereof, any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate, next to Eurodollar-based Advances under the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.  If any amounts remain thereafter, a portion of such prepayment equivalent to the undrawn amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit shall be held by Lender as cash collateral for the Reimbursement Obligations, with any additional prepayment monies being applied to any Fees, costs or expenses due and outstanding under this Agreement, and with the remainder of such prepayment thereafter being returned to the Borrower.

 

(c)                                   To the extent that, on the date any mandatory repayment of the Revolving Credit Advances under this Section 2.10 or payment pursuant to the terms of any of the Loan Documents is due, the Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit or any other Indebtedness to be prepaid is being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may deposit the amount of such mandatory prepayment in a cash collateral account to be held by the Agent, for and on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to the Agent and upon such deposit the obligation of the Borrower to make such mandatory prepayment shall be deemed satisfied. Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral

 

50



 

account, sums on deposit in said cash collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the principal balance of the Revolving Credit on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period attributable to the Eurodollar-based Advances of such Revolving Advance, thereby avoiding breakage costs under Section 11.1 hereof; provided, however, that if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred at any time while sums are on deposit in the cash collateral account, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to apply such sums to reduce the principal balance of such Eurodollar-based Advances prior to the last day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, and the Borrower will be obligated to pay any resulting breakage costs under Section 11.1.

 

2.11                         Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment .  The Borrower may, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, without premium or penalty, provided that: (i) each partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount equal to One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or a larger integral multiple of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); (ii) each reduction shall be accompanied by the payment of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, if any, accrued and unpaid to the date of such reduction; (iii) the Borrower shall prepay in accordance with the terms hereof the amount, if any, by which the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including, without duplication, any deemed Advances made under Section 3.6 hereof) outstanding hereunder, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations, exceeds the amount of the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment as so reduced, together with interest thereon to the date of prepayment; (iv) no reduction shall reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment to an amount which is less than the aggregate undrawn amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding at such time unless such Letters of Credit have been cash collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof; and (v) no such reduction shall reduce the Swing Line Maximum Amount unless the Borrower so elects, provided that the Swing Line Maximum Amount shall at no time be greater than the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment; provided, however that if the termination or reduction of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment requires the prepayment of a Eurodollar-based Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance and such termination or reduction is made on a day other than the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar-based Advance or such Quoted Rate Advance, then, pursuant to Section 11.1, the Borrower shall compensate the Revolving Credit Lenders and/or the Swing Line Lender for any losses or, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may deposit the amount of such prepayment in a collateral account as provided in Section 2.10(c) and Borrower’s obligations under this Section 2.11 shall be deemed satisfied. Reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and any accompanying prepayments of Advances of the Revolving Credit shall be distributed by the Agent to each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Percentage thereof, and will not be available for reinstatement by or readvance to the Borrower, and any accompanying prepayments of Advances of the Swing Line shall be distributed by the Agent to the Swing Line Lender and will not be available for reinstatement by or readvance to the Borrower. Any reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder shall reduce each Revolving Credit Lender’s portion thereof proportionately (based on the applicable Percentages), and shall be permanent and irrevocable. Any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate, next to Eurodollar-based Advances of the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.

 

51



 

2.12                         Use of Proceeds of Advances .  Advances of the Revolving Credit shall be used by the Borrower to finance working capital, refinance existing indebtedness to Comerica Bank and other lawful corporate purposes.

 

2.A.                           DRAW-TO TERM LOAN.

 

2.A.1                    Draw-To Term Loan .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including without limitation Section 2.A.3 hereof), each Draw-To Term Loan Lender severally and for itself alone agrees to make Advances of the Draw-To Term Loan in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the Draw-To Term Loan Funding Period in an aggregate amount, not to exceed at any one time outstanding such Draw-To Term Loan Lender’s Draw-To Term Loan Percentage of the Draw-To Term Loan.  Advances and repayments, but not readvances, of the Draw-To Term Loan may be made hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  Upon expiration of the Draw-To Term Loan Funding Period, the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders’ commitments to make additional Advances of the Draw-To Term Loan shall expire.

 

2.A.2                    Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent for the account of each Draw-To Term Loan Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Draw-To Term Loan Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest at the Applicable Interest Rate) of such Draw-To Term Loan Lender to the Borrower on the Draw-To Term Loan Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the unpaid principal Indebtedness outstanding under the Draw-To Term Loan shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate.

 

(b)                                  Each Draw-To Term Loan Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Draw-To Term Loan Lender resulting from each Draw-To Term Loan Advance made by such lending office of such Draw-To Term Loan Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Draw-To Term Loan Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.8(h), and a subaccount therein for each Draw-To Term Loan Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Draw-To Term Loan Advance made hereunder, the type thereof and each Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Draw-To Term Loan Lender hereunder in respect of the Draw-To Term Loan Advances and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Agent hereunder from the Borrower in respect of the Draw-To Term Loan Advances and each Draw-To Term Loan Lender’s share thereof.

 

52


 

(d)                                  The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Draw-To Term Loan Lender maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.A.2 shall absent manifest error, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be presumptive evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Draw-To Term Loan Lender or the Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Draw-To Term Loan Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto) made to the Borrower by the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower agrees that, upon written request to the Agent by any Draw-To Term Loan Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver, to such Lender, at Borrower’ own expense, a Draw-To Term Loan Note evidencing the outstanding Draw-To Term Loan Advances owing to such Draw-To Term Loan Lender.

 

2.A.3                    Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Draw-To Term Loan Advances .  The Borrower may request an Advance of the Draw-To Term Loan, only after delivery to Agent of a Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance executed by a person previously authorized (in a writing delivered to the Agent) by the Borrower to execute such Request, subject to the following:

 

(a)                                  each such Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance shall set forth the information required on the Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance, including without limitation:

 

(i)                                      the proposed date of such Draw-To Term Loan Advance (or the refunding or conversion of an outstanding Draw-To Term Loan Advance), which must be a Business Day;

 

(ii)                                   whether such Advance is a new Draw-To Term Loan Advance or a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Draw-To Term Loan Advance; and

 

(i)                                      whether such Draw-To Term Loan Advance is to be a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar-based Advance, and, except in the case of a Base Rate Advance, the first Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto, provided, however, that the initial Draw-To Term Loan Advance made under this Agreement shall be a Base Rate Advance, which may then be converted into a Eurodollar-based Advance in compliance with this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  each such Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance shall be delivered to Agent by 2:00 p.m. (Detroit time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of Advance, except in the case of a Base Rate Advance, for which the Request for Advance must be delivered by 12:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on such proposed date for Advances;

 

53



 

(c)                                   the amount of the requested Advance shall not exceed the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment less the aggregate amount of all Draw-To Term Loan Advances funded prior thereto.

 

(d)                                  the principal amount of such Draw-To Term Loan Advance, plus the amount of any other Draw-To Term Loan Advances outstanding under the Draw-To Term Loan to be then combined therewith having the same Applicable Interest Rate and Interest Period, if any, shall be (i) in the case of a Base Rate Advance at least $500,000 and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar-based Advance at least $500,000 or a larger integral multiple of $100,000 and at any one time there shall not be in effect more than three (3) Interest Periods with respect to Draw-To Term Loan Advances;

 

(e)                                   a Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance, once delivered to Agent, shall not be revocable by the Borrower;

 

(f)                                    each Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance shall constitute a certification by the Borrower, as of the date thereof that:

 

(i)                                      all conditions to the making of Advances of the Draw-To Term Loan have been satisfied, and shall remain satisfied, and shall remain satisfied to the date of such Draw-To Term Loan Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Draw-To Term Loan Advance);

 

(ii)                                   there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the making of such Draw-To Term Loan Advance (both before and after giving effect to such Draw-To Term Loan Advance);

 

(iii)                                the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the making of such Draw-To Term Loan Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Draw-To Term Loan Advance), other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date;

 

Agent, acting on behalf of the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders, may, at its option, lend under this Section 2.A.3 upon the telephone or email request of an Authorized Signer of the Borrower to make such requests and, in the event the Agent, acting on behalf of the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders, makes any such Advance upon a telephone or email request, an Authorized Signer shall fax or deliver by electronic file to the Agent, on the same day as such telephone or email request, an executed Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent to disburse Advances under this Section 2.A.3 pursuant to the telephone or email instructions of any person purporting to be an Authorized Signer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower acknowledges that the Borrower shall bear all risk of loss resulting from disbursements made upon any telephone or email request. Each telephone or email request for an Advance from an Authorized Signer for the Borrower shall constitute a certification of the matters set forth in the Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance form as of the date of such requested Advance.

 

54



 

2.A.4                    Disbursement of Advances .

 

(a)                                  Upon receiving any Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance from the Borrower under Section 2.A.3 hereof, the Agent shall promptly notify each Draw-To Term Loan Lender by telephone or email (confirmed by telephone or email) of the amount of such Advance being requested and the date such Draw-To Term Loan Advance is to be made by each Draw-To Term Loan Lender in an amount equal to its Draw-To Term Loan Percentage of such Advance. Unless such Draw-To Term Loan Lender’s commitment to make Draw-To Term Loan Advances hereunder shall have been suspended or terminated in accordance with this Agreement, each such Draw-To Term Loan Lender shall make available the amount of its Draw-To Term Loan Percentage of each Draw-To Term Loan Advance in immediately available funds to the Agent, as follows:

 

(i)                                      for Base Rate Advances, at the office of the Agent located at 411 West Lafayette, 7 th  Floor, MC 3289, Detroit, Michigan 48226, not later than 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Advance; and

 

(ii)                                   for Eurodollar-based Advances, at the Agent’s Correspondent for the account of the Eurodollar Lending Office of the Agent, not later than 12:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Advance.

 

(c)                                   Subject to submission of an executed Request for Draw-To Term Loan Advance by the Borrower without exceptions noted in the compliance certification therein, the Agent shall make available to the Borrower the aggregate of the amounts so received by it from the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders in like funds and currencies:

 

(i)                                      for Base Rate Advances, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Draw-To Term Loan Advance, by credit to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Agent or to such other account or third party as the Borrower may reasonably direct in writing, provided such direction is timely given; and

 

(ii)                                   for Eurodollar-based Advances, not later than 4:00 p.m. (time of the Agent’s Correspondent) on the date of such Draw-To Term Loan Advance, by credit to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Agent’s Correspondent or to such other account or third party as the Borrower may direct, provided such direction is timely given.

 

(a)                                  The Agent shall deliver the documents and papers received by it for the account of each Draw-To Term Loan Lender to such Draw-To Term Loan Lender. Unless the Agent shall have been notified by any Draw-To Term Loan Lender prior to the date of any proposed Draw-To Term Loan Advance that such Draw-To Term Loan Lender does not intend to make available

 

55



 

to the Agent such Draw-To Term Loan Lender’s Percentage of such Advance, the Agent may assume that such Draw-To Term Loan Lender has made such amount available to the Agent on such date, as aforesaid.  The Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Borrower the amount of such payment in reliance on such assumption. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Agent by such Draw-To Term Loan Lender, as aforesaid, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Draw-To Term Loan Lender. If such Draw-To Term Loan Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Agent’s demand therefor and the Agent has in fact made a corresponding amount available to the Borrower, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Agent, if such notice is delivered to the Borrower prior to 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on a Business Day, on the day such notice is received, and otherwise on the next Business Day, and such amount paid by the Borrower shall be applied as a prepayment of the Draw-To Term Loan (without any corresponding reduction in the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment), reimbursing the Agent for having funded said amounts on behalf of such Draw-To Term Loan Lender.  The Borrower shall retain its claim against such Draw-To Term Loan Lender with respect to the amounts repaid by it to the Agent and, if such Draw-To Term Loan Lender subsequently makes such amounts available to the Agent, the Agent shall promptly make such amounts available to the Borrower as a Draw-To Term Loan Advance. The Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Draw-To Term Loan Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, but without duplication, interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was made available by the Agent to the Borrower, to the date such amount is recovered by the Agent, at a rate per annum equal to:

 

(iii)                                in the case of such Draw-To Term Loan Lender, for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and thereafter, at the rate of interest then applicable to such Draw-To Term Loan Advances (plus any administrative, processing or similar fees assessed by Agent in connection with the foregoing); and

 

(iv)                               in the case of the Borrower, the rate of interest then applicable to such Advance of the Draw-To Term Loan.

 

Until such Draw-To Term Loan Lender has paid the Agent such amount, such Draw-To Term Loan Lender shall have no interest in or rights with respect to such Advance for any purpose whatsoever.  The obligation of any Draw-To Term Loan Lender to make any Draw-To Term Loan Advance hereunder shall not be affected by the failure of any other Draw-To Term Loan Lender to make any Advance hereunder, and no Draw-To Term Loan Lender shall have any liability to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Agent, any other Draw-To Term Loan Lender, or any other party for another Draw-To Term Loan Lender’s failure to make any loan or Advance hereunder.

 

56



 

2.A.5                    Repayment of Principal .  The Borrower shall repay the principal amount outstanding with respect to each Draw-To Term Loan Advance on the dates and in the amounts as indicated below:

 

PAYMENT DATES

 

ON EACH SUCH PAYMENT DATE:

The first day of each February, May, August and November commencing May 1, 2016

 

1/12th of the aggregate principal amount of the Draw-To Term Loan outstanding as of the last day of the Draw-To Term Loan Funding Period

Draw-To Term Loan Maturity Date

 

Any amounts of principal or interest then outstanding on Draw-To Term Loan

 

2.A.6.                 Interest Payments; Default Interest .

 

(a)                                  Interest on the unpaid balance of all Base Rate Advances of the Draw-To Term Loan from time to time outstanding shall accrue from the date of such Advance to the date repaid, at a per annum interest rate equal to the Base Rate, and shall be payable in immediately available funds quarterly in arrears commencing May 1, 2015 and on the first day of each February, May, August and November thereafter. Whenever any payment under this Section 2.6(a) shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Interest accruing at the Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall be given to any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate on the date of such change in the Base Rate.

 

(b)                                  Interest on each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Draw-To Term Loan shall accrue at its Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto (and, if any Eurodollar-Interest Period shall exceed three months, then on the last Business Day of the third month of such Eurodollar-Interest Period, and at three month intervals thereafter). Interest accruing at the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto to but not including the last day thereof.

 

(c)                                   [Reserved].

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sections, all accrued and unpaid interest on any Draw-To Term Loan Advance refunded or converted pursuant to Section 2.A.3 hereof, shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is refunded or converted.

 

(e)                                   In the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately upon the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, immediately upon receipt by the Agent of notice from the Majority Draw-To Term Loan Lenders, interest shall be payable on demand on all Draw-To Term Loan Advances from time to time outstanding at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate in respect of each such Advance plus, in the case of Eurodollar-based Advances, two percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing Interest Period, if any, and at all other such times, and for all Base Rate Advances from time to time outstanding, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus two percent (2%).

 

57



 

2.A.7                    Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default .  If, (a) as to any outstanding Eurodollar-based Advance of the Draw-To Term Loan, the Agent has not received payment of all outstanding principal and accrued interest on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or does not receive a timely Request for Advance meeting the requirements of Section 2.A.3 hereof with respect to the refunding or conversion of such Advance, or (b) if on the last day of the applicable Interest Period a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then, on the last day of the applicable Interest Period the principal amount of any Eurodollar-based Advance, which has not been prepaid shall, absent a contrary election of the Majority Draw-To Term Loan Lenders, be converted automatically to a Base Rate Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify the Borrower of said action.  All accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance converted to a Base Rate Advance under this Section 2.A.7 shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is converted.

 

2.A.8                    Optional Prepayments .  (a) Subject to Section 11.1 hereof and to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Borrower may prepay all or part of any Eurodollar-based Advance of the Draw-To Term Loan (subject to not less than one (1) Business Day’s notice to Agent) provided that the amount of any such partial prepayment shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

 

(b)                                  Any Eurodollar-based Advance shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, but otherwise without premium or penalty.

 

2.A.9                    Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fee .  From the Effective Date through the last day of the Draw-To Term Loan Funding Period, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders pro-rata in accordance with their respective Draw-To Term Loan Percentages, a Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fee quarterly in arrears commencing May 1, 2015, and on the first day of each February, May, August and November thereafter (in respect of the prior three months or any portion thereof during the Draw-To Term Loan Funding Period). The Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fee payable to each Draw-To Term Loan Lender shall be determined by multiplying the Applicable Fee Percentage times the average daily amount by which such Lender’s Percentage of the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment then in effect exceeds the sum of such Lender’s Draw-To Term Loan Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Draw-To Term Loan Advances. The Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of the Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fee shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Upon receipt of such payment, Agent shall make prompt payment to each Draw-To Term Loan Lender of its share of the Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fee based upon its respective Draw-To Term Loan Percentage. It is expressly understood that the Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fees described in this Section are not refundable.

 

2.A.10             Mandatory Repayment of Draw-To Term Loan Advances.

 

(a)                                  Upon the payment in full of the Term Loan, with respect to any prepayments required to be made on the Term Loans pursuant to Section 4.8(a), (b) and (c) of this Agreement such amounts shall instead be applied to prepay any amounts outstanding under the Draw-To

 

58



 

Term Loan. Subject to clause (b) hereof, each mandatory prepayment under this Section 2.A.10 or any other mandatory or optional prepayment under this Agreement shall be in addition to any scheduled installments or optional prepayments made prior thereto and shall be subject to Section 11.1. Each mandatory prepayment of the Draw-To Term Loan shall be applied to installments of principal on the Draw-To Term Loan in the inverse order of their maturities.

 

(b)                                  To the extent that, on the date any mandatory repayment of the Draw-To Term Loan Advances under this Section 2.A.10 or payment pursuant to the terms of any of the Loan Documents is due, the Indebtedness under the Draw-To Term Loan or any other Indebtedness to be prepaid is being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may deposit the amount of such mandatory prepayment in a cash collateral account to be held by the Agent, for and on behalf of the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders, on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to the Agent and upon such deposit the obligation of the Borrower to make such mandatory prepayment shall be deemed satisfied. Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral account, sums on deposit in said cash collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the principal balance of the Draw-To Term Loan on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period attributable to the Eurodollar-based Advances of such Revolving Advance, thereby avoiding breakage costs under Section 11.1 hereof; provided, however, that if an Event of Default shall have occurred at any time while sums are on deposit in the cash collateral account, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to apply such sums to reduce the principal balance of such Eurodollar-based Advances prior to the last day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, and the Borrower will be obligated to pay any resulting breakage costs under Section 11.1.

 

2.A.11             Use of Proceeds of Advances .  Advances of the Draw-To Term Loan shall be used by the Borrower for any lawful corporate purposes.

 

3.                                       LETTERS OF CREDIT.

 

3.1                                Letters of Credit .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Lender may, but shall not be required to, through the Issuing Office, at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof until thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, upon the written request of the Borrower accompanied by a duly executed Letter of Credit Agreement and such other documentation related to the requested Letter of Credit as the Issuing Lender may require, issue Letters of Credit in Dollars for the account of the Borrower, in an aggregate amount for all Letters of Credit issued hereunder at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount. Each Letter of Credit shall be in a minimum face amount of Twenty Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000) (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Issuing Lender) and each Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof) shall expire not later than the first to occur of (i) twelve (12) months after the date of issuance thereof and (ii) ten (10) Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in effect on the date of issuance thereof, provided that each Letter of Credit may provide for automatic renewals. The submission of all applications in respect of and the issuance of each Letter of Credit hereunder shall be subject in all respects to such industry rules and governing law as are acceptable to the Issuing Lender. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any Letter of Credit Document other than any Letter of Credit, this Agreement shall control.

 

59



 

3.2                                Conditions to Issuance .  No Letter of Credit shall be issued (including the renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit previously issued) at the request and for the account of the Borrower unless, as of the date of issuance (or renewal or extension) of such Letter of Credit:

 

(a)                                  (i) after giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the Letter of Credit Obligations do not exceed the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount; and (ii) after giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the Letter of Credit Obligations on such date plus the aggregate amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including all Advances deemed disbursed by the Agent under Section 3.6(c) hereof in respect of the Borrower Reimbursement Obligations) hereunder requested or outstanding on such date do not exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (B) the then applicable Borrowing Base;

 

(b)                                  the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (both before and immediately after the issuance of such Letter of Credit), other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date;

 

(c)                                   there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit;

 

(d)                                  the Borrower shall have delivered to Issuing Lender at its Issuing Office, not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date for issuance (or such shorter time as the Issuing Lender, in its sole discretion, may permit), the Letter of Credit Agreement related thereto, together with such other documents and materials as may reasonably be required pursuant to the terms thereof, and the terms of the proposed Letter of Credit shall be reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Lender;

 

(e)                                   no order, judgment or decree of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain Issuing Lender from issuing the Letter of Credit requested, or any Revolving Credit Lender from taking an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage thereof pursuant to Section 3.6 hereof, and no law, rule, regulation, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) shall prohibit the Issuing Lender from issuing, or any Revolving Credit Lender from taking an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage of, the Letter of Credit requested or letters of credit generally;

 

(f)                                    there shall have been (i) no introduction of or change in the interpretation of any law or regulation, (ii) no declaration of a general banking moratorium by banking authorities in the United States, California or the respective jurisdictions in which the Revolving Credit Lenders, the

 

60



 

Borrower and the beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit are located, and (iii) no establishment of any new restrictions by any central bank or other governmental agency or authority on transactions involving letters of credit or on banks generally that, in any case described in this clause (e), would make it unlawful or unduly burdensome for the Issuing Lender to issue or any Revolving Credit Lender to take an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage of the requested Letter of Credit or letters of credit generally;

 

(g)                                   if any Revolving Credit Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it to eliminate the Fronting Exposure with respect to the participation in the Letter of Credit Obligations by such Defaulting Lender, including reallocation in accordance with Section 10.4(f) hereof, or, if such reallocation is not possible, creation of a cash collateral account on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Agent or delivery of other security to assure payment of such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of all outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations; and

 

(h)                                  Issuing Lender shall have received the issuance fees required in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof.

 

Each Letter of Credit Agreement submitted to Issuing Lender pursuant hereto shall constitute the certification by the Borrower of the matters set forth in Sections 5.2 hereof. The Agent shall be entitled to rely on such certification without any duty of inquiry.

 

3.3                                Notice .  The Issuing Lender shall deliver to the Agent, concurrently with or promptly following its issuance of any Letter of Credit, a true and complete copy of each Letter of Credit. Promptly upon its receipt thereof, the Agent shall give notice, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E, to each Revolving Credit Lender of the issuance of each Letter of Credit, specifying the amount thereof and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Percentage thereof.

 

3.4                                Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs .  (a)  The Borrower shall pay letter of credit fees as follows:

 

(i)                                      A per annum letter of credit fee with respect to the undrawn amount of each Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto (based on the amount of each Letter of Credit) in the amount of the Applicable Fee Percentage (determined with reference to Annex I to this Agreement) shall be paid to the Agent for distribution to the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Credit Percentages.

 

(ii)                                   A letter of credit facing fee on the face amount of each Letter of Credit shall be paid to the Agent for distribution to the Issuing Lender for its own account, in accordance with the terms of the Fee Letter.

 

61



 

(b)                                  All payments by the Borrower to the Agent for distribution to the Issuing Lender or the Revolving Credit Lenders under this Section 3.4 shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Issuing Office or such other office of the Agent as may be designated from time to time by written notice to the Borrower by the Agent. The fees described in clauses (a)(i) and (ii) above (i) shall be nonrefundable under all circumstances, (ii) in the case of fees due under clause (a)(i) above, shall be payable quarterly in advance on the first day of each February, May, August and November and (iii) in the case of fees due under clause (a)(ii) above, shall be payable upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit and quarterly in advance thereafter. The fees due under clause (a)(i) above shall be determined by multiplying the Applicable Fee Percentage times the undrawn amount of the face amount of each such Letter of Credit on the date of determination, and shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days from the date of the issuance thereof to the stated expiration thereof. The parties hereto acknowledge that, unless the Issuing Lender otherwise agrees, any material amendment and any extension to a Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall be treated as a new Letter of Credit for the purposes of the letter of credit facing fee.

 

(c)                                   If any Change in Law shall either (i) impose, modify or cause to be deemed applicable any reserve, special deposit, limitation or similar requirement against letters of credit issued or participated in by, or assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or (ii) impose on Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender any other condition regarding this Agreement, the Letters of Credit or any participations in such Letters of Credit, and the result of any event referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall be to increase the cost or expense to Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender of issuing or maintaining or participating in any of the Letters of Credit (which increase in cost or expense shall be determined by the Issuing Lender’s or such Revolving Credit Lender’s reasonable allocation of the aggregate of such cost increases and expenses resulting from such events), then, upon demand by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, the Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days following demand for payment, pay to Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, from time to time as specified by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, additional amounts which shall be sufficient to compensate the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender for such increased cost and expense (together with interest on each such amount from ten days after the date such payment is due until payment in full thereof at the Base Rate), provided that if the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender could take any reasonable action, without cost or administrative or other burden or

 

62


 

restriction to such Lender, to mitigate or eliminate such cost or expense, it agrees to do so within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the foregoing matters. Each demand for payment under this Section 3.4(c) shall be accompanied by a certificate of Issuing Lender or the applicable Revolving Credit Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such increased cost or expense incurred by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, as a result of any event mentioned in clause (i) or (ii) above, and in reasonable detail, the methodology for calculating and the calculation of such amount, which certificate shall be prepared in good faith and shall be conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, as to the amount thereof.

 

3.5                                Other Fees .  In connection with the Letters of Credit, and in addition to the Letter of Credit Fees, the Borrower shall pay, for the sole account of the Issuing Lender, standard documentation, administration, payment and cancellation charges assessed by Issuing Lender or the Issuing Office, at the times, in the amounts and on the terms set forth or to be set forth from time to time in the standard fee schedule of the Issuing Office in effect from time to time.

 

3.6                                Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under Letters of Credit.

 

(a)                                  Upon issuance by the Issuing Lender of each Letter of Credit hereunder (and on the Effective Date with respect to each Existing Letter of Credit), each Revolving Credit Lender shall automatically acquire a pro rata participation interest in such Letter of Credit and each related Letter of Credit Payment based on its respective Revolving Credit Percentage.

 

(b)                                  If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing Lender an amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto not later than 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time), in Dollars, on (i) the Business Day that the Borrower received notice of such presentment and honor, if such notice is received prior to 11:00 a.m. (Detroit time) or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower received such notice, if such notice is received after 11:00 a.m. (Detroit time).

 

(c)                                   If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, but the Borrower does not reimburse the Issuing Lender as required under clause (b) above and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the Borrower shall be deemed to have immediately requested that the Revolving Credit Lenders make a Base Rate Advance of the Revolving Credit (which Advance may be subsequently converted at any time into a Eurodollar-based Advance pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof) in the principal amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto.  The Agent will promptly notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of such deemed request, and each such Lender shall make available to the Agent an amount equal to its pro rata share (based on its Revolving Credit Percentage) of the amount of such Advance.

 

63



 

(d)                                  If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, but the Borrower does not reimburse the Issuing Lender as required under clause (b) above, and (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), or (ii) any reimbursement received by the Issuing Lender from the Borrower is or must be returned or rescinded upon or during any bankruptcy or reorganization of any Credit Party or otherwise, then the Agent shall notify each Revolving Credit Lender, and each Revolving Credit Lender will be obligated to pay the Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender its pro rata share (based on its Revolving Credit Percentage) of the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto (but no such payment shall diminish the obligations of the Borrower hereunder). Upon receipt thereof, the Agent will deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a participation certificate evidencing its participation interest in respect of such payment and expenses.  To the extent that a Revolving Credit Lender fails to make such amount available to the Agent by 11:00 am Detroit time on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is given, such Revolving Credit Lender shall pay interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was required to be paid, to the date paid to the Agent, at the rate applicable under Section 2.4(c)(i) in respect of Revolving Credit Advances.  The failure of any Revolving Credit Lender to make its pro rata portion of any such amount available to the Agent shall not relieve any other Revolving Credit Lender of its obligation to make available its pro rata portion of such amount, but no Revolving Credit Lender shall be responsible for failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make such pro rata portion available to the Agent.

 

(e)                                   In the case of any Advance made under this Section 3.6, each such Advance shall be disbursed notwithstanding any failure to satisfy any conditions for disbursement of any Advance set forth in Article 2 hereof or Article 5 hereof, and, to the extent of the Advance so disbursed, the Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower to the Agent under this Section 3.6 shall be deemed satisfied (unless, in each case, taking into account any such deemed Advances, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances of the Revolving Credit and the Swing Line, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations (other than the Reimbursement Obligations to be reimbursed by this Advance) on such date exceed the lesser of the Borrowing Base or the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment).

 

(f)                                    If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall provide written notice thereof to the Borrower on the date such draft or demand is honored, and to each Revolving Credit Lender on such date unless the Borrower shall have satisfied its reimbursement obligations by payment to the Agent (for the benefit of the Issuing Lender) as required under this Section 3.6.  The Issuing Lender shall further use reasonable efforts to provide written notice to the Borrower prior to honoring any such draft or other demand for payment, but such notice, or the failure to provide such notice, shall not affect the rights or obligations of the Issuing Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit or the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, including without limitation the obligations of the Borrower under this Section 3.6.

 

64



 

(g)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing however no Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have acquired a participation in a Letter of Credit if the officers of the Issuing Lender immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received written notice from the Agent or any Lender at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the issuance or extension of such Letter of Credit or, with respect to any Letter of Credit subject to automatic extension, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date that the beneficiary under such Letter of Credit must be notified that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed, that the issuance or extension of Letters of Credit should be suspended based on the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”; provided, however that the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be deemed to have acquired such a participation upon the date on which such Default or Event of Default has been waived by the requisite Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable.  In the event that the Issuing Lender receives such a notice, the Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit until such notice is withdrawn by the Agent or such Lender or until the requisite Lenders have waived such Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(h)                                  Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require or authorize any Revolving Credit Lender to issue any Letter of Credit, it being recognized that the Issuing Lender shall be the sole issuer of Letters of Credit under this Agreement.

 

(i)                                      In the event that any Revolving Credit Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender may, at its option, require that the Borrower enter into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Lender to eliminate the Fronting Exposure with respect to the participation in the Letter of Credit Obligations by such Defaulting Lender, including reallocation in accordance with Section 10.4(f) hereof, or, if such reallocation is not possible, creation of a cash collateral account on terms satisfactory to the Agent or delivery of other security to assure payment of such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of all outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations.

 

3.7                                Obligations Irrevocable .  The obligations of the Borrower to make payments to the Agent for the account of Issuing Lender or the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to Letter of Credit Obligations under Section 3.6 hereof, shall be unconditional and irrevocable and not subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever, including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                  Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, any Letter of Credit Agreement, any other documentation relating to any Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (the “Letter of Credit Documents”);

 

(b)                                  Any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, or any substitution, exchange or release of or failure to perfect any interest in collateral or security, with respect to or under any Letter of Credit Document;

 

(c)                                   The existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any of the Letter of Credit Documents, the transactions contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transactions;

 

65



 

(d)                                  Any draft or other statement or document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

 

(e)                                   Payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which do not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit;

 

(f)                                    Any failure, omission, delay or lack on the part of the Agent, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or any party to any of the Letter of Credit Documents or any other Loan Document to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy conferred upon the Agent, Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any such party under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any of the Letter of Credit Documents, or any other acts or omissions on the part of the Agent, Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any such party; or

 

(g)                                   Any other event or circumstance that would, in the absence of this Section 3.7, result in the release or discharge by operation of law or otherwise of the Borrower from the performance or observance of any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in Section 3.6 hereof other than payment in full of the respective Indebtedness.

 

No setoff, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any obligation or any defense of any kind or nature which the Borrower has or may have against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit shall be available hereunder to the Borrower against the Agent, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender. With respect to any Letter of Credit, nothing contained in this Section 3.7 shall be deemed to prevent the Borrower, after satisfaction in full of the absolute and unconditional obligations of the Borrower hereunder with respect to such Letter of Credit, from asserting in a separate action any claim, defense, set off or other right which they (or any of them) may have against the Agent, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender in connection with such Letter of Credit.

 

3.8                                Risk Under Letters of Credit.

 

(a)                                  In the administration and handling of Letters of Credit and any security therefor, or any documents or instruments given in connection therewith, Issuing Lender shall have the sole right to take or refrain from taking any and all actions under or upon the Letters of Credit.

 

(b)                                  Subject to other terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Lender shall issue the Letters of Credit and shall hold the documents related thereto in its own name and shall make all collections thereunder and otherwise administer the Letters of Credit in accordance with Issuing Lender’s regularly established practices and procedures and will have no further obligation with respect thereto. In the administration of Letters of Credit, Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted on the advice of counsel, accountants, appraisers or other experts selected by Issuing Lender with due care and Issuing Lender may rely upon any

 

66



 

notice, communication, certificate or other statement from the Borrower, beneficiaries of Letters of Credit, or any other Person which Issuing Lender believes to be authentic. Issuing Lender will, upon request, furnish the Revolving Credit Lenders with copies of Letter of Credit Documents related thereto.

 

(c)                                   In connection with the issuance and administration of Letters of Credit and the assignments hereunder, Issuing Lender makes no representation and shall have no responsibility with respect to (i) the obligations of the Borrower or the validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any document or instrument given in connection therewith, or the taking of any action with respect to same, (ii) the financial condition of, any representations made by, or any act or omission of the Borrower or any other Person, or (iii) any failure or delay in exercising any rights or powers possessed by Issuing Lender in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit in the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the Revolving Credit Lenders expressly acknowledges that it has made and will continue to make its own evaluations of the Borrower’s creditworthiness without reliance on any representation of Issuing Lender or Issuing Lender’s officers, agents and employees.

 

(d)                                  If at any time Issuing Lender shall recover any part of any unreimbursed amount for any draw or other demand for payment under a Letter of Credit, or any interest thereon, the Agent or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall receive same for the pro rata benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Percentages and shall promptly deliver to each Revolving Credit Lender its share thereof, less such Revolving Credit Lender’s pro rata share of the costs of such recovery, including court costs and attorney’s fees. If at any time any Revolving Credit Lender shall receive from any source whatsoever any payment on any such unreimbursed amount or interest thereon in excess of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Percentage of such payment, such Revolving Credit Lender will promptly pay over such excess to the Agent, for redistribution in accordance with this Agreement.

 

3.9                                Indemnification .  The Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Agent and their respective Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees and agents of such Persons (each an “L/C Indemnified Person”), from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever which the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Issuing Lender or the Agent or any such Person may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by reason of or in connection with any Letter of Credit (collectively, the “L/C Indemnified Amounts”), and none of the Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Agent or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable or responsible for:

 

(a)                                  the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or for any acts or omissions of any beneficiary in connection therewith;

 

(b)                                  the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged unless the Agent, Issuing Lender or their respective Affiliates had actual knowledge thereof;

 

67



 

(c)                                   payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which do not strictly comply with the terms of any Letter of Credit (unless such payment resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender), including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit;

 

(d)                                  any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit; or

 

(e)                                   any other event or circumstance whatsoever arising in connection with any Letter of Credit.

 

It is understood that in making any payment under a Letter of Credit the Issuing Lender will rely on documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein without further investigation and regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

 

With respect to subparagraphs (a) through (e) hereof, (i) no Borrower shall be required to indemnify any L/C Indemnified Person for any L/C Indemnified Amounts to the extent such amounts result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such L/C Indemnified Person or any officer, director, employee or agent of such L/C Indemnified Person and (ii) the Agent and the Issuing Lender shall be liable to the Borrower to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or incidental, damages suffered by the Borrower which were caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any officer, director, employee or agent of the Issuing Lender or by the Issuing Lender’s wrongful dishonor of any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other demand for payment and other documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.

 

3.10                         Right of Reimbursement .  Each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to reimburse the Issuing Lender on demand, pro rata in accordance with its respective Revolving Credit Percentage, for (i) the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Issuing Lender to be reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to any Letter of Credit Agreement or any Letter of Credit, to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower or any other Credit Party and (ii) any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, fees, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Issuing Lender in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement (including Section 3.6(c) hereof), any Letter of Credit, any documentation or any transaction relating thereto, or any Letter of Credit Agreement, to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower, except to the extent that such liabilities, losses, costs or expenses were incurred by Issuing Lender as a result of Issuing Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or by the Issuing Lender’s wrongful dishonor of any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other demand for payment and other documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.

 

68



 

4.                                       TERM LOAN.

 

4.1                                Term Loan .  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Loan Lender, severally and for itself alone, agrees to lend to the Borrower, in a single disbursement in Dollars on the Effective Date an amount equal to such Lender’s Percentage of the Term Loan.

 

4.2                                Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness.

 

(a)                                  The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent for the account of each Term Loan Lender such Lender’s Percentage of the then unpaid aggregate principal amount of Term Loan outstanding on the Term Loan Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the unpaid principal Indebtedness outstanding under Term Loan shall, from the Effective Date (until paid), bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate. There shall be no readvance or reborrowings of any principal reductions of Term Loan.

 

(b)                                  Each Term Loan Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Term Loan Lender resulting from each Advance of Term Loan, as applicable made by such lending office of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Term Loan Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.8(h), and a subaccount therein for each Term Loan Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Advance of the Term Loan made hereunder, the type thereof and each Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Term Loan Lender hereunder in respect of the Advances of Term Loan, as applicable and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Agent hereunder from the Borrower in respect of the Advances of the Term Loan and each Term Loan Lender’s share thereof.

 

(d)                                  The entries made in the Register pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 4.2 and Section 13.8(h) shall, absent manifest error, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Term Loan Lender or the Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Advances of the Term Loan (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto) made to the Borrower by the Term Loan Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower agrees that, upon written request to the Agent by any Term Loan Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Term Loan Lender, at the Borrower’s expense, a Term Loan Note evidencing the outstanding Advances under Term Loan owing to such Term Loan Lender.

 

69



 

4.3                                Repayment of Principal .  (a) The Borrower shall repay the Term Loan on the dates and in the amounts set forth below, until the Term Loan Maturity Date, when all remaining outstanding principal plus accrued interest thereon shall be due and payable in full:

 

Payment Dates

 

Payment (to be
made on each
stated date)

 

 

 

 

The first day of each February, May, August and November commencing May 1, 2016

 

$416,666.67

 

 

 

Term Loan Maturity Date

 

Any amounts of principal or interest then outstanding on Term Loan

 

(a)                                  Whenever any payment under this Section 4.3 shall become due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereunder shall be extended to the next Business Day.

 

4.4                                Term Loan Rate Requests; Refundings and Conversions of Advances of the Term Loan .  On the Effective Date, the Applicable Interest Rate for all Term Loan Advances shall be the Base Rate. Thereafter, the Borrower may refund all or any portion of any Advance of the Term Loan as a Term Loan Advance with a like Eurodollar-Interest Period or convert each such Advance of the Term Loan to an Advance with a different Eurodollar-Interest Period, but only after delivery to the Agent of a Term Loan Rate Request executed in connection with the Term Loan by an Authorized Signer and subject to the terms hereof and to the following:

 

(a)                                  each Term Loan Rate Request shall set forth the information required on the Term Loan Rate Request form with respect to the Term Loan, including without limitation:

 

(i)                                      whether the Term Loan Advance is a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Term Loan Advance;

 

(ii)                                   in the case of a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Term Loan Advance, the proposed date of such refunding or conversion, which must be a Business Day; and

 

(iii)                                whether such Term Loan Advance (or any portion thereof) is to be a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar-based Advance, and, in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, the Eurodollar-Interest Period(s) applicable thereto.

 

(b)                                  each such Term Loan Rate Request shall be delivered to the Agent (i) by 2:00 p.m. (Detroit time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of the refunding or conversion of a Eurodollar-based Advance or (ii) by 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the proposed date of the refunding or conversion of a Base Rate Advance;

 

70



 

(c)                                   on the proposed date of such Term Loan Advance, the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loan Advances outstanding on such date after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Term Loan Advances, shall not exceed Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000);

 

(d)                                  no Term Loan Advance shall have a Eurodollar-Interest Period ending after the Term Loan Maturity Date and, notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, the Borrower shall select Eurodollar-Interest Periods (or the Base Rate) for sufficient portions of the Term Loan such that the Borrower may make the required principal payments hereunder on a timely basis and otherwise in accordance with Section 4.5 below;

 

(e)                                   at no time shall there be more than three (3) Eurodollar-Interest Periods in effect for Advances of the Term Loan; and

 

(f)                                    a Term Loan Rate Request, once delivered to the Agent, shall not be revocable by the Borrower.

 

4.5                                Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default.   In the event the Borrower shall fail with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term Loan to timely exercise its option to refund or convert such Advance in accordance with Section 4.4 hereof (and such Advance has not been paid in full on the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto according to the terms hereof), or, if on the last day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, a Default or Event of Default shall exist, then, on the last day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, the principal amount of such Advance which has not been prepaid shall be automatically converted to a Base Rate Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify the Borrower thereof.  All accrued and unpaid interest on any Advance converted to a Base Rate Advance under this Section 4.5 shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is converted.

 

4.6                                Interest Payments; Default Interest .

 

(a)                                  Interest on the unpaid principal of all Base Rate Advances of the Term Loans from time to time outstanding shall accrue until paid at a per annum interest rate equal to the Base Rate, and shall be payable in immediately available funds quarterly in arrears commencing May 1, 2015 and on the first day of each February, May, August and November thereafter. Whenever any payment under this Section 4.6 shall become due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next Business Day. Interest accruing at the Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall be given to any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate on the date of such change in the Base Rate.

 

(b)                                  Interest on the unpaid principal of each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term Loan having a related Eurodollar-Interest Period of three (3) months or less shall accrue at its applicable Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest shall be payable in immediately available funds on each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Term Loan outstanding from time to time having a Eurodollar-Interest Period of six (6) months or longer, at intervals of three (3) 

 

71



 

months after the first day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, and shall also be payable on the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest accruing at the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not including, the last day thereof.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.6(a) or (b) hereof, all accrued and unpaid interest on any Term Loan Advance refunded or converted pursuant to Section 4.4 hereof shall be due and payable in full on the date such Term Loan Advance is refunded or converted.

 

(d)                                  In the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately upon the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, upon notice to the Agent from the Majority Term Loan Lenders in regards to Term Loan, interest shall be payable on demand on the principal amount of all Advances of Term Loan from time to time outstanding, as applicable, at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate in respect of each such Advance, plus, in the case of Eurodollar-based Advances, two percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, and at all other such times and for all Base Rate Advances, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus two percent (2%).

 

4.7                                Optional Prepayment of Term Loans.

 

(a)                                  Subject to clause (b) hereof, the Borrower (at its option), may prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal of any Term Loan Advance bearing interest at the Base Rate at any time, and may prepay all or any portion of the outstanding principal of the Term Loan bearing interest at the Eurodollar-based Rate upon one (1) Business Day’s notice to the Agent by wire, telecopy or by telephone (confirmed by wire or telecopy), with accrued interest on the principal being prepaid to the date of such prepayment. Any prepayment of a portion of the Term Loan as to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Base Rate shall be without premium or penalty and any prepayment of a portion of the Term Loan as to which the Applicable Interest Rate is the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be without premium or penalty, except to the extent set forth in Section 11.1.

 

(b)                                  Each partial prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied to all installments of the Term Loan due thereunder in the inverse order of their maturities.

 

(c)                                   All prepayments of the Term Loan shall be made to the Agent for distribution ratably to the applicable Term Loan Lenders in accordance with their respective Term Loan Percentages.

 

4.8                                Mandatory Prepayment of Term Loans.

 

(a)                                  Subject to clauses (d) and (e) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sales which are not Reinvested as described in the following sentence, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans by an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such excess Net Cash Proceeds provided, however that the Borrower shall not be obligated to prepay the Term Loan with (i) the first $250,000 in Net Cash Proceeds received in any Fiscal Year so long as no

 

72


 

Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing at the time of such Asset Sale and (ii) such Net Cash Proceeds if the following conditions are satisfied: (i) promptly following the sale, the Borrower provides to the Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (“Reinvestment Certificate”) stating (x) that the sale has occurred, (y) that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing either as of the date of the sale or as of the date of the Reinvestment Certificate, and (z) a description of the planned Reinvestment of the proceeds thereof, (ii) the Reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds is completed within the Reinvestment Period, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the sale and at the time of the application of such proceeds to Reinvestment.  If any such proceeds have not been Reinvested at the end of the Reinvestment Period, the Borrower shall promptly pay such remaining excess proceeds to the Agent, to be applied to repay the Term Loan in accordance with clauses (d) and (e) hereof.

 

(b)                                  Subject to clauses (d) and (e) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) of Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Subordinated Debt after the Effective Date, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loan by an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds provided, however that the Borrower shall not be obligated to prepay the Term Loan with the first $300,000 in Net Cash Proceeds from any such issuance received in any Fiscal Year so long as no Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing at the time of such issuance.

 

(c)                                   Subject to clauses (d) and (e) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) of any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds in excess of $250,000 per year, the Borrower shall be obligated to prepay the Term Loan by an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such excess Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be; provided, however that the Borrower shall not be obligated to prepay the Term Loan with (i) the first $250,000 in Condemnation or Insurance Proceeds received in any Fiscal Year so long as no Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing at the time of such Asset Sale and (ii) any such proceeds if the following conditions are satisfied: (i) promptly following the receipt of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, the Borrower provide to the Agent a Reinvestment Certificate stating (x) that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing either as of the date of the receipt of such proceeds or as of the date of the Reinvestment Certificate, (y) that such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds have been received, and (z) a description of the planned Reinvestment of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be), (ii) the Reinvestment of such proceeds is completed within the Reinvestment Period, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the receipt of such proceeds and at the time of the application of such proceeds to Reinvestment. If any such proceeds have not been Reinvested at the end of the Reinvestment Period, the Borrower shall promptly pay such remaining excess proceeds to the Agent, to be applied to repay the Term Loan in accordance with clauses (d) and (e) hereof.

 

(d)                                  Subject to clause (e) hereof, each mandatory prepayment under this Section 4.8 or any other mandatory or optional prepayment under this Agreement shall be in addition to any scheduled installments or optional prepayments made prior thereto and shall be subject to Section 11.1. Each mandatory prepayment of the Term Loan shall be applied to installments of principal on the Term Loan in the inverse order of their maturities.

 

73



 

(e)                                   To the extent that, on the date any mandatory prepayment of any Term Loan under this Section 4.8 is due, the Indebtedness under any Term Loan or any other Indebtedness to be prepaid is being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may deposit the amount of such mandatory prepayment in a cash collateral account to be held by the Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders (which shall be an interest-bearing account), on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to the Agent and upon such deposit, the obligation of the Borrower to make such mandatory prepayment shall be deemed satisfied. Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral account, sums on deposit in said cash collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the principal balance of the Term Loan on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period attributable to the Eurodollar-based Advances of the Term Loan, thereby avoiding breakage costs under Section 11.1.

 

4.9                                Use of Proceeds .  Proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used by the Borrower for any lawful corporate purposes including, without limitation, to make payments in respect of Subordinated Debt.

 

5.                                       CONDITIONS.

 

The obligations of the Lenders to make Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit are subject to the following conditions:

 

5.1                                Conditions of Initial Advances .  The obligations of the Lenders to make initial Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue initial Letters of Credit, in each case, on the Effective Date only, are subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Notes, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents .  The Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent for the account of each Lender requesting Notes, the Revolving Credit Notes, Swing Line Note, Draw-To Term Loan Notes and/or the Term Notes, as applicable; the Borrower shall have executed and delivered this Agreement; and each Credit Party shall have executed and delivered the other Loan Documents to which such Credit Party is required to be a party (including all schedules and other documents to be delivered pursuant hereto); and such Notes (if any), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be in full force and effect.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Authority .  The Agent shall have received, from each Credit Party (not including any Foreign Subsidiaries), a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary dated as of the Effective Date as to:

 

(i)                                      corporate resolutions (or the equivalent) of each such Credit Party authorizing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents approval of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case to which such Credit Party is party, and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and in the case of the Borrower, authorizing the execution and delivery of requests for Advances and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder,

 

74



 

(ii)                                   the incumbency and signature of the officers or other authorized persons of such Credit Party executing any Loan Document and in the case of the Borrower, the officers who are authorized to execute any Requests for Advance, or requests for the issuance of Letters of Credit,

 

(iii)                                a certificate of good standing or continued existence (or the equivalent thereof) from the state of its incorporation or formation, and from every state or other jurisdiction where such Credit Party is qualified to do business, which jurisdictions are listed on Schedule 5.2 attached hereto, and

 

(iv)                               copies of such Credit Party’s articles of incorporation and bylaws or other constitutional documents, as in effect on the Effective Date.

 

(c)                                   Collateral Documents, Guaranties and other Loan Documents.   The Agent shall have received the following documents, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and fully executed by each party thereto:

 

(i)                                      The following Collateral Documents, each in form and substance acceptable to the Agent and fully executed by each party thereto and dated as of the Effective Date:

 

(A)                                the Security Agreement; and

 

(B)                                Warrants for each Lender in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

(ii)                                   For each real property location (including each warehouse or other storage location) leased by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) as a lessee (such locations being disclosed and identified as such on Schedule 6.3(b) hereto), (i) a true, complete and accurate copy of the fully executed applicable lease bailment or warehouse agreement, as the case may be; and (ii) a Collateral Access Agreement with respect to each location.

 

(iii)                                Certified copies of uniform commercial code requests for information, or a similar search report certified by a party acceptable to the Agent, dated a date reasonably prior to the Effective Date, listing all effective financing statements in the jurisdiction noted on Schedule 5.1(c) which name any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) (under their present names or under any previous names used within five (5) years prior to the date hereof) as debtors, together with (x) copies of such financing

 

75



 

statements, and (y) authorized Uniform Commercial Code (Form UCC-3) Termination Statements, if any, necessary to release all Liens and other rights of any Person in any Collateral described in the Collateral Documents previously granted by any Person (other than Liens permitted by Section 8.2 of this Agreement).

 

(iv)                               Any documents (including, without limitation, financing statements, amendments to financing statements and assignments of financing statements, stock powers executed in blank and any endorsements) requested by the Agent and reasonably required to be provided in connection with the Collateral Documents to create, in favor of the Agent (for and on behalf of the Lenders), a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral thereunder shall have been filed, registered or recorded, or shall have been delivered to the Agent in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

 

(d)                                  [Reserved] .

 

(e)                                   Insurance .  The Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Credit Parties (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) have obtained the insurance policies required by Section 7.5 hereof and that such insurance policies are in full force and effect.

 

(f)                                    Compliance with Certain Documents and Agreements .  Each Credit Party shall have each performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to the extent required to be performed or complied with by such Credit Party. No Person (other than the Agent, Lenders and Issuing Lender) party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in material default in the performance or compliance with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or shall be in material default in the performance or compliance with any of the material terms or material provisions of, in each case to which such Person is a party.

 

(g)                                   Opinions of Counsel .  The Credit Parties (not including any Foreign Subsidiaries) shall furnish the Agent prior to the initial Advance under this Agreement, with signed copies for each Lender, opinions of counsel to the Credit Parties, including opinions of local counsel to the extent deemed necessary by the Agent, in each case dated the Effective Date and covering such matters as reasonably required by and otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and each of the Lenders.

 

(h)                                  Payment of Fees .  The Borrower shall have paid to Comerica Bank any fees due under the terms of the Fee Letter, along with any other fees, costs or expenses due and outstanding to the Agent or the Lenders as of the Effective Date (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Agent and the Lenders).

 

(i)                                      [Reserved] .

 

76



 

(j)                                     Audits; Due Diligence .  The Agent and Lenders shall have received, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Lenders, (a) an audit of all accounts receivable and inventory of the Borrower and its respective Subsidiaries, and (b) such other reports or due diligence materials as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may reasonably request.

 

(k)                                  [Reserved] .

 

(l)                                      Material Contracts .  The Agent shall have received copies of all Material Contracts described on Schedule 6.18 hereof.

 

(m)                              Governmental and Other Approvals .  The Agent shall have received copies of all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications or formal exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or any other person or party (whether or not governmental) received by any Credit Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to occur on the Effective Date.

 

(n)                                  Closing Certificate .  The Agent shall have received, with a signed counterpart for each Lender, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower dated the Effective Date (or, if different, the date of the initial Advance hereunder), stating that to the best of his or her respective knowledge after due inquiry, (a) the conditions set forth in this Section 5 have been satisfied to the extent required to be satisfied by any Credit Party; (b) the representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, are true and correct in all material respects; (c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (d) since December 31, 2013, nothing shall have occurred which has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse change on the business, results of operations, financial condition or property of the Borrower or any other Credit Party; and (e) there shall have been no material adverse change to the Pro Forma Balance Sheet.

 

(o)                                  Customer Identification Forms .  The Agent shall have received completed customer identification forms (forms to be provided by the Agent to the Borrower) from the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

5.2                                Continuing Conditions .  The obligations of each Lender to make Advances (including the initial Advance) to provide other credit accommodations and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue any Letters of Credit shall be subject to the continuing conditions that:

 

(a)                                  No Default or Event of Default shall exist as of the date of the Advance or the request for the Letter of Credit, as the case may be; and

 

(b)                                  Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and in each of the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Advance or Letter of Credit (as the case may be) as if made on and as of such date (other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date).

 

77



 

6.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Lender as follows:

 

6.1                                Corporate Authority .  Each Credit Party is a corporation (or other business entity) duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state or jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as applicable, and each Credit Party is duly qualified and authorized to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the character of its assets or the nature of its activities makes such qualification and authorization necessary except where failure to be so qualified or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Credit Party has all requisite corporate, limited liability or partnership power and authority to own all its property (whether real, personal, tangible or intangible or of any kind whatsoever) and to carry on its business.

 

6.2                                Due Authorization .  Execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, to which each Credit Party is party, and the issuance of the Notes by the Borrower (if requested) are within such Person’s corporate, limited liability or partnership power, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of any law applicable to such Credit Party or the terms of such Credit Party’s organizational documents and, except as have been previously obtained or as referred to in Section 6.10, below, do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency or authority or any other third party except to the extent that such consent or approval is not material to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

6.3                                Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens .

 

(a)                              Each Credit Party, to the extent applicable, has good and valid title (or, in the case of real property, good and marketable title) to all assets owned by it, subject only to the Liens permitted under section 8.2 hereof, and each Credit Party has a valid leasehold or interest as a lessee or a licensee in all of its leased real property;

 

(b)                                  Schedule 6.3(b) hereof identifies all of the real property owned or leased, as lessee thereunder, by the Credit Parties (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) on the Effective Date, including all warehouse or bailee locations;

 

(c)                                   The Credit Parties will collectively own or collectively have a valid leasehold interest in all assets that were owned or leased (as lessee) by the Credit Parties immediately prior to the Effective Date to the extent that such assets are necessary for the continued operation of the Credit Parties’ businesses in substantially the manner as such businesses were operated immediately prior to the Effective Date;

 

(d)                                  Each Credit Party owns or has a valid leasehold interest in all real property necessary for its continued operations and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no condemnation, eminent domain or expropriation action has been commenced or threatened against any such owned or leased real property which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

78



 

(e)                                   There are no Liens on and no financing statements on file with respect to any of the assets owned by the Credit Parties, except for the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.2 of this Agreement.

 

6.4                                Taxes .  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.4 hereof, each Credit Party has filed on or before their respective due dates or within the applicable grace periods, all United States federal, state, local Income Tax returns and all other material tax returns which are required to be filed or has obtained extensions for filing such tax returns and is not delinquent in filing such returns in accordance with such extensions and has paid all material taxes which have become due pursuant to those returns or pursuant to any assessments received by any such Credit Party, as the case may be, to the extent such taxes have become due, except to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate provision has been made on the books of such Credit Party as may be required by GAAP.

 

6.5                                No Defaults .  No Credit Party is in default under or with respect to any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound which would cause or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.6                                Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents .  This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which any Credit Party is a party (including without limitation, each Request for Advance), have each been duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officers and constitute the valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights, generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in law or equity).

 

6.7                                Compliance with Laws .  (a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.7, each Credit Party has complied with all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and guidelines (including consent decrees and administrative orders) including but not limited to Hazardous Material Laws, and is in compliance with any Requirement of Law, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) neither the extension of credit made pursuant to this Agreement or the use of the proceeds thereof by the Credit Parties will violate the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, or The United and Strengthening America by providing appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (“USA Patriot Act”) Act of 2001, Public Law 10756, October 26, 2001 or Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 issued by the President of the United States (66 Fed. Reg. 49049 (2001)).

 

79



 

6.8                                Non-contravention .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including each Request for Advance) to which each Credit Party is a party are not in contravention of the terms of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which such Credit Party is a party or by which it or its properties are bound where such violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.9                                Litigation .  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.9 hereof, there is no suit, action, proceeding, including, without limitation, any bankruptcy proceeding or governmental investigation pending against or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Credit Party (other than any suit, action or proceeding in which a Credit Party is the plaintiff and in which no counterclaim or cross-claim against such Credit Party has been filed), or any judgment, decree, injunction, rule, or order of any court, government, department, commission, agency, instrumentality or arbitrator outstanding against any Credit Party, nor is any Credit Party in violation of any applicable law, regulation, ordinance, order, injunction, decree or requirement of any governmental body or court which could in any of the foregoing events reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.10                         Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc .  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.10 hereof, no material authorization, consent, approval, license, qualification or formal exemption from, nor any filing, declaration or registration with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or any other Person (whether or not governmental) is required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery and performance: (i) by any Credit Party of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents to which such Credit Party is a party or (ii) by the Credit Parties of the grant of Liens granted, conveyed or otherwise established (or to be granted, conveyed or otherwise established) by or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) otherwise necessary to the operation of its business, except in each case for (x) such matters which have been previously obtained, and (y) such filings to be made concurrently herewith or promptly following the Effective Date as are required by the Collateral Documents to perfect Liens in favor of the Agent. All such material authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations which have previously been obtained or made, as the case may be, are in full force and effect and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, are not the subject of any attack or threatened attack (in each case in any material respect) by appeal or direct proceeding or otherwise.

 

6.11                         Agreements Affecting Financial Condition .  No Credit Party is party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.12                         No Investment Company or Margin Stock .  No Credit Party is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Credit Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, directly or indirectly, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of any of the Advances will be used by any Credit Party to purchase or carry margin stock. Terms for which meanings are provided in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any regulations substituted therefore, as from time to time in effect, are used in this paragraph with such meanings.

 

80



 

6.13                         ERISA .  No Credit Party maintains or contributes to any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, except as set forth on Schedule 6.13 hereto or otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing.  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there has been no failure to meet the minimum funding standard within the meaning of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan, (b) there is no outstanding liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plans owed to the PBGC other than future premiums due and owing pursuant to Section 4007 of ERISA, (c) no “reportable event” as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan other than an event for which the notice requirement has been waived by the PBGC, (d) none of the Credit Parties has engaged in a prohibited transaction with respect to any Pension Plan, other than a prohibited transaction for which an exemption is available , (e) each Pension Plan is being maintained and funded in accordance with its terms and is in material compliance with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA, and (f) no Credit Party has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to have resulted in any Withdrawal Liability and, except as notified to the Agent in writing following the Effective Date, no such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA) or insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA).

 

6.14                         Conditions Affecting Business or Properties .  Neither the respective businesses nor the properties of any Credit Party is affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, Act of God, or other casualty (except to the extent such event is covered by insurance sufficient to ensure that upon application of the proceeds thereof, no Material Adverse Effect could reasonably be expected to occur) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.15                         Environmental and Safety Matters .  Except as set forth in Schedules 6.9, 6.10 and 6.15:

 

(a)                                  all facilities and property owned or leased by the Credit Parties are in compliance in all material respects with all Hazardous Material Laws;

 

(b)                                  to the best knowledge of the Borrower, there have been no unresolved and outstanding past, and there are no pending or threatened:

 

(i)                                      claims, complaints, notices or requests for information received by any Credit Party with respect to any alleged violation of any Hazardous Material Law, or

 

(ii)                                   written complaints, notices or inquiries to any Credit Party regarding potential liability of any Credit Parties under any Hazardous Material Law; and

 

(c)                                   to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no conditions exist at, on or under any property now or previously owned or leased by any Credit Party which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice or both, are reasonably likely to give rise to material liability under any Hazardous Material Law or create a significant adverse effect on the value of the property.

 

81



 

6.16                         Subsidiaries .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.16 hereto as of the Effective Date, and thereafter, except for the formation of Glaukos Japan and otherwise as disclosed to the Agent in writing from time to time, no Credit Party has any Subsidiaries.

 

6.17                         Intellectual Property .  Each Credit Party is the sole owner of its material Intellectual Property, except for licenses granted by such Credit Party to its customers in the ordinary course of business.  To the best of each Credit Party’s knowledge, each of the material Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents is valid and enforceable, and no part of its material Intellectual Property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to such Credit Party that any part of its Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.  Other than this Agreement, no Credit Party is a party to, nor bound by, any agreement that restricts the grant by such Credit Party of a security interest in its material Intellectual Property.

 

6.18                         Material Contracts .  Schedule 6.18 attached hereto is an accurate and complete list of all Material Contracts in effect on or as of the Effective Date to which any Credit Party is a party or is bound.

 

6.19                         Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Tradenames, etc .  The Credit Parties possess all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of their business substantially as now conducted without known conflict with any rights of others.  Schedule 6.19 contains a true and accurate list of all trade names and any and all other names used by any Credit Party during the five-year period ending as of the Effective Date.

 

6.20                         Capital Structure .  Schedule 6.20 attached hereto sets forth all issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party, including the number of authorized, issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party, the par value of such Equity Interests and the holders of such Equity Interests, all on and as of the Effective Date. All issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens (except for the benefit of the Agent) and such Equity Interests were issued in compliance with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws concerning the issuance of securities.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.20, there are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition from any Credit Party, of any Equity Interests of any Credit Party.

 

6.21                         Accuracy of Information .  (a)  The audited financial statements for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2013, furnished to the Agent and the Lenders prior to the Effective Date fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its respective Subsidiaries and the results of their operations for the periods covered thereby, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The projections, the Pro Forma Balance Sheet and the other pro forma financial information delivered to the Agent prior to the Effective Date are based upon

 

82


 

good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be accurate and reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein.

 

(b)                                  Since December 31, 2013, there has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, financial condition or property of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole.

 

(c)                                   To the best knowledge of the Credit Parties, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Credit Parties do not have any material contingent obligations (including any liability for taxes) not disclosed by or reserved against in the opening balance sheet to be delivered hereunder and (ii) there are no unrealized or anticipated losses from any present commitment of the Credit Parties which contingent obligations and losses in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.22                         Solvency .  After giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and other Loan Documents, the Borrower, and the Credit Parties taken as a whole will be solvent, able to pay its indebtedness as it matures and will have capital sufficient to carry on its businesses and all business in which it is about to engage. This Agreement is being executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders in good faith and in exchange for fair, equivalent consideration. The Credit Parties do not intend to nor does management of the Credit Parties believe the Credit Parties will incur debts beyond their ability to pay as they mature. The Credit Parties do not contemplate filing a petition in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect relating to any Credit Party, nor does any Credit Party have any knowledge of any threatened bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against a Credit Party.

 

6.23                         Employee Matters .  Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, unfair labor practice complaints, grievances, arbitration proceedings or controversies pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Credit Party by any employees of any Credit Party. Set forth on Schedule 6.23 are all union contracts or agreements to which any Credit Party is party as of the Effective Date.

 

6.24                         No Misrepresentation .  Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, certificate, information or report furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of a Credit Party to the Agent or any Lender in connection with any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, contains a misstatement of material fact, or omits to state a material fact required to be stated in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, taken as a whole, not materially misleading in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.  There is no fact, other than information known to the public generally, known to any Credit Party after diligent inquiry, that could reasonably be expect to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not expressly been disclosed to the Agent in writing.

 

83



 

6.25                         Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence .  As to each Credit Party party to any Loan Document, (a) it is an organization as described on Schedule 1.1 hereto and has provided the Agent and the Lenders with complete and correct copies of its articles of incorporation, by-laws and all other applicable charter and other organizational documents, and, if applicable, a good standing certificate and (b) its correct legal name, business address, type of organization and jurisdiction of organization, tax identification number and other relevant identification numbers are set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

 

7.                                       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

 

The Borrower covenants and agrees, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend credit hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations) remains outstanding and unpaid, that it will, and, as applicable, it will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

7.1                                Financial Statements .  Furnish to the Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender, the following documents:

 

(a)                                  within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a copy of the audited Consolidated and Consolidating financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related audited Consolidated and Consolidating statements of income, stockholders equity, and cash flows of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year and underlying assumptions, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, certified as being fairly stated in all material respects by an independent, nationally recognized certified public accounting firm reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

(b)                                  within thirty (30) days after the end of each month (including the last month of each fiscal quarter and each Fiscal Year, which, for such months, shall be a Borrower-prepared draft subject to standard audit adjustments), commencing with the first full month after the Effective Date, the Borrower prepared unaudited Consolidated and Consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such month, the related unaudited statements of income, and, solely with respect to the last month of each calendar quarter, the related statements of stockholders equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the portion of the Fiscal Year through the end of such fiscal month, setting forth in each case in comparative form (i) the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous year and (ii) the figures for the relevant period set forth in the projections delivered for such year pursuant to Section 7.2(e), and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as being fairly stated in all material respects; and

 

84



 

all such financial statements to be complete and correct in all material respects and to be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by a Responsible Officer and disclosed therein), provided however that the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (b) hereof will not be required to include footnotes and will be subject to change from audit and year-end adjustments.

 

7.2                                Certificates; Other Information .  Furnish to the Agent, in form and detail acceptable to the Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender, the following documents:

 

(a)                                  Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements described in Sections 7.1(a) and 7.1(b), a Covenant Compliance Report (or, in the case of the Borrower prepared financial statements for the last month of each fiscal year, a draft Covenant Compliance Certificate) duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

(b)                                  Within thirty (30) days after and as of the most recent month-end or more frequently as reasonably requested by the Agent or the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder, a Borrowing Base Certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

(c)                                   Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of all significant reports submitted by the Credit Parties’ firm(s) of certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or related internal control systems of the Credit Parties made by such accountants, including any comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their services;

 

(d)                                  Any financial reports, statements, press releases, other material information or written notices delivered to the holders of the Subordinated Debt pursuant to any applicable Subordinated Debt Documents (to the extent not otherwise required hereunder), as and when delivered to such Persons;

 

(e)                                   Within sixty (60) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, projections for the Credit Parties for the next succeeding Fiscal Year on an annual basis, including a balance sheet, as at the end of each relevant period and for the period commencing at the beginning of the Fiscal Year and ending on the last day of such relevant period, such projections certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as being based on reasonable estimates and assumptions taking into account all facts and information known (or reasonably available to any Credit Party) by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

85



 

(f)                                    Within thirty (30) days after and as of the end of each month, including the last month of each Fiscal Year, or more frequently as requested by the Agent or the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder (i) the monthly aging of the accounts receivable and accounts payable of the Borrowing Base Obligors, and (ii) an inventory report;

 

(g)                                   Any additional information as required by any Loan Document, and such additional schedules, certificates and reports respecting all or any of the Collateral, the items or amounts received by the Credit Parties in full or partial payment thereof, and any goods (the sale or lease of which shall have given rise to any of the Collateral) possession of which has been obtained by the Credit Parties, all to such extent as the Agent (individually or at the direction of the Majority Lenders) may reasonably request from time to time, any such schedule, certificate or report to be certified as true and correct in all material respects by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Credit Party and shall be in such form and detail as the Agent may reasonably specify; and

 

(h)                                  Such additional financial and/or other information as the Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request, promptly following such request.

 

7.3                                Payment of Obligations .  Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all of its material obligations of whatever nature, including without limitation all assessments, governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies, rent or other obligations, but excluding in all cases indebtedness for borrowed money, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being appropriately contested in good faith and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Credit Parties.

 

7.4                                Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws.

 

(a)                                  Continue to engage in their respective business and operations substantially as conducted immediately prior to the Effective Date;

 

(b)                                  Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and maintain its qualifications to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualifications are necessary for its operations, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 8.4 or as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)                                   Take all action it deems necessary in its reasonable business judgment to maintain all rights, privileges, licenses and franchises necessary for the normal conduct of its business except where the failure to so maintain such rights, privileges or franchises could not, either singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)                                  Comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, either singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

86



 

(e)                                   (i) Continue to be a Person whose property or interests in property is not blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “Order”), (ii) not engage in the transactions prohibited by Section 2 of that Order or become associated with Persons such that a violation of Section 2 of the Order would arise, and (iii) not become a Person on the list of Specially Designated National and Blocked Persons, or (iv) otherwise not become subject to the limitation of any OFAC regulation or executive order.

 

7.5                                Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  (a)  Keep all material property it deems, in its reasonable business judgment, necessary in its business in working order (ordinary wear and tear and casualty excepted); (b) with respect to the Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary, maintain insurance coverage with financially sound and reputable insurance companies on physical assets and against other business risks in such amounts and of such types as are customarily carried by companies similar in size and nature (including without limitation casualty and public liability and property damage insurance), and in the event of acquisition of additional property, real or personal, or of the incurrence of additional risks of any nature, increase such insurance coverage in such manner and to such extent as prudent business judgment and present practice or any applicable Requirements of Law would dictate; (c) in the case of all insurance policies covering any Collateral, such insurance policies shall provide that the loss payable thereunder shall be payable to the applicable Credit Party, and to the Agent (as mortgagee, or, in the case of personal property interests, lender loss payee) as their respective interests may appear; (d) in the case of all public liability insurance policies, such policies shall list the Agent as an additional insured, as the Agent may reasonably request; and (e) if requested by the Agent, certificates evidencing such policies, including all endorsements thereto, to be deposited with the Agent, such certificates being in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

7.6                                Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions .  Permit the Agent and each Lender, through their authorized attorneys, accountants and representatives (a) at all reasonable times during normal business hours, upon the request of the Agent or such Lender (or at any time without notice if an Event of Default exists) as long as an Event of Default does not exist, to examine each Credit Party’s books, accounts, records, ledgers and assets and properties; (b) from time to time, during normal business hours, upon the request of the Agent with reasonable prior notice (or at any time without notice if an Event of Default exists), to conduct full or partial collateral audits of the Accounts and Inventory of the Credit Parties and appraisals of all or a portion of the fixed assets (including real property) of the Credit Parties, such audits and appraisals to be completed by an appraiser as may be selected by the Agent (at the direction of the Majority Lenders) and consented to by the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), with all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of such audits to be reimbursed by the Credit Parties, provided that so long as no Event of Default or Default exists, the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse the Agent or any Lender for such audits or appraisals more frequently than twice each Fiscal Year; (c) during normal business hours and at their own risk and with reasonable prior notice (or at any time without notice if an Event of Default exists), to enter onto the real property owned or leased by any Credit Party to conduct inspections, investigations or other reviews of such real property; and (d) at reasonable times during normal business hours and at reasonable intervals and with reasonable prior notice (or at

 

87



 

any time without notice if an Event of Default exists), to visit all of the Credit Parties’ offices, discuss each Credit Party’s respective financial matters with their respective officers, as applicable, and, by this provision, the Borrower authorizes, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to authorize, its independent certified or chartered public accountants to discuss the finances and affairs of any Credit Party and examine any of such Credit Party’s books, reports or records held by such accountants.

 

7.7                                Notices .  Promptly give written notice to the Agent of:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which any Credit Party has knowledge;

 

(b)                                  any (i) litigation or proceeding existing at any time against any Credit Party by any Governmental Authority or other third party, or any investigation of any Credit Party conducted by any Governmental Authority, which in any case if adversely determined could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any material adverse change in the financial condition of any Credit Party since the date of the last audited financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) hereof;

 

(c)                                   the occurrence of any event which any Credit Party believes could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, promptly after concluding that such event could reasonably be expected to have such a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)                                  promptly after becoming aware thereof, the taking by the Internal Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction of a written tax position (or any such tax position taken by any Credit Party in a filing with the Internal Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, setting forth the details of such position and the financial impact thereof;

 

(e)                                   (i) the acquisition or creation of any new Subsidiaries other than Glaukos Japan, (ii) any material change after the Effective Date in the authorized and issued Equity Interests of any Credit Party or any other material amendment to the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries), such notice, in each case, to identify the applicable jurisdictions, capital structures or amendments as applicable, provided that such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such changes, acquisition or creation, as the case may be (or such shorter period to which the Agent may consent);

 

(f)                                    not less than fifteen (15) Business Days (or such other shorter period to which the Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders) may agree) prior to the proposed effective date thereof, any proposed material amendments, restatements or other modifications to any Subordinated Debt Documents;

 

88



 

(g)                                   any default or event of default by any Person under any Subordinated Debt Document, concurrently with delivery or promptly after receipt (as the case may be) of any notice of default or event of default under the applicable document, as the case may be; and

 

(h)                                  any failure to make any payment due to landlord under the terms of the lease with respect to the premises located at 26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103, Laguna Hills, CA 9265.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and, in the case of notices referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (g) hereof stating what action the applicable Credit Party has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

7.8                                Hazardous Material Laws .

 

(a)                                  Use and operate all of its facilities and properties in material compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws, keep all material required permits, approvals, certificates, licenses and other authorizations required under such Hazardous Material Laws in effect and remain in material compliance therewith, and handle all Hazardous Materials in material compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws;

 

(b)                                  (i) Promptly notify the Agent and provide copies upon receipt of all written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries received by any Credit Party relating to its facilities and properties or compliance with Hazardous Material Laws which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) promptly take actions to cure and have dismissed with prejudice to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent and the Majority Lenders any material actions and proceedings relating to compliance with Hazardous Material Laws to which any Credit Party is named a party, other than such actions or proceedings being contested in good faith and with the establishment of reasonable reserves;

 

(c)                                   To the extent necessary to comply in all material respects with Hazardous Material Laws, remediate or monitor contamination arising from a release or disposal of Hazardous Material, which solely, or together with other releases or disposals of Hazardous Materials could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)                                  Provide such information and certifications which the Agent or any Lender may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this Section 7.8.

 

89



 

7.9                                Financial and other Covenants.

 

(a)                                  Commencing on the Effective Date:

 

(i)                                      Measured on a monthly basis as of the last day of each month for the period of three months then ended, maintain Revenues of not less than (1) during the 2015 Fiscal Year, the projected three-month Revenues set forth in Annex IV hereto for the applicable three-month period then ended and (2) during each Fiscal Year thereafter, 85% of Plan revenues for the period of three months ended as of the last day of each month;

 

(ii)                                   Maintain Borrower’s Cash and Unused Revolving Credit Availability of not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) at all times (with such Cash balance not to be less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) (the “Minimum Cash Balance”)), to be reported on a monthly basis as of the last day of each month (provided, however, that Borrower shall be required to maintain the Minimum Cash Balance at all times, and such balance shall be monitored daily; provided further that if Borrower’s Cash balance falls below the Minimum Cash Balance on any day, Borrower shall have two (2) Business Days to comply herewith);

 

(iii)                                If Borrower does not maintain the covenant in subsection (a)(ii) hereof, (1) submit to Agent within thirty (30) days following the earlier of (a) the date the Cash balance falls below the Minimum Cash Balance, or (b) delivery of the Covenant Compliance Report evidencing such non-compliance with subsection (a)(ii) hereof, a term sheet for New Equity or Subordinated Debt Proceeds in an amount not less than Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000) and (2) cause such New Equity or Subordinated Debt Proceeds to be funded within sixty (60) days of Agent’s receipt of such term sheet or such longer period as may be agreed by Agent (at the direction of the Majority Lenders).  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, at all times following non-compliance with subsection (a)(ii) hereof, Borrower shall maintain the Minimum Cash Balance.  For the sake of clarity, in the event Borrower fails to maintain the Minimum Cash Balance, or if Borrower fails to submit the term sheet or cause to be funded the New Equity or Subordinated Debt Proceeds as provided for herein, an Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred.

 

(b)                                  If Borrower maintains a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of no less than 1.20 to 1.00 for the Applicable Measurement Periods ended as of the last day of three (3) consecutive months, (i) Borrower shall no longer be required to maintain those covenants under subsection (a) hereof and (ii) Borrower shall thereafter only be required to maintain a Debt Service Coverage Ratio of no less than 1.20 to 1.00 as of the end of each month thereafter, to be measured monthly with respect to the Applicable Measurement Period then ended.

 

7.10                         Governmental and Other Approvals .  Apply for, obtain and/or maintain in effect, as applicable, all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations (whether with any court, governmental agency, regulatory authority, securities exchange or otherwise) which are necessary or reasonably requested by the

 

90



 

Agent in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by any Credit Party of, as applicable, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Subordinated Debt Documents, or any other documents or instruments to be executed and/or delivered by any Credit Party, as applicable in connection therewith or herewith, except where the failure to so apply for, obtain or maintain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.11                         Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices .

 

(a)                            Comply in all material respects with all material requirements imposed by ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, the minimum funding requirements for any Pension Plan, except to the extent that any noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                            Promptly notify the Agent upon the occurrence of any of the following events in writing: (i) the termination, other than a standard termination, as defined in ERISA, of any Pension Plan subject to Subtitle C of Title IV of ERISA by any Credit Party; (ii) the appointment of a trustee by a United States District Court to administer any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA; (iii) the commencement by the PBGC, of any proceeding to terminate any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA; (iv) the failure of any Credit Party to make any payment in respect of any Pension Plan required under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA; (v) the withdrawal of any Credit Party from any Multiemployer Plan if any Credit Party reasonably believes that such withdrawal would give rise to the imposition of Withdrawal Liability with respect thereto; or (vi) the occurrence of, to the extent reasonably expected to result in material liability to a Credit Party, (x) a “reportable event” which is required to be reported by a Credit Party under Section 4043 of ERISA other than any event for which the reporting requirement has been waived by the PBGC or (y) a “prohibited transaction” as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code other than a transaction for which a statutory exemption is available or an administrative exemption has been obtained.

 

7.12                         Defense of Collateral .  Defend the Collateral from any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 8.2.

 

7.13                         Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral.

 

(a)                                  With respect to each Person which becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower (directly or indirectly) subsequent to the Effective Date, whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise, cause such new Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent, for and on behalf of each of the Lenders (unless waived by the Agent (at the direction of the Majority Lenders)):

 

(i)                                      within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent may determine), a Guaranty, or in the event that a Guaranty already exists, a joinder agreement to the Guaranty whereby such Domestic Subsidiary becomes obligated as a Guarantor under the Guaranty; and

 

91



 

(ii)                                   within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent may determine), a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement whereby such Domestic Subsidiary grants a Lien over its assets (other than Equity Interests which should be governed by (b) of this Section 7.13) as set forth in the Security Agreement, and such Domestic Subsidiary shall take such additional actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over such assets of such Domestic Subsidiary, subject only to the other Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.2 of this Agreement;

 

(iii)                                within the time period specified in and to the extent required under clause (c) of this Section 7.13, a Mortgage, Collateral Access Agreements and/or other documents required to be delivered in connection therewith;

 

(b)                                  With respect to the Equity Interests of each Person which becomes (whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise) (i) a Domestic Subsidiary subsequent to the Effective Date, cause the Credit Party that holds such Equity Interests to execute and deliver such Pledge Agreements, and take such actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary held by a Credit Party, such Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by the Agent (at the direction of the Majority Lenders)) within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders) may determine); and (ii) a Foreign Subsidiary subsequent to the Effective Date the Equity Interests of which is held directly by the Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries, at the request of the Agent, cause the Credit Party that holds such Equity Interests to execute and deliver such Pledge Agreements and take such actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over sixty-five percent (65%) of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary, such Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by the Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders)) within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders) may determine); and

 

(c)                                   (i) With respect to the acquisition of a fee interest in real property by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) after the Effective Date (whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise), not later than thirty (30) days after the acquisition is consummated or the owner of such property becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders) may determine), such Credit Party shall execute or cause to be executed (unless waived by the Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders)), a Mortgage (or an amendment to an existing mortgage, where appropriate) covering such real property, together with such additional real estate documentation, environmental reports, title policies and surveys as may be reasonably required by the Agent or the Majority Lenders; and (ii) with respect to the acquisition of any leasehold interest in real

 

92


 

property by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) after the Effective Date (whether by Permitted Acquisition or otherwise), not later than thirty (30) days after the acquisition is consummated or the owner of the applicable leasehold interest becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders) may determine), the applicable Credit Party shall deliver to the Agent and each Lender a copy of the applicable lease agreement and shall execute or cause to be executed, at the Agent’s option, unless otherwise waived by the Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders), or (x) a Collateral Access Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the Majority Lenders together with such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Agent or any Lender;

 

in each case in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Lenders, in their reasonable discretion, together with such supporting documentation, including without limitation corporate authority items, certificates and opinions of counsel, as reasonably required by the Agent or the Majority Lenders.  Upon the Agent’s or any Lender’s request, Credit Parties shall take, or cause to be taken, such additional steps as are necessary or advisable under applicable law to perfect and ensure the validity and priority of the Liens granted under this Section 7.13.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 7.13, the Credit Parties shall not be required to deliver any Pledge Agreements to cover a pledge of the Equity Interests of Glaukos Japan and Glaukos Germany.

 

7.14                         Accounts .  Maintain all deposit accounts and securities accounts of any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries) with the Agent or a Lender, provided that, (a) the Borrower may maintain a deposit account with Citibank, N.A. in the United Kingdom so long as the aggregate amount on deposit therein does not exceed 200,000 Euros and Borrower will have no obligation to take any steps to perfect any security interest in such deposit account and (b) with respect to any such accounts maintained with any Lender (other than the Agent), such Credit Party (i) shall cause to be executed and delivered an Account Control Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) has taken all other steps necessary, or in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, desirable to ensure that the Agent has a perfected security interest in such account.  Within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date, the Borrower shall, (1) so long as Square 1 Bank is a Lender hereunder, maintain at least one (1) account at Square 1 Bank (the “Square 1 Accounts”) pursuant to which the Borrower shall maintain at least 40% of its Cash in the Square 1 Accounts and use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain approximately 50% of its Cash in the Square 1 Accounts, provided that such failure to maintain such levels of Cash in the Square 1 Accounts shall not constitute an Event of Default hereunder and (2) deliver to Agent an Account Control Agreement as described in this Section 7.14 for the Square 1 Accounts.

 

7.15                         Use of Proceeds .  Use all Advances of the Revolving Credit and the Draw-To Term Loan as set forth in Sections 2.12 and 2.A.11 hereof, respectively, and the proceeds of the Term Loans as set forth in Section 4.9 hereof. The Borrower shall not use any portion of the proceeds of any such advances for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) in any manner which violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of said Board of Governors or for any other purpose in violation of any applicable statute or regulation.

 

93



 

7.16                         Glaukos Japan and Glaukos Germany . Promptly deliver a Pledge Agreement as described in Section 7.13(b)(ii) hereof and take such other actions as reasonably requested by Agent to grant to Agent a Lien on sixty-five percent (65%) of the Equity Interests of Glaukos Japan or Glaukos Germany, as applicable, if at any time the value of such entity’s assets exceeds $2,500,000 in the aggregate.

 

7.17                         Further Assurances and Information .

 

(a)                            Take such actions as the Agent or Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably request to establish and maintain first priority perfected security interests in and Liens on all of the Collateral, subject only to those Liens permitted under Section 8.2 hereof, including executing and delivering such additional pledges, assignments, mortgages, lien instruments or other security instruments covering any or all of the Credit Parties’ assets as the Agent or Majority Lenders may reasonably require, such documentation to be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the Majority Lenders, and prepared at the reasonable expense of the Borrower.

 

(b)                            Execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered to the Agent within a reasonable time following the Agent’s or any Lender’s request, and at the reasonable expense of the Borrower, such other documents or instruments as the Agent or any Lender may reasonably require to effectuate more fully the purposes of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

(c)                             Provide the Agent and the Lenders with any other information required by Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act or necessary for the Agent and the Lenders to verify the identity of any Credit Party as required by Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act.

 

7.18                         Registration of Intellectual Property Rights.

 

(a)                                  Register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable material intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by any Credit Party, to the extent that such Credit Party, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights.

 

(b)                                  Prior to or on the Effective Date and on June 30 and December 31 of each Fiscal Year, give Agent written notice of all applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries), including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any.

 

(c)                                   Prior to or on the Effective Date and on June 30 and December 31 of each Fiscal Year, give Agent written notice of all filings of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office by any Credit Party (excluding any Foreign Subsidiaries), including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed.

 

94



 

(d)                                  (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of its material Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, and trade secrets, (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to detect infringements of such Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights and promptly advise Agent in writing of material infringements detected and (iii) not allow any such Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public without the written consent of Agent (acting at the direction of the Majority Lenders), except in the exercise of its reasonable business judgment.

 

8.                                       NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

 

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend credit hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations) remains outstanding and unpaid, it will not, and, as applicable, it will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

8.1                                Limitation on Debt .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness of any Credit Party to the Agent or any Lender;

 

(b)                                  any Debt existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 8.1 attached hereto and any renewals or refinancing of such Debt (provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such renewed or refinanced Debt shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the original Debt outstanding on the Effective Date (less any principal payments and the amount of any commitment reductions made thereon on or prior to such renewal or refinancing), (ii) the renewal or refinancing of such Debt shall be on substantially the same or better terms as in effect with respect to such Debt on the Effective Date, and shall otherwise be in compliance with this Agreement, and (iii) at the time of such renewal or refinancing no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the renewal or refinancing of such Debt;

 

(c)                                   any Debt of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets, whether pursuant to a loan or a Capitalized Lease in an aggregate amount outstanding at any one time not to exceed $250,000, and any renewals or refinancings of such Debt on terms substantially the same or better than those in effect at the time of the original incurrence of such Debt;

 

(d)                                  Subordinated Debt;

 

(e)                                   Debt under any Hedging Transactions, provided that such transaction is entered into for risk management purposes and not for speculative purposes;

 

(f)                                    Debt arising from judgments or decrees not deemed to be a Default or Event of Default under subsection (g) of Section 9.1;

 

95



 

(g)                                   Debt owing to a Person that is a Credit Party, but only to the extent permitted under Section 8.7 hereof; and

 

(h)                                  other unsecured Debt in an aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000.

 

8.2                                Limitation on Liens .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

 

(a)                                  Permitted Liens;

 

(b)                                  Liens securing Debt permitted by Section 8.1(c), provided that (i) such Liens are created upon fixed or capital assets acquired by the applicable Credit Party after the date of this Agreement (including without limitation by virtue of a loan or a Capitalized Lease), (ii) any such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing indebtedness representing or incurred to finance the cost of the acquisition of the item of property subject thereto, (iii) the principal amount of the Debt secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed 100% of the sum of the purchase price or cost of the applicable property, equipment or improvements and the related costs and charges imposed by the vendors thereof and (iv) the Lien does not cover any property other than the fixed or capital asset acquired; provided, however, that no such Lien shall be created over any owned real property of any Credit Party for which the Agent has received a Mortgage or for which such Credit Party is required to execute a Mortgage pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents;

 

(d)                                  Liens arising from precautionary uniform commercial code financing statements or similar filings under applicable laws filed under any lease or with respect to a pending transaction which is not prohibited by the terms of this Agreement;

 

(e)                                   licenses (including licenses of intellectual property), sublicenses, leases or subleases granted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary to third parties not interfering with the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in any material respect;

 

(f)                                    Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

 

(g)                                   Liens solely on cash earnest money deposits made in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement with respect to a Permitted Acquisition;

 

96



 

(h)                                  Liens that are contractual rights or set-off relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      Liens consisting of security deposits in connection with leases, subleases, sublicenses, use and occupancy agreements, utility services and similar transactions entered into by any Credit Party in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)                                     continuations of Liens that are permitted under subsections (a)-(p) hereof, provided such continuations do not violate the specific time periods set forth in subsections (b) and (d) and provided further that such Liens do not extend to any additional property or assets of any Credit Party or secure any additional obligations of any Credit Party;

 

(k)                                  Liens securing the GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Debt and the Brown/Lynch Subordinated Debt and the obligations owing to the UC Subordinated Creditor as described in the UC Subordination Agreement; and

 

(l)                                      other Liens, existing on the Effective Date, set forth on Schedule 8.2 and renewals, refinancings and extensions thereof on substantially the same or better terms as in effect on the Effective Date and otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.

 

Regardless of the provisions of this Section 8.2, no Lien over the Equity Interests of any Subsidiary of the Borrower (except for those Liens for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders) shall be permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

 

8.3                                Acquisitions .  Except for Permitted Acquisitions and acquisitions permitted under Section 8.7, if any, purchase or otherwise acquire or become obligated for the purchase of all or substantially all or any material portion of the assets or business interests or a division or other business unit of any Person, or majority of the Equity Interests of any Person, or any business or going concern.

 

8.4                                Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets .  Enter into any merger or consolidation or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including, without limitation, Equity Interests, receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired or liquidate, wind up or dissolve, except:

 

(a)                                  Inventory leased or sold in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  obsolete, damaged, uneconomic or worn out machinery or equipment, or machinery or equipment no longer used or useful in the conduct of the applicable Credit Party’s business;

 

(c)                                   Permitted Acquisitions;

 

97



 

(d)                                  mergers or consolidations of any Subsidiary of the Borrower with or into the Borrower or any Guarantor so long as the Borrower or such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving entity; provided that at the time of each such merger or consolidation, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from such merger or consolidation;

 

(e)                                   any Subsidiary of the Borrower may liquidate or dissolve into the Borrower or a Guarantor if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

 

(f)                                    sales or transfers, including without limitation upon voluntary liquidation from any Credit Party to the Borrower or a Guarantor, provided that the Borrower or Guarantor takes such actions as the Agent may reasonably request to ensure the perfection and priority of the Liens in favor of the Lenders over such transferred assets;

 

(g)                                   subject to Sections 2.10, 2.A.10 and 4.8(a) hereof, (i) Asset Sales (exclusive of asset sales permitted pursuant to all other subsections of this Section 8.4) in which the sales price is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold and the consideration received is cash or cash equivalents or Debt of any Credit Party being assumed by the purchaser, provided that the aggregate amount of such Asset Sales does not exceed $250,000 in any Fiscal Year and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of each such sale (both before and after giving effect to such Asset Sale), and (ii) other Asset Sales approved by the Majority Lenders in their sole discretion;

 

(h)                                  the sale or disposition of Permitted Investments and other cash equivalents in the ordinary course of business;

 

(i)                                      [reserved];

 

(j)                                     licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business;  and

 

(k)                                  dispositions of (i) owned or leased vehicles in the ordinary course of business and (ii) equipment in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $200,000 in any Fiscal Year.

 

The Lenders hereby consent and agree to the release by the Agent of any and all Liens on the property sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with this Section 8.4.

 

8.5                                Restricted Payments .  Declare or make any distributions, dividend, payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities (collectively, “Distributions”) on account of any of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or purchase, redeem or

 

98



 

otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or any warrants, rights or options to acquire any of its Equity Interests, now or hereafter outstanding (collectively, “Purchases”), except that:

 

(a)                                  each Credit Party may pay cash Distributions to the Borrower;

 

(b)                                  each Credit Party may declare and make Distributions payable in the Equity Interests of such Credit Party, provided that the issuance of such Equity Interests does not otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of making such Distribution or would result from the making of such Distribution;

 

(c)                                   the Borrower may redeem from officers, directors, consultants and employees, Equity Interests of Borrower held by such officers, directors, consultants and employees not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate.

 

8.6                                [Reserved] .

 

8.7                                Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances .  Make or allow to remain outstanding any Investment (whether such investment shall be of the character of investment in shares of stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or otherwise) in, or any loans or advances to, any Person other than:

 

(a)                                  Permitted Investments;

 

(b)                                  Investments existing on the Effective Date and listed on Schedule 8.7 hereof;

 

(c)                                   sales on open account in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                  intercompany loans or intercompany Investments made by any Credit Party to or in (1) any Guarantor or the Borrower in an aggregate amount not exceed $250,000 and (2) any Foreign Subsidiary in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 per year per Foreign Subsidiary; and provided that in each case, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of making such intercompany loan or intercompany Investment or result from such intercompany loan or intercompany Investment being made and that any intercompany loans shall be evidenced by and funded under an Intercompany Note pledged to the Agent under the appropriate Collateral Documents;

 

(e)                                   Investments in respect of Hedging Transactions provided that such transaction is entered into for risk management purposes and not for speculative purposes;

 

(f)                                    loans and advances to employees, officers and directors of any Credit Party for moving, entertainment, travel and other similar expenses in the ordinary course of business not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

 

99



 

(g)                                   Permitted Acquisitions; and

 

(h)                                  an Investment in DOSE Medical Corporation made by the Borrower in an amount not to exceed $5,000,000 for any Fiscal Year, provided that such Investment is (i) solely related to the Borrower’s research and development for the iDOSE drug eluting implants and for the IOP and related sensor implants and (ii) limited to the dollar amounts budgeted, allocated, or otherwise disclosed and delineated in the Borrower’s Plan, including reasonable associated facility and administrative costs.

 

In valuing any Investments for the purpose of applying the limitations set forth in this Section 8.7 (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), such Investment shall be taken at the original cost thereof, without allowance for any subsequent write-offs or appreciation or depreciation, but less any amount repaid or recovered on account of capital or principal.

 

8.8                                Transactions with Affiliates .  Except as set forth in Schedule 8.8 and the transactions permitted by Section 8.7(j), enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliates of the Credit Parties except: (a) transactions with Affiliates that are the Borrower or Guarantors; (b) transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement; and (c) transactions in the ordinary course of a Credit Party’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Credit Party than it would obtain in a comparable arms length transaction from unrelated third parties.

 

8.9                                Sale-Leaseback Transactions .  Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by a Credit Party of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Credit Party to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of such Credit Party, as the case may be, provided that if, at the time that a Credit Party acquires fixed or capital assets, such Credit Party intends to sell to and then lease such assets from another Person pursuant to a financing arrangement that would be permitted under Section 8.1(c), such transaction will not constitute a violation of this Section 8.9 so long as such transaction is consummated within sixty (60) days following the acquisition of such assets.

 

8.10                         Limitations on Other Restrictions .  Except for this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the GMP Vision Solutions Subordinated Debt Documents, the UC Subordinated Debt Documents, the Brown/Lynch Subordinated Debt Documents, the documents evidencing any other Subordinated Debt and the documents evidencing any Debt permitted by Section 8.1(c), enter into any agreement, document or instrument which would (i) restrict the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind to the Borrower or any Guarantor, to make loans, advances or other payments of whatever nature to any Credit Party, or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part of its assets to any Credit Party; or (ii) restrict or prevent any Credit Party from granting the Agent on behalf of Lenders Liens upon, security interests in and pledges of their respective assets, including but not limited to Intellectual Property, except to the extent such restrictions exist in documents creating Liens permitted by Section 9.2(b) hereunder.

 

100



 

8.11                         Prepayment of Debt .  Make any prepayment (whether optional or mandatory), repurchase, redemption, defeasance or any other payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt except for payments expressly permitted under any Subordination Agreement related thereto.

 

8.12                         Amendment of Subordinated Debt Documents .  Amend, modify or otherwise alter (or suffer to be amended, modified or altered) the Subordinated Debt Documents except as permitted in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and Subordination Agreements, or if no such restrictions exist in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents or Subordination Agreements, without the prior written consent of the Agent and the Majority Lenders.

 

8.13                         Modification of Certain Agreements .  Make, permit or consent to any amendment or other modification to the constitutional documents of any Credit Party, any Material Contract or any other material licenses or agreements entered into by any Credit Party except to the extent that any such amendment or modification (i) does not violate the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (ii) does not materially adversely affect the interest of the Lenders as creditors and/or secured parties under any Loan Document and (iii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.14                         Management Fees .  Pay or otherwise advance, directly or indirectly, any management, consulting or other fees to an Affiliate.

 

8.15                         Fiscal Year .  Permit the Fiscal Year of any Credit Party to end on a day other than December 31.

 

8.16                         UC Agreement .  (a) Make any payments under that certain Agreement between the Borrower and the UC Subordinated Creditor dated as of December 30, 2014, as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “UC Agreement”) if a Default or Event of Default exists or would arise as a result of making such payment and (b) amend, modify or otherwise alter (or suffer to be amended, modified or altered) the UC Agreement, except to the extent that any such amendment or modification (i) does not violate the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (ii) does not materially adversely affect the interest of the Lenders as creditors and/or secured parties under any Loan Document and (iii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.                                       DEFAULTS.

 

9.1                                Events of Default .  The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

 

(a)                                  non-payment when due of (i) the principal or interest on the Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line) or either of the Term Loans or (ii) any Reimbursement Obligation or (iii) any Fees;

 

101



 

(b)                                  non-payment of any other amounts due and owing by the Borrower under this Agreement or by any Credit Party under any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than as set forth in subsection (a) above, within three (3) Business Days after the same is due and payable;

 

(c)                                   default in the observance or performance of any of the conditions, covenants or agreements of the Borrower set forth in Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.4(a) and (e), 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.9, 7.13, 7.14, 7.15, 7.16, 7.17 or Article 8 in its entirety, provided that an Event of Default arising from a breach of Sections 7.1 or 7.2 shall be deemed to have been cured upon delivery of the required item; and provided further that any Event of Default arising solely due to a breach of Section 7.7(a) shall be deemed cured upon the earlier of (x) the giving of the notice required by Section 7.7(a) and (y) the date upon which the Default or Event of Default giving rise to the notice obligation is cured or waived;

 

(d)                                  default in the observance or performance of any of the other conditions, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by any Credit Party and continuance thereof for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days;

 

(e)                                   any representation or warranty made by any Credit Party herein or in any certificate, instrument or other document submitted pursuant hereto proves untrue or misleading in any material adverse respect when made;

 

(f)                                    (i) default by any Credit Party in the payment of any indebtedness for borrowed money, whether under a direct obligation or guaranty (other than Indebtedness hereunder) of any Credit Party in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than Dollars) individually or in the aggregate when due and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure and or (ii) failure to comply with the terms of any other obligation of any Credit Party with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness hereunder) in excess of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than Dollars) individually or in the aggregate, which continues beyond any applicable period of cure and which would permit the holder or holders thereto to accelerate such other indebtedness for borrowed money, or require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance of such indebtedness;

 

(g)                                   if one or more (a) judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards requiring any Credit Party to pay an aggregate amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or greater shall be rendered against any Credit Party and the same shall not have been vacated or stayed within ten (10) days thereafter (provided that no Advances will be made prior to such matter being vacated or stayed); or (b) settlements is agreed upon by any Credit Party for the payment by any Credit Party of an aggregate amount of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or greater or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

102


 

(h)                                  to the extent reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the occurrence of (i) a “reportable event”, as defined in ERISA, which is determined by the PBGC to constitute grounds for a distress termination of any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA maintained or contributed to by or on behalf of any Credit Party for the benefit of any of its employees or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Pension Plan and such reportable event is not corrected and such determination is not revoked within sixty (60) days after notice thereof has been given to the plan administrator of such Pension Plan (without limiting any of the Agent’s or any Lender’s other rights or remedies hereunder), or (ii) the termination or the institution of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate any such Pension Plan, or (iii) the appointment of a trustee by the appropriate United States District Court to administer any such Pension Plan, or (iv) the reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA) or insolvency (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) of any Multiemployer Plan, or receipt of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency, or the complete or partial withdrawal by any Credit Party from any Multiemployer Plan;

 

(i)                                      except as not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement, any Credit Party shall be dissolved (other than a dissolution of a Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Guarantor or the Borrower) or liquidated (or any judgment, order or decree therefor shall be entered) except as otherwise permitted herein; or if a creditors’ committee shall have been appointed for the business of any Credit Party; or if any Credit Party shall have made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall have been adjudicated bankrupt and if not an adjudication based on a filing by a Credit Party, it shall not have been dismissed within sixty (60) days, or shall have filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or to effect a plan or arrangement with creditors or shall fail to pay its debts generally as such debts become due in the ordinary course of business (except as contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are made in such party’s financial statements); or shall file an answer to a creditor’s petition or other petition filed against it, admitting the material allegations thereof for an adjudication in bankruptcy or for reorganization; or shall have applied for or permitted the appointment of a receiver or trustee or custodian for any of its property or assets; or such receiver, trustee or custodian shall have been appointed for any of its property or assets (otherwise than upon application or consent of a Credit Party ) and shall not have been removed within sixty (60) days; or if an order shall be entered approving any petition for reorganization of any Credit Party and shall not have been reversed or dismissed within sixty (60) days;

 

103



 

(j)                                     a Change of Control;

 

(k)                                  the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any subordination provisions relating to any Subordinated Debt shall be contested by any Person party thereto (other than any Lender, the Agent, Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender), or such subordination provisions shall fail to be enforceable by the Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof, or the Indebtedness shall for any reason not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or such subordination provisions;

 

(l)                                      any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof or the terms of any other Loan Document), as applicable, or the validity, binding effect or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any Credit Party party thereto, or any Credit Party shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or any such Loan Document shall be terminated (other than in accordance with the terms thereof or the terms of any other Loan Document), invalidated, revoked or set aside or in any way cease to give or provide to the Lenders and the Agent the benefits purported to be created thereby, or any Loan Document purporting to grant a Lien to secure any Indebtedness shall, at any time after the delivery of such Loan Document, fail to create a valid and enforceable Lien on any Collateral purported to be covered thereby or such Lien shall fail to cease to be a perfected Lien with the priority required in the relevant Loan Document other than as a result of any action or inaction by the Agent or any Lender; or

 

(m)                              if there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.2                                Exercise of Remedies .  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder: (a) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, declare the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment terminated; (b) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders, declare the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness, including the Notes, immediately due and payable, without presentment, notice or demand, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; (c) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Section 9.1(i) and notwithstanding the lack of any declaration by the Agent under preceding clauses (a) or (b), the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness shall become automatically and immediately due and payable, and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be automatically and immediately terminated; (d) the Agent shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Revolving Credit Lenders, demand immediate delivery of cash collateral, and the Borrower agrees to deliver such cash collateral upon demand, in an amount equal to 105% of the maximum amount that may be available to be drawn at any time prior to the stated expiry of all outstanding Letters of Credit, for deposit into an account controlled by the Agent; (e) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders, notify the Borrower that interest shall be payable on demand on all Indebtedness (other than Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Term Loan

 

104



 

Advances with respect to which Sections 2.6 and 4.6 hereof shall govern) owing from time to time to the Agent or any Lender, at a per annum rate equal to the then applicable Base Rate plus two percent (2%); and (f) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable (subject to the terms hereof), exercise any remedy permitted by this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or law.

 

9.3                                Rights Cumulative .  No delay or failure of the Agent and/or Lenders in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall affect such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other power, right or privilege. The rights of the Agent and Lenders under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedies which Lenders would otherwise have.

 

9.4                                Waiver by the Borrower of Certain Laws .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower hereby agrees to waive, and does hereby absolutely and irrevocably waive and relinquish the benefit and advantage of any valuation, stay, appraisement, extension or redemption laws now existing or which may hereafter exist, which, but for this provision, might be applicable to any sale made under the judgment, order or decree of any court, on any claim for interest on the Notes, or any security interest or mortgage contemplated by or granted under or in connection with this Agreement. These waivers have been voluntarily given, with full knowledge of the consequences thereof.

 

9.5                                Waiver of Defaults .  No Event of Default shall be waived by the Lenders except in a writing signed by an officer of the Agent in accordance with Section 13.10 hereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any delay in the exercise thereof, shall preclude other or further exercise of their rights by the Agent or the Lenders. No waiver of any Event of Default shall extend to any other or further Event of Default. No forbearance on the part of the Agent or the Lenders in enforcing any of their rights shall constitute a waiver of any of their rights. The Borrower expressly agrees that this Section may not be waived or modified by the Lenders or the Agent by course of performance, estoppel or otherwise.

 

9.6                                Set Off .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender may at any time and from time to time, without notice to the Borrower but subject to the provisions of Section 10.3 hereof (any requirement for such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower), setoff and apply against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement, whether owing to such Lender, any Affiliate of such Lender or any other Lender or the Agent, any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower and any property of the Borrower from time to time in possession of such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such deposits held or indebtedness owing by such Lender may be contingent and unmatured and regardless of whether any Collateral then held by the Agent or any Lender is adequate to cover the Indebtedness. Promptly following any such setoff, such Lender shall give written notice to the Agent and the Borrower of the occurrence thereof; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.4 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed

 

105



 

held for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Indebtedness owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The Borrower hereby grants to the Lenders and the Agent a lien on and security interest in all such deposits, indebtedness and property as collateral security for the payment and performance of all of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.6 are in addition to the other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

 

10.                                PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS.

 

10.1                         Payment Procedure .

 

(a)                                  All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all payments made by the Borrower of principal, interest or fees hereunder shall be made without setoff or counterclaim on the date specified for payment under this Agreement and must be received by the Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) (or such later time on such date as agreed to by Agent) on the date such payment is required or intended to be made in Dollars in immediately available funds to the Agent at the Agent’s office located at 411 West Lafayette, 7 th  Floor, MC 3289, Detroit, Michigan 48226-3289, for the ratable benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders in the case of payments in respect of the Revolving Credit and any Letter of Credit Obligations, for the ratable benefit of the Term Loan Lenders in the case of payments in respect of the Term Loan and for the ratable benefit of the Draw-To Term Loan Lenders in the case of payments in respect of the Draw-To Term Loan. Any payment received by the Agent after 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) (or such later time on such date as agreed to by Agent) shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  Upon receipt of each such payment, the Agent shall make prompt payment to each applicable Lender, or, in respect of Eurodollar-based Advances, such Lender’s Eurodollar Lending Office, in like funds and currencies, of all amounts received by it for the account of such Lender.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date on which any payment to be made by the Borrower is due that the Borrower does not intend to remit such payment, the Agent may, in its sole discretion and without obligation to do so, assume that the Borrower has remitted such payment when so due and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to each Revolving Credit Lender, Term Loan Lender or Draw-To Term Loan Lender, as the case may be, on such payment date an amount equal to such Lender’s share of such assumed payment. If the Borrower has not in fact remitted such payment to the Agent, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Agent the amount of such assumed payment made available or transferred to such Lender, together with the interest thereon, in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the first two (2) Business Days that such amount remains unpaid, and thereafter at a rate of interest then applicable to such Revolving Credit Advances.

 

106



 

(c)                                   Subject to the definition of “Interest Period” in Section 1 of this Agreement, whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall otherwise be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest, if any, in connection with such payment.

 

10.2                         Application of Proceeds of Collateral . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately following the occurrence thereof, and in the case of the continuation of any other Event of Default: (a) upon the termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment or the Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment, (b) the acceleration of any Indebtedness arising under this Agreement, (c) at the Agent’s option, or (d) upon the request of the Majority Lenders after the commencement of any remedies hereunder, the Agent shall apply the proceeds of any Collateral, together with any offsets, voluntary payments by any Credit Party or others and any other sums received or collected in respect of the Indebtedness first, to pay all incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the Agent under the Loan Documents and any protective advances made by the Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document, next, to pay any fees and expenses owed to the Issuing Lender or any other Lender hereunder, next, to pay principal and interest due under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line and any Reimbursement Obligations) and Term Loan and Draw-To Term Loan, and to cash collateralize all outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 105% of the maximum amount that may be available to be drawn at any time prior to the stated expiry of all outstanding Letters of Credit, on a pro rata basis, next to pay any obligations owing by any Credit Party under any Hedging Agreements on a pro rata basis, next, to pay any other Indebtedness on a pro rata basis, and then, if there is any excess, to the Credit Parties, as the case may be.

 

10.3                         Pro-rata Recovery .  If any Lender shall obtain any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of setoff or otherwise) on account of principal of, or interest on, any of the Advances made by it, or the participations in Letter of Credit Obligations or Swing Line Advances held by it in excess of its pro rata share of payments then or thereafter obtained by all Lenders upon principal of and interest on all such Indebtedness, such Lender shall purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Revolving Credit, Term Loan, Draw-To Term Loan, and/or the Letter of Credit Obligation held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably in accordance with the applicable Percentages of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter recovered from such purchasing holder, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

10.4                         Treatment of a Defaulting Lender; Reallocation of Defaulting Lender’s Fronting Exposure.

 

(a)                                  The obligation of any Lender to make any Advance hereunder shall not be affected by the failure of any other Lender to make any Advance under this Agreement, and no Lender shall have any liability to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Agent, any other Lender, or any other Person for another Lender’s failure to make any loan or Advance hereunder.

 

107



 

(b)                                  If any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, then such Defaulting Lender’s right to vote in respect of any amendment, consent or waiver of the terms of this Agreement or such other Loan Documents, or to direct or approve any action or inaction by the Agent shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 13.10.

 

(c)                                   Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 9 or otherwise) or received by the Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.6 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender hereunder; third , to cash collateralize the Issuing Lenders’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with clause (g) below; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Advances under this Agreement and (y) cash collateralize the Issuing Lenders’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with clause (g) below; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders or Swing Line Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Lenders or Swing Line Lenders against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Advances or Letter of Credit Obligations in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Advances were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Advances of, and Letter of Credit Obligations to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Advances of, or Letter of Credit Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Advances and funded and unfunded participations in Letter of Credit Obligations and Swing Line Advances are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Percentages without giving effect to Section clause (d) below.  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to this clause (c) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(d)                                  Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive a Revolving Credit Facility Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to extent allocable to the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances funded by it, and (2) its Revolving Credit Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided cash collateral pursuant to clause (g) below).

 

108



 

(e)                                   Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive the Letter of Credit Fees described in Section 3.4(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Revolving Credit Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided cash collateral in accordance with clause (g) below).  With respect to any Revolving Credit Facility Fee or Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letter of Credit Obligations or Swing Line Advances that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause f below, (y) pay to each Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Lender’s and Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

(f)                                    If any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, then, for so long as such Lender remains a Defaulting Lender, any Fronting Exposure shall be reallocated by the Agent at the request of the Swing Line Lender and/or the Issuing Lender among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Percentages of the Revolving Credit, but only to the extent that the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by each Non-Defaulting Lender, plus such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations prior to giving effect to such reallocation plus such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of the Fronting Exposure to be reallocated does not exceed such Non- Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, and only so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such reallocation.

 

(g)                                   At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender and the Fronting Exposure attributable to the Defaulting Lender cannot be reallocation in accordance with Section 10.4(f), then, within one (1) Business Day following the written request of the Agent, the Swing Line Lender or the Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Agent), the Borrower shall cash collateralize the Swing Line Lender’s and Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure, as applicable, with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to any cash collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than an amount determined by the Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Lender in their sole discretion, by depositing such amounts into an account controlled by the Agent.

 

11.                                YIELD PROTECTION; INCREASED COSTS; MARGIN ADJUSTMENTS; TAXES.

 

11.1                         Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs .  If (i) the Borrower makes any payment of principal with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntarily, pursuant to any mandatory provisions hereof, by acceleration, or otherwise); (ii) the Borrower converts or

 

109



 

refunds any such Advance on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (except as described in Section 2.5(e)); (iii) the Borrower fails to borrow, refund or convert any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance after notice has been given by the Borrower to the Agent in accordance with the terms hereof requesting such Advance; or (iv) or if the Borrower fails to make any payment of principal in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance when due, the Borrower shall reimburse the Agent for itself and/or on behalf of any Lender, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand therefor for any resulting loss, cost or expense incurred (excluding the loss of any Applicable Margin) by the Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, as a result thereof, including, without limitation, any such loss, cost or expense incurred in obtaining, liquidating, employing or redeploying deposits from third parties, whether or not the Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, shall have funded or committed to fund such Advance. The amount payable hereunder by the Borrower to the Agent for itself and/or on behalf of any Lender, as the case may be, shall be deemed to equal an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, refunded or converted, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, refund or convert, through the last day of the relevant Interest Period, at the applicable rate of interest for said Advance(s) provided under this Agreement, over (b) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by the Agent and Lenders, as the case may be) which would have accrued to the Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurocurrency market. Calculation of any amounts payable to any Lender under this paragraph shall be made as though such Lender shall have actually funded or committed to fund the relevant Advance through the purchase of an underlying deposit in an amount equal to the amount of such Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that any Lender may fund any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case may be, in any manner it deems fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purpose of the calculation of amounts payable under this paragraph. Upon the written request of the Borrower, the Agent and Lenders shall deliver to the Borrower a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for determining such losses, costs and expenses, which certificate shall be conclusively presumed correct, absent manifest error.

 

11.2                         Eurodollar Lending Office .  For any Eurodollar Advance, if the Agent or a Lender, as applicable, shall designate a Eurodollar Lending Office which maintains books separate from those of the rest of the Agent or such Lender, the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall have the option of maintaining and carrying the relevant Advance on the books of such Eurodollar Lending Office.

 

11.3                         Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability .  If the Agent or the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Agent) shall determine in good faith that, by reason of circumstances affecting the foreign exchange and interbank markets generally, deposits in eurodollars in the applicable amounts are not being offered to the Agent or such Lenders at the applicable LIBOR Rate, then the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower. Thereafter, until the Agent notifies the Borrower that such circumstances no longer exist, (i) the obligation of Lenders to make Advances which bear interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, and the right of the Borrower to convert an Advance to or refund an Advance as an Advance which bear interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate shall be suspended, (ii)

 

110



 

effective upon the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period related to any existing Eurodollar-based Advance, each such Eurodollar-based Advance shall automatically be converted into an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Base Rate (without regard to the satisfaction of any conditions to conversion contained elsewhere herein), and (iii) effective immediately following such notice, each Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate shall automatically be converted into an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Base Rate (without regard to the satisfaction of any conditions to conversion contained elsewhere herein).

 

11.4                         Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability .  If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption or introduction of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, shall make it unlawful or impossible for any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) to honor its obligations hereunder to make or maintain any Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, such Lender shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and to the Agent.  Thereafter, (a) the obligations of the applicable Lenders to make Advances which bear interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate and the right of the Borrower to convert an Advance into or refund an Advance as an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate shall be suspended and thereafter only the Base Rate shall be available, and (b) if any of the Lenders may not lawfully continue to maintain an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, the applicable Advance shall immediately be converted to an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Base Rate.

 

11.5                         Increased Cost of Advances Carried at the LIBOR Rate .  If any Change in Law shall:

 

(b)                                  subject any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

(c)                                   impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit, liquidity or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) or shall impose on any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting any Advance;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing matters is to increase the costs to any of the Lenders of maintaining any part of the Indebtedness hereunder as an Advance which bears interest at or by

 

111



 

reference to the LIBOR Rate or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by any of the Lenders under this Agreement in respect of an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, then such Lender shall promptly notify the Agent, and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower in writing of such fact and demand compensation therefor and, within ten (10) Business Days after such notice, the Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender or Lenders such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Lenders for such increased cost or reduction, provided that each Lender agrees to take any reasonable action, to the extent such action could be taken without cost or administrative or other burden or restriction to such Lender, to mitigate or eliminate such cost or reduction, within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the foregoing matters. The Agent will promptly notify the Borrower in writing of any event of which it has knowledge which will entitle Lenders to compensation pursuant to this Section, or which will cause the Borrower to incur additional liability under Section 11.1 hereof, provided that the Agent shall incur no liability whatsoever to the Lenders or the Borrower in the event it fails to do so. The aforementioned notice and demand for compensation will include a certificate of the Agent (or such Lender, if applicable) setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Lenders and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct absent manifest error.

 

11.6                         Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs .

 

If any Change in Law affects or would affect the capital or liquidity requirements of a Lender or the Agent (or any corporation controlling such Lender or the Agent) and such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, determines that the amount of required capital is increased by, or based upon the existence of such Lender’s or the Agent’s obligations or Advances hereunder, the effect of such Change in Law is to result in such an increase, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Agent’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of such obligations or Advances hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or the Agent (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Agent to be material, then the Agent or such Lender shall notify the Borrower, and thereafter the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand therefor from such Lender or the Agent, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Agent (or such controlling corporation) for any such reduction which such Lender or the Agent determines to be allocable to the existence of such Lender’s or the Agent’s obligations or Advances hereunder, including without limitation any obligations in respect of Letters of Credit. Such written demand will be in the form of a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of such compensation, the methodology for the calculation and the calculation thereof which shall also be prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, shall be submitted by such Lender or by the Agent to the Borrower, reasonably promptly after becoming aware of any event described in this Section 11.6(a) and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct, absent manifest error.

 

11.7                         Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates .  Each Lender (including without limitation the Swing Line Lender) may, if it so elects, fulfill its commitment as to any Advance hereunder by designating a branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Advance; provided that (a) such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performances of its obligations hereunder and (b) no such designation shall result in any material increased costs to the Borrower or the Agent.

 

112


 

11.8                         Obligation to Mitigate. .  If any Lender requests compensation under Section 11.5 or 11.6, or requires the Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 11.10, then such Lender shall (at the request of the Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Advances hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 11.5, 11.6 or 11.10, as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender.  The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

11.9                         Delay in Requests .  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.9 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Lender pursuant to Sections 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 or 3.4(c), for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law (provided that this provision will not apply to any Change in Law of the type referred to in clauses (x), (y) or (z) of the definition thereof) giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

11.10                  Taxes .

 

(a)                                  Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of any Credit Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law.  If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the applicable Credit Party shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

113



 

(b)                                  The Credit Parties shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of the Agent, timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

 

(c)                                   As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by any Credit Party to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 11.10, such Credit Party shall deliver to the Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(d)                                  If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 11.10, (including by payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 11.10), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund or indemnification (but only to the extent of additional amounts or indemnification paid under this Section 11.10 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund).  Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this paragraph (f) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph (f), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this paragraph (f) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted or withheld and the additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid.  This paragraph shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower shall indemnify each Lender, within ten (10) Business Days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) payable or paid by such Person or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Person and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  Such demand shall be made in the form of a certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability setting forth in reasonable detail the amount of and calculation of such liability, delivered to the Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to the Agent) or by the Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

114



 

(f)                                    Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent the Borrower has not already indemnified the Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 13.8 hereof relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.  A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest effort.  Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by the Agent to the Lender from any other source against any amount due to the Agent under this paragraph (h).

 

(g)                                   For purposes of this Section 11.10, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.

 

(h)                                  Each party’s obligations under this Section 11.10 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of a Lender, the termination of Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.

 

12.                                AGENT.

 

12.1                         Appointment of the Agent .  Each Lender and the holder of each Note (if issued) irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act on behalf of such Lender or holder under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be reasonably incidental thereto, including without limitation the power to execute or authorize the execution of financing or similar statements or notices, and other documents. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for any Credit Party.

 

12.2                         Deposit Account with the Agent or any Lender .  The Borrower authorizes the Agent and each Lender, in the Agent’s or such Lender’s sole discretion, upon notice to the Borrower to charge its general deposit account(s), if any, maintained with the Agent or such Lender for the amount of any principal, interest, fees, or other amounts or costs due under this Agreement when the same become due and payable under the terms of this Agreement or the Notes.

 

115



 

12.3                         Scope of the Agent’s Duties .  The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, and shall not, by reason of this Agreement or otherwise, have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender (and no implied covenants or other obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Agent). None of the Agent, its Affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto, or in connection herewith or therewith with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders (or all of the Lenders for those acts requiring consent of all of the Lenders) (except for its or their own willful misconduct or gross negligence), nor be responsible for or have any duties to ascertain, inquire into or verify (a) any recitals or warranties made by the Credit Parties or any Affiliate of the Credit Parties, or any officer thereof contained herein or therein, (b) the effectiveness, enforceability, validity or due execution of this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto or any security thereunder, (c) the performance by the Credit Parties of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, or (d) the satisfaction of any condition hereunder or thereunder, including without limitation in connection with the making of any Advance or the issuance of any Letter of Credit. The Agent and its Affiliates shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice, document or other communication (including any facsimile transmission or oral communication) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been sent or given by or on behalf of a proper person. The Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof. The Agent may employ agents and may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable to the Lenders (except as to money or property received by them or their authorized agents), for the negligence or misconduct of any such agent selected by it with reasonable care or for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

12.4                         Successor Agent .  The Agent may resign as such at any time upon at least thirty (30) days prior notice to the Borrower and each of the Lenders. If the Agent at any time shall resign or if the office of the Agent shall become vacant for any other reason, Majority Lenders shall, by written instrument, appoint successor agent(s) (“Successor Agent”) satisfactory to such Majority Lenders and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however that any such successor Agent shall be a bank or a trust company or other financial institution which maintains an office in the United States, or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or any Affiliate of such bank or trust company or other financial institution which is engaged in the banking business, and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Such Successor Agent shall thereupon become the Agent hereunder, as applicable, and the Agent shall deliver or cause to be delivered to any successor agent such documents of transfer and assignment as such Successor Agent may reasonably request. If a Successor Agent is not so appointed or does not accept such appointment before the resigning Agent’s resignation becomes effective, the resigning Agent may appoint a temporary successor to act until such appointment by the Majority Lenders and, if applicable, the Borrower, is made and accepted, or if no such temporary successor is appointed as provided

 

116



 

above by the resigning the Agent, the Majority Lenders shall thereafter perform all of the duties of the resigning the Agent hereunder until such appointment by the Majority Lenders and, if applicable, the Borrower, is made and accepted. Such Successor Agent shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of the resigning Agent as if originally named. The resigning Agent shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such Successor Agent all moneys at the time held by the resigning Agent hereunder after deducting therefrom its expenses for which it is entitled to be reimbursed hereunder. Upon such succession of any such Successor Agent, the resigning Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations, in its capacity as the Agent hereunder, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct arising prior to its resignation hereunder, and the provisions of this Article 12 shall continue in effect for the benefit of the resigning Agent in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Agent.

 

12.5                         Credit Decisions .  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently of the Agent and each other Lender and based on the financial statements of the Borrower and such other documents, information and investigations as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit decision to extend credit hereunder from time to time. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently of the Agent and each other Lender and based on such other documents, information and investigations as it shall deem appropriate at any time, continue to make its own credit decisions as to exercising or not exercising from time to time any rights and privileges available to it under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other document executed pursuant hereto.

 

12.6                         Authority of the Agent to Enforce This Agreement .  Each Lender, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, grants the Agent full power and authority as attorney-in-fact to institute and maintain actions, suits or proceedings for the collection and enforcement of any Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and to file such proofs of debt or other documents as may be necessary to have the claims of the Lenders allowed in any proceeding relative to any Credit Party, or their respective creditors or affecting their respective properties, and to take such other actions which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable for the protection, collection and enforcement of the Notes, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

12.7                         Indemnification of the Agent .  The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agent and its Affiliates (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower, but without limiting any obligation of the Borrower to make such reimbursement), ratably according to their respective Weighted Percentages, from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable invoiced fees and expenses of counsel) which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent and its Affiliates in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent and its Affiliates under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses resulting from the Agent’s or its Affiliate’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable invoiced fees and expenses of counsel) incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,

 

117



 

modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, to the extent that the Agent and its Affiliates are not reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower, but without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to make such reimbursement. Each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amounts owing to the Agent and its Affiliates by the Lenders pursuant to this Section, provided that, if the Agent or its Affiliates are subsequently reimbursed by the Borrower for such amounts, they shall refund to the Lenders on a pro rata basis the amount of any excess reimbursement. If the indemnity furnished to the Agent and its Affiliates under this Section shall become impaired as determined in the Agent’s reasonable judgment or the Agent shall elect in its sole discretion to have such indemnity confirmed by the Lenders (as to specific matters or otherwise), the Agent shall give notice thereof to each Lender and, until such additional indemnity is provided or such existing indemnity is confirmed, the Agent may cease, or not commence, to take any action. Any amounts paid by the Lenders hereunder to the Agent or its Affiliates shall be deemed to constitute part of the Indebtedness hereunder.

 

12.8                         Knowledge of Default .  It is expressly understood and agreed that the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless the officers of the Agent immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received a written notice from a Lender or the Borrower specifying such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. Upon receiving such a notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of such Default or Event of Default and provide each Lender with a copy of such notice and shall endeavor to provide such notice to the Lenders within three (3) Business Days (but without any liability whatsoever in the event of its failure to do so). The Agent shall also furnish the Lenders, promptly upon receipt, with copies of all other notices or other information required to be provided by the Borrower hereunder.

 

12.9                         The Agent’s Authorization; Action by Lenders .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever the Agent is authorized and empowered hereunder on behalf of the Lenders to give any approval or consent, or to make any request, or to take any other action on behalf of the Lenders (including without limitation the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the other Loan Documents), the Agent shall be required to give such approval or consent, or to make such request or to take such other action only when so requested in writing by the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable hereunder. Action that may be taken by the Majority Lenders, any other specified Percentage of the Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder) may be taken (i) pursuant to a vote of the requisite percentages of the Lenders as required hereunder at a meeting (which may be held by telephone conference call), provided that the Agent exercises good faith, diligent efforts to give all of the Lenders reasonable advance notice of the meeting, or (ii) pursuant to the written consent of the requisite percentages of the Lenders as required hereunder, provided that all of the Lenders are given reasonable advance notice of the requests for such consent.

 

12.10                  Enforcement Actions by the Agent .  Except as otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents and subject to the terms hereof, the Agent will take such action, assert such rights and pursue such remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the Majority Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder), shall direct; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required

 

118



 

to act or omit to act if, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent, such action or omission may expose the Agent to personal liability for which the Agent has not been satisfactorily indemnified hereunder or is contrary to this Agreement, any of the Loan Documents or applicable law. Except as expressly provided above or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, no Lender (other than the Agent, acting in its capacity as agent) shall be entitled to take any enforcement action of any kind under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

12.11                  Collateral Matters.

 

(a)                                  The Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Collateral Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain a perfected security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, to the full extent set forth in Section 13.10(d) hereof, (1) to release or terminate any Lien granted to or held by the Agent upon any Collateral (a) upon termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment and payment in full of all Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations) payable under this Agreement and under any other Loan Document; (b) constituting property (including, without limitation, Equity Interests in any Person) sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction and including the property of any Subsidiary that is disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted or consented to in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (c) constituting property in which a Credit Party owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided in Section 13.10; (2) to subordinate the Lien granted to or held by the Agent on any Collateral to any other holder of a Lien on such Collateral which is permitted by Section 8.2(b) hereof; and (3) if all of the Equity Interests held by the Credit Parties in any Person are sold or otherwise transferred to any transferee other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to release such Person from all of its obligations under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, under any Guaranty). Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 12.11(b).

 

12.12                  The Agents in their Individual Capacities .  Comerica Bank and its Affiliates, successors and assigns shall each have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though such Lender were not the Agent. Comerica Bank and its Affiliates may (without having to account therefor to any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with the Credit Parties as if such Lender were not acting as the Agent hereunder, and may accept fees and other consideration therefor without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

 

119



 

12.13                  The Agent’s Fees .  Until the Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations) has been repaid and discharged in full and no commitment to extend any credit hereunder is outstanding, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent, as applicable, any agency or other fee(s) set forth (or to be set forth from time to time) in the applicable Fee Letter on the terms set forth therein. The agency fees referred to in this Section 12.13 shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

12.14                  Documentation Agent or other Titles .  Any Lender identified on the facing page or signature page of this Agreement or in any amendment hereto or as designated with consent of the Agent in any assignment agreement as Lead Arranger, Documentation Agent, Syndications Agent or any similar titles, shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement as a result of such title other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders so identified shall not have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender as a result of such title. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on the Lender so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

12.15                  Subordination Agreements .  Each Lender hereby irrevocably appoints, designates and authorizes Agent, upon approval by such Lender, to enter into any subordination or intercreditor agreement pertaining to any Subordinated Debt, on its behalf and to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of any such agreement (subject to the last sentence of this Section 12.15).  Each Lender further agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of each subordination or intercreditor agreement pertaining to any Subordinated Debt.  Each Lender hereby authorizes Agent to issue blockages notices in connection with any Subordinated Debt at the direction of Majority Lenders (it being agreed and understood that Agent will not act unilaterally to issue such blockage notices).

 

12.16                  Indebtedness in respect of Lender Products and Hedging Agreements .  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, no Lender that obtains the benefits of the provisions of Section 10.2, any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) (or to notice of or to consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of the provisions hereof or of the Guaranty or any Collateral Document) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 12 to the contrary, the Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Indebtedness arising under Lender Products and Hedging Agreements unless the Agent has received written notice of such Indebtedness, together with such supporting documentation as the Agent may request, from the applicable Lender.

 

12.17                  No Reliance on the Agent’s Customer Identification Program .

 

(a)                                  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on the Agent to carry out such Lender’s, Affiliate’s, participant’s or assignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations

 

120



 

required or imposed under or pursuant to the USA Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “CIP Regulations”), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective Affiliates or agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder: (i) any identify verification procedures, (ii) any record keeping, (iii) any comparisons with government lists, (iv) any customer notices or (v) any other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other laws.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender or assignee or participant of a Lender that is not organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement contained in Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations because it is both (i) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the United States or foreign country, and (ii) subject to supervision by a banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall deliver to the Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification, certifying that such Lender is not a “shell” and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations: (x) within 10 days after the Effective Date, and (y) at such other times as are required under the USA Patriot Act.

 

13.                                MISCELLANEOUS.

 

13.1                         Accounting Principles .  Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement, it shall be done, unless otherwise specified herein, in accordance with GAAP.

 

13.2                         Consent to Jurisdiction THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND.  THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 13.2.

 

13.3                         Governing Law .   THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING

 

121



 

HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD FOR PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

13.4                         Interest .  In the event the obligation of the Borrower to pay interest on the principal balance of the Notes or on any other amounts outstanding hereunder or under the other Loan Documents is or becomes in excess of the maximum interest rate which the Borrower is permitted by law to contract or agree to pay, giving due consideration to the execution date of this Agreement, then, in that event, the rate of interest applicable thereto with respect to such Lender’s applicable Percentages shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not of interest.

 

13.5                         Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification.

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall pay or reimburse (a) (i) the Agent and its Affiliates for payment of, on demand, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including, by way of description and not limitation, reasonable invoiced attorney fees and advances, appraisal and accounting fees, lien search fees, and required travel costs, incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the commitment, consummation and closing of the loans contemplated hereby, or in connection with the administration or enforcement of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including the obtaining of legal advice regarding the rights and responsibilities of the parties hereto) or any refinancing or restructuring of the loans or Advances provided under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or any amendment or modification thereof requested by the Borrower, and (ii) each Lender for payment of, on demand, all reasonable and documented costs and expenses, including by way of description and not limitation, reasonable invoiced attorney fees, appraisal and accounting fees, lien search fees, and required travel costs, incurred by each Lender in connection with the commitment, consummation and closing of the loans contemplated hereby (provided that such amounts shall not exceed a total aggregate cost of $15,000) and any reasonable invoiced attorneys’ fees incurred , in connection with any amendment or modification thereof requested by the Borrower (provided that such amounts shall not exceed a total aggregate cost of $2,000 for any Fiscal Year), and (b) the Agent and its Affiliates and each of the Lenders, as the case may be, for all stamp and similar taxes and duties payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing or recording of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omitting to pay such taxes or duties. Furthermore, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including without limitation invoiced attorney fees, incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, by the Lenders in revising, preserving, protecting, exercising or enforcing any of its or any of the Lenders’ rights against the Borrower or any other Credit Party, or otherwise incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders in connection with any Event of Default or the enforcement of the loans (whether incurred through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise), including by way of description and not limitation, such charges in any court or bankruptcy proceedings or arising out of any claim or action by any person against the Agent, its Affiliates, or any Lender which would not have been asserted were

 

122


 

it not for the Agent’s or such Affiliate’s or Lender’s relationship with the Borrower hereunder or otherwise, shall also be paid by the Borrower. All of said amounts required to be paid by the Borrower hereunder and not paid forthwith upon demand, as aforesaid, shall bear interest, from the date incurred to the date payment is received by the Agent, at the Base Rate, plus two percent (2%).

 

(b)                                  The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Agent and each of the Lenders (and their respective Affiliates) harmless from all loss, cost, damage, liability or expenses, including reasonable invoiced attorneys’ fees and disbursements (but without duplication of such fees and disbursements for the same services), incurred by the Agent and each of the Lenders by reason of an Event of Default, or enforcing the obligations of any Credit Party under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, or in the prosecution or defense of any action or proceeding concerning any matter growing out of or connected with this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, excluding, however, any loss, cost, damage, liability or expenses to the extent arising as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking to be indemnified under this Section 13.5(b).

 

(c)                                   The Borrower agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and each Lender (and their respective Affiliates), and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses of whatever kind or nature (including without limitation, reasonable and invoiced attorneys and consultants fees, investigation and laboratory fees, environmental studies required by the Agent or any Lender in connection with the violation of Hazardous Material Laws), court costs and litigation expenses, arising out of or related to (i) the presence, use, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials on, from or affecting any premises owned or occupied by any Credit Party in violation of or the non-compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws, (ii) any personal injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of or related to such Hazardous Materials, (iii) any lawsuit or other proceeding brought or threatened, settlement reached or governmental order or decree relating to such Hazardous Materials, and/or (iv) complying or coming into compliance with all Hazardous Material Laws (including the cost of any remediation or monitoring required in connection therewith) or any other Requirement of Law; provided, however, that the Borrower shall have no obligations under this Section 13.5(c) with respect to claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses to the extent arising as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 13.5(c) shall be in addition to any and all other obligations and liabilities the Borrower may have to the Agent or any of the Lenders at common law or pursuant to any other agreement.

 

13.6                         Notices.

 

(a)                                  Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement (and except as provided in clause (b) below), all notices and other communications provided to any party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by mail, by reputable overnight courier or by facsimile and addressed or delivered to it at its address set forth on Annex III or at such other address as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties that complies as to delivery with the terms of this

 

123



 

Section 13.6 or posted to an E-System set up by or at the direction of the Agent (as set forth below). Any notice, if personally delivered or if mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid and sent by registered or certified mail, shall be deemed given when received or when delivery is refused; any notice, if given to a reputable overnight courier and properly addressed, shall be deemed given two (2) Business Days after the date on which it was sent, unless it is actually received sooner by the named addressee; and any notice, if transmitted by facsimile, shall be deemed given when received. The Agent may, but, except as specifically provided herein, shall not be required to, take any action on the basis of any notice given to it by telephone, but the giver of any such notice shall promptly confirm such notice in writing or by facsimile, and such notice will not be deemed to have been received until such confirmation is deemed received in accordance with the provisions of this Section set forth above. If such telephonic notice conflicts with any such confirmation, the terms of such telephonic notice shall control. Any notice given by the Agent or any Lender to the Borrower shall be deemed to be a notice to all of the Credit Parties.

 

(b)                                  Notices and other communications provided to the Agent and the Lenders party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including email and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agent.  The Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications (including email and any E-System) pursuant to procedures approved by it.  Unless otherwise agreed to in a writing by and among the parties to a particular communication, (i) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, return email, or other written acknowledgment) and (ii) notices and other communications posted to any E-System shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or other communication is available and identifying the website address therefore.

 

13.7                         Further Action .  The Borrower, from time to time, upon written request of the Agent will make, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered, all such further and additional instruments, and take all such further action as may reasonably be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement or the Loan Documents, and to provide for Advances under and payment of the Notes, according to the intent and purpose herein and therein expressed.

 

13.8                         Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments.

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(b)                                  The foregoing shall not authorize any assignment by the Borrower of its rights or duties hereunder, and, except as otherwise provided herein, no such assignment shall be made (or be effective) without the prior written approval of the Lenders.

 

124



 

(c)                                   No Lender may at any time assign or grant participations in such Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents except (i) by way of assignment to any Eligible Assignee in accordance with clause (d) of this Section, (ii) by way of a participation in accordance with the provisions of clause (e) of this Section 13.8 or (iii) by way of a pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of clause (g) of this Section 13.8 (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any Lender shall be deemed to be null and void).

 

(d)                                  Each assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(i)                                      each such assignment shall be made on a pro rata basis, and shall be in a minimum amount of the lesser of (x) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or such lesser amount as the Agent shall agree and (y) the entire remaining amount of assigning Lender’s aggregate interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding Letters of Credit), the Draw-To Term Loans and the Term Loans; provided however that, after giving effect to such assignment, in no event shall the entire remaining amount (if any) of assigning Lender’s aggregate interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding Letters of Credit), the Draw-To Term Loans and the Term Loans be less than $5,000,000; and

 

(ii)                                   the parties to any assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment Agreement substantially (as determined by the Agent) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (with appropriate insertions acceptable to the Agent), together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in the Assignment Agreement.

 

Until the Assignment Agreement becomes effective in accordance with its terms and is recorded in the Register maintained by the Agent under clause (h) of this Section 13.8, and the Agent has confirmed that the assignment satisfies the requirements of this Section 13.8, the Borrower and the Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender in connection with the interest so assigned.  From and after the effective date of each Assignment Agreement that satisfies the requirements of this Section 13.8, the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement, such assignee shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including without limitation the right to receive fees payable hereunder in respect of the period following such assignment) and the assigning Lender shall relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Upon request and the return of the original Note(s) being replaced thereby, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent, new Note(s) payable to the order of the assignee in an amount equal to the amount assigned to the assigning Lender pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, and with respect to the portion of the Indebtedness retained by the assigning Lender,

 

125



 

to the extent applicable, new Note(s) payable to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the amount retained by such Lender hereunder. The Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that any such new Note(s) shall be given in renewal and replacement of the Notes issued to the assigning lender prior to such assignment and shall not effect or constitute a novation or discharge of the Indebtedness evidenced by such prior Note, and each such new Note may contain a provision confirming such agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower and the Agent acknowledge that each of the Lenders may at any time and from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, grant participations in such Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder (on a pro rata basis only) and under the other Loan Documents to any Person (other than a natural person or to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries); provided that any participation permitted hereunder shall comply with all applicable laws and shall be subject to a participation agreement that incorporates the following restrictions:

 

(i)                                      such Lender shall remain the holder of its Notes hereunder (if such Notes are issued), notwithstanding any such participation;

 

(ii)                                   a participant shall not reassign or transfer, or grant any sub-participations in its participation interest hereunder or any part thereof;

 

(iii)                                such Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Credit Parties relating to the Notes and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the right to proceed against any Guarantors, or cause the Agent to do so (subject to the terms and conditions hereof), and the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement without the consent of the participant (unless such participant is an Affiliate of such Lender), except for those matters requiring the consent of each of the Lenders under Section 13.10(b) (provided that a participant may exercise approval rights over such matters only on an indirect basis, acting through such Lender and the Credit Parties, the Agent and the other Lenders may continue to deal directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and duties hereunder). Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in the case of any participation granted by any Lender hereunder, the participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents against the Agent, any other Lender or any Credit Party; provided, however that the participant may have rights against such Lender in respect of such participation as may be set forth in the applicable participation agreement and all amounts payable by the Credit Parties hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation.  Each such participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Article 11 of this Agreement to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment

 

126



 

pursuant to clause (d) of this Section, provided that no participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such the provisions of Article 11 than the issuing Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such issuing Lender to such participant had no such transfer occurred and each such participant shall also be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.6 hereof as though it were a Lender, provided that such participant agrees to be subject to Section 10.3 hereof as though it were a Lender; and

 

(iv)                               each participant shall provide the relevant tax form required under Section 13.11.

 

(f)                                    Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent (in its capacity as Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

(g)                                   Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including its Notes, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledge or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(h)                                  The Borrower hereby designates the Agent, and Agent agrees to serve, as the Borrower’s non-fiduciary agent solely for purposes of this Section 13.8(h) to maintain at its principal office in the United States a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to it and a register (the “Register”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, the Percentages of such Lenders and the principal amount of each type of Advance owing to each such Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent, and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Advances recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender (but only with respect to any entry relating to such Lender’s Percentages and the principal amounts owing to such Lender) upon reasonable notice to the Agent and a copy of such information shall be provided to any such party on their prior written request. The Agent shall give prompt written notice to the Borrower of the making of any entry in the Register or any change in such entry.

 

127



 

(i)                                      The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective assignee or participant which has satisfied the requirements hereunder, any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning the Credit Parties which has been delivered to such Lender pursuant to this Agreement, provided that each such prospective assignee or participant shall execute a confidentiality agreement consistent with the terms of Section 13.11 hereof or shall otherwise agree to be bound by the terms thereof.

 

(j)                                     Nothing in this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the respective parties hereto and thereto and their successors and assignees and participants permitted hereunder and thereunder any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents.

 

13.9                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and each executed copy shall constitute an original instrument, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

13.10                  Amendment and Waiver.

 

(a)                                  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and the Majority Lenders (or by the Agent at the written request of the Majority Lenders) or, if this Agreement expressly so requires with respect to the subject matter thereof, by all Lenders (and, with respect to any amendments to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, by any Credit Party or the Guarantors that are signatories thereto), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.  All references in this Agreement to “Lenders” or “the Lenders” shall refer to all Lenders, unless expressly stated to refer to Majority Lenders (or the like).

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,

 

(i)                                      no amendment, waiver or consent shall increase the stated amount of any Lender’s commitment hereunder without such Lender’s consent;

 

(ii)                                   no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Lender or Lenders holding Indebtedness directly affected thereby, do any of the following:

 

(A)                                reduce the principal of, or interest on, any outstanding Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder,

 

(B)                                postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, any outstanding Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder (except with respect to the payments required under Sections 2.10(a) and 4.8),

 

128



 

(C)                                change any of the provisions of this Section 13.10 or the definitions of “Majority Lenders”, “Majority Revolving Credit Lenders”, “Majority Term Loan Lenders”, “Majority Draw-To Term Loan Lenders,” or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; provided that changes to the definition of “Majority Lenders” may be made with the consent of only the Majority Lenders to include the Lenders holding any additional credit facilities that are added to this Agreement with the approval of the appropriate Lenders, and,

 

(D)                                any modifications to the definitions of “Borrowing Base”, “Eligible Accounts” and “Eligible Inventory”;

 

(iii)                                no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all Lenders, do any of the following:

 

(A)                                except as expressly permitted hereunder or under the Collateral Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral (provided that neither the Agent nor any Lender shall be prohibited thereby from proposing or participating in a consensual or nonconsensual debtor-in-possession or similar financing), or release any material guaranty provided by any Person in favor of the Agent and the Lenders, provided however that the Agent shall be entitled, without notice to or any further action or consent of the Lenders, to release any Collateral which any Credit Party is permitted to sell, assign or otherwise transfer in compliance with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or release any guaranty to the extent expressly permitted in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of the applicable Guarantor or otherwise),

 

(B)                                increase the maximum duration of Interest Periods permitted hereunder; or

 

(C)                                modify Sections 10.2 or 10.3 hereof;

 

(iv)                               any amendment, waiver or consent that will (A) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note, (B) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note or (C) otherwise affect the rights and duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall require the written concurrence of the Swing Line Lender;

 

129



 

(v)                                  any amendment, waiver or consent that will affect the rights or duties of Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, shall require the written concurrence of the Issuing Lender; and

 

(vi)                               any amendment, waiver, or consent that will affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall require the written concurrence of the Agent.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove of any amendment, consent, waiver or any other modification to any Loan Document (and all amendments, consents, waivers and other modifications may be effected without the consent of the Defaulting Lenders), except that the foregoing shall not permit, in each case without such Defaulting Lender’s consent, (i) an increase in such Defaulting Lender’s stated commitment amounts, (ii) the waiver, forgiveness or reduction of the principal amount of any Indebtedness owing to such Defaulting Lender (unless all other Lenders affected thereby are treated similarly), (iii) the extension of the final maturity date(s) of such Defaulting Lenders’ portion of any of the Indebtedness or the extension of any commitment to extend credit of such Defaulting Lender, or (iv) any other modification which requires the consent of all Lenders or the Lender(s) affected thereby which affects such Defaulting Lender more adversely than the other affected Lenders (other than a modification which results in a reduction of such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of any Commitments or repayment of any amounts owing to such Defaulting Lender on a non pro-rata basis).

 

(d)                                  The Agent shall, upon the written request of the Borrower, execute and deliver to the Credit Parties such documents as may be necessary to evidence (1) the release of any Lien granted to or held by the Agent upon any Collateral: (a) upon termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and Draw-To Term Loan Aggregate Commitment and payment in full of all Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations) payable under this Agreement and under any other Loan Document; (b) which constitutes property (including, without limitation, Equity Interests in any Person) sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction and including the property of any Subsidiary that is disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted or consented to in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (c) which constitutes property in which a Credit Party owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided in this Section 13.10; or (2) the release of any Person from its obligations under the Loan Documents (including without limitation the Guaranty) if all of the Equity Interests of such Person that were held by a Credit Party are sold or otherwise transferred to any transferee other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that (i) the Agent shall not be required to execute any such release or subordination agreement under clauses (1) or (2) above on terms which, in the Agent’s opinion, would expose the Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty or such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Indebtedness or any Liens upon any Collateral retained by any Credit Party, including (without limitation) the proceeds of the sale or other disposition, all of which shall constitute and remain part of the Collateral.

 

130



 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Agent may, upon notice to each Lender and with the consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment and restatement of this Agreement which is in all other respects approved by the Lenders in accordance with this Section 13.10 shall require the consent or approval of any Lender (i) which immediately after giving effect to such amendment and restatement, shall have no commitment or other obligation to maintain or extend credit under this Agreement (as so amended and restated), including, without limitation, any obligation to participate in any Letter of Credit and (ii) which, substantially contemporaneously with the effectiveness of such amendment and restatement, shall have received payment in full of all Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations) owing to such Lender under the Loan Documents (other than any Indebtedness owing to such Lender in connection with Lender Products or under any Hedging Agreements).  From and after the effectiveness of any such amendment and restatement, any such Lender shall be deemed to no longer be a “Lender” hereunder or a party hereto, except that any such Lender shall retain the benefits of indemnification provisions hereof which, by the terms hereof would survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

13.11                  Confidentiality .  Each Lender agrees that it will treat as confidential and will not disclose without the prior consent of the Borrower (other than to its employees, its Subsidiaries, another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or to its auditors, counsel or representatives) any information with respect to the Credit Parties which is furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; provided that any Lender may disclose any such information (a) as has become generally available to the public or has been lawfully obtained by such Lender from any third party under no duty of confidentiality to any Credit Party, (b) as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to, or in respect to any inquiry, by, any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors, (c) as may be required or appropriate in respect to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, (d) in order to comply with any law, order, regulation, ruling or other requirement of law applicable to such Lender, and (e) to any prospective assignee or participant in accordance with Section 13.8(f) hereof.

 

13.12                  Substitution or Removal of Lenders .

 

(a)                                  With respect to any Lender (i) whose obligation to make Eurodollar-based Advances has been suspended pursuant to Section 11.3 or 11.4, (ii) that has demanded compensation under Sections 3.4(c), 11.1, 11.5, 11.6 or 11.10, (iii) that has become a Defaulting Lender or (iv) that has failed to consent to a requested amendment, waiver or modification to any Loan Document as to which the Majority Lenders have already consented (in each case, an

 

131



 

“Affected Lender”), then the Agent or the Borrower may, at the Borrower’s sole expense, require the Affected Lender to sell and assign all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, its Commitments, to an assignee (which may be one or more of the Lenders) (such assignee shall be referred to herein as the “Purchasing Lender” or “Purchasing Lenders”) within five (5) Business Days after receiving notice from the Borrower requiring it to do so, for an aggregate price equal to the sum of the portion of all Advances made by it, interest and fees accrued for its account through but excluding the date of such payment, and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the Purchasing Lender(s) (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts, including without limitation, if demanded by the Affected Lender, the amount of any compensation that due to the Affected Lender under Sections 3.4(c), 11.1, 11.5, 11.6 and 11.10 to but excluding said date), payable (in immediately available funds) in cash.  The Affected Lender, as assignor, such Purchasing Lender, as assignee, the Borrower and the Agent, shall enter into an Assignment Agreement pursuant to Section 13.8 hereof, whereupon such Purchasing Lender shall be a Lender party to this Agreement, shall be deemed to be an assignee hereunder and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender with a Revolving Credit Percentage equal to its ratable share of the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and the applicable Percentages of the Term Loan of the Affected Lender, provided, however, that if the Affected Lender does not execute such Assignment Agreement within five (5) Business Days of receipt thereof, the Agent may execute the Assignment Agreement as the Affected Lender’s attorney-in-fact. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in the name of such Lender or in its own name to execute and deliver the Assignment Agreement while such Lender is an Affected Lender hereunder (such power of attorney to be deemed coupled with an interest and irrevocable). In connection with any assignment pursuant to this Section 13.12, the Borrower or the Purchasing Lender shall pay to the Agent the administrative fee for processing such assignment referred to in Section 13.8.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender is an Affected Lender of the type described in Section 13.12(a)(iii) and (iv) (any such Lender, a “Non-Compliant Lender”), the Borrower may, with the prior written consent of the Agent, and notwithstanding Section 10.3 of this Agreement or any other provisions requiring pro rata payments to the Lenders, elect to reduce any Commitments by an amount equal to the Non-Compliant Lender’s Percentage of the Commitment of such Non-Compliant Lender and repay such Non-Compliant Lender an amount equal the principal amount of all Advances owing to it, all interest and fees accrued for its account through but excluding the date of such repayment, and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including without limitation, if demanded by the Non-Compliant Lender, the amount of any compensation that due to the Non-Compliant Lender under Sections 3.4(c), 11.1, 11.5 and 11.6 to but excluding said date), payable (in immediately available funds) in cash, so long as, after giving effect to the termination of Commitments and the repayments described in this clause (b), any Fronting Exposure of such Non-Compliant Lender shall be reallocated among the Lenders that are not Non-Compliant Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Percentages, but only to the extent that the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by each such Lender, plus such Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations prior to giving effect to such reallocation plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Fronting Exposure to be

 

132


 

reallocated does not exceed such Lender’s Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, and with respect to any portion of the Fronting Exposure that may not be reallocated, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender and/or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, cash collateral or other security satisfactory to the Agent, with respect any such remaining Fronting Exposure.

 

(c)                                   If any Lender is a Non-Compliant Lender, the Borrower may, notwithstanding Section 10.3 of this Agreement or any other provisions requiring pro rata payments to the Lenders, elect to repay all amounts owing to such a Non-Compliant Lender in connection with the Term Loans and/or Draw-To Term Loans, so long as (i) no Default or Event of Default exists at the time of such repayment and (ii) after giving effect to any reduction in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, payments on the Revolving Credit under clause (b) above and payments on the Term Loans and Draw-To Term Loans under this clause (c), the Borrower shall have availability, on the date of the repayment, to borrow additional Revolving Credit Advances under the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment of at least $5,000,000  (after taking into account the sum on such date of the outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations).

 

13.13                  Withholding Taxes .

 

(a)                                  (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding.  In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 13.13(e)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in the Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.

 

(ii)                                   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is a U.S. Borrower,

 

(A)                                any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;

 

133



 

(B)                                any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i)                                      in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as appropriate) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as appropriate)  establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;

 

(ii)                                   executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;

 

(iii)                                in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit O-1 to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of a Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as appropriate); or

 

(iv)                               to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as appropriate), a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit O-2 or Exhibit O-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit O-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;

 

(C)                                any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to the Borrower and the Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such

 

134



 

Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of the Borrower or the Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower or the Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and

 

(D)                                if a payment made to a Lender or Agent under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender or Agent were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender or Agent shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent as may be necessary for the Borrower and the Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender or Agent has complied with such Lender’s or Agent’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment.  Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Borrower and the Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

 

(b)                                  Promptly upon notice from the Agent of any determination by the Internal Revenue Service that any payments previously made to such Lender hereunder were subject to United States income Tax withholding when made (or subject to withholding at a higher rate than that applied to such payments), such Lender shall pay to the Agent the excess of the aggregate amount required to be withheld from such payments over the aggregate amount (if any) actually withheld by the Agent, provided that, following any such payment, such Lender shall retain all of its rights and remedies against the Borrower with respect thereto.

 

For purposes of this Section 13.13, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Lender and the term “applicable law” includes FATCA

 

13.14                  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL/JUDICIAL REFERENCE . (a)  JURY TRIAL WAIVER.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE BORROWER, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, INCLUDING

 

135



 

CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.  THE BORROWER, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT .

 

(a)                                  Judicial Reference.

 

(i)                                      In the event the jury trial waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this judicial reference provision.

 

(ii)                                   With the exception of the items specified in clause (iii), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, any other will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

 

(iii)                                The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (a) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (b) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (c) appointment of a receiver and (d) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (a) and (b) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (c) and (d). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

 

(iv)                               The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.  Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

 

136



 

(v)                                  The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (a) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (b) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (c) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

(vi)                               The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery.  The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

(vii)                            Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding.  All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

(viii)                         The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference.  Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive.  The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee.  The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

137



 

(ix)                               If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

(x)                                  THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

13.15                  USA Patriot Act Notice .  Pursuant to Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, the Agent and the Lenders hereby notify the Credit Parties that if they or any of their Subsidiaries open an account, including any loan, deposit account, treasury management account, or other extension of credit with the Agent or any Lender, the Agent or the applicable Lender will request the applicable Person’s name, tax identification number, business address and other information necessary to identify such Person (and may request such Person’s organizational documents or other identifying documents) to the extent necessary for the Agent and the applicable Lender to comply with the USA Patriot Act.

 

13.16                  Complete Agreement; Conflicts .  This Agreement, the Notes (if issued), any Requests for Advance and Term Loan Rate Requests, and the Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto, superseding all prior agreements, discussions and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, and none of the parties shall be bound by anything not expressed in writing. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, this Agreement shall govern.

 

13.17                  Severability .  In case any one or more of the obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining obligations of the Credit Parties shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents in any other jurisdiction.

 

13.18                  Table of Contents and Headings; Section References .  The table of contents and the headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect any of the terms or provisions hereof and references herein to “sections,” “subsections,” “clauses,” “paragraphs,” “subparagraphs,” “exhibits” and “schedules” shall be to sections, subsections, clauses, paragraphs, subparagraphs, exhibits and schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided herein or unless the context otherwise clearly indicates.

 

138



 

13.19                  Construction of Certain Provisions .  If any provision of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents refers to any action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, whether or not expressly specified in such provision.

 

13.20                  Independence of Covenants .  Each covenant hereunder shall be given independent effect (subject to any exceptions stated in such covenant) so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any such covenant (taking into account any such stated exception), the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default.

 

13.21                  Electronic Transmissions .

 

(a)                                  Each of the Agent, the Credit Parties, the Lenders, and each of their Affiliates is authorized (but not required) to transmit, post or otherwise make or communicate, in its sole discretion, Electronic Transmissions in connection with any Loan Document and the transactions contemplated therein.  The Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and each indicates it assumes and accepts such risks by hereby authorizing the transmission of Electronic Transmissions.

 

(b)                                  All uses of an E-System shall be governed by and subject to, in addition to Section 13.6 and this Section 13.21, separate terms and conditions posted or referenced in such E-System and related contractual obligations executed by the Agent, the Credit Parties and the Lenders in connection with the use of such E-System.

 

(c)                                   All E-Systems and Electronic Transmissions shall be provided “as is” and “as available”.  None of the Agent or any of its Affiliates, nor the Borrower or any of its respective Affiliates warrants the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of any E-Systems or Electronic Transmission, and each disclaims all liability for errors or omissions therein.  No warranty of any kind is made by the Agent or any of its Affiliates, or the Borrower or any of its respective Affiliates in connection with any E-Systems or Electronic Transmission, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects.  The Agent, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the Lenders agree that the Agent has no responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Electronic Transmission or otherwise required for any E-System.  The Agent and the Lenders agree that the Borrower has no responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Electronic Transmission or otherwise required for any E-System.

 

139



 

13.22                  Advertisements .  The Agent and the Lenders may disclose the names of the Credit Parties and the existence of the Indebtedness in general advertisements and trade publications.

 

13.23                  Reliance on and Survival of Provisions .  All terms, covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of the Credit Parties to any of the Loan Documents made herein or in any of the Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other document furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party in connection with this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Lenders, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any Lender or on such Lender’s behalf, and those covenants and agreements of the Borrower and the Lenders, as applicable, set forth in Sections 3.9, 3.10, 11.10, 12.7 and 13.5 hereof (together with any other indemnities of any Credit Party or Lender contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents) shall survive the repayment in full of the Indebtedness and the termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including any commitment to extent credit thereunder.

 

13.24                  Delivery of Information .  Agent agrees to deliver to the Lenders copies of any report, notice or other information delivered to Agent by any Credit Party pursuant to Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.6 hereof within a reasonable amount of time.

 

[Signatures Follow On Succeeding Page]

 

140



 

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMERICA BANK ,

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeremy Schmidt

 

By:

/s/ Rich Harrison

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

AVP

 

Its:

CFO

 

 

COMERICA BANK ,

 

as a Lender, as Issuing Lender

 

and as Swing Line Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeremy Schmidt

 

 

 

 

Its:

AVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SQUARE 1 BANK ,

 

as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Foussianes

 

 

 

 

Its:

SVP

 

 

141



 

Annex I
Applicable Margin Grid
Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facility *
(basis points per annum)

 

Revolving Credit Eurodollar Margin

 

275

 

Revolving Credit Base Rate Margin

 

175

 

Revolving Credit Facility Fee

 

25

 

Letter of Credit Fees (exclusive of facing fees)

 

275

 

Term Loan Eurodollar Margin

 

300

 

Term Loan Base Rate Margin

 

200

 

Draw-To Term Loan Eurodollar Margin

 

300

 

Draw-To Term Loan Base Rate Margin

 

200

 

Draw-To Term Loan Commitment Fee

 

25

 

 


* Definitions as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 


 

Annex II
Percentages and Allocations

Revolving Credit and Term Loan Facilities

 

LENDERS

 

REVOLVING
CREDIT

PERCENTAGE

 

REVOLVING
CREDIT
ALLOCATIONS

 

TERM LOAN
PERCENTAGE

 

TERM LOAN
ALLOCATIONS

 

DRAW-TO
TERM LOAN
PERCENTAGE

 

DRAW-TO
TERM LOAN
ALLOCATIONS

 

WEIGHTED
PERCENTAGE

 

Comerica Bank

 

50

%

$

4,000,000

 

50

%

$

2,500,000

 

50

%

$

2,500,000

 

50

%

Square 1 Bank

 

50

%

$

4,000,000

 

50

%

$

2,500,000

 

50

%

$

2,500,000

 

50

%

TOTALS

 

100

%

$

8,000,000

 

100

%

$

5,000,000

 

100

%

$

5,000,000

 

100

%

 


 

Annex III

 

Notices

 

Borrower and its subsidiaries :

 

Glaukos Corporation

 

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103

 

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

 

Telephone: 949.367.9600 ext 223,

 

Facsimile: 949.367.9984

 

 

 

Comerica Bank, As Agent :

 

Comerica Bank Center

 

Attn: Corporate Finance - MC 3289

 

411 W. Lafayette St.

 

Detroit, Michigan 48226

 

 

 

Telephone: (313) 222-4280

 

Facsimile: (313) 222-9434

 

 

 

For Advance Requests and/or Pay-Downs: corpfinadmin@comerica.com

 

 

 

For Reporting Requirements: reportingcorpfin@comerica.com

 

 

 

Comerica Bank, As Lender :

 

Comerica Bank

 

Technology & Life Sciences Division

 

Loan Analysis Department

 

250 Lytton Avenue

 

3rd Floor, MC 4240

 

Palo Alto CA 94301

 

Fax:

(650) 462-6061

 

Attn:

Jeremy Schmidt

 

 

 

Agents Counsel :

 

 

 

Bodman PLC

 

6 th  Floor at Ford Field

 

1901 St. Antoine Street

 

Detroit, Michigan 48226

 

Attn:

Melissa Lewis

 

Fax:

(313) 393-7579

 

 



 

Schedule 1.1

 

Compliance Information

 

Correct Legal Name

 

Address

 

Type of
Organization

 

Jurisdiction of
Organization

 

Tax identification
number and other
identification numbers

Glaukos Corporation

 

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103
Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

DE File Number: 2895968
FEIN: 33-0945406

 




Exhibit 10.27

 

FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE

 

$500,000

               , 20           

 

On or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of Comerica Bank (“Swing Line Lender”) at Detroit, Michigan, in lawful money of the United States of America, so much of the sum of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), as may from time to time have been advanced to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement made as of February 23, 2015 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and Borrower, together with interest thereon as hereinafter set forth.

 

Each of the Swing Line Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Credit Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Lender from the date of such Swing Line Advance until paid at the rates and at the times set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is a Swing Line Note under which Swing Line Advances (including refundings and conversions), repayments and readvances may be made from time to time by the Swing Line Lender, but only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement (including any applicable sublimits).  This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with, and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Credit Agreement to which reference is hereby made. Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, shall have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.

 

The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agree that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.

 

*     *     *

 

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGE]

 



 

Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Swing Line Lender by any other instrument or by law.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.28

 

FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$

          , 20       

 

On or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of [insert name of applicable financial institution] (“Payee”) at Detroit, Michigan, care of Agent, in lawful money of the United States of America, so much of the sum of [ Insert Amount derived from Percentages ] Dollars ($                  ), as may from time to time have been advanced by Payee and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement made as of February 23, 2015 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and Borrower.  Each of the Revolving Credit Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Credit Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Advance made by the Payee from the date of such Revolving Credit Advance until paid at the rate and at the times set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is a note under which Revolving Credit Advances (including refundings and conversions), repayments and readvances may be made from time to time, but only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with, and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, shall have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.

 

The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agree that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.

 

*     *     *

 

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGE]

 



 

Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Payee by any other instrument or by law.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 




Exhibit 10.29

 

FORM OF TERM LOAN NOTE

 

$

          , 20     

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of [ insert name of applicable financial institution ] (“Payee”), in care of Agent, at Detroit, Michigan, the principal sum of [ insert amount derived from Percentages ] Dollars ($                          ), or if less, the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan Advances made by the Payee, in lawful money of the United States of America payable in principal installments each in the amount and on the dates set forth in the Credit Agreement (as defined below) until the Term Loan Maturity Date, when the entire unpaid balance of principal and interest thereon shall be due and payable. Interest shall be payable at the rate (including the default rate) and on the dates provided in the Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement made as of February 23, 2015 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and Borrower.

 

This Note evidences Term Loan Advances made under, is subject to, may be accelerated and may be prepaid in accordance with, the terms of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made.

 

This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.

 

Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agrees that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.

 



 

Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Payee by any other instrument or by law.

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

2




Exhibit 10.30

 

FORM OF DRAW-TO TERM LOAN NOTE

 

$

           , 20      

 

On or before the Draw-To Term Loan Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Glaukos Corporation (the “Borrower”), promises to pay to the order of [insert name of applicable financial institution] (“Payee”) at Detroit, Michigan, care of Agent, in lawful money of the United States of America, so much of the sum of [ Insert Amount derived from Percentages ] Dollars ($                  ), as may from time to time have been advanced by Payee and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement made as of February 23, 2015 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and Borrower.  Each of the Draw-To Term Loan Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Credit Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is a note under which Draw-To Term Loan Advances (including refundings and conversions), and repayments, but not readvances, may be made from time to time, but only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with, and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, shall have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.

 

The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agree that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note

 

*     *     *

 

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGE]

 



 

Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Bank by any other instrument or by law.

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 




Exhibit 10.31

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of February 23, 2015, is entered into by and among the Borrower (as defined below), such other entities which from time to time become parties hereto (collectively, including the Borrower, the “ Debtors ” and each individually a “ Debtor ”) and Comerica Bank (“ Comerica ”), as Administrative Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders (as defined below) (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).  The addresses for the Debtors and the Agent, as of the date hereof, are set forth on the signature pages attached hereto.

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

A.                                     Glaukos Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) has entered into that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of February 23, 2015 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time the “ Credit Agreement ”) with each of the financial institutions party thereto (collectively, including their respective successors and assigns, the “ Lenders ”) and the Agent pursuant to which the Lenders have agreed, subject to the satisfaction of certain terms and conditions, to extend or to continue to extend financial accommodations to the Borrower, as provided therein.

 

B.                                     Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have required that each of the Debtors grant (or cause to be granted) certain Liens to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, all to secure the obligations of the Borrower or any Debtor under the Credit Agreement or any related Loan Document (including any Guaranty).

 

C.                                     The Debtors have directly and indirectly benefited and will directly and indirectly benefit from the transactions evidenced by and contemplated in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

D.                                     The Agent is acting as Agent for the Lenders pursuant to the terms and conditions Section 12 of the Credit Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

 

Section 1.1                                    Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings provided for such terms in the Credit Agreement.  References to “Sections,” “subsections,” “Exhibits” and “Schedules” shall be to Sections, subsections, Exhibits and Schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.  All references to statutes and regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations.  References to particular sections of the UCC should be read to refer also to parallel sections of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in each state or other jurisdiction which may be applicable to the grant and perfection of the Liens held by the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

 



 

The following terms have the meanings indicated below, all such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined:

 

Account ” means any “account,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all rights of such Debtor to payment for goods sold or leased or services rendered, whether or not earned by performance, (b) all accounts receivable of such Debtor, (c) all rights of such Debtor to receive any payment of money or other form of consideration, (d) all security pledged, assigned or granted to or held by such Debtor to secure any of the foregoing, (e) all guaranties of, or indemnifications with respect to, any of the foregoing, and (f) all rights of such Debtor as an unpaid seller of goods or services, including, but not limited to, all rights of stoppage in transit, replevin, reclamation and resale.

 

Chattel Paper ” means any “chattel paper,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and shall include both electronic Chattel Paper and tangible Chattel Paper.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Collateral Compliance Report ” shall mean a report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Computer Records ” means any computer records now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor.

 

Deposit Account ” shall mean a demand, time, savings, passbook, or similar account maintained with a bank.  The term does not include investment property, investment accounts or accounts evidenced by an instrument.

 

Document ” means any “document,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor, including, without limitation, all documents of title and all receipts covering, evidencing or representing goods now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor.

 

Equipment ” means any “equipment,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all machinery, equipment, furniture, trade fixtures, tractors, trailers, rolling stock, vessels, aircraft and Vehicles now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor and any and all additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto.

 

2



 

Excluded Deposit Account ” means all Deposit Accounts of each Debtor solely used as petty cash accounts, provided such accounts do not in the aggregate hold more than $25,000.

 

General Intangibles ” means any “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all of such Debtor’s books, records, data, plans, manuals, computer software, computer tapes, computer disks, computer programs, source codes, object codes and all rights of such Debtor to retrieve data and other information from third parties; (b) all of such Debtor’s contract rights, commercial tort claims, partnership interests, membership interests, joint venture interests, securities, deposit accounts, investment accounts and certificates of deposit; (c) all rights of such Debtor to payment under chattel paper, documents, instruments and similar agreements; (d) letters of credit, letters of credit rights supporting obligations and rights to payment for money or funds advanced or sold of such Debtor; (e) all tax refunds and tax refund claims of such Debtor; (f) all choses in action and causes of action of such Debtor (whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise and whether or not currently in litigation) and all judgments in favor of such Debtor; (g) all rights and claims of such Debtor under warranties and indemnities, (h) all health care receivables; and (i) all rights of such Debtor under any insurance, surety or similar contract or arrangement.

 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

 

Instrument ” shall mean any “instrument,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor, and, in any event, shall include all promissory notes (including without limitation, any Intercompany Notes held by such Debtor), drafts, bills of exchange and trade acceptances, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

Insurance Proceeds ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Inventory ” means any “inventory,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all goods and other Personal property of such Debtor that are held for sale or lease or to be furnished under any contract of service; (b) all raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, supplies and materials of such Debtor; (c) all wrapping, packaging, advertising and shipping materials of such Debtor; (d) all goods that have been returned to, repossessed by or stopped in transit by such Debtor; and (e) all Documents evidencing any of the foregoing.

 

Investment Property ” means any “investment property” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and in any event, shall include without limitation all shares of stock and other equity, partnership or membership interests constituting securities, of the Domestic Subsidiaries of such Debtor from time to time

 

3



 

owned or acquired by such Debtor in any manner (including, without limitation, the Pledged Shares), and the certificates and all dividends, cash, instruments, rights and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed or distributable in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares, but excluding any shares of stock or other equity, partnership or membership interests in any Foreign Subsidiaries of such Debtor.

 

Pledged Shares ” means the shares of capital stock or other equity, partnership or membership interests described on Schedule 1.2 attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, and all other shares of capital stock or other equity, partnership or membership interests (other than in an entity which is a Foreign Subsidiary) acquired by any Debtor after the date hereof.

 

Proceeds ” means any “proceeds,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, but not be limited to, (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to a Debtor from time to time with respect to any of the Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to a Debtor from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any Governmental Authority (or any Person acting, or purporting to act, for or on behalf of any Governmental Authority), and (c) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

 

Records ” are defined in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

 

Software ” means all (i) computer programs and supporting information provided in connection with a transaction relating to the program, and (ii) computer programs embedded in goods and any supporting information provided in connection with a transaction relating to the program whether or not the program is associated with the goods in such a manner that it customarily is considered part of the goods, and whether or not, by becoming the owner of the goods, a Person acquires a right to use the program in connection with the goods, and whether or not the program is embedded in goods that consist solely of the medium in which the program is embedded.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of California; provided , that if, by applicable law, the perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest created hereunder in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on or after the date hereof in any other jurisdiction, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection.

 

Vehicles means all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state and all tires and other appurtenances to any of the foregoing.

 

4



 

ARTICLE 2
Security Interest

 

Section 2.1                                    Grant of Security Interest .  As collateral security for the prompt payment and performance in full when due of the Indebtedness (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), each Debtor hereby pledges, assigns, transfers and conveys to the Agent as collateral, and grants the Agent a continuing Lien on and security interest in, all of such Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 

(a)                                  all Accounts;

 

(b)                                  all Chattel Paper;

 

(c)                                   all General Intangibles;

 

(d)                                  all Equipment;

 

(e)                                   all Inventory;

 

(f)                                    all Documents;

 

(g)                                  all Instruments;

 

(h)                                  all Deposit Accounts and any other cash collateral, deposit or investment accounts, including all cash collateral, deposit or investment accounts established or maintained pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

(i)                                     all Computer Records and Software, whether relating to the foregoing Collateral or otherwise, but in the case of such Software, subject to the rights of any non-affiliated licensee of software;

 

(j)                                     all Investment Property; and

 

(k)                                  the Proceeds, in cash or otherwise, of any of the property described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (j) and all Liens, security, rights, remedies and claims of such Debtor with respect thereto (provided that the grant of a security interest in Proceeds set forth is in this subsection (k) shall not be deemed to give the applicable Debtor any right to dispose of any of the Collateral, except as may otherwise be permitted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement);

 

provided , however , that “Collateral” shall not include (1) copyrights, patents, trademarks, service marks, applications for any of the foregoing, licenses of any of the foregoing or any other Intellectual Property of the Debtors, (2) any rights under or with respect to any General Intangible, lease, license, contract, permit or authorization to the extent any such General Intangible, lease, license, contract, permit or authorization, by its terms or by law, prohibits the assignment of, or the granting of a Lien over the rights of a grantor thereunder or which would

 

5



 

be invalid or unenforceable upon any such assignment or grant (the “ Restricted Assets ”), provided that (A) the Proceeds of any Restricted Asset shall be continue to be deemed to be “Collateral”, and (B) this provision shall not limit the grant of any Lien on or assignment of any Restricted Asset to the extent that the UCC or any other applicable law provides that such grant of Lien or assignment is effective irrespective of any prohibitions to such grant provided in any Restricted Asset (or the underlying documents related thereto), (3) any Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests in any Subsidiary) to the extent the terms of such Equity Interests expressly provide that the granting of a lien therein would otherwise result in a loss by any Debtor of any material rights therein, (4) more than sixty-five percent (65%) of the Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary and (5) the Excluded Deposit Accounts.  Concurrently with any such Restricted Asset being entered into or arising after the date hereof, the applicable Debtor shall be obligated to obtain any waiver or consent (in form and substance acceptable to the Agent) necessary to allow such Restricted Asset to constitute Collateral hereunder if the failure of such Debtor to have such Restricted Asset would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 2.2                                    Debtors Remain Liable .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) the Debtors shall remain liable under the contracts, agreements, documents and instruments included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Agent or any Lender of any of their respective rights or remedies hereunder shall not release the Debtors from any of their duties or obligations under the contracts, agreements, documents and instruments included in the Collateral, and (c) neither the Agent nor any of the Lenders shall have any indebtedness, liability or obligation (by assumption or otherwise) under any of the contracts, agreements, documents and instruments included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, and none of them shall be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of the Debtors thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3
Representations and Warranties

 

To induce the Agent to enter into this Agreement and the Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement, each Debtor represents and warrants to the Agent and to each Lender as follows, each such representation and warranty being a continuing representation and warranty, surviving until termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12 of this Agreement:

 

Section 3.1                                    Title .  Such Debtor is, and with respect to Collateral acquired after the date hereof such Debtor will be, the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien or other encumbrance, except for Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement, provided that, other than the Lien established under this Agreement, no Lien on any Pledged Shares shall constitute a Permitted Lien.

 

Section 3.2                                    Change in Form or Jurisdiction; Successor by Merger; Location of Books and Records .  As of the date hereof, each Debtor (a) is duly organized and validly existing as a corporation (or other business organization) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; (b) is formed in the jurisdiction of organization and has the registration number

 

6



 

and tax identification number set forth on Schedule 3.2 attached hereto; (c) has not changed its respective corporate form or its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the five years immediately prior to the date hereof, except as set forth on such Schedule 3.2 ; (d) except as set forth on such Schedule 3.2 attached hereto, no Debtor has, at any time during the five years immediately prior to the date hereof, become the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise of any other Person, and (e) keeps true and accurate books and records regarding the Collateral (the “ Records ”) in the office indicated on such Schedule 3.2 as of the date hereof.

 

Section 3.3                                    Representations and Warranties Regarding Certain Types of Collateral .

 

(a)                                  Location of Inventory and Equipment.   As of the date hereof, (i) all Inventory (except Inventory in transit and Inventory maintained at the location of a sales representative or clinical trial site in the ordinary course of business) and Equipment (except trailers, rolling stock, vessels, aircraft, Vehicles and Equipment out for repair, in transit or in the possession of employees and Equipment maintained at the location of a sales representative or clinical trial site in the ordinary course of business) of each Debtor are located at the places specified on Schedule 3.3(a)  attached hereto, (ii) the name and address of the landlord leasing any location to any Debtor is identified on such Schedule 3.3(a) , and (iii) the name of and address of each bailee or warehouseman which holds any Collateral and the location of such Collateral is identified on such Schedule 3.3(a) .

 

(b)                                  Account Information.   As of the date hereof, all Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investment accounts of each Debtor (except for those Deposit Accounts located with the Agent) are located at the banks specified on Schedule 3.3(b)  attached hereto which Schedule sets forth the true and correct name of each bank where such accounts are located, such bank’s address, the type of account and the account number.

 

(c)                                   Documents.   As of the date hereof, except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(c) , none of the Inventory or Equipment of such Debtor (other than trailers, rolling stock, vessels, aircraft and Vehicles) is evidenced by a Document (including, without limitation, a negotiable document of title).

 

Section 3.4                                    Pledged Shares .

 

(a)                                  Duly Authorized and Validly Issued .  The Pledged Shares that are shares of a corporation have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and the Pledged Shares that are membership interests or partnership units (if any) have been validly granted, under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the issuers thereof, and, to the extent applicable, are fully paid and nonassessable. No such membership or partnership interests constitute “securities” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC, and each Debtor covenants and agrees not to allow any such membership or partnership interest to become “securities” for purposes of Article 8 of the UCC.

 

7



 

(b)                                  Valid Title; No Liens; No Restrictions.   Each Debtor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pledged Shares, free and clear of any Lien (other than the Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement), and such Debtor has not sold, granted any option with respect to, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of any of its rights or interest in or to the Pledged Shares.  None of the Pledged Shares are subject to any contractual or other restrictions upon the pledge or other transfer of such Pledged Shares, other than those imposed by securities laws generally.  No issuer of Pledged Shares is party to any agreement granting “control” (as defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC) of such Debtor’s Pledged Shares to any third party.  All such Pledged Shares are held by each Debtor directly and not through any securities intermediary.

 

(c)                                   Description of Pledged Shares; Ownership.   The Pledged Shares constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of stock, partnership units or membership interests of the issuers thereof indicated on Schedule 1.2 (as the same may be amended from time to time) and such Schedule contains, as of the date hereof, a description of all shares of capital stock, membership interests and other equity interests of or in any Subsidiaries owned by such Debtor.

 

Section 3.5                                    [Reserved] .

 

Section 3.6                                    Priority .  No financing statement, security agreement or other Lien instrument covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any public office with respect to any outstanding obligation of such Debtor except (i) as may have been filed in favor of the Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) financing statements filed to perfect Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement (which shall not, in any event, grant a Lien over the Pledged Shares).

 

Section 3.7                                    Perfection .  Upon the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 3.7 attached hereto, the security interest in favor of the Agent created herein will constitute a valid and perfected Lien upon and security interest in the Collateral which may be created and perfected under the UCC by filing financing statements.

 

ARTICLE 4

Covenants

 

Each Debtor covenants and agrees with the Agent, until termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12 hereof, as follows:

 

Section 4.1                                    Covenants Regarding Certain Kinds of Collateral

 

(a)                                  Promissory Notes and Tangible Chattel Paper If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively hold or acquire any promissory notes or tangible Chattel Paper for which the principal amount thereof or the obligations evidenced thereunder are, in the aggregate, in

 

8



 

excess of $100,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly notify the Agent in writing thereof and forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Agent may from time to time reasonably specify, and cause all such Chattel Paper to bear a legend reasonably acceptable to the Agent indicating that the Agent has a security interest in such Chattel Paper.

 

(b)                                  Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records .  If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively hold or acquire an interest in any electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record,” as that term is defined in the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, worth, in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, at the request and option of the Agent, shall take such action as the Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Agent control, under Section 9-105 of the UCC, of such electronic chattel paper or control under the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record.

 

(c)                                   Letter-of-Credit Rights .  If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively are or become beneficiaries under letters of credit, with an aggregate face amount in excess of $100,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, at the request of the Agent, the applicable Debtors shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent either arrange (i) for the issuer and any confirmer of such letters of credit to consent to an assignment to the Agent of the proceeds of the letters of credit or (ii) for the Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of the letters of credit, together with, in each case, any such other actions as reasonably requested by the Agent to perfect its first priority Lien in such letter of credit rights.  The applicable Debtor shall retain the proceeds of the applicable letters of credit until a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing whereupon the proceeds are to be delivered to the Agent and applied as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Commercial Tort Claims .  If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively hold or acquire any commercial tort claims, which, the reasonably estimated value of which are in aggregate excess of $100,000, the applicable Debtors shall immediately notify the Agent in a writing signed by such Debtors of the particulars thereof and grant to the Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(e)                                   Pledged Shares .   All certificates or instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Pledged Shares or any Debtor’s rights therein shall be delivered to the Agent promptly upon Debtor gaining any rights therein, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed stock powers or instruments of transfer or assignments in blank, all in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

(f)                                    Equipment and Inventory .

 

(i)                                     Location.   Each Debtor shall keep the Equipment (other than Vehicles and Equipment out for repair, in transit or in the possession of employees) and

 

9



 

Inventory (other than Inventory in transit) which is in such Debtor’s possession or in the possession of any bailee or warehouseman at any of the locations specified on Schedule 3.3(a)  attached hereto or as otherwise disclosed in writing to the Agent from time to time, subject to compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement, including subsection (ii) below.

 

(ii)                                 Landlord Consents and Bailee’s Waivers Each Debtor shall provide, as applicable, a bailee’s waiver or landlord consent, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, for each non-Debtor owned location of Collateral disclosed on Schedule 3.3(a)  or otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing, promptly after leasing such location, and shall take all other actions reasonably required by the Agent to perfect the Agent’s security interest in the Equipment and Inventory with the priority required by this Agreement; provided, however, that if any Inventory or Equipment maintained at the location of a sales representative or clinical trial site in the ordinary course of business shall remain at such location longer than thirty (30) days and have a value of more than $100,000, Debtor shall provide to the Agent a bailee’s waiver, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

(iii)                             Maintenance.   Each Debtor shall maintain the Equipment and Inventory in such condition as may be specified by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Intellectual Property .   Each Debtor agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of such Debtor’s Intellectual Property, except (a) in connection with Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement, (b) sales, transfers, assignment and leases permitted by the Credit Agreement and (c) exclusive licenses granted by such Debtor to other Persons with respect to such Intellectual Property and the abandonment of Intellectual Property in each case to the extent that it does not materially interfere with the business of such Debtor.

 

(h)                                  Accounts and Contracts .   Each Debtor shall, in accordance with its usual business practices in effect from time to time, endeavor to collect or cause to be collected from each account debtor under its Accounts, as and when due, any and all amounts owing under such Accounts.  So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3 , each Debtor shall have the right to collect and receive payments on its Accounts, and to use and expend the same in its operations in each case in compliance with the terms of each of the Credit Agreement.

 

(i)                                     Vehicles; Aircraft and Vessels .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Debtor shall be required to make any filings as may be necessary to perfect the Agent’s Lien on its Vehicles, aircraft and vessels, unless (i) a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, whereupon the

 

10


 

Agent may require such filings be made or (ii) such Debtor, either singly, or together with the other Debtors, owns Vehicles, aircraft and vessels (other than Vehicles provided for use by such Debtor’s executive employees) which have a fair market value of at least $100,000, in aggregate amount, whereupon the applicable Debtors shall provide prompt notice to the Agent, and the Agent, at its option, may require the applicable Debtors to execute such agreements and make such filings as may be necessary to perfect the Agent’s Lien for the benefit of the Lenders and ensure the priority thereof on the applicable Vehicles, aircraft and vessels.

 

(j)                                     [Reserved].

 

(k)                                  Deposit Accounts .   Except with respect to Excluded Deposit Accounts, each Debtor agrees to promptly notify the Agent in writing of all Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investments accounts opened after the date hereof (except with Agent), and such Debtor shall take such actions as may be necessary or deemed desirable by the Agent (including the execution and delivery of an account control agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) to grant the Agent a perfected, first priority Lien over each of the Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investment accounts disclosed on Schedule 3.3(b)  and over each of the additional accounts disclosed pursuant to this Section 4.1(k) .

 

Section 4.2                                    Encumbrances .  Each Debtor shall not create, permit or suffer to exist, and shall defend the Collateral against any Lien (other than the Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement, provided that no Lien, other than the Lien created hereunder, shall exist over the Pledged Shares) or any restriction upon the pledge or other transfer thereof (other than as specifically permitted in the Credit Agreement), and shall defend such Debtor’s title to and other rights in the Collateral and the Agent’s pledge and collateral assignment of and security interest in the Collateral against the claims and demands of all Persons.  Except to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement or in connection with any release of Collateral under Section 7.13 hereof (but only to the extent of any Collateral so released), such Debtor shall do nothing to materially impair the rights of the Agent in the Collateral.

 

Section 4.3                                    Disposition of Collateral . Except as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement, no Debtor shall enter into or consummate any transfer or other disposition of Collateral.

 

Section 4.4                                    Insurance .  The Collateral pledged by such Debtor or the Debtors will be insured (to the extent such Collateral is insurable) with insurance coverage in such amounts and of such types as are required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.  In the case of all such insurance policies, each such Debtor shall designate the Agent, as mortgagee or lender loss payee and such policies shall provide that any loss be payable to the Agent, as mortgagee or lender loss payee, as its interests may appear. Further, upon the request of the Agent, each such Debtor shall deliver certificates evidencing such policies, including all endorsements thereon and those required hereunder, to the Agent; and each such Debtor assigns to the Agent, as

 

11



 

additional security hereunder, all its rights to receive proceeds of insurance with respect to the Collateral. All such insurance shall, by its terms, provide that the applicable carrier shall, prior to any cancellation before the expiration date thereof, mail thirty (30) days’ prior written notice (or ten (10) days in the case of non-payment of premiums) to the Agent of such cancellation. Each Debtor further shall provide the Agent upon reasonable request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent that each such Debtor is at all times in compliance with this paragraph.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, the Agent may, at its option, act as each such Debtor’s attorney-in-fact in obtaining, adjusting, settling and compromising such insurance and endorsing any drafts. Upon such Debtor’s failure to insure the Collateral as required in this covenant, the Agent may, at its option, procure such insurance and its costs therefor shall be charged to such Debtor, payable on demand, with interest at the highest rate set forth in the Credit Agreement and added to the Indebtedness secured hereby. The disposition of proceeds payable to such Debtor of any insurance on the Collateral (the “Insurance Proceeds”) shall be governed by the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 4.5                                    Corporate Changes; Books and Records; Inspection Rights .  (a) Each Debtor shall not change its respective name, identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of organization, or identification number in any manner that might make any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the UCC unless such Debtor shall have given the Agent fifteen (15) days prior written notice with respect to any change in such Debtor’s corporate structure, jurisdiction of organization, name or identity and shall have taken all action deemed reasonably necessary by the Agent under the circumstances to protect its Liens and the perfection and priority thereof, (b) each Debtor shall keep the Records at the location specified on Schedule 3.2 as the location of such books and records or as otherwise specified in writing to the Agent and (c) the Debtors shall permit the Agent, the Lenders, and their respective agents and representatives to conduct inspections, discussion and audits of the Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 4.6                                    Notification of Lien; Continuing Disclosure .  (a)  Each Debtor shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of any Lien, encumbrance or claim (other than Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement, to the extent not otherwise subject to any notice requirements under the Credit Agreement) that has attached to or been made or asserted against any of the Collateral upon becoming aware of the existence of such Lien, encumbrance or claim; and (b) concurrently with delivery of the Covenant Compliance Report [for each fiscal year], Debtors shall execute and deliver to the Agent a Collateral Compliance Report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Section 4.7                                    Covenants Regarding Pledged Shares

 

(a)                                  Voting Rights and Distributions .

 

(i)                                     So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (both before and after giving effect to any of the actions or other matters described in clauses (A) or (B) of this subparagraph):

 

12



 

(A)                                Each Debtor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights (including, without limitation, the right to give consents, waivers and ratifications) pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares or any part thereof; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken without the prior written consent of the Agent which would violate any provision of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement; and

 

(B)                                Except as otherwise provided by the Credit Agreement, such Debtor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, distributions and interest paid in respect to any of the Pledged Shares.

 

(ii)                                 Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(A)                                The Agent may, without notice to such Debtor, transfer or register in the name of the Agent or any of its nominees, for the equal and ratable benefit of the Lenders, any or all of the Pledged Shares and the Proceeds thereof (in cash or otherwise) held by the Agent hereunder, and the Agent or its nominee may thereafter, after delivery of notice to such Debtor, exercise all voting and corporate rights at any meeting of any corporation issuing any of the Pledged Shares and any and all rights of conversion, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares as if the Agent were the absolute owner thereof, including, without limitation, the right to exchange, at its discretion, any and all of the Pledged Shares upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of any corporation issuing any of such Pledged Shares or upon the exercise by any such issuer or the Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares, and in connection therewith, to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Shares with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Agent may determine, all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Agent shall have no duty to exercise any of the aforesaid rights, privileges or options, and the Agent shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

 

(B)                                All rights of such Debtor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to S ection  4.7(a)(i)(A)   and to receive the dividends, interest and other distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to S ection  4.7(a)(i)(B)   shall be suspended until such Event of Default shall no longer

 

13



 

exist, and all such rights shall, until such Event of Default shall no longer exist, thereupon become vested in the Agent which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights and to receive, hold and dispose of as Pledged Shares such dividends, interest and other distributions.

 

(C)                                All dividends, interest and other distributions which are received by such Debtor contrary to the provisions of this Section 4.7(a)(ii)   shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Debtor and shall be forthwith paid over to the Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

 

(D)                                Each Debtor shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Agent all such proxies and other instruments as the Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling the Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to this Section 4.7(a)(ii)   and to receive the dividends, interest and other distributions which it is entitled to receive and retain pursuant to this Section 4.7(a)(ii) . The foregoing shall not in any way limit the Agent’s power and authority granted pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Possession; Reasonable Care .   Regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, the Agent shall have the right to hold in its possession all Pledged Shares pledged, assigned or transferred hereunder and from time to time constituting a portion of the Collateral.  The Agent may appoint one or more agents (which in no case shall be a Debtor or an affiliate of a Debtor) to hold physical custody, for the account of the Agent, of any or all of the Collateral.  The Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Agent accords its own property, it being understood that the Agent shall not have any responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not the Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any Collateral, except, subject to the terms hereof, upon the written instructions of the Lenders.  Following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent shall be entitled to take ownership of the Collateral in accordance with the UCC.

 

Section 4.8                                    New Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral

 

(a)                                  With respect to each Person which becomes a Subsidiary of a Debtor subsequent to the date hereof, execute and deliver such joinders or security agreements or other pledge documents as are required by the Credit Agreement, within the time periods set forth therein.

 

14



 

(b)                                  Each Debtor agrees that, (i) except with the written consent of the Agent, it will not permit any Domestic Subsidiary (whether now existing or formed after the date hereof) to issue to such Debtor or any of such Debtor’s other Subsidiaries any shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or other securities or instruments (including without limitation the Pledged Shares) in addition to or in substitution for any of the Collateral, unless, concurrently with each issuance thereof, any and all such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments are encumbered in favor of the Agent under this Agreement or otherwise (it being understood and agreed that all such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments issued to such Debtor shall, without further action by such Debtor or the Agent, be automatically encumbered by this Agreement as Pledged Shares) and (ii) it will promptly following the issuance thereof deliver to the Agent (A) an amendment, duly executed by such Debtor, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto in respect of such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments issued to Debtor or (B) if reasonably required by the Lenders, a new stock pledge, duly executed by the applicable Debtor, in substantially the form of this Agreement (a “ New Pledge ”), in respect of such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments issued to any Debtor granting to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a first priority security interest, pledge and Lien thereon, together in each case with all certificates, notes or other instruments representing or evidencing the same, together with such other documentation as the Agent may reasonably request. Such Debtor hereby (x) authorizes the Agent to attach each such amendment to this Agreement, (y) agrees that all such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments listed in any such amendment delivered to the Agent shall for all purposes hereunder constitute Pledged Shares, and (z) is deemed to have made, upon the delivery of each such amendment, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4 of this Agreement with respect to the Collateral covered thereby.

 

Section 4.9                                    Further Assurances  (a)  At any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Agent, and at the sole reasonable expense of the Debtors, each Debtor shall promptly execute and deliver all such further agreements, documents and instruments and take such further action as the Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to (i) preserve, ensure the priority, effectiveness and validity of and perfect the Agent’s security interest in and pledge and collateral assignment of the Collateral (including causing the Agent’s name to be noted as secured party on any certificate of title for a titled good if such notation is a condition of the Agent’s ability to enforce its security interest in such Collateral), unless such actions are specifically waived or otherwise not required under the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and (iii) to enable the Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral.  Except as otherwise expressly permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement relating to disposition of assets and except for Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement (except for Pledged Shares, over which the only Lien shall be that Lien established under this Agreement), each Debtor agrees to maintain and preserve the Agent’s security interest in and pledge and collateral assignment of the Collateral hereunder and the priority thereof.

 

15



 

(b)                            Each Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any filing office in any jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (i) indicate any or all of the Collateral upon which the Debtors have granted a Lien, and (ii) provide any other information required by Part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC, including organizational information and in the case of a fixture filing or a filing for Collateral consisting of as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of real property to which the Collateral relates.  Each Debtor agrees to furnish any such information required by the preceding paragraph to the Agent promptly upon request.

 

ARTICLE 5
Rights of the
Agent

 

Section 5.1                                    Power of Attorney .  Each Debtor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the name of such Debtor or in its own name, to take, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any and all actions, and to execute any and all documents and instruments which the Agent at any time and from time to time deems necessary, to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such Debtor hereby gives the Agent the power and right on behalf of such Debtor and in its own name to do any of the following after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to or the consent of such Debtor:

 

(a)                                  to demand, sue for, collect or receive, in the name of such Debtor or in its own name, any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral and, in connection therewith, endorse checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, money orders, documents of title or any other instruments for the payment of money under the Collateral or any policy of insurance;

 

(b)                                  to pay or discharge taxes, Liens (other than Liens permitted under Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement) or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

 

(c)                                   (i) to direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due thereunder directly to the Agent or as the Agent shall direct; (ii) to receive payment of and receipt for any and all monies, claims and other amounts due and to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (iii) to sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, proxies, stock powers, verifications and notices in connection with accounts and other documents relating to the Collateral; (iv) to commence and prosecute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the

 

16



 

Collateral or any part thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (v) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Debtor with respect to any Collateral; (vi) to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as the Agent may deem appropriate; (vii) to exchange any of the Collateral for other property upon any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the issuer thereof and, in connection therewith, deposit any of the Collateral with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms as the Agent may determine; (viii) to add or release any guarantor, indorser, surety or other party to any of the Collateral; (ix) to renew, extend or otherwise change the terms and conditions of any of the Collateral; (x) to make, settle, compromise or adjust any claim under or pertaining to any of the Collateral (including claims under any policy of insurance); and (xi) to sell, transfer, pledge, convey, make any agreement with respect to, or otherwise deal with, any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Agent’s option and such Debtor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve, maintain, or realize upon the Collateral and the Agent’s security interest therein.

 

This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.  The Agent shall be under no duty to exercise or withhold the exercise of any of the rights, powers, privileges and options expressly or implicitly granted to the Agent in this Agreement, and shall not be liable for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so.  This power of attorney is conferred on the Agent solely to protect, preserve, maintain and realize upon its security interest in the Collateral.  The Agent shall not be responsible for any decline in the value of the Collateral and shall not be required to take any steps to preserve rights against prior parties or to protect, preserve or maintain any Lien given to secure the Collateral.

 

Section 5.2                                    Setoff .  In addition to and not in limitation of any rights of any Lenders under applicable law, the Agent and each Lender shall, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, without notice or demand of any kind, have the right to appropriate and apply to the payment of the Indebtedness owing to it (whether or not then due) any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of Debtors then or thereafter on deposit with such Lenders; provided, however, that any such amount so applied by any Lender on any of the Indebtedness owing to it shall be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 5.3                                    Assignment by the Agent .  The Agent may at any time assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations as Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Indebtedness) to any other Person, to the extent permitted by, and upon the conditions contained in, the Credit Agreement and such Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits and obligations thereof granted to the Agent herein or otherwise.

 

17



 

Section 5.4                                    Performance by the Agent . If any Debtor shall fail to perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and such failure shall have continued beyond the expiration of any applicable cure period, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) perform or attempt to perform such covenant or agreement on behalf of the Debtors, in which case Agent shall exercise good faith and make diligent efforts to give Debtors prompt prior written notice of such performance or attempted performance.  In such event, the Debtors shall, at the request of the Agent, promptly pay any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket amount expended by the Agent in connection with such performance or attempted performance to the Agent, together with interest thereon at the interest rate set forth in the Credit Agreement, from and including the date of such expenditure to but excluding the date such expenditure is paid in full.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that the Agent shall not have any liability or responsibility for the performance (or non-performance) of any obligation of the Debtors under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.5                                    Certain Costs and Expenses .  The Debtors shall pay or reimburse the Agent within five (5) Business Days after demand for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and invoiced attorney’s and paralegal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an Event of Default or after acceleration of any of the Indebtedness (including in connection with any “workout” or restructuring regarding the Indebtedness, and including in any insolvency proceeding or appellate proceeding).  The agreements in this Section 5.5 shall survive the payment in full of the Indebtedness.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the reimbursement of any fees and expenses incurred by the Lenders shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable Credit Agreement.

 

Section 5.6                                    Indemnification .  The Debtors shall indemnify, defend and hold the Agent, and each Lender and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following repayment of the Indebtedness and the termination, resignation or replacement of the Agent or replacement of any Lender) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnified Person in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any document relating to or arising out of or referred to in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Indemnified Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any bankruptcy proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement or the Indebtedness or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , that the Debtors shall have no obligation under this Section 5.6 to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person.  The agreements in this Section 5.6 shall survive payment of all other Indebtedness.

 

18



 

ARTICLE 6

Default

 

Section 6.1                                    Rights and Remedies .  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Agent shall have the following rights and remedies subject to the direction and/or consent of the Lenders as required under the Credit Agreement:

 

(a)                                  The Agent may exercise any of the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, Article 5 hereof), in the Credit Agreement, or in any other Loan Document, or by applicable law.

 

(b)                                  In addition to all other rights and remedies granted to the Agent in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or by applicable law, the Agent shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) and the Agent may also, without previous demand or notice except as specified below or in the Credit Agreement, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, deem commercially reasonable or otherwise as may be permitted by law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent may (i) without demand or notice to the Debtors (except as required under the Credit Agreement or applicable law), collect, receive or take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, and for that purpose the Agent (and/or its Agents, servicers or other independent contractors) may enter upon any premises on which the Collateral is located and remove the Collateral therefrom or render it inoperable, and/or (ii) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, or any part thereof, in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at the Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, deem commercially reasonable or otherwise as may be permitted by law.  The Agent and, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, each of the Lenders shall have the right at any public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at any private sale or sales, to bid (which bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of indebtedness) and become a purchaser of the Collateral or any part thereof free of any right of redemption on the part of the Debtors, which right of redemption is hereby expressly waived and released by the Debtors to the extent permitted by applicable law.  The Agent may require the Debtors to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Agent at any place designated by the Agent to allow the Agent to take possession or dispose of such Collateral.  The Debtors agree that the Agent shall not be obligated to give more than ten (10) days prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale may take place and that such notice shall constitute reasonable notice of such matters.  The foregoing shall not require notice if none is required by applicable law.  The Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral if, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of Collateral may have been given.

 

19



 

The Agent may, without notice or publication (except as required by applicable law), adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned.  The Debtors shall be liable for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or the like, and all reasonable invoiced attorneys’ fees, legal expenses and other reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the collection of the Indebtedness and the enforcement of the Agent’s rights under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement.  The Debtors shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of the Collateral (conducted in conformity with this clause (ii) and applicable law) applied to the Indebtedness are insufficient to pay the Indebtedness in full.  The Agent shall apply the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral hereunder against the Indebtedness in such order and manner as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Agent may cause any or all of the Collateral held by it to be transferred into the name of the Agent or the name or names of the Agent’s nominee or nominees.

 

(d)                                  The Agent may exercise any and all rights and remedies of the Debtors under or in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all rights of the Debtors to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of any of the Collateral and any and all voting rights and corporate powers in respect of the Collateral.

 

(e)                                   On any sale of the Collateral, the Agent is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation or restriction with which compliance is necessary (based on a reasoned opinion of the Agent’s counsel) in order to avoid any violation of applicable law or in order to obtain any required approval of the purchaser or purchasers by any applicable Governmental Authority.

 

(f)                                    The Agent may direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due thereunder directly to the Agent or as the Agent shall direct.

 

(g)                                  [Reserved].

 

(h)                                  For purposes of enabling the Agent to exercise its rights and remedies under this Section 6.1 and enabling the Agent and its successors and assigns to enjoy the full benefits of the Collateral, the Debtors hereby grant to the Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Debtors) to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Computer Records or Software (including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the completion or printout thereof), exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default

 

20


 

(and thereafter if Agent succeeds to any of the Collateral pursuant to an enforcement proceeding or voluntary arrangement with Debtor), except as may be prohibited by any licensing agreement relating to such Computer Records or Software.  This license shall also inure to the benefit of all successors, assigns, transferees of and purchasers from the Agent.

 

Section 6.2                                    Private Sales.

 

(a)                                  In view of the fact that applicable securities laws may impose certain restrictions on the method by which a sale of the Pledged Shares may be effected after an Event of Default, Debtors agree that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent may from time to time attempt to sell all or any part of the Pledged Shares by a private sale in the nature of a private placement, restricting the bidders and prospective purchasers to those who will represent and agree that they are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and are purchasing for investment only and not for distribution. In so doing, the Agent may solicit offers for the Pledged Shares, or any part thereof, from a limited number of investors who might be interested in purchasing the Pledged Shares. Without limiting the methods or manner of disposition which could be determined to be commercially reasonable, if the Agent hires a firm of regional or national reputation that is engaged in the business of rendering investment banking and brokerage services to solicit such offers and facilitate the sale of the Pledged Shares, then the Agent’s acceptance of the highest offer (including its own offer, or the offer of any of the Lenders at any such sale) obtained through such efforts of such firm shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable method of disposition of such Pledged Shares.  The Agent shall not be under any obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Shares for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States, under the Securities Act or under any applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

 

(b)                                  The Debtors further agree to do or cause to be done, to the extent that the Debtors may do so under applicable law, all such other reasonable acts and things as may be necessary to make such sales or resales of any portion or all of the Collateral valid and binding and in compliance with any and all applicable laws, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or awards of any and all courts, arbitrators or governmental instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over any such sale or sales, all at the Debtors’ expense.

 

Section 6.3                                    Establishment of Cash Collateral Account; and Lock Box.

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i) of the Credit Agreement, immediately following the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, upon the termination of any commitments to extend credit under the Credit

 

21



 

Agreement, the acceleration of any Indebtedness arising under the Credit Agreement and/or the exercise of any other remedy in each case by the requisite Lenders under Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement, there shall be established by each Debtor with the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders in the name of the Agent, a segregated non-interest bearing cash collateral account (the “ Cash Collateral Account ”) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders; provided, however, that the Cash Collateral Account may be an interest-bearing account with a commercial bank (including Comerica or any other Lender which is a commercial bank) if determined by the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, to be practicable, invested by the Agent in its sole discretion, but without any liability for losses or the failure to achieve any particular rate of return.  Furthermore, in connection with the establishment of a Cash Collateral Account under the first sentence of this Section 6.3 (and on the terms and within the time periods provided thereunder), (i) each Debtor agrees to establish and maintain (and the Agent, acting at the request of the Lenders, may establish and maintain) at Debtor’s sole expense a United States Post Office lock box (the “ Lock Box ”), to which the Agent shall have exclusive access and control.  Each Debtor expressly authorizes the Agent, from time to time, to remove the contents from the Lock Box for disposition in accordance with this Agreement; and (ii) each Debtor shall notify all account debtors that all payments made to Debtor (a) other than by electronic funds transfer, shall be remitted, for the credit of Debtor, to the Lock Box, and Debtor shall include a like statement on all invoices, and (b) by electronic funds transfer, shall be remitted to the Cash Collateral Account, and Debtor shall include a like statement on all invoices. Each Debtor agrees to execute all documents and authorizations as reasonably required by the Agent to establish and maintain the Lock Box and the Cash Collateral Account.  It is acknowledged by the parties hereto that any lockbox presently maintained or subsequently established by a Debtor with the Agent may be used, subject to the terms hereof, to satisfy the requirements set forth in the first sentence of this Section 6.3 .

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i) of the Credit Agreement, immediately following the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, upon the termination of any commitments to extend credit under the Credit Agreement, the acceleration of any Indebtedness arising under the Credit Agreement and/or the exercise of any other remedy in each case by the requisite Lenders under Section 9.2 of the Credit Agreement, any and all cash (including amounts received by electronic funds transfer), checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money received by each Debtor at any time, in full or partial payment of any of the Collateral consisting of Accounts or Inventory, shall forthwith upon receipt be transmitted and delivered to the Agent, properly endorsed, where required, so that such items may be collected by the Agent. Any such amounts and other items received by a Debtor shall not be commingled with any other of such Debtor’s funds or property, but will be held separate and apart from such Debtor’s own funds or property, and upon express trust for the benefit

 

22



 

of the Agent until delivery is made to the Agent.  All items or amounts which are remitted to a Lock Box or otherwise delivered by or for the benefit of a Debtor to the Agent on account of partial or full payment of, or any other amount payable with respect to, any of the Collateral shall, at the Agent’s option, be applied to any of the Indebtedness, whether then due or not, in the order and manner set forth in the Credit Agreement. No Debtor shall have any right whatsoever to withdraw any funds so deposited for so long as such Event of Default continues. Each Debtor further grants to the Agent a first security interest in and Lien on all funds on deposit in such account. Each Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agent to endorse all items received for deposit to the Cash Collateral Account, notwithstanding the inclusion on any such item of a restrictive notation, e.g., “paid in full”, “balance of account”, or other restriction.

 

Section 6.4                                    Default Under Credit Agreement .  Subject to any applicable notice and cure provisions contained in the Credit Agreement, the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement), including without limit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed to be an Event of Default under this Agreement.  This Section 6.4 shall not limit the Events of Default set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7

Miscellaneous

 

Section 7.1                                    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure on the part of the Agent to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege.  The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

Section 7.2                                    Successors and Assigns .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors and the Agent and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, except that the Debtors may not assign any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.

 

Section 7.3                                    AMENDMENT; ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO AND SUPERSEDES ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO.  The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

23



 

Section 7.4                                    Notices .  All notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing (including, by facsimile transmission) and mailed, faxed or delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on signature pages hereto; or, as directed to the Debtors or the Agent, to such other address or number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other. All such notices, requests and communications shall, when sent by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next business day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine (with electronic confirmation of receipt), respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the U.S. mail, or if otherwise delivered, upon delivery; except that notices to the Agent shall not be effective until actually received by the Agent.

 

Section 7.5                                    GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS.

 

(a)                                  THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD FOR PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

(b)                                  THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF ORANGE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND.  DEBTORS AND AGENT WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 7.5.

 

Section 7.6                                    Headings .  The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.7                                    Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and no investigation by the Agent shall affect the representations and warranties or the right of the Agent or the Lenders to rely upon them.

 

24



 

Section 7.8                                    Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 7.9                                    Waiver of Bond .  In the event the Agent seeks to take possession of any or all of the Collateral by judicial process, the Debtors hereby irrevocably waive any bonds and any surety or security relating thereto that may be required by applicable law as an incident to such possession, and waives any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any such suit or action.

 

Section 7.10                             Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.11                             Construction .  Each Debtor and the Agent acknowledge that each of them has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Agreement with its legal counsel and that this Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Debtors and the Agent.

 

Section 7.12                             Termination; Reinstatement .  If all of the Indebtedness (other than contingent liabilities pursuant to any indemnity, including without limitation Section 5.5 and Section 5.6 hereof, for claims which have not been asserted, or which have not yet accrued) shall have been paid and performed in full (in cash) and all commitments to extend credit or other credit accommodations under the Credit Agreement have been terminated, the security interests granted hereunder shall automatically terminate and the Agent shall, upon the written request of the Debtors, execute and deliver to the Debtors a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the release and termination of the security interests created by this Agreement, and shall duly assign and deliver to the Debtors (without recourse and without any representation or warranty) such of the Collateral as may be in the possession of the Agent and has not previously been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to this Agreement; provided however that, the effectiveness of this Agreement shall continue or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event: (a) that any payment received or credit given by the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, is returned, disgorged, rescinded or required to be recontributed to any party as an avoidable preference, impermissible setoff, fraudulent conveyance, restoration of capital or otherwise under any applicable state, federal, or local law of any jurisdiction, including laws pertaining to bankruptcy or insolvency, and this Agreement shall thereafter be enforceable against the Debtors as if such returned, disgorged, recontributed or rescinded payment or credit has not been received or given by the Agent or the Lenders, and whether or not the Agent or any Lender relied upon such payment or credit or changed its position as a consequence thereof or (b) that any liability is imposed, or sought to be imposed against the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, relating to the environmental condition of any of property mortgaged or pledged to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders by any Debtor, the Borrower or other party as collateral (in whole or part) for any indebtedness or obligation evidenced or secured by this Agreement, whether such condition is known or unknown, now exists or subsequently arises (excluding

 

25



 

only conditions which arise after acquisition by the Agent or any Lender of any such property, in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, due to the wrongful act or omission of the Agent or such Lenders, or any person other than the Borrower, the Subsidiaries, or any Affiliates of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries), and this Agreement shall thereafter be enforceable against the Debtors to the extent of all such liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Agent or Lenders as the direct or indirect result of any such environmental condition but only for which the Borrower is obligated to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement “environmental condition” includes, without limitation, conditions existing with respect to the surface or ground water, drinking water supply, land surface or subsurface strata and the ambient air.

 

Section 7.13                             Release of Collateral . The Agent shall, upon the written request of the Debtors, execute and deliver to the Debtors a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the release of the security interest and Liens established hereby on any Collateral (other than the Pledged Shares): (a) if the sale or other disposition of such Collateral is permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement, (b) if the sale or other disposition of such Collateral is not permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement, provided that the requisite Lenders under such Credit Agreement shall have consented to such sale or disposition in accordance with the terms thereof, or (c) if such release has been approved by the requisite Lenders in accordance with Section 13.10 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 7.14                             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, DEBTORS AND AGENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.  DEBTORS AND AGENT REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

In the event the jury trial waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

 

(a) With the exception of the items specified in clause (b), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

 

26



 

(b)                                  The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of selfhelp remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Agreement does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

 

(d)                                  The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

(e)                                   The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery.  The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

(f)                                    Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

27



 

(g)                                   The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference.  Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive.  The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee.  The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

(h)                                  If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration.  The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

(i)                                      THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

Section 7.15                             Consistent Application .  The rights and duties created by this Agreement shall, in all cases, be interpreted consistently with, and shall be in addition to (and not in lieu of), the rights and duties created by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be inconsistent with any provision of the Credit Agreement, such provision of the Credit Agreement shall govern.

 

Section 7.16                             Continuing Lien .  The security interest granted under this Security Agreement shall be a continuing security interest in every respect (whether or not the outstanding balance of the Indebtedness is from time to time temporarily reduced to zero) and the Agent’s security interest in the Collateral as granted herein shall continue in full force and effect for the entire duration that the Credit Agreement remains in effect and until all of the Indebtedness (other than contingent indemnification obligations) are repaid and discharged in full, and no commitment (whether optional or obligatory) to extend any credit under the Credit Agreement remain outstanding.

 

28



 

Section 7.17                             Amendment and Restatement .  This Security Agreement amends and restates in their entirety, those certain security agreement provisions of that certain Loan and Security Agreement dated as of June 5, 2013, as amended, restated or otherwise modified, by Borrower in favor of Comerica Bank.

 

29



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

DEBTORS :

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

Name:

Richard L. Harrison

 

Title

CFO

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103

 

 

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

 

Fax No.: 949-367-9984

 

Telephone No.: 949-367-9600

 

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

AGENT :

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK, as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeremy Schmidt

 

Name:

Jeremy Schmidt

 

Title

AVP

 

Address for Notices:

 

411 West Lafayette

 

7 th Floor

 

MC 3289

 

Detroit, Michigan 48226

 

Telephone No.: 313/222/9434

 

Attention:

 

30


 

EXHIBIT A
TO
SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF AMENDMENT

 

This Amendment, dated                                 , 20    , is delivered pursuant to Section 4.8[(b)/(c)] of the Security Agreement referred to below.  The undersigned hereby agrees that this Amendment may be attached to the Security Agreement dated as of                   ,         , between the undersigned and Comerica Bank, as the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders referred to therein (the “ Security Agreement ”), and (a) annexed hereto shall be and become part of the Collateral referred to in the Security Agreement and shall secure payment and performance of all Indebtedness as provided in the Security Agreement and (b) that Schedule A shall be deemed to amend [ Schedule 1.2 / Schedule 1.1 ] by supplementing the information provided on such Schedule with the information set forth on Schedule A .

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings therefor provided in the Security Agreement.

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK , as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 

 

31



 

EXHIBIT B

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT
(Security Agreement)

 

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (the “ Joinder Agreement ”) is dated as of                             ,          by                                              , a                                           (“ New Debtor ”).

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 7.13 of that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement dated as of February 23, 2015 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among Glaukos Corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the financial institutions signatory thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”) and Comerica Bank, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, “ Agent ”), the New Debtor is required to execute and deliver a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement.

 

WHEREAS , in order to comply with the Credit Agreement, New Debtor executes and delivers this Joinder Agreement in accordance therewith.

 

NOW THEREFORE , as a further inducement to Lenders to continue to provide credit accommodations to the Borrower, New Debtor hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

 

A.                                     All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement unless expressly defined to the contrary.

 

B.                                     New Debtor hereby enters into this Joinder Agreement in order to comply with Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement and does so in consideration of the Advances made or to be made from time to time under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

C.                                     Schedule [insert appropriate Schedule] attached to this Joinder Agreement is intended to supplement Schedule [insert appropriate Schedule] of the Security Agreement with the respective information applicable to New Debtor.

 

D.                                     New Debtor shall be considered, and deemed to be, for all purposes of the Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents, a Debtor under the Security Agreement as fully as though New Debtor had executed and delivered the Security Agreement at the time originally executed and delivered under the Credit Agreement and hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Security Agreement, all in accordance with the terms thereof and shall be deemed to have made each representation and warranty set forth in the Security Agreement.

 

E.                                      No Default or Event of Default (each such term being defined in the Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement.

 

F.                                       This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and shall be binding upon New Debtor and its successors and assigns.

 

32



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned New Debtor has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of                                          ,             .

 

 

 

[NEW DEBTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

Accepted:

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK , as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

33



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF COLLATERAL COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:                              Comerica Bank as Agent (the “ Agent ”) and the Lenders

 

Re:                              Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of February 23, 2015 by and among Glaukos Corporation and such other entities which from time to time become parties thereto (each a “ Debtor ” and collectively, the “ Debtors ”) and Agent, (as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement).

 

Reference is made to Section 4.6 of the Security Agreement.  The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders, in consideration of the loans extended to Borrower, as of the date hereof, as follows:

 

1.                                       Locations .   No Debtor has any leased or owned location, or any Collateral located with a warehousemen or bailee, which has not been previously disclosed in writing to Agent, or is not set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, which sets forth the information required by Section 3.3(a)(ii)   and Section 3.3(a)(iii)   of the Security Agreement, as applicable, for all previously undisclosed locations.

 

2.                                       Deposit Accounts .   No Debtor has any Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investment accounts (other than with Agent) which have not been previously disclosed in writing to Agent, or are not set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto, which sets forth the information required by Section 3.3(b)   of the Security Agreement as to each previously undisclosed account.

 

3.                                       Pledged Shares None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, hold any Pledged Shares which have not been previously disclosed to Agent in writing except as set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto, which sets forth the information required by Section 3.4(c)   of the Security Agreement for such previously undisclosed Pledged Shares.

 

4.                                       Promissory Notes; Tangible Chattel Paper .   None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, have promissory notes or tangible Chattel Paper for which the principal amount or obligations evidenced thereunder are, in aggregate, in excess of $100,000 which promissory notes and/or Chattel Paper have not been previously disclosed to Agent in writing, assigned and delivered to Agent in accordance with Section 4.1(a)   of the Security Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 4 attached hereto.

 

5.                                       Electronic Chattel Paper .  None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, have electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” evidencing obligations, in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000, which have not previously been disclosed to Agent in writing, and over which Agent has not been granted control in accordance with Section 4.1(b)   of the Security Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 5 attached hereto.

 

34



 

6.                                       Letters of Credit .  None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, are beneficiaries under letters of credit, with an aggregate face amount in excess of $100,000, which have not previously been disclosed to Agent in writing, and over which Agent has not been granted a Lien in compliance with the terms of Section 4.1(c)   of the Security Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 6 attached hereto.

 

7.                                       Commercial Tort Claims .  None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, have any commercial tort claims which, in the aggregate, are reasonably estimated to have a value in excess of $100,000, which claims have not previously been disclosed to Agent in writing and over which Agent has not been granted a Lien in compliance with Section 4.1(d of the Security Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 7 attached hereto.

 

8.                                       Vehicles, Aircraft and Vessels .  None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, own Vehicles (other than Vehicles used by executive employees), aircraft or vessels with a fair market value in excess of $100,000 which have not been previously disclosed in writing to Agent, except as set forth on Schedule 8 attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Collateral Compliance Report, as of this          day of                                       ,          .

 

 

[DEBTORS]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

35




Exhibit 10.32

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:

 

Glaukos Corporation , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Number of Shares:

 

14,124

 

 

 

Class of Stock:

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Warrant Price:

 

$3.54 per share

 

 

 

Issue Date:

 

February 23, 2015

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

February 23, 2022 (Subject to Section 1.4 and Section 4.1)

 

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of GLAUKOS CORPORATION (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1
EXERCISE

 

1.1                                Method of Exercise .  Holder may exercise this Warrant from time to time for all or any part of the unexercised Shares by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company). Concurrently with the delivery of the Notice of Exercise, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if an exercise of any portion of this Warrant is to be made in connection with a public offering or an Acquisition (as defined below), such exercise may at the election of the Holder be conditioned upon the consummation of such transaction, in which case such exercise shall not be deemed to be effective until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction.

 



 

1.2                                Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Within thirty (30) days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.3                                Replacement of Warrants .  In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.4                                Acquisition of the Company .

 

1.4.1                      Acquisition .”  For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions (other than a sale of capital stock of the Company in a bona fide financing transaction).

 

1.4.2                      Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition .  The Company shall give Holder written notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition.  The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

 

(a)                                  If the Acquirer agrees to assume this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.  The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(b)                                  If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact.  Holder shall then have the option either to (i) exercise this Warrant and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company (the “Acquisition Consideration”); or (ii) require the Company to purchase this Warrant for cash upon the closing of the Acquisition for an amount equal to the Acquisition Consideration per Share minus the Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares then covered hereby.  In either event, effective as of the effective time of such Acquisition, this Warrant shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and thereafter shall represent only the right to receive the amount specified in this Section 1.4.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 2
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

 

2.1                                Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2.2                                Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock.  Subject to Section 1.4 above, the Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property.  The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3                                Adjustments for Combinations, Etc .  If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.  If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.4                                Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the then effective conversion price for the Series F Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Conversion Price”), which Diluting Issuance results in an adjustment to the Conversion Price as provided under the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as the same may be amended from time to time), then the Warrant Price hereunder shall be decreased to an amount equal to the Conversion Price as so adjusted and the number of Shares then issuable upon exercise hereof shall be adjusted in accordance with such Conversion Price adjustment.  Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 

3



 

2.5                                No Impairment .  The Company shall not, by amendment of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against dilution or other impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if it amends its Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Series F Preferred Stock or Common Stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect Holder differently than the other holders of the Series F Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be.

 

2.6                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price or number of Shares, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price and number of Shares.

 

2.7                                Limitations on Liability .  Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.  This Warrant, by itself as distinguished from the Shares purchasable hereunder, shall not entitle the Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

 

2.8                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount in cash computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1                                Representations and Warranties .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

3.1.1                      The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is the same as the price paid by the investors in the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock financing.

 

4



 

3.1.2                      This Warrant is and any Warrant issued in substitution for or replacement of this Warrant shall be, upon issuance, duly authorized and validly issued. All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3.1.3                      The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                                Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).  Upon request, the Company shall provide Holder with such information reasonably necessary for Holder to evaluate its rights as a holder of this Warrant or Warrant Shares in the case of matters referred to (a), (b), (c) and (d) herein above.

 

3.3                                Information Rights .  Subject to any restrictions under federal securities laws, as long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiqués to the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such, (b) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, such financial statements as are provided to “Investors” under that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between the Company and its investors dated as of January 25, 2011 (as amended to date) (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .  In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded under applicable law or under any agreement with any holder of capital stock of the Company to a holder of the class and number of Shares represented by this Warrant.

 

3.4                                Market Stand-off . Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the market stand-off provisions set forth in Section 3.9 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

 

5



 

ARTICLE 4
MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                                Term; Exercise Upon Expiration .  This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.  The Company shall give Holder written notice of Holder’s right to exercise this Warrant not less than ninety (90) days before the Expiration Date.  If the notice is not so given, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until ninety (90) days after the date the Company delivers such notice to Holder.  The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

4.2                                Legends .  This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

4.3                                Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”) but may require investment representations letters.

 

4.4                                Transfer Procedure .  After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica which is a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”).  Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, (and subject to

 

6



 

Section 4.3 above) that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to a Bank Affiliate, including, without limitation, Ventures, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such Bank Affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the Bank Affiliate that exercises this Warrant.  The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company’s stock is then publicly traded, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company.

 

4.5                                Notices .  All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when: (i) given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service (such as, but not limited to, Federal Express, DHL or UPS), fee prepaid, or (ii) on the date sent by email or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next business day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient.  Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time.  Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Article 4.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn:  Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

 

Glaukos Corporation

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

Facsimile No.: 949.367.9984

Attn:  Richard Harrison

 

4.6                                Amendments; Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto.  No waiver by the Company or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

7



 

4.7                                Cumulative Remedies . The rights and remedies provided in this Warrant are cumulative and are not exclusive of, and are in addition and not in substitution for, any other rights or remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

4.8                                No Strict Construction . This Warrant shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted.

 

4.9                                Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

4.10                         Confidentiality .  The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential.  Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.  Holder hereby expressly agrees that this Warrant may be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to any filing or filings made by the Company therewith.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

8



 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

Name:

Richard L. Harrison

 

Title:

CFO

 



 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeremy Schmidt

 

Name:

Jeremy Schmidt

 

Title:

AVP

 


 

APPENDIX I

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.                                       The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                              shares of the                              stock of Glaukos Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

 

2.                                       Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn:  Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5th Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

3.                                       The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED or

 

Assignee

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

1



 

Exhibit A

 

Registration Rights

 

Investor Rights Agreement (including all amendments thereto) — ATTACHED HERETO

 

1




Exhibit 10.33

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:

 

Glaukos Corporation , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

Number of Shares:

 

14,124

 

 

 

Class of Stock:

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

Warrant Price:

 

$3.54 per share

 

 

 

Issue Date:

 

February 23, 2015

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

February 23, 2022 (Subject to Section 1.4 and Section 4.1)

 

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, SQUARE 1 BANK, a North Carolina banking corporation, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of GLAUKOS CORPORATION (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.  Reference is made to Section 4.4 of this warrant whereby Holder shall transfer this warrant to its parent company, Square 1 Financial, Inc. (“Square 1 Financial”).

 

ARTICLE 1
EXERCISE

 

1.1                                Method of Exercise .  Holder may exercise this Warrant from time to time for all or any part of the unexercised Shares by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company). Concurrently with the delivery of the Notice of Exercise, Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if an exercise of any portion of this Warrant is to be made in connection with a public offering or an Acquisition (as defined below), such exercise may at the election of the Holder be conditioned upon the consummation of such transaction, in which case such exercise shall not be deemed to be effective until immediately prior to the closing of such transaction.

 



 

1.2                                Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Within thirty (30) days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.3                                Replacement of Warrants .  In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.4                                Acquisition of the Company .

 

1.4.1                      Acquisition .”  For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, exclusive license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions (other than a sale of capital stock of the Company in a bona fide financing transaction).

 

1.4.2                      Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition .  The Company shall give Holder written notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition.  The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

 

(a)                                  If the Acquirer agrees to assume this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.  The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(b)                                  If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact.  Holder shall then have the option either to (i) exercise this Warrant and thereafter Holder shall participate in the Acquisition on the same terms as other holders of the same class of securities of the Company (the “Acquisition Consideration”); or (ii) require the Company to purchase this Warrant for cash upon the closing of the Acquisition for an amount equal to the Acquisition Consideration per Share minus the Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares then covered hereby.  In either event, effective as of the effective time of such Acquisition, this Warrant shall terminate and be of no further force or effect and thereafter shall represent only the right to receive the amount specified in this Section 1.4.

 

2



 

ARTICLE 2
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

 

2.1                                Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2.2                                Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock.  Subject to Section 1.4 above, the Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property.  The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3                                Adjustments for Combinations, Etc .  If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.  If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.4                                Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .  In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the then effective conversion price for the Series F Preferred Stock of the Company (the “Conversion Price”), which Diluting Issuance results in an adjustment to the Conversion Price as provided under the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (as the same may be amended from time to time), then the Warrant Price hereunder shall be decreased to an amount equal to the Conversion Price as so adjusted and the number of Shares then issuable upon exercise hereof shall be adjusted in accordance with such Conversion Price adjustment.  Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 

3



 

2.5                                No Impairment .  The Company shall not, by amendment of its Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against dilution or other impairment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not have been deemed to have impaired Holder’s rights hereunder if it amends its Restated Certificate of Incorporation, or the holders of Series F Preferred Stock or Common Stock waive rights thereunder, in a manner that does not affect Holder differently than the other holders of the Series F Preferred Stock or Common Stock, as the case may be.

 

2.6                                Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price or number of Shares, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price and number of Shares in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price and number of Shares.

 

2.7                                Limitations on Liability .  Nothing contained in this Warrant shall be construed as imposing any liabilities on Holder to purchase any securities (upon exercise of this Warrant or otherwise) or as a stockholder of the Company, whether such liabilities are asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.  This Warrant, by itself as distinguished from the Shares purchasable hereunder, shall not entitle the Holder to any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company.

 

2.8                                Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount in cash computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1                                Representations and Warranties .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

3.1.1                      The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is the same as the price paid by the investors in the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock financing.

 

4



 

3.1.2                      This Warrant is and any Warrant issued in substitution for or replacement of this Warrant shall be, upon issuance, duly authorized and validly issued. All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3.1.3                      The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                                Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least twenty (20) days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).  Upon request, the Company shall provide Holder with such information reasonably necessary for Holder to evaluate its rights as a holder of this Warrant or Warrant Shares in the case of matters referred to (a), (b), (c) and (d) herein above.

 

3.3                                Information Rights .  Subject to any restrictions under federal securities laws, as long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communiqués to the stockholders of the Company in their capacity as such, (b) within one hundred eighty (180) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within thirty (30) days after the end of each month, such financial statements as are provided to “Investors” under that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement between the Company and its investors dated as of January 25, 2011 (as amended to date) (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”), a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A .  In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded under applicable law or under any agreement with any holder of capital stock of the Company to a holder of the class and number of Shares represented by this Warrant.

 

3.4                                Market Stand-off . Holder hereby agrees to be bound by the market stand-off provisions set forth in Section 3.9 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

 

5



 

ARTICLE 4
MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                                Term; Exercise Upon Expiration .  This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.  The Company shall give Holder written notice of Holder’s right to exercise this Warrant not less than ninety (90) days before the Expiration Date.  If the notice is not so given, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until ninety (90) days after the date the Company delivers such notice to Holder.  The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

4.2                                Legends .  This Warrant and the Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

4.3                                Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not require Square 1 Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company and affiliate, Square 1 Financial, or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”) but may require investment representations letters.

 

4.4                                Transfer Procedure .  After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Square 1 Financial.  Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, (and subject to Section 4.3 above) that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to a Bank

 

6



 

Affiliate, including, without limitation, Square 1 Financial, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such Bank Affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the Bank Affiliate that exercises this Warrant.  No surrender or reissuance shall be required for the transfer of this Warrant to Square 1 Financial or a transfer to any other Bank Affiliate.  The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company’s stock is then publicly traded, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company.

 

4.5                                Notices .  All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when: (i) given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service (such as, but not limited to, Federal Express, DHL or UPS), fee prepaid, or (ii) on the date sent by email or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next business day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient.  Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time.  Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Article 4.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

Square 1 Financial, Inc.

Attn:  Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell Street, Suite 240

Durham, NC 27701

 

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

 

Glaukos Corporation

26051 Merit Circle, Suite 103

Laguna Hills, CA 92653

Facsimile No.: 949.367.9984

Attn:  Richard Harrison

 

4.6                                Amendments; Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, modified or supplemented by an agreement in writing signed by each party hereto.  No waiver by the Company or the Holder of any of the provisions hereof shall be effective unless explicitly set forth in writing and signed by the party so waiving. No failure to exercise, or delay in exercising, any rights, remedy, power or privilege arising from this Warrant shall operate or be construed as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.

 

7



 

4.7                                Cumulative Remedies . The rights and remedies provided in this Warrant are cumulative and are not exclusive of, and are in addition and not in substitution for, any other rights or remedies available at law, in equity or otherwise.

 

4.8                                No Strict Construction . This Warrant shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting an instrument or causing any instrument to be drafted.

 

4.9                                Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

4.10                         Confidentiality .  The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential.  Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority, provided that (i) the Company has given Holder at least ten (10) days’ notice of such required disclosure, and (ii) the Company only discloses information that is required, in the opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to Holder, to be disclosed.  Holder hereby expressly agrees that this Warrant may be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to any filing or filings made by the Company therewith.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

8


 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

GLAUKOS CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Richard L. Harrison

 

Name:

Richard L. Harrison

 

Title:

CFO

 

[ Signature Page to Warrant to Purchase Stock ]

 



 

 

HOLDER:

 

 

 

 

 

SQUARE 1 BANK

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lisa Foussianes

 

Name:

Lisa Foussianes

 

Title:

SVP

 



 

APPENDIX I

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.                                       The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                              shares of the                              stock of Glaukos Corporation pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

 

2.                                       Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Square 1 Financial, Inc.

Attn:  Warrant Administrator

406 Blackwell St., Suite 240

Durham, NC 27701

 

3.                                       The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

SQUARE 1 FINANCIAL, INC. or

 

Assignee

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

1



 

Exhibit A

 

Registration Rights

 

Investor Rights Agreement (including all amendments thereto) — ATTACHED HERETO

 

1




QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document


Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated April 16, 2015, in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Glaukos Corporation for the registration of shares of its common stock.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Irvine, California
May 12, 2015




QuickLinks

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm